texlive[51730] trunk: latex-dev formats: latex-base-dev (including
commits+karl at tug.org
commits+karl at tug.org
Fri Jul 26 00:32:37 CEST 2019
Revision: 51730
http://tug.org/svn/texlive?view=revision&revision=51730
Author: karl
Date: 2019-07-26 00:32:37 +0200 (Fri, 26 Jul 2019)
Log Message:
-----------
latex-dev formats: latex-base-dev (including latex-doc-dev), latex-graphics-dev, and corresponding texmf.cnf/fmtutil.cmf updates
Modified Paths:
--------------
trunk/Build/source/texk/texlive/tl_scripts/fmtutil.cnf
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/ls-R
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/web2c/fmtutil.cnf
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/web2c/texmf.cnf
trunk/Master/tlpkg/bin/tlpkg-ctan-check
trunk/Master/tlpkg/libexec/ctan2tds
trunk/Master/tlpkg/tlpsrc/collection-latexrecommended.tlpsrc
trunk/Master/tlpkg/tlpsrc/xetex.tlpsrc
Added Paths:
-----------
trunk/Master/bin/aarch64-linux/dvilualatex-dev
trunk/Master/bin/aarch64-linux/latex-dev
trunk/Master/bin/aarch64-linux/lualatex-dev
trunk/Master/bin/aarch64-linux/pdflatex-dev
trunk/Master/bin/aarch64-linux/xelatex-dev
trunk/Master/bin/amd64-freebsd/dvilualatex-dev
trunk/Master/bin/amd64-freebsd/latex-dev
trunk/Master/bin/amd64-freebsd/lualatex-dev
trunk/Master/bin/amd64-freebsd/pdflatex-dev
trunk/Master/bin/amd64-freebsd/xelatex-dev
trunk/Master/bin/amd64-netbsd/dvilualatex-dev
trunk/Master/bin/amd64-netbsd/latex-dev
trunk/Master/bin/amd64-netbsd/lualatex-dev
trunk/Master/bin/amd64-netbsd/pdflatex-dev
trunk/Master/bin/amd64-netbsd/xelatex-dev
trunk/Master/bin/armhf-linux/dvilualatex-dev
trunk/Master/bin/armhf-linux/latex-dev
trunk/Master/bin/armhf-linux/lualatex-dev
trunk/Master/bin/armhf-linux/pdflatex-dev
trunk/Master/bin/armhf-linux/xelatex-dev
trunk/Master/bin/i386-freebsd/dvilualatex-dev
trunk/Master/bin/i386-freebsd/latex-dev
trunk/Master/bin/i386-freebsd/lualatex-dev
trunk/Master/bin/i386-freebsd/pdflatex-dev
trunk/Master/bin/i386-freebsd/xelatex-dev
trunk/Master/bin/i386-linux/dvilualatex-dev
trunk/Master/bin/i386-linux/latex-dev
trunk/Master/bin/i386-linux/lualatex-dev
trunk/Master/bin/i386-linux/pdflatex-dev
trunk/Master/bin/i386-linux/xelatex-dev
trunk/Master/bin/i386-netbsd/dvilualatex-dev
trunk/Master/bin/i386-netbsd/latex-dev
trunk/Master/bin/i386-netbsd/lualatex-dev
trunk/Master/bin/i386-netbsd/pdflatex-dev
trunk/Master/bin/i386-netbsd/xelatex-dev
trunk/Master/bin/i386-solaris/dvilualatex-dev
trunk/Master/bin/i386-solaris/latex-dev
trunk/Master/bin/i386-solaris/lualatex-dev
trunk/Master/bin/i386-solaris/pdflatex-dev
trunk/Master/bin/i386-solaris/xelatex-dev
trunk/Master/bin/win32/dvilualatex-dev.exe
trunk/Master/bin/win32/latex-dev.exe
trunk/Master/bin/win32/lualatex-dev.exe
trunk/Master/bin/win32/pdflatex-dev.exe
trunk/Master/bin/win32/xelatex-dev.exe
trunk/Master/bin/x86_64-darwin/dvilualatex-dev
trunk/Master/bin/x86_64-darwin/latex-dev
trunk/Master/bin/x86_64-darwin/lualatex-dev
trunk/Master/bin/x86_64-darwin/pdflatex-dev
trunk/Master/bin/x86_64-darwin/xelatex-dev
trunk/Master/bin/x86_64-darwinlegacy/dvilualatex-dev
trunk/Master/bin/x86_64-darwinlegacy/latex-dev
trunk/Master/bin/x86_64-darwinlegacy/lualatex-dev
trunk/Master/bin/x86_64-darwinlegacy/pdflatex-dev
trunk/Master/bin/x86_64-darwinlegacy/xelatex-dev
trunk/Master/bin/x86_64-linux/dvilualatex-dev
trunk/Master/bin/x86_64-linux/latex-dev
trunk/Master/bin/x86_64-linux/lualatex-dev
trunk/Master/bin/x86_64-linux/pdflatex-dev
trunk/Master/bin/x86_64-linux/xelatex-dev
trunk/Master/bin/x86_64-linuxmusl/dvilualatex-dev
trunk/Master/bin/x86_64-linuxmusl/latex-dev
trunk/Master/bin/x86_64-linuxmusl/lualatex-dev
trunk/Master/bin/x86_64-linuxmusl/pdflatex-dev
trunk/Master/bin/x86_64-linuxmusl/xelatex-dev
trunk/Master/bin/x86_64-solaris/dvilualatex-dev
trunk/Master/bin/x86_64-solaris/latex-dev
trunk/Master/bin/x86_64-solaris/lualatex-dev
trunk/Master/bin/x86_64-solaris/pdflatex-dev
trunk/Master/bin/x86_64-solaris/xelatex-dev
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/README-doc.md
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/README.md
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/TEMPLATE-IncludeInRelease.txt
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/alltt.pdf
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/bugs.txt
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/cfgguide.pdf
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/cfgguide.tex
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/changes-doc.txt
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/changes.old.txt
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/changes.txt
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/classes.pdf
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/clsguide.pdf
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/clsguide.tex
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/cmfonts.pdf
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/cyrguide.pdf
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/cyrguide.tex
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/doc.pdf
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/docstrip.pdf
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/encguide.pdf
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/encguide.tex
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/exscale.pdf
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/fix-cm.pdf
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/fntguide.pdf
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/fntguide.tex
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/graphpap.pdf
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/ifthen.pdf
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/inputenc.pdf
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/kernel-external-commands.txt
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/kernel-internal-commands.txt
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/latexchanges.pdf
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/latexchanges.tex
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/latexrelease.pdf
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/latexsym.pdf
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/lb2.err
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/lb2.pdf
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/legal.txt
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/letter.pdf
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/lgc2.err
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/lgc2.pdf
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/lppl-1-0.txt
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/lppl-1-1.txt
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/lppl-1-2.txt
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/lppl.pdf
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/lppl.tex
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/lppl.txt
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/ltluatex.pdf
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/ltnews.pdf
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/ltnews.tex
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/ltx3info.pdf
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/ltx3info.tex
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/ltxdoc.pdf
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/makeindx.pdf
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/manifest.txt
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/manual.err
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/manual.pdf
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/modguide.pdf
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/modguide.tex
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/nfssfont.pdf
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/proc.pdf
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/slides.pdf
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/slifonts.pdf
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/source2e.pdf
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/source2e.tex
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/syntonly.pdf
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/tex2.txt
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/texpert.txt
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/tlc2.err
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/tlc2.pdf
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/tulm.pdf
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/usrguide.pdf
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/usrguide.tex
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/utf8ienc.pdf
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/webcomp.err
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/webcomp.pdf
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/graphics/
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/graphics/README.md
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/graphics/cat.eps
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/graphics/changes.txt
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/graphics/color.pdf
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/graphics/drivers.pdf
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/graphics/epsfig.pdf
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/graphics/graphics.pdf
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/graphics/graphicx.pdf
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/graphics/grfguide.pdf
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/graphics/grfguide.tex
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/graphics/keyval.pdf
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/graphics/lscape.pdf
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/graphics/rotating.pdf
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/graphics/rotex.pdf
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/graphics/rotex.tex
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/graphics/trig.pdf
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/latex-dev.1
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/latex-dev.man1.pdf
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex-dev/
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex-dev/base/
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex-dev/base/alltt.dtx
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex-dev/base/alltt.ins
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex-dev/base/classes.dtx
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex-dev/base/classes.ins
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex-dev/base/cmextra.ins
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex-dev/base/cmfonts.fdd
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex-dev/base/cmfonts.ins
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex-dev/base/doc.dtx
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex-dev/base/docstrip.dtx
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex-dev/base/docstrip.ins
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex-dev/base/ec.ins
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex-dev/base/exscale.dtx
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex-dev/base/exscale.ins
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex-dev/base/fix-cm.dtx
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex-dev/base/fix-cm.ins
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex-dev/base/fontdef.dtx
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex-dev/base/format.ins
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex-dev/base/graphpap.dtx
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex-dev/base/graphpap.ins
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex-dev/base/ifthen.dtx
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex-dev/base/ifthen.ins
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex-dev/base/inputenc.dtx
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex-dev/base/inputenc.ins
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex-dev/base/latex209.dtx
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex-dev/base/latex209.ins
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex-dev/base/latexrelease.dtx
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex-dev/base/latexrelease.ins
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex-dev/base/latexsym.dtx
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex-dev/base/latexsym.ins
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex-dev/base/letter.dtx
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex-dev/base/letter.ins
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex-dev/base/ltalloc.dtx
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex-dev/base/ltbibl.dtx
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex-dev/base/ltboxes.dtx
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex-dev/base/ltclass.dtx
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex-dev/base/ltcntrl.dtx
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex-dev/base/ltcounts.dtx
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex-dev/base/ltdefns.dtx
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex-dev/base/ltdirchk.dtx
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex-dev/base/lterror.dtx
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex-dev/base/ltfiles.dtx
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex-dev/base/ltfinal.dtx
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex-dev/base/ltfloat.dtx
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex-dev/base/ltfntcmd.dtx
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex-dev/base/ltfssbas.dtx
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex-dev/base/ltfsscmp.dtx
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex-dev/base/ltfssdcl.dtx
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex-dev/base/ltfssini.dtx
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex-dev/base/ltfsstrc.dtx
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex-dev/base/lthyphen.dtx
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex-dev/base/ltidxglo.dtx
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex-dev/base/ltlength.dtx
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex-dev/base/ltlists.dtx
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex-dev/base/ltlogos.dtx
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex-dev/base/ltluatex.dtx
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex-dev/base/ltmath.dtx
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex-dev/base/ltmiscen.dtx
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex-dev/base/ltnews01.tex
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex-dev/base/ltnews02.tex
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex-dev/base/ltnews03.tex
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex-dev/base/ltnews04.tex
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex-dev/base/ltnews05.tex
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex-dev/base/ltnews06.tex
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex-dev/base/ltnews07.tex
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex-dev/base/ltnews08.tex
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex-dev/base/ltnews09.tex
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex-dev/base/ltnews10.tex
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex-dev/base/ltnews11.tex
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex-dev/base/ltnews12.tex
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex-dev/base/ltnews13.tex
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex-dev/base/ltnews14.tex
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex-dev/base/ltnews15.tex
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex-dev/base/ltnews16.tex
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex-dev/base/ltnews17.tex
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex-dev/base/ltnews18.tex
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex-dev/base/ltnews19.tex
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex-dev/base/ltnews20.tex
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex-dev/base/ltnews21.tex
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex-dev/base/ltnews22.tex
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex-dev/base/ltnews23.tex
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex-dev/base/ltnews24.tex
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex-dev/base/ltnews25.tex
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex-dev/base/ltnews26.tex
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex-dev/base/ltnews27.tex
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex-dev/base/ltnews28.tex
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex-dev/base/ltnews29.tex
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex-dev/base/ltnews30.tex
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex-dev/base/ltoutenc.dtx
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex-dev/base/ltoutenc.ins
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex-dev/base/ltoutput.dtx
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex-dev/base/ltpage.dtx
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex-dev/base/ltpageno.dtx
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex-dev/base/ltpar.dtx
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex-dev/base/ltpictur.dtx
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex-dev/base/ltplain.dtx
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex-dev/base/ltsect.dtx
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex-dev/base/ltspace.dtx
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex-dev/base/lttab.dtx
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex-dev/base/ltthm.dtx
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex-dev/base/ltvers.dtx
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex-dev/base/ltxdoc.dtx
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex-dev/base/ltxref.dtx
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex-dev/base/makeindx.dtx
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex-dev/base/makeindx.ins
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex-dev/base/newdc.ins
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex-dev/base/newlfont.dtx
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex-dev/base/nfssfont.dtx
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex-dev/base/nfssfont.ins
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex-dev/base/olddc.ins
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex-dev/base/oldlfont.dtx
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex-dev/base/preload.dtx
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex-dev/base/proc.dtx
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex-dev/base/proc.ins
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex-dev/base/slides.dtx
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex-dev/base/slides.ins
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex-dev/base/slifonts.fdd
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex-dev/base/syntonly.dtx
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex-dev/base/syntonly.ins
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex-dev/base/tulm.fdd
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex-dev/base/tulm.ins
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex-dev/base/unpack.ins
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex-dev/base/utf8ienc.dtx
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex-dev/graphics/
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex-dev/graphics/color.dtx
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex-dev/graphics/drivers.dtx
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex-dev/graphics/epsfig.dtx
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex-dev/graphics/graphics-drivers.ins
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex-dev/graphics/graphics.dtx
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex-dev/graphics/graphics.ins
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex-dev/graphics/graphicx.dtx
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex-dev/graphics/keyval.dtx
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex-dev/graphics/lscape.dtx
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex-dev/graphics/rotating.dtx
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex-dev/graphics/trig.dtx
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex-dev/
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex-dev/base/
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex-dev/base/alltt.sty
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex-dev/base/ansinew.def
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex-dev/base/applemac.def
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex-dev/base/article.cls
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex-dev/base/article.sty
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex-dev/base/ascii.def
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex-dev/base/bezier.sty
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex-dev/base/bk10.clo
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex-dev/base/bk11.clo
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex-dev/base/bk12.clo
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex-dev/base/book.cls
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex-dev/base/book.sty
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex-dev/base/cp1250.def
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex-dev/base/cp1252.def
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex-dev/base/cp1257.def
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex-dev/base/cp437.def
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex-dev/base/cp437de.def
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex-dev/base/cp850.def
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex-dev/base/cp852.def
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex-dev/base/cp858.def
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex-dev/base/cp865.def
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex-dev/base/decmulti.def
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex-dev/base/doc.sty
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex-dev/base/docstrip.tex
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex-dev/base/exscale.sty
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex-dev/base/fix-cm.sty
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex-dev/base/fixltx2e.sty
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex-dev/base/flafter.sty
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex-dev/base/fleqn.clo
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex-dev/base/fleqn.sty
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex-dev/base/fltrace.sty
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex-dev/base/fontenc.sty
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex-dev/base/fontmath.cfg
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex-dev/base/fontmath.ltx
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex-dev/base/fonttext.cfg
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex-dev/base/fonttext.ltx
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex-dev/base/graphpap.sty
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex-dev/base/hyphen.ltx
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex-dev/base/idx.tex
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex-dev/base/ifthen.sty
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex-dev/base/inputenc.sty
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex-dev/base/lablst.tex
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex-dev/base/latex.ltx
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex-dev/base/latex209.def
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex-dev/base/latexrelease.sty
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex-dev/base/latexsym.sty
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex-dev/base/latin1.def
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex-dev/base/latin10.def
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex-dev/base/latin2.def
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex-dev/base/latin3.def
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex-dev/base/latin4.def
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex-dev/base/latin5.def
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex-dev/base/latin9.def
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex-dev/base/lcyenc.dfu
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex-dev/base/leqno.clo
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex-dev/base/leqno.sty
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex-dev/base/letter.cls
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex-dev/base/letter.sty
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex-dev/base/ltluatex.lua
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex-dev/base/ltluatex.tex
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex-dev/base/ltnews.cls
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex-dev/base/ltxcheck.tex
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex-dev/base/ltxdoc.cls
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex-dev/base/ltxguide.cls
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex-dev/base/ly1enc.dfu
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex-dev/base/macce.def
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex-dev/base/makeidx.sty
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex-dev/base/minimal.cls
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex-dev/base/newlfont.sty
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex-dev/base/next.def
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex-dev/base/nfssfont.tex
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex-dev/base/oldlfont.sty
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex-dev/base/omlcmm.fd
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex-dev/base/omlcmr.fd
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex-dev/base/omlenc.def
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex-dev/base/omllcmm.fd
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex-dev/base/omscmr.fd
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex-dev/base/omscmsy.fd
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex-dev/base/omsenc.def
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex-dev/base/omsenc.dfu
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex-dev/base/omslcmsy.fd
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex-dev/base/omxcmex.fd
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex-dev/base/omxlcmex.fd
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex-dev/base/openbib.sty
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex-dev/base/ot1cmdh.fd
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex-dev/base/ot1cmfib.fd
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex-dev/base/ot1cmfr.fd
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex-dev/base/ot1cmr.fd
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex-dev/base/ot1cmss.fd
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex-dev/base/ot1cmtt.fd
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex-dev/base/ot1cmvtt.fd
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex-dev/base/ot1enc.def
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex-dev/base/ot1enc.dfu
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex-dev/base/ot1lcmss.fd
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex-dev/base/ot1lcmtt.fd
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex-dev/base/ot2enc.dfu
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex-dev/base/ot4enc.def
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex-dev/base/preload.cfg
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex-dev/base/preload.ltx
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex-dev/base/proc.cls
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex-dev/base/proc.sty
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex-dev/base/report.cls
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex-dev/base/report.sty
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex-dev/base/sample2e.tex
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex-dev/base/sfonts.def
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex-dev/base/shortvrb.sty
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex-dev/base/showidx.sty
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex-dev/base/size10.clo
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex-dev/base/size11.clo
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex-dev/base/size12.clo
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex-dev/base/slides.cls
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex-dev/base/slides.def
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex-dev/base/slides.sty
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex-dev/base/small2e.tex
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex-dev/base/syntonly.sty
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex-dev/base/t1cmdh.fd
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex-dev/base/t1cmfib.fd
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex-dev/base/t1cmfr.fd
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex-dev/base/t1cmr.fd
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex-dev/base/t1cmss.fd
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex-dev/base/t1cmtt.fd
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex-dev/base/t1cmvtt.fd
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex-dev/base/t1enc.def
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex-dev/base/t1enc.dfu
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex-dev/base/t1enc.sty
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex-dev/base/t1lcmss.fd
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex-dev/base/t1lcmtt.fd
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex-dev/base/t2aenc.dfu
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex-dev/base/t2benc.dfu
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex-dev/base/t2cenc.dfu
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex-dev/base/testpage.tex
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex-dev/base/texsys.cfg
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex-dev/base/textcomp.sty
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex-dev/base/tracefnt.sty
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex-dev/base/ts1cmr.fd
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex-dev/base/ts1cmss.fd
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex-dev/base/ts1cmtt.fd
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex-dev/base/ts1cmvtt.fd
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex-dev/base/ts1enc.def
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex-dev/base/ts1enc.dfu
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex-dev/base/tuenc.def
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex-dev/base/tulmdh.fd
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex-dev/base/tulmr.fd
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex-dev/base/tulmss.fd
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex-dev/base/tulmssq.fd
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex-dev/base/tulmtt.fd
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex-dev/base/tulmvtt.fd
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex-dev/base/ucmr.fd
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex-dev/base/ucmss.fd
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex-dev/base/ucmtt.fd
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex-dev/base/ulasy.fd
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex-dev/base/ullasy.fd
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex-dev/base/utf8-2018.def
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex-dev/base/utf8.def
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex-dev/base/utf8enc.dfu
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex-dev/base/x2enc.dfu
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex-dev/graphics/
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex-dev/graphics/color.sty
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex-dev/graphics/dvipdf.def
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex-dev/graphics/dvipsnam.def
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex-dev/graphics/dvipsone.def
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex-dev/graphics/dviwin.def
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex-dev/graphics/emtex.def
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex-dev/graphics/epsfig.sty
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex-dev/graphics/graphics-2017-06-25.sty
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex-dev/graphics/graphics.sty
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex-dev/graphics/graphicx.sty
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex-dev/graphics/keyval.sty
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex-dev/graphics/lscape.sty
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex-dev/graphics/pctex32.def
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex-dev/graphics/pctexhp.def
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex-dev/graphics/pctexps.def
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex-dev/graphics/pctexwin.def
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex-dev/graphics/rotating.sty
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex-dev/graphics/tcidvi.def
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex-dev/graphics/trig.sty
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex-dev/graphics/truetex.def
trunk/Master/tlpkg/tlpsrc/latex-base-dev.tlpsrc
trunk/Master/tlpkg/tlpsrc/latex-bin-dev.tlpsrc
trunk/Master/tlpkg/tlpsrc/latex-graphics-dev.tlpsrc
Modified: trunk/Build/source/texk/texlive/tl_scripts/fmtutil.cnf
===================================================================
--- trunk/Build/source/texk/texlive/tl_scripts/fmtutil.cnf 2019-07-25 21:49:36 UTC (rev 51729)
+++ trunk/Build/source/texk/texlive/tl_scripts/fmtutil.cnf 2019-07-25 22:32:37 UTC (rev 51730)
@@ -1,4 +1,5 @@
-# Generated by /home/texlive/karl/Master/bin/x86_64-linux/tlmgr on Sat Mar 23 02:25:32 2019
+# Generated by /home/texlive/karl/Master/bin/x86_64-linux/tlmgr on Fri Jul 26 00:17:10 2019
+# $Id: fmtutil-hdr.cnf 37176 2015-05-04 02:06:19Z preining $
# Originally written by Thomas Esser, 1998. Public domain.
#
# As of TeX Live 2015, fmtutil reads *all* fmtutil.cnf files found.
@@ -76,6 +77,12 @@
lualatex luatex language.dat,language.dat.lua lualatex.ini
#! luajitlatex luajittex language.dat,language.dat.lua lualatex.ini
#
+# from latex-bin-dev:
+latex-dev pdftex language.dat -translate-file=cp227.tcx *latex.ini
+pdflatex-dev pdftex language.dat -translate-file=cp227.tcx *pdflatex.ini
+dvilualatex-dev luatex language.dat,language.dat.lua dvilualatex.ini
+lualatex-dev luatex language.dat,language.dat.lua lualatex.ini
+#
# from lollipop:
lollipop tex - lollipop.ini
#
@@ -130,6 +137,7 @@
# from xetex:
xetex xetex language.def -etex xetex.ini
xelatex xetex language.dat -etex xelatex.ini
+xelatex-dev xetex language.dat -etex xelatex.ini
#
# from xmltex:
xmltex pdftex language.dat *xmltex.ini
Added: trunk/Master/bin/aarch64-linux/dvilualatex-dev
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/bin/aarch64-linux/dvilualatex-dev (rev 0)
+++ trunk/Master/bin/aarch64-linux/dvilualatex-dev 2019-07-25 22:32:37 UTC (rev 51730)
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+link dvilualatex
\ No newline at end of file
Property changes on: trunk/Master/bin/aarch64-linux/dvilualatex-dev
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:special
## -0,0 +1 ##
+*
\ No newline at end of property
Added: trunk/Master/bin/aarch64-linux/latex-dev
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/bin/aarch64-linux/latex-dev (rev 0)
+++ trunk/Master/bin/aarch64-linux/latex-dev 2019-07-25 22:32:37 UTC (rev 51730)
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+link latex
\ No newline at end of file
Property changes on: trunk/Master/bin/aarch64-linux/latex-dev
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:special
## -0,0 +1 ##
+*
\ No newline at end of property
Added: trunk/Master/bin/aarch64-linux/lualatex-dev
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/bin/aarch64-linux/lualatex-dev (rev 0)
+++ trunk/Master/bin/aarch64-linux/lualatex-dev 2019-07-25 22:32:37 UTC (rev 51730)
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+link lualatex
\ No newline at end of file
Property changes on: trunk/Master/bin/aarch64-linux/lualatex-dev
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:special
## -0,0 +1 ##
+*
\ No newline at end of property
Added: trunk/Master/bin/aarch64-linux/pdflatex-dev
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/bin/aarch64-linux/pdflatex-dev (rev 0)
+++ trunk/Master/bin/aarch64-linux/pdflatex-dev 2019-07-25 22:32:37 UTC (rev 51730)
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+link pdflatex
\ No newline at end of file
Property changes on: trunk/Master/bin/aarch64-linux/pdflatex-dev
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:special
## -0,0 +1 ##
+*
\ No newline at end of property
Added: trunk/Master/bin/aarch64-linux/xelatex-dev
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/bin/aarch64-linux/xelatex-dev (rev 0)
+++ trunk/Master/bin/aarch64-linux/xelatex-dev 2019-07-25 22:32:37 UTC (rev 51730)
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+link xelatex
\ No newline at end of file
Property changes on: trunk/Master/bin/aarch64-linux/xelatex-dev
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:special
## -0,0 +1 ##
+*
\ No newline at end of property
Added: trunk/Master/bin/amd64-freebsd/dvilualatex-dev
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/bin/amd64-freebsd/dvilualatex-dev (rev 0)
+++ trunk/Master/bin/amd64-freebsd/dvilualatex-dev 2019-07-25 22:32:37 UTC (rev 51730)
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+link dvilualatex
\ No newline at end of file
Property changes on: trunk/Master/bin/amd64-freebsd/dvilualatex-dev
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:special
## -0,0 +1 ##
+*
\ No newline at end of property
Added: trunk/Master/bin/amd64-freebsd/latex-dev
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/bin/amd64-freebsd/latex-dev (rev 0)
+++ trunk/Master/bin/amd64-freebsd/latex-dev 2019-07-25 22:32:37 UTC (rev 51730)
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+link latex
\ No newline at end of file
Property changes on: trunk/Master/bin/amd64-freebsd/latex-dev
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:special
## -0,0 +1 ##
+*
\ No newline at end of property
Added: trunk/Master/bin/amd64-freebsd/lualatex-dev
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/bin/amd64-freebsd/lualatex-dev (rev 0)
+++ trunk/Master/bin/amd64-freebsd/lualatex-dev 2019-07-25 22:32:37 UTC (rev 51730)
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+link lualatex
\ No newline at end of file
Property changes on: trunk/Master/bin/amd64-freebsd/lualatex-dev
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:special
## -0,0 +1 ##
+*
\ No newline at end of property
Added: trunk/Master/bin/amd64-freebsd/pdflatex-dev
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/bin/amd64-freebsd/pdflatex-dev (rev 0)
+++ trunk/Master/bin/amd64-freebsd/pdflatex-dev 2019-07-25 22:32:37 UTC (rev 51730)
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+link pdflatex
\ No newline at end of file
Property changes on: trunk/Master/bin/amd64-freebsd/pdflatex-dev
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:special
## -0,0 +1 ##
+*
\ No newline at end of property
Added: trunk/Master/bin/amd64-freebsd/xelatex-dev
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/bin/amd64-freebsd/xelatex-dev (rev 0)
+++ trunk/Master/bin/amd64-freebsd/xelatex-dev 2019-07-25 22:32:37 UTC (rev 51730)
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+link xelatex
\ No newline at end of file
Property changes on: trunk/Master/bin/amd64-freebsd/xelatex-dev
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:special
## -0,0 +1 ##
+*
\ No newline at end of property
Added: trunk/Master/bin/amd64-netbsd/dvilualatex-dev
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/bin/amd64-netbsd/dvilualatex-dev (rev 0)
+++ trunk/Master/bin/amd64-netbsd/dvilualatex-dev 2019-07-25 22:32:37 UTC (rev 51730)
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+link dvilualatex
\ No newline at end of file
Property changes on: trunk/Master/bin/amd64-netbsd/dvilualatex-dev
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:special
## -0,0 +1 ##
+*
\ No newline at end of property
Added: trunk/Master/bin/amd64-netbsd/latex-dev
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/bin/amd64-netbsd/latex-dev (rev 0)
+++ trunk/Master/bin/amd64-netbsd/latex-dev 2019-07-25 22:32:37 UTC (rev 51730)
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+link latex
\ No newline at end of file
Property changes on: trunk/Master/bin/amd64-netbsd/latex-dev
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:special
## -0,0 +1 ##
+*
\ No newline at end of property
Added: trunk/Master/bin/amd64-netbsd/lualatex-dev
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/bin/amd64-netbsd/lualatex-dev (rev 0)
+++ trunk/Master/bin/amd64-netbsd/lualatex-dev 2019-07-25 22:32:37 UTC (rev 51730)
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+link lualatex
\ No newline at end of file
Property changes on: trunk/Master/bin/amd64-netbsd/lualatex-dev
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:special
## -0,0 +1 ##
+*
\ No newline at end of property
Added: trunk/Master/bin/amd64-netbsd/pdflatex-dev
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/bin/amd64-netbsd/pdflatex-dev (rev 0)
+++ trunk/Master/bin/amd64-netbsd/pdflatex-dev 2019-07-25 22:32:37 UTC (rev 51730)
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+link pdflatex
\ No newline at end of file
Property changes on: trunk/Master/bin/amd64-netbsd/pdflatex-dev
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:special
## -0,0 +1 ##
+*
\ No newline at end of property
Added: trunk/Master/bin/amd64-netbsd/xelatex-dev
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/bin/amd64-netbsd/xelatex-dev (rev 0)
+++ trunk/Master/bin/amd64-netbsd/xelatex-dev 2019-07-25 22:32:37 UTC (rev 51730)
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+link xelatex
\ No newline at end of file
Property changes on: trunk/Master/bin/amd64-netbsd/xelatex-dev
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:special
## -0,0 +1 ##
+*
\ No newline at end of property
Added: trunk/Master/bin/armhf-linux/dvilualatex-dev
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/bin/armhf-linux/dvilualatex-dev (rev 0)
+++ trunk/Master/bin/armhf-linux/dvilualatex-dev 2019-07-25 22:32:37 UTC (rev 51730)
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+link dvilualatex
\ No newline at end of file
Property changes on: trunk/Master/bin/armhf-linux/dvilualatex-dev
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:special
## -0,0 +1 ##
+*
\ No newline at end of property
Added: trunk/Master/bin/armhf-linux/latex-dev
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/bin/armhf-linux/latex-dev (rev 0)
+++ trunk/Master/bin/armhf-linux/latex-dev 2019-07-25 22:32:37 UTC (rev 51730)
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+link latex
\ No newline at end of file
Property changes on: trunk/Master/bin/armhf-linux/latex-dev
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:special
## -0,0 +1 ##
+*
\ No newline at end of property
Added: trunk/Master/bin/armhf-linux/lualatex-dev
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/bin/armhf-linux/lualatex-dev (rev 0)
+++ trunk/Master/bin/armhf-linux/lualatex-dev 2019-07-25 22:32:37 UTC (rev 51730)
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+link lualatex
\ No newline at end of file
Property changes on: trunk/Master/bin/armhf-linux/lualatex-dev
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:special
## -0,0 +1 ##
+*
\ No newline at end of property
Added: trunk/Master/bin/armhf-linux/pdflatex-dev
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/bin/armhf-linux/pdflatex-dev (rev 0)
+++ trunk/Master/bin/armhf-linux/pdflatex-dev 2019-07-25 22:32:37 UTC (rev 51730)
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+link pdflatex
\ No newline at end of file
Property changes on: trunk/Master/bin/armhf-linux/pdflatex-dev
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:special
## -0,0 +1 ##
+*
\ No newline at end of property
Added: trunk/Master/bin/armhf-linux/xelatex-dev
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/bin/armhf-linux/xelatex-dev (rev 0)
+++ trunk/Master/bin/armhf-linux/xelatex-dev 2019-07-25 22:32:37 UTC (rev 51730)
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+link xelatex
\ No newline at end of file
Property changes on: trunk/Master/bin/armhf-linux/xelatex-dev
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:special
## -0,0 +1 ##
+*
\ No newline at end of property
Added: trunk/Master/bin/i386-freebsd/dvilualatex-dev
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/bin/i386-freebsd/dvilualatex-dev (rev 0)
+++ trunk/Master/bin/i386-freebsd/dvilualatex-dev 2019-07-25 22:32:37 UTC (rev 51730)
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+link dvilualatex
\ No newline at end of file
Property changes on: trunk/Master/bin/i386-freebsd/dvilualatex-dev
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:special
## -0,0 +1 ##
+*
\ No newline at end of property
Added: trunk/Master/bin/i386-freebsd/latex-dev
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/bin/i386-freebsd/latex-dev (rev 0)
+++ trunk/Master/bin/i386-freebsd/latex-dev 2019-07-25 22:32:37 UTC (rev 51730)
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+link latex
\ No newline at end of file
Property changes on: trunk/Master/bin/i386-freebsd/latex-dev
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:special
## -0,0 +1 ##
+*
\ No newline at end of property
Added: trunk/Master/bin/i386-freebsd/lualatex-dev
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/bin/i386-freebsd/lualatex-dev (rev 0)
+++ trunk/Master/bin/i386-freebsd/lualatex-dev 2019-07-25 22:32:37 UTC (rev 51730)
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+link lualatex
\ No newline at end of file
Property changes on: trunk/Master/bin/i386-freebsd/lualatex-dev
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:special
## -0,0 +1 ##
+*
\ No newline at end of property
Added: trunk/Master/bin/i386-freebsd/pdflatex-dev
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/bin/i386-freebsd/pdflatex-dev (rev 0)
+++ trunk/Master/bin/i386-freebsd/pdflatex-dev 2019-07-25 22:32:37 UTC (rev 51730)
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+link pdflatex
\ No newline at end of file
Property changes on: trunk/Master/bin/i386-freebsd/pdflatex-dev
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:special
## -0,0 +1 ##
+*
\ No newline at end of property
Added: trunk/Master/bin/i386-freebsd/xelatex-dev
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/bin/i386-freebsd/xelatex-dev (rev 0)
+++ trunk/Master/bin/i386-freebsd/xelatex-dev 2019-07-25 22:32:37 UTC (rev 51730)
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+link xelatex
\ No newline at end of file
Property changes on: trunk/Master/bin/i386-freebsd/xelatex-dev
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:special
## -0,0 +1 ##
+*
\ No newline at end of property
Added: trunk/Master/bin/i386-linux/dvilualatex-dev
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/bin/i386-linux/dvilualatex-dev (rev 0)
+++ trunk/Master/bin/i386-linux/dvilualatex-dev 2019-07-25 22:32:37 UTC (rev 51730)
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+link dvilualatex
\ No newline at end of file
Property changes on: trunk/Master/bin/i386-linux/dvilualatex-dev
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:special
## -0,0 +1 ##
+*
\ No newline at end of property
Added: trunk/Master/bin/i386-linux/latex-dev
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/bin/i386-linux/latex-dev (rev 0)
+++ trunk/Master/bin/i386-linux/latex-dev 2019-07-25 22:32:37 UTC (rev 51730)
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+link latex
\ No newline at end of file
Property changes on: trunk/Master/bin/i386-linux/latex-dev
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:special
## -0,0 +1 ##
+*
\ No newline at end of property
Added: trunk/Master/bin/i386-linux/lualatex-dev
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/bin/i386-linux/lualatex-dev (rev 0)
+++ trunk/Master/bin/i386-linux/lualatex-dev 2019-07-25 22:32:37 UTC (rev 51730)
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+link lualatex
\ No newline at end of file
Property changes on: trunk/Master/bin/i386-linux/lualatex-dev
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:special
## -0,0 +1 ##
+*
\ No newline at end of property
Added: trunk/Master/bin/i386-linux/pdflatex-dev
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/bin/i386-linux/pdflatex-dev (rev 0)
+++ trunk/Master/bin/i386-linux/pdflatex-dev 2019-07-25 22:32:37 UTC (rev 51730)
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+link pdflatex
\ No newline at end of file
Property changes on: trunk/Master/bin/i386-linux/pdflatex-dev
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:special
## -0,0 +1 ##
+*
\ No newline at end of property
Added: trunk/Master/bin/i386-linux/xelatex-dev
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/bin/i386-linux/xelatex-dev (rev 0)
+++ trunk/Master/bin/i386-linux/xelatex-dev 2019-07-25 22:32:37 UTC (rev 51730)
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+link xelatex
\ No newline at end of file
Property changes on: trunk/Master/bin/i386-linux/xelatex-dev
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:special
## -0,0 +1 ##
+*
\ No newline at end of property
Added: trunk/Master/bin/i386-netbsd/dvilualatex-dev
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/bin/i386-netbsd/dvilualatex-dev (rev 0)
+++ trunk/Master/bin/i386-netbsd/dvilualatex-dev 2019-07-25 22:32:37 UTC (rev 51730)
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+link dvilualatex
\ No newline at end of file
Property changes on: trunk/Master/bin/i386-netbsd/dvilualatex-dev
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:special
## -0,0 +1 ##
+*
\ No newline at end of property
Added: trunk/Master/bin/i386-netbsd/latex-dev
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/bin/i386-netbsd/latex-dev (rev 0)
+++ trunk/Master/bin/i386-netbsd/latex-dev 2019-07-25 22:32:37 UTC (rev 51730)
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+link latex
\ No newline at end of file
Property changes on: trunk/Master/bin/i386-netbsd/latex-dev
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:special
## -0,0 +1 ##
+*
\ No newline at end of property
Added: trunk/Master/bin/i386-netbsd/lualatex-dev
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/bin/i386-netbsd/lualatex-dev (rev 0)
+++ trunk/Master/bin/i386-netbsd/lualatex-dev 2019-07-25 22:32:37 UTC (rev 51730)
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+link lualatex
\ No newline at end of file
Property changes on: trunk/Master/bin/i386-netbsd/lualatex-dev
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:special
## -0,0 +1 ##
+*
\ No newline at end of property
Added: trunk/Master/bin/i386-netbsd/pdflatex-dev
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/bin/i386-netbsd/pdflatex-dev (rev 0)
+++ trunk/Master/bin/i386-netbsd/pdflatex-dev 2019-07-25 22:32:37 UTC (rev 51730)
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+link pdflatex
\ No newline at end of file
Property changes on: trunk/Master/bin/i386-netbsd/pdflatex-dev
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:special
## -0,0 +1 ##
+*
\ No newline at end of property
Added: trunk/Master/bin/i386-netbsd/xelatex-dev
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/bin/i386-netbsd/xelatex-dev (rev 0)
+++ trunk/Master/bin/i386-netbsd/xelatex-dev 2019-07-25 22:32:37 UTC (rev 51730)
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+link xelatex
\ No newline at end of file
Property changes on: trunk/Master/bin/i386-netbsd/xelatex-dev
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:special
## -0,0 +1 ##
+*
\ No newline at end of property
Added: trunk/Master/bin/i386-solaris/dvilualatex-dev
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/bin/i386-solaris/dvilualatex-dev (rev 0)
+++ trunk/Master/bin/i386-solaris/dvilualatex-dev 2019-07-25 22:32:37 UTC (rev 51730)
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+link dvilualatex
\ No newline at end of file
Property changes on: trunk/Master/bin/i386-solaris/dvilualatex-dev
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:special
## -0,0 +1 ##
+*
\ No newline at end of property
Added: trunk/Master/bin/i386-solaris/latex-dev
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/bin/i386-solaris/latex-dev (rev 0)
+++ trunk/Master/bin/i386-solaris/latex-dev 2019-07-25 22:32:37 UTC (rev 51730)
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+link latex
\ No newline at end of file
Property changes on: trunk/Master/bin/i386-solaris/latex-dev
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:special
## -0,0 +1 ##
+*
\ No newline at end of property
Added: trunk/Master/bin/i386-solaris/lualatex-dev
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/bin/i386-solaris/lualatex-dev (rev 0)
+++ trunk/Master/bin/i386-solaris/lualatex-dev 2019-07-25 22:32:37 UTC (rev 51730)
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+link lualatex
\ No newline at end of file
Property changes on: trunk/Master/bin/i386-solaris/lualatex-dev
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:special
## -0,0 +1 ##
+*
\ No newline at end of property
Added: trunk/Master/bin/i386-solaris/pdflatex-dev
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/bin/i386-solaris/pdflatex-dev (rev 0)
+++ trunk/Master/bin/i386-solaris/pdflatex-dev 2019-07-25 22:32:37 UTC (rev 51730)
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+link pdflatex
\ No newline at end of file
Property changes on: trunk/Master/bin/i386-solaris/pdflatex-dev
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:special
## -0,0 +1 ##
+*
\ No newline at end of property
Added: trunk/Master/bin/i386-solaris/xelatex-dev
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/bin/i386-solaris/xelatex-dev (rev 0)
+++ trunk/Master/bin/i386-solaris/xelatex-dev 2019-07-25 22:32:37 UTC (rev 51730)
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+link xelatex
\ No newline at end of file
Property changes on: trunk/Master/bin/i386-solaris/xelatex-dev
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:special
## -0,0 +1 ##
+*
\ No newline at end of property
Added: trunk/Master/bin/win32/dvilualatex-dev.exe
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)
Index: trunk/Master/bin/win32/dvilualatex-dev.exe
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/bin/win32/dvilualatex-dev.exe 2019-07-25 21:49:36 UTC (rev 51729)
+++ trunk/Master/bin/win32/dvilualatex-dev.exe 2019-07-25 22:32:37 UTC (rev 51730)
Property changes on: trunk/Master/bin/win32/dvilualatex-dev.exe
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:executable
## -0,0 +1 ##
+*
\ No newline at end of property
Added: svn:mime-type
## -0,0 +1 ##
+application/octet-stream
\ No newline at end of property
Added: trunk/Master/bin/win32/latex-dev.exe
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)
Index: trunk/Master/bin/win32/latex-dev.exe
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/bin/win32/latex-dev.exe 2019-07-25 21:49:36 UTC (rev 51729)
+++ trunk/Master/bin/win32/latex-dev.exe 2019-07-25 22:32:37 UTC (rev 51730)
Property changes on: trunk/Master/bin/win32/latex-dev.exe
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:executable
## -0,0 +1 ##
+*
\ No newline at end of property
Added: svn:mime-type
## -0,0 +1 ##
+application/octet-stream
\ No newline at end of property
Added: trunk/Master/bin/win32/lualatex-dev.exe
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)
Index: trunk/Master/bin/win32/lualatex-dev.exe
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/bin/win32/lualatex-dev.exe 2019-07-25 21:49:36 UTC (rev 51729)
+++ trunk/Master/bin/win32/lualatex-dev.exe 2019-07-25 22:32:37 UTC (rev 51730)
Property changes on: trunk/Master/bin/win32/lualatex-dev.exe
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:executable
## -0,0 +1 ##
+*
\ No newline at end of property
Added: svn:mime-type
## -0,0 +1 ##
+application/octet-stream
\ No newline at end of property
Added: trunk/Master/bin/win32/pdflatex-dev.exe
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)
Index: trunk/Master/bin/win32/pdflatex-dev.exe
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/bin/win32/pdflatex-dev.exe 2019-07-25 21:49:36 UTC (rev 51729)
+++ trunk/Master/bin/win32/pdflatex-dev.exe 2019-07-25 22:32:37 UTC (rev 51730)
Property changes on: trunk/Master/bin/win32/pdflatex-dev.exe
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:executable
## -0,0 +1 ##
+*
\ No newline at end of property
Added: svn:mime-type
## -0,0 +1 ##
+application/octet-stream
\ No newline at end of property
Added: trunk/Master/bin/win32/xelatex-dev.exe
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)
Index: trunk/Master/bin/win32/xelatex-dev.exe
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/bin/win32/xelatex-dev.exe 2019-07-25 21:49:36 UTC (rev 51729)
+++ trunk/Master/bin/win32/xelatex-dev.exe 2019-07-25 22:32:37 UTC (rev 51730)
Property changes on: trunk/Master/bin/win32/xelatex-dev.exe
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:executable
## -0,0 +1 ##
+*
\ No newline at end of property
Added: svn:mime-type
## -0,0 +1 ##
+application/octet-stream
\ No newline at end of property
Added: trunk/Master/bin/x86_64-darwin/dvilualatex-dev
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/bin/x86_64-darwin/dvilualatex-dev (rev 0)
+++ trunk/Master/bin/x86_64-darwin/dvilualatex-dev 2019-07-25 22:32:37 UTC (rev 51730)
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+link dvilualatex
\ No newline at end of file
Property changes on: trunk/Master/bin/x86_64-darwin/dvilualatex-dev
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:special
## -0,0 +1 ##
+*
\ No newline at end of property
Added: trunk/Master/bin/x86_64-darwin/latex-dev
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/bin/x86_64-darwin/latex-dev (rev 0)
+++ trunk/Master/bin/x86_64-darwin/latex-dev 2019-07-25 22:32:37 UTC (rev 51730)
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+link latex
\ No newline at end of file
Property changes on: trunk/Master/bin/x86_64-darwin/latex-dev
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:special
## -0,0 +1 ##
+*
\ No newline at end of property
Added: trunk/Master/bin/x86_64-darwin/lualatex-dev
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/bin/x86_64-darwin/lualatex-dev (rev 0)
+++ trunk/Master/bin/x86_64-darwin/lualatex-dev 2019-07-25 22:32:37 UTC (rev 51730)
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+link lualatex
\ No newline at end of file
Property changes on: trunk/Master/bin/x86_64-darwin/lualatex-dev
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:special
## -0,0 +1 ##
+*
\ No newline at end of property
Added: trunk/Master/bin/x86_64-darwin/pdflatex-dev
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/bin/x86_64-darwin/pdflatex-dev (rev 0)
+++ trunk/Master/bin/x86_64-darwin/pdflatex-dev 2019-07-25 22:32:37 UTC (rev 51730)
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+link pdflatex
\ No newline at end of file
Property changes on: trunk/Master/bin/x86_64-darwin/pdflatex-dev
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:special
## -0,0 +1 ##
+*
\ No newline at end of property
Added: trunk/Master/bin/x86_64-darwin/xelatex-dev
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/bin/x86_64-darwin/xelatex-dev (rev 0)
+++ trunk/Master/bin/x86_64-darwin/xelatex-dev 2019-07-25 22:32:37 UTC (rev 51730)
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+link xelatex
\ No newline at end of file
Property changes on: trunk/Master/bin/x86_64-darwin/xelatex-dev
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:special
## -0,0 +1 ##
+*
\ No newline at end of property
Added: trunk/Master/bin/x86_64-darwinlegacy/dvilualatex-dev
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/bin/x86_64-darwinlegacy/dvilualatex-dev (rev 0)
+++ trunk/Master/bin/x86_64-darwinlegacy/dvilualatex-dev 2019-07-25 22:32:37 UTC (rev 51730)
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+link dvilualatex
\ No newline at end of file
Property changes on: trunk/Master/bin/x86_64-darwinlegacy/dvilualatex-dev
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:special
## -0,0 +1 ##
+*
\ No newline at end of property
Added: trunk/Master/bin/x86_64-darwinlegacy/latex-dev
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/bin/x86_64-darwinlegacy/latex-dev (rev 0)
+++ trunk/Master/bin/x86_64-darwinlegacy/latex-dev 2019-07-25 22:32:37 UTC (rev 51730)
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+link latex
\ No newline at end of file
Property changes on: trunk/Master/bin/x86_64-darwinlegacy/latex-dev
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:special
## -0,0 +1 ##
+*
\ No newline at end of property
Added: trunk/Master/bin/x86_64-darwinlegacy/lualatex-dev
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/bin/x86_64-darwinlegacy/lualatex-dev (rev 0)
+++ trunk/Master/bin/x86_64-darwinlegacy/lualatex-dev 2019-07-25 22:32:37 UTC (rev 51730)
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+link lualatex
\ No newline at end of file
Property changes on: trunk/Master/bin/x86_64-darwinlegacy/lualatex-dev
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:special
## -0,0 +1 ##
+*
\ No newline at end of property
Added: trunk/Master/bin/x86_64-darwinlegacy/pdflatex-dev
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/bin/x86_64-darwinlegacy/pdflatex-dev (rev 0)
+++ trunk/Master/bin/x86_64-darwinlegacy/pdflatex-dev 2019-07-25 22:32:37 UTC (rev 51730)
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+link pdflatex
\ No newline at end of file
Property changes on: trunk/Master/bin/x86_64-darwinlegacy/pdflatex-dev
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:special
## -0,0 +1 ##
+*
\ No newline at end of property
Added: trunk/Master/bin/x86_64-darwinlegacy/xelatex-dev
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/bin/x86_64-darwinlegacy/xelatex-dev (rev 0)
+++ trunk/Master/bin/x86_64-darwinlegacy/xelatex-dev 2019-07-25 22:32:37 UTC (rev 51730)
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+link xelatex
\ No newline at end of file
Property changes on: trunk/Master/bin/x86_64-darwinlegacy/xelatex-dev
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:special
## -0,0 +1 ##
+*
\ No newline at end of property
Added: trunk/Master/bin/x86_64-linux/dvilualatex-dev
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/bin/x86_64-linux/dvilualatex-dev (rev 0)
+++ trunk/Master/bin/x86_64-linux/dvilualatex-dev 2019-07-25 22:32:37 UTC (rev 51730)
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+link dvilualatex
\ No newline at end of file
Property changes on: trunk/Master/bin/x86_64-linux/dvilualatex-dev
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:special
## -0,0 +1 ##
+*
\ No newline at end of property
Added: trunk/Master/bin/x86_64-linux/latex-dev
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/bin/x86_64-linux/latex-dev (rev 0)
+++ trunk/Master/bin/x86_64-linux/latex-dev 2019-07-25 22:32:37 UTC (rev 51730)
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+link latex
\ No newline at end of file
Property changes on: trunk/Master/bin/x86_64-linux/latex-dev
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:special
## -0,0 +1 ##
+*
\ No newline at end of property
Added: trunk/Master/bin/x86_64-linux/lualatex-dev
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/bin/x86_64-linux/lualatex-dev (rev 0)
+++ trunk/Master/bin/x86_64-linux/lualatex-dev 2019-07-25 22:32:37 UTC (rev 51730)
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+link lualatex
\ No newline at end of file
Property changes on: trunk/Master/bin/x86_64-linux/lualatex-dev
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:special
## -0,0 +1 ##
+*
\ No newline at end of property
Added: trunk/Master/bin/x86_64-linux/pdflatex-dev
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/bin/x86_64-linux/pdflatex-dev (rev 0)
+++ trunk/Master/bin/x86_64-linux/pdflatex-dev 2019-07-25 22:32:37 UTC (rev 51730)
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+link pdflatex
\ No newline at end of file
Property changes on: trunk/Master/bin/x86_64-linux/pdflatex-dev
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:special
## -0,0 +1 ##
+*
\ No newline at end of property
Added: trunk/Master/bin/x86_64-linux/xelatex-dev
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/bin/x86_64-linux/xelatex-dev (rev 0)
+++ trunk/Master/bin/x86_64-linux/xelatex-dev 2019-07-25 22:32:37 UTC (rev 51730)
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+link xelatex
\ No newline at end of file
Property changes on: trunk/Master/bin/x86_64-linux/xelatex-dev
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:special
## -0,0 +1 ##
+*
\ No newline at end of property
Added: trunk/Master/bin/x86_64-linuxmusl/dvilualatex-dev
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/bin/x86_64-linuxmusl/dvilualatex-dev (rev 0)
+++ trunk/Master/bin/x86_64-linuxmusl/dvilualatex-dev 2019-07-25 22:32:37 UTC (rev 51730)
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+link dvilualatex
\ No newline at end of file
Property changes on: trunk/Master/bin/x86_64-linuxmusl/dvilualatex-dev
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:special
## -0,0 +1 ##
+*
\ No newline at end of property
Added: trunk/Master/bin/x86_64-linuxmusl/latex-dev
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/bin/x86_64-linuxmusl/latex-dev (rev 0)
+++ trunk/Master/bin/x86_64-linuxmusl/latex-dev 2019-07-25 22:32:37 UTC (rev 51730)
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+link latex
\ No newline at end of file
Property changes on: trunk/Master/bin/x86_64-linuxmusl/latex-dev
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:special
## -0,0 +1 ##
+*
\ No newline at end of property
Added: trunk/Master/bin/x86_64-linuxmusl/lualatex-dev
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/bin/x86_64-linuxmusl/lualatex-dev (rev 0)
+++ trunk/Master/bin/x86_64-linuxmusl/lualatex-dev 2019-07-25 22:32:37 UTC (rev 51730)
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+link lualatex
\ No newline at end of file
Property changes on: trunk/Master/bin/x86_64-linuxmusl/lualatex-dev
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:special
## -0,0 +1 ##
+*
\ No newline at end of property
Added: trunk/Master/bin/x86_64-linuxmusl/pdflatex-dev
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/bin/x86_64-linuxmusl/pdflatex-dev (rev 0)
+++ trunk/Master/bin/x86_64-linuxmusl/pdflatex-dev 2019-07-25 22:32:37 UTC (rev 51730)
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+link pdflatex
\ No newline at end of file
Property changes on: trunk/Master/bin/x86_64-linuxmusl/pdflatex-dev
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:special
## -0,0 +1 ##
+*
\ No newline at end of property
Added: trunk/Master/bin/x86_64-linuxmusl/xelatex-dev
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/bin/x86_64-linuxmusl/xelatex-dev (rev 0)
+++ trunk/Master/bin/x86_64-linuxmusl/xelatex-dev 2019-07-25 22:32:37 UTC (rev 51730)
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+link xelatex
\ No newline at end of file
Property changes on: trunk/Master/bin/x86_64-linuxmusl/xelatex-dev
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:special
## -0,0 +1 ##
+*
\ No newline at end of property
Added: trunk/Master/bin/x86_64-solaris/dvilualatex-dev
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/bin/x86_64-solaris/dvilualatex-dev (rev 0)
+++ trunk/Master/bin/x86_64-solaris/dvilualatex-dev 2019-07-25 22:32:37 UTC (rev 51730)
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+link dvilualatex
\ No newline at end of file
Property changes on: trunk/Master/bin/x86_64-solaris/dvilualatex-dev
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:special
## -0,0 +1 ##
+*
\ No newline at end of property
Added: trunk/Master/bin/x86_64-solaris/latex-dev
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/bin/x86_64-solaris/latex-dev (rev 0)
+++ trunk/Master/bin/x86_64-solaris/latex-dev 2019-07-25 22:32:37 UTC (rev 51730)
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+link latex
\ No newline at end of file
Property changes on: trunk/Master/bin/x86_64-solaris/latex-dev
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:special
## -0,0 +1 ##
+*
\ No newline at end of property
Added: trunk/Master/bin/x86_64-solaris/lualatex-dev
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/bin/x86_64-solaris/lualatex-dev (rev 0)
+++ trunk/Master/bin/x86_64-solaris/lualatex-dev 2019-07-25 22:32:37 UTC (rev 51730)
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+link lualatex
\ No newline at end of file
Property changes on: trunk/Master/bin/x86_64-solaris/lualatex-dev
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:special
## -0,0 +1 ##
+*
\ No newline at end of property
Added: trunk/Master/bin/x86_64-solaris/pdflatex-dev
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/bin/x86_64-solaris/pdflatex-dev (rev 0)
+++ trunk/Master/bin/x86_64-solaris/pdflatex-dev 2019-07-25 22:32:37 UTC (rev 51730)
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+link pdflatex
\ No newline at end of file
Property changes on: trunk/Master/bin/x86_64-solaris/pdflatex-dev
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:special
## -0,0 +1 ##
+*
\ No newline at end of property
Added: trunk/Master/bin/x86_64-solaris/xelatex-dev
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/bin/x86_64-solaris/xelatex-dev (rev 0)
+++ trunk/Master/bin/x86_64-solaris/xelatex-dev 2019-07-25 22:32:37 UTC (rev 51730)
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+link xelatex
\ No newline at end of file
Property changes on: trunk/Master/bin/x86_64-solaris/xelatex-dev
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:special
## -0,0 +1 ##
+*
\ No newline at end of property
Added: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/README-doc.md
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/README-doc.md (rev 0)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/README-doc.md 2019-07-25 22:32:37 UTC (rev 51730)
@@ -0,0 +1,29 @@
+Documentation for the LaTeX kernel
+==================================
+
+Release 2019-10-01 pre-release 2
+
+Overview
+--------
+
+This bundle provides the core documentation supporting the LaTeX kernel.
+
+For historical reasons, the base distribution and the core documentation
+are bundled separately. Documentation is found in the `doc` bundle. In an
+installed TeX system, `base` and `doc` should be placed within the same
+location; the distinction is therefore primarily of importance when looking
+at the development code.
+
+License
+-------
+
+The contents of this bundle are distributed under the [LaTeX Project
+Public License](https://www.latex-project.org/lppl/lppl-1-3c/),
+version 1.3c or later.
+
+-----
+
+<p>Copyright (C) 2019 The LaTeX3 Project <br />
+<a href="http://latex-project.org/">http://latex-project.org/</a> <br />
+All rights reserved.</p>
+
Property changes on: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/README-doc.md
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:eol-style
## -0,0 +1 ##
+native
\ No newline at end of property
Added: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/README.md
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/README.md (rev 0)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/README.md 2019-07-25 22:32:37 UTC (rev 51730)
@@ -0,0 +1,103 @@
+The LaTeX kernel
+================
+
+Release 2019-10-01 pre-release 2
+
+Overview
+--------
+
+This bundle provides the core LaTeX kernel. In addition to this bundle,
+a minimal LaTeX system also needs the files contained in the
+
+- LaTeX team documentation (`doc`)
+- Packages which must be available (`required`). These are
+ - Essential tools (`tools`)
+ - Core graphics and color support (`graphics`)
+ - Key mathematics support (`amsmath`)
+
+This file contains a small set of pointers to other more complete
+documentation on installing and using a LaTeX system.
+
+Documentation
+-------------
+
+Full documentation of the LaTeX system is provided by
+
+- _LaTeX: A Document Preparation System_; Lamport, Addison-Wesley
+- _The LaTeX Companion_, 2ed; Mittelbach and Goossens with Braams, Carlisle
+ and Rowley, Addison-Wesley
+- _Guide to LaTeX_, 4ed; Kopka and Daly, Addison-Wesley
+
+The distribution is described in files ending `.txt` or `.md`; briefly,
+the most significant of these files are
+
+- `README.md` is this file
+- `manifest.txt` lists all the files in this LaTeX distribution,
+ with one line of information about the contents
+- `unpacked.txt` lists all the files in the unpacked LaTeX distribution
+- `legal.txt` and `lppl.txt` (LaTeX Project Public License) describe the
+ LaTeX copyright, warranty and copying restrictions.
+- `patches.txt` describes the how important changes will be distributed
+ between releases
+- `texpert.txt` contains information about the system that may still be
+ useful for TeX experts
+- `tex2.txt` contains important information for users of extremely
+ old versions of TeX (pre 1990)
+- `autoload.txt` describes a variant of LaTeX that is no longer supported
+- `bugs.txt` describes how to submit a bug report for LaTeX
+
+Other documentation files include files with names of the form:
+
+ <xxx>guide.tex
+
+You will probably need to update your system before you can typeset
+these files. Each file needs three LaTeX runs. Some of these are
+also available as PDF files on [CTAN](https://www.ctan.org).
+
+The following files contain further information:
+
+- `ltx3info.tex` gives you some historical information about the LaTeX3
+ project
+- `manual.err` lists errata in _LaTeX: A Document Preparation System_ (Lamport)
+- `tlc2.err` lists errata in _The LaTeX Companion_ (Mittelbach et al.)
+
+The files `ltnews*.tex` (part of the `doc` bundle) contain the LaTeX
+newsletters, the highest number being the most recent.
+
+For historical reasons, the base distribution and the core documentation
+are bundled separately. Documentation is found in the `doc` bundle. In an
+installed TeX system, `base` and `doc` should be placed within the same
+location; the distinction is therefore primarily of importance when looking
+at the development code.
+
+Installation
+------------
+
+We no longer distribute installation instructions for the various TeX
+implementations. All modern TeX systems include LaTeX as-standard, and end
+users should in general use the release versions supplied in this way.
+
+Release distribution is carried out only through the CTAN archives.
+
+Requirements
+------------
+
+The LaTeX kernel requires the e-TeX extensions to TeX, which were finalised
+in the late 1990s and are available in modern TeX-derived engines. Some new
+features require `\ifincsname`, which is currently available in release
+versions of pdfTeX, XeTeX and LuaTeX, and is being introduced shortly in
+e-pTeX and e-upTeX.
+
+License
+-------
+
+The contents of this bundle are distributed under the [LaTeX Project
+Public License](https://www.latex-project.org/lppl/lppl-1-3c/),
+version 1.3c or later.
+
+-----
+
+<p>Copyright (C) 1989-2019 The LaTeX Project <br />
+<a href="http://latex-project.org/">http://latex-project.org/</a> <br />
+All rights reserved.</p>
+
Property changes on: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/README.md
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:eol-style
## -0,0 +1 ##
+native
\ No newline at end of property
Added: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/TEMPLATE-IncludeInRelease.txt
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/TEMPLATE-IncludeInRelease.txt (rev 0)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/TEMPLATE-IncludeInRelease.txt 2019-07-25 22:32:37 UTC (rev 51730)
@@ -0,0 +1,19 @@
+%</2ekernel>
+%<*2ekernel|latexrelease>
+%<latexrelease>\IncludeInRelease{2019/10/01}%
+%<latexrelease> {\XXX}{Info}%
+
+
+
+
+
+
+%</2ekernel|latexrelease>
+%<latexrelease>\EndIncludeInRelease
+%<latexrelease>\IncludeInRelease{0000/00/00}%
+%<latexrelease> {\XXX}{Info}%
+
+%<latexrelease>
+
+%<latexrelease>\EndIncludeInRelease
+%<*2ekernel>
Property changes on: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/TEMPLATE-IncludeInRelease.txt
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:eol-style
## -0,0 +1 ##
+native
\ No newline at end of property
Added: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/alltt.pdf
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)
Index: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/alltt.pdf
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/alltt.pdf 2019-07-25 21:49:36 UTC (rev 51729)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/alltt.pdf 2019-07-25 22:32:37 UTC (rev 51730)
Property changes on: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/alltt.pdf
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:mime-type
## -0,0 +1 ##
+application/pdf
\ No newline at end of property
Added: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/bugs.txt
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/bugs.txt (rev 0)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/bugs.txt 2019-07-25 22:32:37 UTC (rev 51730)
@@ -0,0 +1,89 @@
+ LaTeX Error Reports
+
+ January 2017
+
+ERROR REPORTS
+
+Before you report an error, please check that:
+
+ * Your LaTeX system is not too old, i.e., your version is the
+ current or the previous release. Information about the latest
+ release can be found at
+ https://www.latex-project.org/news/latex2e-news/
+
+ * The error is not already mentioned in the documentation of the
+ distribution, e.g. in a .dtx file (in this case it is a feature :-).
+
+ * The error has not already been reported. If you have WWW
+ access, you can search the LaTeX bugs database using this URL:
+
+ https://www.latex-project.org/bugs.html
+
+ * The error is not caused by software other than the core LaTeX
+ software that is produced and maintained by the LaTeX3 project
+ team. Please report problems with other software to the authors
+ or suppliers of that software, and not to us!
+
+ Thus you should check that the problem is not caused by, for
+ example, the viewer or printing software you use.
+
+ Also, the test file demonstrating the error should not use any
+ classes or packages other than those authored and supported by the
+ LaTeX3 team. The files for the package or class will tell you how
+ it is supported. The test file should use the package latexbug to
+ check that all packages in the file are supported by the LaTeX3
+ Project (see the discussion on the website why this is important).
+
+ * The error is not caused by using an obsolete version of any file or
+ of other software.
+
+ * You are using the original version of all files, not one that has
+ been modified elsewhere.
+
+If you think you have found a genuine bug in a recent version of the
+core LaTeX software, please report it in the following way:
+
+ * Prepare a *short* test file, as described above, that clearly
+ demonstrates your problem; see below for a discussion of `short'.
+
+ * Run this file through latex to obtain the transcript file
+ (often .log) since you will need to submit this file also.
+
+
+ Submit the test and transcript files through the Web interface at:
+
+ https://www.latex-project.org/bugs/bugs-upload.html
+
+ Please fill in all required fields; in particular, make sure
+ that your name, email address, and the summary description
+ are correct (the email address will not be shared or made public).
+
+
+
+
+
+DOCUMENTATION ERRORS
+
+If you find an error in one of the following books:
+
+ TITLE Author Errata File
+
+ The LaTeX Manual, 2ed Lamport manual.err
+ The LaTeX Companion, 2ed Mittelbach, Goossens, et al tlc2.err
+ The LaTeX Graphics
+ Companion Goossens, Mittelbach, Rahtz grphcomp.err
+ Der LaTeX Begleiter, 2ed Mittelbach, Goossens, et al lb2.err
+ The LaTeX Web Companion Goossens, Rahtz webcomp.err
+
+
+then please check first whether it is already mentioned in the errata
+file for that book (these files are part of the LaTeX distribution).
+If this is not the case then please report the error to the address
+given in that corresponding errata file.
+
+Please *do not* send such reports to the latex-bugs address.
+
+
+--- Copyright 1997,1998,2006,2008,2017 the LaTeX3 project. All rights reserved ---
+
+
Property changes on: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/bugs.txt
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:eol-style
## -0,0 +1 ##
+native
\ No newline at end of property
Added: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/cfgguide.pdf
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)
Index: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/cfgguide.pdf
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/cfgguide.pdf 2019-07-25 21:49:36 UTC (rev 51729)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/cfgguide.pdf 2019-07-25 22:32:37 UTC (rev 51730)
Property changes on: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/cfgguide.pdf
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:mime-type
## -0,0 +1 ##
+application/pdf
\ No newline at end of property
Added: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/cfgguide.tex
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/cfgguide.tex (rev 0)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/cfgguide.tex 2019-07-25 22:32:37 UTC (rev 51730)
@@ -0,0 +1,561 @@
+% \iffalse meta-comment
+%
+% Copyright 1993 1994 1995 1996 1997 1998 1999 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 2009
+% The LaTeX3 Project and any individual authors listed elsewhere
+% in this file.
+%
+% This file is part of the LaTeX base system.
+% -------------------------------------------
+%
+% It may be distributed and/or modified under the
+% conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3c
+% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+% The latest version of this license is in
+% http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt
+% and version 1.3c or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX
+% version 2005/12/01 or later.
+%
+% This file has the LPPL maintenance status "maintained".
+%
+% The list of all files belonging to the LaTeX base distribution is
+% given in the file `manifest.txt'. See also `legal.txt' for additional
+% information.
+%
+% The list of derived (unpacked) files belonging to the distribution
+% and covered by LPPL is defined by the unpacking scripts (with
+% extension .ins) which are part of the distribution.
+%
+% \fi
+% Filename: cfgguide.tex
+
+\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}[1995/12/01]
+
+\documentclass{ltxguide}[1995/11/28]
+
+\newcommand{\filesection}[1]{\subsection{\sffamily{#1}}}
+\newcommand{\iniTeX}{ini\TeX}
+
+\setcounter{secnumdepth}{0}
+
+\title{Configuration options for \LaTeXe}
+
+\author{\copyright~Copyright 1998, 2001, 2003 \LaTeX3 Project Team.\\
+ All rights reserved.}
+
+\date{14 February 2003}
+
+\begin{document}
+
+\maketitle
+
+\tableofcontents
+
+\newpage
+
+\section{Configuring \LaTeX}
+
+Since one of the main aims of the new standard \LaTeX{} is to give all
+users the freedom provided by a reliable document processing system
+linked to a highly portable document format, the number of
+configuration possibilities is strictly limited. The reasons for this
+are explained in more detail in the article
+\textit{Modifying \LaTeX{}} in the file \texttt{modguide.tex}.
+An important consequence of this is that any document that relies on
+any extension package must declare this package within the document
+file; this helps to ensure that the document will work at a different
+site, where the \LaTeX{} system may be configured differently.
+
+Local configuration options are, by convention, placed in
+`configuration files', which have extension |.cfg|. This document
+describes the possibilities for configuration in this release of
+\LaTeX; it also explains how to configure the font definition files to
+take advantage of the available fonts.
+
+The last section considers briefly how to proceed if you require
+further customisation of the formatter.
+
+
+\section{System configuration}
+
+\filesection{texsys.cfg}
+
+This is the only configuration file that \emph{must} be present.
+During installation, if \LaTeX\ cannot find a file with this name
+then a default file |texsys.cfg|, consisting entirely of comments, is
+written out and used. Note that, until this file has been read,
+\LaTeX{} is not able to test reliably whether a given file exists on
+the system.
+
+The contents of the file |texsys.cfg| allow \LaTeX{} to cope with
+various differences between the behaviours of different \TeX{} systems,
+mainly in relation to file handling. The default version of this file
+contains, in its comments, possible settings that may be needed for a
+range of \TeX{} systems. For more information, typeset the file
+|ltdirchk.dtx|.
+
+If you have copied your \LaTeX{} installation from a computer that
+used a different operating system then you may well have a version of
+|texsys.cfg| that will make it difficult to install \LaTeX{} on your
+system. If this happens then start the process again with an empty
+|texsys.cfg| file; this will produce an installation that should, at
+least, allow you to typeset the documentation. However, it is
+possible that \LaTeX{} can still find only those files that are in the
+current directory; in this case you must set the macro |\input at path|
+correctly for your system.
+
+
+\section{Configuring the \LaTeX\ format}
+
+There are four configuration files that enable personal preferences to
+be incorporated into the \LaTeX{} format file |latex.fmt|. The range
+of preferences that can be configured by these files is strictly
+limited as this helps to ensure document portability.
+
+All four files work in the same way: if the file \m{file}|.cfg| is
+found, it will be input by \iniTeX; otherwise a default file
+\m{file}|.ltx| will be input; this is sometimes done via a
+minimal \m{file}|.cfg| that simply inputs \m{file}|.ltx|. Thus,
+providing your own version of any of these |.cfg| files can completely
+override any settings in the corresponding default standard |.ltx|
+file.
+
+
+\subsection{Font configuration}
+
+Before you even think about configuring the font declarations by
+producing a file |fontmath.cfg| or |fonttext.cfg|, you should
+read the documented file |fontdef.dtx|. This is the source file from
+which the default files |fonttext.ltx| and |fontmath.ltx| are
+produced; it contains information concerning the
+contents of the default files and what sort of customisation is
+possible. In particular, it describes in detail the effects of
+individual customisations on document portability including: which
+customisations can be made without endangering the ability to exchange
+documents with other sites (even if the formatting differs); and which
+things should be left untouched because they will make your system so
+different from others that the documents it produces will be
+non-portable.
+
+\textbf{WARNING } Please note that use of either of these font
+configuration files has the following consequences.
+ \begin{itemize}
+ \item Since the content of the file |fontdef.dtx| \emph{might}
+ change in the future, anyone writing a font configuration file
+ must be prepared to update it for use with future releases.
+ \item Documents produced on your system are likely, at best, to be
+ portable only in the sense of being processable at a different
+ site---the actual formatting will not be the same if different
+ fonts are used.
+ \item The \LaTeX3 project team will not be able to support you in
+ diagnosing problems if these cannot be reproduced with a format
+ that does not use any configuration files.
+ \end{itemize}
+
+\filesection{fonttext.cfg}
+
+The file |fonttext.cfg| can contain declarations relating to the use
+of fonts in text modes.
+
+If it exists, it defines which font shapes, families and encodings are
+normally used in text mode, as well as the behavior of font attribute
+commands such as |\textbf| etc.
+
+It could be used, for example, to produce a \LaTeX\ format that, by
+default, typesets documents using Times fonts. Be warned, however,
+that such customisation can have unfortunate consequences; so please
+read carefully this section and the file |fontdef.dtx| below if you
+are thinking of doing this.
+
+Please note carefully the above \textbf{warning}.
+
+\filesection{fontmath.cfg}
+
+The file |fontmath.cfg| can contain declarations relating to the use
+of fonts in math mode.
+
+If it exists, it defines which fonts in which sizes are used in math
+mode, and how they are used. It also defines all the math mode
+commands that `are likely to' depend on the choice of math fonts used
+(e.g.~commands that depend on the position of a glyph in a math font).
+
+The main reason for the existence of this file is to provide for future
+updates when a standard math font encoding is available. Right now we
+do \emph{not} encourage the use of this configuration file other than
+for special applications. Writing a proper configuration file for math
+mode needs expert knowledge!
+
+Please note carefully the above \textbf{warning}.
+
+\filesection{preload.cfg}
+
+The contents of the file |preload.cfg| can control the preloading of
+commonly used fonts. Preloading fonts speeds up the processing of
+documents but, because fonts cannot be `unloaded', you should not
+preload too many; otherwise you may be unable to process documents
+requiring unusual font families.
+
+The default file |preload.ltx| is produced from |preload.dtx|. It
+loads only a few fonts and these are a good choice if you normally use
+documents at the default, 10\,pt, size. If you normally use 11\,pt
+or~12\,pt then the time for \LaTeX\ to startup may be noticeably
+decreased if you preload the corresponding fonts for the sizes you
+use. Similarly, if you normally use a different font family, for
+example Times Roman (|ptm|) then you may want to preload fonts in this
+family rather than the default Computer Modern fonts.
+
+\subsection{Hyphenation configuration}
+
+\filesection{hyphen.cfg}
+
+In order to hyphenate text, \TeX{} must have hyphenation patterns and,
+since these patterns can be loaded only by \iniTeX, the choice of
+which patterns to load must be made when the format is created.
+
+The hyphenation patterns for American English are stored in the file
+named |hyphen.tex|; \LaTeX~2.09 always loaded this file when its
+format was made.
+
+With \LaTeXe{} it is possible to configure which hyphenation patterns
+are to be loaded into the format. When \iniTeX{} is processing
+|latex.ltx|, it looks for a file called |hyphen.cfg|; this file can
+be used to control which hyphenation patterns are loaded. If a file
+|hyphen.cfg| cannot be found then \iniTeX{} will load the file
+|hyphen.ltx|.
+
+The file |hyphen.ltx| loads the file |hyphen.tex| if it can find it;
+otherwise it stops with an error since a format with no hyphenation
+patterns is not very useful. It then sets |\language=0| and it sets
+the values |\lefthyphenmin=2| and |\righthyphenmin=3|, which are
+needed for American English.
+
+Thus, if you want any other patterns to be loaded then you should
+create a file |hyphen.cfg|. For each language for which you wish to
+load hyphenation patterns this file should:
+\begin{itemize}
+\item set |\language=|\m{number};
+\item load the file which contains the hyphenation patterns for that
+ language.
+\end{itemize}
+If the patterns you use require some definitions or assignments then
+a group should be used to keep such changes local to their file.
+
+\textbf{Note.} The hyphenation files that are read in should \emph{only}
+set the hyphenation tables for the language, using the commands
+|\hyphenation| and |\patterns|. In particular they should make no
+assignments to the lowercase/uppercase tables (|\lccode| and
+|\uccode|) and should not make any global command definitions to be
+used after the file has been read. Unfortunately some older
+hyphenation files do contain such settings; thus they are
+\emph{incompatible} with the mechanisms \LaTeX\ uses to ensure
+independence of input and output encodings.
+
+After this the file |hyphen.cfg| should:
+\begin{itemize}
+\item set |\language| to its default value;
+\item set |\lefthyphenmin| and |\righthyphenmin| to the correct values
+ for this default language.
+\end{itemize}
+
+There are packages available, such as `french', that can help you with
+this configuration. The `babel' collection contains many examples of
+setting up a multi-lingual \LaTeX{} format. The documentation in
+|lthyphen.dtx| (the source file for |hyphen.ltx|) also contains some
+useful examples.
+
+[We intend in a future release of \LaTeX{} to provide a set of
+standard commands for use in configuring hyphenation.]
+
+
+\section{Configuring the font definition files}
+
+If you have special fonts available (or if some fonts are unavailable)
+at your site then you may need to produce customised versions of the
+font definition files; these have extension \texttt{.fd} and are read
+by \LaTeX{} to obtain information about the font files installed at your
+system and when to load them.
+
+Although we do not encourage such customisation, you will find
+information about the content of these files and its syntax in the
+documented source file \texttt{cmfonts.fdd} and
+\textit{\LaTeXe{} font selection} in the file \texttt{fntguide.tex}.
+[We hope to be able to provide further information and examples on
+this subject at some time in the future.]
+
+Please note that the use of customised font definition files has the
+following consequences.
+ \begin{itemize}
+ \item Documents produced on your system will, at best, to be
+ portable only in the sense of being processable at a different
+ site---the actual formatting will not be the same if different
+ fonts are used.
+ \item The \LaTeX3 project team will not be able to support you in
+ diagnosing problems if these cannot be reproduced with a format
+ that does not use any customised font definition files.
+ \end{itemize}
+
+Please also note that the whilst licence conditions on the standard
+font definition files allow you to produce a customised version for
+your own use, they do not allow you to distribute such a customised
+font definition file under the original file name!
+
+
+\subsection*{Note to system administrators}
+
+If you install a version of \LaTeX{} with a locally configured font
+set-up then this system is likely to produce documents that are no
+longer `formatting compatible'; for example, the use of different
+default fonts will most likely produce different line and page breaks.
+If you do install, on a multi-user system, a system that is configured
+in such a way that it is not `formatting compatible' then you should
+consider carefully the needs of users who need to create portable
+documents. A good way to provide for their needs is to make
+available, in addition, a standard form of \LaTeX{} without any
+`formatting incompatible' customisations.
+
+
+\section{Configuring compatibility mode}
+
+When processing documents that begin with |\documentstyle|, \LaTeXe{}
+tries to emulate the old \LaTeX~2.09 system as far as possible.
+
+\filesection{latex209.cfg}
+
+Whenever a \LaTeX{} document starts with |\documentstyle|, rather than
+with |\documentclass|, \LaTeX{} assumes that it is a \LaTeX~2.09
+document and therefore processes it in `compatibility mode'. This
+does the following:
+\begin{itemize}
+\item sets the flag |\@compatibilitytrue|;
+\item inputs the file |latex209.def|;
+\item inputs the file |latex209.cfg| if it exists.
+\end{itemize}
+
+The \LaTeX~2.09 set-up allowed the format itself to be customised.
+When making the format with \iniTeX, the process ended with this
+request:
+\begin{quote}\tt
+ Input any local modifications here.
+\end{quote}
+
+If your site did input any modifications at that point then the
+\LaTeXe{} `compatibility mode' will not fully emulate \LaTeX~2.09
+\emph{as installed at your site}. In this case you should put all
+these `local modifications' into a file called |latex209.cfg| and put
+this file in the default input path at your site. These `local
+modifications', although not stored in the format, will then be loaded
+before any old-style document is processed. This should ensure that
+you can continue to process any old documents that made use of this
+local customisation.
+
+
+\section[Configuration files for standard packages and classes]%
+ {Configuration files for standard packages\\ and classes}
+
+Most of the packages in the distribution do not have any associated
+configuration files. The exceptions are listed here.
+
+\filesection{sfonts.cfg}
+
+The file |sfonts.cfg| can contain declarations relating to the use of
+fonts in the slides class.
+If it exists, it is read instead of the file |sfonts.def|.
+
+Please note that use of this configuration file has the following
+consequences.
+ \begin{itemize}
+ \item Since the font set-up for slides has not yet been revised to
+ fit modern usage, the content of this file should be completely
+ updated sometime. Thus anyone writing such a configuration
+ file must be prepared to update it for use with future releases.
+ \item Documents are portable only in the sense of being processable
+ at a different site---the actual formatting will not be the same
+ if different fonts are used.
+ \item The \LaTeX3 project team will not be able to support you in
+ diagnosing problems if these cannot be reproduced with a format
+ that does not use this configuration file.
+ \end{itemize}
+
+
+\filesection{ltnews.cfg}
+
+The file |ltnews.cfg| can be used to customise some aspects of the
+behaviour of the \textsf{ltnews} class; this class is used to typeset
+the the one page newsletter accompanying every \LaTeX{} distribution.
+If this file is present then it is read in at the beginning of the
+file |ltnews.cls|.
+
+
+\filesection{ltxdoc.cfg}
+
+The file |ltxdoc.cfg| can be used to customise some aspects of the
+behaviour of the \textsf{ltxdoc} class; this class is used to typeset
+the documented code in the |.dtx| files. If this file is present then
+it is read in at the beginning of the file |ltxdoc.cls|.
+
+As this file is read before the \textsf{article} class is loaded, you
+may pass options to \textsf{article}. For example the following line
+might be added to |ltxdoc.cfg| to format the documentation for A4 paper
+instead of the default US letter paper size.
+\begin{quote}
+|\PassOptionsToClass{a4paper}{article}|
+\end{quote}
+You should note however, that even if paper size options are specified,
+the \textsf{ltxdoc} class always sets the |\textwidth| parameter to
+355\,pt, to enable 72 columns of text to appear in the verbatim code
+listings. If you really need to over-ride this you could use:
+\begin{quote}
+|\AtEndOfClass{\setlength{\textwidth}{ ...}}|
+\end{quote}
+To set the |\textwidth| to your desired value at the end of the
+\textsf{ltxdoc} class.
+
+By default, most of the |.dtx| documented code files in the
+distribution will produce a `description' section followed by full
+source listing of the package. If you wish to suppress the source
+listings you may add the following line to |ltxdoc.cfg|:
+\begin{quote}
+|\AtBeginDocument{\OnlyDescription}|
+\end{quote}
+
+The documentation of the \textsf{ltxdoc} package, which may be typeset
+from the file |ltxdoc.dtx|, contains more examples of the use of this
+configuration file.
+
+\filesection{ltxguide.cfg}
+
+The class \textsf{ltxguide} is used by the `guide' documents, such as
+this document, in the \LaTeX\ distribution. A configuration file
+|ltxguide.cfg| may be used with this class in a way very similar to
+the customisation of the \textsf{ltxdoc} class described in the
+previous section.
+
+\section{Configuration for other supported packages}
+
+The `graphics' bundle of packages needs two configuration files,
+primarily to specify the driver used to process the |.dvi| file that
+\LaTeX{} produces. More documentation on these files comes with the
+graphics bundle but we mention them here for completeness.
+
+\filesection{graphics.cfg}
+ Normally this file just specifies a default option, by calling
+ |\ExecuteOptions|, for example |\ExecuteOptions{dvips}| or
+ |\ExecuteOptions{textures}|.
+
+ This file is read by the \textsf{graphics} package, and so affects
+ all the packages in the bundle that are based on \textsf{graphics}:
+ \textsf{graphicx}, \textsf{epsfig}, \textsf{lscape}.
+
+\filesection{color.cfg}
+ Normally this file is identical to |graphics.cfg|. It specifies the
+ default driver option for the \textsf{color} package.
+
+\section{Non-standard versions}
+
+If you feel the need to make a version of \LaTeX{} that differs from
+the standard version in ways that are not possible using the above
+configuration possibilities, then you should first read
+\textit{Modifying \LaTeX{}} in the file |modguide.tex|; this
+will probably make you realise that you do not have any such need.
+
+Thus we are sure that you will never need to create a non-standard
+version and, even if you do create one, we hope that you will not
+distribute such a version. Nevertheless, you are permitted to do this
+provided you take great care to do the following:
+\begin{itemize}
+\item
+respect the conditions in legal.txt and individual files regarding
+modification of files and changing the name;
+
+\item
+change all the relevant `|\typeout| banners': i.e.~those produced by
+all the non-standard files in your version and by the format;
+
+\item
+ ensure that the method used to run your version is clearly
+ distinguished from that used to run standard \LaTeX{}; e.g.~by using
+ a command name or menu entry that is clearly different from
+ \texttt{latex} (or \texttt{LaTeX} etc).
+\end{itemize}
+
+\subsection{Examples}
+
+Since we have been prompted, despite our misgivings, to document how
+to do this by members of the League for Programming Freedom, it seems
+appropriate to describe here a possible modification of \LaTeX{} to
+produce a system called fsf\TeX.
+
+To do this, you should create a file called \texttt{fsftex.tex} and
+then run it using \iniTeX{} and the standard \LaTeX{} format.
+
+The contents of the file \texttt{fsftex.tex} should be as shown on
+page \pageref{fsfcode}. The particular changes to the \LaTeX{} kernel
+that you wish to make need to be added to the file at the position
+indicated. You can also choose the extensions you want to use for the
+class and package files in your system.
+
+\newpage
+\label{fsfcode}
+
+\begin{footnotesize}
+\begin{verbatim}
+% fsftex.tex
+%
+% iniTEX Source code to make a `fsftex' format.
+%
+% To make this format on Unix:
+%
+% initex \&latex fsftex
+%
+% Then to run the format on file.tex:
+%
+% tex &fsftex file
+%
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+% *** VERY IMPORTANT!!! ***
+% Change the typeout banner so users know that they
+% are NOT running Standard LaTeX.
+\everyjob{\typeout{fsfTeX 1.0 based on LaTeX2e \fmtversion}}
+\makeatletter
+
+% fsfTeX changes some LaTeX internals:
+% ... put what you like here ...
+\def \fsf at xxxx {Some arbitrary \emph{freely modifiable} code goes here}
+
+% fsfTeX class files have extension .fcl (this week):
+\def \@clsextension {fcl}
+
+% fsfTeX package files have extension .fsy:
+\def \@pkgextension {fsy}
+
+% Change the file handling so that when a fsfTeX package or class
+% is not available, the standard LaTeX file will be read.
+%
+% For example, \documentclass{article} will load article.fcl if such
+% a file exists, but article.cls otherwise. This allows arbitrary
+% processing on `article' documents without changing the standard
+% article.cls file.
+
+\let\fsf at missingfileerror\@missingfileerror
+
+\def\@missingfileerror#1#2{%
+ \ifx #2\@clsextension
+ \InputIfFileExists {#1.cls}%
+ {\wlog {fsfTeX: loading #1.cls rather than #1.#2.}}%
+ {\fsf at missingfileerror {#1}{#2}}%
+ \else
+ \ifx #2\@pkgextension
+ \InputIfFileExists {#1.sty}%
+ {\wlog {fsfTeX: loading #1.sty rather than #1.#2.}}%
+ {\fsf at missingfileerror {#1}{#2}}%
+ \else
+ \fsf at missingfileerror {#1}{#2}%
+ \fi
+ \fi
+}
+
+\makeatother
+\dump
+\end{verbatim}
+\end{footnotesize}
+
+\end{document}
Property changes on: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/cfgguide.tex
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:eol-style
## -0,0 +1 ##
+native
\ No newline at end of property
Added: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/changes-doc.txt
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/changes-doc.txt (rev 0)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/changes-doc.txt 2019-07-25 22:32:37 UTC (rev 51730)
@@ -0,0 +1,32 @@
+This file lists changes to the LaTeX2e files in reverse chronological order.
+It is provided for convenience only. It therefore makes no claims to
+completeness or accuracy and it contains some references to files that
+are not part of the distribution.
+=======================================================================
+
+2016-03-31 Joseph Wright <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * latexchanges.tex: Bring up to date to 2016/03/31
+
+2016-02-01 Joseph Wright <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * latexchanges.tex: Bring up to date to 2016/02/01
+
+2015-10-27 Joseph Wright <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * latexchanges.tex: Bring up to date to 2015/10/01 PL2
+
+2015-07-01 David Carlisle <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * latexchanges.tex: describe the patch level system
+
+2015-04-05 Joseph Wright <joseph.wright at morningstar2.co.uk>
+ * Clarify reason for \typein change in LuaTeX
+
+2015-04-03 David Carlisle <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * ltnews22.tex: set date back to Jan
+
+2015-03-31 Joseph Wright <joseph.wright at morningstar2.co.uk>
+ * New changes.txt file for LaTeX2e core documentation
+
Property changes on: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/changes-doc.txt
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:eol-style
## -0,0 +1 ##
+native
\ No newline at end of property
Added: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/changes.old.txt
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/changes.old.txt (rev 0)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/changes.old.txt 2019-07-25 22:32:37 UTC (rev 51730)
@@ -0,0 +1,1271 @@
+
+This is from pr/3051 (internal-latex) from Ulrik Vieth,
+submitted Wed Jun 23 00:51:06 +0200 1999.
+Ulrik's message is attached in full below.
+
+--
+
+After having moved house recently, I found a pile of old
+floppies containing various ancient LaTeX2e releases.
+Looking through the original 1994/06/01 release I happened
+to find a few changes.txt entries that somehow got lost
+during conversion to GNU ChangeLog format. Enclosed is
+a patch to recover this intersting part of the history.
+It is based on the 9906 test release of changes.txt
+
+Cheers, Ulrik.
+
+P.S. From the historical point-of-view, it is interesting
+to note that files like ltherest.dtx are first mentioned
+in mid-1991. That's way _before_ the last official releases
+of 2.09 (in December 1991 and March 1992).
+
+
+--- changes.txt.orig Fri May 28 00:00:00 1999
++++ changes.txt Wed Jun 23 00:14:30 1999
+@@ -7696,29 +7696,29 @@
+
+1994-03-16 David Carlisle <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+- * ltfiles.dtx v1.0c \document (DPC) directly add file list
++ * ltfiles.dtx: v1.0c \document (DPC) directly add file list
+ settings
+
+- * ltclass.dtx 0.3f \listfiles Move this code directly into
++ * ltclass.dtx: 0.3f \listfiles Move this code directly into
+ \document
+
+- * ltclass.dtx 0.3f "General" Add pkgindoc package
++ * ltclass.dtx: 0.3f "General" Add pkgindoc package
+
+1994-03-15 David Carlisle <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+- * ltdirchk.dtx 1.0c "General" Add \NeedsTeXFormat
++ * ltdirchk.dtx: 1.0c "General" Add \NeedsTeXFormat
+
+- * ltclass.dtx 0.3e \@missingfileerror Quit on x or X just like
++ * ltclass.dtx: 0.3e \@missingfileerror Quit on x or X just like
+ a real error
+
+- * fontcmds.dtx v3.2a "General" Removed defs of short-forms and
++ * fontcmds.dtx: v3.2a "General" Removed defs of short-forms and
+ all sizes except \normalize
+
+- * fontcmds.dtx v3.2a "General" Removed \@renewfontswitch
++ * fontcmds.dtx: v3.2a "General" Removed \@renewfontswitch
+
+- * fontcmds.dtx v3.2a "General" Changed \/ to \@@italiccorr
++ * fontcmds.dtx: v3.2a "General" Changed \/ to \@@italiccorr
+
+- * fontcmds.dtx v3.2a "General" Adapted to mass formatting
++ * fontcmds.dtx: v3.2a "General" Adapted to mass formatting
+
+1994-03-15 Frank Mittelbach <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+@@ -7728,30 +7728,30 @@
+
+1994-03-14 David Carlisle <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+- * ltherest.dtx v1.0c \end at float (DPC) Use \color at endgroup
++ * ltherest.dtx: v1.0c \end at float (DPC) Use \color at endgroup
+
+- * ltherest.dtx v1.0c \@xfloat (DPC) Use \color at begingroup
++ * ltherest.dtx: v1.0c \@xfloat (DPC) Use \color at begingroup
+
+- * ltherest.dtx v1.0c \@savemarbox (DPC) Use \color at begingroup
++ * ltherest.dtx: v1.0c \@savemarbox (DPC) Use \color at begingroup
+
+- * ltherest.dtx v1.0c \@footnotetext (DPC) Use
++ * ltherest.dtx: v1.0c \@footnotetext (DPC) Use
+ \color at begingroup, add \endgraf
+
+- * ltherest.dtx 1.0c \@xympar (DPC) Use \color at begingroup
++ * ltherest.dtx: 1.0c \@xympar (DPC) Use \color at begingroup
+
+- * ltboxes.dtx 1.0b \sbox Use \color at begingroup
++ * ltboxes.dtx: 1.0b \sbox Use \color at begingroup
+
+- * ltboxes.dtx 1.0b \lrbox Use \color at begingroup
++ * ltboxes.dtx: 1.0b \lrbox Use \color at begingroup
+
+- * ltboxes.dtx 1.0b \color at endgroup macro added for colour
++ * ltboxes.dtx: 1.0b \color at endgroup macro added for colour
+ support
+
+- * ltboxes.dtx 1.0b \color at begingroup macro added for colour
++ * ltboxes.dtx: 1.0b \color at begingroup macro added for colour
+ support
+
+- * ltboxes.dtx 1.0b \@isavepicbox Use \color at begingroup
++ * ltboxes.dtx: 1.0b \@isavepicbox Use \color at begingroup
+
+- * ltboxes.dtx 1.0b \@isavebox Use \color at begingroup
++ * ltboxes.dtx: 1.0b \@isavebox Use \color at begingroup
+
+1994-03-14 Rainer Schoepf <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+@@ -7766,16 +7766,16 @@
+
+1994-03-13 David Carlisle <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+- * ltinit.dtx v1.0c \@tfor (DPC) Add \@tf at r so a single group is
++ * ltinit.dtx: v1.0c \@tfor (DPC) Add \@tf at r so a single group is
+ correctly treated.
+
+- * ltfiles.dtx 0.3b \InputIfFileExists Use new cmd
++ * ltfiles.dtx: 0.3b \InputIfFileExists Use new cmd
+ \@addtofilelist
+
+- * ltclass.dtx 0.3d \listfiles Reset \@addtofilelist at begin
++ * ltclass.dtx: 0.3d \listfiles Reset \@addtofilelist at begin
+ document
+
+- * ltclass.dtx 0.3d \@addtofilelist Macro added
++ * ltclass.dtx: 0.3d \@addtofilelist Macro added
+
+1994-03-13 Frank Mittelbach <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+@@ -7823,32 +7823,32 @@
+
+1994-03-12 David Carlisle <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+- * ltplain.dtx v1.0b "General" Name changed from lplain. The end
++ * ltplain.dtx: v1.0b "General" Name changed from lplain. The end
+ of an era
+
+- * ltinit.dtx v1.0b \@yargdef Name changed from \XXX at Argdef
++ * ltinit.dtx: v1.0b \@yargdef Name changed from \XXX at Argdef
+
+- * ltinit.dtx v1.0b \@reargdef New defn, in terms of \@yargdef
++ * ltinit.dtx: v1.0b \@reargdef New defn, in terms of \@yargdef
+
+- * ltherest.dtx v0.1b \@xympar (DPC) Extra bgroup for colour
++ * ltherest.dtx: v0.1b \@xympar (DPC) Extra bgroup for colour
+
+- * ltherest.dtx v0.1b \@savemarbox (DPC) Extra group for colour
++ * ltherest.dtx: v0.1b \@savemarbox (DPC) Extra group for colour
+
+- * ltdirchk.dtx 1.0b "General" Minor edits to the typeouts in
++ * ltdirchk.dtx: 1.0b "General" Minor edits to the typeouts in
+ ltxcheck
+
+- * ltdirchk.dtx 1.0b "General" Change name from dircheck.dtx
++ * ltdirchk.dtx: 1.0b "General" Change name from dircheck.dtx
+
+- * ltclass.dtx 0.3c \ProvidesPackage use \@gtempa
++ * ltclass.dtx: 0.3c \ProvidesPackage use \@gtempa
+
+- * ltclass.dtx 0.3c \ProvidesPackage Add \wlog
++ * ltclass.dtx: 0.3c \ProvidesPackage Add \wlog
+
+- * ltclass.dtx 0.3c \ProvidesFile Add \wlog
++ * ltclass.dtx: 0.3c \ProvidesFile Add \wlog
+
+- * ltclass.dtx 0.3c "General" Change name from docclass to
++ * ltclass.dtx: 0.3c "General" Change name from docclass to
+ ltclass
+
+- * ltclass.dtx 0.3c \@fileswithoptions Do not use
++ * ltclass.dtx: 0.3c \@fileswithoptions Do not use
+ \@pr at videpackage to avoid typeout
+
+1994-03-12 Frank Mittelbach <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+@@ -7897,12 +7897,12 @@
+
+1994-03-08 David Carlisle <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+- * ltplain.dtx v1.0a "General" Remove need for a driver file.
++ * ltplain.dtx: v1.0a "General" Remove need for a driver file.
+
+- * ltdirchk.dtx 1.0a "General" Reorganise driver module into `new
++ * ltdirchk.dtx: 1.0a "General" Reorganise driver module into `new
+ style'
+
+- * ltclass.dtx 0.3b "General" Modify driver code into `new style'
++ * ltclass.dtx: 0.3b "General" Modify driver code into `new style'
+
+1994-03-08 Rainer Schoepf <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+@@ -8031,60 +8031,60 @@
+
+1994-03-07 David Carlisle <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+- * lttab.dtx v1.0a "General" Long lines wrapped to 72 columns
++ * lttab.dtx: v1.0a "General" Long lines wrapped to 72 columns
+
+- * ltpictur.dtx v0.1a "General" Long lines wrapped to 72 columns
++ * ltpictur.dtx: v0.1a "General" Long lines wrapped to 72 columns
+
+- * ltpictur.dtx v0.1a "General" Initial version, split from
++ * ltpictur.dtx: v0.1a "General" Initial version, split from
+ latex.dtx
+
+- * ltlists.dtx v1.0a "General" Long lines wrapped to 72 columns
++ * ltlists.dtx: v1.0a "General" Long lines wrapped to 72 columns
+
+- * ltinit.dtx v1.0a "General" (DPC) Removed input of nfsscode.ltx
++ * ltinit.dtx: v1.0a "General" (DPC) Removed input of nfsscode.ltx
+
+- * ltinit.dtx v1.0a \@@italiccorr Macro added
++ * ltinit.dtx: v1.0a \@@italiccorr Macro added
+
+- * ltinit.dtx v0.1a "General" Long lines wrapped to 72 columns
++ * ltinit.dtx: v0.1a "General" Long lines wrapped to 72 columns
+
+- * ltinit.dtx v0.1a "General" Initial version, split from
++ * ltinit.dtx: v0.1a "General" Initial version, split from
+ latex.dtx
+
+- * ltherest.dtx v0.1a \end at float (DPC) Extra group for colour
++ * ltherest.dtx: v0.1a \end at float (DPC) Extra group for colour
+
+- * ltherest.dtx v0.1a "General" Long lines wrapped to 72 columns
++ * ltherest.dtx: v0.1a "General" Long lines wrapped to 72 columns
+
+- * ltherest.dtx v0.1a "General" Initial version, split from
++ * ltherest.dtx: v0.1a "General" Initial version, split from
+ latex.dtx
+
+- * ltherest.dtx v0.1a \@xfloat (DPC) Extra group for colour
++ * ltherest.dtx: v0.1a \@xfloat (DPC) Extra group for colour
+
+- * ltherest.dtx v0.1a \@settodim (DPC) Extra group for colour
++ * ltherest.dtx: v0.1a \@settodim (DPC) Extra group for colour
+
+- * ltherest.dtx v0.1a \@hangfrom (DPC)Extra groups for colour
++ * ltherest.dtx: v0.1a \@hangfrom (DPC)Extra groups for colour
+
+- * ltherest.dtx v0.1a \@footnotetext (DPC) Extra group for colour
++ * ltherest.dtx: v0.1a \@footnotetext (DPC) Extra group for colour
+
+- * ltfinal.dtx v0.1a "General" Remove oldcomments environment
++ * ltfinal.dtx: v0.1a "General" Remove oldcomments environment
+
+- * ltfinal.dtx v0.1a "General" Initial version, split from
++ * ltfinal.dtx: v0.1a "General" Initial version, split from
+ latex.dtx
+
+- * ltfinal.dtx 0.1a "General" use \InputIfFileExists not
++ * ltfinal.dtx: 0.1a "General" use \InputIfFileExists not
+ \IfFileExists
+
+- * ltfinal.dtx 0.1a "General" move code here from lhyphen.dtx
++ * ltfinal.dtx: 0.1a "General" move code here from lhyphen.dtx
+
+- * ltfinal.dtx 0.1a "General" Add code from the old dump.dtx
++ * ltfinal.dtx: 0.1a "General" Add code from the old dump.dtx
+
+- * ltfiles.dtx v1.0a "General" Long lines wrapped to 72 columns
++ * ltfiles.dtx: v1.0a "General" Long lines wrapped to 72 columns
+
+- * ltfiles.dtx v1.0a "General" Initial version, split from
++ * ltfiles.dtx: v1.0a "General" Initial version, split from
+ latex.dtx
+
+- * ltboxes.dtx v1.0a "General" Unify format with other Kernel
++ * ltboxes.dtx: v1.0a "General" Unify format with other Kernel
+ files
+
+- * ltboxes.dtx v0.1a \@mpfootnotetext (DPC) Extra group for
++ * ltboxes.dtx: v0.1a \@mpfootnotetext (DPC) Extra group for
+ colour
+
+1994-03-07 Rainer Schoepf <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+@@ -8110,13 +8110,13 @@
+
+1994-03-04 David Carlisle <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+- * ltvers.dtx v1.0a "General" Initial version, split from
++ * ltvers.dtx: v1.0a "General" Initial version, split from
+ latex.dtx
+
+- * lttab.dtx v1.0a "General" Initial version, split from
++ * lttab.dtx: v1.0a "General" Initial version, split from
+ latex.dtx
+
+- * ltlists.dtx v1.0a "General" Initial version, split from
++ * ltlists.dtx: v1.0a "General" Initial version, split from
+ latex.dtx
+
+1994-03-04 Rainer Schoepf <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+@@ -8127,7 +8127,7 @@
+
+1994-03-03 David Carlisle <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+- * ltboxes.dtx 0.1f \@irsbox Replaced a missing \else
++ * ltboxes.dtx: 0.1f \@irsbox Replaced a missing \else
+
+1994-03-03 Frank Mittelbach <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+@@ -8139,11 +8139,11 @@
+
+1994-03-02 David Carlisle <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+- * ltclass.dtx 0.3a "General" Remove need for driver file
++ * ltclass.dtx: 0.3a "General" Remove need for driver file
+
+- * ltboxes.dtx v0.1e "General" Remove need for drv file
++ * ltboxes.dtx: v0.1e "General" Remove need for drv file
+
+- * ltboxes.dtx v0.1e "General" Add 2ekernel module
++ * ltboxes.dtx: v0.1e "General" Add 2ekernel module
+
+1994-03-02 Rainer Schoepf <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+@@ -8191,9 +8191,10 @@
+ makeidx class option, as it is now a proper package. Changed
+ leqno class option t oread leqno.clo. Added fleqn class
+ option (reads fleqn.clo).
++
+1994-03-01 David Carlisle <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+- * ltdirchk.dtx 0.2k "General" Add unstripped module, so that
++ * ltdirchk.dtx: 0.2k "General" Add unstripped module, so that
+ dircheck.dtx may be used with initex
+
+1994-03-01 Frank Mittelbach <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+@@ -8284,6 +8285,13 @@
+ Moved the driver code in front so that the documentation can be
+ processed by simply running the file through LaTeX2e.
+
++1994-02-25 David Carlisle <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
++
++ * ltdirchk.dtx 0.2j "General" \noboundaryis \relax not undef in
++ TeX2 (initialised in 2e format)
++
++ * ltdirchk.dtx 0.2j "General" Remove need for drv file
++
+1994-02-24 Frank Mittelbach <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * fam.dtx (subsection{Macros for loading fonts}):
+@@ -8291,4 +8299,931 @@
+ \DeclareFontShape and placed them into a separate macro called
+ \nfss at catcodes so that it is easier to maintain special
+ requirements for packages that make certain characters active.
++
++1994-02-10 Alan Jeffrey <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
++
++ * ltclass.dtx: 0.2z \@fileswithoptions Renamed \@compatibility to
++ \@documentclasshook. ASAJ.
++
++ * ltclass.dtx: 0.2z \@documentclasshook Changed the name from
++ \@compatibility to \@documentclasshook, and added the check
++ for whether \@normalsize has been defined. ASAJ.
++
++1994-02-07 Alan Jeffrey <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
++
++ * ltclass.dtx: 0.2y \ProcessOptions* Add extra ,s so `two' is not
++ matched with `twocolumn'
++
++ * ltclass.dtx: 0.2y \ProcessOptions* Add extra ,s so `two' is not
++ matched with `twocolumn'
++
++ * ltclass.dtx: 0.2y \@ifclasswith Add extra ,s so `two' is not
++ matched with `twocolumn'
++
++ * ltclass.dtx: 0.2y \@fileswithoptions Run \@compatibility on the
++ first class to start (not the first to finish)
++
++1994-02-03 N.N. <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
++
++ * ltinit.dtx: LaTeX2e "General" correct mistakes in the
++ documentation
++
++1994-02-02 N.N. <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
++
++ * ltclass.dtx: 0.2x \@fileswithoptions Only run the hook and
++ options check if the file was loaded.
++
++1994-02-01 David Carlisle <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
++
++ * ltherest.dtx: LaTeX2e \thispagestyle (DPC) Modify to get nicer
++ error message
++
++ * ltherest.dtx: LaTeX2e \pagestyle (DPC) Modify to get nicer
++ error message
++
++1994-01-31 N.N. <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
++
++ * ltinit.dtx: LaTeX2e "General" use \@normalsize instead of
++ \normalsizeinternally
++
++ * ltfiles.dtx: v0.9t \document set `@normalsize or `normalsize if
++ necessary
++
++ * ltclass.dtx: 0.2w \g at addto@macro Use toks register to avoid
++ `hash' problems
++
++ * fontcmds.dtx: v3.1b "General" `@normalsize no longer defined
++
++1994-01-29 N.N. <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
++
++ * ltclass.dtx: 0.2v \@fileswithoptions All options raise error if
++ no \ProcessOptions\ appears
++
++ * ltclass.dtx: 0.2v \@@unprocessedoptions Macro added.
++
++1994-01-28 N.N. <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
++
++ * ltinit.dtx: LaTeX2e "General" Let \fmtversion point to current
++ file date.
++
++1994-01-27 N.N. <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
++
++ * fontcmds.dtx: v3.1a \nocorrlist Only ., used as default for cm
++ fonts
++
++1994-01-25 David Carlisle <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
++
++ * ltplain.dtx: LaTeX2e \bordermatrix Removed \p at renwd.
++
++ * ltdirchk.dtx: 0.2i "General" Protect against looping on
++ \@@input and \@@end
++
++1994-01-24 David Carlisle <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
++
++ * ltherest.dtx: LaTeX2e \pagestyle (DPC) Complain if pagestyle is
++ undefined.
++
++ * ltdirchk.dtx: 0.2h \IfFileExists Stop testing once texsys.aux
++ has been found
++
++1994-01-21 David Carlisle <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
++
++ * ltmiscen.dtx: v0.9s \verbatim at font Removed unnecessary category
++ code hackery.
++
++ * ltherest.dtx: LaTeX2e \@xfloat Added missing percent
++ characters.
++
++ * ltdirchk.dtx: 0.2g \today Name changeed from \stamp, to save
++ memory
++
++ * ltdirchk.dtx: 0.2g \filename at parse Minor changes, and add Mac
++ version (:)
++
++ * ltdirchk.dtx: 0.2g "General" Improve documentation, reorganise
++ docstrip module
++
++ * ltclass.dtx: 0.2u \documentstyle compatibility file now
++ latex209.def.
++
++1994-01-20 David Carlisle <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
++
++ * ltdirchk.dtx: 0.2f \IfFileExists \@copytexsys removed
++
++ * ltdirchk.dtx: 0.2f "General" \@copytexsys and the texsys.new
++ file removed
++
++ * ltdirchk.dtx: 0.2f "General" Modify all of ltxcheck
++
++1994-01-19 David Carlisle <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
++
++ * ltdirchk.dtx: 0.2e \strip at prefix name changed from
++ \strip at meaning, to match NFSS
++
++ * ltdirchk.dtx: 0.2e \input at path No longer check that an empty
++ group is in the path
++
++ * ltdirchk.dtx: 0.2e \IfFileExists name changed from \test
++
++1994-01-18 N.N. <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
++
++ * ltmiscen.dtx: v0.9p \@verbatim Only add \penaltyif in hmode
++
++ * ltherest.dtx: LaTeX2e \bibliography Use \@input@ so include
++ files are listed.
++
++ * ltfiles.dtx: v0.9p \include Use \@input@ so include files are
++ listed.
++
++ * ltfiles.dtx: v0.9p \InputIfFileExists New Definition
++
++ * ltfiles.dtx: v0.9p \IfFileExists New Definition
++
++ * ltfiles.dtx: v0.9p \@input@ Macro added
++
++ * ltfiles.dtx: v0.9p \@input do not use a different definition
++ for \input at path
++
++ * ltfiles.dtx: v0.9p \@iffileonpath Macro added
++
++ * ltfiles.dtx: v0.9p \@break at loop Macro added
++
++ * ltclass.dtx: 0.2t \@ifclassloaded Fix typo \@pkgetension
++
++1994-01-17 N.N. <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
++
++ * ltclass.dtx: 0.2s \listfiles New Version, adds `.tex' if
++ needed, and lines up columns
++
++ * ltclass.dtx: 0.2s "General" Wrapped long lines to column 72
++
++ * ltclass.dtx: 0.2s "General" Added many more \@onlypreamble
++ commands
++
++ * ltclass.dtx: 0.2s \@fileswithoptions Modify to reduce parameter
++ stack usage
++
++ * ltclass.dtx: 0.2s \@fileswithoptions Modify to reduce parameter
++ stack usage
++
++1994-01-15 N.N. <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
++
++ * ltfiles.dtx: v0.9o \document move `@preamblecmds after document
++ hook
++
++1994-01-14 David Carlisle <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
++
++ * ltdirchk.dtx: 0.2d \IfFileExists Close the texsys.aux output
++ stream
++
++1993-12-20 N.N. <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
++
++ * ltinit.dtx: LaTeX2e \@reargdef Kept old version of \@reargdef,
++ for array.sty
++
++ * ltfiles.dtx: 0.9m \@obsoletefile Added this command, removed
++ @oldfilewarning
++
++1993-12-19 Alan Jeffrey <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
++
++ * ltinit.dtx: LaTeX2e \@esphack There seem to be problems with
++ selfmade birthday presents
++
++ * ltclass.dtx: 0.2r \endfilecontents Different message when
++ ignoring a file
++
++ * fontcmds.dtx: v3.0b "General" Untidying added, so this is now a
++ TEMPORARY version.
++
++ * fontcmds.dtx: v3.0b "General" Some more tidying done.
++
++ * fontcmds.dtx: v3.0b "General" Other tidying
++
++ * fontcmds.dtx: v3.0b "General" @pdef comand added
++
++ * fontcmds.dtx: v3.0b \@protecteddef Command added
++
++ * fontcmds.dtx: v3.0b \@newtextcmd Corrected and tidied
++
++ * fontcmds.dtx: v3.0b \@newfontswitch Corrected and tidied
++
++ * fontcmds.dtx: 3.0b "General" Wording changes by CAR.
++
++ * fontcmds.dtx: 3.0b "General" Made \@newfontswitch produce an
++ error if the command already exists, and added
++ \@renewfontswitch. ASAJ.
++
++ * fontcmds.dtx: 3.0b "General" Added by ASAJ.
++
++1993-12-17 N.N. <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
++
++ * ltoutput.dtx: v1.0j \@tracemessage tracefloatvals made a
++ document command
++
++ * ltoutput.dtx: v1.0j \@topnewpage check for vsize too small
++ added
++
++ * ltoutput.dtx: v1.0j \@startpagehook Hook removed
++
++ * ltoutput.dtx: v1.0j \@opcol Hook removed
++
++ * ltoutput.dtx: 1.0j \@topnewpage Page room test added
++
++ * ltoutput.dtx: 1.0j \@specialoutput Page room test added
++
++ * ltoutput.dtx: 1.0j \@addtocurcol Extra space test added
++
++ * ltherest.dtx: LaTeX2e \mark Removed init \mark at begin
++ document, since it doesn't work.
++
++ * ltclass.dtx: 0.2q \documentstyle Match Alan's new code.
++
++ * ltclass.dtx: 0.2q \@fileswithoptions Add \ompatibility hook
++
++ * ltclass.dtx: 0.2q \@documentclasshook Macro added
++
++ * ltmiscen.dtx: v0.9i \literal Macro added
++
++1993-12-16 N.N. <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
++
++ * ltinit.dtx: LaTeX2e \LaTeXe Extended logo by DPC
++
++ * ltinit.dtx: LaTeX2e \@esphack Corrected optimisation :-)
++
++ * ltherest.dtx: LaTeX2e \mark Init \mark at begin document
++
++1993-12-15 N.N. <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
++
++ * ltclass.dtx: 0.2p "General" Removed extra \.'s from \@@warnings
++
++ * ltboxes.dtx: 0.1d \parbox Changed default from `c' to `s'
++
++ * ltboxes.dtx: 0.1d \minipage extra space removed.
++
++ * ltboxes.dtx: 0.1d \minipage Changed default from `c' to `s'
++
++ * ltboxes.dtx: 0.1d \@iparbox Changed default from `c' to `s'
++
++ * ltboxes.dtx: 0.1d \@iminipage Changed default from `c' to `s'
++
++1993-12-14 N.N. <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
++
++ * ltoutput.dtx: v1.0i "General" Section added to declare all
++ parameters
++
++1993-12-13 David Carlisle <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
++
++ * ltlists.dtx: LaTeX2e Initialised \@itemlabel
++
++ * ltmiscen.dtx: v0.9h \@verbatim Removed optional argument of
++ \item
++
++ * ltmiscen.dtx: v0.9h \@verbatim Readded \@noligs
++
++ * ltmiscen.dtx: v0.9h \@noligs Readded \@noligs
++
++ * ltdirchk.dtx: 0.2a \strip at prefix modified, name changed from
++ \stripmeaning
++
++ * ltdirchk.dtx: 0.2a \IfFileExists Removed interactive prompting
++ for current directory syntax
++
++ * ltdirchk.dtx: 0.2a "General" on the `docstrip' pass, do not
++ check openin path
++
++ * ltclass.dtx: 0.2o \usepackage Fixed error handling
++
++ * ltclass.dtx: 0.2o \documentstyle compatibility file now
++ latex209.sty.
++
++ * ltclass.dtx: 0.2o "General" Removed setting \errcontextlines\
++ (now in latex.tex)
++
++1993-12-12 N.N. <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
++
++ * ltoutput.dtx: v1.0h \@tracemessage Commands changed
++
++ * ltoutput.dtx: v1.0h \@testfp defs changed to lets
++
++ * ltoutput.dtx: v1.0h \@startdblcolumn defs changed to lets
++
++ * ltoutput.dtx: v1.0h \@startcolumn defs changed to lets
++
++ * ltoutput.dtx: v1.0h \@resethfps Warnings added: minimal
++
++ * ltoutput.dtx: v1.0h \@makecol defs changed to lets
++
++ * ltoutput.dtx: v1.0h \@doclearpage defs changed to lets
++
++ * ltoutput.dtx: v1.0h \@doclearpage defs changed to lets
++
++ * ltoutput.dtx: v1.0h \@doclearpage defs changed to lets
++
++ * ltoutput.dtx: v1.0h \@cflt name changed
++
++ * ltoutput.dtx: v1.0h \@ccflb defs changed to lets
++
++ * ltoutput.dtx: v1.0h \@ccflb boxmaxdepth setting moved
++
++1993-12-11 N.N. <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
++
++ * ltmiscen.dtx: v0.9g \ref Macro reimplemented
++
++ * ltmiscen.dtx: v0.9g \pageref Macro reimplemented
++
++ * ltmiscen.dtx: v0.9g \frac Added group around first arg
++
++ * ltmiscen.dtx: v0.9g \@setref Macro added
++
++ * ltherest.dtx: LaTeX2e \@title Added default
++
++ * ltherest.dtx: LaTeX2e \@author Added default
++
++ * fontcmds.dtx: v3.0a \textup Macros changed
++
++ * fontcmds.dtx: v3.0a \sw at slant Macro changed
++
++ * fontcmds.dtx: v3.0a \maybe at ic@ Macro and name changed
++
++ * fontcmds.dtx: v3.0a \maybe at ic Macro name changed
++
++ * fontcmds.dtx: v3.0a \fix at penalty Macro added
++
++ * fontcmds.dtx: v3.0a \emph Macro changed
++
++ * fontcmds.dtx: v3.0a "General" newfontswitch command corrected
++ and changed
++
++ * fontcmds.dtx: v3.0a "General" newcommands replaced by defs
++
++ * fontcmds.dtx: v3.0a "General" italic correction now put in
++ front of penalty before glue
++
++ * fontcmds.dtx: v3.0a "General" Complete reworking of all text
++ commands, using just one creator function
++
++ * fontcmds.dtx: v3.0a \@newtextcmd Macro changed
++
++1993-12-09 N.N. <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
++
++ * ltmiscen.dtx: v0.9e \enddocument Hook added
++
++ * ltfiles.dtx: v0.9e \document Hook added
++
++ * ltclass.dtx: 0.2n \documentstyle input 209 compatibility file.
++
++ * ltboxes.dtx: 0.1c \@irsbox fix another typo
++
++1993-12-08 N.N. <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
++
++ * ltlists.dtx: LaTeX2e \@item use \sboxto support colour
++
++ * ltinit.dtx: LaTeX2e \@vbsphack Command added
++
++ * ltinit.dtx: LaTeX2e \@esphack Command reimplemented
++
++ * ltinit.dtx: LaTeX2e \@bsphack Command reimplemented; late
++ birthday present for Chris
++
++ * ltboxes.dtx: 0.1b \lrbox move \@endpefalse out of the inner
++ group
++
++ * ltboxes.dtx: 0.1b \@irsbox fix typo
++
++ * ltboxes.dtx: 0.1b \@iiiparbox \endgraf added due to extra group
++ in \@begin at tempboxa
++
++ * ltboxes.dtx: 0.1b \@begin at tempboxa Extra braces for color
++ support (braces removed from other macros)
++
++ * fontcmds.dtx: 2.1b "General" Macros \rm, \bf and \sf moved to
++ classes.dtx:
++
++1993-12-07 N.N. <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
++
++ * ltclass.dtx: 0.2m \@fileswithoptions Reset \CurrentOption
++
++ * ltclass.dtx: 0.2l \ProvidesFile Macro added
++
++1993-12-06 N.N. <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
++
++ * ltoutput.dtx: v1.0g \@topnewpage \@floatplacement placement bug
++ fixed
++
++ * ltoutput.dtx: v1.0f \@specialoutput Unboxing of 255 added to
++ rescue writes
++
++ * ltclass.dtx: 0.2k \ExecuteOptions Preserve \CurrentOption
++
++1993-12-05 N.N. <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
++
++ * ltoutput.dtx: v1.0f \output Command changed
++
++ * ltoutput.dtx: v1.0f @\getfpsbit Command added
++
++ * ltoutput.dtx: v1.0f @\boxfpsbit Command added
++
++ * ltoutput.dtx: v1.0f \@topnewpage Commands changed
++
++ * ltoutput.dtx: v1.0f \@textfloatsheight Commands added
++
++ * ltoutput.dtx: v1.0f \@testfp Command changed
++
++ * ltoutput.dtx: v1.0f \@testfp Command added
++
++ * ltoutput.dtx: v1.0f \@startpagehook Hook added
++
++ * ltoutput.dtx: v1.0f \@startdblcolumn Command changed
++
++ * ltoutput.dtx: v1.0f \@startcolumn Command changed
++
++ * ltoutput.dtx: v1.0f \@shipoutsetup Command added
++
++ * ltoutput.dtx: v1.0f \@setfpsbit Command added
++
++ * ltoutput.dtx: v1.0f \@setfloattypecounts Command added
++
++ * ltoutput.dtx: v1.0f \@resethfps Command added
++
++ * ltoutput.dtx: v1.0f \@outputpage Command changed
++
++ * ltoutput.dtx: v1.0f \@opcol Hook added
++
++ * ltoutput.dtx: v1.0f \@opcol Command changed
++
++ * ltoutput.dtx: v1.0f \@fpsadddefault Command added
++
++ * ltoutput.dtx: v1.0f \@flupdates Command added
++
++ * ltoutput.dtx: v1.0f \@flstop Commands added
++
++ * ltoutput.dtx: v1.0f \@flsettextmin Command added
++
++ * ltoutput.dtx: v1.0f \@flsetnum Command added
++
++ * ltoutput.dtx: v1.0f \@flcheckspace Command added
++
++ * ltoutput.dtx: v1.0f \@addtotoporbot Command changed
++
++ * ltoutput.dtx: v1.0f \@addtonextcol Command changed
++
++ * ltoutput.dtx: v1.0f \@addtodblcol Command changed
++
++ * ltoutput.dtx: v1.0f \@addtocurcol Command changed
++
++ * ltoutput.dtx: v1.0f \@addtobot Command changed
++
++ * ltherest.dtx: LaTeX2e \@xfloat Command changed
++
++ * ltherest.dtx: LaTeX2e \@dblfloatplacement Command changed
++
++1993-12-04 N.N. <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
++
++ * ltfiles.dtx: v0.9b \input Macro reimplemented
++
++ * ltfiles.dtx: v0.9b \InputIfFileExists Macro added
++
++ * ltfiles.dtx: v0.9b \IfFileExists Macro added
++
++ * ltfiles.dtx: v0.9b \@input Macro reimplemented
++
++ * ltfiles.dtx: v0.9b \@iinput Macro reimplemented
++
++1993-12-03 N.N. <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
++
++ * ltinit.dtx: v0.9b \@latexerr Set \c at errorcontextlines to -1
++
++ * ltclass.dtx: 0.2i "General" \@onlypreamble: Many commands
++ declared.
++
++ * ltclass.dtx: 0.2i "General" Removed obsolete \@documentclass
++
++ * ltclass.dtx: 0.2i \@cls at pkg Name changed to avoid clash with
++ output routine.
++
++ * ltboxes.dtx: 0.1a \set at color macro added
++
++ * ltboxes.dtx: 0.1a \set at color color support
++
++ * ltboxes.dtx: 0.1a \sbox extra group
++
++ * ltboxes.dtx: 0.1a \sbox color support
++
++ * ltboxes.dtx: 0.1a \raisebox redefined to support \height
++
++ * ltboxes.dtx: 0.1a \parbox Redefined to support extra optional
++ arguments
++
++ * ltboxes.dtx: 0.1a \newsavebox Pass the whole of arg 1 to
++ \@ifdefinable
++
++ * ltboxes.dtx: 0.1a \minipage Redefined to support extra optional
++ arguments
++
++ * ltboxes.dtx: 0.1a \mbox extra group
++
++ * ltboxes.dtx: 0.1a \makebox modified
++
++ * ltboxes.dtx: 0.1a \lrbox macro added
++
++ * ltboxes.dtx: 0.1a \lrbox color support
++
++ * ltboxes.dtx: 0.1a \fbox extra group
++
++ * ltboxes.dtx: 0.1a \endlrbox macro added
++
++ * ltboxes.dtx: 0.1a \bm at b macros added
++
++ * ltboxes.dtx: 0.1a \@savebox default c not x
++
++ * ltboxes.dtx: 0.1a \@makepicbox macro modified
++
++ * ltboxes.dtx: 0.1a \@makebox default changed from x to c
++
++ * ltboxes.dtx: 0.1a \@isavepicbox extra group
++
++ * ltboxes.dtx: 0.1a \@isavebox extra group
++
++ * ltboxes.dtx: 0.1a \@isavebox color support
++
++ * ltboxes.dtx: 0.1a \@irsbox redefined to support \height
++
++ * ltboxes.dtx: 0.1a \@imakebox macro modified
++
++ * ltboxes.dtx: 0.1a \@iirsbox redefined to support \height
++
++ * ltboxes.dtx: 0.1a \@end at tempboxa macro added
++
++ * ltboxes.dtx: 0.1a \@begin at tempboxa macro added
++
++ * ltboxes.dtx: 0.1a \@argrsbox macro removed
++
++1993-12-01 N.N. <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
++
++ * ltoutput.dtx: v1.0e \@reinserts Command added
++
++1993-11-30 N.N. <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
++
++ * ltoutput.dtx: v1.0c \@tracemessage Commands added
++
++ * ltmiscen.dtx: LaTeX2e \eqnarray initialised everycr to {}
++
++1993-11-29 N.N. <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
++
++ * ltplain.dtx: ??? "General" All accents in decimals; suggested
++ by Paul Taylor
++
++ * ltoutput.dtx: v1.0b \@makespecialcolbox Command added
++
++ * ltoutput.dtx: v1.0b \@makecol \@makespecialcolbox added
++
++1993-11-28 N.N. <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
++
++ * ltclass.dtx: 0.2h \endfilecontents Don't globally allocate a
++ write stream (always use 15)
++
++ * ltclass.dtx: 0.2h "General" Primitive filenames now terminated
++ by space not \relax.
++
++ * ltclass.dtx: 0.2h "General" Directory syntax checing moved to
++ dircheck.dtx:
++
++ * ltclass.dtx: 0.2h "General" Assorted commands now in the kernel
++ removed.
++
++ * ltclass.dtx: 0.2h \@twoclasseserror Macro added
++
++ * ltclass.dtx: 0.2h \@missingfileerror Use filename parser from
++ dircheck
++
++1993-11-24 N.N. <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
++
++ * ltinit.dtx: LaTeX2e \P at LaTeX Macro changed
++
++ * fontcmds.dtx: v2.1a \test at next Macro added
++
++ * fontcmds.dtx: v2.1a \maybe at ic@ Use \test at next
++
++1993-11-23 N.N. <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
++
++ * ltoutput.dtx: v0.1c \enlargethispage* Commands added
++
++ * ltoutput.dtx: v0.1c \@specialoutput Command changed
++
++ * ltoutput.dtx: v0.1c \@makecol Command changed
++
++ * ltoutput.dtx: v0.1c \@kludgeins Insert added
++
++ * ltoutput.dtx: v0.1c \@enlargepage Command added
++
++ * ltoutput.dtx: v0.1a \paperwidth Register added
++
++ * ltoutput.dtx: v0.1a \paperheight Register added
++
++ * ltinit.dtx: LaTeX2e \two at digits Macro added
++
++ * ltinit.dtx: LaTeX2e \renewenvironment Macro reimplemented and
++ extended
++
++ * ltinit.dtx: LaTeX2e \renewcommand Macro reimplemented and
++ extended
++
++ * ltinit.dtx: LaTeX2e \newcommand Macro reimplemented and
++ extended
++
++ * ltinit.dtx: LaTeX2e "General" replaced plus by \@plus if
++ appropriate
++
++ * ltinit.dtx: LaTeX2e \@yargdef Macro interface changed
++
++ * ltinit.dtx: LaTeX2e \@yargdef Avoid \@?@? token
++
++ * ltinit.dtx: LaTeX2e \@xargdef Macro interface changed
++
++ * ltinit.dtx: LaTeX2e \@xargdef Macro added
++
++ * ltinit.dtx: LaTeX2e \@newenv Macro interface changed
++
++ * ltinit.dtx: LaTeX2e \@newcommand Macro added
++
++ * ltinit.dtx: LaTeX2e \@ifundefined Redefined to remove a
++ trailing \fi
++
++ * ltclass.dtx: 0.2g "General" Warnings and errors now directly
++ coded.
++
++ * ltclass.dtx: 0.2g "General" Various macros now moved to
++ latex.tex.
++
++ * ltclass.dtx: 0.2g \@use at ption Name changed from \@executeoption
++
++1993-11-22 N.N. <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
++
++ * ltinit.dtx: LaTeX2e \providecommand Macro added
++
++ * ltinit.dtx: LaTeX2e \c at errorcontextlines Macro added
++
++ * ltinit.dtx: LaTeX2e \LaTeXe Macro added
++
++ * ltinit.dtx: LaTeX2e \@plus Macro added
++
++ * ltinit.dtx: LaTeX2e \@minus Macro added
++
++ * ltinit.dtx: LaTeX2e \@checkcommand Macro added
++
++ * ltherest.dtx: LaTeX2e \settoheight Macro added
++
++ * ltherest.dtx: LaTeX2e \settodepth Macro added
++
++ * ltherest.dtx: LaTeX2e \@settopoint Macro added
++
++ * ltherest.dtx: LaTeX2e \@settodim Macro added
++
++ * ltclass.dtx: 0.2f \listfiles Removed checking for
++ \@unknownversion
++
++ * ltclass.dtx: 0.2f \@unknownversion Macro removed
++
++ * ltclass.dtx: 0.2f \@ifclasslater Added //00 so parsing never
++ produces a runaway argument.
++
++ * ltclass.dtx: 0.2f \@fileswithoptions Made the initial version
++ [] not [\@unknownversion]
++
++ * ltclass.dtx: 0.2f \@fileswithoptions Made the default [] not
++ [\@unknownversion]
++
++1993-11-21 N.N. <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
++
++ * ltmiscen.dtx: v0.9a \verbatim at font Macro added
++
++ * ltmiscen.dtx: v0.9a \verb use \verbatim at font instead of \tt
++
++1993-11-21 N.N. <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
++
++ * ltmiscen.dtx: v0.9a \@verbatim use \verbatim at font instead of
++ \tt
++
++ * ltinit.dtx: LaTeX2e "General" replaced \tt by \ttfamily if
++ appropriate
++
++ * ltinit.dtx: LaTeX2e "General" replaced \sf by \sffamily if
++ appropriate
++
++ * ltinit.dtx: LaTeX2e "General" replaced \sc by \scshape if
++ appropriate
++
++ * ltinit.dtx: LaTeX2e "General" replaced \rm by \rmfamily if
++ appropriate
++
++ * ltinit.dtx: LaTeX2e "General" replaced \it by \itshape if
++ appropriate
++
++ * ltinit.dtx: LaTeX2e "General" replaced \bf by \bfseries if
++ appropriate
++
++ * ltclass.dtx: 0.2e \@missingfileerror Stop infinite looping on
++ \@er at ext
++
++1993-11-18 N.N. <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
++
++ * ltclass.dtx: 0.2d \documentstyle Modified \RequirePackage stuff.
++
++ * ltclass.dtx: 0.2d \NeedsTeXFormat \fmtname \fmtversion not
++ \@\pldots
++
++ * ltclass.dtx: 0.2d \ExecuteOptions Use \CurrentOption not \@tempa
++
++1993-11-17 N.N. <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
++
++ * ltclass.dtx: 0.2c \ProcessOptions* restoring \@fileswith at pti@ns
++ added.
++
++ * ltclass.dtx: 0.2c \NeedsTeXFormat Name changed from
++ \NeedsFormat
++
++ * ltclass.dtx: 0.2c \DeclareOption* Error checking added
++
++ * ltclass.dtx: 0.2c \CurrentOption Name changed from \@curroption
++
++ * ltclass.dtx: 0.2c \@twoloadclasserror Macro added
++
++ * ltclass.dtx: 0.2c \@fileswithoptions Added trap for two
++ \LoadClass commands.
++
++ * ltclass.dtx: 0.2c \@badrequireerror Macro added
++
++ * ltclass.dtx: 0.2c \@@fileswith at pti@ns Macro added
++
++1993-11-15 N.N. <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
++
++ * ltclass.dtx: 0.2b \documentstyle Modified to match
++ \ProcessOption*
++
++ * ltclass.dtx: 0.2b \ProcessOptions* Star form added.
++
++1993-11-14 N.N. <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
++
++ * ltclass.dtx: 0.2a \g at addto@macro Made global
++
++ * ltclass.dtx: 0.2a \documentstyle Added \RequirePackage
++ \@unusedoptionlist stuff.
++
++ * ltclass.dtx: 0.2a \ProcessOptions* Stop adding the global
++ option list inside class files.
++
++ * ltclass.dtx: 0.2a \ProcessOptions* Optimise `empty option'
++ code.
++
++ * ltclass.dtx: 0.2a \NeedsTeXFormat made more robust for
++ alternative syntax for other formats.
++
++ * ltclass.dtx: 0.2a \AtEndDocument Included extension in the
++ generated macro name for package and class hooks.
++
++ * ltclass.dtx: 0.2a \@reset at ptions macro added
++
++ * ltclass.dtx: 0.2a \@fileswithoptions Moved reseting of
++ \default at ds, \ds@ and \@declaredoptions here, from the end of
++ \ProcessOptions.
++
++ * ltclass.dtx: 0.2a \@currext Name changed from \@currextension
++
++1993-11-03 Rainer Schoepf <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
++
++ * ltpictur.dtx: LaTeX2.09 "General" (RmS) changed \halign to
++ \ialignto initialize \tabskip and \everycr
++
++1993-09-08 N.N. <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
++
++ * ltmiscen.dtx: LaTeX2.09 \enddocument Added warning in case of
++ undefined references.
++
++1993-09-07 N.N. <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
++
++ * ltmiscen.dtx: LaTeX2.09 Changed definition of \verb so that
++ it detects a missing second delimiter.
++
++1993-09-03 N.N. <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
++
++ * ltmiscen.dtx: LaTeX2.09 \verbatim at nolig@list Replaced \@noligs
++ by extensible list
++
++1993-08-05 Rainer Schoepf <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
++
++ * ltherest.dtx: LaTeX2.09 \@sect (RmS) Made sure that
++ \protectworks correctly in expansion of \the<counter>
++
++1993-08-03 N.N. <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
++
++ * ltmiscen.dtx: LaTeX2.09 \enddocument Changed redefinition of
++ \global to redefinition of \@setckpt.
++
++1993-05-05 N.N. <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
++
++ * fontcmds.dtx: v2.0b "General" Removed all LaTeX related cmds
++
++1992-11-26 Rainer Schoepf <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
++
++ * ltherest.dtx: LaTeX2.09 \footnote (RmS) Changed all to
++ \def\protect{\noexpand\protect\noexpand}
++
++ * ltherest.dtx: LaTeX2.09 \@footnotetext (RmS) added protection
++ for \edef
++
++ * ltboxes.dtx: LaTeX2.09 \@mpfootnotetext (RmS) added protection
++ for \edef
++
++1992-08-25 Frank Mittelbach <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
++
++ * ltherest.dtx: LaTeX2.09 \@sect (FMi) replaced explicit setting
++ of \@svsec by call to \@seccntformat
++
++1992-08-24 N.N. <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
++
++ * ltmiscen.dtx: LaTeX2.09 \verb Changed \verband \@sverb to work
++ correctly in math mode
++
++ * ltinit.dtx: LaTeX2.09 \@ifnextchar Changed so first argument
++ can be `='.
++
++1992-08-19 Rainer Schoepf <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
++
++ * ltherest.dtx: LaTeX2.09 \@othm (RmS) Changed error message to
++ complain about undefined counter
++
++1992-03-18 Rainer Schoepf <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
++
++ * ltherest.dtx: LaTeX2.09 \end at float (RmS) changed \@esphack to
++ \@Esphack
++
++ * ltherest.dtx: LaTeX2.09 \@xympar (RmS) added
++ \global\@ignorefalse
++
++1992-01-10 Rainer Schoepf <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
++
++ * ltherest.dtx: LaTeX2.09 \@othm (RmS) Check for existence of
++ theorem environment
++
++1991-11-22 Rainer Schoepf <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
++
++ * ltlists.dtx: LaTeX2.09 \@item (RmS) Changed second call to
++ \makelabelto \unhbox\@tempboxa. Avoids problems with side
++ effects in \makelabeland is more efficient.
++
++ * ltherest.dtx: LaTeX2.09 \footnote (RmS) Added
++ \let\protect\noexpandin \@xfootnote, \@xfootnotemark, and
++ \@xfootnotetext
++
++1991-11-06 Rainer Schoepf <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
++
++ * ltherest.dtx: LaTeX2.09 \end at float (RmS) added warning message
++ perhaps we should use an error message
++
++1991-11-04 Rainer Schoepf <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
++
++ * ltlists.dtx: LaTeX2.09 \makelabel (RmS) added default
++ definition for \makelabel, to produce an error message.
++
++1991-11-01 Rainer Schoepf <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
++
++ * ltherest.dtx: LaTeX2.09 \footnote (RmS) Added
++ \let\protect\noexpandin \footnote, \footnotemark, and
++ \footnotetext, since \xdef is used
++
++1991-10-17 Rainer Schoepf <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
++
++ * ltinit.dtx: LaTeX209 \@tfor (Rms) \xdef replaced by \def (See
++ FMi's array.doc)
++
++1991-09-29 Rainer Schoepf <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
++
++ * ltherest.dtx: LaTeX2.09 \@footnotetext (RmS) added \reset at font
++
++ * ltherest.dtx: LaTeX2.09 \@dottedtocline (RmS) added
++ \reset at font for page number
++
++ * ltboxes.dtx: LaTeX2.09 \@mpfootnotetext (RmS) added
++ \reset at font
++
++1991-08-26 N.N. <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
++
++ * ltmiscen.dtx: LaTeX2.09 \@verbatim \@@par added
++
++1991-08-14 Rainer Schoepf <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
++
++ * ltplain.dtx: LaTeX2.09 \cases (RmS) inserted extra braces
++ around entry for NFSS
++
++ * ltpictur.dtx: LaTeX2.09 "General" (RmS) inserted extra braces
++ around entry for NFSS
++
++ * ltherest.dtx: LaTeX2.09 \@endtheorem Moved \itshapeafter \item
++ to make it work with NFSS
++
++1991-07-24 N.N. <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
++
++ * ltmiscen.dtx: LaTeX2.09 \@verbatim Added
++ \penalty\interlinepenalty to definition of \par so that
++ \samepage works
\ No newline at end of file
Property changes on: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/changes.old.txt
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:eol-style
## -0,0 +1 ##
+native
\ No newline at end of property
Added: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/changes.txt
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/changes.txt (rev 0)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/changes.txt 2019-07-25 22:32:37 UTC (rev 51730)
@@ -0,0 +1,10436 @@
+This file lists changes to the LaTeX2e files in reverse chronological order.
+It is provided for convenience only. It therefore makes no claims to
+completeness or accuracy and it contains some references to files that
+are not part of the distribution.
+=======================================================================
+
+2019-07-11 Frank Mittelbach <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
+
+ * utf8ienc.dtx (subsection{The mapping table}):
+ Accept typical f-ligatures and st in utf8 encoding (github/154)
+
+2019-07-09 Frank Mittelbach <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
+
+ * utf8ienc.dtx (subsection{Housekeeping}):
+ Temp rollback fix for e-pTeX as that engines doesn't yet know
+ \ifincsname (so now features are unavailable there)
+
+ * ltfssbas.dtx (subsection{Macros for loading fonts}):
+ Don't set any \f at ... macros in \DeclareErrorFont as this side
+ effect is wrong! (pr/4399)
+
+ * ltfssini.dtx (subsection{Miscellaneous}):
+ Explicitly set some defaults for NFSS
+ (because of change to \DeclareErrorFont)
+
+ * slifonts.fdd: Explicitly set some defaults for NFSS
+ (because of change to \DeclareErrorFont)
+
+2019-07-01 Frank Mittelbach <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
+
+ * ltfiles.dtx (section{File Handling}):
+ Support UTF-8 in \includeonly
+ (subsection{Safe Input Macros}):
+ Support UTF-8 and spaces in \IfFileExists and \InputIfFileExists
+
+ * ltclass.dtx (subsection{Providing shipment}):
+ Support UTF-8 and spaces in filecontents environment file name.
+
+2019-04-09 Frank Mittelbach <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
+
+ * utf8ienc.dtx: adjustment for extended UTF-8 support in pdftex,
+ supporting UTF-8 in labels and refs and in filenames and typeouts.
+
+ * ltfinal.dtx: adjustment for extened UTF-8 support in pdftex
+
+2019-03-06 Frank Mittelbach <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
+
+ * nfssfont.dtx (section{The code}): Added a default action
+ "\table\bye" which is the most common case, so one can now simply
+ hit enter and doesn't need to type something in.
+
+2019-02-07 Frank Mittelbach <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
+
+ * utf8ienc.dtx (subsection{The mapping table}):
+ Added 27E8 and 27E9 (github/110)
+
+2019-02-07 Frank Mittelbach <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
+
+ * ltfssbas.dtx (subsection{Macros for loading fonts}):
+ Changed wording of warning (github/107)
+
+2019-02-07 Frank Mittelbach <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
+
+ * ltfiles.dtx (subsection{Safe Input Macros}):
+ Expand \@filef at und before executing second argument (github/109)
+
+2019-02-06 Frank Mittelbach <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
+
+ * utf8ienc.dtx (subsection{The mapping table}):
+ Fixed U+012F which should have an i not a dotless i (github/122)
+
+2018-12-30 Frank Mittelbach <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
+
+ * lttab.dtx (subsection{array and tabular environments}):
+ Add extra \hskip1sp to guard against an \unskip at the start of
+ a c-column cell (gh/102)
+
+#########################
+# 2018-12-01 Release
+#########################
+
+2018-11-28 Frank Mittelbach <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
+
+ * ltoutput.dtx (subsection{Floats}): Unbox \@outputbox to preserve boxing
+ level (github/94)
+
+2018-11-18 Enrico Gregorio <Enrico.Gregorio at latex-project.org>
+
+ * ltoutenc.dtx
+ Added \Hwithstroke and \hwithstroke
+
+2018-11-09 Frank Mittelbach <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
+
+ * ltbibl.dtx (section{Bibliography Generation}):
+ Zap spaces in the argument of \bibliography
+ as BibTeX doesn't support them (github/88)
+
+2018-10-11 Frank Mittelbach <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
+
+ * ltmiscen.dtx (subsection{Verbatim}):
+ Provide visible space in \verb* also for XeTeX and LuaTeX (github/69)
+ Provide \verbvisiblespace such that it is usable in normal text (github/70)
+
+2018-10-10 David Carlisle <David.Carlisle at latex-project.org>
+
+ * ltspace.dtx: prevent space hacks adding breakpoints (github/81)
+
+2018-10-05 David Carlisle <David.Carlisle at latex-project.org>
+
+ * utf8ienc.dtx: Use hex in invalid byte error (suggested in PR 82 from mirabilos)
+
+2018-09-30 David Carlisle <David.Carlisle at latex-project.org>
+
+ * utf8ienc.dtx: Fix display of codepoints in error messages (PR 63 from mirabilos)
+
+2018-09-28 David Carlisle <David.Carlisle at latex-project.org>
+
+ * utf8ienc.dtx: Fix to handling of 4-octet UTF-8. Mostly from github PR 60
+
+2018-09-26 Frank Mittelbach <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
+
+ * ltmiscen.dtx (subsection{Environments}):
+ * ltsect.dtx (section| or |\caption|):
+ Sometimes mask the endline char when writing to files (github/73)
+
+2018-09-26 Frank Mittelbach <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
+
+ * ltdefns.dtx (subsection{Command definitions}):
+ In the error messages always explicitly generate a space
+ after the csname and not rely on \noexpand to save tokens (github/41)
+
+2018-09-25 Frank Mittelbach <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
+
+ * doc.dtx (section*{Index}):
+ Guard against following \unskip (github/23) also fixes (github/75)
+
+2018-09-24 Frank Mittelbach <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
+
+ * ltspace.dtx (subsection{Horizontal space (and breaks)}):
+ Start LR-mode for \thinspace and friends if necessary (github/49)
+
+ * ltmath.dtx (subsubsection{The UNSORTED Rest}):
+ Start LR-mode for \smash \phantom and variants if necessary (github/49)
+
+ * exscale.dtx (section{Implementation}):
+ * fontdef.dtx (subsubsection{Biggggg}):
+ Start LR-mode for \big and friends if necessary (github/49)
+
+2018-09-03 Frank Mittelbach <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
+
+ * classes.dtx
+ Prevent protrusion in TOC lines (https://tex.stackexchange.com/q/172785/10109)
+
+2018-09-03 Frank Mittelbach <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
+
+ * ltsect.dtx (section| or |\caption|):
+ Prevent protrusion in TOC lines (https://tex.stackexchange.com/q/172785/10109)
+
+2018-08-24 Frank Mittelbach <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
+
+ * ltfinal.dtx (subsection{Hyphenation}): Added
+ \document at default@language to latexrelease mechanism (github/68)
+
+2018-08-11 Frank Mittelbach <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
+
+ * inputenc.dtx Use \guillemetleft and \guillemetright
+ instead of old Adobe names in all encoding files (github/65)
+
+ * ltoutenc.dtx Provide \guillemetleft and \guillemetright (github/65)
+
+ * latex209.dtx Allow \guillemetleft and \guillemetright to be
+ (re)defined. (github/65)
+
+2018-07-30 Frank Mittelbach <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
+
+ * utf8ienc.dtx: added missing declarations for \j (0237), \SS (1E9E),
+ \k{} (02DB) and \.{} {02D9)
+
+2018-05-29 David Carlisle <David.Carlisle at latex-project.org>
+
+ * ltclass.dtx: use \csname test rather than \@ifundefined to get \relax side effect.
+
+#########################
+# 2018-04-01 PL 5 Release
+#########################
+
+2018-05-11 David Carlisle <David.Carlisle at latex-project.org>
+
+ * ltfinal.dtx: Make \UTFviii at undefined@err and \UTFviii at invalid@err
+ also safe for initial file name for invalid UTF-8 and non-UTF-8 filesystems.
+ issue #48
+
+2018-05-08 David Carlisle <David.Carlisle at latex-project.org>
+
+ * ltclass.dtx:
+ Update to suspicious rollback code for issue #43
+
+ Make the suspicious rollback message a warning not error.
+
+ Make the current and latest options to latexrelease set the
+ default rollback request to 0 so package rollback is disabled.
+
+#########################
+# 2018-04-01 PL 4 Release
+#########################
+
+2018-05-03 David Carlisle <David.Carlisle at latex-project.org>
+
+ * docstrip.dtx: Reset catcodes for non ASCII .ins files
+
+#########################
+# 2018-04-01 PL 3 Release
+#########################
+
+2018-04-22 Frank Mittelbach <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
+
+ * ltcounts.dtx: added missing '.' in default for \the<counter>
+ when using \counterwithin (issue/38)
+
+2018-04-10 Frank Mittelbach <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
+
+ * docstrip.dtx (subsection{Batchfile commands}): Read 8bit input
+ raw to leave high bits in the code to unchanged without utf8
+ handling (issue 34)
+ Without this change a dtx file with 8bit chars in the code need to
+ have \UseRawInputEncoding in the .ins file to work.
+
+#########################
+# 2018-04-01 PL 2 Release
+#########################
+
+2018-04-08 David Carlisle <David.Carlisle at latex-project.org>
+
+ * ltclass.dtx: Guard against spaces in \providesPackage (for issue 33)
+ * ltfinal.dtx: adjust UTF-8 handling in \everyjob (for issue 32)
+
+#########################
+# 2018-04-01 PL 1 Release
+#########################
+
+2018-04-07 David Carlisle <David.Carlisle at latex-project.org>
+
+ * ltfinal.dtx: Reset \inputencodingname in \UseRawInputEncoding
+
+
+#########################
+# 2018-04-01 Release
+#########################
+
+2018-04-06 Frank Mittelbach <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
+
+ * ltfinal.dtx (subsection{Input encoding}):
+ * inputenc.dtx:
+ Handle special case of utf8x incompatibility
+
+2018-04-05 David Carlisle <David.Carlisle at latex-project.org>
+
+ * utf8ienc.dtx: add BOM default definition
+
+2018-03-30 David Carlisle <David.Carlisle at latex-project.org>
+
+ * ltfinal.dtx: add \UseRawInputEncoding and further
+ adjustments to the input encoding setup.
+
+
+2018-03-27 Frank Mittelbach <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
+
+ * ltclass.dtx (subsection{Providing shipment}): ensure that
+ chars in the range of 128-255 are not active during filecontents
+ writing.
+
+2018-03-24 David Carlisle <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * utf8ienc.dtx: Add \UTFviii at invalid
+
+ * inputenc.dtx: Make \inputencoding{..} do nothing if it
+ specified the current encoding.
+
+ * ltfinal.dtx: Default to UTF-8 input encoding
+
+2018-03-24 Frank Mittelbach <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
+
+ * ltclass.dtx: Package/class rollback mechanism: use full file
+ name to specify old release
+
+2018-03-15 <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
+
+ * ltxdoc.dtx: Set up \protect in index entries
+
+2018-03-08 Frank Mittelbach <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
+
+ * ltcounts.dtx: added \@removefromreset, \counterwithin and
+ \counterwithout
+
+2018-02-18 Frank Mittelbach <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
+
+ * ltclass.dtx: add rollback concept for packages and classes
+
+2018-02-01 Frank Mittelbach <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
+ * doc.dtx: Only use\DocStyleParms if defined
+ (previously the test defined it but this will change in the kernel)
+
+2018-01-08 David Carlisle <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * ltvers.dtx: Modify \IncludeInRelease code to check matching \EndIncluderelease
+ * ldefns.dtx ltfiles.dtx ltoutput.dtx ltclass.dtx fixes to \EndIncludeInRelease
+ * tlb-latexrelease.lvt check \IncludeInRelease markup
+
+2018-01-06 David Carlisle <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * ltvers.dtx: possible 2018-02-01 release
+
+ * ltdefns.dtx: new \@ifundefined definitions to avoid setting
+ csname to \relax
+
+2017-12-17 Frank Mittelbach <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
+
+ * latexrelease.dtx: Add \latexreleaseversion info
+ to \ProvidesPackage output so that different versions announce
+ themselves properly
+
+2017-04-20 David Carlisle <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * ltvers.dtx: possible PL1
+
+ * ltluatex.dtx: glyph_stream_provider is back in luatex 1.04
+
+#########################
+# 2017-04-15 Release
+#########################
+
+
+2017-04-11 David Carlisle <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * ltoutput.dtx: add a test on the value of \prevdepth
+ so that the depth of the last line is preserved in forced page breaks.
+
+2017-04-10 David Carlisle <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * ltplain.dtx: fix code to skip write18 for luatex.
+
+2017-04-05 David Carlisle <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * ltoutenc.dtx: If a composite is declared with an undeclared
+ comand, declare it first as an encoding specific command that
+ generates an error. This allows the declared composite to
+ work as expected.
+
+2017-03-29 David Carlisle <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * ltboxes.dtx: reset \lineskiplimit to \normallineskiplimit
+ in \@arrayparboxrestore. https://tex.stackexchange.com/a/359934
+
+2017-03-28 David Carlisle <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * ltluatex.dtx: luatex 1.04 primitives
+
+2017-03-27 David Carlisle <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * ltdefns.dtx: move the definition of \@dischyph to be after that
+ of \- again.
+
+2017-03-17 David Carlisle <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * ltsect.dtx: Adjust the documentation of
+ \@afterheading and \@xsect, to document that
+ \clubpenalty is set locally not globally.
+
+2017-03-13 David Carlisle <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * ltdefns.dtx: Update the definition of \- pr/3855
+
+2017-03-10 David Carlisle <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * ltoutput.dtx: Reset \language in Output Routine
+ To protect hyphenation in page head.
+
+ * ltfiles.dtx: Save \document at default@language
+
+ * ltmiscen.dtx: Use \language to prevent hypenenation in \verb
+ Do same, replacing setting of \hyphenchar in verbatim.
+
+2017-03-08 David Carlisle <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * ltclass.dtx, latexrelease.ins: support yyyy-mm-dd format
+ in addition to yyyy/mm/dd
+
+2017-03-07 David Carlisle <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * ltluatex.dtx: remove 2017-01-20 hack for luaotfload issue
+ as no longer needed.
+
+2017-02-24 David Carlisle <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * ltoutenc.dtx: \DeclareTextCompositeCommand check that
+ the accent command has been declared.
+ Make TU accents fall back to combining character if precomposed
+ character is not in the font.
+
+#########################
+# 2017/01/01 PL 3 Release
+#########################
+
+2017-02-22 David Carlisle <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * ltoutenc.dtx: Correction to test for empty argument in TU
+ accents.
+
+#########################
+# 2017/01/01 PL 2 Release
+#########################
+
+2017-02-19 David Carlisle <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * ltoutenc.dtx: Guard against empty base in
+ \DeclareTextCompositeCommand, and \add at unicode@accent.
+ Declare \^{} and \~{} in tuenc.def.
+ Declare \textquotesingle, \textasciigrave and
+ \textquotedbl for TU encoding (\remove at tlig version)
+
+2017-02-18 Joseph Wright <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * ltluatex.dtx: parametrise Lua access to register
+ allocation count data
+
+2017-02-12 David Carlisle <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * ltoutenc.dtx: add fallback code for \textasteriskcentered
+ in TU encoding (https://tex.stackexchange.com/q/353425/)
+
+2017-01-28 David Carlisle <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * build.lua bugs.txt, manifest.txt: drop latexbug.tex from the
+ distribution
+
+ * ltoutenc.dtx, utf8ienc.dtx: add \= for YyGg
+ U+0232, U+0233, U+1E20, U+1E21
+
+2017-01-27 David Carlisle <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * latexbug.tex: add new banner suggesting to use latexbug.sty
+ instead.
+
+ * tulm.fdd: New file tu*fd file sources, including tulmssq,
+ tulmvtt and tulmdh (all based on eu1*fd files from fontspec).
+
+#########################
+# 2017/01/01 PL 1 Release
+#########################
+
+
+2017-01-25 David Carlisle <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * tulmtt.fd: force fontdimens 3 and 4 of lmtt to zero (for xetex)
+
+ * ltoutenc.dtx: add composites for i and j duplicating those for
+ \i and \j
+
+2017-01-24 David Carlisle <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * ltoutenc.dtx: the TeX ligature syntax for xetex and luatex was
+ reversed in tuenc.def
+ Change \textasteriskcentered from U+204E to U+2217
+ as the former is not available in common fonts (Latin
+ Modern, TeX Gyre Pagella,LinLibertine...)
+
+2017-01-23 David Carlisle <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * ltvers.dtx: PL1
+
+ * ltoutenc.dtx: add commands for ascii symbols pr/4500
+
+
+#########################
+# 2017/01/01 Release
+#########################
+
+
+2017-01-20 David Carlisle <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * ltluatex.dtx: work around luaotfload issues 382 and 387
+
+2017-01-10 David Carlisle <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * ltfssbas.dtx: Add version of \showhyphens that works in XeTeX.
+
+2016-12-30 David Carlisle <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * ltluatex.dtx: build_page_insert callback and documentation updates.
+
+2016-12-29 David Carlisle <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * latexrelease.dtx: re-instate the old 2014 version of
+ fixltx2e.sty protected by \IncludeInRelease guards
+
+ * ltboxes.dtx, ltmath.dtx: undefine internal MakeRobust commands
+ for latexrelease
+
+2016-12-11 David Carlisle <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * ltoutenc.dtx: add TU encoding
+
+2016-12-03 David Carlisle <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * ltluatex.dtx, fontdef.dtx: Add support for defaulting to TU encoding
+
+2016-11-18 David Carlisle <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * ltvers.dtx: 2017/01/01
+
+2016-11-17 David Carlisle <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * ltluatex.dtx call_edit callback added
+
+2016-11-09 David Carlisle <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * ltclass.dtx: modify \ifx tests in \@onefilewithoptions
+ (latex/4497)
+
+2016-11-07 David Carlisle <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * source2e.tex: Give a bit more space for section numbers
+ in the toc (eg 19.10, 74.17.2)
+
+2016-10-16 David Carlisle <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * ltplain.dtx: luatex allows \language up to 16383,
+ and unlike pdftex gives an error for \language16384
+ (rather than treating it as 0)
+
+2016-10-15 Joseph Wright <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * ltdirchk.dtx: Require e-TeX
+
+2016-10-04 David Carlisle <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * ltoutput.dtx: Avoid deadcycles error building float pages
+ with negative sized floats
+
+2016-10-02 David Carlisle <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * ltclass.dtx: update to ignore spaces between options in
+ \ExecuteOptions and in the option clash checking.
+
+ * ltvers.dtx: 2016/12/01 release (perhaps)
+
+2016-09-15 David Carlisle <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * ltsect.dtx: documentation update, default section depth
+ is chapter=0.
+
+#########################
+# 2016/03/31 PL 3 Release
+#########################
+
+2016-07-29 David Carlisle <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * ltvers.dtx: Patch level 3
+
+ * ltplain.dtx: out by one error when \newinsert switches to
+ \extrafloats (tlb-newinsert-001, Maïeul Rouquette)
+ add \global to \chardefs in \extrafloats in case used in a group
+ Done as patch level as recent code so no need for \IncludeInRelease
+
+2016-07-04 David Carlisle <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * ltspace.dtx: Typos in \IncludeInRelease guards (Hironobu Yamashita)
+
+ * latexrelease.dtx: use \latexreleaseversion not \fmtversion
+ in old latexrelease package warning (Hironobu Yamashita)
+
+
+#########################
+# 2016/03/31 PL 2 Release
+#########################
+
+2016-06-20 David Carlisle <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * ltvers.dtx: Patch level 2
+
+ * ltvers.dtx: define \@currname to be empty here (done again in ltfinal)
+ in case \IncludeInRelease used in a .def or .cfg file input in the format.
+
+ * ltclass.dtx: allow \@parse at version after \begin{document}
+
+2016-06-19 David Carlisle <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * ltoutenc.dtx: fix \c{g} in OT1 (erroneously specified as T1 in ot1enc.def)
+ Adjust latexrelease to undo comma accents for old format dates
+ (Hironobu Yamashita)
+
+
+#########################
+# 2016/03/31 PL 1 Release
+#########################
+
+2016-05-08 David Carlisle <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * source2e.tex: Pick up patch level from ltvers (not ltfinal)
+ (Hironobu Yamashita)
+
+2016-04-22 David Carlisle <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * ltvers.dtx, ltfinal.dtx: 4096 character classes in latest xetex.
+
+#########################
+# 2016/03/31 Release
+#########################
+
+
+2016-03-30 David Carlisle <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * ltpictur.dtx, slides.dtx: Add tests to avoid leaders of
+ almost zero length (latex/4452)
+
+2016-03-13 David Carlisle <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * ltluatex.dtx: new insert_local_par callback in luatex 0.89.4
+ and contribute_filter from luatex 0.89.5
+
+2016-02-28 David Carlisle <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * utf8ienc.dtx: added approximations to additional dashes
+ U+2010, U+2011, U+2102, U+2015
+
+2016-02-18 David Carlisle <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * ltfssdcl.dtx: Modify checks in \DeclareMathSymbol and related
+ commands so they do not give errors for \U... required for luatex
+ 0.87 which reports \mathchardef tokens as \Umathchar.
+
+2016-02-15 Frank Mittelbach <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
+
+ * doc.dtx: Fix \changes when used inside the environment env.
+ Use a sort of raggedright in the change history
+
+2016-02-12 Frank Mittelbach <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
+
+ * doc.dtx: Suppress \CheckSum check if no checksum is given in the file.
+
+2016-02-12 David Carlisle <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * Lose \CharacterTable and \CheckSum from various documentation files.
+
+2016-02-11 David Carlisle <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * ltluatex.dtx: adjust callback list to luatex 0.89
+
+ * ltvers.dtx: TL 2016 edition
+
+#########################
+# 2016/02/01 Release
+#########################
+
+2016-01-04 Joseph Wright <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * ltfinal.dtx: Drop loading XeTeX character class data,
+ adjust \newXeTeXintercharclass to allocate from 1 not 4.
+
+2015-12-30 David Carlisle <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * ltoutenc.dtx: add \textcommaabove (Enrico Gregorio)
+ and several overloads in T1 encoding
+ for \c to \textcommabelow or \textcommasbove
+ https://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/282900
+ Add overload for (just) \c{g} in OT1 encoding.
+
+2015-12-10 Joseph Wright <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * ltfinal.dtx: Load Unicode settings via new common system
+ (generic package "unicode-data").
+
+2015-12-02 David Carlisle <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * utf8ienc.dtx: Additional accents that may be constructed in T1
+ encoding
+
+2015-11-27 David Carlisle <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * ltluatex.dtx: test for undefined callback list latex/4445
+
+2015-11-14 Joseph Wright <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * ltluatex.dtx: Updates for luatex 0.85
+
+2015-11-18 David Carlisle <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * ltplain.dtx: Support extended \newwrite and \newread in luatex
+
+2015-11-07 David Carlisle <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * ltvers.dtx: It's 2016 already.
+
+#########################
+# 2015/10/01 PL 2 Release
+#########################
+
+
+2015-10-27 David Carlisle <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * ltplain.dtx: globally assign the count to 256/266
+ when switching to extended range.
+
+2015-10-14 David Carlisle <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * build.lua, manifest.txt ltpatch.ltx patches.txt bugs.txt
+ lose ltpatch.ltx
+ (which has not been used since the mechanism changed at
+ 2015/01/01 patch level 1)
+
+2015-10-03 David Carlisle <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * ltluatex.dtx (luatexbase): write lua allocation messages to the log (only)
+
+#########################
+# 2015/10/01 PL 1 Release
+#########################
+
+2015-10-02 Joseph Wright <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * ltvers.dtx: PL1
+
+ * ltdirchk.dtx: Allow for full reversal of LuaTeX support
+ * ltluatex.dtx
+
+#########################
+# 2015/10/01 Release
+#########################
+
+
+2015-09-07 David Carlisle <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * utf8ienc.dtx: \^W \^w \^Y \^y U+0174-0177
+
+2015-09-05 David Carlisle <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * latexrelease.sty: increase default float list from 18 to 52
+ registers.
+
+2015-09-02 David Carlisle <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * ltluatex.dtx (luatexbase): Adjust lua code for module messages.
+
+2015-08-30 David Carlisle <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * ltplain.dtx: Add extended \newinsert, taking inserts from float
+ list.
+
+2015-08-29 David Carlisle <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * utf8ienc.dtx: add A0 (no break space) and AD (\-), add Romanian
+ comma below accent for SsTt. Display U+<hex number> notation
+ in error message.
+
+ * ltoutenc.dtx: Add \textcommabelow accent
+
+2015-08-23 David Carlisle <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * ltvers.dtx: Allow negative patch levels for pre-release
+
+ * ltdirchk.dtx, ltluatex.dtx: Do not prefix luatex primitives
+ * (was in ltluatex.dtx)
+
+2015-08-06 David Carlisle <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * ltvers.dtx: bump date and reset patch level
+
+ * ltplain.dtx: add \string to allocation checking
+ * ltluatex.dtx: add luatex allocation support
+ * format.ins: add luatex allocation support
+
+2015-08-06 Joseph Wright <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * Store Unicode data more efficiently
+
+2015-07-30 Joseph Wright <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * README.txt: Retain extension when releasing
+ (CTAN policy change)
+
+
+#########################
+# 2015/01/01 PL 2 Release
+#########################
+
+2015-07-06 David Carlisle <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * ltvers.dtx: PL2
+
+ * ltoutput.dtx: fix docstrip guard for latexrelease latex/4434
+
+#########################
+# 2015/01/01 PL 1 Release
+#########################
+
+2015-06-27 David Carlisle <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * utf8ienc.dtx: fix accents for 0403,0453,040C,045C
+ see https://tex.stackexchange.com/q/252521/1090
+
+2015-06-23 David Carlisle <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * ltfinal.dtx: set version to 2015/01/01 PL 1, and remove ltpatch.ltx system.
+
+ * ltfsscmp.dtx: use 0000/00/00 date for old version.
+
+2015-06-20 Joseph Wright <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * ltunicode.dtx: Include first token in a range in
+ catcode settings.
+
+2015-06-19 David Carlisle <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * ltvers.dtx: date
+
+ * ltplain.dtx: remove duplicated (old) definition of \newtoks and
+ use -1 for the first upper bound on register types that need a
+ contiguous range so that the allocation is never restarted at 256.
+
+2015-06-05 David Carlisle <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * latexrelease.ins: add ltcounts.dtx to the latexrelease.sty sources
+
+######################
+# 2015/01/01 Release
+######################
+
+2015-05-11 Joseph Wright <joseph.wright at morningstar2.co.uk>
+
+ * ltunicode.dtx: Apply East Asian catcode settings to LuaTeX
+
+2015-05-10 <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
+
+ * ltlists.dtx: explicitly reset \clubpenalty to default in
+ \@doendpe so that a change done by a heading doesn't survive
+ forever
+
+2015-05-09 David Carlisle <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * ltfinal.dtx, latexrelease.dtx: add the old definition of \newXeTeXintercharclass
+ when emulating old releases.
+
+2015-04-28 David Carlisle <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * ltfinal.dtx: define \xe at alloc@intercharclass for compatibility with older xelatex.ini
+
+2015-04-08 Frank Mittelbach <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
+
+ * ltfssbas.dtx: Try loading fd file if family has changed
+
+2015-04-03 Joseph Wright <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * Update file manifest
+
+2015-03-31 Frank Mittelbach <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
+
+ * latexrelease.dtx: give fixltx2e its own version number
+
+2015-03-26 Joseph Wright <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * ltunicode.dtx: Rename data file to unicode-letters.def
+
+2015-03-25 Joseph Wright <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * ltunicode.dtx: Add version and MD5 information to generated file
+
+2015-03-25 David Carlisle <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * ltxdoc.dtx: add \MaintainedByLaTeXTeam
+
+2015-03-18 David Carlisle <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * ltfssdcl.dtx: Allow math alphabets in full range 0-255
+ Restrict symbol fonts 0-15 (no change with classic tex)
+
+2015-03-17 David Carlisle <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * inputenc.dtx: save catcode of % for latex/4420
+
+2015-03-10 David Carlisle <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * ltplain.dtx: Add \hideoutput and \tracingnone, reorganise
+ \tracingall (as sugested by GL on c.t.t)
+
+2015-03-03 David Carlisle <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * ltplain.dtx: Allocate mathgroups up to 255 in xetex and luatex
+
+2015-02-26 David Carlisle <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * ltvers.dtx: \EndIncludeRelease version (multiple files affected)
+
+2015-02-22 <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
+
+ * latex209.dtx: Dropped \@no at font@optfalse in various places
+ - no longer provided by ltfsscmp.dtx.
+
+2015-02-22 <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
+
+ * ltfsscmp.dtx: Moved all code into latexrelease - obsolete commands are no
+ longer automatically part of the kernel
+
+2015-02-21 <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
+
+ * ltoutput.dtx, ltfloat.dtx: Fixed code for fltrace.sty and
+ flafter.sty that got incorporated from fixltx2e into the kernel.
+
+2015-02-21 <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
+
+ * ltdefns.dtx, lterror.dtx, ltfiles.dtx, ltfssbas.dtx, ltfsscmp.dtx,
+ ltfssdcl.dtx, ltfsstrc.dtx, ltoutenc.dtx, ltoutput.dtx, ltpictur.dtx,
+ ltplain.dtx, lttab.dtx, ltvers.dtx, manifest.txt:
+ Removed all autoloading code as this is not any longer functional.
+
+2015-02-20 David Carlisle <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * fix-cm.dtx: rename from fixltx2e.dtx
+
+2015-02-16 David Carlisle <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * ltoutenc.dtx: add lmtt for latex/4415
+
+2015-01-23 David Carlisle <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * ltplain.dtx, ltfinal.dtx: reserve counts 256-255
+
+2015-01-22 Joseph Wright <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * ltvers.dtx: Allow \everyjob to be set before latex.ltx
+
+2015-01-20 David Carlisle <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * ltplain.dtx: etex \tracingall if available
+
+ * ltoutput.dtx: Reset \IncludeInRelease flags so flafter can be loaded twice.
+
+2015-01-19 David Carlisle <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * latexrelease.dtx: Optional argument for \IncludeInRelease
+
+ * ltvers.dtx: Optional argument for \IncludeInRelease
+
+2015-01-18 David Carlisle <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * ltvers.dtx: Add \@currname so \IncludeInRelese tests are package-local
+
+2015-01-16 David Carlisle <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * latexrelease.dtx: add "current" option
+
+2015-01-14 David Carlisle <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * ltspace.dtx: Modify \addpenalty so it doesn't add redundant
+ skips (+ and - the same value)
+
+ * fixltx2e.dtx: remove code from fixltx2e, add a stub package warning.
+
+ * ltfloat.dtx: 2 column float order (latexrelease)
+
+ * ltoutput.dtx: 2 column float order, merge with fltrace (latexrelease)
+
+2015-01-11 David Carlisle <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * ltmath.dtx: fleqn version of robust \[\]
+
+ * ltcounts.dtx: Use \TextOrMath switch in \@fnsymbol (latexrelease)
+
+ * ltspace.dtx: Allow hyphenation after space hacks (latexrelease)
+
+ * ltfloat.dtx: check float options (latexrelease)
+
+2015-01-10 David Carlisle <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * ltcounts.dtx: Reset all within counter levels (latexrelease)
+
+2015-01-09 David Carlisle <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * ltfssini.dtx: \eminnershape from fixltx2e
+
+ * ltspace.dtx: update \addpenalty from fixltx2e
+
+2015-01-08 David Carlisle <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * ltdefns.dtx: \MakeRobust from fixltx2e
+
+ * ltboxes.dtx: make \makebox \parbox etc robust
+
+ * ltmath.dtx: make \( \) and \[ \] robust
+
+ * ltlength.dtx: add = to setlength (latexrelease)
+
+2015-01-07 David Carlisle <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * latexversion.dtx: New option handling
+
+ * ltvers.dtx: define \IncludeInRelease and latexvesrsion date
+ docstrip guards
+
+2015-01-03 Joseph Wright <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * ltfinal.dtx: Load information derived from Unicode Consortium
+ data to set \catcode, \lccode, \uccode, \sfcode information when
+ using a Unicode-based engine (XeTeX/LuaTeX), and initialise
+ XeTeX features for line breaking between character classes.
+
+ * ltdirchk.dtx: Enable extended primitives for LuaTeX
+
+2015-01-03 David Carlisle <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * latexrelease.dtx: rename from patchltx2e
+
+ * ltdefns.dtx: Use luatex compatible definition of \typein
+ if luatex is being used.
+
+2014-12-30 David Carlisle <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * patchltx2e.dtx:
+ * patchltx2e.ins:
+ * unpack.ins:
+ * manifest.txt New patchltx2e package added
+
+ * ltfssbas.dtx: move allocation definition to ltplain
+
+ * ltplain.dtx: Add new allocation code for extended registers
+ and \extrafloats command.
+
+ * ltfinal.dtx: add \newmarks if e-tex marks are defined
+
+ * ltfinal.dtx: add \newXeTeXintercharclass in xetex
+
+ * ltfloat.dtx: \textsubscript from fixltx2e
+
+ * ltspace.dtx: definition of \@ from fixltx2e
+
+2014-11-07 Joseph Wright <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * Rename 00readme.txt to README (named README.txt in the development
+ repository)
+
+######################
+# 2014/05/01 Release
+######################
+
+2014-09-29 Frank Mittelbach <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
+
+ * nfssfont.dtx Typo in definition of \encoding (no change to processing)
+
+2014-09-29 Frank Mittelbach <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
+
+ * docstrip.dtx Typo in \Ask argument fixed
+
+2014-09-29 Frank Mittelbach <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
+
+ * cmfonts.fdd, ltoutput.dtx, letter.dtx, ltoutenc.stx, lterror.dtx,
+ * ltfssbas.dtx, ltsect.dtx, proc.dtx, fixltx2e.dtx, docstrip.dtx,
+ * oldlfont.dtx, ltclass.dtx, ltplain.dtx, classes.dtx, ltmiscen.dtx,
+ * utf8ienc.dtx, ltfntcmd.dtx, ltxdoc.dtx, encguide.tex, ltspace.dtx,
+ * lttab.dtx, ltdirchk.dtx, slides.dtx, ltfssdcl.dtx, ifthen.dtx,
+ * ltxref.dtx, ltfsstrc.dtx, source2e.tex, tlc2.err, latexbug.el,
+ * makeindx.dtx, lb2.err, ltlists.dtx, ltdefns.dtx, ltfinal.dtx,
+ * doc.dtx, ltboxes.dtx, exscale.dtx, ltfssini.dtx, ltthm.dtx,
+ * fontdef.dtx, usrguide.tex, ltfloat.dtx, preload.dtx, nfssfont.dtx
+ Typos in documentation found by Karl Berry - thanks
+ (date but not version number changed)
+
+2014-08-30 Frank Mittelbach <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
+
+ * fixltx2e.dtx: Reset all within counters in one go (pr/4393)
+
+2014-06-10 David Carlisle <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * fixltx2e.dtx: add missing \fi reported by Ulrike Fischer
+
+2014-05-13 <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
+
+ * fixltx2e.dtx: missing dostrip guard added to prevent some float
+ code ending up in fix-cm
+
+2014-04-30 David Carlisle <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * inputenc.dtx: Allow (x-)ascii and utf8x aliases for utf8 in
+ xetex/luatex
+
+2014-04-27 <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
+
+ * fixltx2e.dtx: change to allow for (slightly) better compatibility
+ with packages that change float handling but are not aware of the
+ modification in the core algorithm done in fixltx2e
+
+ * syntonly.dtx: fix to work together with fixltx2e
+
+2014-04-23 <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
+
+ * fltrace.ins: extract fltrace.sty from sources
+
+2014-04-21 David Carlisle <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * inputenc.dtx: allow \usepackage[utf8]{inputenc} with luatex and xetex
+
+2014-04-18 <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
+
+ * fixltx2e.dtx: Handle infinite glue from \enlargethispage in
+ twocolumn mode (pr/4023)
+
+2013-12-13 David Carlisle <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * fixltx2e.dtx: Check float optional argument for incorrect values
+
+2012-06-06 <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
+
+ * inputenc.dtx: Save and restore catcode of @ when reading a .def file
+ instead of setting it always to \makeatother afterwards (pr/4192)
+
+2011-09-03 Will Robertson <will.robertson at latex-project.org>
+
+ * ltfssbas.dtx: Remove \global before \newcount in definition of
+ \new at mathversion; the \global is redundant and caused a rare error
+ in conjunction with etex.sty when the lower level register pool
+ was exhaused.
+
+2011-08-19 Will Robertson <will.robertson at latex-project.org>
+
+ * ltclass.dtx: Update \@if at pti@ns to match new definition
+ of \in@ (pr/4166)
+
+######################
+# 2011/06/27 Release
+######################
+
+2011-05-08 Will Robertson <will.robertson at latex-project.org>
+
+ * ltfssdcl.dtx: Bruno's improvement to \in@
+
+2011-02-25 Will Robertson <will.robertson at latex-project.org>
+
+ * ltfntcmd.dtx: Bug fix for 2009-12 change to address pr/4092
+
+2011-02-24 Frank Mittelbach <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
+
+ * lppl.tex: removed spurious \null from the source that generates
+ an empty line.
+
+2010-08-17 Frank Mittelbach <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
+
+ * ltmiscen.dtx: Use braces around \input arg (pr/4124)
+ * ltmiscen.dtx: Change of plan: Use \@@input instead (pr/4124)
+
+2010-02-04 Frank Mittelbach <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
+
+ * doc.dtx: Added mathcodes for +,-,:, and = (pr/4096)
+
+2009-12-23 Frank Mittelbach <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
+
+ * ltfntcmd.dtx: Use private switch to avoid issue (pr/4092)
+
+2009-10-28 Frank Mittelbach <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
+
+ * ltoutenc.dtx: Added Latin Modern and TeX Gyre subsets
+
+2009-10-20 Will Robertson <will.robertson at latex-project.org>
+
+ * ltfssdcl.dtx: Improve the definition of \in@ thanks to Heiko
+
+######################
+# 2009/09/24 Release
+######################
+
+2008-04-13 Frank Mittelbach <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
+
+ * utf8ienc.dtx: Ensure we don't lose spaces in the log (pr/4016)
+
+2008-03-22 Frank Mittelbach <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
+
+ * inputenc.dtx: added documentation on UTF8 handling and error
+ messages (pr/4002)
+
+2007-11-10 Frank Mittelbach <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
+
+ * utf8ienc.dtx: Many more updates (and comments) to the Cyrillic
+ code points, largely due to work by Matthias Noe -- thanks
+
+ * <various>.err: changed internally generated class file name from
+ errata.cls -> ttcterrata.cls
+
+2007-11-09 Frank Mittelbach <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
+
+ * utf8ienc.dtx: Added a few new unicode decls in cyrillic (pr/3988)
+
+2007-10-29 Frank Mittelbach <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
+
+ * exscale.dtx: Use box 0 within group to avoid changing this
+ scratch register (some bug reported on ctt)
+
+2007-10-19 Frank Mittelbach <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
+
+ * classes.dtx: Explain why \@mkboth is insde the heading
+ arg for \tableofcontents (pr/3285 and pr/3984)
+
+2007-08-31 Frank Mittelbach <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
+
+ * ltfssdcl.dtx: changed font encoding changed warning in
+ \SetSymbolfont from screen warning to log info (pr/3975)
+
+2006-11-18 Frank Mittelbach <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
+
+ * inputenc.dtx: Added missing \ProvidesFile line for cp1257 (pr/3892)
+
+2006-10-21 Frank Mittelbach <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
+
+ * classes.dtx: corrected documentation for \@startsection (pr/3891)
+
+2006-09-18 Frank Mittelbach <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
+
+ * docstrip.ins: changed \usedir declaration for makeindex files as
+ requested by Karl Berry
+
+2006-09-13 Morten Hoegholm <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * fixltx2e.dtx: Ensure that vrule is in \normalcolor in output
+ routine
+
+######################
+# 2005/12/01 Release
+######################
+
+2006-05-20 Frank Mittelbach <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
+
+ * lppl.tex: 1.3c clarification that the license text can not
+ be changed.
+
+ * lppl.txt: 1.3c clarification that the license text can not
+ be changed.
+
+2006-05-18 Frank Mittelbach <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
+
+ * docstrip.ins: put a correct \usedir declaration in for
+ generating the makeindex files (pr/3863)
+
+ * ltboxes.dtx: Ensure \@parboxto holds the value of \@tempdimb
+ not the register itself (pr/3867)
+
+2006-03-24 Morten Hoegholm <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * fixltx2e.dtx: Added \MakeRobust and made several kernel macros
+ robust (pr/3816).
+
+2006-03-04 Frank Mittelbach <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
+
+ * inputenc.dtx: large number of corrections for a number of
+ input encodings (pr/3849)
+ Number of normalisations in the LICR representation (pr/3849)
+ Avoid displaying warning about empty encoding file for "ascii"
+ encoding.
+
+ * utf8ienc.dtx: omsenc.dfu contained an incorrect ref from
+ 02D9 to \textperiodcentered (should have been 00B7)
+
+2006-02-23 Frank Mittelbach <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
+
+ * cleanup of .txt files: obsolete installation instructions
+ removed
+
+2006-02-22 Frank Mittelbach <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
+
+ * inputenc.dtx: added \inputencodingname and the two hooks
+ \newtoks\inpenc at prehook \newtoks\inpenc at posthook
+ to run code before and after an encoding change (suggested by
+ Philipp Lehman)
+
+2006-02-14 Frank Mittelbach <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
+
+ * utf8ienc.dtx: added \ij and \IJ mappings (beta test)
+
+2006-01-12 Johannes Braams <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * lppl.tex: Created from lppl.txt
+
+2006-01-08 Morten Hoegholm <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * fixltx2e.dtx: Changed \@fnsymbol to use the new robust
+ \TextOrMath command instead (pr/3752).
+
+2006-01-07 Frank Mittelbach <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
+
+ * nfssfont.dtx: fixing bug pr/3789
+
+2005-11-25 Frank Mittelbach <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
+
+ * lppl.txt: small update, fixing typo and clarifying the term
+ "Base Interpreter" (found by Karl Berry)
+
+2005-11-10 Morten Hoegholm <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * fixltx2e.dtx: Make sure \addpenalty ultimately adds the correct
+ skip (pr/3073).
+
+ * ltmath.dtx: Fixed potential problem in \[ (pr/3399) +
+ documentation fix (pr/3802).
+
+2005-11-08 Morten Hoegholm <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * ltoutenc.dtx: Added \ij and \IJ from babel (pr/3771).
+
+2005-09-29 Morten Hoegholm <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * fixltx2e.dtx: Fixed blank lines (editor problem).
+
+2005-09-27 Morten Hoegholm <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * ltfssdcl.dtx: Fixed a few oversights when making the
+ commands robust.
+
+2005-09-27 Frank Mittelbach <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
+
+ * ltplain.dtx: Added \ltx at sh@ft (pr/3469)
+
+ * ltoutenc.dtx: Replace \sh at ft by \ltx at sh@ft (pr/3469)
+
+ * utf8ienc.dtx: Fixed error messages not showing spaces.
+ Added ``else'' clause that got deleted by mistake.
+
+2005-09-16 Frank Mittelbach <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
+
+ * classes.dtx: small docu update
+
+2005-07-29 Morten Hoegholm <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * docstrip.dtx: Added \kernel at ifnextchar.
+
+2005-07-27 Morten Hoegholm <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * ltfssdcl.dtx: Changed \mathbf etc. to be naturally robust.
+
+2005-07-13 Morten Hoegholm <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * fixltx2e.dtx: Added \textsuperscript and made
+ \DeclareMathSizes allow dimensions in all arguments.
+
+2005-01-14 Frank Mittelbach <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
+
+ * fixltx2e.dtx ( \fnsymbol should use text symbols ):
+ that change made \@fnsymbol too robust (pr/3752)
+
+2004-10-31 Frank Mittelbach <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
+
+ * vtexfree.txt: added info about *.dfu files (pr/3652)
+
+ * install.txt: added info about *.dfu files (pr/3652)
+
+2004-10-20 Frank Mittelbach <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
+
+ * ltoutput.dtx: Removed dead code in \@makecol
+
+2004-09-20 Frank Mittelbach <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
+
+ * utf8ienc.dtx: \textasciitilde mapping changed (pr/3721)
+
+2004-09-02 Frank Mittelbach <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
+
+ * sample2e.tex: fixed small glitches in the text (pr/3703)
+
+2004-07-23 Frank Mittelbach <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
+
+ * doc.dtx: environment names incorrectly sorted in
+ index (pr/3615)
+
+2004-05-08 Frank Mittelbach <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
+
+ * utf8ienc.dtx: explicitly set catcode of space within utf8.def
+
+2004-05-07 Frank Mittelbach <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
+
+ * tlc2.err: LaTeX Companion 2ed errata added to distribution
+
+ * inputenc.ins: split utf8 file generation into two parts for OSes
+ with a small limit on open output files
+
+ * utf8ienc.dtx: fixed typo in \ProvidesFile line for ly1enc.dfu
+
+2004-05-06 Frank Mittelbach <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
+
+ * inputenc.dtx: properly allow \inputencoding in horizontal mode
+ (forgotten to set \catcode of space) (pr/3273)
+
+2004-05-03 Frank Mittelbach <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
+
+ * inputenc.dtx: Typo in \textquotedblleft (pr/3673)
+
+
+######################
+# 2003/12/01 Release
+######################
+
+2004-02-24 Frank Mittelbach <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
+
+ * ltplain.dtx: added \loggingall and \loggingoutput as variant of
+ \tracingall and \showoutput (write only to transcript)
+
+ * manifest.txt: added lppl-1.2.txt to the distribution since we
+ are now at version 1.3
+
+2004-02-22 Frank Mittelbach <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
+
+ * ltoutenc.dtx: changed warning text for oldstyle digits
+
+2004-02-20 Frank Mittelbach <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
+
+ * ltdefns.dtx: docu fix (pr/3620)
+
+2004-02-16 Frank Mittelbach <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
+
+ * classes.dtx (section*{\indexname}]): Moved setting of \columnsep and
+ \columnseprule later to avoid affecting the wrong page (pr/3616)
+
+2004-02-15 Chris Rowley <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * ltspace.dtx
+
+ Added better \nobreakdashes
+
+2004-02-13 Frank Mittelbach <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
+
+ * fixltx2e.dtx: fix for \@Esphack forgotten (pr/3498)
+
+2004-02-11 Rainer Sch�pf <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * pict2e.inx/.dtx: Removed.
+
+2004-02-10 Frank Mittelbach <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
+
+ * doc.dtx (subsection{Macros for generating index entries}):
+ environment names incorrectly sorted in index (pr/3615)
+
+2004-02-09 Frank Mittelbach <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
+
+ * utf8ienc.dtx: no newlines in error messages allowed
+ (due to inputenc)
+ space in the wrong place "\count @64"
+ added commands already defined in the kernel (found by BG)
+ added test file pr/3480
+
+2004-02-04 Frank Mittelbach <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
+
+ * ltoutenc.dtx: coding change, to follow bug fix by DEK in
+ plain.tex in OT4 (pr/3469)
+
+ * inputenc.dtx: Added ISO 8859-16 Latin10 (pr/3568)
+
+2004-02-02 Chris Rowley <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * ltoutput.dtx
+
+ Small fix for \enlargethispage, pr/3528
+
+2004-02-02 Chris Rowley <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * inputenc.dtx
+
+ Tidied up a bit more of the code
+
+2004-02-02 Chris Rowley <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * fontdef.dtx
+
+ Many math things made robust
+
+ Added two `bigtriangle synonyms' for compatibility with the
+ stmaryrd symbols package
+
+2004-02-02 Chris Rowley <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * ltoutenc.dtx
+
+ Added \textbigcircle to OMS
+
+ Fixed bad bug in \DeclareTextSymbol as per Heiko
+ in pr/3563
+
+2004-02-02 Chris Rowley <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * Makefiles
+
+ Lots of minor fixes
+
+2004-01-31 Frank Mittelbach <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
+
+ * ltclass.dtx (section{Implementation}): internal kernel version
+ of \@ifnextchar used in some places, see next entry (pr/3501)
+
+ * ltdefns.dtx: internal kernel version for \@ifnextchar added
+ to prevent the amsmath package to highjack this command in random
+ places, this is really a bug in amsmath which should finally be
+ fixed there (pr/3501)
+
+2004-01-28 Frank Mittelbach <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
+
+ * ltvers.dtx: warning for old latex 5 years grace (pr/3601)
+
+ * latexbug.tex: warning for old latex 5 years grace (pr/3601)
+
+2004-01-23 Rainer Sch�pf <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * fixltx2e.dtx: Replace the double dangerous bend sign by a
+ huge double exclamation mark. This is to mark important
+ bits in the documentation.
+
+2004-01-04 Frank Mittelbach <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
+
+ * ltbibl.dtx: Changed error message for \nocite
+
+2004-01-03 Frank Mittelbach <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
+
+ * ltoutenc.dtx: Use \ooalign for \k (pr/3532)
+ Added \textogonekcentered (pr/3532)
+ Added composites \k{o} and \k{O} (pr/3532)
+
+2003-12-30 Frank Mittelbach <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
+
+ * ltpictur.dtx: issue warning if circle size can't be met
+
+ * nfssfont.ins: support for nfssfont.dtx
+
+2003-12-29 Frank Mittelbach <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
+
+ * inputenc.dtx: fixing a typo in \DeclareInputText recently
+ introduced.
+
+2003-12-16 Frank Mittelbach <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
+
+ * ltoutput.dtx: Ensure that \@elt has a defined
+ state in \@makecol (pr/3586)
+
+2003-12-11 Frank Mittelbach <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
+
+ * doc.dtx: added support for \MakeShortVerb* as suggested by
+ Hubert Gaesslein <hubertjg at open.mind.de>
+
+2003-12-08 Frank Mittelbach <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
+
+ * source2e.tex: changed typeout message
+
+2003-11-16 Frank Mittelbach <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
+
+ * inputenc.dtx: docu changes for latin 4 (pr/3585)
+
+ * ltplain.dtx: docu fixes (pr/3584)
+
+2003-10-13 Frank Mittelbach <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
+
+ * ltfinal.dtx: Added extra \lccode for \- and \textcompwordmark
+ to allow hyphenation in the remainder of the word
+
+2003-10-09 Frank Mittelbach <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
+
+ * ltoutput.dtx: docu fixes (pr/3575)
+
+2003-09-19 Frank Mittelbach <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
+
+ * fixltx2e.dtx: No hyphenation in first word after float
+ environmentb (pr/3498)
+ Allow \emph to produce small caps
+
+2003-09-14 Frank Mittelbach <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
+
+ * docstrip.dtx: removed surplus dot from error message
+
+2003-08-27 Frank Mittelbach <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
+
+ * ltpictur.dtx (section{Picture Mode}):
+ check for \cs{@linechar} being empty (pr/3570)
+ (subsection{Curves}): added missing displacement (pr/3566)
+
+2003-05-18 Frank Mittelbach <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
+
+ * ltbibl.dtx: raise an error is \nocite is used before begin
+ document (until now it simply failed)
+
+2003-05-09 Frank Mittelbach <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
+
+ * ltoutenc.dtx: new implementation of textcomp with options and
+ subencodings
+
+2003-05-04 Frank Mittelbach <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
+
+ * fixltx2e.dtx: incorporated new definition for \@fnsymbol to use
+ text symbols if available (pr/3400)
+
+2003-04-26 Frank Mittelbach <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
+
+ * fixltx2e.dtx: incorporated fix-cm.sty by Walter Schmidt
+
+2003-02-04 Frank Mittelbach <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
+
+ * ltoutenc.dtx: added a number of options to textcomp to enable
+ only some characters since most of the chars are ont generally
+ available.
+
+2003-01-12 Frank Mittelbach <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
+
+ * nfssfont.dtx: added interactive support to allow font spec via
+ nfss classification.
+
+2002-12-13 Frank Mittelbach <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
+
+ * ltbibl.dtx (section{Bibliography Generation}):
+ Added \leavevmode in case citation is at start of paragraph (pr/3486)
+
+2002-11-06 Frank Mittelbach <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
+
+ * inputenc.dtx: Added cp858 (cp850 with euro symbol) (pr/3464)
+
+2002-10-28 Frank Mittelbach <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
+
+ * ltoutenc.dtx: coding change for \r{A} in OT1 to follow bug fix
+ by DEK in plain.tex, but it is still a hack!
+ (better solution: do not use OT1 encoded fonts) (pr/3469)
+
+ * ltlists.dtx: Check for math mode when ending a list to
+ give a better error message than "perhaps a missing item" (pr/3437)
+ First change to this part of LaTeX since 1997!
+
+2002-10-25 Frank Mittelbach <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
+
+ * inputenc.dtx: Added cp1257 (Baltic)
+
+2002-10-02 Frank Mittelbach <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
+
+ * ltfssbas.dtx (section{Macros for setting up the tables}): Adding
+ \LastDeclaredEncoding introduced a bug in
+ \DeclareFontSubstitution. Instead of the real encoding name the
+ token \LastDeclaredEncoding got into the internal lists causing
+ havoc. (pr/3459)
+
+2002-10-01 Frank Mittelbach <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
+
+ * ltfloat.dtx: Use braces around \itshape to keep font change
+ local in \thempfootnote; bug introduced 7 years earlier
+ (pr/3460)
+
+2002-07-28 Frank Mittelbach <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
+
+ * inputenc.dtx: Added code 128 (texteuro) for cp1250
+
+2002-07-08 Frank Mittelbach <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
+
+ * inputenc.dtx: added \texteuro for ansinew (pr/3423)
+
+2002-06-18 Frank Mittelbach <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
+
+ * latexbug.tex: actually complained when format are older than 18
+ months (now we accept 30)
+
+ * ltvers.dtx: error message still talked about 1 year old sources
+ being too old (though in fact it is 30 months)
+
+ * ltoutenc.dtx: Corrected \cs{c} for T1 (pr/3442)
+ Added \cs{textbardbl} (pr/3400)
+ Definition of \textexclamdown changed (pr/3368)
+ Definition of \textquestiondown changed (pr/3368)
+ Changed def for \textregistered to avoid small caps (pr/3420)
+
+2002-06-16 Frank Mittelbach <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
+
+ * inputenc.dtx: added macce (pr/3433)
+ added code points to 1252 (pr/3441)
+
+2002-04-18 Frank Mittelbach <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
+
+ * oztex.txt: new version added
+
+
+######################
+# 2001/06/01 Release
+######################
+
+2001-08-26 Frank Mittelbach <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
+
+ * ltclass.dtx: readded lost catcode setting for space in
+ ProvidesFile (pr/3353)
+
+2001-07-12 Chris Rowley <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * inputenc.dtx:
+
+ Added latin9.def (from Karsten Tinnefeld)
+
+2001-07-12 Chris Rowley <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * ltnews.cls:
+
+ Added eTeX logo
+
+2001-06-04 Frank Mittelbach <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
+
+ * ltvers.dtx: check for old format disabled --- perhaps we have
+ reached the last release of 2e already?
+
+ * inputenc.dtx: Added \textkra, \texttstroke and
+ \textTstroke to latin4 (pr/3336)
+
+ * ltpictur.dtx: Don't warn if \line or \vector command
+ has zero length argument pr/3318
+
+ * fontdef.dtx (subsubsection{Arrows}): Guard against math active
+ = and math active | in \Relbar and \models (pr/3333)
+
+2001-06-03 Frank Mittelbach <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
+
+ * format.ins: added default cfg files that are simple
+ wrappers for fonttext.ltx, fontmath.ltx, and preload.ltx (pr/3264)
+
+ * fontdef.dtx: added default cfg files that are simple
+ wrappers for fonttext.ltx, fontmath.ltx, and preload.ltx (pr/3264)
+
+2001-06-01 Frank Mittelbach <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
+
+ * ltfssini.dtx: some docu changes
+
+2001-05-28 Chris Rowley <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * ltoutenc.dtx
+
+ Added \NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}[2000/06/01] to .def
+ files, pr/3255
+
+ Made compatible T1 and OT1 accents (on i and \i), pr/3295
+
+2001-05-28 Chris Rowley <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * usrguide.tex
+
+ Described short-form for guillemets in T1 encoding, pr/3192
+
+2001-05-28 Chris Rowley <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * ltxguide.cls:
+
+ Added some definitions
+
+2001-05-25 Frank Mittelbach <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
+
+ * inputenc.dtx: extended NEXT encoding (pr/3281)
+ suppress all spaces for horizontal mode (pr/3273)
+
+ * minimal.cls: added \pagenumbering{arabic} to define \thepage
+ (pr/3275)
+
+ * ifthen.dtx: Added \AND, \OR and \NOT as boolean operators as
+ alternative to the lower case versions (pr/3297)
+
+ * ltdirchk.dtx: Explicitly set \endlinechar to 10 (pr/3334)
+
+ * ltclass.dtx: Explicitly set \endlinechar to 10 (pr/3334)
+
+ * classes.dtx: Replaced all tilde chars used with \nobreakspace
+ (pr/3310)
+
+2001-05-18 Frank Mittelbach <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
+
+ * doc.dtx: partly support docstrip's ``verbatim''
+ directive, at least ensure that it can be processed without and
+ error message (pr/3331)
+
+2001-04-23 Frank Mittelbach <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
+
+ * ltoutenc.dtx: added missing \section to docu
+
+2001-04-21 Frank Mittelbach <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
+
+ * classes.dtx (section*{\contentsname): initialize \@tempdima
+ within \l at part so that \numberline can be used pr/3327
+
+2001-04-16 Frank Mittelbach <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
+
+ * ltnews14.tex: added
+
+2001-02-16 Johannes Braams <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * ltxref.dtx (subsection{Cross Referencing}): Added an extra level
+ of grouping to \@newl at bel as suggested in PR3250 by
+ Harald Hanche-Olsen <hanche at math.ntnu.no>
+
+2001-01-07 Frank Mittelbach <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
+
+ * ltoutput.dtx (subsection{Floats}): reset @newlist flag in output
+ routine (pr/3286). This was done before (pr3231) but the code
+ ended up in the wrong place by mistake.
+
+2001-01-06 Frank Mittelbach <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
+
+ * classes.dtx: Moved \@mkboth out of heading args for
+ thebibliography and \listof... command as this can fail with the
+ slightly strange definition for \chapter in twocolumn mode (pr/3285)
+
+2000-09-24 Frank Mittelbach <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
+
+ * fixltx2e.dtx: for some unknown reason the version of fix2col
+ integrated was not the latest one --- so a number of bugs already
+ corrected crept up again (1.1d fixes those)
+
+ Don't change \setlength if it isn't the kernel default any longer
+
+ \addpenalty fix proposed in 3073 was not sufficient if the command
+ was used when \prevdepth=-1000pt (ie after \nointerlineskip)
+
+2000-09-01 Frank Mittelbach <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
+
+ * ltfinal.dtx: finally moved emptying \errhelp to a place
+ after its last use (pr/449)
+
+
+######################
+# 2000/06/01 Release
+######################
+
+2000-08-30 Chris Rowley <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * ltoutenc.dtx
+
+ Much editing but no code changes
+
+2000-08-24 Chris Rowley <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * ltfinal.dtx:
+
+ Fixed typo in warning message
+
+2000-07-31 Chris Rowley <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * ltoutput.dtx:
+
+ Changed handling of space above footnotes.
+
+2000-07-29 Frank Mittelbach <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
+
+ * latexbug.tex: complain about old LaTeX only after 18 months
+
+ * ltvers.dtx: changed distribution check to yearly distribution
+
+2000-07-19 David Carlisle <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * ltoutput.dtx: locally reset \if at newlist so that
+ list structures in head/foot don't interfere with
+ lists in the MVL. internal/3231
+
+2000-07-18 Frank Mittelbach <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
+
+ * ltnews13.tex: update to ltnews13
+
+2000-07-12 Frank Mittelbach <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
+
+ * ltoutput.dtx: Ensure that rule between column is in \normalcolor
+ (it did depend on the color in the text at the column break!)
+
+2000-07-11 Frank Mittelbach <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
+
+ * ltmiscen.dtx: fix typo in warning message
+
+2000-07-04 Frank Mittelbach <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
+
+ * doc.dtx: ... and another fix for (pr/3170), sigh
+
+2000-07-01 Frank Mittelbach <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
+
+ * inputenc.dtx: incorporating latin4.def contributed by
+ Hana Skoumalov\'a
+
+ * inputenc.ins: incorporating latin4.def contributed by
+ Hana Skoumalov\'a
+
+2000-06-10 Frank Mittelbach <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
+
+ * doc.dtx (subsection{Bells and whistles}): extending (or say
+ fixing?) change for (pr/3170)
+
+2000-06-01 Chris Rowley <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * ltpage.dtx:
+
+ Changed grouping method in \markboth and \markright
+ (see also pr/3203)
+
+ Less expansion by using token register in \markboth
+ and \markright
+
+2000-05-26 Frank Mittelbach <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
+
+ * ltoutenc.dtx (subsubsection{Declaration commands}):
+ reimplemented \UseTextSymbol and \UseTextAccent to support
+ reference over more than one level (pr/3160)
+
+2000-05-22 Chris Rowley <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * doc.dtx:
+
+ Less obscure wording at start of index? (pr/3202)
+
+ * inputenc.dtx:
+
+ Added latin2 option for textdegree (pr/3207)
+ Updated documantaion
+
+ * ltpage.dtx: reimplementation of \markboth and \markright to
+ avoid problem with expanion at wrong point in time in some cases
+ (pr/3203)
+
+2000-05-21 Frank Mittelbach <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
+
+ * doc.dtx (subsection{Bells and whistles}): new implementation
+ for \meta command (pr/3170)
+
+2000-05-19 Frank Mittelbach <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
+
+ * classes.dtx (subsubsection{Parts}): Only add empty page after
+ part if twoside and openright (pr/3155)
+
+ * ltmiscen.dtx: Reset \AtEndDocument for latex/3060
+
+2000-04-30 Frank Mittelbach <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
+
+ * manifest.txt: ltnews13.tex added
+
+2000-01-30 Frank Mittelbach <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
+
+ * ltoutenc.dtx: added \hmode at bgroup as shorthand for
+ \leavevmode\bgroup use \hmode at bgroup...\egroup instead of
+ \leavevmode{...} where applicable in most cases \leavevmode was
+ missing before (pr/3160)
+
+ * ltfntcmd.dtx: use \hmode at bgroup...\egroup instead of \leavevmode{...}
+
+2000-01-27 Frank Mittelbach <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
+
+ * inputenc.dtx: allow \inputencoding also in hoizontal mode (or rather
+ make it do something there --- it was allowed before (pr/2888))
+
+2000-01-24 Frank Mittelbach <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
+
+ * inputenc.dtx: fix error message for undefined code points
+ (pr/3158)
+
+######################
+# 1999/12/01 Release
+######################
+
+2000-01-07 Rainer Schoepf <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * ltmiscen.dtx: Disable hyphenation in verbatim even if the font
+ allows it.
+
+1999-12-19 Frank Mittelbach <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
+
+ * ltnews12.tex: final adjustments
+
+1999-12-11 Frank Mittelbach <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
+
+ * ltnews.cls: fixed a curious bug lurking in the class since its
+ beginning: putting a list directly after a paragraph would make the
+ paragraph before(!) the list justified (while the rest of the document
+ was set ragged right)
+
+ * ltnews12.tex: added fixltx2e section
+
+1999-12-08 Frank Mittelbach <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
+
+ * ltoutenc.dtx (subsection{The fontenc package}):
+ Changed \cs{CYRRHOOK} and \cs{cyrrhook} to
+ \cs{CYRRHK} and \cs{cyrrhk} as name changed in the cyrillic
+ bundle for naming consistency with other ``hook'' glyphs.
+
+1999-12-01 Frank Mittelbach <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
+
+ * ltnews12.tex (section{Outcome of TUG '99 (Vancouver)}):
+ added text on TUG 99 and other bits
+
+1999-11-08 Rainer Schoepf <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * ltx3info.tex: Typo corrected.
+
+ * emtex.txt: Correct name of file ltxcheck.tex.
+
+1999-11-06 Frank Mittelbach <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
+
+ * ltx3info.tex: fixed typo
+
+1999-10-28 Frank Mittelbach <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
+
+ * ltoutenc.dtx (subsubsection{Declaration commands}):
+ Give \accent at spacefactor a default definition to prevent horrible
+ death in case or incorrect input (pr/3084)
+
+1999-10-26 Frank Mittelbach <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
+
+ * fixltx2e.dtx: added first version
+
+ * manifest.txt: added draft ltnews12.tex
+
+ * inputenc.dtx: removed left over beta test message
+
+1999-10-10 Rainer Schoepf <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * ltoutput.dtx: Reset definition of active math ' to
+ \active at math@prime within the output routine.
+
+ * ltmath.dtx: Introduce macro \active at math@prime for the active
+ prime character in math mode.
+
+1999-09-24 Frank Mittelbach <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
+
+ * usrguide.tex (subsection{Definitions}): show syntax of all
+ declaration commands (pr/3102)
+
+1999-09-17 Frank Mittelbach <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
+
+ * doc.dtx: removed extra change entry.
+
+ * classes.dtx: found two changes entries claiming to have been done
+ in 1955 (exactly 40 years too early :-)
+
+ * makeindx.dtx: fixed two changes entries (arg order wrong)
+
+ * syntonly.dtx: updated changes entry to have four digits years
+
+ * classes.dtx: update of label names in docu
+
+ * ifthen.dtx: make this a proper LaTeXable package
+
+ * pict2e.dtx: make this a proper LaTeXable package (even if not containing code)
+
+ * ltxdoc.dtx: also accept .fdd files in DocInclude (code by M Schroeder)
+
+1999-09-10 Frank Mittelbach <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
+
+ * classes.dtx: renamed a few labels to support production of general docu
+
+ * ifthen.dtx: changed driver file
+
+1999-09-07 Frank Mittelbach <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
+
+ * inputenc.dtx: did some spellchecking of docu after noticing
+ a few glaring typos
+
+1999-09-03 Frank Mittelbach <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
+
+ * lppl-1-1.txt: added LPPL 1.1 under this name to the distribution.
+
+ * DEFAULT.pre: updated for LPPL 1.2
+
+ * DEFAULT.hea: updated for LPPL 1.2
+
+ * copyfd.pre: updated for LPPL 1.2
+
+ * copycfg.pre: updated for LPPL 1.2
+
+ * copyins.hea: updated for LPPL 1.2
+
+1999-08-27 Frank Mittelbach <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
+
+ * lppl.txt: fixed minor glitches found by Matt and Eberhard
+ This is probably going to be LPPL 1.2
+
+
+######################
+# 1999/06/01 Release
+######################
+
+1999-07-10 Frank Mittelbach <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
+
+ * lppl.txt: final changes to LPPL 1.1
+
+1999-07-09 Frank Mittelbach <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
+
+ * updated headers to reflect LPPL 1.1
+ updated legal.txt to say that use of LaTeX is unrestricted
+
+1999-06-24 Frank Mittelbach <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
+
+ * ltnews11.tex (section{Fontenc package peculiarities}):
+ document the special behaviour of fontenc
+
+ * ltclass.dtx: document that fontenc pretends it wasn't loaded
+
+1999-06-12 Frank Mittelbach <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
+
+ * ltoutenc.dtx (subsection{The fontenc package}):
+ ensure that \@uclclist is extended only once (if at all)
+
+1999-06-10 Frank Mittelbach <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
+
+ * ltoutenc.dtx: ensure that fontenc doesn't load encodings from
+ previous calls again (pr/2888)
+
+1999-05-28 Rainer Schoepf <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * bugs.txt: Added reference to webcomp.err.
+
+ * readme.txt: Added reference to webcomp.err.
+
+ * manifest.txt: Added reference to webcomp.err.
+
+1999-05-28 Frank Mittelbach <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
+
+ * webcomp.err: file added
+
+1999-05-27 Frank Mittelbach <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
+
+ * ltnews11.tex: updates
+
+1999-05-25 Frank Mittelbach <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
+
+ * cmfonts.ins: removed "fd" guard since never used these days
+
+1999-05-09 Frank Mittelbach <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
+
+ * cmfonts.fdd: docstrip `nowarn' guard was the wrong way around
+ for font OT1/cmr/bx/ui (pr/3036)
+
+1999-04-04 Frank Mittelbach <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
+
+ * docstrip.dtx: fixed typo in documentation (pr2973)
+
+1999-04-02 Chris Rowley <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * inputenc.dtx
+
+ Corrected cp852 for pr/2992
+
+ * ltboxex.dtx
+
+ Made robust the flag in \@iiiparbox: pr/2975}
+
+ * ltdefns.dtx
+
+ Fixed new version of \@yargdef: pr/3013
+
+ * usrguide.tex
+
+ Added to documentation of uc/lc list
+
+1999-03-22 Rainer Schoepf <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * doc.dtx: Correct last change.
+
+1999-03-12 Chris Rowley <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * clsguide.tex
+
+ Added to documentation of options
+
+ * cyrguide.tex:
+
+ Further editing
+
+1999-03-08 Rainer Schoepf <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * cyrguide.tex: Use \URL command.
+
+ * ltxguide.cls: Added \URL command.
+
+1999-03-04 Rainer Schoepf <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * usrguide.tex: Refer to cyrguide.tex.
+
+ * ltxguide.cls: Added \cyrguide.
+
+ * All copyright headers and preambles: updated for lppl.txt.
+
+ * 00readme.txt: Refer to lppl.txt, add new LaTeX books.
+
+1999-03-03 Chris Rowley <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * ltxguide.cls:
+
+ Added some definitions
+
+1999-03-01 David Carlisle <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * ltdefns.dtx: Remove change from 1999-01-08 internal/2967
+
+ * lppl.txt: minor rewordings after comments from
+ Arnoud Engelfriet and John Hasler.
+
+1999-03-01 Rainer Schoepf <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * handbuch.err: Added.
+
+ * install.txt: Add link to truetex.txt and vtex.txt. Remove
+ timings for slow computers.
+
+1999-02-27 Frank Mittelbach <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
+
+ * doc.dtx: temp fix for pr/2968
+
+1999-02-24 Chris Rowley <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * ltoutenc.dtx (subsection{The fontenc package}):
+
+ Corrected cyrillic uc/lc list
+
+1999-02-23 Chris Rowley <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * ltnews.cls:
+
+ Added some definitions
+
+1999-02-12 David Carlisle <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * legal.txt: refer to LPPL
+
+ * lppl.txt: more fiddling
+
+1999-02-12 Frank Mittelbach <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
+
+ * ltfssini.dtx: changed \oldstylenums to use \rmdefault instead of
+ cmm hardwired. This doesn't change much in standard cases but allows
+ other font sets to work without redefining \oldstylenums as long as
+ the right .fd files are available (pr/2954)
+
+ * truetex.txt: Updated version.
+
+1999-02-10 Rainer Schoepf <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * letter.dtx: Reset footnote counter for every new letter (PR
+ 2957).
+
+1999-02-09 Chris Rowley <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * cyrguide.tex:
+
+ Major editing (new file)
+
+ * usrguide.tex (section{Commands}):
+
+ Updated
+
+ * minimal.cls:
+
+ Small reordering to better support the documented method of use
+
+ * cfgguide.tex (section{System configuration}):
+
+ Clarification and emphasis changed re fontdef.dtx cfgs
+
+1999-02-09 David Carlisle <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * ltdefns.dtx: catch \newcommand[10] or \newcommand[X]
+
+1999-02-05 Frank Mittelbach <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
+
+ * cyrguide.tex: small updates
+
+1999-01-18 David Carlisle <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * ltdefns.dtx: new go faster \newcommand implementation /2942.
+
+1999-01-13 Frank Mittelbach <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
+
+ * fntguide.tex (subsection{Selection commands}): added documentation
+ for \linespread (pr/2891)
+
+ * ltnews10.tex: updates
+
+ * ltoutenc.dtx: Simplified solution for pr/2930
+
+1999-01-08 David Carlisle <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * ltdefns.dtx: two more \long in \@ifnextchar for latex/2902
+
+1999-01-08 Frank Mittelbach <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
+
+ * fntguide.tex (subsection{Encoding definition file commands}):
+ Added documentation about \LastDeclaredEncoding
+
+1999-01-07 David Carlisle <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * ifthen.dtx: \isundefined for /2824
+
+ * latexbug.tex: cyrillic
+
+ * latexbug.el: cyrillic
+
+1999-01-07 David Carlisle <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * ltdefns.dtx: add extra braces and \long declartions so
+ [{]}] and [\par] work. latex/2896.
+
+1999-01-07 Rainer Schoepf <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * bugs.txt: Added description how to follow up a problem report.
+
+ * latexbugs.tex: Added description how to follow up a problem
+ report.
+
+ * classes.dtx: Added check of @noskipsec switch in \part for
+ article class.
+
+1999-01-07 Frank Mittelbach <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
+
+ * ltoutenc.dtx: Hackery to support reading in fontenc.sty several
+ times (really the wrong interface and needs changing)
+
+ Hackery to support cyrillic uc/lc update --- that will definitely go
+ somewhere else in a later release
+
+1999-01-06 Rainer Schoepf <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * emtextds.txt: Added to distribution. Installation procedure for
+ Walter Schmidt's emTeX/TDS for OS/2.
+
+ * ltoutenc.dtx: Minor documentation fix (PR 2939).
+
+1999-01-06 Frank Mittelbach <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
+
+ * ltfssbas.dtx: Added \LastDeclaredEncoding to support cyrillic
+ integration (pr/2988)
+
+ * ltoutput.dtx: Added negative vskip, as when processing outputbox
+ as suggested by Fred Bartlett pr/2892
+
+ * classes.dtx: Check \if at noskipsec in \part see pr/2889
+
+ * ltoutenc.dtx: New impl of \@text at composite and \@text at composite@x
+ (pr/2930)
+
+1999-01-05 Rainer Schoepf <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * fontdef.dtx: Need special protection for character
+ \texttt{\char62} in \cs{changes} entry, as this is the makeindex
+ actualchar.
+
+1998-12-28 Rainer Schoepf <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * doc.dtx: The case-changing trick in the definition of
+ \short at macro didn't work, as the category code was changed inside
+ the macro replacement text, not during the definition.
+
+1998-12-27 Rainer Schoepf <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * doc.dtx (subsection{Macros for generating index entries}): Use
+ \string, not \protect in argument of \special at index.
+
+1998-12-20 Frank Mittelbach <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
+
+ * doc.dtx (subsection{Macros for generating index entries}):
+ Correctly handle second index entry for \SpecialMainEnvIndex
+ by using \special at index not \index (pr/2928)
+
+1998-12-01 Frank Mittelbach <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
+
+ * nfssfont.dtx: cosmetic change: \documentstyle -> \documentclass
+ Program still would need a major user interface upgrade
+ ... one day (pr/2915)
+
+1998-11-13 Frank Mittelbach <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
+
+ * lttab.dtx: prevent an endless loop from incorrect input like
+ \begin{tabular}{l|l{11.5cm}} (pr/2884)
+
+1998-09-19 Frank Mittelbach <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
+
+ * ltoutenc.dtx: added \string to definition of \a so that \a'
+ works even if ' is active at that time (pr/2878)
+
+ * classes.dtx: redefine \thesection, \thechapter and \@chapapp
+ globally (using \gdef) in \appendix so that these redefinitions
+ survive even if \appendix is used within an environment such as
+ multicols
+
+1998-09-17 Frank Mittelbach <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
+
+ * cfgguide.tex (section Configuration files for
+ standard packages and classes]):
+ added info about ltnews.cfg (pr/2875)
+
+ * ltoutenc.dtx: Explicitly set \spacefactor after \accent in
+ OT1 type accents like \`A (pr/2877)
+
+1998-08-22 Rainer Schoepf <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * doc.dtx: Correction for PR 2563: doc.dtx produces incorrect
+ index entries for some single character control sequences
+ (like <).
+
+1998-08-17 Rainer Schoepf <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * (Various source files): Replaced old form `commandname by
+ \cs{commandname} in changes entries.
+
+ * (Various source files): Replaced \cmd{\commandname} by
+ \cs{commandname} in changes entries.
+
+ * ltfssdcl.dtx: Corrected documentation glitch in changes entry.
+
+ * ltmiscen.dtx: Corrected documentation glitch in changes entry.
+
+ * latexsym.dtx: Corrected documentation glitch in changes entry.
+
+1998-08-01 Chris Rowley <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * inputenc.dtx (section{Announcing the files}):
+
+ Corrected version number
+
+1998-07-04 Frank Mittelbach <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
+
+ * inputenc.dtx: give better error message if source document contains
+ a character which is not defined by current input encoding (pr/2845)
+
+######################
+# 1998/06/01 Release
+######################
+
+1998-06-19 Frank Mittelbach <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
+
+ * clsguide.tex (subsection{Identification}): Explicitly warn that
+ the optional date argument of \Provides... must be in the format
+ yyyy/mm/dd and will produce low-level errors otherwise
+
+1998-06-17 Chris Rowley <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * inputenc.dtx:
+
+ Spanish ords changed to text chars, pr/2579
+
+ Fixed typo in `next'
+
+ * lttab.dtx:
+
+ Enhanced documentation
+
+ * ltoutenc.dtx:
+
+ Fixed \textcircled
+ Fixed wrong code in \t
+ Added masc/fem ords defaults
+ Swapped acutedbl and gravedbl in TS1
+ Renamed macron in TS1
+
+ * pict2e.dtx:
+
+ Wording changed, and "documentation"
+
+1998-06-12 David Carlisle <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * slifonts.fdd: fix provides files for T1* (Bernard Gaulle)
+
+1998-06-04 Frank Mittelbach <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
+
+ * ltboxes.dtx: support calc expressions in \rule command
+ (that one was forgotten or so it seems)
+
+1998-05-26 Chris Rowley <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * ltfinal.dtx:
+
+ Set-up lccodes (and uccodes) before reading in
+ hyphenation files
+
+1998-05-19 Frank Mittelbach <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
+
+ * doc.dtx (section{The Description of Macros}):
+ reinit ^^A as comment char at beginning of document to allow use
+ of inputenc with doc since inputenc disables ^^A (pr2581)
+
+1998-05-18 David Carlisle <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * ltnews09.tex more text
+
+1998-05-16 Frank Mittelbach <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
+
+ * doc.dtx (subsection{Macros surrounding the `definition parts'}):
+ small change that defers freezing of \MacroFont until after the
+ preamble so that people can change its definition in the preamble.
+ As we have been on 1.9z this is now 2.0a but it isn't really
+ something exciting ... :-)
+
+ * ltxref.dtx: added documentation about extending the
+ \ref mechanism as suggested in pr2801
+
+ * ltcounts.dtx: small documentation updates
+
+1998-05-13 Chris Rowley <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * ltspace.dtx:
+
+ Documented lots of bugs and problems with the present code,
+ and even some solutions
+
+ * latex209.dtx:
+
+ Added experimental long typeout about abuse of
+ compatibility mode to possibly avoid prs like 2807
+
+1998-05-13 Rainer Schoepf <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * lttab.dtx Use \setlength to set size of p-column and for
+ argument of tabular* environment, so that the benefits of the
+ calc package apply.
+
+1998-05-10 Frank Mittelbach <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
+
+ * letter.dtx: removed space at the right of address (pr2794)
+
+1998-05-09 Chris Rowley <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * classes.dtx:
+
+ Reverted openany change to \mainmatter
+
+1998-05-07 David Carlisle <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * ltclass.dtx: Modify option clash error help message. latex/2805
+
+1998-04-28 Frank Mittelbach <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
+
+ * docstrip.dtx (IMPORTANT NOTICE): renamed \orginaldefault to
+ \originaldefault
+
+1998-04-18 Frank Mittelbach <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
+
+ * fontdef.dtx: some fixes for pr2662
+
+1998-04-16 Frank Mittelbach <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
+
+ * fntguide.tex: explain new \DeclareMathDelimiter syntax (pr2662)
+
+1998-04-15 Frank Mittelbach <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
+
+ * fontdef.dtx: use new \DeclareMathDelimiter syntax (pr2662)
+
+ * ltfssdcl.dtx: allow \DeclareMathDelimiter to always use 6 args
+ (pr2662)
+
+1998-04-11 Frank Mittelbach <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
+
+ * fontdef.dtx: added \mathring accent (pr2785)
+
+1998-04-03 David Carlisle <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * distrib.txt: Update from 1994 version with a view to adding
+ to june release, better late than never.
+
+ * docstrip.dtx: CHANGE to default header placed on extracted
+ files, to allow extracted files to be distributed as long as
+ sources also distributed. This does not affect any .ins files that
+ explicitly set a preamble with the docstrip \preamble or
+ \usepreamble commands. If you currently distribute a package and
+ want to keep the old preamble, add \usepackage\originalpreamble
+ to your .ins files. Note that the old text forbids inclusion of
+ the package on `ready to run' TeX distributions such as TeXLive
+ or tetex.
+
+
+
+1998-04-03 David Carlisle <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * distrib.txt: Update from 1994 version with a view to adding
+ to june release, better late than never.
+
+ * docstrip.dtx: CHANGE to default header placed on extracted
+ files, to allow extracted files to be distributed as long as
+ sources also distributed. This does not affect any .ins files that
+ explicitly set a preamble with the docstrip \preamble or
+ \usepreamble commands. If you currently distribute a package and
+ want to keep the old preamble, add \usepackage\originalpreamble
+ to your .ins files. Note that the old text forbids inclusion of
+ the package on `ready to run' TeX distributions such as TeXLive
+ or tetex.
+
+1998-03-30 David Carlisle <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+1998-03-30 David Carlisle <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+1998-03-27 Frank Mittelbach <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
+
+ * cmfonts.fdd: added substiution for cmss/bx/sc to produce
+ cmr/m/sc; much better would be to have the real thing ---
+ anybody cares to contribute those to the ec fonts? (pr2586)
+
+1998-03-20 Frank Mittelbach <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
+
+ * bugs.txt: say that reports have to be in English
+
+ * ltoutenc.dtx: Documentation added about removing declaration
+ of encoding specific commands (pr/2783)
+ Command \UndeclareTextCommand added (pr/2783)
+ Added \UndeclareTextCommand declarations to textcomp.sty (pr/2783)
+
+ * ltdefns.dtx: \@thirdofthree added for \UndeclareTextCommand
+
+1998-03-19 Frank Mittelbach <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
+
+ * ltoutenc.dtx: Added documentation about the best order of
+ declarations for encoding specific commands.
+ Also moved loading ofts1enc.def after declaring the defaults
+ for such reasons.
+
+1998-03-15 Frank Mittelbach <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
+
+ * bugs.txt: added info about not changing established (mis)behavior
+
+1998-03-11 Rainer Schoepf <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * miktex.txt: Added to distribution.
+
+1998-02-06 Frank Mittelbach <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
+
+ * inputenc.dtx: fixed typo iso-8859-5 should have been iso-8859-9
+ (pr/2748)
+
+1998-01-31 Chris Rowley <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * ltx3info.tex:
+
+ Updated
+
+1998-01-23 Frank Mittelbach <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
+
+ * install.txt: small updates such as isbn numbers
+
+1998-01-19 Frank Mittelbach <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
+
+ * docstrip.dtx: adding \nopreamble and \nopostamble
+ and making sure that \usepreamble\empty really doesn't write
+ anything to the stripped file (pr/2726)
+
+ * ltclass.dtx: make \& locally safe in \ProvidesFile /2702
+ fix up pkgindoc.sty which probably hasn't worked since
+ {v1.0p}{1995/05/25}{Delete \cs{filec at ntents} after preamble}
+
+1998-01-16 David Carlisle <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * ltoutenc.dtx: Fix \t for latex/2734.
+
+ * ltclass.dtx: make \& locally safe in \ProvidesFile /2702
+ fix up pkgindoc.sty which probably hasn't worked since
+ {v1.0p}{1995/05/25}{Delete \cs{filec at ntents} after preamble}
+
+1998-01-16 David Carlisle <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * ltoutenc.dtx: Fix \t for latex/2734.
+
+1998-01-13 David Carlisle <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * multitex.txt: New version from Markus Kohm latex/2721
+
+1998-01-13 David Carlisle <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * multitex.txt: New version from Markus Kohm latex/2721
+
+1998-01-10 Chris Rowley <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * cmfonts.fdd:
+
+ Added large sizes for ec fonts only
+ Removed long lines
+
+######################
+# 1997/12/01 Release
+######################
+
+1998-01-06 Frank Mittelbach <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
+
+ * ltoutenc.dtx: added missing braces and \upshape for \textcircled
+
+1998-01-01 Frank Mittelbach <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
+
+ * emtex.txt: small clarification as suggested by Heinz
+
+1997-12-31 Chris Rowley <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * fntguide.tex:
+
+ Corrections to math font declarations
+ Tidying
+ Added new encoding information
+
+ * ltoutenc.dtx:
+
+ Documentation correction
+
+1997-12-31 Frank Mittelbach <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
+
+ * grphcomp.err: added further errate entries, updated cls file
+
+1997-12-30 Frank Mittelbach <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
+
+ * ltoutenc.dtx: fixed header info for textcomp.sty
+ (missing \ProvidesPackage)
+
+1997-12-22 Chris Rowley <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * ltoutenc.dtx
+
+ Added textcomp package
+ Corrections and additions to documentation
+ Removed all octal and hex codes
+ Added \textperthousand and \textpertenthousand to T1
+ Added \leavevmode at start of \c in T1
+
+ * inputenc.dtx
+
+ Made next encoding consistent with others
+ Consistently used math-or-text command when
+ available: THIS MAY CHANGE
+ Changed \mathdegree to \textdegree
+ \inputencoding now works only in vmode
+ Temporarily fixed \IeC
+ Merged latin1 code with ansinew/cp1252
+ Changed `\k{}' to `\k\ '
+ Added textcomp package
+ Corrections and additions to documentation
+
+ * fontdef.dtx
+
+ Added documentation
+
+ * ltnews08.tex
+
+ Added stuff
+
+1997-12-18 Rainer Schoepf <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * doc.dtx: Fix small documentation glitch.
+
+ * ltpatch.ltx: Replace reference to ,,June'' release by ,,last''
+ release.
+
+1997-12-17 David Carlisle <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * latexbug.tex: expl3
+
+ * latexbug.el (ltxbug-categories): expl3
+
+1997-12-17 Rainer Schoepf <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * fntguide.tex: Removed obsolete \setbox construct.
+
+1997-12-15 Rainer Schoepf <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * clsguide.tex (section{Upgrading \LaTeX~2.09 classes and
+ packages}): Added documentation for \if at compatibility switch
+ (supplied by Barbara Beeton).
+
+1997-12-11 Rainer Schoepf <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * usrguide.tex (subsection{\LaTeXe---The new \LaTeX~release}):
+ Improved the sentence about formerly separate formats.
+
+ * ltoutput.dtx: Documentation fixes.
+
+ * ltlogos.dtx: Documentation fix.
+
+1997-12-06 Chris Rowley <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * ltoutput.dtx (subsection{Floats}):
+
+ Removed incorrect error code in \output
+
+ * ltnews08.tex:
+
+ Revised text
+
+ * ltnews.cls:
+
+ Added definition environment
+
+1997-11-23 David Carlisle <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * inputenc.dtx: Use \textperthousand not \textpermill. /2673
+
+ * ltoutenc.dtx: Use \textperthousand, \textpertenthousand and
+ \textfractionsolidus not \textpermill, \textpertenmill and
+ \textfraction. /2673
+
+1997-11-20 David Carlisle <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * ltfssdcl.dtx: inline \stepcounter /2669/2661
+
+1997-11-19 David Carlisle <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * ltoutput.dtx: reindent \@xtryfc and friends (no code change).
+
+ * ltfloat.dtx: missing percent in @footnotetext. /2670
+
+1997-11-18 David Carlisle <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * manifest.txt: ltnews08
+
+ * ltnews08.tex: first attempt.
+
+ * source2e.tex: ltcounts and ltlength before NFSS /2669/2661
+
+ * format.ins: ltcounts and ltlength before NFSS /2669/2661
+
+1997-11-18 Frank Mittelbach <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
+
+ * compan.err: rewrote that file to be processable by LaTeX
+
+ * grphcomp.err: rewrote that file to be processable by LaTeX
+
+1997-11-13 David Carlisle <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * ltfssdcl.dtx: Fix \DeclareSymbolFont so it updates \group at list
+ for latex/2661.
+ Remove duplicate (unused) definition of \stepcounter.
+ Add a few macro envs to the documentation.
+
+1997-11-03 Rainer Schoepf <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * ifthen.dtx: Documentation fix.
+
+1997-10-28 Rainer Schoepf <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * ltfiles.dtx: Minor documentation fixes.
+
+1997-10-23 Rainer Schoepf <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * ltoutenc.ins: Unpack ts1enc.def.
+
+1997-10-21 Rainer Schoepf <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * ltfssbas.dtx: Added \makeatletter to \nfss at catcodes (and removed
+ it from \try at load@font at shape).
+
+ * ltdefns.dtx: Change \renew at command to use \begingroup/\endgroup
+ for grouping, to avoid generation of empty math atoms.
+
+1997-10-20 Rainer Schoepf <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * ltfinal.dtx: Removed \aa and \AA from \@uclclist as these are
+ macros.
+
+ * slifonts.fdd(ullasy.fd): Removed superfluous pair of braces at
+ end of \DeclareFontFamily command.
+
+1997-10-17 Rainer Schoepf <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * ltfntcmd.dtx: Moved check for vertical mode from
+ \DeclareTextFontCommand to \check at nocorr@.
+
+1997-10-14 David Carlisle <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * ltfiles.dtx: back out \today change.
+
+ * install.txt: --release--date--goes--here--
+
+ * ltpatch.ltx: --release--date--goes--here--
+
+ * patches.txt: --release--date--goes--here--
+
+ * Makefile: install.txt patches.txt ltpatch.ltx
+ --release--date--goes--here--
+
+1997-10-11 David Carlisle <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * ltclass.dtx: Check for text before or after \end{filecontents}
+ latex/2636
+
+1997-10-10 Rainer Schoepf <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * classes.dtx(\l at part): Removed setting of \@tempdima as
+ this macro does not use \numberline to set the toc line.
+
+1997-10-10 Frank Mittelbach <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
+
+ * inputenc.dtx: renamed \perthousand to \textpermill as this is the
+ TS1 name (and it wasn't available before) (pr/2622)
+ added code page 1250 (pr/2515)
+
+1997-10-09 David Carlisle <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * ltfiles.dtx: Move expansion of \today here from document class
+ files. latex/2620
+
+ * classes.dtx: use \def not \edef for \today. latex/2620
+
+1997-10-08 Rainer Schoepf <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * ltlogos.dtx: Simplified macro \LaTeX: use only \check at mathfonts
+ to force loading of fonts suitable for the letter `A'.
+
+1997-10-06 Rainer Schoepf <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * ltcounts.dtx: Replaced \@Roman by a new version that is fully
+ expandable, so that the correct sequence of letters is written to
+ files.
+
+1997-09-30 Johannes Braams <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * slides.dtx (subsection{Date}): Use \edef to define to
+ in order to save space; following change to classes.dtx, dated
+ 1995/08/16.
+
+ * letter.dtx (subsection{Date}): Use \edef to define to
+ in order to save space; following change to classes.dtx, dated
+ 1995/08/16.
+
+1997-09-15 Frank Mittelbach <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
+
+ * ltpictur.dtx: warn if \line etc is too small to get printed.
+ (pr/2524)
+
+1997-09-09 Frank Mittelbach <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
+
+ * ltdefns.dtx: Use \begingroup \endgroup instead of { ... }
+ to avoid generating math ords if used in math mode. (pr/2573)
+
+1997-09-08 Frank Mittelbach <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
+
+ * inputenc.dtx: added decmulti input encoding for DEC Multinational
+ Character Set (pr/2599)
+
+1997-08-19 Rainer Schoepf <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * inputenc.dtx(latin2.def,cp852.def): Replaced \dh and \DH by \dj
+ and \DJ.
+
+ * inputenc.dtx(ansinew.def): Exchanged codes for \textendash and
+ \textemdash.
+
+ * inputenc.dtx: Enclosed all encoding definition files by
+ \makeatletter/\makeatother.
+
+1997-08-15 Rainer Schoepf <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * slides.dtx: Added initialization of \leftmargin to \@listi
+ (obviously forgotten and never noticed before).
+
+1997-08-05 Rainer Schoepf <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * ltoutenc.dtx: Corrected order of arguments in \UseTextSymbol
+ example (PR latex/2572).
+
+1997-07-31 Rainer Schoepf <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * cfgguide.tex: Put braces around argument of \sffamily,
+ to keep latex2html happy.
+
+1997-07-20 Frank Mittelbach <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
+
+ * docstrip.dtx: support compiling docstrip without statistics
+ (pr/2429)
+
+ * fntguide.tex: documentation updates (pr/2550)
+
+1997-07-16 David Carlisle <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * latexbug.el: Use default name and address from user-...
+ and make current directory setting more robust.
+ Both fixes from Andreas Schwab, latex/2547.
+
+1997-07-15 Rainer Schoepf <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * manifest.txt: Replaced slides.fdd by slifonts.fdd.
+
+ * ec.ins: Replaced slides.fdd by slifonts.fdd.
+
+ * slides.ins: Replaced slides.fdd by slifonts.fdd.
+
+ * slides.fdd: Renamed to slifonts.fdd, there is a name clash with
+ slides.dtx when run through LaTeX.
+
+ * truetex.txt: New version by Richard Kinch.
+
+1997-07-09 Rainer Schoepf <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * classes.dtx: Documentation fixes by Andreas Schwab
+ <schwab at issan.informatik.uni-dortmund.de>.
+
+ * doc.dtx: Documentation fixes by Andreas Schwab
+ <schwab at issan.informatik.uni-dortmund.de>.
+
+ * exscale.dtx: Documentation fixes by Andreas Schwab
+ <schwab at issan.informatik.uni-dortmund.de>.
+
+ * fontdef.dtx: Documentation fixes by Andreas Schwab
+ <schwab at issan.informatik.uni-dortmund.de>.
+
+ * ifthen.dtx: Documentation fixes by Andreas Schwab
+ <schwab at issan.informatik.uni-dortmund.de>.
+
+ * inputenc.dtx: Documentation fixes by Andreas Schwab
+ <schwab at issan.informatik.uni-dortmund.de>.
+
+ * latex209.dtx: Documentation fixes by Andreas Schwab
+ <schwab at issan.informatik.uni-dortmund.de>.
+
+ * latexsym.dtx: Documentation fixes by Andreas Schwab
+ <schwab at issan.informatik.uni-dortmund.de>.
+
+ * letter.dtx: Documentation fixes by Andreas Schwab
+ <schwab at issan.informatik.uni-dortmund.de>.
+
+ * ltboxes.dtx: Documentation fixes by Andreas Schwab
+ <schwab at issan.informatik.uni-dortmund.de>.
+
+ * ltclass.dtx: Documentation fixes by Andreas Schwab
+ <schwab at issan.informatik.uni-dortmund.de>.
+
+ * ltdirchk.dtx: Documentation fixes by Andreas Schwab
+ <schwab at issan.informatik.uni-dortmund.de>.
+
+ * lterror.dtx: Documentation fixes by Andreas Schwab
+ <schwab at issan.informatik.uni-dortmund.de>.
+
+ * ltfinal.dtx: Documentation fixes by Andreas Schwab
+ <schwab at issan.informatik.uni-dortmund.de>.
+
+ * ltfloat.dtx: Documentation fixes by Andreas Schwab
+ <schwab at issan.informatik.uni-dortmund.de>.
+
+ * ltfssbas.dtx: Documentation fixes by Andreas Schwab
+ <schwab at issan.informatik.uni-dortmund.de>.
+
+ * ltfssdcl.dtx: Documentation fixes by Andreas Schwab
+ <schwab at issan.informatik.uni-dortmund.de>.
+
+ * ltfssini.dtx: Documentation fixes by Andreas Schwab
+ <schwab at issan.informatik.uni-dortmund.de>.
+
+ * ltfsstrc.dtx: Documentation fixes by Andreas Schwab
+ <schwab at issan.informatik.uni-dortmund.de>.
+
+ * ltlists.dtx: Documentation fixes by Andreas Schwab
+ <schwab at issan.informatik.uni-dortmund.de>.
+
+ * ltmath.dtx: Documentation fixes by Andreas Schwab
+ <schwab at issan.informatik.uni-dortmund.de>.
+
+ * ltoutenc.dtx: Documentation fixes by Andreas Schwab
+ <schwab at issan.informatik.uni-dortmund.de>.
+
+ * ltoutput.dtx: Documentation fixes by Andreas Schwab
+ <schwab at issan.informatik.uni-dortmund.de>.
+
+ * ltpictur.dtx: Documentation fixes by Andreas Schwab
+ <schwab at issan.informatik.uni-dortmund.de>.
+
+ * ltplain.dtx: Documentation fixes by Andreas Schwab
+ <schwab at issan.informatik.uni-dortmund.de>.
+
+ * ltsect.dtx: Documentation fixes by Andreas Schwab
+ <schwab at issan.informatik.uni-dortmund.de>.
+
+ * ltxdoc.dtx: Documentation fixes by Andreas Schwab
+ <schwab at issan.informatik.uni-dortmund.de>.
+
+ * makeindx.dtx: Documentation fixes by Andreas Schwab
+ <schwab at issan.informatik.uni-dortmund.de>.
+
+ * newlfont.dtx: Documentation fixes by Andreas Schwab
+ <schwab at issan.informatik.uni-dortmund.de>.
+
+ * oldlfont.dtx: Documentation fixes by Andreas Schwab
+ <schwab at issan.informatik.uni-dortmund.de>.
+
+ * slides.dtx: Documentation fixes by Andreas Schwab
+ <schwab at issan.informatik.uni-dortmund.de>.
+
+ * cmextra.ins: Documentation fixes by Andreas Schwab
+ <schwab at issan.informatik.uni-dortmund.de>.
+
+ * clsguide.tex: Documentation fixes by Andreas Schwab
+ <schwab at issan.informatik.uni-dortmund.de>.
+
+ * lablst.tex: Documentation fixes by Andreas Schwab
+ <schwab at issan.informatik.uni-dortmund.de>.
+
+######################
+# 1997/06/01 Release
+######################
+
+1997-06-17 Chris Rowley <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * fntguide.tex:
+
+ Changed information about fontname
+ .fd filenames to lowercase
+ Removed long lines, and a few typos
+
+1997-06-17 Rainer Schoepf <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * emtex.txt: Updated by Heinz Kusnier.
+
+ * web2ctex.txt: Updated by David Outteridge.
+
+ * manifest.txt: Added truetex.txt.
+
+ * truetex.txt: New file by Richard Kinch.
+
+1997-06-16 Rainer Schoepf <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * ltfntcmd.dtx (section{Introduction}): Documentation fix.
+
+ * ltdirchk.dtx: Documentation fixes.
+
+ * exscale.dtx: Documentation fix.
+
+ * classes.dtx: Documentation fixes.
+
+ * ltfloat.dtx: Documentation fix.
+
+ * alltt.dtx: Documentation fixes.
+
+1997-06-11 Chris Rowley <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * readme.txt:
+
+ Added information re ltnews files
+
+ * usrguide.tex:
+
+ Updating information: fonts, addresses, CD-ROMs
+
+ * clsguide.tex:
+
+ Added information: normalsfcodes, policy on chnages
+ to standard styles
+
+1997-06-11 David Carlisle <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * ltxcheck.tex: Change texts referring to dc/ec fonts.
+ internal/2513
+
+ * latexbug.tex: Fix save stack problem, internal/2514, and
+ other minor improvements.
+
+1997-06-02 David Carlisle <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * cmfonts.fdd: add bold sc fonts for latex/2497
+
+1997-05-26 Rainer Schoepf <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * slides.fdd: Removed spaces in and around arguments to
+ \DeclareFontShape.
+
+ * cmfonts.fdd: Removed spaces in and around arguments to
+ \DeclareFontShape and \EC at family.
+
+1997-05-22 Rainer Schoepf <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * ltlogos.dtx: Added \m at th to definition of \LaTeXe so that
+ the logo works with non-zero values of \mathsurround.
+
+ * ltfsstrc.dtx (section{Handling Options}): Replaced \\ by
+ \MessageBreak in Option `pausing' (suggested by Donald Arseneau).
+
+1997-05-10 Chris Rowley <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * inputenc.dtx:
+
+ Corrected typo in cp852.def
+
+1997-05-08 Chris Rowley <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * inputenc.ins:
+
+ Split up \generate for PC
+
+1997-05-07 Chris Rowley <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * inputenc.dtx:
+
+ Added latin3.def
+ Some rearrangments
+ Removed long lines
+
+ * ltspace.dtx
+
+ Made \newline robust
+
+ * ltoutenc.dtx
+
+1997-04-30 Rainer Schoepf <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * inputenc.ins: Added generation of latin5.def.
+
+ * inputenc.dtx: Latin5 encoding added.
+
+1997-04-24 David Carlisle <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * ltbibl.dtx: add \@empty to \@citex for latex/2432.
+
+1997-04-22 David Carlisle <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * cmextra.ins: Remove concrete fd file generation.
+
+1997-04-18 David Carlisle <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * usrguide.tex: bm package.
+
+1997-04-16 David Carlisle <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * letter.dtx: remove hidden math from itemize labels latex/2419
+
+ * ltnews07.tex: first draft.
+
+1997-04-15 David Carlisle <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * texpert.txt: default install uses ec.
+
+ * install.txt: default install uses ec.
+
+ * readme.txt: 1997/06/01
+
+ * unpack2e.ins: include ec.ins not newdc.ins by default.
+
+ * ltpatch.ltx: 1997/06/01
+
+ * patches.txt: 1997/06/01
+
+ * Makefile: 1997/06/01
+
+1997-04-14 David Carlisle <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * ltoutput.dtx: normalsfcodes latex/2404 (from patch file)
+
+ * ltfiles.dtx: \normalsfcodes latex/2404 (from patch file)
+
+1997-03-26 David Carlisle <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * amiweb2c.txt: update from Andreas Scherer.
+
+1997-03-21 David Carlisle <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * ltcounts.dtx: Use \mathsection and \mathparagraph in \fnsymbol
+ latex/2445
+
+ * inputenc.dtx: Use decimal rather than hex to avoid active
+ character problems. latex/2451
+
+1997-02-25 David Carlisle <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * cmfonts.fdd: typo fixed in ot1cmvtt \ProvidesFile latex/2394
+
+ * slides.fdd: typo fixed in cccsc10 latex/2395
+
+1997-02-21 David Carlisle <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * patches.txt: patch level 1
+
+ * ltpatch.ltx: /2414 fix.
+
+ * ltlists.dtx: Support \noindent after \item. latex/2414
+
+1997-02-05 David Carlisle <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * doc.dtx (subsection{GetFileInfo}): missing % latex/2404.
+
+ * ltpatch.ltx: had to happen.
+
+ * ltclass.dtx: missing % in last g at addto@macro change.
+
+######################
+# 1996/12/01 Release
+######################
+
+1997-01-15 David Carlisle <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * install.txt: ec fonts.
+
+ * ltnews06.tex: ec fonts.
+
+ * ec.ins: add slitex fonts
+
+ * slides.fdd: ec fonts.
+ lowercase fd file \input.
+
+ * ltxcheck.tex: ec fonts.
+
+1997-01-14 David Carlisle <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * manifest.txt: ec.ins.
+
+ * Makefile: ec.ins.
+
+ * ec.ins: new file. Alternative to newdc.ins
+
+ * cmfonts.fdd: Add ec fonts
+
+1997-01-08 David Carlisle <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * fontdef.dtx: Use \DeclareMathDelimiter and \DeclareMathSymbol
+ On remaining cases using primitive assignments.
+
+ * ltfiles.dtx: reset \deadcycles in \include for latex/2365.
+
+ * ltmath.dtx: Remove spurious space tokens from \root.
+ General cleanup of the docs, lots of macro envs added.
+
+1997-01-07 David Carlisle <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * letter.dtx: modify \\ in \startbreaks for /2341.
+
+1997-01-06 David Carlisle <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * ltnews06.tex: minor edits.
+
+1996-12-20 David Carlisle <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * ltsect.dtx: \nobreak added to \@dottedtocline for latex/2343
+
+1996-12-18 David Carlisle <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * modguide.tex: Fix spelling for latex/2345
+
+1996-12-17 David Carlisle <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * ltclass.dtx: Use \begingroup so \g at addto@macro does not make
+ a \mathord.
+
+1996-12-13 David Carlisle <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * docstrip.dtx: Fix for /2340 (From Marcin).
+
+1996-12-09 David Carlisle <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * ltfloat.dtx: Call \@setminpage if needed. latex/2318.
+ General doc improvements (add macro envs, indent code, etc).
+
+1996-12-06 David Carlisle <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * fontdef.dtx: ***
+
+ * ltfssini.dtx: ***
+
+ * ltvers.dtx: ***.
+
+ * ltdirchk.dtx: Remove *** from messages. internal/2338.
+
+1996-11-28 David Carlisle <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * latexbug.tex: documentation changes.
+
+ * ltvers.dtx: Check for old format modified again. /2319
+
+1996-11-25 David Carlisle <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * ltnews06.tex: document fd file change.
+
+1996-11-20 David Carlisle <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * latexbug.tex: change documentation of release schedule /2319
+
+ * ltvers.dtx: Check for old format modified. /2319
+
+ * ltxcheck.tex: lowercase fd and *enc.def filenames. /1044
+
+ * fontdef.dtx: lowercase fd and *enc.def filenames. /1044
+
+ * slides.fdd: lowercase fd file names. /1044
+
+ * latexsym.dtx: lowercase fd file names. /1044
+
+ * latexsym.ins: lowercase fd file names. /1044
+
+ * slides.ins: lowercase fd file names. /1044
+
+ * cmfonts.fdd: lowercase fd file names. /1044
+
+ * cmextra.ins: lowercase fd file names. /1044
+
+ * newdc.ins: lowercase fd file names. /1044
+
+ * olddc.ins: lowercase fd file names. /1044
+
+ * cmfonts.ins: lowercase fd file names. /1044
+
+ * ltoutenc.ins: lowercase fd and *enc.def file names. /1044
+
+ * ltoutenc.dtx: lowercase fd and *enc.def file names. /1044
+
+ * ltfssbas.dtx: lowercase fd file names. internal/1044
+
+1996-11-09 David Carlisle <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * ltmath.dtx: Reinstate \ensuremath as \long /2104.
+
+1996-11-07 David Carlisle <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * inputenc.dtx: resend patch from Sept 11
+
+ Added ts1enc.def (but it is not unpacked)
+ Changed copyright, underscore (\_) and registered
+ Added \leavevmode to compwordmark
+ Added hex index tabs (experimental)
+
+1996-11-05 Chris Rowley <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * ltfiles.dtx
+
+ Added standard nobreak check to the write used for \nofiles case
+
+1996-11-04 Chris Rowley <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * ltlists.dtx
+
+ Added test for no \item between an inner and
+ outer list
+
+ * ltplain.dtx:
+
+ Use \hbox to in \dotfill
+
+
+1996-11-04 Rainer Schoepf <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * lterror.dtx (autoload version): Move \@nodocument into kernel,
+ so that it can be \let to \relax in \begin{document}.
+
+1996-11-01 David Carlisle <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * docstrip.dtx: Change MW address.
+
+ * cmfonts.ins: split up \generate (again) for PC.
+
+1996-10-31 Chris Rowley <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * ltfinal.dtx
+
+ Added \lccode for \oe in OT1
+
+ * classes.dtx:
+
+ Changed numbering of figures, tables and equations outside chapters
+ in book and report (pr/2178)
+
+ Removed math-mode from itemize labels
+
+ * ltspace.dtx
+
+ Reimplemented \(no)linebreak
+ Reimplemented \\ and \newline
+
+ * ltsect.dtx:
+
+ Documentation changes
+
+1996-10-28 Chris Rowley <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * ltoutenc.dtx
+
+ Removed defs of \aa \AA
+ Removed \@strip at args (no longer used)
+ Corrected documentation
+
+ * inputenc.dtx
+
+ Added cp865.def
+ Added \textasteriskcentered
+ Removed \aa \AA as internal forms
+ Other minor additions and corrections to .def files
+
+ * ltplain.dtx
+
+ Removed math from \dotfill
+ Added \aa and \AA
+ Updated and corrected documention
+
+1996-10-25 Chris Rowley <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * ltlists.dtx:
+
+ Added explicit flag resetting to \endtrivlist
+
+ * ltoutput.dtx
+
+ Added documentation
+
+1996-10-24 Chris Rowley <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * ltboxes.dtx:
+
+ Added local settings of flags in
+ \@arrayparboxrestore: dangerous!
+ Used \@setminipage in minipages
+
+ * ltfloat.dtx:
+
+ Prevent floats in preamble
+ \@setnobreak no longer used in resets (but see above)
+
+ * ltoutput.dtx
+
+ Changes when nobreak is true
+ Prevent \twocolumn in preamble
+ Added error code to \newpage
+
+1996-10-24 David Carlisle <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * unpack2e.ins: Remove redefinion of \Ask and add \askonceonly
+ (which is the same thing, but looks nicer).
+
+ * docstrip.dtx: Change MDW's address. Add \askonceonly.
+
+1996-10-23 Chris Rowley <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * ltlists.dtx
+
+ Use \setboz\z@ to remove parindent in \@item
+ Set \clubpenalty correctly in \@item
+ Do not reset \@nobreak unconditionally
+ Added documentation
+
+ * ltsect.dtx
+
+ Use \setboz\z@ to remove parindent in \@xsect
+ Added documentation
+
+1996-10-23 David Carlisle <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * docstrip.dtx: Delay setting the `current directory syntax'
+ commands so that a configuration file can reset them if
+ necessary.
+
+1996-10-22 David Carlisle <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * autoload.ins: add \usedir
+
+1996-10-21 Chris Rowley <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * lttab.dtx
+
+ Small change in tabbing to make the later change in items
+ (see pr/2211) work properly
+
+ Moved some code \@array, to make this environment more robust
+ (pr/2183), uncovering an interesting feature of the original
+ code; changed to use \set at typeset@protect
+
+ Made \multicolumn \long
+
+1996-10-18 David Carlisle <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * Makefile (DSTS): add format.ins
+
+ * manifest.txt: add format.ins
+
+1996-10-17 David Carlisle <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * ds/docstrip.dtx: merge in Marcin's latest.
+ More DPC changes:
+ Make missing batchfile an error
+ Change name of config file to docstrip.cfg.
+ Add \endbatchfile.
+ Change all the .ins files for new style.
+
+1996-10-11 David Carlisle <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * ds/docstrip.dtx: Add initex support, and
+ auto setting of \batchfile from \jobname to the new
+ `TDS' version from Marcin.
+
+1996-10-09 David Carlisle <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * manifest.txt: Add ltxcheck.tex
+
+1996-10-08 Chris Rowley <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * ltfntcmd.dtx
+
+ Fixed bug in \text.. commands (pr/2157)
+
+1996-10-05 Chris Rowley <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * ltfiles.dtx
+
+ Added setting of \@clubpenalty
+
+ * classes.dtx (chapter*{\bibname):
+
+ Added setting of \@clubpenalty
+
+1996-10-04 David Carlisle <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * Makefile: remove testdist.dtx, add ltxcheck.tex
+
+ * unpack2e.ins: Remove \testdistribution. internal/2251
+
+ * ltxcheck.tex: New version independent of ltdirchk
+ Add checking for files `unpacked; during LaTeX install.
+
+ * ltdirchk.dtx: Remove ltxcheck.tex. internal/2251
+
+ * Makefile: 1996/12/01.
+
+ * ltclass.dtx: Reset \@unprocessedoptions in
+ \RequirePackageWithOptions for internal/2269.
+
+1996-09-29 Chris Rowley <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * ltsect.dtx
+
+ Added documentation
+
+ * ltfiles.dtx
+
+ Added disabling of \@nodocument to \document
+ Tidied up documentation
+
+ * ltoutput.dtx
+
+ Checks for noskipsec and inlabel added to \newpage
+
+ * ltmiscen.dtx:
+
+ Moved \@xobeysp to ltspace.dtxx
+
+ * ltspace.dtx
+
+ Added \@xobeysp linked to \nobreakspace
+
+1996-09-26 Rainer Schoepf <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * cmfonts.ins: Added guard `nowarn' to generation of OT1cmtt.fd
+ file, to avoid annoying substitution messages if a bold typewriter
+ font is selected (as, for example, in section headings).
+
+ * newdc.ins: Added guard `nowarn' to generation of T1cmtt.fd file,
+ to avoid annoying substitution messages if a bold typewriter font
+ is selected (as, for example, in section headings).
+
+ * cmfonts.fdd (subsubsection{Computer Modern Typewriter}), Added
+ silent substitutions for T1 bold extended typewriter fonts (new
+ version).
+
+1996-09-21 Chris Rowley <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * ltoutput.dtx:
+
+ Change to using \@parboxrestore in \@outputpage
+
+1996-09-16 David Carlisle <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * classes.dtx: Quote > in changes entry (from 1994/10/29:-)
+ as it is special due to setting in gglo.ist.
+
+1996-09-11 David Carlisle <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * inputenc.dtx: Fix loop for latex/2257
+
+1996-09-09 Johannes Braams <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * classes.dtx, letter.dtx, slides.dtx (subsubsection{Itemize}):
+ replace \endash with \textendash (stupid typo)
+
+1996-08-25 Johannes Braams <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * letter.dtx (subsubsection{Itemize}): Replaced -- with \endash
+ in the definition of \labelitemii. (saves a token)
+
+ * slides.dtx (subsubsection{Itemize}): Replaced -- with \endash
+ in the definition of \labelitemii. (saves a token)
+
+ * ltpatch.ltx: Add the characters ', `, and " to \nfss at catcodes as
+ they might be active while LaTeX processes an .fd file.
+
+ * ltfssbas.dtx (subsection{Macros for loading fonts}): Added the
+ characters ', `, and " to \nfss at catcodes as they might be active
+ while LaTeX processes an .fd file.
+
+1996-08-24 Johannes Braams <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * classes.dtx (subsubsection{Itemize}): Replaced -- with \endash
+ in the definition of \labelitemii. (saves a token)
+
+1996-08-05 David Carlisle <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * inputenc.dtx: swap mathordxxx in cp850. latex/2203
+
+1996-07-27 Frank Mittelbach <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
+
+ * ltfssbas.dtx:
+ definition of if at inmath switch removed (see below)
+
+ * ltfsstrc.dtx:
+ removed if at inmath switch and replaced with inline code
+ \init at restore@glb at settings saving space macro names and
+ execution time
+
+ * ltfssdcl.dtx:
+ removed ifrestore at version switch and replaced with inline
+ code \init at restore@version
+
+1996-07-26 Frank Mittelbach <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
+
+ * ltdefns.dtx:
+ make third arg of \@reargdef implicit
+ replace {} args by \relax
+ use \noexpand instead of \string in error message
+
+ * ltoutput.dtx:
+ set if at test always globally
+ add some missing percent signs in \clearpage
+
+ * ltboxes.dtx:
+ set if at minipage always globally
+
+ * ltmath.dtx:
+ set if at ignore always globally
+
+ * ltmiscen.dtx:
+ set if at ignore always globally
+ add user command \ignorespacesafterend to be used in env defs
+
+ * ltfloat.dtx:
+ set if at nobreak always globally
+ set if at minipage always globally
+
+ * ltspace.dtx:
+ fix typo in doc.
+ set if at nobreak always globally
+
+ * ltlists.dtx:
+ set if at nobreak always globally
+ set if at minipage always globally
+
+ * ltsect.dtx:
+ set if at nobreak always globally
+
+ * ltclass.dtx:
+ made \@classoptionslist and \@unusedoptionlist only preamble
+ to save space
+
+ * ltfssbas.dtx:
+ removed unnecessary \relax (6 times) in \nfss at catcodes
+ use faster \if$#3$ test in \@DeclareMathsizes
+
+ * ltalloc.dtx:
+ don't set a default for @tempswa -- nobody can rely on that
+
+ * ltplain.dtx:
+ removed setting of \vsize and \hsize (done later)
+ changed \dimen\z@ to \dimen@ to save space (and time)
+
+1996-07-19 David Carlisle <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * patches.txt: latex/2197
+
+ * ltpatch.ltx: Use char0 not @ for \lowercase trick: latex/2197
+
+ * ltoutenc.dtx: Use char0 not @ for \lowercase trick: latex/2197
+
+ * patches.txt: add ltxcheck.tex to list of changed files.
+
+ * ltpatch.ltx: add ltxcheck.tex to list of changed files.
+
+ * ltdirchk.dtx: Check for unauthorised cmr10 changes.
+
+1996-07-18 Chris Rowley <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * ltspace.dtx:
+
+ Added commentary on some known problems
+
+1996-07-10 David Carlisle <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * Makefile: Add vtex.txt
+
+ * manifest.txt: Add vtex.txt
+
+ * ltpatch.ltx: pl1
+
+ * patches.txt: pl1
+
+ * ltfinal.dtx: Free up token registers /2213
+
+1996-07-09 David Carlisle <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * pastex.txt: Update (Lars Hecking/Christian Bauernfeind)
+
+1996-06-25 David Carlisle <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * latexbug.tex: Fix to give correct error with plain TeX.
+
+1996-06-24 David Carlisle <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * ltnews05.tex: (Barbara Beeton) Wrong attribution for IPA fonts
+
+######################
+# 1996/06/01 Release
+######################
+
+1996-06-17 David Carlisle <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * classes.dtx: spelling... J"org Knappen /2176
+
+1996-06-14 David Carlisle <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * lttab.dtx: Change \hskip\z at skip to \hskip1sp in for /2160
+
+ * syntonly.dtx: Fix \GetFileInfo usage in documentation /2174
+
+1996-06-13 Chris Rowley <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * clsguide.tex:
+
+ Updated for new release
+ General minor edits
+
+1996-06-13 David Carlisle <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * ltdirchk.dtx: doc improvements, mainly from /2174 again.
+
+ * ltdefns.dtx: doc improvements J"org Knappen /2174
+
+ * ltcounts.dtx: doc improvements J"org Knappen /2174
+
+ * ltalloc.dtx: doc improvements J"org Knappen /2174
+
+ * inputenc.dtx: doc improvements J"org Knappen /2174
+
+1996-06-12 David Carlisle <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * ltdirchk.dtx: Fix Checksum Ulrik Vieth /2171
+
+1996-06-11 Chris Rowley <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * ltoutput.dtx:
+
+ Added resetting of \everypar in the output routine
+
+1996-06-10 David Carlisle <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * ltnews04.tex: typo: \ProcessOptions not \ProcessOption.
+
+ * ltnews05.tex: Advertise Mainz copy of GNATS.
+
+ * ltnews.cls: Add extra line in lw35fonts option.
+ Make font scaling messages `s'.
+
+ * ltboxes.dtx: use \@@par not \endgraf.
+
+ * ltsect.dtx: use \@@par not \endgraf.
+
+1996-06-07 Chris Rowley <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * ltnews05.tex:
+
+ Revised text
+
+ * ltnews.cls:
+
+ Changed fonts for lw35 option, for logical and aesthetic
+ reasons
+ Added support for T1 encoding with lw35 option
+ Corrected grammar in footer
+
+ * fntguide.tex:
+
+ Updated for new release
+
+1996-06-06 David Carlisle <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * ltspace.dtx: doc improvements Donald Arseneau /2166
+
+ * ltpage.dtx: doc improvements Donald Arseneau /2166
+
+ * latex209.dtx: doc improvements Donald Arseneau /2166
+
+ * bugs.txt: remove duplicate line J"org Knappen/2165
+
+1996-06-04 David Carlisle <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * ltdirchk.dtx: modify vms suggestion slightly (J"org Knappen)
+
+1996-06-04 Rainer Schoepf <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * ltmiscen.dtx: \verbatim at noligs@list now processed after
+ \dospecials (PR 2138).
+
+1996-06-03 Chris Rowley <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * install.txt:
+
+ Changed reference from texpert.txt to cfgguide.tex
+
+1996-06-03 David Carlisle <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * ltdirchk.dtx: Look for dcfonts release 1.3 in ltxcheck
+
+1996-05-28 David Carlisle <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * ltnews05.tex: more changes.
+
+1996-05-26 Johannes Braams <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * classes.dtx : Make the commands \frontmatter, \mainmatter and
+ \part react to [openany] in the same way as \backmatter and
+ \chapter do. (PR 2106)
+
+1996-05-24 David Carlisle <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * latex209.dtx: Redid \(@)normalsize checks. internal/2153
+ Reinstated old definition of \nofiles. latex/2146
+
+1996-05-23 Chris Rowley <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * ltoutenc.dtx
+
+ Extra documentation
+
+ * ltoutput.dtx
+
+ Changed test for a text page full of floats
+ Tidied documentation
+
+1996-05-23 David Carlisle <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * ltoutenc.dtx: Preset accent arguments in a box to stop font
+ loading interfering with accent position. latex/2133.
+
+1996-05-22 David Carlisle <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * ltnews05.tex: needs more work, but...
+
+1996-05-21 David Carlisle <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * ltsect.dtx: CHANGE: Allow commands with arguments (eg
+ \MakeUppercase) to be used in the `style' argument of
+ \@startsection. The section heading text including any number
+ etc will be supplied as the argument of this
+ command. internal/2148
+
+1996-05-20 David Carlisle <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * minimal.cls: Documentation improvements.
+
+1996-05-19 Frank Mittelbach <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
+
+ * cmfonts.fdd:
+ Added Computer Modern Variable Typewriter family.
+
+1996-05-18 Frank Mittelbach <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
+
+ * ltoutenc.dtx:
+ Produce better error message when encoding is misspelled. pr/2054
+
+1996-05-17 Chris Rowley <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * fontdef.dtx
+
+ Removed \@@sqrt
+
+ * slides.dtx
+
+ Removed \@@sqrt
+
+1996-05-17 David Carlisle <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * slides.fdd: Force \hyphenchar of OT1 fonts to 45, in case
+ \defaulthyphenchar has changed.
+ Remove some spurious extra empty arguments to \DeclareFontFamily
+
+ * cmfonts.fdd: Force \hyphenchar of OT1 fonts to 45, in case
+ \defaulthyphenchar has changed.
+ Remove some spurious extra empty arguments to \DeclareFontFamily
+
+ * ltfiles.dtx: Add \write\m at ne{} to \nofiles so that
+ \label (and other things) don't change the vertical spacing when
+ \nofiles is used. latex/2146
+
+1996-05-09 Chris Rowley <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * ltfntcmd.dtx
+
+ Made more robust to errors
+
+ * slides.dtx
+
+ Made \include mechanism work
+
+1996-05-09 David Carlisle <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * inputenc.dtx: Enable activation of codes below 32. latex/2071
+ Add warning if nothing defined by the encoding file latex/2136
+
+1996-05-09 Frank Mittelbach <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
+
+ * unpacked.txt:
+ added cp852.def. pr/2081
+
+1996-05-08 David Carlisle <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * legal.txt: Modify `rename changed files' clause to explicitly
+ forbid `double renaming' back to the original names.
+
+1996-05-08 Frank Mittelbach <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
+
+ * ltfsstrc.dtx:
+ Changed \begingroup to \bgroup to match a change to the kernel
+ done in 1994!!! It took a long time to find that one. pr/2100
+
+ * inputenc.dtx:
+ Added encoding definitions for cp852 contributed by Petr Sojka.
+ pr/2081
+
+1996-05-07 David Carlisle <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * ltnews05.tex: make a start at this ....
+
+1996-04-24 David Carlisle <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * ltfiles.dtx: reset \AtBeginDocument inside \begin{document}
+ for latex/1297. Small documentation improvements.
+
+1996-04-23 David Carlisle <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * ltmiscen.dtx: Documentation improvements.
+
+ * ltcounts.dtx: Documentation improvements.
+
+1996-04-22 David Carlisle <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * Makefile: perl -p -e s#--release--date--goes--here--#1996/06/01#
+ spring is in the air....
+
+ * ltspace.dtx: documentation improvements.
+
+ * lttab.dtx: add extra \hskip to preserve tabcolsep in empty
+ l columns. latex/2122.
+ Small documentation improvements.
+
+1996-04-18 David Carlisle <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * ltpage.dtx: Minor documentation improvements.
+
+1996-04-18 Frank Mittelbach <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
+
+ * doc.dtx (section*{Index}%):
+ Definition of \printindex removed because no longer needed.
+ pr/2095
+
+1996-04-11 David Carlisle <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * inputenc.dtx: ansinew 09f is \"Y not \"y, latex/2119
+
+1996-03-25 David Carlisle <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * ltmath.dtx: Modify \ensuremath for amslatex/2104
+
+1996-03-22 David Carlisle <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * ifthen.dtx: latex/2105 fix: dont leave mathord {} groups.
+
+1996-02-29 David Carlisle <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * multitex.txt: Update from Markus Kohm, latex/2051
+
+1996-02-14 David Carlisle <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * inputenc.dtx: Cedilla (\c\ ) rather than (\c{}) latex/2077
+ 0F0 corrected in cp850 latex/2080
+ 0B2 corrected in latin2 latex/2079
+
+1996-01-31 Frank Mittelbach <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
+
+ * slides.dtx: fixed \cline which wasn't updated after internal
+ interface change pr/2067
+
+1996-01-27 Frank Mittelbach <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
+
+ * doc.dtx (subsection{Macros surrounding the `definition parts'}):
+ support doc files also in compatibility mode (so far doc did typeset
+ the code in cmr instead of cmtt in compat mode)
+
+1996-01-20 Frank Mittelbach <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
+
+ * ltidxglo.dtx:
+ turn \makeindex and \makeglossary into noops after use to avoid
+ problems with combinations of \PageIndex \makeindex etc. pr/2048
+
+ * letter.dtx:
+ Made redefinition of \vspace robust. pr/2049
+ Nevertheless, they syntax used in the pr is considered
+ incorrect!
+
+ * ltspace.dtx:
+ Made \vspace robust. Enhancement suggested by pr/2049
+
+1996-01-11 Frank Mittelbach <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
+
+ * doc.dtx:
+ Changed default text preceding the index so that it depends on
+ the use of code line numbering.
+
+ * ltxdoc.dtx:
+ Removed \star since useless. pr/2039
+
+1996-01-10 David Carlisle <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * ltfiles.dtx: latex/2024 ensure setting \input at path does not
+ change behaviour of ##1 in \IfFileExists.
+
+1996-01-03 Frank Mittelbach <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
+
+ * bugs.txt:
+ Added a comment about where to send errata entries for the books.
+
+1995-12-29 Frank Mittelbach <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
+
+ * doc.dtx (subsection{Bells and whistles}):
+ Added \AlsoImplementation as a counterpart to \OnlyDescription
+ pr/2040.
+
+ * texpert.txt:
+ clarified info about warnings happening when using makeindex.
+
+ * doc.dtx (section*{Index}%):
+ Turn \PrintIndex into noop after use. pr/2038
+ (section*{{Change History}}%):
+ Turn \PrintChanges into noop after use. pr/2038
+
+1995-12-27 Frank Mittelbach <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
+
+ * latex209.dtx:
+ Corrected printout of index. pr/2028
+
+ * ltmath.dtx:
+ Corrected printout of documentation. pr/2030
+
+ * ltfntcmd.dtx:
+ Corrected changes entry. pr/2029
+
+1995-12-20 David Carlisle <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * cmfonts.fdd: Ulrik Vieth /2017: fix up T1cmfib.fd file.
+
+1995-12-13 Chris Rowley <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * copypre.txt
+
+ New version, removing long lines
+
+ * copyins.txt
+
+ New version, removing long lines
+
+ * copyhead.txt
+
+ New version, removing long lines
+
+ * bugs.txt
+
+ Additions, updates and corrections
+
+ * autoload.txt
+
+ Additions, updates and corrections
+
+ * texpert.txt
+
+ Additions, updates and corrections
+
+ * ltnews.cls
+
+ Removed long lines
+ Changed capitalisation
+
+ * cmfonts.fdd
+
+ Removed long lines
+
+ * slides.fdd
+
+ Removed long lines
+
+ * olddc.dst
+
+ New preambles
+
+ * newdc.dst
+
+ New preambles
+
+ * cmextra.dst
+
+ New preambles
+
+ * cmfonts.dst
+
+ New preambles
+
+ * latexsym.dst
+
+ New preambles
+
+ * autoload.dst
+
+ New preambles
+
+ * unpack2e.ins
+
+ New preambles
+
+ * slides.dst
+
+ New preambles
+
+ * legal.txt
+
+ New version
+
+ * readme.txt
+
+ New version
+
+ * ltclass.dtx
+
+ Documentation added
+
+ * fontdef.dtx
+
+ Documentation added
+
+ * latex209.dst
+
+ Smaller batches for old emtex
+
+ * modguide.tex
+
+ Additions, updates and corrections
+
+ * cfgguide.tex
+
+ Additions, updates and corrections
+
+ * clsguide.tex
+
+ Additions, updates and corrections
+
+ * fntguide.tex
+
+ Additions, updates and corrections
+
+ * ltx3info.tex
+
+ Additions, updates and corrections
+
+ * usrguide.tex
+
+ Additions, updates and corrections
+
+ * ltxguide.cls
+
+ Corrected cfg loading
+
+ * inputenc.dtx
+
+ Detailed corrections
+
+ * ltdefns.dtx
+
+ Added documentation
+
+######################
+# 1995/12/01 Release
+######################
+
+1995-12-13 David Carlisle <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * install.txt (NOTE): add info to run olddc.ins.
+
+1995-12-12 David Carlisle <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * inputenc.dtx: Modify \IeC and add missing % in
+ \DeclareInputText.
+
+1995-12-11 David Carlisle <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * ltdirchk.dtx: (Bernd Raichle) Check for dcfonts 1.2 patch
+ level 1. Latest TeX is now 3.14159.
+
+ * ltoutenc.dtx: TEMPORARY \copyright fixes.
+
+ * amiweb2c.txt: new version from Andreas Scherer.
+
+1995-12-08 Alan Jeffrey <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * latex209.dtx: Switched off \@inmathwarn.
+
+1995-12-07 David Carlisle <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * ltfloat.dtx: Move \m at th out of \ensuremath in \textsuperscript
+
+ * ltbibl.dtx: restore \G at refundefinedtrue
+
+ * ltxref.dtx: restore \G at refundefinedtrue
+
+ * ltnews04.tex: new input encodings.
+
+1995-12-06 David Carlisle <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * docstrip.dst: Remove writing of \@currdir by .ins file.
+
+ * ltfssbas.dtx: reset catcode of ^ in fd files.
+
+1995-12-06 Alan Jeffrey <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * encguide.tex: Added examples of new \text* commands.
+
+ * usrguide.tex: Added documentation for new \text* commands.
+
+1995-12-05 David Carlisle <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * cstex.txt: New file (from Markus Kohm)
+
+ * multitex.txt: New file (from Markus Kohm)
+
+ * ltfiles.dtx: add \ignorespaces to \begin{document} latex/1933
+
+ * ltdefns.dtx: Remove \@unexpandable at noexpand (never used) /1733
+
+ * ltfloat.dtx: \textsuperscript in math mode. latex/1984
+
+1995-12-05 Alan Jeffrey <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * ltoutenc.dtx: Changed text of \TextSymbolUnavailable.
+
+1995-12-04 David Carlisle <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * lthyphen.dtx: minor doc edits for /1989
+
+ * preload.dtx: 12pt OMS and OML preloads added /1989.
+
+ * fontdef.dtx: minor doc edits for /1989
+
+ * cmfonts.fdd: upright italic and tt small caps re-added. /1989.
+
+ * modguide.tex: edits for /1989
+
+1995-12-04 Alan Jeffrey <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * inputenc.dst: Added cp437de.def.
+
+ * inputenc.dtx: Added \@tabacckludge commands to the Next encoding.
+ Replaced ~ by \nobreakspace.
+ Added a `test version' to the \ProvidesFile.
+ Made <pounds> and <uumlaut> text char in cp437.
+ Made <fraction> a math char in Next.
+ Made <cdot> and <bullet> text chars in all encodings.
+ Added cp437de (cp437 but with ss rather than beta).
+
+1995-12-01 David Carlisle <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * cmfonts.fdd: Dont force \hyphenchar=127 on T1 fonts /1853
+ Documentation changes and some font shapes modified
+ Ulrik Vieth /1989,
+
+1995-12-01 Alan Jeffrey <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * inputenc.dtx: Removed extraneous {} from the <superior> glyphs.
+
+ * ltoutenc.dtx: Made \SS a default command rather than making the
+ OT1 definition the default.
+
+1995-11-30 Johannes Braams <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * proc.dtx, classes.dtx (section{Identification}): Added the date
+ of the LaTeX format to the optional argument of \NeedsTeXformat in
+ order to signal newer class files being used with an old format
+ (PR1971).
+
+1995-11-30 David Carlisle <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * cfgguide.tex: dont change uc lc tables...
+
+1995-11-29 David Carlisle <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * clsguide.tex: Minor edits.
+
+ * cfgguide.tex: minor edits.
+
+ * ltxguide.cls: modify verbatim slightly.
+
+ * cmextra.dst: Use concurrent features for speed (/1985 again)
+
+ * oldlfont.dtx: Remove duplicate driver code (/1985 again)
+
+ * newlfont.dtx: Remove duplicate driver code (/1985 again)
+
+ * ltoutput.dtx: add \ProvidesFile to flafter.sty (/1985 again)
+
+1995-11-29 Alan Jeffrey <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * ltoutenc.dtx: Added \textless, \textgreater, et al.
+
+ * inputenc.dtx: Replaced \textsterling with \pounds.
+ Added default error-message definitions for \textyen et al.
+ Added a \NeedsTeXFormat line.
+ Tidied up the Next encoding.
+
+1995-11-28 David Carlisle <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * source2e.tex: 2 (not 3) column index and modified script
+ Allow control names to hyphenate in the ChangeLog.
+
+ * latexsym.dst: \input docstrip before using docstrip commands.
+
+ * latexsym.dtx: Stop rogue %% comments apearing in generated
+ files. Another one from Ulrik Vieth's /1985.
+
+ * ltxdoc.dtx: Increase left margin and marginpar width
+
+ * ltclass.dtx: minor improvements.
+
+ * ltnews04.tex: minor improvements.
+
+ * lterror.dtx: Typo in autoload \ClassError version. /1985
+
+ * ltmath.dtx: doc fixes for /1979.
+
+ * ltsect.dtx: doc fixes for /1985.
+
+ * ltfntcmd.dtx: doc fixes for /1985.
+
+ * ltplain.dtx: doc fixes for /1985.
+
+ * ltlists.dtx: doc fixes for /1985.
+
+ * ltoutenc.dtx: doc fixes for /1985.
+
+ * ltfsstrc.dtx: doc fixes for /1985.
+
+ * ltfloat.dtx: doc fixes for /1985.
+
+1995-11-28 Alan Jeffrey <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * ltoutenc.dtx: Added test for math mode to text commands.
+ Renamed \@changed at x@err to \TextSymbolUnavailable.
+
+1995-11-27 David Carlisle <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * ltfssbas.dtx: reset catcode of # in fd files internal/1982
+
+ * exscale.dtx: add \ProvideFile to fd file for latex/1987
+
+1995-11-24 Chris Rowley <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * ltspace.dtx
+
+ \nobreakspace added
+
+1995-11-22 David Carlisle <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * ltxguide.cls: typo ltxdoc.cls for ltxguide.cls
+
+1995-11-20 David Carlisle <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * texpert.txt: describe updated ltxcheck
+
+ * manifest.txt: ltnews04
+
+ * Makefile (TEXS): ltnews04
+
+ * ltnews04.tex: New TUG Address, \LoadClassWithOptions
+
+ * doc.dtx: Make \MakeShortVerb use an \PackageInfo rather
+ than \tyepout. internal/1938
+
+1995-11-18 David Carlisle <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * docstrip.dtx: Minor documentation cleanups.
+
+ * ltoutenc.dtx: add `symbol' to the message.
+
+1995-11-17 David Carlisle <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * docstrip.dtx: Merge in Marcin's new code restoring
+ \inFileName functionality.
+ Remove generation date/version number from generated files
+ Add \AddGenerationDate batchfile command to put them back.
+ Force whole file through ispell!!
+
+ * ltoutenc.dtx: Use \@wrong at font@char in \UseTextSymbol. /1676
+
+ * ltfssbas.dtx: Make missing fd file \typeout a Font Info
+ and add \@wrong at font@char for use in \UseTextSymbol. /1676
+ Clean up many \changes entries.
+
+1995-11-15 David Carlisle <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * source2e.tex: Exchange order of ltdefns and ltalloc
+ (Matches code change of 24th May.)
+ Modify \changes def to match doc.sty 1.9u
+
+1995-11-14 David Carlisle <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * ltdirchk.dtx: Dont make a ! BAD typeout if just the old (or new)
+ dc fonts are installed.
+
+ * ltclass.dtx: Add \LoadClassWithOptions for latex/1556
+ Add \RequirePackageWithOptions to match.
+ Stop \@unprocessedoptions complaining about empty options
+ noticed whilest debugging the above change...
+
+ * inputenc.dtx: remove rogue \endinput. Wrap long lines.
+
+1995-11-13 David Carlisle <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * latexbug.tex: Check default font encoding/family etc.
+
+1995-11-10 Chris Rowley <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * ltoutput.dtx:
+
+ Made code in-line to remove pseudo-hooks
+
+1995-11-08 David Carlisle <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * autoload.dst: fix order of files in autoerr for new docstrip.
+
+ * ltnews04.tex: first draft
+
+1995-11-07 Rainer Schoepf <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * ltoutenc.dtx (subsection{Definitions for the OT1 encoding}):
+ Changed \char32 to \@xxxii (two tokens less). Replaced octal
+ number 27 by decimal number 23 to protect against the quote
+ character being active. Added \leavevmode at start of \c,
+ otherwise the output routine might be invoked within the macro
+ (suggested by Donald Arseneau). Replaced some 0's by \z@
+ (faster).
+
+ * ltlists.dtx (\@doendpe): Enclosed \setbox0 assignment by a
+ group so that it leaves the contents of box $0$ intact.
+ Discovered by Donald Arseneau.
+
+ * cmfonts.fdd: Use decimal rather than octal character
+ specification for \hyphenchar and \skewchar so that there is
+ no problem with an active quote character.
+
+1995-11-03 Rainer Schoepf <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * unpack.ins: Updated for new concurrent docstrip.
+
+ * ltoutenc.dst: Updated for new concurrent docstrip.
+
+ * newdc.dst: Updated for new concurrent docstrip.
+
+ * olddc.dst: Updated for new concurrent docstrip.
+
+ * proc.dst: Updated for new concurrent docstrip.
+
+ * autoload.dst: Updated for new concurrent docstrip.
+
+ * latex209.dst: Updated for new concurrent docstrip.
+
+ * inputenc.dst: Updated for new concurrent docstrip.
+
+ * cmfonts.dst: Updated for new concurrent docstrip.
+
+ * classes.dst: Updated for new concurrent docstrip.
+
+ * slides.dst: Updated for new concurrent docstrip.
+
+ * latexsym.dst: Updated for new concurrent docstrip.
+
+ * makeindx.dst: Updated for new concurrent docstrip.
+
+ * docstrip.dst: Updated for new concurrent docstrip.
+
+ * docstrip.dtx: New concurrent docstrip by Marcin Woli\'nski.
+
+1995-11-02 Chris Rowley <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * classes.dtx
+
+ Made \footnote always work in frontmatter
+
+1995-11-02 David Carlisle <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * ltfssbas.dtx: Remove spurious space from NFSS font warning
+ latex/1676
+
+ * ltxdoc.dtx: Add silent font substitutions.
+
+1995-11-02 Rainer Schoepf <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * latex209.dtx: Added code for fleqn.sty, leqno.sty,
+ openbib.sty.
+
+ * latex209.dst: Added generation of files fleqn.sty, leqno.sty,
+ openbib.sty for compatibility mode.
+
+ * inputenc.dtx: Changed internal name \a to \@tabacckludge to
+ protect against redefinition by malicicous users. Wrapped long
+ lines.
+
+ * ltoutenc.dtx: Changed internal name \a to \@tabacckludge to
+ protect against redefinition by malicicous users.
+
+1995-11-01 David Carlisle <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * latexbug.tex: Only list `configuration' input files.
+
+ * ltfinal.dtx: Modify \@addtofilelist during initex so only
+ non-standard (cfg) inputs listed.
+
+ * ltfssini.dtx: Modify \@addtofilelist during initex so only
+ non-standard (cfg) inputs listed.
+
+ * ltdirchk.dtx: Modify \@addtofilelist during initex so only
+ non-standard (cfg) inputs listed.
+
+ * Makefile: Add newdc/olddc
+
+ * unpack2e.ins: Add newdc.ins.
+
+ * cmfonts.fdd: Modify T1 and TS1 generation.
+
+ * cmfonts.dst: remove dc font generation.
+
+ * olddc.dst: NEW: Generate fd files for obsolete dcfonts 1.1
+ and earlier.
+
+ * newdc.dst: NEW: Generate fd files for dcfonts 1.2
+
+ * fontdef.dtx: Wrap fd inputs in \nfss at catcodes. internal/1932
+
+ * ltfssbas.dtx: Correct undefined font family test internal/1933
+
+1995-10-31 David Carlisle <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * ltboxes.dtx: CHANGE: Add \nobreak to \@finalstrut to allow
+ hyphenation of the last word of a p-column (and footnotes).
+ internal/1931
+
+ * ltdirchk.dtx: more robust checking of dc fonts.
+
+1995-10-31 Rainer Schoepf <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * slides.fdd: Added extra substitutions for shape `ui' to make
+ \pounds work properly in the slides class (mostly).
+
+1995-10-30 David Carlisle <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * ltxcheck.tex: Check that if you have the old dc fonts, then the
+ initex run loaded a suitable old fd file.
+
+ * fntguide.tex: Describe genb size function.
+
+ * clsguide.tex: Mention minimal.cls is now in the distribution.
+
+ * minimal.cls: Bring into line with version in clsguide.tex
+
+1995-10-29 Johannes Braams <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * classes.dtx (subsection{The title}): empty \@date as well at the
+ end of \maketitle
+ (subsection{Paragraphing}): Added the setting of \...skipamount,
+ just a copy of the kernel values. (PR 1464)
+
+1995-10-27 David Carlisle <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * ltpictur.dtx: Initialise \@wholewidth in autoload kernel.
+ General doc cleanup.
+
+ * usrguide.tex: Describe minimal.cls
+
+1995-10-26 David Carlisle <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * minimal.cls: A masterpiece of typographical design.
+
+ * ltfssbas.dtx: Disable autofss2 for now.
+
+1995-10-25 Chris Rowley <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * ltfloat.dtx
+
+ Corrected bug in \end at dblfloat, made code more robust
+
+1995-10-25 David Carlisle <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * ltmath.dtx: modify docstrip guards so
+ \ProvidesFile{ltmath.dtx} seen by source2e.tex.
+
+ * ltidxglo.dtx: General doc cleanup.
+
+ * ltsect.dtx: Initilalise mark commands using \let to save space
+
+ * ltalloc.dtx: General doc cleanup.
+
+1995-10-24 Chris Rowley <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * ltfiles.dtx
+
+ Removed one-way switches from \endocument
+
+ * ltxref.dtx
+
+ Removed one-way switches from \endocument
+ Tidying.
+
+ * ltfssbas.dtx
+
+ Removed one-way switches from \endocument
+
+ * ltbibl.dtx
+
+ Removed one-way switches from \endocument
+
+ * ltmiscen.dtx
+
+ Removed one-way switches from \endocument
+ Tidying.
+
+1995-10-24 David Carlisle <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * ltdefns.dtx: Make \@autoload files ignore EOL.
+
+ * lterror.dtx: modify autoload \@preamerr.
+ Add % to some lines as \@autoload files now ignore line ends.
+
+1995-10-23 Chris Rowley <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * lttab.dtx
+
+ Made poptabs more robust
+ Tidied up documentation
+
+1995-10-23 Rainer Schoepf <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * classes.dtx (subsubsection{Abstract}): Added setting of
+ \cs{beginparpenalty} to discourage page break before abstract
+ heading.
+
+1995-10-22 Rainer Schoepf <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * cmfonts.fdd: Added support for new (version 1.2) DC fonts and
+ text companion fonts in encoding TS1.
+
+ * inputenc.dst: Added generation of ansinew.def file.
+
+ * inputenc.dtx: Added ansinew encoding (Windows 3.1 ANSI), as
+ contributed by Berthold K.P. Horn (bkph at ai.mit.edu).
+
+1995-10-20 David Carlisle <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * latexbug.tex: Clarify output format a bit.
+
+ * ltclass.dtx: modify autoload support
+
+ * ltfsstrc.dtx: Keep autofss2 code in kernel until
+ \begin{document}.
+
+ * ltfssbas.dtx: Keep autofss2 code in kernel until
+ \begin{document}.
+ use \@undefined not \undefined
+
+ * ltfinal.dtx: \@filelist zapped too early.
+
+1995-10-19 Rainer Schoepf <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * inputenc.dtx: Replaced \' \` \= by \a' \a` \a in order to get
+ correct accents in a tabbing environment.
+
+1995-10-18 Rainer Schoepf <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * ltspace.dtx (subsection{Horizontal space}): Moved \changes
+ from \@ to \hspace where it belongs.
+
+1995-10-17 David Carlisle <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * ltfinal.dtx: Reset \ProvidesFile, Preserve initex file list in
+ \reserved at a
+
+ * ltclass.dtx: Remove \ProvidesFile redefinition to ltfinal.
+ Reset \CurrentOption in \ProcessOptions for graphics/1873
+
+ * ltdirchk.dtx: Modify \ProvidesFile during initex to save
+ debugging info and not waste \ver at ... csnames.
+
+ * latexbug.tex: Show initex file list.
+
+ * latexbug.el: use \@@input not \input
+
+ * latex209.dtx: \supereject, \mscount, old style \@imakepicbox
+
+ * ltplain.dtx: Move \supereject to latex209
+
+ * lttab.dtx: move \mscount to latex209 use \@multicnt instead.
+
+1995-10-16 David Carlisle <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * ltbibl.dtx: make \cite robust /1808
+
+ * ltmath.dtx: Make \sqrt robust /1808
+ Use \@testopt in eqnarray's \\ /1911.
+
+ * ltspace.dtx: Use \@testopt in \[no]{line|page}preak (/1911)
+
+ * ltdefns.dtx: new \@ifstar CHANGE: require ##1 in both arguments
+ not ####1 in one and ##1 in the other. (internal/1910)
+ Use \@testopt in \newcommand and \newenvironment (/1911)
+
+ * ltboxes.dtx: Clarify \makebox(,)[b] description.
+
+ * ltthm.dtx: Allow \newtheorem after \begin{document} again.
+ (LaTeX Book, page 57)
+
+1995-10-16 Rainer Schoepf <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * ltfssini.dtx: Added \relax at the end of the definition of
+ \normalfont to prevent it and \textnormal from eating up leading
+ spaces.
+
+1995-10-11 Chris Rowley <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * ltoutput.dtx
+
+ New check in \clearpage.
+
+1995-10-10 David Carlisle <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * ltfssdcl.dtx: autoload error message
+
+ * ltthm.dtx: Make \newtheorem and its internals `only preamble'
+ to save memory.
+
+ * ltplain.dtx: autoload tracing code
+
+ * ltfssbas.dtx: Make \showhyphens colour safe and autoloadable.
+
+1995-10-10 Rainer Schoepf <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * slides.dtx (subsection{The title}): In \maketitle, move \par
+ inside the scope of \Large, to get even line spacing.
+
+1995-10-09 David Carlisle <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * ltdefns.dtx: use \@@input to load autoload files.
+
+ * lterror.dtx: more autoload mods.
+
+ * ltoutenc.dtx: Autoload \@changed at x@err (autoerr.sty)
+
+1995-10-06 David Carlisle <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * autoload.dst: update autoerr generation.
+
+ * ltfiles.dtx: autoload missing file error command
+
+ * ltplain.dtx: autoload \new... error message.
+
+ * ltdefns.dtx Use \aut at global in \DeclareRobustCommand
+
+1995-10-04 David Carlisle <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * ltfsstrc.dtx: Use new \@autoload feature.
+
+ * ltfssbas.dtx: Use new \@autoload feature.
+
+ * ltoutput.dtx: Use new \@autoload feature.
+
+ * lttab.dtx: Use new \@autoload feature.
+
+1995-10-03 David Carlisle <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * ltpatch.ltx: 1995/12/01 Christmas is nearly here...
+
+ * Makefile: 1995/12/01 Christmas is nearly here...
+
+ * ltdefns.dtx: Fix \@xtypein (from patch file)
+
+ * fontdef.dtx: Define \@@sqrt (from patch file)
+
+ * lterror.dtx: Use new \@autoload feature.
+
+ * ltpictur.dtx: Use new \@autoload feature.
+
+ * autoload.dst: autoload module in ltdefns.dtx.
+
+1995-10-02 David Carlisle <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * ltplain.dtx: Move \newif to ltdefns.dtx.
+ Use \sbox in \underbar (saves tokens, and works with colour)
+
+ * ltdefns.dtx: \futurelet with \@let at token for internal/924
+ New implementation of \@xargdef in terms of the new
+ \@protected at testopt. Saves tokens and makes user defined
+ commands with optional arguments robust. internal/1733
+ Move \newif here from ltplain.
+ Autoload support. Add \aut at global and \@autoload. internal/1617.
+
+1995-09-27 David Carlisle <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * ltdirchk.dtx: Check \filename parser in ltxcheck.tex
+ for latex/1624 latex/1754 and graphics/1336
+ Check for dc fonts in ltxcheck.tex
+
+1995-09-27 Rainer Schoepf <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * slides.dtx, slides.fdd: Globally replaced scale factor 19.91
+ by 19.907 in \DeclareFontShape, as this gives better rounded
+ font sizes at 600dpi (suggested by Denis Roegel).
+
+ * docstrip.dtx: Changed address of Johannes Braams.
+
+1995-09-25 David Carlisle <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * latex209.dtx: Declare 2 count registers previously used
+ in \cline. /1723
+
+1995-09-25 Rainer Schoepf <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * web2ctex.txt: Added some comments about using non-csh, index
+ style files and some other missing files.
+
+1995-09-21 David Carlisle <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * ltxguide.cls: \RequirePackage{shortvrb} for latex/1875
+
+ * latexbug.el (report-latex-bug): Rainer's fix for latex/1675
+
+1995-09-21 Rainer Schoepf <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * inputenc.dst: Added generation of next.def file.
+
+ * inputenc.dtx: Added next encoding, as contributed by
+ Stefan Ried <stef at theo-phys.uni-essen.de> and Holger Uhr
+ <huhr at uni-paderborn.de>.
+
+1995-09-20 David Carlisle <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * slides.dtx: Fix \hline for latex/1871.
+
+1995-09-20 Rainer Schoepf <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * cmextra.dst: Added generation of OMLccm.fd file, which had
+ previsouly been removed from cmfonts.dst.
+
+ * slides.dtx: Replace \@tempa by \reserved at a. Wrap some long
+ lines and use \null instead of \hbox{} (by DPC).
+
+1995-09-19 Rainer Schoepf <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * slides.fdd: Corrected names of .fd file names in argument to
+ \ProvidesFile commands.
+
+ * ltmiscen.dtx: Moved call to \@noligs macro after call to
+ \verbatim at font in \verb command, just as it is already in the
+ verbatim environment.
+
+1995-09-15 David Carlisle <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * ltfssini.dtx: Modify TeX2 message.
+
+1995-09-14 David Carlisle <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * lttab.dtx: New \cline implementation. No longer declare
+ counters \@cla \@clb. More macro envs in documentation.
+
+ * ltplain.dtx: Move \multispan to lttab.dtx. Loads more macro
+ environments in the documentation.
+
+1995-09-01 David Carlisle <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * tex2.txt: typos...
+
+ * ltplain.dtx: Minor space savings. Add a few more macro envs.
+
+ * autoload.dst: add the l-terror.
+
+ * lterror.dtx: Add autoload support.
+
+1995-08-31 Alan Jeffrey <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * inputenc.dtx: Added 0 to the beginning of every number.
+ Changed the definition of "AD in latin1 and latin2 to be \-.
+ Swapped ordfeminine and ordmasculine around in latin1.
+
+1995-08-27 Frank Mittelbach <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
+
+ * classes.dtx:
+ Reimplemented openbib option to save space (hash and mem).
+ Disable \title \author \date \and after \maketitle.
+ Default for \newblock outside thebibliography env changed.
+
+1995-08-25 Frank Mittelbach <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
+
+ * ltoutput.dtx:
+ Added autoload code for autoout1.sty (\enlargethispage).
+
+ * ltfsscmp.dtx:
+ Added \@preambleonly lines from ltfssdcl.dtx.
+ Moved compat code from ltfssbas.dtx to this file.
+
+ * autoload.dst:
+ Added new autoload files.
+
+1995-08-24 Frank Mittelbach <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
+
+ * ltfssdcl.dtx:
+ Moved most of the \@onlypreamble declarations to the right places.
+ Added forgotten \DeclareSymbolFontAlphabet@ to \@preambleonly
+ (400 useless tokens)!
+
+ * ltfssbas.dtx:
+ Added to the documentation.
+
+1995-08-23 Frank Mittelbach <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
+
+ * ltfssbas.dtx:
+ Added autoload code for autofss1.sty.
+ Added autoload code for autofss2.sty.
+
+
+ * ltfsstrc.dtx:
+ Macro \gobble at font@spec eliminated.
+ Added autoload code for autofss1.sty.
+ Added autoload code for autofss2.sty.
+
+1995-08-20 Frank Mittelbach <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
+
+ * encguide.tex:
+ First draft.
+
+1995-08-16 Chris Rowley <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * tex2.txt:
+
+ Clearer wordings
+
+ * ltcntrl.dtx:
+
+ Made most loop macros \long
+ Removed unnecessary \...noop macros
+ Tidied up documentation
+
+1995-08-16 Frank Mittelbach <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
+
+ * ltfiles.dtx:
+ set \@maxdepth at begin document not in class file
+ add a couple of \global's
+
+ * usrguide.tex:
+ typo corrections pr/1809
+
+ * ltmath.dtx:
+ fixed mistake added with last update
+
+ * classes.dtx:
+ throw in a couple of forgotten percents
+ reprogram a couple of macros to save space or macro names
+ update the documentation
+
+1995-08-11 David Carlisle <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * ltlength.dtx: Fix doc typos for latex/753
+
+1995-08-11 Frank Mittelbach <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
+
+ * ltxdoc.dtx:
+ updated \marg etc to use \meta, suggested by pr/1370
+ added missing braces in definition of \star
+
+1995-08-09 Frank Mittelbach <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
+
+ * cmfonts.fdd:
+ Fixed setup for OMScmr.fd as pointed out by Christian Spieler. pr/1804
+
+ * ltmath.dtx:
+ Added code for leqno.clo and fleqn.clo
+
+ * classes.dtx:
+ Moved code for leqno and fleqn to kernel files.
+
+1995-08-08 Frank Mittelbach <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
+
+ * classes.dtx:
+ Implemented titlepage differently to support twoside,openight
+ options correctly. pr/1783.
+
+ * docstrip.dst:
+ Removed part that might add non-standard setting of \@currdir
+ into docstrip.tex so that unpacked distribution stays portable. pr/1765
+
+1995-08-06 Frank Mittelbach <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
+
+ * doc.dtx (subsection{Macros for the `documentation parts'}):
+ Fixed problem that \begin{macro}{\foo} doesn't suppress
+ index entries for \foo within its body. pr/343
+ (subsection[Dealing with the change history]):
+ \changes entries on top-level now preceed themselves with
+ the expansion of \generalname rather than producing the
+ fixed string "General".
+
+ * docstrip.dtx:
+ Clarified default "copying conditions" as suggested by
+ Richard Stallman
+
+1995-07-23 Chris Rowley <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * clsguide.tex:
+
+ Added notices concerning use of `Standard LaTeX'
+
+ * cfgguide.tex:
+
+ Started major expansion and rewrite
+
+ * modguide.tex:
+
+ Rewrite adding section on modfying LaTeX
+
+ * legal.txt:
+
+ Further expansion and changes
+
+ * ltxguide.cls:
+
+ Changed configuration file messages
+
+1995-07-20 David Carlisle <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * classes.dtx: reduce save stack usage for latex/1742
+
+ * ltfssbas.dtx: reduce save stack usage for latex/1742
+
+ * ltpage.dtx: Save a few tokens in \sloppy and \fussy
+
+ * ltboxes.dtx: Use \sbox in \@save(pic)box
+
+ * ltlogos.dtx: Save a few tokens in logo defs.
+
+1995-07-19 David Carlisle <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * manifest.txt: tex2.txt
+
+ * tex2.txt: TeX2 installation instructions first draft.
+
+ * ltfssini.dtx: Test for TeX2 before reading fonttext.???
+
+1995-07-18 David Carlisle <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * patches.txt: PL3 Add proc and latex209 fixes missed yesterday.
+
+ * ltpatch.ltx: PL3 Add proc and latex209 fixes missed yesterday.
+
+ * proc.dtx: fix \thanks for /1735
+
+1995-07-17 David Carlisle <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * patches.txt: patch level 2.
+
+ * ltpatch.ltx: Patch level 2 (accents)c ../mir
+
+1995-07-16 Chris Rowley <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * ltoutput.dtx:
+
+ New version of \@outputpage
+
+1995-07-14 David Carlisle <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * ltbibl.dtx: Remove \@onlypreamble from \bibcite
+
+ * ltxref.dtx: Remove \@onlypreamble from \newlabel
+
+1995-07-13 Frank Mittelbach <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
+
+ * ltidxglo.dtx:
+ Added \@preambleonly statements
+
+ * ltfssbas.dtx:
+ Updates to documentation
+ Use macro rather than switch to flag default font
+ substitutions pr/1236
+
+ * ltfiles.dtx:
+ Updates to documentation
+
+ * ltdefns.dtx:
+ Updates to documentation
+
+ * ltmiscen.dtx:
+ Removed surplus \@onlypreamble stuff
+ Updated documentation
+ Streamlined code in \enddocument
+ Streamlined code for \@xobeysp
+
+1995-07-12 David Carlisle <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * autopict.sty: Allow 2e commands in the autoload file /1737
+
+1995-07-12 Frank Mittelbach <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
+
+ * syntonly.dtx:
+ Fix incorrect checksum.
+
+1995-07-10 Frank Mittelbach <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
+
+ * ltthm.dtx:
+ Updates to documentation (partly pr/1734)
+
+ * lttab.dtx:
+ Updates to documentation (partly pr/1734)
+
+ * ltplain.dtx:
+ Updates to documentation (partly pr/1734)
+
+ * ltoutput.dtx:
+ Updates to documentation pr/1734
+
+ * ltlists.dtx:
+ Updates to documentation (partly pr/1734)
+
+ * ltfloat.dtx:
+ Updates to documentation pr/1734
+
+ * lterror.dtx:
+ Updates to documentation pr/1734
+
+ * ltbibl.dtx:
+ Updates to documentation (partly pr/1734)
+
+1995-07-09 Frank Mittelbach <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
+
+ * ltcntrl.dtx:
+ Reimplemented loop structures using Kabelschacht method.
+
+ * ltlists.dtx:
+ Some updates to the docu.
+ Shortend defs of enumerate and itemize by using \expandafter.
+
+ * ltdefns.dtx:
+ Removed a couple of surplus tokens, updated docu.
+ (subsection{Command definitions}):
+ Make \CheckCommand preambly only to save valuable space.
+
+1995-07-07 David Carlisle <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * patches.txt: document /1722 fix.
+
+ * latex209.dtx: Fudge \@textsuperscript for /1722.
+
+1995-07-06 Frank Mittelbach <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
+
+ * letter.dtx: documentation updates as suggested by Christian Spieler
+ pr/1721
+
+1995-07-05 Frank Mittelbach <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
+
+ * ltspace.dtx (section{Spacing}):
+ Reimplementation of \[no]pagebreak to save space.
+ Cleanup parts of the docu.
+
+ * ltfntcmd.dtx:
+ Use proper interface to jump out of \@tfor loop.
+ Some docu update.
+ Renamed \test at next to \t at st@ic.
+
+1995-07-04 Frank Mittelbach <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
+
+ * latexsym.dtx:
+ Free space taking up by \not at base error message since
+ that one isn't any longer necessary.
+ Some documentation update.
+
+1995-07-03 Frank Mittelbach <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
+
+ * ltplain.dtx:
+ Small space changes in various places.
+
+1995-07-02 Frank Mittelbach <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
+
+ * ltfinal.dtx: Moved debugging code to ltplain.
+
+ * ltfssini.dtx:
+ Fixing a mistake in shortening lines.
+
+1995-06-30 David Carlisle <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * patches.txt: document patches.
+
+ * ltpatch.ltx: Oh well. I suppose it had to happen.
+
+ * latex209.dtx: \@fnsymbol added (without \ensuremath) for /1684
+
+1995-06-28 David Carlisle <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * ltmath.dtx: fix \changes entries for /1677
+
+ * ltfssini.dtx: fix \changes entries for /1677
+
+1995-06-26 Frank Mittelbach <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
+
+ * classes.dtx:
+ Fixed the definition for footnotemarks in \maketitle for article
+ which got corrupted in the june release. pr/1683
+
+######################
+# 1995/06/01 Release
+######################
+
+1995-06-19 David Carlisle <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * ltbibl.dtx: Modify \bibcite so a repeated key produces
+ LaTeX Warning: Label `aaa' multiply defined.
+ ...
+ LaTeX Warning: There were multiply-defined labels.
+ instead of
+ LaTeX Warning: Label(s) may have changed.
+ Rerun to get cross-references right.
+
+ * ltxref.dtx: Modify \newlabel so \bibcite can share code.
+
+ * ltclass.dtx: Stop \documentstyle re-enabling \usepackage
+ After it has been disabled by latex209.def (latex/1634)
+
+1995-06-18 Chris Rowley <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * Makefile:
+
+ Changed to use copypre.txt and copyhead.txt
+
+ * cfgguide.tex:
+
+ Configuration stuff transferred from texpert.txt
+
+ * autoload.txt:
+
+ Tidying, removed long lines
+
+ * cm*.dst, docstrip.dst,latex*.dst,exscale.dst
+
+ New preambles
+
+ * inputenc.dst,ltoutenc.dst,slides.dst:
+
+ New preambles
+
+ * unpack2e.ins:
+
+ New preambles
+
+ * copyright.txt:
+
+ No longer used
+
+ * copyins.txt:
+
+ New text
+
+ * copypre.txt:
+
+ New file
+
+ * copyhead.txt:
+
+ New file
+
+ * copydisf.txt:
+
+ New file
+
+ * copydisg.tex:
+
+ New file
+
+1995-06-15 David Carlisle <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * ltfssdcl.dtx: Minor documentation edits.
+
+ * ltfsscmp.dtx: Minor documentation edits.
+
+ * ltfssbas.dtx: Minor documentation edits.
+
+ * ltfsstrc.dtx: Take \ProvidesFile out of \iffalse clause
+ so it shows up in \listfiles in source2e.tex.
+ Wrap some long lines to 72.
+
+1995-06-15 Alan Jeffrey <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * ltnews03.tex: Added pointer to autoload.txt.
+
+1995-06-14 David Carlisle <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * source2e.tex: modify printing of patch level on page 1.
+
+ * manifest.txt: autoload files.
+
+ * autoload.txt: initial version
+
+ * Makefile: add autoload files
+
+ * autoload.dst: initial version of .ins file for autoload.
+
+ * lttab.dtx: Add \ProvidesFile to autoload file.
+
+1995-06-14 Alan Jeffrey <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * inputenc.dst: Fixed typo cp850 -> cp437
+
+1995-06-14 Alan Jeffrey <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * inputenc.dst: Fixed typo cp850 -> cp437
+
+1995-06-13 David Carlisle <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * ltpictur.dtx: Add \ProvidesFile to autoload file.
+
+ * ltfinal.dtx: Moddify method of adding patchlevel banner
+ Force format to be in errorstopmode, even if an installer
+ scrolled past an error during initex run.
+
+1995-06-12 David Carlisle <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * ltvers.dtx: Add Auotoload banner
+ Check for old source files (older than a year).
+
+1995-06-11 Chris Rowley <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * legal.txt:
+
+ Major changes
+
+ * usrguide.tex:
+
+ Added ltx3info.tex info
+
+ * fntguide.tex:
+
+ Added note re using non-cmr fonts in T1
+
+ * clsguide.tex:
+
+ Hash marks in option declarations OK
+ Added Case cHANGING commands
+
+ * cfgguide.tex:
+
+ Configuration stuff transferred from texpert.txt
+
+ * lablst.tex:
+
+ Improved version: lists all bibitems separately
+ Changed internal commands
+
+ * Makefile:
+
+ Added modguide.tex
+
+ * manifest.txt:
+
+ Added ltnews03.tex and modguide.tex
+
+ * install.txt:
+
+ File name corrected
+ Added ltx3info.tex info
+
+ * emtex.txt:
+
+ Added info re batch file
+
+ * texpert.txt:
+
+ Configuration details transferred to cfgguide.tex
+
+ * readme.txt:
+
+ Added pointers to various other info files
+
+ * ltspace.dtx:
+
+ Added \relax to \obeycr
+
+1995-06-09 Alan Jeffrey <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * ltoutenc.dtx: Made composites declared with DeclareTextComposite
+ use no-argument macros rather than one-argument macros.
+
+ * ltnews03.tex: Changed modify.tex to modguide.tex, updated
+ figures for space savings.
+
+1995-06-08 Alan Jeffrey <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * ltnews03.tex: New issue of LaTeX News.
+
+1995-06-06 Alan Jeffrey <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * ltfinal.dtx: Made \MakeUppercase and \MakeLowercase grab their
+ argument and brace it.
+
+1995-06-05 Alan Jeffrey <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * ltpatch.ltx: Removed patch for latex/1240 (now in ltoutenc.dtx).
+ Removed patch for tools/1296 (now in ltoutenc.dtx).
+ Removed patch for latex/1322 (now in ltoutenc.dtx).
+ We now have an empty patch file again!
+
+ * fontdef.dtx: Moved math commands from ltoutenc.dtx.
+
+ * ltoutenc.dtx: Redid protection in DeclareTextCommand so that it
+ uses \noexpand rather than \protect. This should stop the
+ problems with \'\i putting the acute on a \protect rather than
+ on the \i. Commented out the defaults for textless and
+ textgreater. Allow \ProvideTextCommandDefault after
+ \begin{document} so it can be used in inputenc.def files.
+ Save some tokens in \textvisiblespace and \textunderscore.
+ Moved math commands to fontdef.dtx.
+
+ * classes.dtx: Replaced \uppercase with \MakeUppercase
+
+ * ltfinal.dtx: Added \MakeUppercase and \MakeLowercase.
+
+1995-05-30 Alan Jeffrey <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * inputenc.dtx: Made hex numbers safe against active ". Added
+ docstrip commands to applemac.def.
+
+1995-05-27 Frank Mittelbach <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
+
+ * ltclass.dtx:
+ Made \filec at ntents preamble only to save space.
+
+ * ltfssbas.dtx:
+ Added definition of \new at mathgroup again which got lost.
+ (should be moved to other file one day).
+
+1995-05-26 Chris Rowley <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * ltplain.dtx (section{Plain \TeX}):
+
+ Made \loop long
+ Made \underbar use \box \tw@
+
+ * ltdefns.dtx (subsection{Command definitions}):
+
+ Made \@gobble commands \long
+
+1995-05-26 Johannes Braams <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * proc.dtx (subsection{The page style}): Removed \rmfamily from
+ definition of \@oddfoot (PR 1578)
+
+ * ltmath.dtx : Removed \rmfamily from definition of \@eqnnum
+ (PR 1578)
+
+ * ltpage.dtx : Removed \rmfamily from definition of \ps at plain
+ (PR 1578)
+
+1995-05-26 David Carlisle <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * Makefile: Remove generation of ltnfss.dtx
+
+ * unpack2e.ins Add new NFSS files
+
+ * manifest.txt: Add new NFSS files.
+
+ * source2e.tex: Include new NFSS files
+
+ * ltfssdcl.dtx: Initial version (latint.dtx)
+
+ * ltfssini.dtx: Initial version (lfonts.dtx)
+
+ * ltfsscmp.dtx: Initial version (fam.dtx)
+
+ * ltfsstrc.dtx: Initial version (tracefnt.dtx)
+
+ * ltfssbas.dtx: Initial version (fam.dtx)
+
+1995-05-26 Frank Mittelbach <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
+
+ * doc.dtx (subsection{Macros surrounding the `definition parts'}):
+ Removed \math at fontsfalse in \MacroFont and \AltMacroFont because
+ this isn't any longer correct with the new math font setup in NFSS2.
+ pr/1622 (and some earlier one)
+ Use \GetFileInfo.
+
+1995-05-25 Chris Rowley <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * latex209.dtx:
+
+ Changed float reset hooks to empty
+
+ * ltfloat.dtx:
+
+ Moved new resettings into hooks so that they can be removed in
+ latex209.dtx
+
+ * ltspace.dtx/ltlists.dtx
+
+ Moved \endtrivlist and friends to ltlists.dtx
+
+ * ltfiles.dtx (section{File Handling}):
+
+ Added check for zero \topskip to \begin{document}
+ Added some \longs
+
+ * ltspace.dtx
+
+ Made \vspace and \vspace* more efficient and more robust
+
+ Commented out unused code
+
+1995-05-25 Johannes Braams <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * letter.dtx (subsubsection{Defining the page styles}): replace
+ \rmfamily with \normalfont (PR 1578)
+
+ * classes.dtx : Replace \reset at font by \normalfont
+ (subsubsection{Defining the page styles}): Replace
+ \hskip 1em\relax with \quad
+ Removed \rmfamily from definition of \@eqnnum (PR 1578, leqno)
+
+1995-05-25 David Carlisle <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * ltlists.dtx: Documented form from Tobi.
+
+1995-05-24 David Carlisle <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * unpack2e.ins: Exchange order of ltdefns and ltalloc
+ as latter now needs \@gobbletwo from former.
+
+ * usrguide.tex (subsection{Setting text susperscripts}):
+ \textsuperscript now access the current font (except for size
+ attribute)
+
+ * ltfloat.dtx: redefine \textsuperscript in terms of
+ \@textsuperscript
+
+ * ltdefns.dtx: new \typein implementation
+
+ * ltplain.dtx: New \newif implementation.
+
+1995-05-23 Alan Jeffrey <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * inputenc.dst: Added applemac.def.
+
+ * inputenc.dtx: Added applemac.def.
+ Added test for whether definition of a text character ends in a
+ macro.
+ Corrected \mathordfeminine and \mathordmasculine.
+
+ * inputenc.dst: Added applemac.def.
+
+1995-05-22 David Carlisle <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * lttab.dtx: Add code and docstrip modules to support
+ autoloading of tabbing.
+
+1995-05-22 Rainer Schoepf <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * ltplain.dtx/ltfloat.dtx: Moved definitions of \footins and
+ \footnoterule from ltplain to ltfloat.
+
+1995-05-21 Frank Mittelbach <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
+
+ * latint.dtx:
+ Fix \DeclareMathRadical so that it does work (never did :-)
+
+1995-05-20 Frank Mittelbach <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
+
+ * ltplain.dtx:
+ Updated \mathhexbox to use \mbox.
+
+ * ltmath.dtx:
+ Removed \mathhexbox from this file because it is essentially an
+ obsolete text command (despite the name). It is still in ltlain.dtx
+ Streamlined bits of code.
+
+ * latint.dtx:
+ coded \set at mathradical inline to save space.
+ Also fixed bug in \DeclareMathRadical.
+
+ * fontdef.dtx: defined \sqrtsign to be the square root symbol not
+ \sqrt since this is later overwritten by the kernel anyway.
+
+ * fam.dtx: removed definition of \on at line since already in lterror.dtx
+
+ * ltcounts.dtx:
+ Allow \fnsymbol in text and math now (neccessary for pr/1503).
+ Streamlined code for \@definecounter and \@arabic and friends.
+
+ * latex209.dtx (subsection{Layout}):
+ Added old definition for \@makefnmark and \thempfootnote to
+ use math mode. pr/1503
+
+ * ltfloat.dtx:
+ Moved \normalfont to \textsuperscript.
+
+1995-05-19 David Carlisle <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * ltpictur.dtx: Add code and docstrip modules to support
+ autoloading feature.
+
+1995-05-19 Frank Mittelbach <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
+
+ * ltboxes.dtx:
+ Moved some code from ltplain to this file.
+
+ * ltspace.dtx:
+ Moved some code from ltplain to this file.
+
+ * latint.dtx:
+ Added some commands from NFSS1 compat code to \@preambleonly
+ to save space.
+
+ * fam.dtx:
+ Moved all compatibility code for NFSS1 interfaces to one place
+ to allow making them auto-loadable one day.
+
+ * usrguide.tex (subsection{Setting text susperscripts}):
+ Added a description of \textsuperscript. pr/1503
+
+1995-05-18 Johannes Braams <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * letter.dtx: replaced all \hbox to with \hb at xt@; replaced all
+ constructs such as \arabic{enumi} with \@arabic\c at enumi
+ Cleaned up the \changes entries
+ removed some unnecessary braces
+
+1995-05-18 Frank Mittelbach <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
+
+ * ltfloat.dtx:
+ Added \normalfont to the footnote mark (since it is now a text font).
+ For similar reason \thempfootnote needs \itshape to look like before.
+
+1995-05-17 Johannes Braams <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * slides.dtx: replaced all \hbox to with \hb at xt@; replaced all
+ constructs such as \arabic{enumi} with \@arabic\c at enumi
+ Cleaned up the \changes entries
+
+ * classes.dtx: replaced all \hbox to with \hb at xt@; replaced all
+ constructs such as \arabic{enumi} with \@arabic\c at enumi
+ (subsection{Footnotes}): Use \@width instead of width
+ (subsection{The title}): Use \cs{\@makefnmark} in definition of
+ \cs{@makefntext}
+ Cleaned up the \changes entries
+
+1995-05-17 David Carlisle <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * ltclass.dtx: make \g at addto@macro \long for latex/1522
+
+ * ltboxes.dtx: Removed surplus { } in \@irsbox
+
+ * ltlists.dtx: Start of documented version from Tobi.
+ Removed surplus { } and used `\thr@@' not `3 ' to save tokens.
+
+1995-05-17 Frank Mittelbach <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
+
+ * ltfloat.dtx (subsection{Footnotes}):
+ Added command \textsuperscript to provide footnotes with digits
+ in the text font. pr/1503
+ Streamlined bits of the code.
+
+ * readme.txt: updated.
+
+1995-05-16 Johannes Braams <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * classes.dtx: removed lots of unnecessary braces
+
+1995-05-16 Frank Mittelbach <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
+
+ * unpack2e.ins: added tracefnt.sty generattion.
+
+ * ltsect.dtx:
+ Remove some surplus braces in \@startsection.
+
+ * fam.dtx:
+ Streamline some of the compat code.
+
+ * ltdefns.dtx:
+ Streamline code of \@typein slightly.
+
+ * fam.dtx:
+ Documentation update.
+
+ * tracefnt.dtx:
+ Further documentation.
+
+1995-05-15 David Carlisle <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * usrguide.tex: Slightly re-word the `warning' in the\listfiles
+ description, for latex/1474.
+
+1995-05-14 Frank Mittelbach <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
+
+ * tracefnt.dtx:
+ Updated the documentation.
+
+1995-05-13 Johannes Braams <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * alltt.dtx (section{The Implementation}): TeX goes into an
+ infinite loop when the alltt environment contains a construct such
+ as \( x' \); this can be prevented by restoring the original
+ definition of ' *inside* math mode.
+ Brought the definition of the alltt environment up-to-date with
+ the current definition of the verbatim environment.
+
+1995-05-13 Frank Mittelbach <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
+
+ * tracefnt.dtx:
+ Updated \DeclareOption declarations to reflect ##1 -> #1 change. pr/1557
+
+1995-05-12 David Carlisle <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * ltclass.dtx: Use a token register in \DeclareOption(*)
+ So that # need not be written as ##
+ INCOMPATIBLE CHANGE: see latex/1557
+
+ * ltpictur.dtx: Modify \picture so a missing ( in the first
+ argument generates an error. latex/1355
+ Add a few more macro environments.
+
+ * latex209.dtx: Restore old definition of \@footnotemark
+
+ * ltfloat.dtx: Add \nobreak to allow hyphenation before a
+ footnotemark.
+ Add loads of macro environments to the docs.
+
+1995-05-11 Frank Mittelbach <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
+
+ * ltplain.dtx:
+ Moved a number of commands to different files following suggestions by
+ Ulrik Vieth. pr/1180
+
+ * ltmath.dtx:
+ Updates to \displ at y \displaylines \bmod to reflect changes in plain.tex.
+
+ * fontdef.dtx:
+ Upates to \skew \rightarrowfill \leftarrowfill \@vereq to reflect changes
+ in plain.tex.
+
+1995-05-09 Johannes Braams <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * classes.dtx (\subsection{Bibliography}): Added a missing %-sign
+
+1995-05-08 Frank Mittelbach <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
+
+ * ltbibl.dtx: Use \@firstofone instead of \@iden.
+ * tracefnt.dtx: Use \@firstofone instead of \@iden.
+ * ltdefns.dtx: Use \@firstofone instead of \@iden.
+
+1995-05-07 Frank Mittelbach <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
+
+ * ltoutenc.dtx:
+ Updated definitions of \d and \b because of changes in plain.tex
+
+ * ltplain.dtx: Use \hb at xt@.
+ * ltsect.dtx: Use \hb at xt@.
+ * ltpictur.dtx: Use \hb at xt@.
+ * ltoutput.dtx: Use \hb at xt@.
+ * ltoutenc.dtx: Use \hb at xt@.
+ * ltboxes.dtx: Use \hb at xt@.
+
+ * ltdefns.dtx:
+ Added \hb at xt@ as abbreviation for "\hbox to".
+
+ * manifest.txt:
+ Added ltx3info.tex. Rearranged some bits.
+
+ * ltx3info.tex:
+ Added this file. Information about the latex3 project.
+
+ * cmfonts.dst:
+ Removed generation of OMLccm.fd file.
+
+ * unpacked.txt:
+ Removed surplus OMLccm.fd file. All concrete font files are now in
+ mfnfss.
+
+1995-05-06 Frank Mittelbach <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
+
+ * ltsect.dtx (paragraph{...}):
+ Use \quad instead of \hskip 1em in \@seccntformat. pr/1596
+ Add \relax to prevent `plus/minus' problem with improper redefinition
+ of \@seccntformat. pr/1596
+
+1995-05-04 David Carlisle <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+* ltsect.dtx: Documented version from Tobias Oetiker.
+
+1995-05-03 Rainer Schoepf <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * idx.tex: Added missing curly brace in \setlength command.
+
+1995-05-02 Frank Mittelbach <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
+
+ * ltsect.dtx:
+ Surround the . in \@dottedcontextline by \hbox to typeset it in the text
+ font. pr/1503
+ Don't reset to \rmfamily just to \normalfont in case the document font is
+ not the roman one. pr/1578
+
+1995-05-01 David Carlisle <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * ltpar.dtx: Documentation reworked by Tobias Oetiker.
+ (Thanks to Tobi for volunteering.)
+
+1995-04-29 Frank Mittelbach <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
+
+ * ltdefns.dtx (subsection{Robust commands and protect}):
+ Moved the initialisation of \protect to this file.
+
+ * ltcntrl.dtx:
+ Removed unused defs for \@setprotect and \@resetprotect.
+ Moved initialisation of \protect to ltdefns.dtx.
+
+ * ltpar.dtx (subsection{Implementation}):
+ Made \@par default to \@@par. (shorter)
+ Tobi kindly updated the documentation for this file.
+
+1995-04-27 David Carlisle <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * ltboxes.dtx: Move some \leavevmodes earlier, for graphics/1512
+
+ * latex209.dtx: Add \hang and \textindent
+
+ * ltplain.dtx: Move \hang and \textindent to latex209.dtx
+ Remove some commands which are (re)defined later.
+
+1995-04-27 Frank Mittelbach <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
+
+ * ltoutenc.dtx:
+ Add a number of \@onlypreamble commands to save space. pr/1240
+
+ * ltfiles.dtx (section{File Handling}):
+ Support for pr/1121. see below.
+
+ * ltmiscen.dtx (subsection{Environments}):
+ Limited support for \AtBeginDocument{\begin{foo}}
+ \AtEndDocument{\end{foo}}.
+ Be careful to get the order right if you do it more than once. pr/1121
+
+ * unpacked.txt:
+ Added names of new encodings.
+
+1995-04-25 David Carlisle <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * ltfiles.dtx: remove \the\every at math@size from \document
+ for latex/1407 + 1420 (from patch file)
+
+ * ltdefns.dtx: From patch file: make \@check at c \long
+ (latex/1346) \newenvironment argument handling /1507.
+
+ * ifthen.dtx: Fix `driver' docstrip guard. Reported by
+ Martin Schr"oder.
+
+1995-04-24 David Carlisle <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * ltpage.dtx: Reset \emergencystretch in \fussy latex /1344
+ (fom patch file). Clean up documentation slightly.
+
+ * ltcntrl.dtx: fix for /1317 (internal) \@for expanding its
+ argument incorectly
+
+ * ltxref.dtx:\newlabel \@onlypreamble for /1388 from patch file.
+
+ * ltbibl.dtx: Add \mbox to \cite for latex/1239 from patch file.
+ Make \@onlypreamble\bibcite /1388 (from patch file)
+ Add some macro envs to documentation.
+
+ * ltoutput.dtx: Modify docstrip guards to keep trace code out of
+ the kernel, unless `trace' specified.
+ 2 more fixes from patch file
+ latex/1451: newline command \\ in eqnarray and output routine
+ %%% latex/1392: AtBeginDvi broken
+
+ * latex209.dtx: Add \proclaim and \ttraggedright
+
+ * ltplain.dtx: Make \new... non outer: /1405 (from patch file)
+ Move \proclaim and \ttragedright to latex209.dtx
+
+1995-04-23 Frank Mittelbach <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
+
+ * ltsect.dtx (section or \caption command.):
+ Implement \addcontentsline with \addtocontents to save space.
+
+ * manifest.txt:
+ Added begleit.err (errata for the German translation of the
+ LaTeX Companion).
+
+ * inputenc.dtx (section{The ISO Latin-1 encoding}):
+ \textonequarter and friends incorrectly declared as math chars.
+ (section{Default definitions for characters}):
+ Default values moved to own section.
+ (section{The ISO Latin-2 encoding}):
+ latin2 added. pr/1447.
+ (section{The IBM code page 850}):
+ cp850 added. pr/1330.
+
+1995-04-22 Frank Mittelbach <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
+
+ * ltmiscen.dtx:
+ Removed surplus definition of \@gobble. pr/1361
+
+ * ltfiles.dtx:
+ Allow blanks within \includeonly argument. pr/1514
+
+ * cmfonts.fdd:
+ Fixed typo in OMLcmr. pr/1485
+
+ * syntonly.dtx:
+ Removed surplus \typeout lines containing the now undefined commands
+ \filedate etc. pr/1471
+
+1995-04-21 David Carlisle <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * ltoutenc.dtx: add \null to \k for latex/1274 (from patch file)
+
+ * Makefile (cleanupsrc): set date to June 1995
+
+ * ltclass.dtx: Fix filecontents and \DeclareOption
+ pr's 1487 and 1498 . (moved from patch file.)
+
+ * ltfinal.dtx: Modify to allow ltpatch.ltx (patch level 0)
+ For a full release. To solve problems of initial install picking
+ up old patch files.
+
+1995-04-19 Frank Mittelbach <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
+
+ * makeindx.dtx:
+ Changed \see to use \emph as suggested by Mats Dahlgren.
+
+1995-04-14 Johannes Braams <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * classes.dtx (subsubsection{Margins}): Also take the
+ \marginparsep into account when calculating the width of the
+ margin paragraph.
+
+1995-04-07 David Carlisle <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * ltlists.dtx: Missing %%% identification.
+
+1995-04-03 Johannes Braams <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * classes.dtx (Defining the page styles): Removed extra dot after
+ \thesection in article/twoside/headings case. (PR #1519)
+
+1995-04-02 Johannes Braams <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * slides.dtx: A slight documentation fix (PR #1517)
+
+ * alltt.dtx: A few documentation fixes (PR #1517)
+
+1995-04-02 Frank Mittelbach <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
+
+ * ltfntcmd.dtx (section{The implementation}):
+ Fixed problem with $...\it\mbox...$ in compat mode. pr/1275
+
+ * latint.dtx:
+ Fixed problem with $...\it\mbox...$ in compat mode. pr/1275
+
+ * newlfont.dtx: Corrected bad error message if math alphabet is
+ misused. pr/1440
+
+ * lfonts.dtx:
+ Corrected bad error message if math alphabet is misused. pr/1440
+
+ * latint.dtx:
+ Fixed problem with "\abovewithdelims(\rfloor 1pt"
+ pr/1329
+
+1995-03-21 David Carlisle <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * latex209.dtx: Fixes for latex/1460 (infinite looping on 2nd
+ \documentstyle command) and latex/1424 (\newcommand{\r}{})
+ Also wrap some long lines to 72.
+
+1995-03-20 David Carlisle <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * ltpatch.ltx: patch level 2
+
+ * patches.txt: patch level 2
+
+ * slides.dtx: Modify framebox redefinition for : graphics/1335
+
+1995-03-18 Frank Mittelbach <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
+
+ * latexsym.dtx (section{The Implementation}):
+ Fixed lhd and friends which are supposed to be binary ops and not
+ relations. pr/1459
+
+1995-03-17 David Carlisle <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * latexbug.el (report-latex-bug): Support transient mark mode
+ Also use shell-command so that shell variables are initialised.
+
+1995-03-14 Johannes Braams <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * letter.dtx : Various documentation changes
+ (subsection{Customizing the labels}): Changed the width of the
+ labels slightly to prevent LaTeX stuffing two on each line
+ (PR #1375)
+
+1995-01-31 Johannes Braams <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * classes.dtx (subsubsection{Description}): made \descriptionlabel
+ a short command (PR #1399)
+ * letter.dtx (subsubsection{Description}): made \descriptionlabel
+ a short command (PR #1399)
+
+1995-01-27 Johannes Braams <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * alltt.dtx (section{The Implementation}): Reset \dospecials to
+ its original value after the modified version has been
+ executed. This is to make \verb?\{}? work inside the altt
+ environment (PR 1369)
+
+1995-01-12 Johannes Braams <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * classes.dtx (subsection{Left equation numbering}): Added
+ \normalcolor to defintion of \@eqnnum (PR 1351)
+
+######################
+# 1994/12/01 Release
+######################
+
+1994-12-17 Alan Jeffrey <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * ltnews02.tex: Edited description of AMS-LaTeX to get everything
+ to fit onto one page.
+
+1994-12-16 Johannes Braams <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * slides.dtx (subsection{Macros for font handling}): Added the
+ declaration of the lasy font family.
+ Use \newcommand* for commands with arguments instead of
+ \newcommand.
+ * latexsym.dtx: Removed the former change by outdating the last
+ version.
+
+1994-12-15 David Carlisle <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * latexbug.el: (Matt Swift) Support old emacs (tested with 18.57
+ in addition to 19.28)
+
+1994-12-14 Chris Rowley <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * ltoutenc.dtx
+
+ Corrected typo
+
+ * usrguide.tex
+
+ Removed some commands
+
+ * cfgguide.tex
+
+ Tidying
+
+1994-12-14 David Carlisle <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * ltxguide.cls: add \par to verbatim redefinition.
+
+1994-12-14 Alan Jeffrey <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * ltoutenc.dtx: Added braces to \copyright so it works unbraced in
+ subscripts.
+ Added \ifmmode check to \@changed at cmd so that redefinitions aren't
+ made in math mode (which can also foul up unbraced subscripts).
+ Commented out \textasciicircum,
+ \textasciitilde, \textbackslash, \textbar,
+ \textgreater, \texthyphenchar, \texthyphen and
+ \textless to save memory.
+
+1994-12-13 David Carlisle <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * cfgguide.tex: A bit more detail re ltxdoc.cfg.
+
+ * directex.txt: lthyphen.cfg now hyphen.cfg.
+
+ * decustex.txt: lthyphen.cfg now hyphen.cfg.
+
+1994-12-12 Johannes Braams <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * latexsym.dtx (section{The Implementation}): Introduced the cs
+ \@fam at lasy to hold the name of the font family; this will either
+ be lasy or llasy, depending on whether the main class is slides or
+ not. This new cs is now also used to prevent loading the package
+ twice.
+
+ * slides.dtx (subsection{Font changing}): Define \cal and \mit using
+ \DeclareRobustCommand
+ (subsubsection{Enumerate}): Handle \labelenumi cs. like in
+ classes.dtx; using \theenumi in its definition
+ (subsection{Macros for font handling}): Made \familydefault point
+ to \sfdefault in slides.def (PR #1020)
+
+1994-12-12 David Carlisle <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * latexbug.el: Add missing (defvar ltxbug-mail-headers
+ (Matt Swift: latex/1255)
+
+ * ltxguide.cls: Stop \small in verbatim affecting previous para.
+
+ * manifest.txt: cfgguide.
+
+ * ltfloat.dtx: New version from Chris.
+
+1994-12-12 Alan Jeffrey <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * ltoutenc.dtx: Tidied up documentation.
+
+1994-12-11 Chris Rowley <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * ltfloat.dtx
+
+ * cfgguide.tex
+
+ Major editing
+
+1994-12-11 Johannes Braams <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * letter.dtx (subsection{Customizing the labels}): Redefined
+ \mlabel to use the new \parbox syntax instead of using the
+ \setbox primitive.
+ (subsection{Font changing}): Define \cal and \mit using
+ \DeclareRobustCommand
+ (subsection{The generic letter commands}): Use
+ \let\protect\@unexpandable at protect instead of redefining it.
+
+1994-12-10 Frank Mittelbach <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
+
+ * ltfntcmd.dtx (section{The implementation}):
+ Make arguments to \@fontswitch implicit, needed for \select at group
+ change.
+ Use \space command in \text at command directly for comparison.
+
+ * latint.dtx:
+ Surround \select at group with {} so that it can be used after _ and ^.
+
+ * fam.dtx (subsection{Macros for loading fonts}):
+ Don't define \ifG at defaultsubs via \newif to save macro names
+
+1994-12-10 Alan Jeffrey <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * inputenc.dtx: Removed useless catcode setting of ~.
+ Made letters active and undefined by default, rather than illegal.
+ Added `beta test' message.
+
+ * ltoutenc.dtx: Added documentation for the OML encoding, after
+ the last lot got lost by the server...
+ Replaced width with \@width in vrules.
+
+1994-12-09 Johannes Braams <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * classes.dtx (subsubsection{Captions}): Added the setting of
+ \if at minipage to false; floats now set it to true to prevent extra
+ white space from appearing when the float starts with a list; this
+ affected the spacing around a caption above a centered table.
+
+1994-12-09 David Carlisle <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * cfgguide.tex: Initial draft, Configuration docs.
+
+ * ltbibl.dtx: Allow \bibliographystyle in the preamble.
+
+1994-12-08 David Carlisle <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * usrguide.tex: \arraynewline RIP.
+
+ * lttab.dtx: Make \tabularnewline work in array.
+ \arraynewline deleted.
+
+ * latexbug.el: mention public database.
+
+ * latexbug.tex: Call category 0 LaTeX not base
+ Add >Confidential no field to all messages by default.
+ Add message about public database to final typeout.
+ Compress messages to fit on 25-line screen.
+
+ * usrguide.tex: mention list of packages in LaTeXBook.
+
+1994-12-08 Alan Jeffrey <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * bugs.txt: Added pointer to ltxbugs2html.
+
+ * ltoutenc.dtx: Added \null and \sh at ft to \b and \d.
+
+1994-12-07 Johannes Braams <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * letter.dtx: corrected checksum (PR #1243)
+
+1994-12-07 David Carlisle <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * usrguide.tex: Document ltx3pub papers on ctan.
+ Other small corrections.
+
+1994-12-07 Alan Jeffrey <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * tlb1042.lvt: Rewrote test file to avoid printing out internal
+ details of how \ENC-cmd is implemented.
+
+ * tlb0552.lvt: Rewrote test file to do a showbox on $\_$ rather
+ than a \tracingall.
+
+1994-12-06 David Carlisle <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * fntguide.tex fix dates.
+
+ * clsguide.tex: fix dates.
+
+ * usrguide.tex: fix dates.
+
+1994-12-06 Frank Mittelbach <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
+
+ * fam.dtx:
+ Added <tab> to the ignored chars in \nfss at catcodes. pr/1064
+ Use \nfss at catcodes in \DeclareFontEncoding.
+ (subsection{Macros for loading fonts}):
+ set \nfss at catcodes locally to \relax in \try at load@fontshape
+ so that it isn't executed several times when an .fd file is
+ read in.
+
+ * updated various test files.
+
+1994-12-05 David Carlisle <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * latexbug.tex: Add \pause so messages do not scroll off screen.
+ Suggested by Rosemary Bailey.
+
+ * lablst.tex: Print labels verbatim, and input packages.
+ Fixing problems reported via c.t.t.
+
+1994-12-05 Alan Jeffrey <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * ltoutenc.dtx: Added braces round the \ooalign in \textcircled.
+
+ * tlb1233.lvt: Added test file for unbraced \ooalign's.
+
+1994-12-02 Alan Jeffrey <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * fontdef.dtx: Commented out \ldots.
+
+ * lfonts.dtx: Commented out \copyright.
+
+ * tlb1214.lvt: Test file for symbols like \pounds.
+
+ * tlb1217.lvt: Test file for \a.
+
+ * ltoutenc.dtx: Fixed a bug with \a.
+
+ * cmfonts.fdd: Added font substitutions for \pounds.
+
+1994-12-01 Johannes Braams <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * classes.dtx : Made the oneside option work for the book class
+ (PR #1195)
+ (section{Initial Code}): Moved the allocation of \if at mainmatter to
+ this section in order to let it be known when the pagestyles are
+ defined. The switch is used there and needs to be known then;
+ otherwise TeX finds the wrong \fi in an \if at twoside...\else...\fi
+ construct.
+ (subsection{Font changing}): Define \cal and \mit using
+ \DeclareRobustCommand
+ (the driver): use \newcommand* for shorthands with argument
+ (whole file): Use \newcommand* for commands with arguments
+
+1994-12-01 David Carlisle <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * unpack2e.ins: lthyphen.ltx|cfg now hyphen.ltx|cfg
+
+ * ltfinal.dtx: lthyphen.ltx|cfg now hyphen.ltx|cfg
+
+ * lthyphen.dtx: lthyphen.ltx|cfg now hyphen.ltx|cfg
+
+ * texpert.txt: Document ltxcheck font checks.
+ lthyphen.cfg now (or soon will be) hyphen.cfg
+
+ * ltplain.dtx: remove some {oldcomments} and other tidying up.
+
+1994-11-30 Johannes Braams <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * classes.dtx (subsubsection{Chapters}): Made chapter titles more
+ robust against pagebreaks in the middle of them. Added an extra
+ \nobreak and a \interlinepenalty\@M to \@makechapterhead and
+ \@makeschapterhead (PR #1016, #1135)
+
+1994-11-30 David Carlisle <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * ltfiles.dtx: Use new \@dofilelist.
+
+ * ltmiscen.dtx: Add new \@dofilelist to \enddocument
+ Move some of the warnings in \enddocument out of \if at filesw.
+
+ * Makefile (TEXTS): add latexbug.el
+
+ * unpack2e.ins: add pict2e and graphpap.
+
+1994-11-30 Alan Jeffrey <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * fam.dtx: Set \FOO-cmd to \@current at cmd rather than \relax when
+ entering encoding FOO.
+
+ * ltoutenc.dtx: Made text commands expand (almost) entirely in the
+ mouth.
+
+1994-11-28 David Carlisle <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * ltcntrl.dtx: Doc improvements.
+
+1994-11-28 Alan Jeffrey <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * ltdefns.dtx: Corrected \changes entries.
+
+ * ltfiles.dtx: Corrected \changes entries.
+
+ * lterror.dtx: Corrected \changes entries.
+
+ * ltxref.dtx: Corrected \changes entries.
+
+ * ltsect.dtx: Corrected \changes entries.
+
+ * ltidxglo.dtx: Corrected \changes entries.
+
+ * lttab.dtx: Corrected \changes entries (wrong format).
+
+ * ltoutenc.dtx: Added new definitions of \b, \c and \d.
+ Fixed bug with accents on commands which aren't allowed in
+ \csname.
+
+ * inputenc.dtx: Moved a docstrip option to it's correct home.
+
+ * latex209.dtx: Added hacks for space around floats.
+
+ * tlb1184.lvt: Added check file for default accent and symbol
+ definitions.
+
+1994-11-25 David Carlisle <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * ltplain.dtx: Comment out lots of now obsolete code.
+
+ * source2e.tex: Add source2e.ist, and other small improvements.
+
+1994-11-24 David Carlisle <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * unpack2e.dst: Correct the preamble written to generated files.
+
+ * ltdefns.dtx: modify \newenvironment so that a graf environment
+ is not allowed (Piet van Oostrum latex/1037). Previous attemt
+ to do this removed...
+
+1994-11-23 David Carlisle <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * ltdirchk.dtx: typos.. (Ulrik Vieth)
+
+ * usrguide.tex: Small updates, and typos. Add xr.sty.
+
+ * latexbug.el: Make completion case insensitive.
+
+ * latexbug.tex: Prompt for >Class if no test file given.
+
+1994-11-22 David Carlisle <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * clsguide.tex: typo in decls argument.
+
+ * latint.dtx: wrap long lines.
+
+ * source2e.tex: Make frontmatter \pagenumbering{roman}
+ So can be processed with only 2 latex runs. (Ulrik Vieth)
+ Add lthyphen.dtx.
+
+1994-11-22 Alan Jeffrey <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * tlb0574.lvt: Added check file for empyt accents and accents in
+ tocs.
+
+ * ltoutenc.dtx: Fixed `empty accent' bug.
+
+ * inputenc.dtx: Fixed typo A1 -> A0.
+
+1994-11-21 Alan Jeffrey <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * ltoutenc.dtx: Fixed \dots so that it has no extra space in a
+ monowidth font.
+ Corrected typo in the definition of \mathunderscore.
+
+ * inputenc.dtx: Added \textregistered.
+ Added "A0 (nbs) to Latin-1.
+
+1994-11-20 Chris Rowley <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * ltfloat.dtx
+
+ * ltoutput.dtx
+
+ * ltxguide.cls
+
+ Tidied formatting
+
+ * patches.txt
+
+ Updated
+
+ * bugs.txt
+
+ Updated
+
+ * install.txt
+
+ Updated
+
+ * template.txt
+
+ Updated
+
+ * texpert.txt
+
+ Updated
+
+ * usrguide.tex
+
+ Major update
+
+ * clsguide.tex
+
+ Major update
+
+ * fntguide.tex
+
+ Major update
+
+1994-11-18 David Carlisle <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * ltfinal.dtx: reallow 8-bit input.
+
+ * ltboxes.dtx: Add \color at vbox
+
+ * tracefnt.dtx: \next renamed to \reserved at f
+
+ * fam.dtx: \next renamed to \reserved at f
+
+ * latint.dtx: use \expandafter instead of \next in
+ \DeclareMathDelimiter.
+
+ * ltplain.dtx: Remove \pt, now defined elsewhere.
+
+ * ltmath.dtx Use \expandafter trick instead of \next
+ in a' \phantom and \smash. Colour support to \phantom and \smash
+
+1994-11-17 David Carlisle <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * ltplain.dtx: remove \phantom (now in ltmath)
+
+ * fam.dtx: Replace \@tempa by \reserved at a.
+
+ * latint.dtx: Replace \@tempa by \reserved at a.
+
+ * ltboxes.dtx: Replace \@tempa by \reserved at a.
+
+ * ltclass.dtx: Replace \@tempa by \reserved at a.
+
+ * ltcntlen.dtx: Replace \@tempa by \reserved at a.
+
+ * ltcntrl.dtx: Replace \@tempa by \reserved at a.
+
+ * ltdefns.dtx: Replace \@tempa by \reserved at a.
+
+ * ltdirchk.dtx: Replace \@tempa by \reserved at a.
+
+ * lterror.dtx: Replace \@tempa by \reserved at a.
+
+ * ltfiles.dtx: Replace \@tempa by \reserved at a.
+
+ * ltfinal.dtx: Replace \@tempa by \reserved at a.
+
+ * ltfloat.dtx: Replace \@tempa by \reserved at a.
+
+ * ltfntcmd.dtx: Replace \@tempa by \reserved at a.
+
+ * ltmath.dtx: Replace \@tempa by \reserved at a.
+
+ * ltmiscen.dtx: Replace \@tempa by \reserved at a.
+
+ * ltoutenc.dtx: Replace \@tempa by \reserved at a.
+
+ * ltoutput.dtx: Replace \@tempa by \reserved at a.
+
+ * ltpictur.dtx: Replace \@tempa by \reserved at a.
+
+ * ltsect.dtx: Replace \@tempa by \reserved at a.
+
+ * lttab.dtx: Replace \@tempa by \reserved at a.
+
+ * tracefnt.dtx: Replace \@tempa by \reserved at a.
+
+1994-11-16 Chris Rowley <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * latex209.dtx
+
+ Restored 2e logo
+
+1994-11-16 David Carlisle <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * fontdef.dtx: Remove \{ and \}
+
+1994-11-15 David Carlisle <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * ifthen.dtx: Use \@unexpandable at protect and modify
+ \@setref to fix bug /946 (/1023) \pageref breaking tests.
+
+1994-11-14 David Carlisle <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * lttab.dtx: Add \tabularnewline and \arraynewline.
+
+ * ltspace.dtx: Make \\ robust
+
+1994-11-12 Chris Rowley <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * ltmiscen.dtx
+
+ Tidied \endtrivlists
+
+ * ltspace.dtx
+
+ Attempted to improve error messages
+
+ * ltfntcmd.dtx
+
+ Added line-break to error message
+
+ * lablst.tex
+
+ Simpler with better layout
+
+1994-11-12 David Carlisle <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * ltplain.dtx: replace sfcode settings. Remove \dag and friends.
+
+1994-11-11 David Carlisle <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * makeindx.dtx: remove spurious \wlog.
+
+1994-11-10 Chris Rowley <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * ltbibl.dtx
+
+ Patched \nocite{*}
+
+ * ltplain.dtx
+
+1994-11-10 Johannes Braams <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * classes.dtx (subsection{Flush left equations}): Added the value
+ of \parskip to \abovedisplayskip to compensate for negative
+ \topsep settings. (PR #881)
+ (subsection{Single or double sided printing}): removed typo (PR
+ #881)
+
+ * slides.dtx (subsection{Font changing}): Removed two typos
+
+1994-11-10 David Carlisle <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * ltdirchk.dtx: use new definition of \loop
+
+ * ltoutput.dtx: modify \protect setting.
+
+ * newlfont.dtx: modify \ProvidesFile usage.
+
+ * oldlfont.dtx: modify \ProvidesFile usage.
+
+1994-11-09 David Carlisle <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * lthyphen.dtx: Use \ProvidesFile.
+
+ * lfonts.dtx: Use \ProvidesFile.
+
+ * setsize.dtx: RIP
+
+ * fam.dtx: Add definitions of \@vpt (from setsize.dtx).
+
+ * fontdef.dtx: Add \DeclareMathSizes (from setsize.dtx).
+
+ * Makefile: Generate new release date 1994/12/01
+ Remove setfile.dtx from generation of ltfss.dtx
+
+ * ltpatch.ltx: Change to patch 1994/12/01 release.
+
+ * ltboxes.dtx: More colour changes.
+ Fix \@finalstrut (from ltpatch).
+
+ * source2e.tex: Move ltoutenc. Add fontdef and preload.
+
+1994-11-07 David Carlisle <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * fontdef.dtx: Use GetFileInfo style doc header.
+
+ * preload.dtx: Use GetFileInfo style doc header.
+
+ * ltdefns.dtx: Move \newwrite's to ltfiles.
+
+ * ltfiles.dtx: Move \newwrite's here from ltdefns. Remove
+ duplcate decalaration of \@mainaux.
+
+1994-11-06 Frank Mittelbach <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
+
+ * ltboxes.dtx:
+ Added braces again that have been incorrectly removed.
+
+ * test files:
+ Updated a large number of test files that had changed
+ due to protect handling changes and bug fix in font selection.
+
+ * oldlfont.dtx:
+ Test for \protect being \@typeset at protect in \@setfontsize.
+
+ * newlfont.dtx:
+ Test for \protect being \@typeset at protect in \@setfontsize.
+
+ * lfonts.dtx:
+ Test for \protect being \@typeset at protect in \@setfontsize.
+
+ * exscale.dtx:
+ Renamed \every at size to \every at math@size.
+ Update \big at size globally (new \every at math@size concept).
+
+ * ltfiles.dtx:
+ Renamed \every at size to \every at math@size.
+
+ * fam.dtx:
+ Renamed \every at size to \every at math@size.
+ Allow several encoding changes before running \selectfont. pr/1042
+
+ * tracefnt.dtx (section{Scaled font extraction}):
+ Changed the font size substitution to really select
+ the nearest size available. pr/747
+ Fixed incorrect size selection if math fonts are not set up. pr/848
+ Start cleaning up documentation.
+ Fix bug that produced extra "No math setup" message if
+ tracefont was loaded with default options.
+
+ Patched \loop
+
+1994-11-05 Chris Rowley <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * ltfloat.dtx (subsection{Floating Environments}):
+
+ Introduced \color at hbox
+ Changed colour resetting for footnotes (again)
+ Introduced a simulacrum of compatibility to old \@xfloat
+ Changed float setup
+
+ * ltboxes.dtx (section{\LaTeX\ Box commands}):
+
+ Introduced \color at hbox
+ Changed colour resetting for minipage footnotes
+ Added to documentation
+
+ * ltoutput.dtx (subsection{Floats}):
+
+ Introduced \color at hbox
+ New style protect settings in shipout
+ Tidied shipout and added to documentation
+ Added begindvi stuff
+
+1994-11-05 Alan Jeffrey <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * ltoutenc.dtx: Added setting of \@typeset at protect to \patterns
+ and \hyphenation.
+
+ * ltnews02.tex: First draft.
+
+1994-11-04 Alan Jeffrey <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * ltfloat.dtx: Added \protected at xdef to \footnote, \@footnotetext,
+ and \footnotemark.
+
+ * ltoutenc.dtx: Added \_.
+
+ * ltpage.dtx: Added \@unexpandable at protect to \markboth and
+ \markright.
+
+ * lttab.dtx: Added \set at typeset@protect to \@array and
+ \multicolumn.
+ Added \@unexpandable at protect to \@mkpream.
+
+ * ltboxes.dtx: Added \protected at edef to \@mpfootnotetext.
+
+ * ltidxglo.dtx: Added \protected at write to \index and \glossary.
+ Removed \if at filesw from \makeindex and \makeglossary.
+
+ * ltsect.dtx: Added \protected at write to \addtocontents and
+ \addcontentsline.
+ Added \protected at edef to \@sect.
+ Added \protected at xdef to \thanks.
+
+ * ltxref.dtx: Added \protected at write to \label.
+ Added \protected at edef to \refstepcounter.
+
+ * ltmiscen.dtx: Removed setting of \protect from \@writefile.
+
+ * lterror.dtx: Added \set at display@protect to messages.
+
+ * ltfiles.dtx: Added \protected at write and a new definition of
+ \nofiles.
+
+ * ltdefns.dtx: Added \x at protect and a new mechanism for protecting
+ short commands.
+ Added commands for safely performing edefs.
+ Added \set at display@protect to \typeout
+
+1994-11-03 David Carlisle <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * ltdirchk.dtx: Check that latex.ltx is used with an initex with
+ no format preloaded. (VMS initex defaults to loading
+ plain.fmt)
+
+ * ltdefns.dtx: rename \long at def to \l at ngrel@x
+
+ * ltclass.dtx: move \@missingfileerror to ltfiles.
+
+ * ltfiles.dtx: add \@missingfileerror
+
+1994-11-02 David Carlisle <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * latexbug.el 2nd attempt.
+
+ * latexbug.tex: more alterations to work with .el file.
+
+1994-11-02 Alan Jeffrey <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * ltoutenc.dtx: Wrapped long lines.
+
+1994-10-31 David Carlisle <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * latexbug.tex: Add line count to discourage large test files.
+
+1994-10-31 Alan Jeffrey <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * Makefile: Added inputenc.dst and ltoutenc.dst, and inputenc.dtx.
+
+ * fontdef.dtx: Added OMLenc.def.
+
+ * unpack2e.ins: Added inputenc.ins.
+
+ * unpacked.txt: Added inputenc.sty, font encoding and input
+ encoding files.
+
+ * fntguide.tex: Added documentation on the new text declaration
+ commands.
+
+ * usrguide.tex: Added documentation on the new text commands.
+
+1994-10-30 Chris Rowley <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * ltfloat.dtx (subsection{Floating Environments}):
+
+ In float handling:
+ major changes to parameter parsing, setting of local
+ variables, etc;
+ two-column and one-column cases merged; space hacks moved;
+ colour support improved and corrected, including extra boxes.
+ In marginpars:
+ colour support improved and corrected, including extra boxes.
+ In footnotes:
+ colour support improved.
+
+ * ltoutput.dtx (subsection{Floats}):
+
+ Small changes to documentation
+ Added colour support to \@topnewpage
+ Added colour support for footnotes to \@makecol
+ Added warning to \@fpsadddefault
+
+ * ltdefns.dtx (subsection{Internal defining commands}):
+
+ Added \@onelevel at sanitize
+
+1994-10-30 Alan Jeffrey <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * cmfonts.dst: Added OMScmnr and OMLcmr.
+
+ * cmfonts.fdd: Added OMScmr and OMLcmr.
+
+ * ltxguide.cls: Added \NEWdescription, \NEWfeature and the
+ optional argument to desc.
+
+ * ltoutenc.dst: Added OMLenc.def.
+
+ * ltoutenc.dtx: added encoding-specific commands from ltmath.
+ Added OML encoding.
+ Added \textcircled and removed \textregistered.
+ Added \DeclareTextCompositeCommand.
+ Added \t.
+
+ * ltmath.dtx: Removed encoding-specific commands to ltoutenc.
+
+1994-10-29 Johannes Braams <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * Makefile: Added the alltt package.
+
+ * alltt.dtx (section{The Implementation}): Added a missing
+ \dospecials in the alltt environment code.
+
+ * classes.dtx (section{Cross Referencing}): Fixed a typo in the
+ documentation of \@tocrmarg. (PR #904)
+
+1994-10-29 Frank Mittelbach <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
+
+ * Makefile (INSTS):
+ Added ltoutenc.ins.
+
+ * manifest.txt:
+ Added ltoutenc.ins.
+
+1994-10-29 Alan Jeffrey <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * fontsmpl.dtx: Added tests for \copyright, \dots and
+ \textregistered.
+
+ * ltmath.dtx: Added \mathellipsis, \mathparagraph, etc.
+ Removed all of the oldcomments and generally tidied up.
+ Added \DeclareMathOperator.
+
+ * ltoutenc.dtx: Added copyright and textregistered.
+ Renamed the text versions of \P, \S, etc. to \textparagraph,
+ \textsection, etc.
+ Added the definitions of \dots etc. which work in math and text.
+
+1994-10-28 Frank Mittelbach <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
+
+ * fam.dtx:
+ Added a numer of \noexpand's to \err at rel@i. pr/1088
+
+1994-10-28 Alan Jeffrey <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * unpack2e.ins: Added OMSenc.def.
+
+ * fontsmpl.dtx: Added the text commands defined in ltoutenc.dtx.
+
+ * asajtest.ins: An installation file for asajtest.dtx.
+
+ * asajtest.tex: A test file for ltoutenc.dtx. This should become
+ part of the test suite eventually.
+
+ * asajtest.dtx: This is a scratch version of ltoutenc.dtx.
+ Rewrote the enc.def files to use the new default settings.
+
+1994-10-27 David Carlisle <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * latexbug.el: First attempt at emacs interface.
+
+1994-10-27 Alan Jeffrey <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * ltoutenc.dtx: Removed loading of enc.def files.
+
+ * fontdef.dtx: Added OMSenc.def.
+
+ * ltoutenc.dst: Added OMSenc.def.
+
+1994-10-26 David Carlisle <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * source2e.tex: Add ltmath.
+
+1994-10-25 David Carlisle <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * ltdefns.dtx: Add documentation of star form of \newcommand.
+ Remove all `oldcomments' environments.
+ Add lots of `macro' environments.
+
+ * ltboxes.dtx: missing % in \@isavepicbox (was in ltpatch.ltx)
+
+1994-10-25 Alan Jeffrey <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * ltoutenc.dtx: Added default encodings.
+ Added \ProvideTextCommand and \ProvideTextCommandDefault.
+ Added the OMS encoding.
+
+1994-10-24 Chris Rowley <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * ltmath.dtx:
+
+ Removed a TAB
+
+1994-10-24 David Carlisle <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * ltboxes.dtx: Add inner braces to fbox to keep inner settings
+ of \fboxsep local (latex/1061)
+
+1994-10-23 Chris Rowley <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * ltmath.dtx:
+
+ Added \normalcolor to \@eqnnum
+ Removed braces from \ensuremath
+
+1994-10-20 David Carlisle <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * ltclass.dtx: Modify pkgindoc because of Tuesday's change.
+
+1994-10-20 Frank Mittelbach <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
+
+ * ltboxes.dtx:
+ Put \changes cmd behind % :-)
+
+1994-10-20 Alan Jeffrey <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * inputenc.dtx: Split characters into text-only and math-only.
+ Reded some of the \providecommand's in latin1.def.
+
+ * latex209.dtx: Corrected a typo---\mark{}{} should have been
+ \mark{{}{}}.
+
+1994-10-19 Frank Mittelbach <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
+
+ * fam.dtx:
+ Added missing \relax to \DeclareFontEncoding so the args can
+ contain newlines. pr/1026
+
+1994-10-18 David Carlisle <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * ltdefns.dtx: Add *-forms to define non-long variants of
+ commands.
+ Add extra check so \newenvironment{graf} generates an error.
+
+ * ltfiles.dtx: move \listfiles and \@addtofilelist here.
+
+ * ltclass.dtx: move \listfiles and \@addtofilelist to ltfiles.
+
+1994-10-17 Alan Jeffrey <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * latex209.dtx: Added empty initial mark.
+ New method of switching off 2e commands.
+ Allow \newcommand on 2e commands.
+
+1994-10-16 Chris Rowley <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * ltsect.dtx:
+
+ Added \normalcolor to page-numbers in toc
+
+ * ltfntcmd.dtx:
+
+ Tidying, and typos fixed in documentation
+ Added check for empty text
+ Removed space from \nfss at text
+ Renamed \check at nocorr to \text at command:
+ to improve error messages
+
+ * ltboxes.dtx (section{\LaTeX\ Box commands}):
+
+ Added \long to \fbox, \mbox, \sbox (from ltpatch)
+ \leavevmode corrected for frame boxes (from ltpatch)
+ \@parboxto macro added to \@iiiparbox,
+ to remove misuse of \@empty
+
+1994-10-16 David Carlisle <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * latexbug.tex: stop expansion occurring on synopsis and other
+ fields.
+
+1994-10-16 Frank Mittelbach <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
+
+ * nfssfont.dtx:
+ Change \end to \stop in help message. pr/615
+
+1994-10-15 Frank Mittelbach <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
+
+ * fam.dtx:
+ Warn, if math alphabet is used outside math (from patch)
+
+ * fontdef.dtx (subsubsection{The log-like functions}):
+ Somehow lost \operator at font while moving code.
+
+ * ltmath.dtx:
+ Comment out definition of \, is defined earlier as robust
+
+ * fam.dtx:
+ Added [ and ] to the reset macro for .fd file loading pr/872
+
+1994-10-14 David Carlisle <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * latexbug.tex: Add latexbug.cfg system, so that personal
+ details do not need to be entered every time.
+
+1994-10-14 Frank Mittelbach <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
+
+ * fontdef.dtx:
+ Separate text font and math font setup. Added a lot of math
+ font setup stuff from other files.
+
+ * ltmath.dtx:
+ File added to the distribution.
+
+ * manifest.txt:
+ Added new files.
+
+ * ltmiscen.dtx:
+ Moved math enviornments to ltmath.dtx
+
+ * unpack2e.ins:
+ Added fontmath.ltx and fonttext.ltx generation,
+ removed fontdef.ltx generation,
+
+ * doc.dtx (subsection{Macros for generating index entries}):
+ Added missing percent and use \ttfamily not \texttt
+
+1994-10-13 Frank Mittelbach <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
+
+ * ltplain.dtx (section{Plain \TeX}):
+ Moved math code to ltmath.dtx.
+ Removed old code that was commented out long time ago.
+
+ * lfonts.dtx:
+ Moved log-like functions to ltmath.dtx.
+ Removed the unnecessary refernce to \tenex.
+
+1994-10-12 David Carlisle <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * latexbug.tex: Add more GNATS fields.
+
+ * ltsect.dtx: remove < > from a \changes entry (upset makeindex)
+
+1994-10-11 David Carlisle <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * ltdirchk.dtx: Redo ltxcheck: more friendly messages, check
+ for TeX3.14, and missing fonts.
+ Add automatic detection of TeX3.14 (previously in ltpatch.ltx)
+
+ * latexbug.tex: Modify to prompt for synopsis information.
+
+1994-10-07 Alan Jeffrey <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * pastex.txt: Installation guide for PasTeX on the Amiga.
+
+ * ltoutenc.dtx: Moved ogonek accent.
+
+1994-09-26 Frank Mittelbach <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
+
+ * idx.tex:
+ Add missing brace in \setlength. pr/589
+
+1994-09-25 Frank Mittelbach <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
+
+ * latexsym.dtx (subsection{\LaTeX{} symbols fonts}):
+ Use silent substitution for the bold lasy fonts below 10pt
+
+1994-09-23 David Carlisle <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * source2e.tex: Fix \newcount typo (which caused `4pt' to appear
+ in the change log and index)
+
+ * manifest.txt: added pctex.txt
+
+ * Makefile (TEXTS): added pctex.txt
+
+ * pctex.txt: New version from PCI
+
+1994-09-23 Frank Mittelbach <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
+
+ * ltpatch.ltx:
+ patch for pr872 ([] with catcode active)
+
+1994-09-23 Alan Jeffrey <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * latex209.dtx: Added spaces to \@halfmag and friends.
+
+ * ltxguide.cls: Replaced \PassOptionsToPackage{article} by
+ \PassOptionsToClass{article}.
+
+1994-09-21 David Carlisle <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * manifest.txt: add graphpap.{ins|dtx}
+
+ * Makefile: add graphpap.{dst|ins|dtx}
+
+ * manifest.txt: Add textures.txt, pict2e.{ins|dtx}
+
+ * Makefile: Add textures.txt, pict2e.{dst|ins|dtx}
+
+ * pict2e.dtx: Wrote pict2e.dtx (It just generates an error
+ message, saying the package has not been written)
+
+1994-09-07 David Carlisle <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * latexbug.tex: Modify printing of \everyjob so babel formats
+ work correctly.
+
+1994-09-04 Alan Jeffrey <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * inputenc.dtx: Added \cs{DeclareInputComposite} and the
+ \cs{ProvidesCommand}s to the encoding files.
+ Removed the definition of the accent slots in Latin-1.
+
+1994-08-31 Alan Jeffrey <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * oztex.txt: Checked in revised version from Andrew.
+
+1994-08-30 Alan Jeffrey <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * yandytex.txt: Checked in revised version from Berthold.
+
+1994-08-26 Johannes Braams <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * slides.dtx (subsection{Font changing}): changed documentation to
+ mention \DeclareOldFontCommand instead of @renewfontswitch (PR #812)
+
+ * letter.dtx (section{The documentation driver file}): added
+ missing comma in a \DoNotIndex entry (PR #857)
+ (subsection{Setting Paper Sizes}): Added the landscape option,
+ because Leslie Lamport wants to make landscape letters.
+
+1994-08-24 Alan Jeffrey <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * tlb0143.lvt, tlb0162.lvt, tlb0380.lvt, tlb0498.lvt, tlb0642.lvt,
+ tlb0830.lvt: Checked in.
+
+1994-08-09 David Carlisle <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * graphpap.dtx: add \leavevmode to \graphpaper.
+
+ * textures.txt: Added file. Mainly written by Blue Sky Research.
+
+######################
+# 1994/06/01 PL3 Release
+######################
+
+1994-07-28 Rainer Schoepf <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * ltfinal.dtx: Correct Checksum.
+
+1994-07-27 Alan Jeffrey <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * ltnews.cls: Replaced \PassOptionToClass by \PassOptionsToClass.
+
+1994-07-25 Alan Jeffrey <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * microtex.txt: Removed extraneous \dump.
+
+1994-07-18 David Carlisle <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * latexbug.tex: Add definition of \@secondoftwo, so latexbug
+ may once again be used with initex.
+
+1994-07-18 Alan Jeffrey <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * microtex.txt: Added installation guide for MicroTeX.
+
+1994-07-14 Alan Jeffrey <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * inputenc.dtx: Replaced \Dh by \DH and \Th by \TH.
+ Added \ensuremath to the math commands.
+ Added \inputencoding.
+
+1994-07-13 Johannes Braams <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * classes.dtx (subsubsection{Margins}): Moved the rounding of
+ \topmargin into native mode only (PR #93)
+
+ * letter.dtx (subsubsection{The dimension of text}): The setting
+ of \textwidth and \textheight to a fixed value should only happen
+ in comnpatibility mode. (PR #714)
+ (subsubsection{Margins}): Added fixed values for \oddsidemargin,
+ \evensidemargin and \marginparwidth to compatibility mode
+
+1994-07-13 Frank Mittelbach <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
+
+ * patches.txt:
+ Added description for additional patches.
+
+ * ltpatch.ltx:
+ Added patches for:
+ \ensuremath
+ \LaTeXe not allowed in compat mode (exception)
+
+ * usrguide.tex (subsection{Ensuring math mode}):
+ Corrected the description of \ensuremath so that it really does nothing
+ other than producing its argument in math mode.
+
+ * cmfonts.fdd:
+ Added additional font shapes for Concrete Roman Fonts
+
+1994-07-13 Alan Jeffrey <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * fontsmpl.dtx: Added an \upshape.
+
+1994-07-11 Johannes Braams <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * letter.dtx (subsubsection{Itemize}): \labelitemiii was
+ mistakenly called \labelitemiiii (bug report # 711)
+
+1994-07-05 David Carlisle <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * ltpatch.ltx: added patch for latex/667, minipage and \parbox
+ failing if used with height argument before math setup.
+
+1994-07-05 Frank Mittelbach <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
+
+ * ltpatch.ltx:
+ Added patches for:
+ empty p-column problem
+ figure* with color package problem
+ \^{\i} in toc problem (T1 encoding)
+
+ * patches.txt:
+ Added description for additional patches.
+
+1994-07-03 Frank Mittelbach <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
+
+ * ltpatch.ltx:
+ Extended patch for T1+german so that composite chars are used instead of
+ accents
+
+1994-07-02 Frank Mittelbach <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
+
+ * ltpatch.ltx:
+ Added patches for:
+ \mathit in text mode
+ \loop could do one iteration too much in certain situations
+ T1 breaks german 2.4a (this is a german.sty problem actually)
+
+ * patches.txt:
+ Added descritions of further patch level 3 patches.
+
+
+1994-06-30 Chris Rowley <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * fntguide.tex
+
+ Warning about enc.def commands added
+ Stuff on font definition files and encoding definition files
+ changed
+ <cdp> removed, for consistency, use <encoding> throughout
+ Small edits
+
+ * clsguide.tex
+
+ Michael's amendments added
+
+1994-06-26 Chris Rowley <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * usrguide.tex
+
+ Minor edits
+
+ * clsguide.tex
+
+ Added stuff
+ Changed usage of <>
+ Reordered update stuff
+ Added Summary sheet
+ Removed draft status
+
+ * ltxguide.cls
+
+1994-06-23 Johannes Braams <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * letter.dtx (subsection{Global Declarations}): Removed a typo
+ (#[] instead of [1])
+ Ran letter.dtx through ispell.
+
+1994-06-23 Frank Mittelbach <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
+
+ * patches.txt:
+ Added descritions of patch level 3 patches.
+
+ * ltpatch.ltx:
+ Added patches for:
+ inefficient text encoding handling
+ \"\i problem
+ \"{} problem
+ \dag \ddag \P \S lost sometimes
+ \t problem
+ \test..{} problem
+
+ Changed usage of <>
+ Changed definition of verbatim
+
+1994-06-22 Chris Rowley <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * ltfntcmd.dtx (section{The implementation}):
+
+ Removed space from \DeclareTextCommand
+ Improved error messages from \DeclareTextCommand
+
+ * usrguide.tex
+
+ Changed usage of <>
+
+ * clsguide.tex
+
+ Added stuff
+ Changed usage of <>
+ Rationalised encoding stuff
+
+ * fntguide.tex
+
+ Rationalised usage of cdp, ENC, encoding
+ Changed usage of <>
+ Fixed overfull box and long lines
+
+1994-06-22 Johannes Braams <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * classes.dtx (subsection{Flush left equations}): Defer the
+ setting of \mathindent to the end of the class instead of to
+ \begin{document}. This way it is possible for packages to change
+ its value (fixes bug report #577)
+ Refrased a few sentences to prevent overfull hbox messages.
+
+1994-06-19 Chris Rowley <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * usrguide.tex
+
+ Added stuff on project, money etc.
+
+ * fntguide.tex
+
+ Corrcted largesymbols stuff.
+
+ * clsguide.tex
+
+ Major revision and additons.
+ Spell checked.
+ Removed \typeouts.
+ Removed overfull boxes.
+
+ * ltfntcmd.dtx:
+
+ Experimental fixes to \nocorr stuff.
+
+1994-06-17 Johannes Braams <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * letter.dtx (subsubsection{Defining the page styles}): Added a
+ missing closing brace. Made a lot of small changes to the
+ documentation.
+
+1994-06-16 David Carlisle <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * update.ins: modify for new distribution `ins' files.
+
+1994-06-12 Chris Rowley <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * template.txt
+
+ Changed 2e to new.
+
+ * fntguide.tex
+
+ Tidying.
+
+ * directex.txt
+
+ Corrected layout.
+
+1994-06-12 Rainer Schoepf <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * Makefile: Split distrib directory into distrib/base and
+ distrib/unpacked.
+
+ * ltpatch.dtx: Don't set catcodes of upper 128 characters in
+ TeX2.
+
+ * manifest.txt: Added directex.txt.
+
+ * Makefile (TEXTS): Added directex.txt.
+
+1994-06-11 Chris Rowley <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * usrguide.tex
+
+ Typography of tools list changed.
+ Added typeouts.
+ Added letter to list of standard packages.
+ Removed these typeouts:
+ \typeout{CONTENTS OF THE TOOLS BUNDLE: needs checking}
+ \typeout{Marion said: Perhaps the different uses of
+ `newcommand and `providecommand can be shown a bit clearer}
+ \typeout{List of stuff in mfnfss, psnfss, babel not done}
+
+ * fntguide.tex
+
+ Editorial changes.
+ Removed duplicated text.
+ Removed unwanted blank lines.
+
+ * emtex.txt
+
+ Added section on memory problems.
+
+ * directex.txt
+
+ New file added.
+
+ * install.txt
+
+ Added new file to list.
+
+ * readme.txt
+
+ Editorial changes.
+ Added patches.txt, etc.
+
+ * patches.txt
+
+ Editorial changes.
+ Removed references to lists.
+ Documented lack of lists.
+
+ * ltfntcmd.dtx
+
+ Corrected documentation, title etc.
+ Corrected dates in changes entries.
+
+1994-06-11 Frank Mittelbach <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
+
+ * patches.txt:
+ Added descritions of patch level 2 patches.
+
+ * ltpatch.ltx:
+ Added patches for:
+ 8bit chars problem
+ \nocite{*} problem
+ \_ in math mode (T1 encoding)
+
+ * added tests for problem 549, 554, 557.
+
+
+1994-06-10 Rainer Schoepf <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * manifest.txt: Added ltpatch.ltx and patches.txt.
+
+ * ltfinal.dtx (subsection{Input encoding}): Do not set codes for
+ higher half of character table for TeX2.
+
+1994-06-09 Rainer Schoepf <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * Makefile (LATEXS): Added ltpatch.ltx.
+
+1994-06-09 Frank Mittelbach <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
+
+ * doc.dtx (subsection{Bells and whistles}):
+ Use new definitions for footnote macros within \maketitle.
+ Otherwise \thanks entries will overprint.
+
+ * docstrip.dtx:
+ Corrected typo in documentation
+
+1994-06-08 David Carlisle <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * ltpatch.ltx: New file fixing bugs in the major release.
+
+ * ltfinal.dtx: Add new feature input ltpatch.ltx if the file
+ exists.
+
+ * latexbug.tex: Add babel.
+ Use \everyjob to print format info (for new patch system)
+
+1994-06-06 David Carlisle <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * ltboxes.dtx: Fix bug introduced last week. Add \leavevmode to
+ \fbox, and make \long. At the same time make \sbox and \mbox
+ \long even though they were not \long in 2.09.
+
+1994-06-06 Rainer Schoepf <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * Makefile.dist: Changed mv to cp, added installation of *.ist
+ files, added target `clean'.
+
+ * manifest.txt: Changed name of distributed Makefile from
+ Makefile to Makefile.unx.
+
+ * Makefile: Changed name of distributed Makefile from Makefile
+ to Makefile.unx.
+
+1994-06-03 Chris Rowley <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * usrguide.tex
+
+ Changed preamble.
+
+ * fntguide.tex
+
+ Changed preamble.
+
+ * clsguide.tex
+
+ Changed preamble.
+
+1994-06-02 Johannes Braams <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * classes.dtx (section{Identification}): Fixed bug in the driver,
+ the line with \ProvidesFile was not seen by LaTeX
+ (section{A driver for this document}): rearranged the \DoNotIndex
+ stuff
+
+######################
+# 1994/06/01 Release
+######################
+
+1994-06-02 Rainer Schoepf <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * copyright.txt and others: Changed copyright message.
+
+1994-06-01 David Carlisle <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * ltboxes.dtx: Modify \framebox and \fbox so \width in the
+ optional argument of \framebox refers to the natural width
+ of the text,
+
+ * latexbug.tex: add amslatex category.
+
+ * ltlogos.dtx: add $\m at th$ to \LaTeX to force math size
+ calculations.
+
+1994-06-01 Rainer Schoepf <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * letter.dtx: Corrected driver code.
+
+ * slides.dtx: Added definition of \SLiTeX.
+
+ * Makefile: Don't add extra copyright headers to *.txt and *.err
+ files.
+
+1994-06-01 Frank Mittelbach <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
+
+ * fntguide.tex:
+ Added description of \DeclareTextFontCommand.
+ Small updates and changes.
+
+ * clsguide.tex:
+ Updates and corrections.
+
+ * latint.dtx:
+ Corrected help info for \newmathalphabet error
+ in compat mode.
+
+ * fntguide.tex:
+ Several small updates.
+
+1994-06-01 Alan Jeffrey <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * ltnews01.tex: Corrected grammar.
+
+1994-05-31 Chris Rowley <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * ltoutput.dtx:
+
+ Removed overfull boxes.
+
+1994-05-31 David Carlisle <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * latexbug.tex: Switch to new latex-bugs at uni-mainz.de
+ address.
+
+1994-05-31 Rainer Schoepf <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * Makefile: Added clsguide.tex, fntguide.tex, usrguide.tex,
+ ltnews01.tex, ltxguide.cls, ltnews.cls.
+
+ * ltfinal.dtx: Renamed lthyphen.* to lthyphen.*.
+
+ * unpacked.txt: Renamed lthyphen.* to lthyphen.*.
+
+ * unpack2e.ins: Renamed lthyphen.* to lthyphen.*.
+
+ * manifest.txt: Renamed lthyphen.dtx to lthyphen.dtx, added
+ clsguide.tex, fntguide.tex, usrguide.tex, ltnews01.tex,
+ ltxguide.cls, ltnews.cls, ltnews01.ps, manual.err, compan.err.
+
+1994-05-31 Alan Jeffrey <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * latex209.dtx: Added SLiTeX logo again.
+
+ * ltnews01.tex: Finished off.
+
+ * ltnews.cls: Added downloaded PS fonts options.
+ Removed angle brackets from <...> since these were the last
+ remaining bitmaps!
+ Added variants of the LaTeX logo.
+ Added the ltnews.cfg file.
+
+1994-05-30 Johannes Braams <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * texpert.txt: Added the section about configuring hyphenation.
+
+1994-05-30 David Carlisle <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * latexbug.tex: Add interactive request for a `category'
+ Also add non-interactive field showing \@TeXversion.
+
+1994-05-30 Rainer Schoepf <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * unpack2e.ins: Moved pandora, oldgerm, amsfonts, euscript,
+ eufrak from main distribution to extra package directory..
+
+ * unpacked.txt: Moved pandora, oldgerm, amsfonts, euscript,
+ eufrak from main distribution to extra package directory..
+
+ * manifest.txt: Moved pandora, oldgerm, amsfonts, euscript,
+ eufrak from main distribution to extra package directory.
+ Removed features.tex from distribution.
+
+1994-05-30 Frank Mittelbach <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
+
+ * fntguide.tex:
+ Several updates and additions.
+
+1994-05-30 Alan Jeffrey <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * usrguide.tex: Removed the description of mfnfss and tools
+ packages.
+ Removed sections that were commented out.
+ Removed typeouts.
+ Wrapped long lines.
+ Rewrote to remove overfull hboxes.
+ Moved the stuff on \newmathalphabet to the section on LaTeX
+ errors.
+ Rewrote the stuff on latex209.cfg, and replaced
+ \PassOptionsToClass (which requires you to list all the
+ known classes) with \ds at oldlfont.
+ Added the `LaTeX2e command in LaTeX 2.09 document' error.
+ Added the SLiTeX logo to the list of unsupported commands.
+ Added the full list of \text..., \...family, \...series, \...shape
+ and \math... commands.
+
+1994-05-29 Johannes Braams <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * classes.dtx (subsubsection{Captions}): Make \@makecaption colour
+ safe by using \sbox\@tempboxa rather than \setbox\@temboxa\hbox.
+
+1994-05-29 Frank Mittelbach <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
+
+ * usrguide.tex:
+ Small general updates.
+ Rewrote section on compatibility.
+
+ * Makefile:
+ Removed vmstex.txt and textures.txt since currently empty.
+
+ * copyins.txt:
+ Removed prelim message, say that files are mentioned in
+ manifest.txt.
+
+ * copyright.txt:
+ Removed prelim message, say that files are mentioned in
+ manifest.txt.
+
+ * manifest.txt:
+ Removed vmstex.txt and textures.txt since currently empty.
+
+1994-05-29 Alan Jeffrey <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * ltxguide.cls: Added italic correction to <...>.
+ Added \sourcecode.
+
+ * fntguide.tex: Corrected typos spotted by FMi.
+ Added the `math selection commands' section.
+ Replaced the notion of math font attributes with a description
+ closer to that in the Companion.
+ Moved stuff on declaring encodings into its own section
+ Moved stuff on font installation into its own section.
+ Moved stuff on initialization into its own section.
+ Moved stuff on naming conventions into its own section.
+ Moved DeclareFixedFont into text font selection.
+ Added text to the introduction.
+ Moved all of the enc.def file commands into one subsection.
+ Moved everything that's left without a home into the `miscellania'
+ section.
+ Generally tidied up.
+
+1994-05-28 Alan Jeffrey <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * ltxguide.cls: Made << and >> produce < and > inside verbatim.
+ Added ltxguide.cfg.
+
+ * fntguide.tex: Created file out of features.tex.
+ Redid document structure to fit with usrguide and clsguide.
+ Removed stuff on old style digits.
+ Moved text font stuff before math font stuff.
+ Removed `utilities' section.
+ Removed the author font commands (covered by usrguide).
+ Added description of the text font attributes.
+ Redid the description of the \f at ... commands.
+ Redid the description of the \...default commands.
+ Added the section on the \DeclareTextWidget commands.
+ Added the section on math attributes.
+
+1994-05-27 Johannes Braams <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * proc.dtx (section{Implementation}): Added a missiing docstrip
+ guard.
+
+ * classes.dtx: Moved the identification and driver sections to
+ the beginning of the file.
+ (subsubsection{Table of Contents}): Wrapped a long line
+
+ * letter.dtx: Added \CharacterTable
+ Moved identification and driver to the front of the file.
+ Removed references to the book class from the documentation
+
+1994-05-27 David Carlisle <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * ltxdoc.dtx: Use sequence a,..,z,A,..,Z not aa,..az,ba,..,bz
+ As Makeindex is not keen on the latter.
+
+ * source2e.tex: Modify printing of line numbers in index,
+
+ * ifthen.dtx: Use new style error commands.
+
+ * ltboxes.dtx: Add some more names in \author, so I don't get
+ all the blame.
+
+1994-05-27 Rainer Schoepf <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * tlb0438.tlg: Line number change in exscale package.
+
+ * Makefile: Renamed unpack2e.ins to unpack.ins and latex2e.ltx
+ to latex.ltx, renamed format file to latex.fmt. Added test
+ tlb0483.
+
+ * manifest.txt: Renamed unpack2e.ins to unpack.ins and
+ latex2e.ltx to latex.ltx, rearranged a few lines.
+
+ * unpack2e.ins: Renamed unpack2e.ins to unpack.ins and
+ latex2e.ltx to latex.ltx.
+
+ * unpacked.txt: Renamed unpack2e.ins to unpack.ins and
+ latex2e.ltx to latex.ltx.
+
+ * tracefnt.dtx: Changed copyright line.
+
+ * pandora.dtx: Updated for new driver format, changed \wlog to
+ \ProvidesFile and \ProvidesPackage.
+
+ * oldgerm.dtx: Updated for new driver format, changed \wlog to
+ \ProvidesFile and \ProvidesPackage.
+
+ * oldgerm.dst: Changed copyright line, removed generation of
+ documentation driver.
+
+ * pandora.dst: Changed copyright line, removed generation of
+ documentation driver.
+
+ * latexsym.dst: Changed copyright line.
+
+ * amsfonts.dst: Changed copyright line.
+
+ * latexsym.dtx: Added \ProvidesPackage and \ProvidesFile
+ declaration.
+
+ * euscript.dtx: Corrected \ProvidesPackage declaration.
+
+ * vtl2e02.tlg: Removed test for \SLiTeX command.
+
+ * vtl2e02.lvt: Removed test for \SLiTeX command.
+
+1994-05-27 Alan Jeffrey <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * ltnews01.tex: Corrected filenames of usrguie and clsguide.
+ Removed ltnews.cls from filecontents.
+
+ * ltnews.cls: Checked this in. Added angle brackets to <...>.
+ Added AMS and SliTeX logos.
+
+ * latex209.dtx: Added SliTeX logo.
+
+ * ltxguide.cls: Added SliTeX logo.
+
+1994-05-26 Johannes Braams <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * letter.dtx (subsection{Single or double sided printing}):
+ wrapped a long line.
+
+ * slides.dtx:
+ (subsection{The class code}): Use \input instead of \@@input. This
+ way it also works when \input at path is being used. Also changed
+ \IfFileExists to \InputIfFileExists for the same reason
+
+ * slides.dtx: Wrapped two long lines
+ Moved the identification and driver to the front of the file.
+
+ * proc.dtx (subsection{Identification}):
+ The second argument to \cmd\ProvidesFile wasn't closed in the
+ driver and the style file
+
+ * ifthen.dtx: Wrapped a long line
+ Added a \ProvidesFile command to the driver
+ Added \CharacterTable
+
+ * proc.dtx:
+ Added \CharacterTable
+ Changed some \changes entries to have a 'v' in front of the
+ version number.
+ Moved the identification and driver sections to the front of the
+ file in order to make \GetFileInfo work.
+ (subsection{Identification}):
+ Removed \cmd\typeout from .sty file; changed description
+ (subsection{The page style}):
+ Changed \rm to \normalfont\rmfamily in the definition of
+ \@oddfoot.
+
+1994-05-26 David Carlisle <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * ltlogos.dtx: remove \SLiTeX.
+
+ * ltsect.dtx: Add initial documentation section.
+
+ * ltfloat.dtx: Add initial documentation section.
+
+ * ltclass.dtx: Modify format of \@missingfileerror message.
+
+ * ltmiscen.dtx: remove \literal.
+
+ * ltxdoc.dtx: Add silent substitution for bold tt.
+
+ * ltdirchk.dtx: Fix bug in Mac parser. typo " should have been :
+ (reported by Andrew Trevorrow)
+
+ * ltbibl.dtx: Add initial documentation section.
+
+ * ltpageno.dtx: Add initial documentation section.
+
+ * ltlength.dtx: Improve documetation.
+
+ * ltidxglo.dtx: Add initial documentation section.
+
+ * ltvers.dtx: Remove PRELIMINARY TEST RELEASE from
+ startup banner (spring is here)
+
+ * ltthm.dtx: wrap long lines to 72.
+ (long line added last night:-)
+
+ * ltpage.dtx: wrap long lines to 72.
+
+ * ltcounts.dtx: Add initial documentation section.
+
+ * ltpictur.dtx: Add initial documentation section.
+
+ * lttab.dtx: Add initial documentation section.
+
+1994-05-26 Rainer Schoepf <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * pandora.dtx: Folded a long line.
+
+ * lablst.tex: Folded long lines.
+
+ * copyright.txt: Removed remark about this release being
+ preliminary.
+
+ * copyins.txt: Removed remark about this release being
+ preliminary.
+
+ * Makefile: No list of files at end of 00readme.txt, check for
+ long lines added, make sure that small2e.tex and sample2e.tex
+ don't get a standard header.
+
+ * testpage.tex: Folded long lines.
+
+ * manifest.txt: Shortened long lines.
+
+ * tnfss7.tlg: Removed blank lines around font warnings in log
+ file.
+
+ * tnfss4.tlg: Removed blank lines around font warnings in log
+ file.
+
+ * tnfss1.tlg: Removed blank lines around font warnings in log
+ file.
+
+1994-05-26 Frank Mittelbach <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
+
+ * newlfont.dtx:
+ Wrapped long lines.
+
+ * docstrip.dtx:
+ Wrapped long lines.
+
+ * doc.dtx:
+ Wrapped long lines.
+
+1994-05-25 Chris Rowley <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * ltfntcmd.dtx:
+
+ Added task.
+
+ Corrected processing of \nocorr.
+
+ * ltoutput.dtx:
+
+ Fixed typos and checksum.
+
+ Extra documentation.
+
+1994-05-25 David Carlisle <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * ltthm.dtx: Move user level documentation earlier in the file.
+
+ * ltxref.dtx: Move user level documentation earlier in the file.
+
+ * tracefnt.dtx: wrap long lines to 72.
+
+ * fam.dtx: wrap long lines to 72.
+
+ * ltoutenc.dtx: wrap long lines to 72.
+
+ * ltclass.dtx: wrap long lines to 72.
+
+ * ltxdoc.dtx: Increase \marginparwidth for long command names,
+
+ * ltboxes.dtx: wrap long lines to 72.
+
+ * ltlists.dtx: wrap long lines to 72.
+
+ * ltxref.dtx: wrap long lines to 72.
+
+ * ltdefns.dtx: wrap long lines to 72.
+
+ * ltplain.dtx: wrap long lines to 72.
+
+1994-05-25 Rainer Schoepf <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * manifest.txt: Added changes.txt.
+
+ * ltsect.dtx (\@dottedtocline): Put braces around argument 4
+ (the actual toc entry) to avoid font (and possibly other)
+ changes leaking out to the leaders.
+
+ * vlatex01.tlg: Updated for extra lines around warning
+ messages, removed trailing space in error help messages.
+ Change in strut for footnotes causes blank line to disappear.
+
+ * tnfss7.tlg: Update for new \protect handling, updated for new
+ values of \sfcode and correct \hbar accent.
+
+ * tnfss7.lvt: Added space after number to prevent too much
+ expansion.
+
+ * tlcs01b.tlg: Update for new \protect handling.
+
+ * tlcs07b2.tlg: Update for new \protect handling.
+
+ * tlxs01b.tlg: Update for new \protect handling.
+
+ * tlxs07b2.tlg: Update for new \protect handling.
+
+ * tltc001.tlg: Updated for extra lines around info and warning
+ messages, update for new \protect handling, update for change in
+ value of \errorcontextlines counter in tltc001.lvt.
+
+ * tl2e1.tlg: Updated for extra lines around info messages.
+
+ * vtl2e01.tlg: Updated for extra lines around warning messages,
+ removed trailing space in error help messages.
+
+ * tlb0250.tlg: Omit printout from \documentclass command.
+
+ * tlb0250.lvt: Omit printout from \documentclass command.
+
+ * vlatex03.tlg: Updated for extra lines around warning messages.
+
+1994-05-25 Alan Jeffrey <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * clsguide.tex: Added introduction.
+ Added section on command naming.
+ Added section on docstrip.
+ Added details of option processing.
+ Added example of DeclareRobustCommand.
+ Checked the document in with the server.
+
+1994-05-24 Chris Rowley <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * ltfntcmd.dtx:
+
+ Tidied, fixed some typos in documentation.
+
+ * ltoutput.dtx (subsection{Floats}):
+
+ Changed outputpage.
+
+ Changed warnings etc to new commands.
+
+ Added \MessageBreak.
+
+1994-05-24 David Carlisle <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * lterror.dtx: Wrap long lines to 72.
+
+ * ltdirchk.dtx: Set \@TeXversion to `2' by default for TeX2. Add
+ info about setting \@TeXversion to ltxcheck.dtx.
+
+ * lterror.dtx Add \@latex at info@no at line, remove some obsolete
+ code.
+
+1994-05-24 Frank Mittelbach <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
+
+ * tltx003.tlg:
+ Regenerated because of message changes.
+
+ * usrguide.tex:
+ Updates and additions.
+
+ * tnfss5.lvt:
+ Updated because check for bug (40) no longer appropriate.
+
+ * tnfss5.tlg:
+ Regenerated because of .lvt change.
+
+ * vlatex07.tlg:
+ Regenerated to reflect new layout of error and warning messages.
+
+ * tltx001.lvt:
+ Set errorcontextlines to -1 for better high-level checks.
+
+ * tltx001.tlg:
+ Regenerated to reflect new layout of error and warning messages.
+
+ * ltmiscen.dtx (subsection{Environments}):
+ Changed outer default of \@currenvline to \@empty to avoid
+ double braces.
+
+ * classes.dtx (section{Identification}):
+ Changed file information that appears in \listfiles.
+
+1994-05-24 Alan Jeffrey <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * ltxguide.tex: Checked in document class.
+
+ * clsguide.tex: Added sections on 2e font commands, defining \rm
+ etc., and obsolete commands.
+ Added stuff about \normalsize, \textheight and \textwidth being the
+ only mandatory commands.
+ Implemented Frank's suggestions for additions to the `loading other
+ files' section (which is now a subsection of `upgrading').
+ Added stuff on why primitive \input is a bad idea.
+ Added stuff on boxes and colour.
+ Moved general style stuff to overview section rather than 2.09
+ section.
+ Added newsletter example.
+
+1994-05-23 David Carlisle <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * ltdirchk.dtx: Add coments describing \@TeXversion which must
+ be defined if a TeX older than 3.141 is being used.
+
+ * lterror.dtx: Modify the definition of \GenericError slightly.
+ Also add completely new definition, using \typeout rather than
+ \errmessage. Used with TeX's older than 3.141, which have a
+ bug such that ^^J appears literally rather than breaking the
+ line in messages.
+
+1994-05-23 Frank Mittelbach <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
+
+ * usrguide.tex:
+ Updates and additions.
+
+ * copyright.txt:
+ Point to bugs.txt for error reports.
+ Changed .l2e extension to .txt.
+
+ * tracefnt.dtx:
+ Changed info in \ProvidesPackage.
+
+ * latexsym.dtx:
+ Changed info in \ProvidesPackage.
+
+ * ltdefns.dtx:
+ Removed \MessageQuote since not used otherwise.
+
+ * lterror.dtx:
+ Corrected documentation.
+ Removed definitions for \@font at ... since they are defined
+ in tracefnt.dtx.
+
+ * ltclass.dtx:
+ Added missing percents in filecontents definition :-(
+ Corrected several typos.
+ Cleaned up help texts.
+ Don't stop completely if \NeedsTeXFormat finds the wrong format,
+ just end inputting the current file.
+
+ * unpack2e.ins:
+ Changed .l2e extension to .txt.
+
+ * install.txt:
+ Changed .l2e extension to .txt.
+
+ * othertex.txt:
+ Remove bug address; mention bugs.txt instead.
+ Changed .l2e extension to .txt.
+
+ * readme.txt:
+ Changed .l2e extension to .txt.
+ Removed test release info.
+
+ * texpert.txt:
+ Changed .l2e extension to .txt.
+ Correct LaTeX source file name.
+
+ * web2ctex.txt:
+ Changed .l2e extension to .txt.
+
+ * yandytex.txt:
+ Changed .l2e extension to .txt.
+
+ * manifest.txt:
+ Changed .l2e extension to .txt.
+
+ * ltdefns.dtx:
+ Replaced ^^J by \MessageBreak.
+
+ * ltclass.dtx:
+ Replaced many ^^J by \MessageBreak.
+ Reworded several help texts.
+
+ * ltfinal.dtx:
+ Replaced \f at warn@break with \MessageBreak.
+
+ * ltmiscen.dtx:
+ Replaced \f at warn@break with \MessageBreak.
+
+ * fam.dtx:
+ Replaced \f at warn@break with \MessageBreak.
+
+ * tracefnt.dtx:
+ Removed definition of \f at warn@break.
+ Replaced \f at warn@break with \MessageBreak.
+
+ * latint.dtx:
+ Replaced \f at warn@break with \MessageBreak.
+
+ * tl2e5.lvt:
+ Changed test for bug (40) of NFSS1, old test no longer
+ appropriate.
+
+ * vtl2e07.tlg:
+ Regenerated because of extra blank lines between warnings.
+
+ * vtl2e03.tlg:
+ Regenerated because of extra blank lines between warnings.
+
+ * tnfss3.tlg:
+ Regenerated because of extra blank lines between warnings.
+
+ * tlxs03r.tlg:
+ Regenerated because of extra blank lines between warnings.
+
+ * tlxs03b.tlg:
+ Regenerated because of extra blank lines between warnings.
+
+ * tlxs03a.tlg:
+ Regenerated because of extra blank lines between warnings.
+
+ * tlcs03r.tlg:
+ Regenerated because of extra blank lines between warnings.
+
+ * tlcs03b.tlg:
+ Regenerated because of extra blank lines between warnings.
+
+ * tlcs03a.tlg:
+ Regenerated because of extra blank lines between warnings.
+
+ * tlb0202.tlg:
+ Regenerated because of extra blank lines between warnings.
+
+ * tlb0073.tlg:
+ Regenerated because of extra blank lines between warnings.
+
+ * tl2e5.tlg:
+ Regenerated because of lvt file change.
+
+ * tl2e4.tlg:
+ Regenerated because of extra blank lines between warnings.
+
+1994-05-23 Alan Jeffrey <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * clsguide.tex: Redid document structure to be more like
+ usrguide.
+ Added section on class/package structure.
+ Restructured the commands list.
+
+1994-05-22 Frank Mittelbach <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
+
+ * ltmiscen.dtx:
+ New \protect logic.
+
+ * ltfloat.dtx:
+ Changed \@warning to \@latex at warning.
+
+ * doc.dtx:
+ Added \PackageError commands.
+
+ * tracefnt.dtx:
+ Complete new definitions for \@fontwarning and
+ \@font at info.
+
+ * lterror.dtx (subsection{Specific errors}):
+ Added \MessageBreak to various help messages.
+ Reset \protect to \relax for \@preamerr.
+
+ * lttab.dtx:
+ New \protect logic in \@mkpream.
+
+ * classes.dtx:
+ Use new warning message commands.
+
+ * slides.dtx:
+ Use new warning commands for classes.
+ twocolumn option will produce warning (not error).
+
+ * letter.dtx:
+ Use new warning and error commands. (we use \@latex at error
+ in compatibility mode)
+ Some documentation updates.
+
+ * ltclass.dtx:
+ Use new warning and error commands.
+
+ * ltdefns.dtx:
+ Removed surplus \space in error message
+ Use new warning and error commands.
+
+ * proc.dtx:
+ Replaced \@latexerr with \ClassError{proc}.
+ Replaced \@@warning with \ClassWarningNoLine{proc}.
+ Added \Finale in documentation.
+
+ * ltpictur.dtx:
+ Replaced \@warning by \@latex at warning.
+
+ * tracefnt.dtx:
+ Use old spacing rules of font warnings so that test suite
+ isn't complaining.
+
+1994-05-22 Alan Jeffrey <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * usrguide.tex: Rewrote description of the new argument to
+ \newcommand.
+ Added section on classes and packages, on package options, and on
+ standard classes and packages.
+ Added some examples.
+ Added filecontents* and paragraph on what files can be sent.
+ Added section on latexsym in `old commands'.
+ Rewrote some stuff on 2.09 documents.
+ Added section on \frontmatter, \mainmatter and \backmatter.
+ Wrote `problems' section, including new error messages, stuff on
+ \tenrm and friends, old versions of files, and submitting a bug
+ report.
+ Added overview.
+
+ * lterror.dtx: Replaced braces with begingroup, to stop mathords
+ from sneaking into math mode.
+ Replaced \@generic at message and \@generic at error by \GenericError,
+ \GenericWarning and \GenericInfo.
+ Made \GenericError, \GenericWarning and \GenericInfor robust.
+ Replaced \\ and ~ by \MessageBreak and \space.
+ Replaced \string by \protect in some messages.
+
+1994-05-21 David Carlisle <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * source2e.tex: new style \protect code in \changes.
+
+ * ltxdoc.dtx: Define \aalph as there are currently more than 26
+ files included into source2e.tex.
+ New style \cmd and \cs so Alan can go \cmd\{ in ltoutenc.
+
+1994-05-21 Frank Mittelbach <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
+
+ * doc.dtx:
+ Replaced \@latexerr by \@latex at error.
+
+ * ltxref.dtx:
+ Don't produce line number when warning about multiple labels
+ (would be the line number from the aux file).
+ Replaced \@warning by \@latex at warning.
+
+ * ltbibl.dtx:
+ Replaced \@warning by \@latex at warning.
+
+ * lttab.dtx:
+ Replaced \@latexerr by \@latex at error.
+
+ * ltsect.dtx:
+ Replaced \@latexerr by \@latex at error.
+ Replaced \@@warning by \@latex at warning@no at line.
+
+ * ltmiscen.dtx:
+ Replaced \@latexerr by \@latex at error.
+
+ * ltfiles.dtx:
+ Replaced \@latexerr by \@latex at error.
+ Replaced \@warning by \@latex at warning@no at line; again line numbers
+ do not make much sense in this file.
+
+ * ltlists.dtx:
+ Replaced \@latexerr by \@latex at error.
+
+ * lhyphen.dtx:
+ Fixed checksum.
+
+ * classes.dtx (subsection{Font changing}):
+ Fixed wrong \changes entry.
+
+ * letter.dtx (subsection{Font changing}):
+ Fixed wrong \changes entry.
+
+1994-05-21 Alan Jeffrey <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * ltnews01.tex: Wrote 1st draft of LaTeX News #1.
+
+ * lterror.dtx: Made \@generic at message robust.
+
+1994-05-20 Rainer Schoepf <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * vtl2e06.tlg: Update for new \protect handling, change in
+ format of error messages, change in glue for framed boxes.
+
+ * vlatex06.tlg: Update for new \protect handling, change in
+ format of error messages, change in glue for framed boxes.
+
+ * ltpage.dtx (\marboth, \markright): Changed setting for
+ \protect.
+
+ * tl2e7.tlg: Update for new \protect handling.
+
+ * tl2e2.tlg: Update for new \protect handling.
+
+ * tlb0427.tlg: Update for new \protect handling.
+
+ * tlb0027a.tlg: Update for new \protect handling.
+
+ * tlb0027b.tlg: Update for new \protect handling.
+
+ * tlb0018.tlg: Update for new \protect handling.
+
+ * vtl2e05.tlg: Update for new \protect handling.
+
+ * vtl2e04.tlg: Update for new \protect handling.
+
+ * vtl2e03.tlg: Update for new \protect handling.
+
+ * vtl2e02.tlg: Update for new \protect handling.
+
+ * vlatex05.tlg: Update for new \protect handling.
+
+ * vlatex04.tlg: Update for new \protect handling.
+
+ * vlatex03.tlg: Update for new \protect handling.
+
+ * vlatex02.tlg: Update for new \protect handling.
+
+ * tnfss2.tlg: Update for new \protect handling.
+
+ * ltsect.dtx (\addtocontents): Correct setting of \protect.
+
+ * ltsect.dtx (\addcontentsline): Correct setting of \protect.
+
+ * ltmiscen.dtx (\@writefile): Added correct setting of \protect.
+
+ * ltfloat.dtx (\@xfloat): Restore @nobreak switch inside float
+ to default value false.
+
+ * ltoutput.dtx (\@outputpage): Added setting of \protect during
+ \shipout.
+
+1994-05-20 Frank Mittelbach <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
+
+ * ltfinal.dtx :
+ Replaced \font at warning by \@font at warning.
+
+ * ltmiscen.dtx:
+ Replaced \@@warning by \@latex at warning@no at line.
+ Replaced \font at warning by \@font at warning.
+
+ * ltfntcmd.dtx:
+ Replaced \@latexerr by \@latex at error.
+
+ * newlfont.dtx:
+ Replaced \@latexerr by \@latex at error.
+
+ * lfonts.dtx:
+ Replaced \font at warning by \@font at warning.
+ Replaced \@latexerr by \@latex at error.
+
+ * latint.dtx:
+ Replaced \font at warning by \@font at warning.
+ Replaced \font at log by \@font at info.
+ Replaced \@latexerr by \@latex at error.
+
+ * fam.dtx:
+ Replaced \font at warning by \@font at warning.
+ Replaced \font at log by \@font at info.
+ Replaced \@latexerr by \@latex at error.
+
+ * tracefnt.dtx:
+ Replaced \font at warning by \@font at warning.
+ Replaced \font at log by \@font at info.
+ Replaced \@latexerr by \@latex at error.
+ Use new generic error commands.
+
+1994-05-20 Alan Jeffrey <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * lterror.dtx: Fixed a bug with \@inmatherr.
+
+ * ltfinal.dtx: Corrected checksum.
+
+ * lterror.dtx: Added \@latex at info@no at line.
+ Added missing full stops.
+
+ * ltdefns.dtx: Renamed @checkcommand to CheckCommand.
+
+ * latex209.dst: Added t1enc.sty.
+
+ * latex209.dtx: Changed \@finalstrut.
+ Added t1enc.sty.
+
+1994-05-19 David Carlisle <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * ltfinal.dtx: use \maxdimen not 9999p in \showoutput.
+
+ * test2e.tex: add test2e.cfg for customisation (suggested by
+ Rainer)
+
+1994-05-19 Rainer Schoepf <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * tlb0109.tlg: Change in format of error messages.
+
+ * tlb0063.tlg: Change in format of error messages.
+
+ * vtl2e03.tlg: Change in format of error messages.
+
+ * vtl2e02.tlg: Change in definition of \TeX logo.
+
+ * vtl2e01.tlg: Change in format of error messages, change in
+ definition of \TeX logo.
+
+ * tltx002.tlg: Change in format of error messages.
+
+ * vlatex03.tlg: Change in format of error messages.
+
+ * vlatex02.tlg: Change in definition of \TeX logo.
+
+ * vlatex01.tlg: Change in format of error messages, change in
+ definition of \TeX logo.
+
+ * tltc002.tlg: Change in format of error messages.
+
+ * source2e.tex: Changed according to split in files.
+
+ * manifest.l2e: Changed according to split in files.
+
+ * unpack2e.ins: Changed according to split in files.
+
+ * ltdefns.dtx: Added definitions for \@namedef and \@nameuse
+ again.
+
+ * ltcntlen.dtx: Split into ltcounts.dtx (counters), ltpageno.dtx
+ (page numbering), ltxref.dtx (cross referencing), ltlength.dtx
+ (lengths).
+
+ * ltidxbib.dtx: Split into ltidxglo.dtx (index and glossary) and
+ ltbibl.dtx (bibliography commands).
+
+ * tlb0268.tlg: Change in test2e setup causes box printout to
+ reappear.
+
+ * tlb0077.tlg: Change in test2e setup causes box printout to
+ reappear.
+
+ * vtl2e01.tlg: Change in test2e setup causes box printout to
+ reappear.
+
+ * tl2e1.tlg: Change in test2e setup causes box printout to
+ reappear.
+
+ * tlxs04a.tlg: Change in test2e setup causes box printout to
+ reappear.
+
+ * tlxs02.tlg: Change in test2e setup causes box printout to
+ reappear.
+
+ * tlxs01p.tlg: Change in test2e setup causes box printout to
+ reappear.
+
+ * tltx001.tlg: Change in test2e setup causes box printout to
+ reappear.
+
+ * vlatex05.tlg: Strut in footnotes back to old version for
+ compatibility mode.
+
+ * vlatex04.tlg: Strut in footnotes back to old version for
+ compatibility mode.
+
+ * vlatex03.tlg: Strut in footnotes back to old version for
+ compatibility mode.
+
+ * vlatex02.tlg: Strut in footnotes back to old version for
+ compatibility mode.
+
+ * vlatex01.tlg: Change in test2e setup causes box printout to
+ reappear.
+
+ * tnfss1.tlg: Change in test2e setup causes box printout to
+ reappear.
+
+ * tlcs02.tlg: Change in test2e setup causes box printout to
+ reappear.
+
+ * tlcs01b.tlg: Change in test2e setup causes box printout to
+ reappear.
+
+ * tltc001.tlg: Change in test2e setup causes box printout to
+ reappear, strut in footnotes back to old version for
+ compatibility mode.
+
+1994-05-18 Rainer Schoepf <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * tnfss4.tlg: With new handling of changes to font size and
+ \baselinestretch the tracefnt messages are slightly different.
+
+ * tl2e4.tlg: With new handling of changes to font size and
+ \baselinestretch the tracefnt messages are slightly different.
+
+ * vtl2e02.tlg: New definitions for LaTeX and SLiTeX logos now
+ active, change in writing of robust commands, change in glue for
+ framed boxes.
+
+ * vlatex02.tlg: New definitions for LaTeX and SLiTeX logos now
+ active, change in writing of robust commands, change in glue for
+ framed boxes.
+
+ * tl2e7.tlg: Updated for new values of \sfcode and correct
+ \hbar accent.
+
+ * tl2e7.lvt: Replace package t1enc by fontenc, added a space.
+ Added space after number to prevent too much expansion.
+
+ * vtl2e01.tlg: Change in strut for footnotes causes blank
+ line to disappear.
+
+1994-05-18 Alan Jeffrey <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * latex209.dtx: Added \@finalstrut.
+
+ * ltlogos.dtx: Added the TeX logo.
+ Made the LaTeX2e logo use the text font 2 rather than the math
+ font 2.
+
+ * ltoutenc.dtx: Fixed a typo with fontenc.sty... it's
+ \encodingdefault, not \defaultencoding!
+
+ * ltfinal.dtx: Corrected the lccode for d-bar.
+
+ * ltoutenc.dtx: Made \.i produce i.
+
+1994-05-17 David Carlisle <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * ltclass.dtx: Modify \@use at option so Alan can use
+ \OptionNotUsed within the code for a declared option.
+
+1994-05-17 Rainer Schoepf <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * tl2e7.lvt: Corrected: \documentstyle --> \documentclass.
+
+ * tlb0039.tlg: Removed \usepage{t1ot1}.
+
+ * tlb0039.lvt: Removed \usepage{t1ot1}.
+
+ * latint.dtx: Added missing \let in \@no at font@optfalse, added
+ \ProvidesFile and \GetFileInfo.
+
+ * tlb0438.tlg: Updated for \every at size now working correctly.
+
+ * vlatex07.tlg: Change in strut for array/tabular parboxes and
+ footnotes.
+
+ * vtl2e07.tlg: Change in strut for array/tabular parboxes and
+ footnotes.
+
+ * vlatex05.tlg: Change in strut for footnotes, change in
+ writing of robust commands, change in glue for framed boxes.
+
+ * vtl2e05.tlg: Change in strut for footnotes, change in
+ writing of robust commands, change in glue for framed boxes.
+
+ * vlatex03.tlg: Change in strut for footnotes, change in glue
+ for framed boxes.
+
+ * vlatex04.tlg: Change in strut for footnotes.
+
+ * tltx001.tlg: Change in glue for framed boxes, change in args
+ to \@ifstar, change in colorendbox.
+
+ * tl2e3.tlg: Change in strut for footnotes.
+
+ * vtl2e03.tlg: Change in strut for footnotes, change in glue
+ for framed boxes.
+
+ * vtl2e04.tlg: Change in strut for footnotes.
+
+ * tlb0202.tlg: Change in expansion of accent macros.
+
+ * tltc001.tlg: Change in glue for framed boxes, change in args
+ to \@ifstar, change in colorendbox.
+
+1994-05-17 Rainer Schoepf <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * ltplain.dtx: An underscore character with catcode 12 in math
+ mode produced an error since the active underscore was \let to
+ \_ before the latter was defined. \global\let replaced by \gdef.
+
+1994-05-17 Frank Mittelbach <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
+
+ * lfonts.dtx:
+ Added extra braces to \copyright.
+ Added extra braces to \nfss at text (allow direct use in subscript).
+
+1994-05-17 Alan Jeffrey <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * lterror.dtx: Moved error commands from ltdefns.dtx.
+
+ * ltdefns.dtx: Added section on \protect. Moved error commands to
+ lterror.dtx.
+
+ * ltoutenc.dtx: Removed braces from \$ since they're now in
+ nfss at text.
+
+ * latex209.dtx: Fixed a bug with \ds at newlfont.
+ Removed extra spaces from the missing file error.
+ Commented out bezier with \iffalse...\fi rather than %% to avoid
+ bezier turning up in every file.
+ Corrected some documentation.
+
+1994-05-16 David Carlisle <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * ltmiscen.dtx: Use \DeclareRobustCommand to define \ensuremath,
+ and add extra braces so a_\ensuremath{foo} works.
+
+ * ltoutput.dtx: Add \color at begingroup to protect \normalcolor.
+ move \normalcolor out of the inner box.
+
+1994-05-16 Rainer Schoepf <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * unpack2e.ins: Added batch file ltoutenc.ins.
+
+ * ltoutenc.dst: Capitalize encoding names.
+
+1994-05-16 Frank Mittelbach <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
+
+ * fam.dtx (subsection{Macros for the user}):
+ Removed surplus braces from robust command \linespread.
+ Pass \baselinestretch not \f at linespread in \fontsize.
+
+ * ltoutenc.dtx:
+ \DeclareTextCommand now uses specified encoding again in
+ top-level part.
+ Encoding files now use mixed case names, eg OT1enc.def
+ (subsection{Definitions for the OT1 encoding}):
+ Added extra braces in def of \$.
+
+ * ltplain.dtx:
+ Changed \loop ...\repeat to use Kabelschacht method (TUB 8#2)
+ Comment out encoding specific commands which are defined by
+ ltoutenc.dtx.
+
+ * ltoutput.dtx:
+ Use \let to get original defs of accents back in output routine.
+
+ * ltfinal.dtx:
+ Removed loading of ot1enc.sty (not longer available).
+ Moved definitions of \@acci and friends to lfonts.dtx.
+
+ * lfonts.dtx (subsection{Miscellaneous}):
+ Define saved versions of accents (\@acci and friends) here.
+
+ * fontdef.dtx (subsection{Encodings}):
+ Declare default encoding first.
+ Load encoding specific files for OT1 and T1.
+
+1994-05-16 Alan Jeffrey <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * ltcntrl.dtx: Split file from ltinit.dtx.
+
+ * ltcounts.dtx: Split file from ltinit.dtx.
+
+ * ltdefns.dtx: Split file from ltinit.dtx.
+
+ * lterror.dtx: Split file from ltinit.dtx.
+
+ * ltlogos.dtx: Split file from ltinit.dtx.
+
+ * ltpar.dtx: Split file from ltinit.dtx.
+
+ * ltspace.dtx: Split file from ltinit.dtx.
+
+ * ltoutenc.dtx: Removed \P, since it's not in the T1 encoding.
+ Added \r and \k accents.
+ Added \NG, \ng, \TH, \th, \DH, \dh, \DJ and \dj.
+
+ * latex209.dtx: Fixed a bug with \mediumseries.
+
+ * ltoutenc.dtx: Redid fontenc.sty to use the new mixed-case
+ encoding files.
+ Fixed a bug with \pounds.
+
+ * latex209.dtx: Fixed a bug with the margid option.
+
+ * ltfinal.dtx: Removed ot1enc.sty.
+
+1994-05-15 Frank Mittelbach <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
+
+ * lfonts.dtx:
+ \$ and \pdollar removed since now part of encoding cmds.
+ \pounds and \ppounds ditto.
+
+ * fam.dtx:
+ Names of encoding commands changed to \<enc>-cmd.
+
+1994-05-15 Alan Jeffrey <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * latex209.dtx: Added the nomargid and margid options.
+
+1994-05-14 David Carlisle <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * ifthen.dtx: Add \TE at repl, to make \or safe in \equal.
+
+1994-05-14 Frank Mittelbach <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
+
+ * fontdef.dtx (subsection{Encodings}):
+ Don't input .def files in encoding declarations.
+
+ * fam.dtx (section{Macros for setting up the tables}):
+ Init the encoding change macro only for new \DeclareFontEncoding.
+ Log redeclarations of font encodings.
+ (subsection{Macros for the user}):
+ Added missing \noexpand to \enc at update.
+ Initialise all \f at ... macros with \@empty.
+ (subsection{Macros for loading fonts}):
+ Don't change \f at encoding in \DeclareErrorFont. Removed
+ definitions for \makeatletter and \@input etc. since they are not
+ longer necessary.
+
+ * lfonts.dtx (subsection{Miscellaneous}):
+ Removed surplus braces within \normalfont.
+ Added \DeclareErrorFont.
+
+ * unpack2e.ins (IMPORTANT NOTICE):
+ Moved ltoutenc.dtx before ltfss.dtx since ltfss needs parts of the
+ code.
+
+ * tracefnt.dtx (section{Macros common to \texttt{fam.tex} and
+ \texttt{tracefnt.sty}}): Added \enc at update to selectfont.
+
+ * fam.dtx (section{Macros for setting up the tables}):
+ Initialise \<enc>@cmd in \DeclareFontEncoding.
+ (subsection{Macros for the user}):
+ Added \enc at update to \fontencoding. Thus now encoding updates are
+ deferred until the following \selectfont (as they should). One
+ action of \enc at update is to update \<enc>@cmd for the old and the
+ new encoding.
+
+1994-05-14 Alan Jeffrey <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * ltoutenc.dtx: Renamed \ENC at cmd to \ENC-cmd, to avoid collisions
+ with commands like \U at cmd.
+
+ * ltoutenc.dst: Updated the dst file to match ltoutenc.dtx.
+
+ * latex209.dtx: Redid the oldlfont and newlfont options to set the
+ \@no at font@optfalse flag.
+
+ * fontsmpl.dtx: Split font sample document and package out of
+ ltoutenc.
+
+ * ltoutenc.dtx: Stopped commands declared with DeclareTextWidget
+ from going into an infinite loop if f at encoding isn't the current
+ encoding.
+ Added fontenc package.
+ Made ot1enc.def and t1enc.def files rather than packages.
+
+ * latex209.dtx: Changed how 2e commands are switched off.
+ Removed the date from the announcement of 2.09 mode.
+
+1994-05-13 David Carlisle <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * lfonts.dtx: remove file identification typeout.
+
+ * latint.dtx: remove file identification typeout.
+
+ * setsize.dtx: remove file identification typeout.
+
+ * tracefnt.dtx: remove file identification typeout.
+
+ * fam.dtx: remove file identification typeout.
+
+ * lttab.dtx: Remove definition of \a \a' etc. Now in
+ ltoutenc.dtx
+
+ * ltboxes.dtx: New accent handling in parboxrestore.
+
+ * newlfont.dtx: \DeclareProtectedCommand now
+ \DeclareRobustCommand
+
+ * oldlfont.dtx: \DeclareProtectedCommand now
+ \DeclareRobustCommand
+
+ * ltpictur.dtx: Removed unnecessary braces from \@ifnextchar and
+ \@ifstar constructions.
+
+ * ltclass.dtx: Stop \listfiles being run twice, (A second
+ occurrence in the preamble is silently ignored)
+
+ * lttab.dtx: Add colour support to tabbing macros.
+ Use \@finalstrut in @endpbox.
+
+ * ltfloat.dtx: Add colour support (back again:-) to
+ \@footnotetext. Safe this time, using \normalcolor in an inner
+ group, leaving \reset at font\footnotesize in an outer group so
+ that \split... get set correctly. Also use \@finalstrut, and
+ remove some superfluous braces.
+ Add \normalcolor to \@xfloat, so floats do not pick up the
+ current colour.
+
+1994-05-13 Frank Mittelbach <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
+
+ * fam.dtx:
+ Use \@input@ for .fd files so that they show up with
+ \listfiles.
+
+ * ltfntcmd.dtx:
+ Replaced \@protecteddef by \DeclareRobustCommand.
+
+ * fontcmds.dtx:
+ File renamed to ltfntcmd.dtx.
+
+ * unpack2e.ins:
+ Added Welcome message.
+ Update kernel generation.
+
+ * ltsect.dtx:
+ Added file identification string.
+
+ * ltpictur.dtx:
+ Added file identification string.
+
+ * ltcntlen.dtx:
+ Added file identification string.
+ Removed \@Ialph and \@ialph since they neither save space
+ nor execution time.
+
+ * ltfiles.dtx:
+ Added file identification string.
+ Execute \every at size hook at begin document.
+
+ * ltvers.dtx:
+ Added file identification string.
+ Added \endinput at the end. This is necessary for running
+ unpack2e.ins.
+ Use \fmtname in \everyjob and welcome message.
+
+ * tracefnt.dtx:
+ Change \DeclareProtectedCommand to \DeclareRobustCommand.
+
+ * lfonts.dtx:
+ Change \DeclareProtectedCommand to \DeclareRobustCommand.
+
+ * fam.dtx:
+ Change \DeclareProtectedCommand to \DeclareRobustCommand.
+
+1994-05-13 Alan Jeffrey <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * ltinit.dtx: Added \@backslashchar.
+ Improved coding of \@ifdefinable.
+
+ * testdist.dtx: Improved documentation.
+
+ * emtex.l2e: Created this file.
+
+ * ltfinal.dtx: Loaded package ot1enc, and defined \@acci and
+ friends.
+
+ * ltinit.dtx: Added logging to DeclareProtectedCommand.
+
+ * ltoutenc.dtx: Renamed accents.dtx to ltoutenc.dtx.
+ After all these months It's now a real bit of kernel! :-)
+
+ * accents.dtx: Replaces \space by ` ' in csname.
+
+ * ltinit.dtx: Replaced \space by ` ' in \csname
+
+ * accents.dtx: Added \{, \} and \$.
+
+ * ltinit.dtx: Renamed DeclareProtectedCommand to
+ DeclareRobustCommand.
+ Moved DeclareRobustCommand after @gobble.
+ Removed @if at short@command.
+ Removed \{ and \}.
+
+ * accents.dtx: Redid all the kernel commands. Made t1.def and
+ ot1.def into t1enc.sty and ot1enc.sty.
+
+1994-05-12 Braams J.L. <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * slides.dtx:
+ Changed some \changes entries to have a 'v' in front of the
+ version number.
+ (section{A driver for this document}):
+ A missing \begin{macrocode} line caused LaTeX to loop and complain
+ about \begin{document} only being allowed in the preamble.
+ Wrapped a number of long lines to prevent overfull hbox messages
+ and fixed improper nesting of macro and macrocode environments.
+
+ * letter.dtx:
+ Changed some \changes entries to have a 'v' in front of the
+ version number.
+ (subsubsection{Defining the page styles}):
+ Made running heads the same for odd and even pages in twoside
+ mode.
+
+1994-05-12 David Carlisle <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * amsfonts.dst: Remove generation of the drv file.
+
+ * amsfonts.fdd: Add \ProvidesFile comments to all the files
+ generated.
+
+ * slides.fdd: Add \ProvidesFile comments to all the files
+ generated.
+
+ * ltdirchk.dtx: Add early definition of \ProvidesFile,
+ so fd files read at initex time work OK.
+ Add `v' to \changes entries.
+
+ * cmfonts.fdd: Add \ProvidesFile comments to all the files
+ generated.
+
+ * newlfont.dtx: \DeclareProtectedCommand to define \em. Remove
+ the definitions of \prm and friends.
+
+ * oldlfont.dtx: use \DeclareProtectedCommand to define \rm and
+ friends. Also use \normalfont rather than \reset at font.
+
+1994-05-12 David Carlisle <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * ltoutput.dtx: Added \normalcolor to the output routine just
+ before the head and foot are placed. Needed now color.sty does
+ not redefine \reset at font.
+
+ * ltboxes.dtx: merged \fbox and \framebox.
+ Defined \@finalstrut (used in \@mpfootnotetext)
+ Defined \normalcolor (\let to \relax)
+
+1994-05-12 Frank Mittelbach <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
+
+ * tracefnt.dtx:
+ New \baselinestretch concept.
+ Added some tracing again that was incorrectly removed.
+ Ensure that ltfss can be processed with main mem
+ less than 65000 by adding macrocode envs.
+ Defined all robust commands vi \DeclareProtectedCommand.
+
+ * lfonts.dtx:
+ Ensure that ltfss can be processed with main mem
+ less than 65000 by adding macrocode envs.
+ Defined all robust commands vi \DeclareProtectedCommand.
+
+ * fam.dtx:
+ New \baselinestretch concept.
+ Ensure that ltfss can be processed with main mem
+ less than 65000 by adding macrocode envs.
+ Defined all robust commands vi \DeclareProtectedCommand.
+
+ * latint.dtx:
+ Allow commands to be \let to \relax in the argument of
+ \DeclareMathSymbol, etc. So far only undefined commands
+ or commands of the right type (eg mathchars) were
+ allowed.
+ Ensure that ltfss can be processed with main mem
+ less than 65000 by adding macrocode envs.
+
+1994-05-12 Alan Jeffrey <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * ltinit.dtx: Fixed a bug with DeclareProtectedCommand.
+
+1994-05-11 Braams J.L. <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * classes.dtx:
+ Changed some \changes entries to have a 'v' in front of the
+ version number.
+
+1994-05-11 David Carlisle <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * ltboxes.dtx: Superfluous braces removed from several commands
+
+ * ltclass.dtx: modify filecontents environment so that ctrl-L
+ and ctrl-I are written as a blank line and space respectively.
+ A warning is given if either of these translations takes
+ place, using a devious use of \@ifundefined.
+
+1994-05-11 Alan Jeffrey <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * ltinit.dtx: Moved the logos to after \DeclareProtectedCommand.
+ Defined them using \DeclareProtectedCommand.
+ Made the SLiTeX logo use the TeX logo.
+ Made \, and \hspace use \DeclareProtectedCommand.
+
+ * ltfinal.dtx: Added %%% ltfinal.dtx line.
+
+ * ltinit.dtx: Added %%% ltinit.dtx line.
+
+ * latex209.dst: Added dummy bezier.sty.
+
+ * latex209.dtx: Added dummy bezier.sty.
+
+1994-05-10 Rainer Schoepf <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * ltmiscen.dtx: Slight change in text of error message for
+ \verb in command argument.
+
+1994-05-10 Alan Jeffrey <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * ltinit.dtx: Added documentation sent by DPC.
+ Moved \makeatletter and \maketother into ltinit.
+ Added extra ^^Js to \@latexerr.
+ Removed a couple of spurious braces.
+
+1994-05-09 Rainer Schoepf <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * fontcmds.dtx: Temporary fix: Make sure that \next is not
+ dangerously \let to \relax.
+
+ * exscale.dtx:
+ Added code for scaling of \big... delimiters.
+
+1994-05-09 Frank Mittelbach <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
+
+ * fam.dtx:
+ Added file identification string.
+ Changed error message to fit linewidth.
+
+ * latint.dtx:
+ Added file identification string.
+ Added test to \newmathalphabet to produce an error if
+ used in old 209 sources without explicit newlfont or oldlfont
+ option. (New compatibility concept)
+
+ * oldlfont.dtx (section{The Code}):
+ Setting of \math at bgroup and \math at egroup outside latex209
+ part. (New compatibility concept)
+
+ * fontcmds.dtx:
+ Replaced use of \next by \@let at token and undid temp fix 3.3e.
+
+1994-05-08 Chris Rowley <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * fontcmds.dtx:
+
+1994-05-08 Rainer Schoepf <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * exscale.dtx: Changed to conform to new documentation
+ standard.
+
+ * euscript.dtx: Changed to conform to new documentation
+ standard.
+
+ * eufrak.dtx: Changed to conform to new documentation
+ standard.
+
+ * eufrak.dst: Removed generation of .drv file.
+
+1994-05-08 Frank Mittelbach <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
+
+ * ltxdoc.dtx:
+ Moved definition of \GetFileInfo to doc.dtx.
+
+ * doc.dtx (subsection{GetFileInfo}):
+ Moved definition of \GetFileInfo into this file.
+
+ * ltthm.dtx:
+ Added file identification string.
+
+1994-05-08 Alan Jeffrey <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * somedefs.dtx: Produced v0.01.
+
+ * rawfonts.dtx: Produced v0.01, using somedefs.dtx.
+
+1994-05-07 Frank Mittelbach <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
+
+ * lttab.dtx:
+ Added file identification string.
+ Changed \@firsttab and \@maxtab from counters to chardefs.
+ Removed surplus {} in \@ifnextchar and \@ifstar constructs.
+ Removed plain TeX definition of \+
+
+1994-05-06 Braams J.L. <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * letter.dtx (subsubsection{Itemize}):
+ Inserted \normalfont before \bfseries in second level list label.
+ (subsubsection{Description}):
+ Inserted \normalfont before \bfseries in \descriptionlabel
+ Modified the documentation to use doc's `environment' environment
+ when documenting new environments.
+ (subsubsection{Vertical spacing}):
+ Added the setting of \maxdepth and \@maxdepth.
+
+ * slides.dtx:
+ Modified the documentation to use doc's `environment' environment
+ when documenting new environments.
+ (subsubsection{Vertical spacing}):
+ Added the setting of \maxdepth and \@maxdepth.
+
+ * classes.dtx (subsection{The title}):
+ Now check whether we are in the first or second column in
+ twocolumn mode.
+ (subsubsection{Vertical spacing}):
+ Added the setting of \maxdepth and \@maxdepth.
+ (subsubsection{Itemize}):
+ Inserted \normalfont before \bfseries in second level list label.
+ (subsubsection{Description}):
+ Inserted \normalfont before \bfseries in \descriptionlabel
+
+1994-05-05 Rainer Schoepf <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * ltidxbib.dtx: Do not write page number in \nocite warning
+ message. Set switch for warning and end of run.
+
+1994-05-05 Frank Mittelbach <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
+
+ * preload.dtx:
+ Added some explanation about the need to have the encoding
+ predeclared as well.
+
+1994-05-05 Alan Jeffrey <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * ltfinal.dtx: Added empty \errhelp.
+
+1994-05-04 David Carlisle <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * ltclass.dtx: Changed the wording of the warning in
+ \NeedsTeXFormat.
+
+ * ltinit.dtx: added patch (from Frank)
+ @badcrerr error message removed
+
+1994-05-04 Frank Mittelbach <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
+
+ * latint.dtx:
+ Renamed \@@DeclareMathDelimiter to \@xDeclareMathDelimiter
+
+1994-05-03 David Carlisle <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * ltinit.dtx: add \@break at tfor
+ Remove many superfluous braces around arguments of \@ifnextchar
+ and \@ifstar.
+
+ * source2e.tex: allow full indexing on \@latexerr \@warning, and
+ \@tempboxa and friends.
+
+ * ltfiles.dtx: add \@onlypreamble\@obsoletefile
+ remove some obsolete code which was previously commented out.
+ rename \@break at loop to \@break at tfor, and move its definition to
+ ltinit.
+
+ * tlb0203.lvt: new test file for \@tfor bug.
+
+1994-05-03 Rainer Schoepf <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * ltidxbib.dtx: Make \nocite issue a warning for an undefined
+ citation key.
+
+ * ltfinal.dtx: Corrected setting catcode for ctrl-j.
+
+ * amsfonts.fdd: Removed definitions for AMS-supplied cm fonts.
+
+ * cmfonts.fdd: Included definitions for AMS-supplied cm fonts.
+
+1994-05-03 Frank Mittelbach <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
+
+ * ltmiscen.dtx:
+ \@badcrerr replaced by \@nolnerr.
+
+ * ltinit.dtx:
+ \@badcrerr error message removed.
+
+1994-05-03 Alan Jeffrey <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * ltfinal.dtx: Set the catcode of ^^J to other.
+
+ Removed \@undefinedfonterror.
+
+1994-05-02 Chris Rowley <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * ltoutput.dtx (subsubsection{Float control}):
+
+ Shortened code of \@resethfps.
+
+ Corrected info message code.
+
+ * fontcmds.dtx:
+
+1994-05-02 Alan Jeffrey <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * latex209.dtx: Redid the method of switching off 2e commands.
+
+ * ltfinal.dtx: Set all the catcodes before dumping. Made 127
+ illegal.
+
+ * install.l2e: Added yandytex.l2e
+
+ * accents.dtx: Rewrote almost everything from scratch.
+
+ * yandytex.l2e: Installed a file from Berthold
+
+ Corrected \@fontswitch.
+
+1994-05-01 Chris Rowley <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * ltfloat.dtx (subsection{Floating Environments}):
+
+ Added \@largefloatcheck.
+
+ Removed unnecessary braces from arguments of \@ifnextchar.
+
+1994-05-01 Braams J.L. <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * classes.dst:
+ Removed line left over from the driver generation.
+
+ * slides.dtx (subsection{The class code}):
+ Removed the use of variables to store the version information.
+ Added \ProvidesFile to slides.def
+
+ * letter.dtx (section{Identification}):
+ Removed the use of variables to store the version information.
+
+ * classes.dtx (section{Identification}):
+ Removed the use of variables to store the version information.
+
+ * proc.dtx (subsection{Identification}):
+ Removed the use of variables to store the version information.
+
+ * makeindx.dtx (subsection{Identification}):
+ Removed the use of variables to store the version information.
+
+1994-04-30 Chris Rowley <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * ltinit.dtx:
+
+ Added latexinfo commands.
+
+ * fontcmds.dtx:
+
+ Changed prefix in \@protecteddef from frag@ to frag.
+ Changed warning therein to an info message.
+
+ Removed long lines.
+
+ Changed to, eg, v1.0l.
+
+ * ltoutput.dtx:
+
+ Rogue space removed.
+
+ Cut-off points for adding \@emptycol changed.
+
+ Empty column action added: \@emptycol.
+
+ Full of floats action improved.
+
+ Changed `active characters warning' to an info message.
+
+ (subsection{Floats}):
+
+ Changed wording of some error messages.
+
+ Changed 9* to 199* in dates.
+
+ Fixed bug from \dblfigrule with \@topnewpage.
+
+ Removed long lines.
+
+ Changed to, eg, v1.0l.
+1994-04-29 Braams J.L. <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * letter.dtx (section{Identification}):
+ Use the generic name LaTeX instead of LaTeX2e in the arguments of
+ \ProvidesClass and removed typeout message.
+
+1994-04-29 David Carlisle <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * ltboxes.dtx: use `v' in \changes entries.
+
+ * ltxdoc.dtx: Update the documentation. (source2e now has an
+ index by default.)
+
+ * ltclass.dtx: upgrade version to 1 (no other change, except
+ using `v' in \changes entries in to match the other kernel
+ files.)
+
+ * test2e.tex: reset the original \showbox parameters. (As
+ ltplain now sets them to -1)
+
+1994-04-28 Braams J.L. <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * classes.dtx (subsubsection{Table of Contents}):
+ Changed the definitions of \l at part, \l at chapter and \l at section
+ (article only) to check the value of tocdepth. :
+ (section{Identification}):
+ Use the generic name LaTeX instead of LaTeX2e in the arguments of
+ \ProvidesClass and \ProvidesFile
+
+ * letter.dtx (subsection{Two-side or one-side printing}):
+ Allow the twoside option in native mode; introduced oneside
+ option.
+ (subsubsection{Defining the page styles}):
+ Changed the definition of the pagestyles plain and empty to also
+ define the head and feet for even pages; Added different
+ definition for pagestyle headings when twoside is in effect.
+ (subsection{The generic letter commands}):
+ A letter has to start on a `right' page when in twosided mode.
+
+1994-04-28 David Carlisle <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * graphpap.dtx: Leslie's \graphpaper macros, Converted to
+ ignore spaces between arguments, and documented using doc.
+
+ * ltxdoc.dtx: add \parg for picture mode args.
+
+ * ltpictur.dtx (subsection{Curves}): added \bezier and \qbezier
+ (section{Picture Mode}): Modified \picture \multiput and \bezier
+ so that they ignore spaces between arguments.
+ (section{Picture Mode}): made \circle use \@inmatherr
+
+1994-04-28 Frank Mittelbach <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
+
+ * ltplain.dtx (section{Plain \TeX}):
+ Turn off overrfull box tracing in trancript file.
+
+ * doc.dtx (subsection{Bells and whistles}):
+ Ignore \Finale without \StopEventually.
+
+ * latint.dtx:
+ Removed \uppercase from all counter assignments dealing possibly
+ with hex numbers. That means that
+ \DeclareMathSymbol{m}{\mathord}{operators}{"6d}
+ doesn't work any longer (must be "6D now).
+ On the other hand
+ \DeclareMathSymbol{m}{\mathord}{operators}{`m}
+ although we would suggest to use at least `\m
+
+ * ltlists.dtx:
+ Replaced the warning \@ltxnomath by \@inmatherr.
+
+ * ltinit.dtx (section{Initex initialisations}):
+ Added error macro \@inmatherr#1 to be issued by commands
+ that will not work in math mode (like (\circle))
+
+ * doc.dtx (subsection{Redefining the \textsf{index} environment}):
+ Use \RequirePackage to input multicol.
+
+1994-04-25 David Carlisle <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * ltclass.dtx: Remove extra full stops from the ends of some
+ error messages.
+
+1994-04-25 Frank Mittelbach <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
+
+ * ltmiscen.dtx:
+ message changed to "\verb ended by end of line"
+
+1994-04-24 Frank Mittelbach <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
+
+ * ltpage.dtx:
+ Redefine \@leftmark and \@rightmark to use \@firstoftwo
+ and \@secondoftwo.
+
+ * classes.dtx (subsection{Font changing}):
+ We do warn now if \sl or \sc is found in math
+ (not that they should be used at all.
+
+ * ltpictur.dtx:
+ Removed surplus spaces after "\hbox to " in several cases.
+
+1994-04-23 Frank Mittelbach <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
+
+ * ltfinal.dtx (subsection{Font loading}):
+ Checked the value of \font at submax. If greater 0pt issue a
+ bold warning and reset it to 0pt.
+
+ * ltmiscen.dtx:
+ \verb error messages reworded.
+
+1994-04-22 Frank Mittelbach <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
+
+ * ltplain.dtx:
+ Replaced width, height, depth by \@wifth, \@height, \@depth.
+
+ * latint.dtx:
+ Replace the use of \@leftmark with \@firstoftwo.
+ Moved \@tempdimc to ltinit.dtx.
+
+ * ltinit.dtx:
+ Moved all \@gobble... macros to this file.
+
+ * ltmiscen.dtx (subsection{Environments}):
+ Messages generated by \enddocument reworded.
+
+1994-04-21 David Carlisle <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * ltboxes.dtx (section{\LaTeX\ Box commands}): add colour
+ support to minipage. add comments throughout the file.
+
+ * source2e.tex: modify to always print the index and change
+ history, no longer need to use ltxdoc.cfg to get the index.
+
+1994-04-21 Frank Mittelbach <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
+
+ * newlfont.dtx:
+ Changed message "Don't use ..." to "Command \foo invalid in math mode".
+
+ * lfonts.dtx:
+ Changed message "Don't use ..." to "Command \foo invalid in math mode".
+
+ * fam.dtx:
+ Changed message "Don't use ..." to "Command \foo invalid in math mode".
+ Changed \errmessage's to \@latexerr's.
+
+1994-04-21 Alan Jeffrey <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * install.l2e: Corrected the wording of the bug report.
+
+ * ltfinal.dtx: Added some documentation, incorporated ltcodes.dtx.
+ This now includes setting the catcodes of 128--255 to `illegal'.
+
+1994-04-20 David Carlisle <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * features.tex: New name for dircheck.
+ Improve description of package option names. Modify
+ description of dtx extension (as they may now be directly
+ processed by LaTeX.
+ \@filename at parse typo corrected to \filename at parse.
+
+1994-04-20 Frank Mittelbach <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
+
+ * fam.dtx (subsection{Macros for loading fonts}):
+ Added the global flag \ifG at fontsubs. This will be set to true
+ when automatic font substitution happened.
+
+ * ltmiscen.dtx (subsection{Environments}):
+ Moved the warning messages in \enddocument so that they will appear in
+ succession. Also ensure that the aux file is always read so that toc etc.
+ will be correctly produced even in case of multiple labels.
+ Query \ifG at fontsubs and issue a warning in \enddocument when set to true.
+ Also check if size substitution has happened and issue a warning if it
+ is greater than \fontsubfuzz.
+
+1994-04-20 Alan Jeffrey <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * latex209.dtx: Redefined \verbatim at noligs@list.
+
+1994-04-19 David Carlisle <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * ltpage.dtx Improve documentation.
+
+1994-04-18 David Carlisle <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * ltfinal.dtx: Use catcode15 not catcode13 for control chars.
+ Initialise \textwidth \textheight and page style.
+
+ * ltfloat.dtx: removed colour support from \@footnotetext and
+ \@savemarbox. The `simple' extra groups that had been added
+ cause incorrect spacing. More complicated modifications
+ required for colour support will be done in color.sty.
+
+1994-04-18 Frank Mittelbach <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
+
+ * latint.dtx:
+ Removed surplus definition of \no at alphabet@error (see fam.dtx entry).
+ Corrected an error in \DeclareMathAlphabet M@#3 -> M@#2.
+ Added a missing % in \SetMathAlphabet at .
+ Changed two error message helps still containing \documentstyle. :-)
+ Changed all "Redeclaring something..." messages to log only infos.
+ Changed "Check substitution defaults ..." message to "Checking defaults ..."
+
+ * fam.dtx:
+ Changed message "Calculating math sizes ..." to appear only in
+ transcript file.
+ \no at alphabet@error reimplemented to be LaTeX err message.
+ \no at alphabet@help removed.
+
+ * tracefnt.dtx:
+ Changed line breaks and wording in some messages.
+ Removed surplus "." from some warning messages.
+ All warning/error messages changed to start "LaTeX Font Warning" etc.
+ Continuation lines are changed to "(Font)".
+
+ * tracefnt.dtx (section{Scaled font extraction}):
+ Removed dimen regs \fontsubfuzz and \fontsubmax and replaced them
+ by macros \fontsubfuzz and \font at submax.
+
+1994-04-18 Alan Jeffrey <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * web2ctex.l2e: Changed name from unixtex.l2e. Changed the
+ example shell script to look for a LATEX209INPUTS environment
+ variable.
+
+ * install.l2e: Changed name of unixtex.l2e to
+ web2ctex.l2e.
+
+ * latint.dtx: Changed \font at warning to \font at log for redefining
+ math alphabets and symbol fonts.
+
+1994-04-17 Frank Mittelbach <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
+
+ * ltcntlen.dtx:
+ Use new std counter error message \@nocounterr.
+
+ * ltthm.dtx:
+ Use new std counter error message \@nocounterr.
+
+ * ltinit.dtx:
+ Defined \@nocounterr to be the LaTeX2e error command with one
+ argument that announces unknown counters. Changed \@nocnterr
+ back to no-arg syntax for compatibility with old styles making
+ use of that error message. \@nocnterr should not be used by
+ new LaTeX2e applications.
+
+1994-04-15 Rainer Schoepf <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * proc.dtx: Adding missing guard /class, this produced
+ incorrect proc.sty.
+
+ * ltboxes.dtx: Added missing % character in definition of
+ \@isavebox.
+
+1994-04-14 Braams J.L. <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * slides.dtx (subsection{Font changing}):
+ \@renewfontswitch has gone; \@newfontswitch has become
+ \DeclareOldFontCommand
+
+ * letter.dtx (subsection{Font changing}):
+ \@renewfontswitch has gone; \@newfontswitch has become
+ \DeclareOldFontCommand
+
+ * classes.dtx (subsection{Fonts}):
+ The size changing commands are no longer defined in the
+ kernel. Use \newcommand instead of \renewcommand.
+ (subsection{Font changing}):
+ \@renewfontswitch has gone; \@newfontswitch has become
+ \DeclareOldFontCommand
+
+ * oldgerm.dtx:
+ Renamed \@newtextcmd to \DeclareTextFontCommand
+
+ * fontcmds.dtx:
+ Renamed \@newtextcmd to \DeclareTextFontCommand and
+ \@newfontswitch to \DeclareOldFontCommand as agreed in Warwick.
+
+1994-04-14 David Carlisle <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * source2e.tex: fix to pagestyle in change log.
+
+1994-04-14 Alan Jeffrey <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * latexbug.tex: Changed the prompt for `a list of files' to a
+ prompt for a single filename. Made latexbug look to see if it
+ could find the file, and if it can, it includes the file and the
+ logfile in the latexbug.msg.
+
+1994-04-12 David Carlisle <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * ltinit.dtx: Add definition of \@dischyph (was in ltboxes).
+
+ * ltboxes.dtx: Remove redefinition \@acci-iii. (now defined in
+ ltplain). Remove definition of \@dischyph (now in ltinit).
+
+ * ltplain.dtx: define \' \` \= in terms of \@acci-iii.
+ Use NFSS font commands in \ttraggedright and \proclaim.
+
+1994-04-12 Rainer Schoepf <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * manifest.l2e: Changes according to splitting of kernel.
+
+ * ltvers.dtx: Have Expansion of \fmtversion (version info)
+ generated automatically.
+
+ * accdefs.dtx: Removed definitions of accent macros \' \` \=
+ as these are in the kernel.
+
+1994-04-12 Alan Jeffrey <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * oztex.l2e: Added warning that lines are > 80 chars
+
+1994-04-11 Braams J.L. <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * classes.dtx (subsubsection{Titlepage}):
+ Removed bug introduced by inserting \cleardoublepage in the wrong
+ place.
+
+ Checked the file for long lines and wrapped them.
+
+ LL introduced options openright and openany fot the report and
+ book classes.
+
+ LL introduced commands \frontmatter, \mainmatter and \backmatter
+ to the book class.
+
+1994-04-11 David Carlisle <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * ltclass.dtx: add * form of filecontents environment.
+ Protect \ProvidesFile against space and / having strange
+ catcodes.
+
+ * ltinit.dtx: remove setting of errorcontextlines in \@latexerr
+ remove old definition of the \LaTeX logo.
+
+ * source2e.tex: minor improvements (mainly to the comments)
+
+ * ltthm.dtx: use new style \@nocnterr (diff from Frank, dated
+ 1994/04/09)
+
+1994-04-11 Alan Jeffrey <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * fam.dtx: Added `defaultscriptratio and
+ `defaultscriptscriptratio.
+
+ * latex209.dtx: Switched off `enlargethispage and the `!' float
+ option.
+
+1994-04-10 Alan Jeffrey <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * install.l2e: Split the installation guide into install.l2e,
+ texpert.l2e, and system-specific oztex.l2e and unixtex.l2e files.
+
+ * template.l2e: Created a template for system.l2e files.
+
+1994-04-09 Frank Mittelbach <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
+
+ * ltherest.dtx:
+ Use standard counter missing error message for \newtheorem.
+
+ * ltcntlen.dtx:
+ Use \setcounter in \stepcounter to have counter name checked.
+ Change usage of \@nocnterr to have counter name as argument.
+
+ * ltinit.dtx:
+ Change default err message to point to the LaTeX manual or
+ LaTeX companion.
+
+1994-04-05 Alan Jeffrey <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * latex209.dtx: Switched off `lrbox, `width, `height and `depth in
+ 2.09 mode.
+
+ Removed optional arguments to `parbox, `minipage and `newcommand.
+
+ Made `ProvidesPackage and `ProvidesClass produce log entries
+ rather than warnings.
+
+ Removed `filedate.
+
+1994-03-31 David Carlisle <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * ltxdoc.dtx: Minor improvements.
+
+ * manifest.l2e: update this file with all the new file names.
+
+ * source2e.tex: update this file with all the new file names.
+
+ * unpack2e.ins: update this file with all the new file names.
+
+ * ltherest.dtx: The only thing left in this file is the old
+ definition of \documentstyle and \@options, which are
+ redefined in ltclass.dtx. This file is now removed.
+
+ * ltpage.dtx: Create file. Page style + \raggedbottom \sloppy
+ etc. Taken from ltherest.dtx.
+
+ * ltidxbib.dtx: create file. index and bibliography stuff from
+ ltherest.dtx.
+
+1994-03-29 David Carlisle <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * ltcntlen.dtx: create file. Contains counter and length macros.
+
+ * ltmiscen.dtx: remove counter macros.
+
+1994-03-28 David Carlisle <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * ltfloat.dtx: create file by removing sectioning commands from
+ ltherest.dtx
+ Use \normalsize in \@caption in place of \@normalsize.
+
+ * ltsect.dtx: create file by removing sectioning commands from
+ ltherest.dtx.
+
+ * ltthm.dtx: create file by removing theorem environment from
+ ltherest.dtx.
+
+ * lttab.dtx: Improve documentation, mainly making sure that
+ \changes entries are not in the scope of `oldcomments'.
+
+ * ltlists.dtx: Improve documentation, mainly making sure that
+ \changes entries are not in the scope of `oldcomments'.
+
+ * ltmiscen.dtx: Improve documentation, mainly making sure that
+ \changes entries are not in the scope of `oldcomments'.
+
+ * ltfiles.dtx: remove \@normalsize test from \document. Use
+ \normalsize instead of \@normalsize.
+
+ * ltinit.dtx: Remove redefinition of \newcount and friends as
+ version in ltplain.dtx is no longer \outer.
+ Comment out the experimental version of \@bsphack.
+
+ Remove test for \cs{inputlineno} undefined as it is
+ defined in ltplain.dtx
+
+ * ltplain.dtx: remove \outer from \newskip \newdimen \newwrite
+ and \newfam. Also comment out the definition of the `log like'
+ operators. (This does not alter the format, as they were
+ previously redefined by later files.)
+
+ * ltdirchk.dtx: Improve documentation. (Removal of comments
+ refering to obsolete versions of the file.)
+
+1994-03-25 David Carlisle <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * source2e.tex: fix date to be \fmtversion, and add authors.
+
+ * ltxdoc.dtx (section{DocInclude}): Use \part to separate the
+ individual file sections.
+
+ * Started Keeping Change log in GNU format. All entries below
+ this point, have been converted from the LaTeX/doc \changes
+ log.
+
+1994-03-16 Braams J.L. <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * proc.dtx:
+ Removed the use of \wlog and included \fileversion in the optional
+ argument of \ProvidesClass
+
+ * slides.dtx:
+ Removed the \typeout lines since they are no longer needed.
+
+ * varioref.dtx (subsection{Options}):
+ Inserted missing hash mark in the code for the spanish option.
+
+1994-03-16 David Carlisle <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * ltfiles.dtx v1.0c \document (DPC) directly add file list
+ settings
+
+ * ltclass.dtx 0.3f \listfiles Move this code directly into
+ \document
+
+ * ltclass.dtx 0.3f "General" Add pkgindoc package
+
+1994-03-15 David Carlisle <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * ltdirchk.dtx 1.0c "General" Add \NeedsTeXFormat
+
+ * ltclass.dtx 0.3e \@missingfileerror Quit on x or X just like
+ a real error
+
+ * fontcmds.dtx v3.2a "General" Removed defs of short-forms and
+ all sizes except \normalize
+
+ * fontcmds.dtx v3.2a "General" Removed \@renewfontswitch
+
+ * fontcmds.dtx v3.2a "General" Changed \/ to \@@italiccorr
+
+ * fontcmds.dtx v3.2a "General" Adapted to mass formatting
+
+1994-03-15 Frank Mittelbach <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
+
+ * varioref.dtx (subsection{Options}):
+ Text added for spanish default (Julio Sanchez).
+ Changed all \extra... to \extras... that was a bug
+
+1994-03-14 David Carlisle <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * ltherest.dtx v1.0c \end at float (DPC) Use \color at endgroup
+
+ * ltherest.dtx v1.0c \@xfloat (DPC) Use \color at begingroup
+
+ * ltherest.dtx v1.0c \@savemarbox (DPC) Use \color at begingroup
+
+ * ltherest.dtx v1.0c \@footnotetext (DPC) Use
+ \color at begingroup, add \endgraf
+
+ * ltherest.dtx 1.0c \@xympar (DPC) Use \color at begingroup
+
+ * ltboxes.dtx 1.0b \sbox Use \color at begingroup
+
+ * ltboxes.dtx 1.0b \lrbox Use \color at begingroup
+
+ * ltboxes.dtx 1.0b \color at endgroup macro added for colour
+ support
+
+ * ltboxes.dtx 1.0b \color at begingroup macro added for colour
+ support
+
+ * ltboxes.dtx 1.0b \@isavepicbox Use \color at begingroup
+
+ * ltboxes.dtx 1.0b \@isavebox Use \color at begingroup
+
+1994-03-14 Rainer Schoepf <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * lablst.tex: Added.
+
+ * idx.tex: Added.
+
+1994-03-14 Frank Mittelbach <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
+
+ * classes.dtx (subsubsection{Margins}):
+ Shortened calculation for margins.
+
+1994-03-13 David Carlisle <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * ltinit.dtx v1.0c \@tfor (DPC) Add \@tf at r so a single group is
+ correctly treated.
+
+ * ltfiles.dtx 0.3b \InputIfFileExists Use new cmd
+ \@addtofilelist
+
+ * ltclass.dtx 0.3d \listfiles Reset \@addtofilelist at begin
+ document
+
+ * ltclass.dtx 0.3d \@addtofilelist Macro added
+
+1994-03-13 Frank Mittelbach <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
+
+ * docstrip.dtx:
+ Replaced \if!#2! by \if>#2> in \from to allow negated modules
+ appearing in this place.
+
+ * doc.dtx:
+ Removed \typeout's
+
+ * eufrak.dtx:
+ Removed \typeout's
+
+ * euscript.dtx:
+ Removed \typeout's
+
+ * latexsym.dtx:
+ Removed \typeout's
+
+ * exscale.dtx:
+ Removed \typeout's
+
+ * oldgerm.dtx:
+ Removed \typeout's
+
+ * varioref.dtx:
+ Removed \typeout's
+
+ * pandora.dtx:
+ Removed \typeout's
+
+ * docstrip.dst:
+ Corrected unpacking for ltxdoc.cls (change of docstrip module).
+
+ * classes.dtx
+ (subsubsection{The dimension of text}):
+ Use same default values for native mode as in old styles.
+
+ (section{Identification}):
+ Added file versions to the \Provides... commands
+
+ (subsection{Footnotes}):
+ Use \@makefnmark rather than its expansion in the definition
+ of \@makefntext.
+
+1994-03-12 David Carlisle <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * ltplain.dtx v1.0b "General" Name changed from lplain. The end
+ of an era
+
+ * ltinit.dtx v1.0b \@yargdef Name changed from \XXX at Argdef
+
+ * ltinit.dtx v1.0b \@reargdef New defn, in terms of \@yargdef
+
+ * ltherest.dtx v0.1b \@xympar (DPC) Extra bgroup for colour
+
+ * ltherest.dtx v0.1b \@savemarbox (DPC) Extra group for colour
+
+ * ltdirchk.dtx 1.0b "General" Minor edits to the typeouts in
+ ltxcheck
+
+ * ltdirchk.dtx 1.0b "General" Change name from dircheck.dtx
+
+ * ltclass.dtx 0.3c \ProvidesPackage use \@gtempa
+
+ * ltclass.dtx 0.3c \ProvidesPackage Add \wlog
+
+ * ltclass.dtx 0.3c \ProvidesFile Add \wlog
+
+ * ltclass.dtx 0.3c "General" Change name from docclass to
+ ltclass
+
+ * ltclass.dtx 0.3c \@fileswithoptions Do not use
+ \@pr at videpackage to avoid typeout
+
+1994-03-12 Frank Mittelbach <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
+
+ * classes.dtx
+ (section{Identification}):
+ Removed \typeout statements since this is now handled by
+ \Provide...
+
+ (subsubsection{Margins}):
+ New algorithm for calculation \oddsidemargin.
+ New algorithm for calculating \marginparwidth.
+
+ * unpack2e.ins:
+ Changed kernel generation using new file names.
+
+1994-03-11 Rainer Schoepf <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * slides.dtx: Corrected \@oval, like previous change to
+ latex.dtx.
+
+ * latint.dtx: \DeclareSymbolFontAlphabet: Added check against
+ use of alphabet switch outside of math mode.
+
+1994-03-10 Rainer Schoepf <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * newlfont.dtx: Changed \math at bgroup/\math at egroup to use
+ \bgroup/\egroup, to follow the change in fam.dtx.
+
+ * fam.dtx: Changed \math at bgroup/\math at egroup to use
+ \bgroup/\egroup rather than \begingroup/\endgroup to avoid
+ leaking out of style changes. Side effect: now always produce
+ mathord atoms.
+
+ * tlb0320.lvt: Added \showoutput and \scrollmode.
+
+ * manifest.l2e: Added syntonly.dtx, syntonly.ins and
+ nfssfont.tex.
+
+ * l2extra.dst: Added generation of syntonly package. Removed
+ generation of .drv file for varioref.
+
+ * syntonly.dst: Added to distribution.
+
+ * syntonly.dtx: Added to distribution.
+
+1994-03-08 David Carlisle <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * ltplain.dtx v1.0a "General" Remove need for a driver file.
+
+ * ltdirchk.dtx 1.0a "General" Reorganise driver module into `new
+ style'
+
+ * ltclass.dtx 0.3b "General" Modify driver code into `new style'
+
+1994-03-08 Rainer Schoepf <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * slides.dtx: Changed \@makefnmark to call \@makefntext rather
+ that \@thefnmark directly.
+
+ * letter.dtx: Changed \@makefnmark to call \@makefntext rather
+ that \@thefnmark directly. Changed class to always write an
+ .aux file, so that, e.g., cross referencing commands work.
+
+ * tl2e4.tlg: Update for new versions of packages latexsym,
+ newlfont, euscript.
+
+ * tlxs05s.tlg: Update for removal of declared option `twoside'
+ in slides.dtx.
+
+ * tlcs05s.tlg: Update for removal of declared option `twoside'
+ in slides.dtx.
+
+ * tlcs01a.tlg: Updated for change in latexsym.dtx (v2.1a -->
+ v2.1b).
+
+ * tlcs01b.tlg: Updated for change in latexsym.dtx (v2.1a -->
+ v2.1b).
+
+ * tlcs01l.tlg: Updated for change in latexsym.dtx (v2.1a -->
+ v2.1b).
+
+ * tlcs01p.tlg: Updated for change in latexsym.dtx (v2.1a -->
+ v2.1b).
+
+ * tltc001.tlg: Updated for change in latexsym.dtx (v2.1a -->
+ v2.1b).
+
+ * tltc002.tlg: Updated for change in latexsym.dtx (v2.1a -->
+ v2.1b).
+
+ * tlcs01r.tlg: Updated for change in latexsym.dtx (v2.1a -->
+ v2.1b).
+
+ * tlcs02.tlg: Updated for change in latexsym.dtx (v2.1a -->
+ v2.1b).
+
+ * tlcs04a.tlg: Updated for change in latexsym.dtx (v2.1a -->
+ v2.1b).
+
+ * tlcs04b.tlg: Updated for change in latexsym.dtx (v2.1a -->
+ v2.1b).
+
+ * tlcs04r.tlg: Updated for change in latexsym.dtx (v2.1a -->
+ v2.1b).
+
+ * tlcs08.tlg: Updated for change in latexsym.dtx (v2.1a -->
+ v2.1b).
+
+ * slides.dtx: Corrected first argument of \IfFileExists for
+ reading sfonts.cfg: sfonts.def to sfonts.cfg.
+
+ * tnfss1.tlg: Updated for change in latexsym.dtx (v2.1a -->
+ v2.1b).
+
+ * tnfss2.tlg: Updated for change in latexsym.dtx (v2.1a -->
+ v2.1b).
+
+ * tnfss3.tlg: Updated for change in latexsym.dtx (v2.1a -->
+ v2.1b).
+
+ * tnfss4.tlg: Updated for change in latexsym.dtx (v2.1a -->
+ v2.1b).
+
+ * tnfss5.tlg: Updated for change in latexsym.dtx (v2.1a -->
+ v2.1b).
+
+ * tnfss6.tlg: Updated for change in latexsym.dtx (v2.1a -->
+ v2.1b).
+
+ * tl2e5.tlg: Updated for change in latexsym.dtx (v2.1a -->
+ v2.1b).
+
+ * tlb0014.tlg: Updated for change in latexsym.dtx (v2.1a -->
+ v2.1b).
+
+ * vlatex01.tlg: Updated for change in latexsym.dtx (v2.1a -->
+ v2.1b).
+
+ * vlatex02.tlg: Updated for change in latexsym.dtx (v2.1a -->
+ v2.1b).
+
+ * vlatex03.tlg: Updated for change in latexsym.dtx (v2.1a -->
+ v2.1b).
+
+ * vlatex04.tlg: Updated for change in latexsym.dtx (v2.1a -->
+ v2.1b).
+
+ * vlatex06.tlg: Updated for change in latexsym.dtx (v2.1a -->
+ v2.1b).
+
+ * vlatex07.tlg: Updated for change in latexsym.dtx (v2.1a -->
+ v2.1b).
+
+ * tl2e1.tlg: Updated for change in latexsym.dtx (v2.1a -->
+ v2.1b).
+
+ * tl2e2.tlg: Updated for change in latexsym.dtx (v2.1a -->
+ v2.1b).
+
+ * tl2e3.tlg: Updated for change in latexsym.dtx (v2.1a -->
+ v2.1b).
+
+ * tlb0057.tlg: Updated for new filedate (\docdate taken up
+ from some file).
+
+ * tlb0010.tlg: Updated for change in latexsym.dtx (v2.1a -->
+ v2.1b).
+
+ * tlb0018.tlg: Updated for change in latexsym.dtx (v2.1a -->
+ v2.1b).
+
+ * tlb0073.tlg: Updated for change in latexsym.dtx (v2.1a -->
+ v2.1b).
+
+ * tlb0077.tlg: Updated for change in latexsym.dtx (v2.1a -->
+ v2.1b).
+
+ * fontcmds.dtx: Corrected typo in documentation.
+
+1994-03-07 David Carlisle <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * lttab.dtx v1.0a "General" Long lines wrapped to 72 columns
+
+ * ltpictur.dtx v0.1a "General" Long lines wrapped to 72 columns
+
+ * ltpictur.dtx v0.1a "General" Initial version, split from
+ latex.dtx
+
+ * ltlists.dtx v1.0a "General" Long lines wrapped to 72 columns
+
+ * ltinit.dtx v1.0a "General" (DPC) Removed input of nfsscode.ltx
+
+ * ltinit.dtx v1.0a \@@italiccorr Macro added
+
+ * ltinit.dtx v0.1a "General" Long lines wrapped to 72 columns
+
+ * ltinit.dtx v0.1a "General" Initial version, split from
+ latex.dtx
+
+ * ltherest.dtx v0.1a \end at float (DPC) Extra group for colour
+
+ * ltherest.dtx v0.1a "General" Long lines wrapped to 72 columns
+
+ * ltherest.dtx v0.1a "General" Initial version, split from
+ latex.dtx
+
+ * ltherest.dtx v0.1a \@xfloat (DPC) Extra group for colour
+
+ * ltherest.dtx v0.1a \@settodim (DPC) Extra group for colour
+
+ * ltherest.dtx v0.1a \@hangfrom (DPC)Extra groups for colour
+
+ * ltherest.dtx v0.1a \@footnotetext (DPC) Extra group for colour
+
+ * ltfinal.dtx v0.1a "General" Remove oldcomments environment
+
+ * ltfinal.dtx v0.1a "General" Initial version, split from
+ latex.dtx
+
+ * ltfinal.dtx 0.1a "General" use \InputIfFileExists not
+ \IfFileExists
+
+ * ltfinal.dtx 0.1a "General" move code here from lhyphen.dtx
+
+ * ltfinal.dtx 0.1a "General" Add code from the old dump.dtx
+
+ * ltfiles.dtx v1.0a "General" Long lines wrapped to 72 columns
+
+ * ltfiles.dtx v1.0a "General" Initial version, split from
+ latex.dtx
+
+ * ltboxes.dtx v1.0a "General" Unify format with other Kernel
+ files
+
+ * ltboxes.dtx v0.1a \@mpfootnotetext (DPC) Extra group for
+ colour
+
+1994-03-07 Rainer Schoepf <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * cmextra.dst: Corrected `cyrilic' --> `cyrillic'. Changed
+ 1993 to 1994.
+
+ * slides.dtx: Removed declared option `twoside' (Suggested by
+ Joachim Schrod).
+
+1994-03-07 Frank Mittelbach <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
+
+ * makeindx.dtx (subsection{Makeidx}):
+ Changed \newcommand to \providecommand for \seename.
+
+1994-03-06 Frank Mittelbach <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
+
+ * latexsym.dtx:
+ Changed \typeout's to \wlog's
+
+ * newlfont.dtx (section{The Code}):
+ Define \cal and \mit to behave as in NFSS1
+
+1994-03-04 David Carlisle <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * ltvers.dtx v1.0a "General" Initial version, split from
+ latex.dtx
+
+ * lttab.dtx v1.0a "General" Initial version, split from
+ latex.dtx
+
+ * ltlists.dtx v1.0a "General" Initial version, split from
+ latex.dtx
+
+1994-03-04 Rainer Schoepf <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * testpage.tex: Changed question asking for paper type so that
+ the answer must now include `paper'. Added question for
+ doublesided printing.
+
+1994-03-03 David Carlisle <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * ltboxes.dtx 0.1f \@irsbox Replaced a missing \else
+
+1994-03-03 Frank Mittelbach <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
+
+ * ltxdoc.dtx:
+ Added driver code in front so that the documentation can be
+ processed by simply running the file through LaTeX2e.
+ Set counter StandardModuleDepth to 1, since all ltx documentation
+ needs that setting anyway.
+
+1994-03-02 David Carlisle <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * ltclass.dtx 0.3a "General" Remove need for driver file
+
+ * ltboxes.dtx v0.1e "General" Remove need for drv file
+
+ * ltboxes.dtx v0.1e "General" Add 2ekernel module
+
+1994-03-02 Rainer Schoepf <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * unpack2e.ins: Added 2ekernel conditional to generation of
+ ltboxes.ltx from ltboxes.dtx since this is now necessary
+ (cf. last change to ltboxes.dtx).
+
+ * unpack2e.ins: Added 2ekernel conditional to generation of
+ latex2e.ltx from docclass.dtx since this is now necessary
+ (cf. last change to docclass.dtx).
+
+ * unpack2e.ins: Removed generation of latex2e.drv and
+ dircheck.drv.
+
+ * slides.dst: Renamed sfontdef.* to sfonts.*.
+
+ * unpacked.l2e: Removed *.drv files (no longer generated)
+ Renamed slides .ltx files to .def.
+
+ * slides.fdd: Removed extra pair of curly braces after
+ DeclareFontFamily. Corrected Documentation to refer to
+ sfonts.*, not to sfontdef.*.
+
+ * slides.dtx: Renamed files sfontdef.* to sfonts.*.
+
+ * letter.dtx: Moved documentation driver further up, so that
+ "latex2e letter.dtx" works.
+
+ * letter.dst: Removed generation of .drv file, changed typeout
+ message that explains how to typeset the documentation.
+
+ * slides.dtx: Added forgotten changes entry for last change.
+
+ * slides.dtx: Renamed files slides.ltx and sfontdef.ltx to
+ slides.def and sfontdef.def.
+
+ * slides.fdd: Moved driver further up so that no extra .drv
+ file is needed, but "latex2e slides.fdd" works.
+
+ * slides.dst: Updated copyright message to show 1994. Removed
+ generation of .drv files. Renamed .ltx --> .def
+
+ * slides.dtx: Moved driver further up so that no extra .drv
+ file is needed, but "latex2e slides.dtx" works. Removed
+ makeidx class option, as it is now a proper package. Changed
+ leqno class option t oread leqno.clo. Added fleqn class
+ option (reads fleqn.clo).
+1994-03-01 David Carlisle <latex-bugs at latex-project.org>
+
+ * ltdirchk.dtx 0.2k "General" Add unstripped module, so that
+ dircheck.dtx may be used with initex
+
+1994-03-01 Frank Mittelbach <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
+
+ * unpack2e.ins:
+ Removed unnecessary .drv generation (some are still there)
+ Added the the WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY message to some preambles.
+
+ * oldgerm.dtx:
+ Moved the driver code in front so that the documentation can be
+ processed by simply running the file through LaTeX2e.
+ Removed extra pair of braces after \DeclareFontFamily which has
+ only three arguments not four.
+
+ * oldlfont.dtx:
+ Removed surplus \ShortVerb setting.
+
+ * lhyphen.dtx:
+ Corrected typo in documentation.
+
+1994-02-28 Frank Mittelbach <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
+
+ * varioref.dtx:
+ Moved the driver code in front so that the documentation can be
+ processed by simply running the file through LaTeX2e.
+
+1994-02-27 Frank Mittelbach <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
+
+ * latint.dtx:
+ Removed decl of \@unused since defined earlier.
+ Removed decl of \typeout.
+ Removed decl of \@tempdima \@tempdimb.
+
+1994-02-26 Frank Mittelbach <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
+
+ * eufrak.dtx:
+ Changed driver code slightly.
+ Moved the driver code in front so that the documentation can be
+ processed by simply running the file through LaTeX2e.
+
+ * euscript.dtx:
+ Changed driver code slightly.
+ Moved the driver code in front so that the documentation can be
+ processed by simply running the file through LaTeX2e.
+
+ * exscale.dtx:
+ Moved the driver code in front so that the documentation can be
+ processed by simply running the file through LaTeX2e.
+
+ * nfssfont.dtx:
+ Added to the distribution.
+ Moved the driver code in front so that the documentation can be
+ processed by simply running the file through LaTeX2e.
+
+ * docstrip.dtx (section{Producing the documentation}):
+ Moved the driver code in front so that the documentation can be
+ processed by simply running the file through LaTeX2e.
+
+ * oldlfont.dtx:
+ Moved the driver code in front so that the documentation can be
+ processed by simply running the file through LaTeX2e.
+
+ * latexsym.dtx:
+ Moved the driver code in front so that the documentation can be
+ processed by simply running the file through LaTeX2e.
+
+ * newlfont.dtx:
+ Moved the driver code in front so that the documentation can be
+ processed by simply running the file through LaTeX2e.
+
+ * pandora.dtx:
+ Moved the driver code in front so that the documentation can be
+ processed by simply running the file through LaTeX2e.
+
+ * preload.dtx:
+ Moved the driver code in front so that the documentation can be
+ processed by simply running the file through LaTeX2e.
+
+ * lhyphen.dtx:
+ Moved the driver code in front so that the documentation can be
+ processed by simply running the file through LaTeX2e.
+
+ * fontdef.dtx:
+ Moved the driver code in front so that the documentation can be
+ processed by simply running the file through LaTeX2e.
+
+ * fontcmds.dtx:
+ Moved the driver code in front so that the documentation can be
+ processed by simply running the file through LaTeX2e.
+
+1994-02-24 Frank Mittelbach <Frank.Mittelbach at latex-project.org>
+
+ * fam.dtx (subsection{Macros for loading fonts}):
+ Removed catcode settings from \try at load@fontshape and
+ \DeclareFontShape and placed them into a separate macro called
+ \nfss at catcodes so that it is easier to maintain special
+ requirements for packages that make certain characters active.
+
Property changes on: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/changes.txt
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:eol-style
## -0,0 +1 ##
+native
\ No newline at end of property
Added: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/classes.pdf
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)
Index: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/classes.pdf
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/classes.pdf 2019-07-25 21:49:36 UTC (rev 51729)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/classes.pdf 2019-07-25 22:32:37 UTC (rev 51730)
Property changes on: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/classes.pdf
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:mime-type
## -0,0 +1 ##
+application/pdf
\ No newline at end of property
Added: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/clsguide.pdf
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)
Index: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/clsguide.pdf
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/clsguide.pdf 2019-07-25 21:49:36 UTC (rev 51729)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/clsguide.pdf 2019-07-25 22:32:37 UTC (rev 51730)
Property changes on: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/clsguide.pdf
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:mime-type
## -0,0 +1 ##
+application/pdf
\ No newline at end of property
Added: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/clsguide.tex
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/clsguide.tex (rev 0)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/clsguide.tex 2019-07-25 22:32:37 UTC (rev 51730)
@@ -0,0 +1,1874 @@
+% \iffalse meta-comment
+%
+% Copyright 1993 1994 1995 1996 1997 1998 1999 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 2009
+% The LaTeX3 Project and any individual authors listed elsewhere
+% in this file.
+%
+% This file is part of the LaTeX base system.
+% -------------------------------------------
+%
+% It may be distributed and/or modified under the
+% conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3c
+% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+% The latest version of this license is in
+% http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt
+% and version 1.3c or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX
+% version 2005/12/01 or later.
+%
+% This file has the LPPL maintenance status "maintained".
+%
+% The list of all files belonging to the LaTeX base distribution is
+% given in the file `manifest.txt'. See also `legal.txt' for additional
+% information.
+%
+% The list of derived (unpacked) files belonging to the distribution
+% and covered by LPPL is defined by the unpacking scripts (with
+% extension .ins) which are part of the distribution.
+%
+% \fi
+% Filename: clsguide.tex
+
+\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}[1995/12/01]
+
+\documentclass{ltxguide}[1995/11/28]
+
+\title{\LaTeXe~for class and package writers}
+
+\author{Copyright \copyright~1995--2006 The \LaTeX3 Project\\
+ All rights reserved}
+
+\date{15 February 2006}
+
+\begin{document}
+
+\maketitle
+
+\tableofcontents
+
+\section{Introduction}
+
+This document is an introduction to writing classes and packages for
+\LaTeX{}, with special attention given to upgrading existing
+\LaTeX~2.09 packages to \LaTeXe{}. The latter subject is also
+covered in an article by Johannes Braams published in TUGboat~15.3.
+
+\subsection{Writing classes and packages for \LaTeXe}
+
+\LaTeX{} is a document preparation system that enables the document
+writer to concentrate on the contents of their text, without bothering
+too much about the formatting of it. For example, chapters are
+indicated by |\chapter{<title>}| rather than by selecting 18pt bold.
+
+The file that contains the information about how to turn logical
+structure (like `|\chapter|') into formatting (like `18pt bold ragged
+right') is a \emph{document class}. In addition, some features (such
+as colour or included graphics) are independent of the document class
+and these are contained in \emph{packages}.
+
+One of the largest differences between \LaTeX~2.09 and \LaTeXe{} is in
+the commands used to write packages and classes. In \LaTeX~2.09,
+there was very little support for writing |.sty| files, and so writers
+had to resort to using low-level commands.
+
+\LaTeXe{} provides high-level commands for structuring packages.
+It is also much easier to build classes and packages on top of each
+other, for example writing a local technical report class |cetechr|
+(for the Chemical Engineering department) based on |article|.
+
+\subsection{Overview}
+
+This document contains an overview of how to write classes and
+packages for \LaTeX{}. It does \emph{not} introduce all of the
+commands necessary to write packages: these can be found in either
+\emph{\LaTeXbook} or \emph{\LaTeXcomp}. But it does describe the new
+commands for structuring classes and packages.
+
+\begin{description}
+
+\item[Section~\ref{Sec:general}] contains some general advice about
+ writing classes and packages. It describes the difference between
+ classes and packages, the command naming conventions, the use of
+ |doc| and |docstrip|, how \TeX's primitive file and box commands
+ interact with \LaTeX{}. It also contains some hints about general
+ \LaTeX{} style.
+
+\item[Section~\ref{Sec:structure}] describes the structure of classes
+ and packages. This includes building classes and packages on top of
+ other classes and packages, declaring options and declaring
+ commands. It also contains example classes.
+
+\item[Section~\ref{Sec:commands}] lists the new class and package
+ commands.
+
+ \item[Section~\ref{Sec:upgrade}] gives detailed advice on how to
+ upgrade existing \LaTeX~2.09 classes and packages to \LaTeXe{}.
+
+\end{description}
+
+\subsection{Further information}
+
+For a general introduction to \LaTeX{}, including the new features of
+\LaTeXe{}, you should read \emph{\LaTeXbook}
+by Leslie Lamport~\cite{A-W:LLa94}.
+
+A more detailed description of the new features of \LaTeX, including an
+overview of more than 200 packages and nearly 1000 ready to run examples, is
+to be found in \emph{\LaTeXcomp\ second edition} by Frank Mittelbach and
+Michel Goossens~\cite{A-W:MG2004}.
+
+The \LaTeX{} system is based on \TeX{}, which is
+described in \emph{The \TeX book} by Donald E.~Knuth~\cite{A-W:DEK91}.
+
+There are a number of documentation files which accompany every copy
+of \LaTeX{}. A copy of \emph{\LaTeX{} News} will come out with each
+six-monthly release of \LaTeX{}, and is found in the files
+|ltnews*.tex|. The author's guide \emph{\usrguide} describes the new
+\LaTeX{} document features; it is in |usrguide.tex|. The guide
+\emph{\fntguide} describes the \LaTeX{} font selection scheme for
+class- and package-writers; it is in |fntguide.tex|. Configuring
+\LaTeX{} is covered by the guide \emph{\cfgguide} in
+\texttt{cfgguide.tex} whilst the philosophy behind our policy on
+modifying \LaTeX{} is described in \emph{\modguide} in
+\texttt{modguide.tex}.
+
+The documented source code (from the files used to produce the kernel
+format via |latex.ltx|) is now available as
+\emph{The \LaTeXe\ Sources}.
+This very large document also includes an index of
+\LaTeX{} commands. It can be typeset from the \LaTeX{} file
+|source2e.tex| in the |base| directory, using the source files and
+the class file |ltxdoc.cls| from this directory.
+
+For more information about \TeX{} and \LaTeX{}, please contact your
+local \TeX{} Users Group, or the international \TeX{} Users Group.
+Addresses and other details can be found at:
+\begin{quote}\small\label{addrs}
+ \texttt{http://www.tug.org/lugs.html}
+\end{quote}
+
+
+\subsection{Policy on standard classes}
+
+Many of the problem reports we receive concerning the standard classes
+are not concerned with bugs but are suggesting, more or less politely,
+that the design decisions embodied in them are `not optimal' and
+asking us to modify them.
+
+There are several reasons why we should not make such changes to these
+files.
+\begin{itemize}
+\item
+ However misguided, the current behaviour is clearly what was
+ intended when these classes were designed.
+\item
+ It is not good practice to change such aspects of `standard classes'
+ because many people will be relying on them.
+\end{itemize}
+
+We have therefore decided not to even consider making such
+modifications, nor to spend time justifying that decision. This does
+not mean that we do not agree that there are many deficiencies in the
+design of these classes, but we have many tasks with higher priority
+than continually explaining why the standard classes for \LaTeX{}
+cannot be changed.
+
+We would, of course, welcome the production of better classes, or of
+packages that can be used to enhance these classes. So your first
+thought when you consider such a deficiency will, we hope, be ``what
+can I do to improve this?''
+
+Similar considerations apply to those parts of the kernel that are
+implementing design decisions, many of which should be left to the
+class file but are not in the current system. We realise that in such
+cases it is much more difficult for you to rectify the problem
+yourself but it is also the case that making such changes in the
+kernel would probably be a major project for us; therefore such
+enhancements will have to wait for \LaTeX3.
+
+\section{Writing classes and packages}
+\label{Sec:writing}
+
+This section covers some general points concerned with writing
+\LaTeX{} classes and packages.
+
+
+\subsection{Old versions}
+
+If you are upgrading an existing \LaTeX~2.09 style file then we
+recommend freezing the 2.09 version and no longer maintaining it.
+Experience with the various dialects of \LaTeX{} which existed in the
+early 1990's suggests that maintaining packages for different versions
+of \LaTeX{} is almost impossible. It will, of course, be necessary
+for some organisations to maintain both versions in parallel for some
+time but this is not essential for those packages and classes
+supported by individuals: they should support only the new standard
+\LaTeXe{}, not obsolete versions of \LaTeX{}.
+
+
+\subsection{Using `docstrip' and `doc'}
+
+If you are going to write a large class or package for \LaTeX{} then
+you should consider using the |doc| software which comes with
+\LaTeX{}.
+\LaTeX{} classes and packages written using this can be
+processed in two ways: they can be run through \LaTeX{}, to produce
+documentation; and they can be processed with |docstrip|, to produce
+the |.cls| or |.sty| file.
+
+The |doc| software can automatically generate indexes of definitions,
+indexes of command use, and change-log lists. It is very useful for
+maintaining and documenting large \TeX{} sources.
+
+The documented sources of the \LaTeX{} kernel itself, and of the
+standard classes, etc, are |doc| documents; they are in the |.dtx|
+files in the distribution. You can, in fact, typeset the source code
+of the kernel as one long document, complete with index, by running
+\LaTeX{} on |source2e.tex|. Typesetting these documents uses the
+class file |ltxdoc.cls|.
+
+For more information on |doc| and |docstrip|, consult the files
+|docstrip.dtx|, |doc.dtx|, and \emph{\LaTeXcomp}. For examples of its
+use, look at the |.dtx| files.
+
+\subsection{Is it a class or a package?}
+\label{Sec:classorpkg}
+
+The first thing to do when you want to put some new \LaTeX{} commands
+in a file is to decide whether it should be a \emph{document class} or a
+\emph{package}. The rule of thumb is:
+\begin{quote}
+ If the commands could be used with any document class, then make
+ them a package; and if not, then make them a class.
+\end{quote}
+
+There are two major types of class: those like |article|, |report| or
+|letter|, which are free-standing; and those which are extensions or
+variations of other classes---for example, the |proc| document class,
+which is built on the |article| document class.
+
+Thus, a company might have a local |ownlet| class for printing letters
+with their own headed note-paper. Such a class would build on top of
+the existing |letter| class but it cannot be used with any other
+document class, so we have |ownlet.cls| rather than |ownlet.sty|.
+
+The |graphics| package, in contrast, provides commands for including
+images into a \LaTeX{} document. Since these commands can be used
+with any document class, we have |graphics.sty| rather than
+|graphics.cls|.
+
+
+\subsection{Command names}
+
+\LaTeX{} has three types of command.
+
+There are the author commands, such as |\section|, |\emph| and
+|\times|: most of these have short names, all in lower case.
+
+There are also the class and package writer commands:
+most of these have long mixed-case names such as the following.
+\begin{verbatim}
+ \InputIfFileExists \RequirePackage \PassOptionsToClass
+\end{verbatim}
+
+Finally, there are the internal commands used in the \LaTeX{}
+implementation, such as |\@tempcnta|, |\@ifnextchar| and |\@eha|:
+most of these commands contain |@| in their name, which means they
+cannot be used in documents, only in class and package files.
+
+Unfortunately, for historical reasons the distinction between these
+commands is often blurred. For example, |\hbox| is an internal
+command which should only be used in the \LaTeX{} kernel, whereas
+|\m at ne| is the constant $-1$ and could have been |\MinusOne|.
+
+However, this rule of thumb is still useful: if a command has |@| in
+its name then it is not part of the supported \LaTeX{} language---and
+its behaviour may change in future releases! If a command is
+mixed-case, or is described in \emph{\LaTeXbook}, then you can rely on
+future releases of \LaTeXe{} supporting the command.
+
+\subsection{Box commands and colour}
+\label{Sec:colour}
+
+Even if you do not intend to use colour in your own documents, by
+taking note of the points in this section you can ensure that your
+class or package is compatible with the |color| package. This may
+benefit people using your class or package who have access to colour
+printers.
+
+The simplest way to ensure `colour safety' is to always use \LaTeX{}
+box commands rather than \TeX{} primitives, that is use |\sbox| rather
+than |\setbox|, |\mbox| rather than |\hbox| and |\parbox| or
+the |minipage| environment rather than |\vbox|.
+The \LaTeX{} box commands have new options which mean that they are now
+as powerful as the \TeX{} primitives.
+
+As an example of what can go wrong, consider that in
+|{\ttfamily <text>}|
+the font is restored just \emph{before} the |}|, whereas in the
+similar looking construction
+|{\color{green} <text>}|
+the colour is restored just \emph{after} the final |}|. Normally this
+distinction does not matter at all; but consider a primitive \TeX{}
+box assignment such as:
+\begin{verbatim}
+ \setbox0=\hbox{\color{green} <text>}
+\end{verbatim}
+Now the colour-restore occurs after the |}| and so is \emph{not}
+stored in the box. Exactly what bad effects this can have depends on
+how colour is implemented: it can range from getting the wrong
+colours in the rest of the document, to causing errors in the
+dvi-driver used to print the document.
+
+Also of interest is the command |\normalcolor|. This is
+normally just |\relax| (i.e., does nothing)
+but you can use it rather like |\normalfont| to
+set regions of the page such as captions or section headings to the
+`main document colour'.
+
+
+\subsection{Defining text and math characters}
+\label{Sec:chars}
+
+Because \LaTeXe{} supports different encodings, definitions of commands
+for producing symbols, accents, composite glyphs, etc.\ must be
+defined using the commands provided for this purpose and described in
+\emph{\fntguide}. This part of the system is still under development
+so such tasks should be undertaken with great caution.
+
+Also, |\DeclareRobustCommand| should be used for encoding-independent
+commands of this type.
+
+Note that it is no longer possible to refer to the math font set-up
+outside math mode: for example, neither |\textfont 1| nor
+|\scriptfont 2| are guaranteed to be defined in other modes.
+
+
+\subsection{General style}
+\label{Sec:general}
+
+The new system provides many commands designed to help you produce
+well-structured class and package files that are both robust and
+portable. This section outlines some ways to make intelligent use of
+these.
+
+\subsubsection{Loading other files}
+\label{Sec:loading}
+
+\NEWdescription{1995/12/01}
+\LaTeX{} provides these commands:
+\begin{verbatim}
+ \LoadClass \LoadClassWithOptions
+ \RequirePackage \RequirePackageWithOptions
+\end{verbatim}
+for using classes or packages inside other classes or packages. We
+recommend strongly that you use them, rather than the primitive
+|\input| command, for a number of reasons.
+
+Files loaded with |\input <filename>| will not be listed in the
+|\listfiles| list.
+
+If a package is always loaded with |\RequirePackage...| or |\usepackage|
+then, even if its loading is requested several times, it will be
+loaded only once. By contrast, if it is loaded with |\input| then it
+can be loaded more than once; such an extra loading may waste time and
+memory and it may produce strange results.
+
+If a package provides option-processing then, again, strange results
+are possible if the package is |\input| rather than loaded by means of
+|\usepackage| or |\RequirePackage...|.
+
+If the package |foo.sty| loads the package |baz.sty| by use of
+|\input baz.sty| then the user will get a warning:
+\begin{verbatim}
+ LaTeX Warning: You have requested package `foo',
+ but the package provides `baz'.
+\end{verbatim}
+Thus, for several reasons, using |\input| to load packages is not a
+good idea.
+
+Unfortunately, if you are upgrading the file |myclass.sty| to a class
+file then you have to make sure that any old files which contain
+|\input myclass.sty| still work.
+
+This was also true for the standard classes (|article|, |book| and
+|report|), since a lot of existing \LaTeX~2.09 document styles contain
+|\input article.sty|. The approach which we use to solve this is
+to provide minimal files |article.sty|, |book.sty| and |report.sty|,
+which simply load the appropriate class files.
+
+For example, |article.sty| contains just the following lines:
+\begin{verbatim}
+ \NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}
+ \@obsoletefile{article.cls}{article.sty}
+ \LoadClass{article}
+\end{verbatim}
+You may wish to do the same or, if you think that it is safe to do so,
+you may decide to just remove |myclass.sty|.
+
+\subsubsection{Make it robust}
+
+We consider it good practice, when writing packages and classes, to use
+\LaTeX{} commands as much as possible.
+
+Thus, instead of using |\def...| we recommend using one of
+|\newcommand|, |\renewcommand| or |\providecommand|; |\CheckCommand| is
+also useful. Doing this makes
+it less likely that you will inadvertently redefine a command, giving
+unexpected results.
+
+When you define an environment, use |\newenvironment| or
+|\renewenvironment| instead |\def\foo{...}| and |\def\endfoo{...}|.
+
+If you need to set or change the value of a \m{dimen} or \m{skip}
+register, use |\setlength|.
+
+To manipulate boxes, use \LaTeX{} commands such as |\sbox|,
+|\mbox| and |\parbox| rather than |\setbox|, |\hbox| and |\vbox|.
+
+Use |\PackageError|, |\PackageWarning| or |\PackageInfo| (or the
+equivalent class commands) rather than |\@latexerr|, |\@warning| or
+|\wlog|.
+
+It is still possible to declare options by defining |\ds@<option>| and
+calling |\@options|; but we recommend the |\DeclareOption| and
+|\ProcessOptions| commands instead. These are more powerful and use
+less memory. So rather than using:
+\begin{verbatim}
+ \def\ds at draft{\overfullrule 5pt}
+ \@options
+\end{verbatim}
+you should use:
+\begin{verbatim}
+ \DeclareOption{draft}{\setlength{\overfullrule}{5pt}}
+ \ProcessOptions\relax
+\end{verbatim}
+
+The advantage of this kind of practice is that your code is more
+readable and, more important, that it is less likely to break when
+used with future versions of \LaTeX{}.
+
+\subsubsection{Make it portable}
+
+It is also sensible to make your files are as portable as possible. To
+ensure this; they should contain only visible 7-bit text; and the
+filenames should contain at most eight characters (plus the three
+letter extension). Also, of course, it \textbf{must not} have the
+same name as a file in the standard \LaTeX{} distribution, however
+similar its contents may be to one of these files.
+
+It is also useful if local classes or packages have a common prefix,
+for example the University of Nowhere classes might begin with |unw|.
+This helps to avoid every University having its own thesis class, all
+called |thesis.cls|.
+
+If you rely on some features of the \LaTeX{} kernel, or on a package,
+please specify the release-date you need. For example, the package
+error commands were introduced in the June 1994 release so, if you use
+them then you should put:
+\begin{verbatim}
+ \NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}[1994/06/01]
+\end{verbatim}
+
+\subsubsection{Useful hooks}
+
+Some packages and document styles had to redefine the command
+|\document| or |\enddocument| to achieve their goal. This is no
+longer necessary. You can now use the `hooks' |\AtBeginDocument| and
+|\AtEndDocument| (see Section~\ref{Sec:delays}). Again, using these
+hooks makes it less likely that your code breaks with future versions
+of \LaTeX{}. It also makes it more likely that your package can work
+together with someone else's.
+
+\NEWdescription{1996/12/01}
+However, note that code in the |\AtBeginDocument| hook is part of the
+preamble. Thus there are restrictions on what can be put there; in
+particular, no typesetting can be done.
+
+\section{The structure of a class or package}
+\label{Sec:structure}
+
+\LaTeXe{} classes and packages have more structure than \LaTeX~2.09
+style files did. The outline of a class or package file is:
+\begin{description}
+\item[Identification] The file says that it is a \LaTeXe{} package or
+ class, and gives a short description of itself.
+\item[Preliminary declarations]
+ Here the file declares some commands and can also load
+ other files. Usually these commands will be just those needed for
+ the code used in the declared options.
+\item[Options] The file declares and processes its options.
+\item[More declarations] This is where the file does most of its work:
+ declaring new variables, commands and fonts; and loading other files.
+\end{description}
+
+\subsection{Identification}
+
+The first thing a class or package file does is identify itself.
+Package files do this as follows:
+\begin{verbatim}
+ \NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}
+ \ProvidesPackage{<package>}[<date> <other information>]
+\end{verbatim}
+For example:
+\begin{verbatim}
+ \NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}
+ \ProvidesPackage{latexsym}[1994/06/01 Standard LaTeX package]
+\end{verbatim}
+Class files do this as follows:
+\begin{verbatim}
+ \NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}
+ \ProvidesClass{<class-name>}[<date> <other information>]
+\end{verbatim}
+For example:
+\begin{verbatim}
+ \NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}
+ \ProvidesClass{article}[1994/06/01 Standard LaTeX class]
+\end{verbatim}
+\NEWdescription{1998/06/19}
+The \m{date} should be given in the form `\textsc{yyyy/mm/dd}' and
+must be present if the optional argument is used (this is also true
+for the |\NeedsTeXFormat| command).
+Any derivation from this syntax will result in low-level \TeX{}
+errors---the commands expect a valid syntax to speed up the daily
+usage of the package or class and make no provision for the case that
+the developer made a mistake!
+
+This date is checked whenever a user specifies a date in their
+|\documentclass| or |\usepackage| command. For example, if you wrote:
+\begin{verbatim}
+ \documentclass{article}[1995/12/23]
+\end{verbatim}
+then users at a different location
+would get a warning that their copy of |article| was out of
+date.
+
+The description of a class is displayed when the class is used. The
+description of a package is put into the log file. These descriptions
+are also displayed by the |\listfiles| command. The phrase
+\texttt{Standard LaTeX} \textbf{must not} be used in the identification
+banner of any file other than those in the standard \LaTeX{}
+distribution.
+
+
+\subsection{Using classes and packages}
+
+The first major difference between \LaTeX~2.09 style files and
+\LaTeXe{} packages and classes is that \LaTeXe{} supports
+\emph{modularity}, in the sense of building files from small
+building-blocks rather than using large single files.
+
+A \LaTeX{} package or class can load a package as follows:
+\begin{verbatim}
+ \RequirePackage[<options>]{<package>}[<date>]
+\end{verbatim}
+For example:
+\begin{verbatim}
+ \RequirePackage{ifthen}[1994/06/01]
+\end{verbatim}
+This command has the same syntax as the author command |\usepackage|.
+It allows packages or classes to use features provided by other
+packages. For example, by loading the |ifthen| package, a package
+writer can use the `if\dots then\dots else\dots' commands provided
+by that package.
+
+A \LaTeX{} class can load one other class as follows:
+\begin{verbatim}
+ \LoadClass[<options>]{<class-name>}[<date>]
+\end{verbatim}
+For example:
+\begin{verbatim}
+ \LoadClass[twocolumn]{article}
+\end{verbatim}
+This command has the same syntax as the author command |\documentclass|.
+It allows classes to be based on the syntax and appearance of another
+class. For example, by loading the |article| class, a class writer
+only has to change the bits of |article| they don't like, rather than
+writing a new class from scratch.
+
+\NEWfeature{1995/12/01}
+The following commands can be used in the common case that you want to
+simply load a class or package file with exactly those options that
+are being used by the current class.
+\begin{verbatim}
+ \LoadClassWithOptions{<class-name>}[<date>]
+ \RequirePackageWithOptions{<package>}[<date>]
+\end{verbatim}
+For example:
+\begin{verbatim}
+ \LoadClassWithOptions{article}
+ \RequirePackageWithOptions{graphics}[1995/12/01]
+\end{verbatim}
+
+\subsection{Declaring options}
+
+\NEWdescription{1998/12/01}
+The other major difference between \LaTeX~2.09 styles and \LaTeXe{}
+packages and classes is in option handling. Packages and classes can
+now declare options and these can be specified by authors; for
+example, the |twocolumn| option is declared by the |article| class.
+Note that the name of an option should contain only those characters
+allowed in a `\LaTeX{} name'; in particular it must not contain any
+control sequences.
+
+An option is declared as follows:
+\begin{verbatim}
+ \DeclareOption{<option>}{<code>}
+\end{verbatim}
+For example, the |dvips| option (slightly simplified)
+to the |graphics| package is implemented as:
+\begin{verbatim}
+ \DeclareOption{dvips}{\input{dvips.def}}
+\end{verbatim}
+This means that when an author writes |\usepackage[dvips]{graphics}|,
+the file |dvips.def| is loaded. As another example, the |a4paper|
+option is declared in the |article| class to set the |\paperheight|
+and |\paperwidth| lengths:
+\begin{verbatim}
+ \DeclareOption{a4paper}{%
+ \setlength{\paperheight}{297mm}%
+ \setlength{\paperwidth}{210mm}%
+ }
+\end{verbatim}
+Sometimes a user will request an option which the class
+or package has not explicitly declared. By default this will produce
+a warning (for classes) or error (for packages); this behaviour
+can be altered as follows:
+\begin{verbatim}
+ \DeclareOption*{<code>}
+\end{verbatim}
+For example, to make the package |fred| produce a warning rather than
+an error for unknown options, you could specify:
+\begin{verbatim}
+ \DeclareOption*{%
+ \PackageWarning{fred}{Unknown option `\CurrentOption'}%
+ }
+\end{verbatim}
+Then, if an author writes |\usepackage[foo]{fred}|, they will get a
+warning \texttt{Package fred Warning: Unknown option `foo'.} As
+another example, the |fontenc| package tries to load a file
+|<ENC>enc.def| whenever the \m{ENC} option is used. This
+can be done by writing:
+\begin{verbatim}
+ \DeclareOption*{%
+ \input{\CurrentOption enc.def}%
+ }
+\end{verbatim}
+\NEWdescription{1998/12/01}
+It is possible to pass options on to another package or class, using
+the command |\PassOptionsToPackage| or |\PassOptionsToClass| (note
+that this is a specialised operation that works only for option
+names). For example, to pass every unknown option on to the |article|
+class, you can use:
+\begin{verbatim}
+ \DeclareOption*{%
+ \PassOptionsToClass{\CurrentOption}{article}%
+ }
+\end{verbatim}
+If you do this then you should make sure you load the class at some
+later point, otherwise the options will never be processed!
+
+So far, we have explained only how to declare options, not how to
+execute them. To process the options with which the file was called,
+you should use:
+\begin{verbatim}
+ \ProcessOptions\relax
+\end{verbatim}
+This executes the \m{code} for each option that was both specified and
+declared (see Section~\ref{Sec:commands.options} for details of how
+this is done).
+
+For example, if the |jane| package file contains:
+\begin{verbatim}
+ \DeclareOption{foo}{\typeout{Saw foo.}}
+ \DeclareOption{baz}{\typeout{Saw baz.}}
+ \DeclareOption*{\typeout{What's \CurrentOption?}}
+ \ProcessOptions\relax
+\end{verbatim}
+and an author writes |\usepackage[foo,bar]{jane}|, then they will see
+the messages \texttt{Saw foo.} and \texttt{What's bar?}
+
+\subsection{A minimal class file}
+
+Most of the work of a class or package is in defining new commands, or
+changing the appearance of documents. This is done in the body of the
+package, using commands such as |\newcommand| or |\setlength|.
+
+\LaTeXe{} provides several new commands to help class and package
+writers; these are described in detail in Section~\ref{Sec:commands}.
+
+There are four things that every class file \emph{must} contain: these
+are a definition of |\normalsize|, values for |\textwidth| and
+|\textheight| and a specification for page-numbering. So a minimal
+document class file\footnote {This class is now in the standard
+distribution, as \texttt{minimal.cls}.} looks like this:
+\begin{verbatim}
+ \NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}
+ \ProvidesClass{minimal}[1995/10/30 Standard LaTeX minimal class]
+ \renewcommand{\normalsize}{\fontsize{10pt}{12pt}\selectfont}
+ \setlength{\textwidth}{6.5in}
+ \setlength{\textheight}{8in}
+ \pagenumbering{arabic} % needed even though this class will
+ % not show page numbers
+\end{verbatim}
+However, this class file will not support footnotes, marginals,
+floats, etc., nor will it provide any of the 2-letter font commands
+such as |\rm|; thus most classes will contain more than this minimum!
+
+\subsection{Example: a local letter class}
+
+A company may have its own letter class, for setting letters in the
+company style. This section shows a simple implementation of such a
+class, although a real class would need more structure.
+
+The class begins by announcing itself as |neplet.cls|.
+\begin{verbatim}
+ \NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}
+ \ProvidesClass{neplet}[1995/04/01 NonExistent Press letter class]
+\end{verbatim}
+Then this next bit passes any options on to the |letter| class, which
+is loaded with the |a4paper| option.
+\begin{verbatim}
+ \DeclareOption*{\PassOptionsToClass{\CurrentOption}{letter}}
+ \ProcessOptions\relax
+ \LoadClass[a4paper]{letter}
+\end{verbatim}
+In order to use the company letter head, it redefines the
+|firstpage| page style: this is the page style that is used on
+the first page of letters.
+\begin{verbatim}
+ \renewcommand{\ps at firstpage}{%
+ \renewcommand{\@oddhead}{<letterhead goes here>}%
+ \renewcommand{\@oddfoot}{<letterfoot goes here>}%
+ }
+\end{verbatim}
+And that's it!
+
+\subsection{Example: a newsletter class}
+
+A simple newsletter can be typeset with \LaTeX{}, using a variant of the
+|article| class.
+The class begins by announcing itself as |smplnews.cls|.
+\begin{verbatim}
+ \NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}
+ \ProvidesClass{smplnews}[1995/04/01 The Simple News newsletter class]
+
+ \newcommand{\headlinecolor}{\normalcolor}
+\end{verbatim}
+It passes most specified options on to the |article| class: apart from
+the |onecolumn| option, which is switched off, and the |green| option,
+which sets the headline in green.
+\begin{verbatim}
+ \DeclareOption{onecolumn}{\OptionNotUsed}
+ \DeclareOption{green}{\renewcommand{\headlinecolor}{\color{green}}}
+
+ \DeclareOption*{\PassOptionsToClass{\CurrentOption}{article}}
+
+ \ProcessOptions\relax
+\end{verbatim}
+It then loads the class |article| with the option |twocolumn|.
+\begin{verbatim}
+ \LoadClass[twocolumn]{article}
+\end{verbatim}
+Since the newsletter is to be printed in colour, it now loads the
+|color| package. The class does not specify a device driver option
+since this should be specified by the user of the |smplnews| class.
+\begin{verbatim}
+ \RequirePackage{color}
+\end{verbatim}
+The class then redefines |\maketitle| to produce the title in 72pt
+Helvetica bold oblique, in the appropriate colour.
+\begin{verbatim}
+ \renewcommand{\maketitle}{%
+ \twocolumn[%
+ \fontsize{72}{80}\fontfamily{phv}\fontseries{b}%
+ \fontshape{sl}\selectfont\headlinecolor
+ \@title
+ ]%
+ }
+\end{verbatim}
+It redefines |\section| and switches off section numbering.
+\begin{verbatim}
+ \renewcommand{\section}{%
+ \@startsection
+ {section}{1}{0pt}{-1.5ex plus -1ex minus -.2ex}%
+ {1ex plus .2ex}{\large\sffamily\slshape\headlinecolor}%
+ }
+
+ \setcounter{secnumdepth}{0}
+\end{verbatim}
+It also sets the three essential things.
+\begin{verbatim}
+ \renewcommand{\normalsize}{\fontsize{9}{10}\selectfont}
+ \setlength{\textwidth}{17.5cm}
+ \setlength{\textheight}{25cm}
+\end{verbatim}
+In practice, a class would need more than this: it would provide
+commands for issue numbers, authors of articles, page styles and so
+on; but this skeleton gives a start. The |ltnews| class file is not
+much more complex than this one.
+
+\section{Commands for class and package writers}
+\label{Sec:commands}
+
+This section describes briefly each of the new commands for class and
+package writers. To find out about other aspects of the new system,
+you should also read \emph{\LaTeXbook}, \emph{\LaTeXcomp} and
+\emph{\usrguide}.
+
+\subsection{Identification}
+
+The first group of commands discussed here are those used
+to identify your class or package file.
+
+\begin{decl}
+|\NeedsTeXFormat| \arg{format-name} \oarg{release-date}
+\end{decl}
+This command tells \TeX{} that this file should be processed using a
+format with name \m{format-name}. You can use the optional argument
+\m{release-date} to further specify the earliest release date of the
+format that is needed. When the release date of the format is older
+than the one specified a warning will be generated. The standard
+\m{format-name} is \texttt{LaTeX2e}. The date, if present, must be in
+the form \textsc{yyyy/mm/dd}.
+
+Example:
+\begin{verbatim}
+ \NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}[1994/06/01]
+\end{verbatim}
+
+\begin{decl}
+|\ProvidesClass| \arg{class-name} \oarg{release-info} \\
+|\ProvidesPackage| \arg{package-name} \oarg{release-info}
+\end{decl}
+This declares that the current file contains the definitions for the
+document class \m{class-name} or package \m{package-name}.
+
+The optional \m{release-info}, if used, must contain:
+\begin{itemize}
+ \item the release date of
+ this version of the file, in the form \textsc{yyyy/mm/dd};
+\item optionally followed by a space and a short description, possibly
+ including a version number.
+\end{itemize}
+The above syntax must be followed exactly so that this information
+can be used by |\LoadClass| or |\documentclass| (for classes) or
+|\RequirePackage| or |\usepackage| (for packages) to test that the
+release is not too old.
+
+The whole of this \m{release-info} information is displayed by
+|\listfiles| and should therefore not be too long.
+
+Example:
+\begin{verbatim}
+ \ProvidesClass{article}[1994/06/01 v1.0 Standard LaTeX class]
+ \ProvidesPackage{ifthen}[1994/06/01 v1.0 Standard LaTeX package]
+\end{verbatim}
+
+\begin{decl}
+ |\ProvidesFile| \arg{file-name} \oarg{release-info}
+\end{decl}
+This is similar to the two previous commands except that here the full
+filename, including the extension, must be given. It is used for
+declaring any files other than main class and package files.
+
+Example:
+\begin{verbatim}
+ \ProvidesFile{T1enc.def}[1994/06/01 v1.0 Standard LaTeX file]
+\end{verbatim}
+
+Note that the phrase \texttt{Standard LaTeX} \textbf{must not} be used
+in the identification banner of any file other than those in the
+standard \LaTeX{} distribution.
+
+\subsection{Loading files}
+\label{Sec:loadf}
+
+\NEWfeature{1995/12/01}
+This group of commands can be used to create your own document class or
+package by building on existing classes or packages.
+\begin{decl}
+ |\RequirePackage| \oarg{options-list} \arg{package-name}
+ \oarg{release-info}\\
+ |\RequirePackageWithOptions| \arg{package-name}
+ \oarg{release-info}
+\end{decl}
+Packages and classes should use these commands to load other packages.
+
+The use of |\RequirePackage| is the same as the author command
+|\usepackage|.
+
+Examples:
+\begin{verbatim}
+ \RequirePackage{ifthen}[1994/06/01]
+ \RequirePackageWithOptions{graphics}[1995/12/01]
+\end{verbatim}
+
+\begin{decl}
+ |\LoadClass| \oarg{options-list} \arg{class-name}
+ \oarg{release-info}\\
+ |\LoadClassWithOptions| \arg{class-name}
+ \oarg{release-info}
+\end{decl}
+\NEWfeature{1995/12/01}
+These commands are for use \emph{only} in class files, they cannot be
+used in packages files;
+they can be used at most once within a class file.
+
+The use of |\LoadClass| is the same as
+the use of |\documentclass| to load a class file.
+
+Examples:
+\begin{verbatim}
+ \LoadClass{article}[1994/06/01]
+ \LoadClassWithOptions{article}[1995/12/01]
+\end{verbatim}
+
+\NEWfeature{1995/12/01}
+The two |WithOptions| versions simply load the class (or package) file
+with exactly those options that are being used by the current file
+(class or package). See below, in \ref{Sec:opmove}, for further
+discussion of their use.
+
+
+\subsection{Option declaration}
+\label{Sec:commands.options.dec}
+
+\NEWdescription{1998/12/01}
+The following commands deal with the declaration and handling of
+options to document classes and packages. Every option name must be a
+`\LaTeX{} name'.
+
+There are some commands designed especially for use within the
+\m{code} argument of these commands (see below).
+
+\begin{decl}
+ |\DeclareOption| \arg{option-name} \arg{code}
+\end{decl}
+This makes \m{option-name} a `declared option' of the class or package
+in which it is put.
+
+The \m{code} argument contains the code to be executed if that option
+is specified for the class or package; it can contain any valid
+\LaTeXe{} construct.
+
+Example:
+\begin{verbatim}
+ \DeclareOption{twoside}{\@twosidetrue}
+\end{verbatim}
+
+\begin{decl}
+ |\DeclareOption*| \arg{code}
+\end{decl}
+This declares the \m{code} to be executed for every option which is
+specified for, but otherwise not explicitly declared by, the class or
+package; this code is called the `default option code' and it can
+contain any valid \LaTeXe{} construct.
+
+If a class file contains no |\DeclareOption*| then, by default, all
+specified but undeclared options for that class will be silently
+passed to all packages (as will the specified and declared options for
+that class).
+
+If a package file contains no |\DeclareOption*| then, by default, each
+specified but undeclared option for that package will produce an error.
+
+
+\subsection{Commands within option code}
+\label{Sec:within.code}
+
+These two commands can be used only within the \m{code} argument of
+either |\DeclareOption| or |\DeclareOption*|. Other commands commonly
+used within these arguments can be found in the next few subsections.
+
+\begin{decl}
+ |\CurrentOption|
+\end{decl}
+This expands to the name of the current option.
+
+\begin{decl}
+ |\OptionNotUsed|
+\end{decl}
+This causes the current option to
+be added to the list of `unused options'.
+
+\NEWfeature{1995/06/01}
+ You can now include hash marks (\texttt{\#}) within these \m{code}
+ arguments without special treatment (formerly, it had been
+ necessary to double them).
+
+\subsection{Moving options around}
+\label{Sec:opmove}
+
+These two commands are also very useful within the \m{code} argument
+of |\DeclareOption| or |\DeclareOption*|:
+\begin{decl}
+ |\PassOptionsToPackage| \arg{options-list} \arg{package-name}\\
+ |\PassOptionsToClass| \arg{options-list} \arg{class-name}
+\end{decl}
+The command |\PassOptionsToPackage| passes the option names in
+\m{options-list} to package \m{package-name}.
+This means that it adds the \m{option-list} to the
+list of options used by any future |\RequirePackage| or |\usepackage|
+command for package \m{package-name}.
+
+Example:
+\begin{verbatim}
+ \PassOptionsToPackage{foo,bar}{fred}
+ \RequirePackage[baz]{fred}
+\end{verbatim}
+is the same as:
+\begin{verbatim}
+ \RequirePackage[foo,bar,baz]{fred}
+\end{verbatim}
+
+Similarly, |\PassOptionsToClass| may be used in a class file to pass
+options to another class to be loaded with |\LoadClass|.
+
+\NEWdescription{1995/12/01}
+The effects and use of these two commands should be contrasted with
+those of the following two (documented above, in \ref{Sec:loadf}):
+\begin{verbatim}
+ \LoadClassWithOptions
+ \RequirePackageWithOptions
+\end{verbatim}
+The command |\RequirePackageWithOptions| is similar to
+|\RequirePackage|, but it always loads the required package with
+exactly the same option list as that being used by the current class
+or package, rather than with any option explicitly supplied or passed
+on by |\PassOptionsToPackage|.
+
+The main purpose of |\LoadClassWithOptions| is to allow one class to
+simply build on another, for example:
+\begin{verbatim}
+ \LoadClassWithOptions{article}
+\end{verbatim}
+This should be compared with the slightly different construction
+\begin{verbatim}
+ \DeclareOption*{\PassOptionsToClass{\CurrentOption}{article}}
+ \ProcessOptions\relax
+ \LoadClass{article}
+\end{verbatim}
+As used above, the effects are more or less the same, but the first is
+a lot less to type; also the |\LoadClassWithOptions| method runs
+slightly quicker.
+
+If, however, the class declares options of its own then
+the two constructions are different. Compare, for example:
+\begin{verbatim}
+ \DeclareOption{landscape}{\@landscapetrue}
+ \ProcessOptions\relax
+ \LoadClassWithOptions{article}
+\end{verbatim}
+with:
+\begin{verbatim}
+ \DeclareOption{landscape}{\@landscapetrue}
+ \DeclareOption*{\PassOptionsToClass{\CurrentOption}{article}}
+ \ProcessOptions\relax
+ \LoadClass{article}
+\end{verbatim}
+In the first example, the \textsf{article} class will be loaded with
+option |landscape| precisely when the current class is called with
+this option. By contrast, in the second example it will never be
+called with option \texttt{landscape} as in that case \textsf{article}
+is passed options only by the default option handler, but this handler
+is not used for |landscape| because that option is explicitly
+declared.
+
+\subsection{Delaying code}
+\label{Sec:delays}
+
+These first two commands are also intended primarily for use within
+the \m{code} argument of |\DeclareOption| or |\DeclareOption*|.
+
+\begin{decl}
+ |\AtEndOfClass| \arg{code}\\
+ |\AtEndOfPackage| \arg{code}
+\end{decl}
+These commands declare \m{code} that is saved away internally and then
+executed after processing the whole of the current class or package
+file.
+
+Repeated use of these commands is permitted: the code in the
+arguments is stored (and later executed) in the order of their
+declarations.
+
+\begin{decl}
+ |\AtBeginDocument| \arg{code}\\
+ |\AtEndDocument| \arg{code}
+\end{decl}
+These commands declare \m{code} to be saved internally and executed
+while \LaTeX{} is executing |\begin{document}| or |\end{document}|.
+
+The \m{code} specified in the argument to |\AtBeginDocument| is
+executed near the end of the |\begin{document}| code, \emph{after} the
+font selection tables have been set up. It is therefore a useful
+place to put code which needs to be executed after everything has been
+prepared for typesetting and when the normal font for the document is
+the current font.
+
+\NEWdescription{1995/12/01}
+The |\AtBeginDocument| hook should not be used for code that does any
+typesetting since the typeset result would be unpredictable.
+
+The \m{code} specified in the argument to |\AtEndDocument| is
+executed at the beginning of the |\end{document}| code,
+\emph{before} the final page is finished and before any leftover
+floating environments are processed. If some of the \m{code} is to be
+executed after these two processes, you should include a |\clearpage|
+at the appropriate point in \m{code}.
+
+Repeated use of these commands is permitted: the code in the
+arguments is stored (and later executed) in the order of their
+declarations.
+
+\begin{decl}[1994/12/01]
+ |\AtBeginDvi| \arg{specials}
+\end{decl}
+These commands save in a box register things which are written to the
+|.dvi| file at the beginning of the `shipout' of the first page of the
+document.
+
+This should not be used for anything that will add any typeset
+material to the |.dvi| file.
+
+Repeated use of this command is permitted.
+
+
+\subsection{Option processing}
+\label{Sec:commands.options}
+
+\begin{decl}
+ |\ProcessOptions|
+\end{decl}
+This command executes the \m{code} for each selected option.
+
+We shall first describe how |\ProcessOptions| works in a package file,
+and then how this differs in a class file.
+
+To understand in detail what |\ProcessOptions| does in a package file,
+you have to know the difference between \emph{local} and \emph{global}
+options.
+\begin{itemize}
+\item \textbf{Local options} are those which have been explicitly
+ specified for this particular package in the \m{options} argument of
+ any of these:
+\begin{quote}
+ |\PassOptionsToPackage{<options>}| \ |\usepackage[<options>]|\\
+ |\RequirePackage[<options>]|
+\end{quote}
+\item \textbf{Global options} are any other options that are specified
+ by the author in the \m{options} argument of
+ |\documentclass[<options>]|.
+\end{itemize}
+For example, suppose that a document begins:
+\begin{verbatim}
+ \documentclass[german,twocolumn]{article}
+ \usepackage{gerhardt}
+\end{verbatim}
+whilst package |gerhardt| calls package |fred| with:
+\begin{verbatim}
+ \PassOptionsToPackage{german,dvips,a4paper}{fred}
+ \RequirePackage[errorshow]{fred}
+\end{verbatim}
+then:
+\begin{itemize}
+\item |fred|'s local options are |german|, |dvips|, |a4paper|
+ and |errorshow|;
+\item |fred|'s only global option is |twocolumn|.
+\end{itemize}
+
+When |\ProcessOptions| is called, the following happen.
+\begin{itemize}
+\item \emph{First}, for each option so far declared in |fred.sty|
+ by |\DeclareOption|, it looks to see if that option is either a
+ global or a local option for |fred|: if it is then the corresponding
+ code is executed.
+
+ This is done in the order in which these options
+ were declared in |fred.sty|.
+\item \emph{Then}, for each remaining \emph{local} option, the command
+ |\ds@<option>| is executed if it has been defined somewhere (other
+ than by a |\DeclareOption|); otherwise, the `default option code' is
+ executed. If no default option code has been declared then an error
+ message is produced.
+
+ This is done in the order in which these
+ options were specified.
+\end{itemize}
+Throughout this process, the system ensures that the code declared for
+an option is executed at most once.
+
+Returning to the example, if |fred.sty| contains:
+\begin{verbatim}
+ \DeclareOption{dvips}{\typeout{DVIPS}}
+ \DeclareOption{german}{\typeout{GERMAN}}
+ \DeclareOption{french}{\typeout{FRENCH}}
+ \DeclareOption*{\PackageWarning{fred}{Unknown `\CurrentOption'}}
+ \ProcessOptions\relax
+\end{verbatim}
+then the result of processing this document will be:
+\begin{verbatim}
+ DVIPS
+ GERMAN
+ Package fred Warning: Unknown `a4paper'.
+ Package fred Warning: Unknown `errorshow'.
+\end{verbatim}
+Note the following:
+
+\begin{itemize}
+\item the code for the |dvips| option is executed before that for the
+ |german| option, because that is the order in which they are declared
+ in |fred.sty|;
+\item the code for the |german| option is executed only once, when the
+ declared options are being processed;
+\item the |a4paper| and |errorshow| options produce the warning from
+ the code declared by |\DeclareOption*| (in the order in which they
+ were specified), whilst the |twocolumn| option does not: this is
+ because |twocolumn| is a global option.
+\end{itemize}
+
+In a class file, |\ProcessOptions| works in the same way, except
+that: \emph{all} options are local; and the default value for
+|\DeclareOption*| is |\OptionNotUsed| rather than an error.
+
+\NEWdescription{1995/12/01}
+Note that, because |\ProcessOptions| has a |*|-form, it is wise to
+follow the non-star form with |\relax|, as in the previous examples,
+since this prevents unnecessary look ahead and possibly misleading
+error messages being issued.
+
+\begin{decl}
+ |\ProcessOptions*| \\
+ |\@options|
+\end{decl}
+This is like |\ProcessOptions| but it executes the options in the
+order specified in the calling commands, rather than in the order of
+declaration in the class or package. For a package this means that the
+global options are processed first.
+
+The |\@options| command from \LaTeX~2.09 has been made equivalent to
+this in order to ease the task of updating old document styles to
+\LaTeXe{} class files.
+
+\begin{decl}
+ |\ExecuteOptions| \arg{options-list}
+\end{decl}
+
+For each option in the \m{options-list}, in order,
+this command simply executes the command
+|\ds@<option>| (if this command is not defined, then that option is
+silently ignored).
+
+It can be used to provide a `default option list' just before
+|\ProcessOptions|. For example, suppose that in a class file you want
+to set up the default design to be: two-sided printing; 11pt fonts;
+in two columns. Then it could specify:
+\begin{verbatim}
+ \ExecuteOptions{11pt,twoside,twocolumn}
+\end{verbatim}
+
+
+\subsection{Safe file commands}
+
+These commands deal with file input; they ensure that the non-existence
+of a requested file can be handled in a user-friendly way.
+
+\begin{decl}
+|\IfFileExists| \arg{file-name} \arg{true} \arg{false}
+\end{decl}
+If the file exists then the code specified in \m{true} is
+executed.
+
+If the file does not exist then the code specified in \m{false} is
+executed.
+
+This command does \emph{not} input the file.
+
+\begin{decl}
+ |\InputIfFileExists| \arg{file-name} \arg{true} \arg{false}
+\end{decl}
+This inputs the file \m{file-name} if it exists and, immediately
+before the input, the code specified in \m{true} is executed.
+
+If the file does not exist then the code specified in \m{false} is
+executed.
+
+It is implemented using |\IfFileExists|.
+
+
+\subsection{Reporting errors, etc}
+
+These commands should be used by third party classes and packages to
+report errors, or to provide information to authors.
+
+\begin{decl}
+ |\ClassError| \arg{class-name} \arg{error-text} \arg{help-text}\\
+ |\PackageError| \arg{package-name} \arg{error-text} \arg{help-text}
+\end{decl}
+These produce an error message. The \m{error-text} is displayed and the
+|?| error prompt is shown. If the user types |h|, they will be shown
+the \m{help-text}.
+
+Within the \m{error-text} and \m{help-text}: |\protect| can be used to
+stop a command from expanding; |\MessageBreak| causes a line-break;
+and |\space| prints a space.
+
+Note that the \m{error-text} will have a full stop added to it, so do
+not put one into the argument.
+
+For example:
+\begin{verbatim}
+ \newcommand{\foo}{FOO}
+ \PackageError{ethel}{%
+ Your hovercraft is full of eels,\MessageBreak
+ and \protect\foo\space is \foo
+ }{%
+ Oh dear! Something's gone wrong.\MessageBreak
+ \space \space Try typing \space <<return>>
+ \space to proceed, ignoring \protect\foo.
+ }
+\end{verbatim}
+produces this display:
+\begin{verbatim}
+ ! Package ethel Error: Your hovercraft is full of eels,
+ (ethel) and \foo is FOO.
+
+ See the ethel package documentation for explanation.
+\end{verbatim}
+If the user types |h|, this will be shown:
+\begin{verbatim}
+ Oh dear! Something's gone wrong.
+ Try typing <<return>> to proceed, ignoring \foo.
+\end{verbatim}
+
+\begin{decl}
+ |\ClassWarning| \arg{class-name} \arg{warning-text}\\
+ |\PackageWarning| \arg{package-name} \arg{warning-text}\\
+ |\ClassWarningNoLine| \arg{class-name} \arg{warning-text}\\
+ |\PackageWarningNoLine| \arg{package-name} \arg{warning-text}\\
+ |\ClassInfo| \arg{class-name} \arg{info-text}\\
+ |\PackageInfo| \arg{package-name} \arg{info-text}
+\end{decl}
+The four |Warning| commands are similar to the error commands, except
+that they produce only a warning on the screen, with no error prompt.
+
+The first two, |Warning| versions, also show the line number where the
+warning occurred, whilst the second two, |WarningNoLine| versions, do
+not.
+
+The two |Info| commands are similar except that they log the
+information only in the transcript file, including the line number.
+There are no |NoLine| versions of these two.
+
+Within the \m{warning-text} and \m{info-text}: |\protect| can be used to
+stop a command from expanding; |\MessageBreak| causes a line-break;
+and |\space| prints a space.
+Also, these should not end with a full stop as one is
+automatically added.
+
+
+\subsection{Defining commands}
+\label{Sec:commands.define}
+
+\LaTeXe{} provides some extra methods of (re)defining commands that are
+intended for use in class and package files.
+
+\NEWfeature{1994/12/01}
+The \texttt{*}-forms of these commands should be used to define
+commands that are not, in \TeX{} terms, long. This can be useful for
+error-trapping with commands whose arguments are not intended to
+contain whole paragraphs of text.
+
+\begin{decl}
+ |\DeclareRobustCommand| \arg{cmd} \oarg{num} \oarg{default}
+ \arg{definition}\\
+ |\DeclareRobustCommand*| \arg{cmd} \oarg{num} \oarg{default}
+ \arg{definition}
+\end{decl}
+This command takes the same arguments as |\newcommand| but it declares
+a robust command, even if some code within the \m{definition} is
+fragile. You can use this command to define new robust commands, or
+to redefine existing commands and make them robust. A log is put into
+the transcript file if a command is redefined.
+
+For example, if |\seq| is defined as follows:
+\begin{verbatim}
+ \DeclareRobustCommand{\seq}[2][n]{%
+ \ifmmode
+ #1_{1}\ldots#1_{#2}%
+ \else
+ \PackageWarning{fred}{You can't use \protect\seq\space in text}%
+ \fi
+ }
+\end{verbatim}
+Then the command |\seq| can be used in moving arguments, even though
+|\ifmmode| cannot, for example:
+\begin{verbatim}
+ \section{Stuff about sequences $\seq{x}$}
+\end{verbatim}
+
+Note also that there is no need to put a |\relax| before the
+|\ifmmode| at the beginning of the definition; this is because the
+protection given by this |\relax| against expansion at the wrong time
+will be provided internally.
+
+\begin{decl}
+ |\CheckCommand| \arg{cmd} \oarg{num} \oarg{default}
+ \arg{definition}\\
+ |\CheckCommand*| \arg{cmd} \oarg{num} \oarg{default}
+ \arg{definition}
+\end{decl}
+This takes the same arguments as |\newcommand| but, rather than define
+\m{cmd}, it just checks that the current definition of \m{cmd} is
+exactly as given by \m{definition}. An error is raised if these
+definitions differ.
+
+This command is useful for checking the state of the system before
+your package starts altering the definitions of commands. It allows
+you to check, in particular, that no other package has redefined the
+same command.
+
+\subsection{Moving arguments}
+
+\NEWdescription{1994/12/01}
+The setting of protect whilst processing (i.e.~moving) moving arguments
+has been reimplemented, as has the method of writing information from
+the |.aux| file to other files such as the |.toc| file. Details can
+be found in the file |ltdefns.dtx|.
+
+We hope that these changes will not affect many packages.
+
+\section{Miscellaneous commands, etc}
+\label{Sec:commands.misc}
+
+\subsection{Layout parameters}
+
+\begin{decl}
+|\paperheight|\\
+|\paperwidth|
+\end{decl}
+These two parameters are usually set by the class to be the size of
+the paper being used. This should be actual paper size, unlike
+|\textwidth| and |\textheight| which are the size of the main text
+body within the margins.
+
+
+\subsection{Case changing}
+\label{sec:case}
+
+\begin{decl}
+ |\MakeUppercase| \arg{text} \\
+ |\MakeLowercase| \arg{text}
+\end{decl}
+
+\NEWfeature{1995/06/01}
+\TeX{} provides two primitives |\uppercase| and |\lowercase| for
+changing the case of text. These are sometimes used in document
+classes, for example to set information in running heads in all
+capitals.
+
+Unfortunately, these \TeX{} primitives do not change the case of
+characters accessed by commands like |\ae| or |\aa|. To overcome this
+problem, \LaTeX{} provides two new commands |\MakeUppercase| and
+|\MakeLowercase| to do this.
+
+For example:
+\begin{quotation}
+\begin{tabular}{rl}
+ |\uppercase{aBcD\ae\AA\ss\OE}| & \uppercase{aBcD\ae\AA\ss\OE}\\
+ |\lowercase{aBcD\ae\AA\ss\OE}| & \lowercase{aBcD\ae\AA\ss\OE}\\
+ |\MakeUppercase{aBcD\ae\AA\ss\OE}| &
+ \MakeUppercase{aBcD\ae\AA\ss\OE}\\
+ |\MakeLowercase{aBcD\ae\AA\ss\OE}| & \MakeLowercase{aBcD\ae\AA\ss\OE}
+\end{tabular}
+\end{quotation}
+
+The commands |\MakeUppercase| and |\MakeLowercase| themselves are
+robust, but they have moving arguments.
+
+The commands use the \TeX{} primitives |\uppercase| and |\lowercase|,
+and so have a number of unexpected `features'. In particular, they
+change the case of everything (except characters in the names of
+control-sequences) in their text argument: this includes mathematics,
+environment names, and label names.
+
+For example:
+\begin{verbatim}
+ \MakeUppercase{$x+y$ in \ref{foo}}
+\end{verbatim}
+produces $X+Y$ and the warning:
+\begin{verbatim}
+ LaTeX Warning: Reference `FOO' on page ... undefined on ...
+\end{verbatim}
+In the long run, we would like to use all-caps fonts rather than any
+command like |\MakeUppercase| but this is not possible at the moment
+because such fonts do not exist.
+
+\NEWdescription{1995/12/01}
+In order that upper/lower-casing will work reasonably well, and in
+order to provide any correct hyphenation, \LaTeXe{} \emph{must} use,
+throughout a document, the same fixed table for changing case.
+The table used is designed for the font encoding |T1|; this works well
+with the standard \TeX{} fonts for all Latin alphabets but will cause
+problems when using other alphabets.
+
+\subsection{The `openany' option in the `book' class}
+
+\NEWdescription{1996/06/01}
+The |openany| option allows chapter and similar openings to
+occur on left hand pages. Previously this option affected only
+|\chapter| and |\backmatter|. It now also affects
+|\part|, |\frontmatter| and |\mainmatter|.
+
+\subsection{Better user-defined math display environments}
+
+\begin{decl}
+ |\ignorespacesafterend|
+\end{decl}
+
+\NEWfeature{1996/12/01}
+\NEWdescription{2003/12/01}
+Suppose that you want to define an environment for displaying text
+that is numbered as an equation. A straightforward way to do this is
+as follows:
+\begin{verbatim}
+ \newenvironment{texteqn}
+ {\begin{equation}
+ \begin{minipage}{0.9\linewidth}}
+ {\end{minipage}
+ \end{equation}}
+\end{verbatim}
+However, if you have tried this then you will probably have noticed
+that it does not work perfectly when used in the middle of a paragraph
+because an inter-word space appears at the beginning of the first
+line after the environment.
+
+There is now an extra command (with a very long name) available that
+you can use to avoid this problem; it should be inserted as shown here:
+\begin{verbatim}
+ \newenvironment{texteqn}
+ {\begin{equation}
+ \begin{minipage}{0.9\linewidth}}
+ {\end{minipage}
+ \end{equation}
+ \ignorespacesafterend}
+\end{verbatim}
+
+This command may also have other uses.
+
+\subsection{Normalising spacing}
+
+\begin{decl}
+ |\normalsfcodes|
+\end{decl}
+
+\NEWfeature{1997/06/01}
+This command should be used to restore the normal settings of the
+parameters that affect spacing between words, sentences, etc.
+
+An important use of this feature is to correct a problem, reported by
+Donald Arseneau, that punctuation in page headers has always (in all
+known \TeX{} formats) been potentially wrong whenever a page break
+happens while a local setting of the space codes is in effect. These
+space codes are changed by, for example, the command
+\verb|\frenchspacing|) and the \textsf{verbatim} environment.
+
+It is normally given the correct definition automatically in
+|\begin{document}| and so need not be explicitly set; however, if it
+is explicitly made nonempty in a class file then automatic
+default setting will be over-ridden.
+
+
+\section{Upgrading \LaTeX~2.09 classes and packages}
+\label{Sec:upgrade}
+
+This section describes the changes you may need to make when you
+upgrade an existing \LaTeX{} style to a package or class but we shall
+start in optimistic mode.
+
+Many existing style files will run with \LaTeXe{} without any
+modification to the file itself. When everything is running OK,
+please put a note in the newly created package or class file to record
+that it runs with the new standard \LaTeX{}; then distribute it to
+your users.
+
+\subsection{Try it first!}
+\label{Sec:try-it}
+
+The first thing you should do is to test your style in `compatibility
+mode'. The only change you need to make in order to do this is,
+possibly, to change the extension of the file to |.cls|: you should
+make this change only if your file was used as a main document style.
+Now, without any other modifications, run \LaTeXe{} on a document that
+uses your file. This assumes that you have a suitable collection of
+files that tests all the functionality provided by your style file.
+(If you haven't, now is the time to make one!)
+
+You now need to change the test document files so that they are
+\LaTeXe{} documents: see \emph{\usrguide} for details of how to do
+this and then try them again. You have now tried the test documents
+in both \LaTeXe{} native mode and \LaTeX~2.09 compatibility mode.
+
+\subsection{Troubleshooting}
+\label{Sec:trouble}
+
+If your file does not work with \LaTeXe{}, there are two likely
+reasons.
+\begin{itemize}
+\item \LaTeX{} now has a robust, well-defined designer's interface for
+ selecting fonts, which is very different from the \LaTeX~2.09
+ internals.
+\item Your style file may have used some \LaTeX~2.09 internal commands
+ which have changed, or which have been removed.
+\end{itemize}
+
+When you are debugging your file, you will probably need more
+information than is normally displayed by \LaTeXe. This is achieved
+by resetting the counter |errorcontextlines| from its default value of
+$-1$ to a much higher value, e.g.~999.
+
+\subsection{Accommodating compatibility mode}
+
+Sometimes an existing collection of \LaTeX~2.09 documents makes it
+inconvenient or impossible to abandon the old commands entirely.
+If this is the case, then it is possible to accommodate both conventions
+by making special provision for documents processed in compatibility
+mode.
+
+\begin{decl}
+|\if at compatibility|
+\end{decl}
+This switch is set when a document begins with |\documentstyle| rather
+than |\documentclass|. Appropriate code can be supplied for either
+condition, as follows:
+\begin{verbatim}
+ \if at compatibility
+ <code emulating LaTeX 2.09 behavior>
+ \else
+ <code suitable for LaTeX2e>
+ \fi
+\end{verbatim}
+
+
+\subsection{Font commands}
+
+Some font and size commands are now defined by the document class
+rather than by the \LaTeX{} kernel. If you are upgrading a
+\LaTeX~2.09 document style to a class that does not load one of the
+standard classes, then you will probably need to add definitions for
+these commands.
+
+\begin{decl}
+ |\rm| |\sf| |\tt| |\bf| |\it| |\sl| |\sc|
+\end{decl}
+None of these short-form font selection commands are defined in the
+\LaTeXe{} kernel. They are defined by all the standard class files.
+
+If you want to define them in your class file, there are several
+reasonable ways to do this.
+
+One possible definition is:
+\begin{verbatim}
+ \newcommand{\rm}{\rmfamily}
+ ...
+ \newcommand{\sc}{\scshape}
+\end{verbatim}
+This would make the font commands orthogonal; for example
+|{\bf\it text}| would produce bold italic, thus: \textbf{\textit{text}}.
+It will also make them produce an error if used in math mode.
+
+Another possible definition is:
+\begin{verbatim}
+ \DeclareOldFontCommand{\rm}{\rmfamily}{\mathrm}
+ ...
+ \DeclareOldFontCommand{\sc}{\scshape}{\mathsc}
+\end{verbatim}
+This will make |\rm| act like |\rmfamily| in text mode (see above) and
+it will make |\rm| select the |\mathrm| math alphabet in math mode.
+
+Thus |${\rm math} = X + 1$| will produce `${\rm math} = X + 1$'.
+
+If you do not want font selection to be orthogonal then you can
+follow the standard classes and define:
+\begin{verbatim}
+ \DeclareOldFontCommand{\rm}{\normalfont\rmfamily}{\mathrm}
+ ...
+ \DeclareOldFontCommand{\sc}{\normalfont\scshape}{\mathsc}
+\end{verbatim}
+This means, for example, that |{\bf\it text}| will produce medium
+weight (rather than bold) italic, thus: \textit{text}.
+
+\begin{decl}
+ |\normalsize| \\
+ |\@normalsize|
+\end{decl}
+The command |\@normalsize| is retained for compatibility with
+\LaTeX~2.09 packages which may have used its value; but redefining it
+in a class file will have no effect since it is always reset to have
+the same meaning as |\normalsize|.
+
+This means that classes \emph{must} now redefine |\normalsize| rather
+than redefining |\@normalsize|; for example (a rather incomplete one):
+\begin{verbatim}
+ \renewcommand{\normalsize}{\fontsize{10}{12}\selectfont}
+\end{verbatim}
+Note that |\normalsize| is defined by the \LaTeX{} kernel to be an
+error message.
+
+\begin{decl}
+ |\tiny| |\footnotesize| |\small| |\large|\\
+ |\Large| |\LARGE| |\huge| |\Huge|
+\end{decl}
+None of these other `standard' size-changing commands are defined in
+the kernel: each needs to be defined in a class file if you need it.
+They are all defined by the standard classes.
+
+This means you should use |\renewcommand| for |\normalsize| and
+|\newcommand| for the other size-changing commands.
+
+
+\subsection{Obsolete commands}
+
+Some packages will not work with \LaTeXe{}, normally because they relied
+on an internal \LaTeX{} command which was never supported and has now
+changed, or been removed.
+
+In many cases there will now be a robust, high-level means of
+achieving what previously required low-level commands. Please consult
+Section~\ref{Sec:commands} to see if you can now use the \LaTeXe{}
+class and package writers commands.
+
+Also, of course, if your package or class redefined any of the kernel
+commands (i.e.~those defined in the files |latex.tex|, |slitex.tex|,
+|lfonts.tex|, |sfonts.tex|) then you will need to check it very
+carefully against the new kernel in case the implementation has
+changed or the command no longer exists in the \LaTeX2e{} kernel.
+
+Too many of the internal commands of \LaTeX~2.09 have been
+re-implemented or removed to be able to list them all here. You must
+check any that you have used or changed.
+
+We shall, however, list some of the more important commands which are
+no longer supported.
+
+\begin{decl}
+ |\tenrm| |\elvrm| |\twlrm| \dots\\
+ |\tenbf| |\elvbf| |\twlbf| \dots\\
+ |\tensf| |\elvsf| |\twlsf| \dots\\
+ \qquad$\vdots$
+\end{decl}
+The (approximately) seventy internal commands of this form are no longer
+defined. If your class or package uses them then \emph{please}
+replace them with new font commands described in \emph{\fntguide}.
+
+For example, the command |\twlsf| should be replaced by:
+\begin{verbatim}
+ \fontsize{12}{14}\normalfont\sffamily\selectfont
+\end{verbatim}
+
+Another possibility is to use the |rawfonts| package, described in
+\emph{\usrguide}.
+
+Also, remember that many of the fonts preloaded by \LaTeX~2.09
+are no longer preloaded.
+
+\begin{decl}
+ |\vpt| |\vipt| |\viipt| \dots
+\end{decl}
+These were the internal size-selecting commands in \LaTeX~2.09.
+(They can still be used in \LaTeX~2.09 compatibility mode.)
+Please use the command |\fontsize| instead: see \emph{\fntguide} for
+details.
+
+For example, |\vpt| should be replaced by:
+\begin{verbatim}
+ \fontsize{5}{6}\normalfont\selectfont
+\end{verbatim}
+
+\begin{decl}
+ |\prm|, |\pbf|, |\ppounds|, |\pLaTeX| \dots
+\end{decl}
+\LaTeX~2.09 used several commands beginning with |\p| in order to
+provide `protected' commands. For example, |\LaTeX| was defined to be
+|\protect\pLaTeX|, and |\pLaTeX| was defined to produce the \LaTeX{}
+logo. This made |\LaTeX| robust, even though |\pLaTeX| was not.
+
+These commands have now been reimplemented using
+|\DeclareRobustCommand|
+(described in Section~\ref{Sec:commands.define}).
+If your package redefined one of the |\p|-commands then you must
+remove the redefinition and use |\DeclareRobustCommand| to redefine the
+non-|\p| command.
+
+\begin{decl}
+|\footheight|\\
+|\@maxsep|\\
+|\@dblmaxsep|
+\end{decl}
+These parameters are not used by \LaTeXe{} so they have been removed,
+except in \LaTeX~2.09 compatibility mode. Classes should no longer
+set them.
+
+\begin{thebibliography}{1}
+
+\bibitem{A-W:DEK91}
+Donald~E. Knuth.
+\newblock {\em The \TeX book}.
+\newblock Addison-Wesley, Reading, Massachusetts, 1986.
+\newblock Revised to cover \TeX3, 1991.
+
+\bibitem{A-W:LLa94}
+Leslie Lamport.
+\newblock {\em {\LaTeX:} A Document Preparation System}.
+\newblock Addison-Wesley, Reading, Massachusetts, second edition, 1994.
+
+\bibitem{A-W:MG2004}
+Frank Mittelbach and Michel Goossens.
+\newblock {\em The {\LaTeX} Companion second edition}.
+\newblock With Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley.
+\newblock Addison-Wesley, Reading, Massachusetts, 2004.
+
+\end{thebibliography}
+
+\newpage
+\thispagestyle{empty}
+
+\section*{\LaTeXe{} Summary sheet: updating old styles}
+
+Section references below are to \emph{\clsguide}.
+
+\begin{enumerate}
+
+\item Should it become a class or a package?
+ See Section~\ref{Sec:classorpkg} for how to answer this question.
+
+\item If it uses another style file, then you will need to obtain an
+ updated version of this other file. Look at Section~\ref{Sec:loading}
+ for information on how to load other class and package files.
+
+\item Try it: see Section~\ref{Sec:try-it}.
+
+\item It worked? Excellent, but there are probably still some things
+ you should change in order to make your file into a well-structured
+ \LaTeXe{} file that is both robust and portable. So you should now
+ read Section~\ref{Sec:writing}, especially~\ref{Sec:general}. You
+ will also find some useful examples in Section~\ref{Sec:structure}.
+
+ If your file sets up new fonts, font-changing commands or symbols,
+ you should also read \emph{\fntguide}.
+
+\item It did not work? There are three possibilities here:
+ \begin{itemize}
+ \item error messages are produced whilst reading your file;
+ \item error messages are produced whilst processing test documents;
+ \item there are no errors but the output is not as it should be.
+ \end{itemize}
+ Don't forget to check carefully for this last possibility.
+
+ If you have got to this stage then you will need to read
+ Section~\ref{Sec:upgrade} to find the solutions that will make your
+ file work.
+\end{enumerate}
+
+\end{document}
+
Property changes on: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/clsguide.tex
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:eol-style
## -0,0 +1 ##
+native
\ No newline at end of property
Added: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/cmfonts.pdf
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)
Index: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/cmfonts.pdf
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/cmfonts.pdf 2019-07-25 21:49:36 UTC (rev 51729)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/cmfonts.pdf 2019-07-25 22:32:37 UTC (rev 51730)
Property changes on: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/cmfonts.pdf
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:mime-type
## -0,0 +1 ##
+application/pdf
\ No newline at end of property
Added: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/cyrguide.pdf
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)
Index: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/cyrguide.pdf
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/cyrguide.pdf 2019-07-25 21:49:36 UTC (rev 51729)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/cyrguide.pdf 2019-07-25 22:32:37 UTC (rev 51730)
Property changes on: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/cyrguide.pdf
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:mime-type
## -0,0 +1 ##
+application/pdf
\ No newline at end of property
Added: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/cyrguide.tex
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/cyrguide.tex (rev 0)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/cyrguide.tex 2019-07-25 22:32:37 UTC (rev 51730)
@@ -0,0 +1,398 @@
+% \iffalse meta-comment
+%
+% Copyright 1993 1994 1995 1996 1997 1998 1999 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 2009
+% The LaTeX3 Project and any individual authors listed elsewhere
+% in this file.
+%
+% This file is part of the LaTeX base system.
+% -------------------------------------------
+%
+% It may be distributed and/or modified under the
+% conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3c
+% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+% The latest version of this license is in
+% http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt
+% and version 1.3c or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX
+% version 2005/12/01 or later.
+%
+% This file has the LPPL maintenance status "maintained".
+%
+% The list of all files belonging to the LaTeX base distribution is
+% given in the file `manifest.txt'. See also `legal.txt' for additional
+% information.
+%
+% The list of derived (unpacked) files belonging to the distribution
+% and covered by LPPL is defined by the unpacking scripts (with
+% extension .ins) which are part of the distribution.
+%
+% \fi
+\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}[1995/12/01]
+
+\documentclass{ltxguide}[1999/02/28]
+
+\title{Cyrillic languages support in \LaTeX}
+
+\author{\copyright~Copyright 1998--1999,\\ Vladimir Volovich,
+ Werner Lemberg and \LaTeX3 Project Team.\\ All rights reserved.}
+
+\date{12 March 1999}
+
+\begin{document}
+
+\maketitle
+\tableofcontents
+
+\begin{abstract}
+ This document contains basic information on the Cyrillic setup for
+ \LaTeX{}: how to get the fonts, how to set them up, how to use
+ the interface, its interaction with \babel{}, etc. This is only a first
+ draft of the document and it will probably be modified in future; so
+ please send in comments on it via the \texttt{latexbug} system
+ (see below).
+\end{abstract}
+
+
+\section{Introduction}
+
+Most Latin-based European languages were supported in \LaTeX{} by
+introducing the~|T1|~font encoding and by using the \textsf{fontenc}
+and \textsf{inputenc} packages; these use only standard \TeX{} means
+to support any \mbox{8-bit} input encoding and this one standard font
+encoding. The restriction to a single font encoding guarantees that
+multiple languages can happily coexist in one document (\eg
+hyphenation will be correct for all languages).
+
+Starting with the December~1998 Release, \LaTeX{} finally supports
+Cyrillic languages. This support is based on the new standard
+Cyrillic \TeX{} font encodings---|T2A|, |T2B|, |T2C|, and~|X2|. The
+first three of these satisfy some basic requirements for
+\LaTeX{}~|T*|~encodings, and thus can be used in multi-lingual documents
+with other languages based on standard font encodings.
+
+The reason why we need four different Cyrillic font encodings is that
+these font encodings support \emph{all} the Cyrillic languages that
+have been used during the twentieth century (see
+Section~\ref{fontencs})! The number of Cyrillic glyphs is large, so
+they cannot be represented with 128~character slots; the other (lower)
+128~slots are reserved for Latin letters and other invariant symbols
+that are needed for the encoding to be a conformant
+\LaTeX{}~\texttt{T}~encoding.
+
+There are some glyphs in the |T2*|~encodings which do not yet have
+associated characters in \emph{Unicode}, the world-wide character
+standard. Also, one more font encoding, |T2D|,~is planned for a
+forthcoming release of \LaTeX{}. A lot of Cyrillic input encodings
+are already supported (see Section~\ref{inputencs}), and additional
+encodings could be added easily.
+
+
+\subsection{Acknowledgments}
+\label{sec:acks}
+
+The work on |T2*|~encodings was carried out by the T2~Team, led by
+Alexander Berdnikov (other members are Mikhail Kolodin and Andrew
+Janishewskii). The LH~fonts were produced by Olga Lapko (with
+A.~Khodulev). The \textsf{T2} bundle and \textsf{ruhyphen} package
+were written by Werner Lemberg and Vladimir Volovich (except that the
+concrete hyphenation patterns which are part of \textsf{ruhyphen} came
+from individual authors). The support for the Ukrainian language was
+prepared by Andrij Shvaika.
+
+
+\section{Installation}
+
+The \textsf{fontenc} and \textsf{inputenc} packages are installed
+automatically in every base \LaTeX{} distribution.
+
+All the necessary extra files to use with these packages for Cyrillic
+are in the \textsf{cyrillic} bundle, which at present contains the
+following: four font encoding definition files (|t2aenc.def|,
+|t2benc.def|, |t2cenc.def|, |x2enc.def|); several input encoding
+definition files (all the other |*.def| files), and font definition
+files (|*.fd|).
+The installation of these is described here.
+
+\subsection{Fonts}
+
+The default font families in \LaTeX{} are the Computer Modern
+families, namely the CM~fonts (|OT1|~encoded) and the EC~fonts
+(|T1|~encoded). The LH~fonts, which are now available, provide
+Computer Modern fonts for all Cyrillic font encodings. They are
+designed to be compatible with the EC~fonts, and they provide the same
+font shapes and sizes; they are available at |CTAN:fonts/cyrillic/lh|
+(the latest version is 3.20). The installation instructions for the
+fonts are in the file |INSTALL| in the font distribution.
+
+Other fonts, including Type~1 fonts, can also be used, provided that
+their encoding (for \TeX{}) is \mbox{|T2|-compatible}. Some
+ready-to-use packages supporting such fonts are also available, \eg at
+\URL{ftp://ftp.vsu.ru/pub/tex} (they should soon be on \ctan). Currently,
+you will find two packages there: \textsf{PsCyr}, which contains some
+freely distributable Cyrillic Type~1 fonts with support for \LaTeX{};
+and \textsf{c1fonts}, which contains virtual fonts similar to the
+\textsf{AE}~fonts package using the BlueSky and BaKoMa fonts
+available from \ctan{} (see the |README| file in that package for
+detailed information). Further font packages are expected soon.
+
+\subsection{Hyphenation patterns}
+
+You can find a collection of hyphenation patterns for the Russian
+language in the \textsf{ruhyphen} package at
+|CTAN:language/hyphenation/ruhyphen|. These patterns support the
+|T2*|~encodings, as well as other popular font encodings used for
+Russian typesetting (including the Omega internal encoding).
+Patterns for other Cyrillic languages should be adapted to work with
+the |T2*|~encodings.
+
+\subsection{\babel{} support for Russian and Ukrainian}
+\label{bblrus}
+
+Version~3.6k of \babel{} includes support for the |T2*|~encodings and
+for typesetting both Russian and Ukrainian texts using the Cyrillic
+letters. The temporary fontencoding |LWN|, which was used in earlier
+releases of \babel{}, will be withdrawn in the near future and replaced
+by the |OT2| encoding.
+
+\subsection{Getting pre-built packages}
+
+Many of the major \TeX{} distributions, such as te\TeX{}, fp\TeX{} and
+\TeX{}live, contain (or soon will) everything that is needed,
+including the LH~fonts, \textsf{ruhyphen} and the latest version of
+\babel{}. We hope that all \TeX{} distributions will soon include all
+of these, so that the chances are that you will not need to install
+this by yourself (but it is not difficult).
+
+If you are using em\TeX, Mik\TeX, or fp\TeX, you
+can download the \textsf{ruemtex} package from
+\URL{ftp://ftp.vsu.ru/pub/tex}.
+
+\section{Usage}
+
+Support for Cyrillic is based on these standard \LaTeX{} mechanisms:
+the \textsf{fontenc} and \textsf{inputenc} packages (and on \babel{}).
+Thus the basic principles for its use are similar to those for other
+European languages: you simply add, to your document preamble, lines
+like the following.
+
+\begin{verbatim}
+\usepackage[T2A]{fontenc}
+\usepackage[koi8-r]{inputenc}
+\end{verbatim}
+
+Here you can put any desired input encoding instead of
+\mbox{\texttt{koi8-r}}: for example, it would be \texttt{cp866} if you are
+using a MS-DOS text editor with this Cyrillic code page to prepare your
+documents, or \texttt{cp1251} if you are a MS~Windows user with Cyrillic
+support. A full list of the available Cyrillic encodings can be found in
+Section~\ref{inputencs} and in the file |cyinpenc.dtx|.
+
+Documents are, naturally, not restricted to a single font encoding;
+this is essential for multi-lingual journals or documents. Such
+changes can be made by using the |\fontencoding| command as part of a
+font-change. However, it is best to access these font encodings via a
+higher-level interface.
+
+Since such changes are often closely related to other
+language-dependent settings, it is often sensible to use the \babel{}
+system, which provides further useful `localisation' and standardised
+multi-lingual interfaces (for further details, see
+Section~\ref{bblrus}). Then you can use lines like the following in
+your document:
+
+\begin{verbatim}
+\usepackage[koi8-r]{inputenc}
+\usepackage[russian]{babel}
+\end{verbatim}
+
+This will automatically choose the default font encoding for Russian,
+which is |T2A|, if available. Documentation of the complete set of
+font-encoding selection rules can be found in |cyrillic.dtx| which is
+part of |rusbabel|.
+
+These \LaTeX{} interfaces are very convenient because they make your
+documents completely portable, being based solely on standard \TeX{}
+features. This will mean that your documents can be processed on any
+\TeX{} system without any need for re-encoding to the `native'
+encoding used on each platform; this is because the encoding of the
+document is specified in the document itself.
+
+Moreover, if necessary, more than one input encoding can be used
+within a document; this could be useful if, for example, you need to
+combine articles prepared by authors on different machines. Each part
+of the document is then identified by a |\inputencoding| command,
+which can therefore only be used between paragraphs.
+
+Please note that you must always use the two standard \LaTeX{}
+commands, |\MakeUppercase| and |\MakeLowercase| to produce uppercase
+or lowercase text in your documents. This is because |\uppercase| and
+|\lowercase| will not work at all for Cyrillic (note that these latter
+two commands are not, and never have been, available for use directly
+in \LaTeX{} documents).
+
+
+\section{Font encodings for Cyrillic languages}
+\label{fontencs}
+
+The Cyrillic font encodings support the following languages. Note
+that some languages can be properly typeset with more than one
+encoding.
+
+\begin{itemize}
+\raggedright
+\item[|T2A|:]
+ Abaza, Avar, Agul, Adyghei, Azerbaijani, Altai, Balkar, Bashkir,
+ Bulgarian, Buryat, Byelorussian, Gagauz, Dargin, Dungan, Ingush,
+ Kabardino-Cherkess, Kazakh, Kalmyk, Karakalpak, Karachaevskii,
+ Karelian, Kirghiz, Komi-Zyrian, Komi-Permyak, Kumyk, Lak, Lezghin,
+ Macedonian, Mari-Mountain, Mari-Valley, Moldavian, Mongolian,
+ Mordvin-Moksha, Mordvin-Erzya, Nogai, Oroch, Osetin, Russian, Rutul,
+ Serbian, Tabasaran, Tadzhik, Tatar, Tati, Teleut, Tofalar, Tuva,
+ Turkmen, Udmurt, Uzbek, Ukrainian, Hanty-Obskii, Hanty-Surgut,
+ Gipsi, Chechen, Chuvash, Crimean-Tatar.
+\item[|T2B|:]
+ Abaza, Avar, Agul, Adyghei, Aleut, Altai, Balkar, Byelorussian,
+ Bulgarian, Buryat, Gagauz, Dargin, Dolgan, Dungan, Ingush, Itelmen,
+ Kabardino-Cherkess, Kalmyk, Karakalpak, Karachaevskii, Karelian,
+ Ketskii, Kirghiz, Komi-Zyrian, Komi-Permyak, Koryak, Kumyk, Kurdian,
+ Lak, Lezghin, Mansi, Mari-Valley, Moldavian, Mongolian,
+ Mordvin-Moksha, Mordvin-Erzya, Nanai, Nganasan, Negidal, Nenets,
+ Nivh, Nogai, Oroch, Russian, Rutul, Selkup, Tabasaran, Tadzhik,
+ Tatar, Tati, Teleut, Tofalar, Tuva, Turkmen, Udyghei, Uigur, Ulch,
+ Khakass, Hanty-Vahovskii, Hanty-Kazymskii, Hanty-Obskii,
+ Hanty-Surgut, Hanty-Shurysharskii, Gipsi, Chechen, Chukcha, Shor,
+ Evenk, Even, Enets, Eskimo, Yukagir, Crimean Tatar, Yakut.
+\item[|T2C|:]
+ Abkhazian, Bulgarian, Gagauz, Karelian, Komi-Zyrian, Komi-Permyak,
+ Kumyk, Mansi, Moldavian, Mordvin-Moksha, Mordvin-Erzya, Nanai,
+ Orok (Uilta), Negidal, Nogai, Oroch, Russian, Saam, Old-Bulgarian,
+ Old-Russian, Tati, Teleut, Hanty-Obskii, Hanty-Surgut, Evenk,
+ Crimean Tatar.
+\end{itemize}
+
+The |X2|~encoding was designed to support all the above languages.
+Its name does not start with |T| because, for example, it contains no
+Latin letters (it is purely a Cyrillic glyph container); it therefore
+cannot be used in mixed-script documents along with the other |T*|
+encodings. Please consult Section~6.4 \textit{Naming conventions} of
+the file |fntguide.tex| in the base \LaTeX{} distribution for details
+of the differences between \LaTeX{} font encodings and how they are
+named.
+
+There are two other \LaTeX{} Cyrillic font encodings, |OT2| and |LCY|,
+that are not included in the base \LaTeX{} distribution. The first is
+a \mbox{7-bit} encoding (hence the |O|) developed by the AMS; it is
+useful for typesetting relatively small fragments of text in Cyrillic,
+using a Latin transliteration scheme. The other, |LCY|, is an
+\mbox{8-bit} Cyrillic encoding which is not compatible with the
+requirements for \LaTeX{} |T*|~encodings (hence the |L|); thus it is not
+suitable for typesetting multi-lingual documents, but it can be used in
+Plain \TeX{}-based macro packages because it is an extension of |OT1|.
+These two encodings are supported by \babel{} and by \textsf{ot2cyr}.
+
+
+\section{Input encodings}
+\label{inputencs}
+
+Several Cyrillic code-pages are widely used. Currently, \LaTeX{}
+contains support for 20~Cyrillic input encodings (some of which are
+variants of each other).
+
+\begin{itemize}
+
+\item |cp855| --- the standard \mbox{MS-DOS} Cyrillic code-page.
+
+\item |cp866| --- the standard \mbox{MS-DOS} Russian code-page.
+ Several code-pages very similar to this are also supported
+ (the differences are all in the range 242--254).
+ \begin{itemize}
+ \item |cp866av| -- the `Cyrillic Alternative' code-page (an
+ alternative variant of cp866);
+ \item |cp866mav| -- the `Modified Alternative Variant';
+ \item |cp866nav| -- the `New Alternative Variant';
+ \item |cp866tat| -- an experimental Tatarian code-page.
+ \end{itemize}
+
+\item |cp1251| --- the standard MS Windows Cyrillic code-page.
+
+\item \mbox{\texttt{koi8-r}} --- a standard Cyrillic code-page widely
+ used in UNIX-like systems for Russian language support that is
+ specified in RFC~1489. The situation with \mbox{\texttt{koi8-r}} is
+ somewhat similar to that for |cp866|: there are several similar
+ code-pages which coincide for all Russian letters but add some other
+ Cyrillic letters. The following are supported:
+ \begin{itemize}
+ \item \mbox{\texttt{koi8-u}} -- for Ukrainian;
+ \item \mbox{\texttt{koi8-ru}} -- this is described in a draft RFC
+ document specifying a widely used character set for mail and news
+ exchange in the Ukrainian internet community, as well as for
+ presenting WWW information resources in the Ukrainian language;
+ \item |isoir111| -- the \mbox{ISO-IR-111 ECMA} Cyrillic Code Page.
+ \end{itemize}
+
+\item |iso88595| --- the \mbox{ISO 8859-5} Cyrillic code-page (also called
+ \mbox{ISO-IR-144}).
+
+\item |maccyr| --- the Apple Macintosh Cyrillic code-page (also known
+ as Microsoft cp10007) and |macukr|, the Apple Macintosh Ukrainian
+ code-page, very similar to the Cyrillic code-page.
+
+\item The Mongolian code-pages: |ctt| |dbk| |mnk| |mos| |ncc| |mls|.
+ These code-pages were taken from Oliver Corff's `Mon\TeX' package
+ (available at |CTAN:language/mongolian/montex|). Since the |T2*|
+ encodings support the Mongolian Cyrillic script, it is convenient to
+ have support for Mongolian input encodings as well. Pointers to
+ documentation for these code-pages will be much appreciated.
+
+\end{itemize}
+
+
+\section{Reporting bugs}
+
+In case you find a bug and want to report it, please follow the
+guidelines given in the file |bugs.txt| in the base \LaTeX{}
+distributions. Note that there is a category specifically for
+reporting any bugs that occur only when using Cyrillic fonts or
+support packages.
+
+
+\section{Miscellanea in the \textsf{T2} bundle}
+\label{t2m}
+
+The \textsf{T2}~bundle at |CTAN:macros/latex/contrib/supported/t2|
+contains some other useful files, including support for Plain
+\TeX{}-based macro packages, support for Bib\TeX{} and MakeIndex (see
+also the \textsf{xindy} program and package---highly recommended for
+making indices with Cyrillic), support for the \textsf{fontinst}
+package, mapping tables relating these Cyrillic font encodings (and
+input encodings) to the Unicode character names and slots (these are
+in the subdirectory |enc-maps|), and more!
+
+To produce documented source listings of the \textsf{T2}~package, run
+\LaTeX{} on the |*.dtx| and |*.fdd| files therein.
+
+When typesetting Cyrillic texts, there is a tradition of using
+Cyrillic letters (in some situations) within math formul\ae, in
+exactly the same way as most of the world uses Latin letters.
+By default this does not work, because symbols declared with
+|\DeclareTextSymbol| may not be used in math.
+
+If you need within math to `transparently' typeset glyphs declared in
+font encoding definition files, then you could try using the
+experimental \textsf{mathtext} package, which is also in the
+\textsf{T2}~bundle. Note that this package uses up at least one
+additional math alphabet per font encoding. For this and other
+reasons, The \LaTeX3 Project Team considers that this experimental
+extension to \LaTeX{}'s glyph-handling mechanisms should be used with
+caution; but please try it out and send us your opinions and ideas.
+Note that it is not included in the core of \LaTeX{} because both the
+coding and the interfaces are likely to change at some point in the
+future.
+
+Finally, here are some pointers to further information:
+
+\begin{quote}
+ \URL{http://www.cemi.rssi.ru/cyrtug}\\
+ \URL{http://xtalk.price.ru/tex}
+\end{quote}
+
+\end{document}
Property changes on: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/cyrguide.tex
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:eol-style
## -0,0 +1 ##
+native
\ No newline at end of property
Added: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/doc.pdf
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)
Index: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/doc.pdf
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/doc.pdf 2019-07-25 21:49:36 UTC (rev 51729)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/doc.pdf 2019-07-25 22:32:37 UTC (rev 51730)
Property changes on: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/doc.pdf
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:mime-type
## -0,0 +1 ##
+application/pdf
\ No newline at end of property
Added: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/docstrip.pdf
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)
Index: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/docstrip.pdf
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/docstrip.pdf 2019-07-25 21:49:36 UTC (rev 51729)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/docstrip.pdf 2019-07-25 22:32:37 UTC (rev 51730)
Property changes on: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/docstrip.pdf
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:mime-type
## -0,0 +1 ##
+application/pdf
\ No newline at end of property
Added: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/encguide.pdf
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)
Index: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/encguide.pdf
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/encguide.pdf 2019-07-25 21:49:36 UTC (rev 51729)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/encguide.pdf 2019-07-25 22:32:37 UTC (rev 51730)
Property changes on: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/encguide.pdf
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:mime-type
## -0,0 +1 ##
+application/pdf
\ No newline at end of property
Added: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/encguide.tex
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/encguide.tex (rev 0)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/encguide.tex 2019-07-25 22:32:37 UTC (rev 51730)
@@ -0,0 +1,1481 @@
+% \iffalse meta-comment
+%
+% Copyright 1993-2016
+% The LaTeX3 Project and any individual authors listed elsewhere
+% in this file.
+%
+% This file is part of the LaTeX base system.
+% -------------------------------------------
+%
+% It may be distributed and/or modified under the
+% conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3c
+% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+% The latest version of this license is in
+% http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt
+% and version 1.3c or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX
+% version 2005/12/01 or later.
+%
+% This file has the LPPL maintenance status "maintained".
+%
+% The list of all files belonging to the LaTeX base distribution is
+% given in the file `manifest.txt'. See also `legal.txt' for additional
+% information.
+%
+% The list of derived (unpacked) files belonging to the distribution
+% and covered by LPPL is defined by the unpacking scripts (with
+% extension .ins) which are part of the distribution.
+%
+% \fi
+%
+
+
+\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}[1995/12/01]
+
+\documentclass{ltxguide}[1994/11/20]
+
+\usepackage[T1]{fontenc}
+\IfFileExists{lmodern.sty}{\usepackage{lmodern}}{}
+\usepackage{textcomp}
+\usepackage{url}
+\usepackage{mflogo}
+
+\addtolength\textheight{6\baselineskip}
+\addtolength\topmargin{-2\baselineskip}
+
+
+\newcommand\ttverb[1]{\texttt{\string#1}}
+
+
+% for encodings
+\providecommand{\Enc}[1]{\texttt{#1}}
+
+% for packages
+\providecommand{\Pkg}[1]{%
+ \textsf{#1}}
+
+% for files
+\providecommand{\File}[1]{%
+ \texttt{#1}}
+
+% let's have meta values too
+\providecommand{\meta}[1]{%
+ \ensuremath{\langle}\emph{#1}\ensuremath{\rangle}}
+
+\usepackage{tabularx}
+
+% eine Umgebung zur Darstellung von Kodierungen
+%
+% Argumente:
+% #1: Name in LaTeX (z.B. OT1)
+% #2: Name der Kodierung (z.B. TeX text)
+% #3: Name des Autors (z.B. Don Knuth)
+% #4: Bereich der benützten Glyphindizes
+% #5: variable Positionen
+% #6: Beispielzeichensatz
+% #7: Referenz
+%
+% XXX add code to handle more than a single font example (e.g., larm1000,
+% lbrm1000, and lcrm1000).
+%
+\newenvironment{encodinginfo}[7]%
+ {\noindent
+ \begin{tabularx}{\linewidth}{@{}l>{\raggedright\let\\\tabularnewline}X}%
+ \LaTeX{} name: & \texttt{#1}\\%
+ Public name: & #2\\%
+ Author: & #3\\%
+ Glyph slots used: & #4\\%
+ Variable slots: & #5\\%
+ Font example: & \def\@tempa{#6}\ifx\@tempa\@empty---%
+ \else\texttt{#6}\referenceftable{#6}\fi\\%
+ Further reference: & #7%
+ \end{tabularx}%
+ \par\nobreak
+ \vspace*{3pt}%
+ \quote
+ }%
+ {\endquote
+ \vspace{6pt}}
+
+\makeatletter
+\def\referenceftable#1{
+ \@ifundefined{r at fonttable:#1}%
+ \relax
+ {;\space encoding table on page~\pageref{fonttable:#1}}%
+}
+
+% font table macros mainly lifted from manmac.tex
+\def\oct#1{\hbox{\rm\'{}\kern-.2em\it#1\/\kern.05em}}
+\def\hex#1{\hbox{\rm\H{}\tt#1}}
+
+\def\oddline#1{\cr\noalign{\nointerlineskip}
+ \multispan{19}\hrulefill&
+ \setbox0=\hbox{\lower 2.3pt\hbox{\hex{#1x}}}\smash{\box0}\cr
+ \noalign{\nointerlineskip}}
+\def\evenline{\cr\noalign{\hrule}}
+\def\chartstrut{\lower4.5pt\vbox to14pt{}}
+\def\beginchart#1#2{$$\global\count@=0 #1
+ \halign to\hsize\bgroup
+ \chartstrut##\tabskip0pt plus10pt&
+ &\hfil##\hfil&\vrule##\cr
+ \lower6.5pt\null
+ &&\oct0&&\oct1&&\oct2&&\oct3&&\oct4&&\oct5&&\oct6&&\oct7&\evenline}
+\def\endchart{\raise11.5pt\null&&&\hex 8&&\hex 9&&\hex A&&\hex B&
+ &\hex C&&\hex D&&\hex E&&\hex F&\cr\egroup$$}
+\def\:{\setbox0=\hbox{\noboundary\char\count@\noboundary}%
+ \ifdim\ht0>7.5pt\reposition
+ \else\ifdim\dp0>2.5pt\reposition\fi\fi
+ \box0\global\advance\count@ by1 }
+\def\reposition{\setbox0=\hbox{$\vcenter{\kern2pt\box0\kern2pt}$}}
+\def\normalchart{%
+ &\oct{00x}&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\oddline0
+ &\oct{01x}&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&\evenline
+ &\oct{02x}&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\oddline1
+ &\oct{03x}&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&\evenline
+ &\oct{04x}&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\oddline2
+ &\oct{05x}&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&\evenline
+ &\oct{06x}&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\oddline3
+ &\oct{07x}&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&\evenline
+ &\oct{10x}&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\oddline4
+ &\oct{11x}&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&\evenline
+ &\oct{12x}&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\oddline5
+ &\oct{13x}&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&\evenline
+ &\oct{14x}&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\oddline6
+ &\oct{15x}&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&\evenline
+ &\oct{16x}&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\oddline7
+ &\oct{17x}&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&\evenline
+ \top}
+
+\def\notophalf{}
+\def\tophalf{%
+%\noalign{\vskip 5pt\hrule}
+ &\oct{20x}&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\oddline8
+ &\oct{21x}&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&\evenline
+ &\oct{22x}&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\oddline9
+ &\oct{23x}&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&\evenline
+ &\oct{24x}&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\oddline A
+ &\oct{25x}&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&\evenline
+ &\oct{26x}&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\oddline B
+ &\oct{27x}&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&\evenline
+ &\oct{30x}&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\oddline C
+ &\oct{31x}&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&\evenline
+ &\oct{32x}&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\oddline D
+ &\oct{33x}&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&\evenline
+ &\oct{34x}&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\oddline E
+ &\oct{35x}&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&\evenline
+ &\oct{36x}&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\oddline F
+ &\oct{37x}&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&\evenline}
+
+\def\ftable#1#2{%
+ \batchmode
+ \font\X=#1%
+ \errorstopmode
+ \ifx\X\nullfont
+ \@warning{Font #1 not found, table omitted}
+ \else
+ \count@="80
+ \setbox0=\hbox{\X
+ \loop\char\count@\advance\count@ by1 \ifnum\count@<"100
+ \repeat}%
+ \ifdim\wd0>0pt \let\top\tophalf\else\let\top\notophalf\fi
+ \beginchart\X{\hfill\llap{\textbf{#1, \large#2}\label{fonttable:#1}}}\normalchart
+ \endchart\par\vfill
+ \fi}
+\makeatother
+
+
+\setcounter{tocdepth}{3}
+
+\title{\LaTeX{} font encodings}
+
+\author{Frank Mittelbach \and Robin
+ Fairbairns \and Werner Lemberg \and \LaTeX3 Project Team.}
+
+\date{\copyright~Copyright 1995--2016 \\[5pt] 18 February 2016}
+
+\begin{document}
+
+\maketitle
+
+\tableofcontents
+
+\section{Introduction}
+
+This document explains the ideas that underpin \LaTeX{} font
+encodings and the constraints that apply when defining a new encoding; it
+also lists the encodings that have already been defined.
+
+\subsection{Encodings in \TeX{}}
+
+\TeX{} (the program) implicitly recognises three sorts of encoding,
+and all are (in a sense) discussed in the \TeX{}book~\cite{A-W:DKn86}:
+\begin{itemize}
+\item[1.] The input encoding, which specifies the meanings of characters
+ in files presented to \TeX{} for processing. The \TeX{}book
+ suggests that `your version of \TeX{} will recognise the characters
+ you type on your keyboard' (\TeX{} the program has provision for
+ static translations of input characters).
+\end{itemize}
+Such direct use of \TeX{}'s facilities is not the way modern
+\LaTeX{} (or indeed any other \TeX{} macro package) is likely to deal
+with input encodings. This document does not address the topic of
+input encodings; the interested reader should examine the \LaTeX{}
+base package \Pkg{inputenc} \cite[sec.~7.5.2, p.~357]{A-W:MG2004}.
+\begin{itemize}
+\item[2.] The token stream that \TeX{} processes internally. This stream
+ of \TeX{}'s consciousness is discussed in great detail in the
+ \TeX{}book.
+\end{itemize}
+Again, this document does not address the topic. \LaTeX's internal
+character representation (\textsc{licr}) is well discussed in
+\cite[sec.~7.11.2, p.~442]{A-W:MG2004}.
+\begin{itemize}
+\item[3.] The font encoding---i.e., the mapping of character codes to
+ glyphs in the fonts that are used to typeset \TeX{}'s output.
+ Again, a set of font encodings is enumerated in the \TeX{}book, but
+ that set has proved inadequate to the needs of modern multilingual
+ use of \LaTeX.
+\end{itemize}
+This document explains \emph{why} Knuth's original set of encodings is
+inadequate to modern conditions, and discusses the issues that
+surround the design and definition of new font encodings.
+
+Font encodings are important for more than their r\^{o}le in mapping the
+glyphs of the fonts to be used for typesetting: their glyph tables are
+also the context in which \TeX{}'s hyphenation algorithm operates.
+There are constraints imposed by \TeX{} that affect the way in which
+new font encodings, for use in a multi-lingual environment, may be
+structured (see section~\ref{sec:restrictions} for details).
+
+\subsection{The history of \TeX{} font encodings}
+
+Little attention was paid to font encodings prior to the arrival of
+\TeX{}\,3. Up to that time, one used Donald Knuth's fonts (the
+Computer Modern family, using the encodings we now refer to as \Enc{OT1} and
+the \Enc{OM} series), or one was on one's own.
+
+The Computer Modern text encoding raises problems in unmodified
+\TeX{}, because hyphenation cannot break words containing
+\verb"\accent" commands. Even in those Western European languages for
+which the \Enc{OT1} encoding has symbols for the necessary
+\verb"\accent"-based diacritics, this shortcoming ruins typesetting of
+running text.
+
+With the advent of \TeX{}\,3, with its ability to switch between
+hyphenation pattern sets, it was clear that the situation could not
+continue. Thus a group at the TUG Annual General Meeting in Cork,
+Ireland, specified a uniform encoding for 256-glyph fonts, that
+contains accented letters and non-\textsc{ascii} letters necessary to
+express most Western European languages (and some Eastern European ones)
+without recourse to the \verb"\accent" command.
+
+This ``Cork'' encoding has since been realised in a series of fonts
+designed with Metafont, in at least one font series that is available
+both in Adobe Type 1 format and in OpenType format, % viz., Latin Modern
+and in a number of virtual-font mappings of other font series.
+
+Since the time of the Cork meeting, much effort has been devoted to
+the design of encodings for text fonts to use with \TeX{}, and the
+Cork encoding influenced the design of many such encodings.
+
+Encodings for mathematical fonts have, in contrast, changed little
+since Knuth's contributions. A TUG Technical Working Group was
+established at the Cork meeting, whose aim was to define a set of
+256-glyph encodings to regularise and extend Knuth's originals, using
+ideas from several other fonts that had appeared since, and from the
+known needs of researchers in mathematics and the mathematical sciences.
+
+Independently, a first proposal (the so-called \emph{Aston proposal}) was worked
+out by Justin Ziegler together with Frank Mittelbach and other members of the
+\LaTeX3 project team~\cite{ziegler}. A first implementation of
+this propsal was realized by Matthias Clasen und Ulrik
+Vieth~\cite{clasen,clasen-vieth}.
+
+However, the slow progress of these Mathematical encodings has been
+overtaken by the addition (in the last decade or so) of a large number
+of mathematical symbols to Unicode~\cite{beeton}; one can expect
+further changes so that new public mathematical font encodings will
+most likely be delayed still further.
+
+
+
+\subsection{Further information}
+
+For a general introduction to \LaTeX, including the new features of
+\LaTeXe, you should read \emph{\LaTeXbook},
+Leslie Lamport, Addison Wesley, 2nd~ed, 1994.
+
+A more detailed description of the new features of \LaTeX, including an
+overview of more than 200 packages and nearly 1000 ready to run examples, is
+to be found in \emph{\LaTeXcomp{} second edition} by Frank Mittelbach and
+Michel Goossens~\cite{A-W:MG2004}.
+
+The \LaTeX{} project sponsored a report on Mathematical % spelt out in full
+font encodings, which
+is worth reading for its insight into the problems of defining the way
+in which math is used: see~\cite{ziegler,clasen,clasen-vieth}.
+
+The \LaTeX{} font selection scheme is based on \TeX, which is described
+by its developer in \emph{The \TeX book}, Donald E.~Knuth, Addison
+Wesley, 1986, revised in 1991 to include the features of \TeX~3.
+
+For more information about \TeX{} and \LaTeX, please contact your local
+\TeX{} Users Group, or the international \TeX{} Users Group
+(\url{http://www.tug.org}).
+
+
+
+\section{Existing font encodings}
+
+This section lists the encodings currently assigned; for each
+encoding, we list the registered (\LaTeX{}) name, the assigned purpose
+of the encoding, and the author. Further details may list the code
+positions used in the encoding, the \emph{variable slots} (see below),
+an example font (for which a listing will be provided later in the
+document if the relevant fonts are present), and a source for further
+reference.
+
+While the characteristic feature of an encoding is that each font
+encoded according to the encoding should have the same glyph set,
+there are some encodings (notably \Enc{OT1} and its descendants) in
+which a few glyph code slots differ in their contents in different
+fonts.
+
+\subsection{Naming conventions}
+
+Names for encoding schemes are strings of up to three letters (all
+upper case) plus digits.
+
+The \LaTeX3 project reserves the use of encoding names starting with the
+following letters: |T| (standard 256-long text encodings), |TS|
+(symbols that are designed to extend a corresponding |T| encoding),
+|X| (text encodings that do not conform to the strict requirements for
+|T| encodings), |M| (standard 256-long mathematical encodings), |S| (other
+symbol encodings), |A| (other special applications), |OT| (standard
+128-long text encodings), and |OM| (standard 128-long mathematical encodings).
+
+Please do not use the above starting letters for non-portable
+encodings. If new standard encodings emerge then we shall add them in
+a later release of \LaTeX.
+
+Encoding schemes which are local to a site or a system should start
+with |L|, experimental encodings intended for wide distribution will
+start with |E|, whilst |U| is for Unknown or Unclassified encodings.
+
+\begin{quote}
+ \itshape We recommend that new encoding names should not be
+ introduced unless careful consideration and discussion in the user
+ community has confirmed the need for the encoding. If encodings have to
+ change from font to font, a number of problems arise, so it is best to
+ develop encodings that can be used with a large number of fonts in parallel.
+ This allows documents to be typeset using different fonts without problems.
+
+ The \Enc{TS1} encoding is a good example of a \emph{bad} encoding (even
+ though it was developed with the best intentions) as a huge number of fonts
+ can only implement parts of it. Similarly, the fact that the few sets of
+ available mathematical fonts (beside Computer Modern Math) nearly
+ all implement slightly different encodings is a huge source of
+ problems. Don't add to this if possible!
+\end{quote}
+
+
+\subsection{128$^+$ glyph encodings (text)}
+
+The `OT' series of font encodings start with Donald Knuth's original
+text encoding, that used for the text fonts in the earliest releases
+of \TeX{} itself. The `O' of the encoding designator may be taken as
+signifying `original', or just `old'.
+
+\begin{encodinginfo}{OT1}
+ {\TeX{} text}
+ {Donald Ervin Knuth}
+ {0x00--0x7F}
+ {0x0B--0x0F, 0x24, 0x3C, 0x3E, 0x5C, 0x7B--0x7D}
+% {0X--'177}
+% {'13--'17, '44, '74, '76, '134, '173--'175}
+ {cmr10}
+ {\cite[p.427]{A-W:DKn86}}
+
+ Donald Knuth designed his font encoding (and hence his fonts) in a
+ very different environment from that which now pervades the \TeX{}
+ world: his (mainframe) computer had very little memory, there was
+ little experience in (or demand for) for multilingual technical
+ typesetting, and as a result it was appropriate to sacrifice
+ uniformity for efficiency.
+
+ Thus Knuth's original fonts differ slightly in some encoded slots:
+ for example, the glyphs \texttt{\string<}, \texttt{\string>},
+ \verb=\=, \verb={=, and \verb=}= are only available in the
+ typewriter fonts and the \textdollar{} and \textsterling{} signs
+ share the same position (in different font shapes).
+
+ This means that direct selection of these slots can produce
+ unpredictable results, e.g., typing \texttt{\string<} or
+ \verb=\symbol{'74}= in a document can yield `\textquestiondown'.
+\end{encodinginfo}
+
+
+\begin{encodinginfo}{OT2}
+ {UW cyrillic encoding}
+ {University of Washington}
+ {0x00--0x7F}
+ {---}
+ {wnr10}
+ {\cite{Beeton:TB6-3-124}}
+ Support for this encoding is available in the Cyrillic bundle although for
+ all practical purposes it is better to use one of the \Enc{T2} encodings.
+\end{encodinginfo}
+
+
+\begin{encodinginfo}{OT3}
+ {UW IPA encoding}
+ {University of Washington}
+ {0x00--0x7f}
+ {---}
+ {wsuipa10}
+ {\cite[p.149]{CorkGW:91}}
+ The \Enc{OT3} encoding was never really used with \LaTeXe{}
+ following the introduction of the TIPA system which offers much
+ better support for IPA. In particular, no \File{ot3enc.def}
+ file was ever produced.
+\end{encodinginfo}
+
+
+\begin{encodinginfo}{OT4}
+ {Polish text encoding}
+ {B.~Jackowski and M.~Ry\'cko} %% ? Marcin Woli\'nski
+ {0x00--0x7F, 0x81, 0x82, 0x86, 0x8A, 0x8B, 0x91, 0x99, 0x9B, 0xA1,
+ 0xA2, 0xA6, 0xAA, 0xAB, 0xAE, 0xAF, 0xB1, 0xB9, 0xBB, 0xD3, 0xF3,
+ 0xFF}
+ {0x0B--0x0F, 0x24, 0x3C, 0x3E, 0x5C, 0x7B--0x7D}
+ {plr10}
+ {---}
+
+ While Knuth included the means of typesetting the `lost L' (\L) in
+ his \Enc{OT1} encoding, he omitted the ogonek (\,\,\k{}), a diacritic
+ mark that is also needed in Polish text; hence the appearance, well
+ before the \Enc{T1} encoding, of fonts using this encoding.
+\end{encodinginfo}
+
+\begin{encodinginfo}{OT5}
+ {Not currently allocated}
+ {---}
+ {---}
+ {---}
+ {}
+ {---}
+
+\end{encodinginfo}
+
+
+
+\begin{encodinginfo}{OT6}
+ {Armenian text encoding}
+ {Serguei Dachian}
+ {0x03--0x0F, 0x13--0x7F}
+ {---}
+ {artmr10}
+ {---}
+
+ This encoding was allocated to permit use of Dachian's
+ Armenian fonts in a standard \LaTeX{} environment.
+
+ Because of license issues the \texttt{artmr} fonts are not necessarily
+ included in distributed \TeX{} installations (and for this reason the
+ corresponding encoding table is not shown below). However, the fonts
+ and the support macros can be found on the CTAN archives (look for
+ \texttt{armtex}).
+
+\end{encodinginfo}
+
+
+
+\subsection{256 glyph encodings (text)}
+
+\begin{encodinginfo}{T1}
+ {Cork encoding}
+ {Euro \TeX{} conference at Cork}
+ {0x00--0xFF}
+ {---}
+ {ecrm1000}
+ {\cite[p.514]{tub:MFe90}, \cite[p.99]{Knappen:TB17-2-96}}
+
+ The Cork encoding was developed so that advantage could be taken of
+ the (then) new facilities of \TeX{}\,3, allowing hyphenation of
+ most Western European (and some Eastern European) languages in an
+ unmodified version of \TeX{}.
+
+ The encoding was developed in the absence of any extant effort at
+ font design, but instances written in Metafont (the `EC' fonts), and
+ more recently Adobe Type 1 instances of the same fonts have become
+ available.
+
+ Substantial (but incomplete) instances have also been developed,
+ which use virtual fonts. These latter instances map either Knuth's
+ original (OT1-encoded) fonts, or commercial fonts that contain the
+ Adobe `standard' set of 224 glyphs.
+\end{encodinginfo}
+
+\begin{encodinginfo}
+ {T2A, T2B, T2C}
+ {Cyrillic encodings}
+ {The CyrTUG font team}
+ {0x00--0xFF}
+ {--- (within each encoding)}
+ {larm1000}
+ {\cite{Berdnikov:eurotex-98}}
+
+ There are too many glyphs in the full Cyrillic complement of
+ languages for all of them to be covered by a single
+ \LaTeX{}-compliant encoding (the lower half of each
+ \Enc{T2}~encoding is identical to that of \Enc{T1}, in order that
+ each should be a conforming \LaTeX{} encoding~--- see
+ section~\ref{sec:restrictions}). The approach taken is
+ therefore to develop a single encoding, \Enc{X2} (see \ref{sec:extendedenc})
+ which contains all the glyphs needed for the full set of
+ languages, and then to derive the three \LaTeX{}-complaint
+ \Enc{T2}-family encodings using the \Enc{X2} set together with that of
+ \Enc{T1}.
+
+\end{encodinginfo}
+
+
+
+\begin{encodinginfo}{T3}
+ {IPA encoding}
+ {FUKUI Rei, University of Tokyo}
+ {0x00--0xFF}
+ {---}
+ {tipa10}
+ {\cite[p.102]{Rei:TB17-2-102}}
+
+
+ The \Enc{T3} encoding (and associated macros) provides the glyphs required
+ in phonetic description according to current International Phonetic
+ Association recommendations \cite{ipa}.
+
+ The \Enc{T3} encoding does \emph{not fulfil} the requirements for \Enc{T}
+ encodings---the name is a historical accident. The correct name would be
+ \Enc{X3}, but due to the fact that this font family has been used under its
+ current encoding name for a long time, the name will not change for
+ compatibility reasons.
+
+\end{encodinginfo}
+
+
+
+\begin{encodinginfo}{T4}
+ {African Latin (fc)} % public name
+ {J\"org Knappen} % author name
+ {0x00--0xFF} % range(s) of slots used for glyphs
+ {0x24} % range(s) of slots with variable glyphs if any
+ {fcr10} % name of an example font
+ {\cite{tub:JKn93}}
+
+The African Latin fonts contain in their lower half (0--127) the same
+characters as the European Latin (T1-encoded) Fonts, while in their
+upper half (128--255) they
+contain letters and symbols for African languages that use extended
+Latin alphabets.
+Due to lack of space, J\"org had to play the unfortunate trick of
+assigning \verb=\textdollar= and \verb=\textsterling=
+the same position; users should take these characters
+from the text companion font, if they are needed. Instead of defining
+a lot of new control sequences for the single letters, there are three
+accent-like control sequences with general purpose:
+\verb=\m= (Modified-1),
+\verb=\M= (Modified-2) and
+\verb=\B= (Barred).
+Most standard \LaTeX{} encoding-dependent commands
+work. However, the Icelandic special letters are not available and `best
+replacements' for \verb=\Th=, \verb=\th=, and \verb=\dh=
+are used (barred T and d resp.).
+\end{encodinginfo}
+
+
+\begin{encodinginfo}{T5}
+ {Vietnamese encoding}
+ {Werner Lemberg and
+ Vladimir Volovich}
+ {0x00--0xFF}
+ {---}
+ {vnr10}
+ {\cite{vnr}}
+
+ The \Enc{T5} encoding was developed for Vietnamese. Again, this encoding
+ \emph{does not} conform to the requirements for a \Enc{T}-encoding
+ because its large number of accented letters prevent the \verb=\lccode= and
+ \verb=\uccode= mapping requirements for \Enc{T} encodings from being
+ fulfilled. However, since the Vietnamese language does not
+ use word division in typesetting so that this requirement is
+ actually not important for this particular language.
+ Since every glyph used in Vietnamese text is internally
+ represented as \textsc{licr} macros, the commands \verb=\MakeUppercase= and
+ \verb=\MakeLowercase= still work as expected (as they change the case of the
+ \textsc{ascii} characters in \textsc{licr} definitions).
+
+\end{encodinginfo}
+
+\begin{encodinginfo}
+ {T6}
+ {Armenian}
+ {---}
+ {---}
+ {---}
+ {}
+ {---}
+
+ This encoding is reserved to permit future expansion of Armenian
+ \TeX{} to use 256-character (hyphenatable) fonts.
+\end{encodinginfo}
+
+\begin{encodinginfo}{T7}
+ {Greek encoding}
+ {---}
+ {---}
+ {---}
+ {}
+ {---}
+
+The name is already reserved for a 256 glyph greek encoding. The encoding
+itself hasn't been defined so far.
+
+\end{encodinginfo}
+
+
+
+\subsection{256$^-$ glyph encodings (text symbols)}
+
+\begin{encodinginfo}{TS1}
+ {Text Companion encoding (Cork)}
+ {J\"org Knappen}
+ {0x00--0x0D, 0x12, 0x15, 0x16, 0x18--0x1D, 0x20, 0x24, 0x27, 0x2A,
+ 0x2C--0x3A, 0x3C--0x3E, 0x4D, 0x4F, 0x57, 0x5B, 0x5D--0x60,
+ 0x62--0x64, 0x6C--0x6E, 0x7E--0xBF, 0xD6, 0xF6}
+ {---}
+ {tcrm1000}
+ {\cite{Knappen:TB17-2-96}}
+
+ The text symbol encoding offers access to symbolic glyphs that are
+ commonly used in text (for a variety of reasons), and whose style
+ should vary with the text that surrounds them.
+
+ Unfortunately, the \Enc{TS1} encoding was developed without
+ reference to the glyphs available in existing commercial fonts.
+ As a result, only font families
+ explicitly developed for \TeX{} (i.e., typically originating with
+ \MF{}) actually contain all glyphs required by the \Enc{TS1}
+ encoding. Most other font families (whether free or commercial)
+ often only provide half of the set%
+%%
+%% don't show the comment if the tables are not generated
+%%
+\expandafter\ifx\csname r at fonttable:tcrm1000\endcsname\relax
+\else
+ \expandafter\ifx\csname r at fonttable:ptmr8c\endcsname\relax
+ \else
+ \space (compare the two tables for \Enc{TS1} on
+ pages~\pageref{fonttable:tcrm1000}
+ and~\pageref{fonttable:ptmr8c})%
+ \fi
+\fi.
+ To improve this situation somewhat, NFSS provides a way to define encoding
+ subsets on a per family basis in the \Pkg{textcomp} package (which
+ package offers support for the \Enc{TS1} encoding).
+\end{encodinginfo}
+
+
+\begin{encodinginfo}{TS3}
+ {IPA symbol encoding}
+ {FUKUI Rei, University of Tokyo}
+ {0x00--0x0A, 0x20--0x49, 0x50--0x56, 0x70--0x7B}
+ {---}
+ {tipx10}
+ {\cite{Rei:TB17-2-102}}
+
+ The \Enc{TS3} encoding (together with the \Enc{T3} encoding) provides the
+ glyphs for typesetting phonetic transcriptions following the
+ guidelines of the International Phonetic Association \cite{ipa}. Support
+ is offered through the \Pkg{tipa} package.
+\end{encodinginfo}
+
+
+
+
+\subsection{256 glyph encodings (text extended)}
+\label{sec:extendedenc}
+
+\begin{encodinginfo}
+ {X2}
+ {Cyrillic glyph container}
+ {The CyrTUG font team}
+ {0x00--0xFF}
+ {---}
+ {rxrm1000}
+ {\cite{Berdnikov:eurotex-98}}
+
+ This encoding specifies the glyph container for Cyrillic characters,
+ which is used in specifying the \Enc{T2A}, \Enc{T2B} and \Enc{T2C} encodings.
+\end{encodinginfo}
+
+
+
+
+\subsection{128$^+$ glyph encodings (mathematics)}
+
+
+\begin{encodinginfo}{OML}
+ {\TeX{} math italic}
+ {Donald Ervin Knuth}
+ {0x00--0x7F}
+ {---}
+ {cmmi10}
+ {\cite[p.430]{A-W:DKn86}}
+
+ The \Enc{OML} encoding contains italic Latin and Greek letters for
+ use in mathematical formulas (typically used for variables) together
+ with some symbols.
+
+\end{encodinginfo}
+
+\begin{encodinginfo}{OMS}
+ {\TeX{} math symbol}
+ {Donald Ervin Knuth}
+ {0x00--0x7F}
+ {---}
+ {cmsy10}
+ {\cite[p.431]{A-W:DKn86}}
+
+ The \Enc{OMS} encoding contains basic mathematical symbols,
+ together with an uppercase ``calligraphic'' Latin alphabet.
+\end{encodinginfo}
+
+
+\begin{encodinginfo}{OMX}
+ {\TeX{} math extension}
+ {Donald Ervin Knuth}
+ {0x00--0x7F}
+ {---}
+ {cmex10}
+ {\cite[p.432]{A-W:DKn86}}
+
+ \Enc{OMS} encodes mathematical symbols with variable sizes, such as
+ the $\sum$ sign, which changes its size if used in displayed
+ formulas, and the construction parts for
+ brackets, braces and radicals, etc., which can stretch to accommodate
+ the thing they're enclosing.
+
+\end{encodinginfo}
+
+
+
+
+\subsection{256 glyph encodings (mathematics)}
+
+So far there are no 256 glyph mathematical encodings. A proposal is
+given in \cite{ziegler}.
+
+
+\subsection{Other encodings}
+
+\begin{encodinginfo}
+ {C..}
+ {CJK encodings}
+ {Werner Lemberg}
+ {0x00--0xFF}
+ {---}
+ {} % no font, of course
+ {\cite{CJK}}
+
+ The \Pkg{CJK} package defines a number of encodings which access Chinese,
+ Japanese and Korean fonts.
+
+\end{encodinginfo}
+
+\begin{encodinginfo}
+ {E..}
+ {Experimental encodings}
+ {---}
+ {0x00--0xFF}
+ {all}
+ {}
+ {\cite[p.416]{A-W:MG2004}}
+
+ As the name indicates, encodings starting with the letter \Enc{E} are
+ intended for experimental encodings, that are still likely to change.
+\end{encodinginfo}
+
+\begin{encodinginfo}{L..}
+ {Local encoding (site dependent)}
+ {---}
+ {0x00--0xFF}
+ {all}
+ {}
+ {\cite[p.416]{A-W:MG2004}}
+
+ `Local' encodings provide the means to develop representation
+ techniques that are suited to a particular \TeX{} environment. While
+ the developer has freedom to specify their encoding as he or she
+ pleases, there is a strong incentive to obey the \LaTeX{} rules for
+ encodings, since it will otherwise be difficult to compose text using
+ the encoding.
+
+ At least it was the intention that \Enc{L..} encodings are local and
+ site dependent. However, a number of such encodings became generally
+ used without ever getting a different name allocated.
+
+\end{encodinginfo}
+
+
+
+\begin{encodinginfo}{LY1}
+ {Y\&Y 256 glyph encoding}
+ {Berthold Horn}
+ {0x00--0x08, 0x0C, 0x10, 0x12--0xFF}
+ {\emph{believed none}}
+ {ptmr8y}
+ {\cite[p.416]{A-W:MG2004}}
+
+ This is an alternative to the \Enc{T1} encoding developed by Y\&Y and
+ used in their commercial \TeX{} implementation.
+
+\end{encodinginfo}
+
+
+\begin{encodinginfo}{LV1}
+ {MicroPress encoding}
+ {Michael Vulis}
+ {\emph{unknown}}
+ {\emph{unknown}}
+ {}
+ {\cite[p.416]{A-W:MG2004}}
+
+ This is an encoding developed by MicroPress and used for some of their
+ fonts.
+
+\end{encodinginfo}
+
+
+\begin{encodinginfo}{LGR}
+ {Greek 256 glyph encoding}
+ {\emph{unknown}}
+ {0x00--0xFF}
+ {\emph{believed none}}
+ {grmn1000}
+ {\cite[p.575]{A-W:MG2004}}
+
+ Currently the main encoding in use for the Greek language.
+
+ This encoding doesn't conform to the restrictions for
+ \Enc{T}-encodings described in section~\ref{sec:restrictions} on
+ page~\pageref{sec:restrictions} as it doesn't have \textsc{ascii}
+ glyphs at all.
+
+\end{encodinginfo}
+
+
+\begin{encodinginfo}
+ {PD1}
+ {PDF DocEncoding}
+ {Adobe}
+ {0x08--0x0A, 0x0C, 0x0D, 0x18--0x7E, 0x80--0x9E, 0xA0--0xAE, 0xB0--0xFF}
+ {---}
+ {}
+ {\cite{Adobe:PDF-1.6}, \cite{hyperref}}
+
+ The \Enc{PD1} encoding is a virtual encoding with 256 glyphs needed to
+ produce bookmarks and similar text in PDF document generated with pdf\LaTeX.
+ The encoding is ``virtual'' because by design there are no \TeX{}
+ fonts that cover \Enc{PD1}. Details can be found in appendix D.1
+ of~\cite{Adobe:PDF-1.6}.
+\end{encodinginfo}
+
+\begin{encodinginfo}
+ {PU}
+ {PDF Unicode Encoding}
+ {Adobe}
+ {---}
+ {---}
+ {}
+ {\cite{Adobe:PDF-1.6}, \cite{hyperref}}
+
+ Another virtual encoding (with more than 600 characters) for
+ Unicode-encoded bookmarks in PDF documents.
+\end{encodinginfo}
+
+\begin{encodinginfo}{U}
+ {Unknown encoding}
+ {---}
+ {potentially 0x00-0xFF}
+ {all}
+ {wasy10}
+ {\cite[p.416]{A-W:MG2004}}
+
+ This encoding should be used for fonts that resist classification,
+ e.g., when it is clear that there will never be more than one font
+ using the same encoding.
+
+\end{encodinginfo}
+
+
+
+\section{Restrictions}
+\label{sec:restrictions}
+
+
+\subsection{Required glyphs for general text encodings}
+
+Encodings that are supposed to be used with \LaTeX{} for `general
+purpose text fonts' need to have certain fixed glyphs in certain
+encoding slots. A `general purpose text font' is one intended for
+arbitrary natural language text and not just within special
+environments (such as the phonetic alphabet) or just for typesetting
+individual symbols (e.g., the text companion font with encoding
+\Enc{TS1}).
+
+This is the case for the following glyphs that have to be in their
+\textsc{ascii} positions for general purpose text encodings:
+\begin{center}
+\begin{tabular}[t]{cc}
+ Glyph & Position \\ \hline
+ ! & \number`\! \\
+ ' & \number`\' \\
+ ( & \number`\( \\
+ ) & \number`\) \\
+ \relax* & \number`\* \\
+ + & \number`\+ \\
+ , & \number`\, \\
+ - & \number`\- \\
+ . & \number`\. \\
+ / & \number`\/ \\
+ 0 \ldots\ 9 & \number`\0\ to \number`\9 \\
+ \end{tabular}
+ \quad
+ \begin{tabular}[t]{cc}
+ Glyph & Position \\ \hline
+ : & \number`\: \\
+ ; & \number`\; \\
+ = & \number`\= \\
+ ? & \number`\? \\
+ @ & \number`\@ \\
+ A \ldots\ Z & \number`\A\ to \number`\Z \\
+ \relax[ & \number`\[ \\
+ ] & \number`\] \\
+ ` & \number`\` \\
+ a \ldots\ z & \number`\a\ to \number`\z \\
+\end{tabular}
+\quad
+\begin{tabular}[t]{cc}
+Glyph\footnotemark & Position \\ \hline
+< & \number`\< \\
+> & \number`\> \\
+\string| & \number`\| \\
+\end{tabular}\footnotetext{The requirement for these three glyphs is
+ violated in the Latin alphabet \Enc{OT} encodings.}
+\end{center}
+In addition the following glyphs have to be present
+somewhere\footnote{The position in this case is not important as they
+are generated from ligature programs.} in the encoding together with
+corresponding ligature programs to generate them:
+\begin{center}
+\begin{tabular}[t]{cc}
+Glyph & Ligature program \\ \hline
+ `` & \texttt{`\/`} \\
+ '' & \texttt{'\/'} \\
+ -- & \texttt{-\/-} \\
+ --- & \texttt{-\/-\/-} \\
+\end{tabular}
+\end{center}
+
+This is $33 + 2 * 26 = 85$ positions ``required'', which leaves 171
+positions free.
+
+If there are free slots available then adding all or some of the
+diacritics would be the best way to fill them.
+
+If there are insufficient slots for the characters needed, a possible
+technique is to create a subsidiary encoding, and to move non-letter
+characters to it. Since only ``letters'' take part in the hyphenation
+algorithm, this technique doesn't affect the appearance of the typeset
+result.
+
+\subsection{The constraints on upper/lower case tables}
+
+Due to some technical restrictions of \TeX{} related to hyphenation it
+is not possible in \LaTeX{} to use more than one \verb=\lccode= or
+\verb=\uccode= table. Therefore all encodings need to share these two
+tables which are defined to be those of the \Enc{T1} encoding.
+
+The \Enc{T1} encoding has some nasty peculiarities which make certain slot
+positions more or less unusable for other encodings if this
+restriction is to be obeyed. This is unfortunate but since \Enc{T1} is well
+established and the basis for a large number of languages it seemed
+better to live with this situation instead of trying to replace \Enc{T1} with a
+slightly better standard (with the result that for a long time
+different \LaTeX{} installations would not be able to communicate with
+each other because of incompatible font sets).
+
+The positions that are problematic are as follows.
+\begin{center}
+\begin{tabular}{lp{.8\linewidth}}
+25 (\char 25) & uppercase maps strangely (same as for 105, \char 105)\\
+26 (\char 26) & uppercase maps strangely (same as for 106, \char 106)\\
+27 (\char 27) & lowercase maps to itself which makes this slot subject
+ to hyphenation (used to support \Enc{OT1} encoding) \\
+157 (\char 157) & lowercase maps strangely (same as for 73, \char 73) \\
+158 (\char 158) & uppercase maps strangely (same as for 240, \char 240) \\
+\end{tabular}
+\end{center}
+One way to use such slots is to fill them with ligature glyphs as
+\TeX{} will not consult these tables for glyphs constructed through
+ligatures programs but instead uses the entries for the individual
+glyphs used to produce the ligature.
+
+A complete listing of the uppercase/lowercase mapping tables is to be
+found in section~\ref{sec:uclc-tab} (page \pageref{sec:uclc-tab}).
+
+\newcount\temp \newcount\tempL \newcount\tempU
+
+\def\nextstep{\global\tempL=\lccode\temp
+ \global\tempU=\uccode\temp
+ \lctablenumbersize\the\temp &
+ \the\tempL&
+ \the\tempU&\printlowerupper{\the\temp}{\the\tempL}{\the\tempU}\\
+ \global\advance\temp by 1
+ \stepprint}
+
+\def\printlowerupper#1#2#3{\char#1\relax
+ (\ifnum#2=0\relax--\else\char#2\fi
+ /\ifnum#3=0\relax--\else\char#3\fi)}
+
+\def\stepprint{\relax\ifnum\temp<\endval
+ \let\next=\nextstep
+ \else
+ \let\next=\relax
+ \fi
+ \next}
+
+\def\dolctable#1#2{{\temp=#1\relax
+\def\endval{#2}%
+\setlength\tabcolsep{1.5pt}%
+\begin{tabular}[t]{@{}cccc@{}}
+pos&lc&uc&glyphs\\\hline
+\stepprint
+\end{tabular}}}
+
+\iffalse
+\begin{center}
+\tiny\let\lctablenumbersize\tiny
+\mbox{\dolctable{0}{52}\vrule
+\dolctable{52}{104}\vrule
+\dolctable{104}{156}\vrule
+\dolctable{156}{208}\vrule
+\dolctable{208}{256}}
+\end{center}
+\fi
+
+\iffalse
+\begin{center}\tiny
+\mbox{\dolctable{0}{65}\vrule
+\dolctable{65}{128}\vrule
+\dolctable{128}{193}\vrule
+\dolctable{193}{256}}
+\end{center}
+\fi
+
+
+
+\section{Encoding specific commands}
+
+An encoding specific command is one that generates a glyph (or
+glyphs), to produce a graphic effect that may be implemented
+differently in different encodings. The encoding specific command
+automatically changes its implementation when the encoding changes in
+the course of the document. Encoding specific commands figure in
+\LaTeX's internal character representation (\textsc{licr}) and are also
+discussed in \cite[sec.~7.11.2, p.~442]{A-W:MG2004}.
+
+The following table only covers the encoding specific commands from
+the \Enc{OT1} and \Enc{T1} encodings. Other encodings may specify
+additional encoding specific commands. In the table, the first 15
+commands are `accent-like' and need as an argument the character to be
+accented. For example, |\v{c}| is the \textsc{licr} for `\v{c}'.
+
+\begin{tabbing}
+\ttverb\textvisiblespace\quad\=bbbbbbbbbbbbbb\=b'b'\=ccccccccccc\kill
+\ttverb\`{} \>OT1,T1\> \a`{}\> (grave) \\
+\ttverb\'{} \>OT1,T1\> \a'{}\> (acute) \\
+\ttverb\^{} \>OT1,T1\> \^{}\> (circumflex) \\
+\ttverb\~{} \>OT1,T1\> \~{}\> (tilde) \\
+\ttverb\"{} \>OT1,T1\> \"{}\> (umlaut) \\
+\ttverb\H{} \>OT1,T1\> \H{}\> (Hungarian umlaut) \\
+\ttverb\r{} \>OT1,T1\> \r{}\> (ring) \\
+\ttverb\v{} \>OT1,T1\> \v{}\> (ha\v{c}ek) \\
+\ttverb\u{} \>OT1,T1\> \u{}\> (breve) \\
+\ttverb\t{} \>OT1,T1\> \t{}\> (tie) \\
+\ttverb\={} \>OT1,T1\> \a={}\> (macron) \\
+\ttverb\.{} \>OT1,T1\> \.{}\> (dot) \\
+\ttverb\b{} \>OT1,T1\> \b{}\> (underbar) \\
+\ttverb\c{} \>OT1,T1\> \c{}\> (cedilla) \\
+\ttverb\d{} \>OT1,T1\> \d{}\> (dot under) \\
+\ttverb\k{} \>T1 \> \k{}\> (ogonek) \\
+% \ttverb\AA \>OT1,T1\> \AA \> \\ % no longer
+\ttverb\AE \>OT1,T1\> \AE \> \\
+\ttverb\DH \>T1 \> \DH \> \\
+\ttverb\DJ \>T1 \> \DJ \> \\
+\ttverb\L \>OT1,T1\> \L \> \\
+\ttverb\NG \>T1 \> \NG \> \\
+\ttverb\OE \>OT1,T1\> \OE \> \\
+\ttverb\O \>OT1,T1\> \O \> \\
+\ttverb\SS \>OT1,T1\> \SS \> \\
+\ttverb\TH \>T1 \> \TH \> \\
+% \ttverb\aa \>OT1,T1\> \aa \> \\ no-longer
+\ttverb\ae \>OT1,T1\> \ae \> \\
+\ttverb\dh \>T1 \> \dh \> \\
+\ttverb\dj \>T1 \> \dj \> \\
+\ttverb\guillemotleft \>T1 \> \guillemotleft \> (guillemet) \\
+\ttverb\guillemotright \>T1 \> \guillemotright \> (guillemet) \\
+\ttverb\guilsinglleft \>T1 \> \guilsinglleft \> (guillemet) \\
+\ttverb\guilsinglright \>T1 \> \guilsinglright \> (guillemet) \\
+\ttverb\i \>OT1,T1\> \i \> \\
+\ttverb\j \>OT1,T1\> \j \> \\
+\ttverb\l \>OT1,T1\> \l \> \\
+\ttverb\ng \>T1 \> \ng \> \\
+\ttverb\oe \>OT1,T1\> \oe \> \\
+\ttverb\o \>OT1,T1\> \o \> \\
+\ttverb\quotedblbase \>T1 \> \quotedblbase \> \\
+\ttverb\quotesinglbase \>T1 \> \quotesinglbase \> \\
+\ttverb\ss \>OT1,T1\> \ss \> \\
+\ttverb\textasciicircum \>OT1,T1\> \textasciicircum \> \\
+\ttverb\textasciitilde \>OT1,T1\> \textasciitilde \> \\
+\ttverb\textbackslash \>OT1,T1\> \textbackslash \> \\
+\ttverb\textbar \>OT1,T1\> \textbar \> \\
+\ttverb\textbraceleft \>OT1,T1\> \textbraceleft \> \\
+\ttverb\textbraceright \>OT1,T1\> \textbraceright \> \\
+\ttverb\textcompwordmark \>OT1,T1\> \textcompwordmark\> (invisible) \\
+\ttverb\textdollar \>OT1,T1\> \textdollar \> \\
+\ttverb\textemdash \>OT1,T1\> \textemdash \> \\
+\ttverb\textendash \>OT1,T1\> \textendash \> \\
+\ttverb\textexclamdown \>OT1,T1\> \textexclamdown \> \\
+\ttverb\textgreater \>OT1,T1\> \textgreater \> \\
+\ttverb\textless \>OT1,T1\> \textless \> \\
+\ttverb\textquestiondown \>OT1,T1\> \textquestiondown\> \\
+\ttverb\textquotedbl \>T1 \> \textquotedbl \> \\
+\ttverb\textquotedblleft \>OT1,T1\> \textquotedblleft\> \\
+\ttverb\textquotedblright \>OT1,T1\> \textquotedblright\> \\
+\ttverb\textquoteleft \>OT1,T1\> \textquoteleft \> \\
+\ttverb\textquoteright \>OT1,T1\> \textquoteright \> \\
+\ttverb\textregistered \>OT1,T1\> \textregistered \> \\
+\ttverb\textsection \>OT1,T1\> \textsection \> \\
+\ttverb\textsterling \>OT1,T1\> \textsterling \> \\
+\ttverb\texttrademark \>OT1,T1\> \texttrademark \> \\
+\ttverb\textunderscore \>OT1,T1\> \textunderscore \> \\
+\ttverb\textvisiblespace \>OT1,T1\> \textvisiblespace\> \\
+\ttverb\th \>T1 \> \th \>
+\end{tabbing}
+
+\section{Encodings for Unicode based \TeX\ systems}
+\label{sec:unicode}
+
+The preceding text has assumed a classic TeX system that is
+restricted to the use of fonts with at most 256 characters. In order
+to accommodate all the characters needed for different languages and
+mathematics it is necessary to have multiple encodings as described
+above, and \LaTeX\ needs to be aware of the encoding used for each
+font.
+
+Unicode aims to provide a single encoding that removes most of the
+need to switch encodings, apart from very specialist use for non-standard characters. Rather than assign codes in the range 0--256 (hex
+FF) Unicode codes are in the range 0--1,114,111 (hex 10FFFF), although
+not all slots are available for distinct characters for technical
+reasons. Unicode offers the possibility to use a single input encoding
+(usually UTF-8) for all documents and to use essentially the same
+Unicode encoding for all fonts, so removing the need to switch
+encodings in different contexts.
+
+Omega was perhaps the first widely used \TeX\ extension that
+supported Unicode. Currently the two actively supported systems that are
+present in most modern \TeX\ distributions are Xe\TeX\ and Lua\TeX.
+
+When used with these extended \TeX\ engines, \LaTeX's font system can
+refer to Unicode fonts (typically OpenType fonts installed system-wide
+on your operating system rather than fonts specifically encoded/installed for
+\TeX). Currently the usual method of accessing these fonts is through
+the contributed \Pkg{fontspec} package. This uses as encoding \Enc{TU}:
+``\TeX{} Unicode'' (historically two experimental encodings \Enc{EU1}
+and \Enc{EU2}
+were used, depending on the engine, but these are deprecated).
+The exact rules for \LaTeX\ encodings
+for Unicode engines have not yet been finalised in terms of the (usual)
+requirement that each slot should be defined. (This is not realistic for
+a Unicode font, as almost all fonts address subsets of the full range.)
+It is rare to need to specify the \Enc{TU} encoding a document as the
+\Pkg{fontspec} package sets up the correct encoding when loaded.
+
+The restrictions described in section \ref{sec:restrictions} do not
+apply, or need to be modified in a Unicode based engine. Clearly the
+lowercase table (and hyphenation patterns) can not be restricted to
+the values used for \Enc{T1} and do only refer to the first 256
+characters.
+
+When the \LaTeX\ format is made \LaTeX\ sets up the lowercase table
+and classifies characters as letter- or non-letter-based on \Enc{T1} if
+a classic \TeX\ or pdf\TeX\ is being used. If a Unicode based \TeX\ is
+detected, the values are instead based on the classification and
+lower-case mappings provided by the Unicode Character Database
+\cite{ucd}. The \LaTeX{} team have written a generic loader bundle,
+\Pkg{unicode-data}, which provides the mechanism to load this information
+directly from the Unicode Character Database data files and which is read
+when a Unicode-compliant engine is detected during format-building.
+
+Similarly in the default configuration files used by modern \TeX\
+distribution, the hyphenation files for each supported language are
+written in UTF-8 encoding, using Unicode code points for all letters,
+then if a classic \TeX\ system is detected, some additional macros are
+loaded to convert these files to 256-character encodings where
+possible, and assuming the \Enc{T1} lowercase table. For Unicode engines
+no conversion takes place. (The hyphenation patterns for a small number of
+languages require that some punctuation characters have non-zero
+c values. This are set during pattern reading, and may at some
+stage in the future use the e-\TeX{} \verb=\savinghyphcodes= mechanism to
+avoid any need to manipulate \verb=\lccode= in the document.)
+
+
+
+
+\begin{thebibliography}{99}
+\addcontentsline{toc}{section}{\numberline{\relax}\refname}
+
+
+\bibitem{Adobe:PDF-1.6} \emph{\textsc{PDF} reference}:
+ Adobe portable document format version~1.6. Adobe Systems
+ Incorporated, 2005. % why \textsuperscript{3}?
+ \url{http://partners.adobe.com/public/developer/en/pdf/PDFReference16.pdf}.
+
+\bibitem{Beeton:TB6-3-124} Barbara Beeton:
+ \emph{Mathematical symbols and cyrillic fonts ready for
+ distribution}. In: TUGBoat, 6\#3), 1985.
+ \url{http://tug.org/TUGboat/Articles/tb06-3/tb13beetcyr.pdf}.
+
+\bibitem{beeton} Barbara Beeton: \emph{Unicode
+ and math, a combination whose time has come -- Finally!}. In:
+ TUGBoat, 21\#3, 2000.
+ \url{http://www.tug.org/TUGboat/Articles/tb21-3/tb68beet.pdf}.
+
+
+\bibitem{Berdnikov:eurotex-98} A.\@ Berdnikov, O.\@
+ Lapko, M.\@ Kolodin, A.\@ Janishevsky and
+ A.\@ Burykin: \emph{The Encoding Paradigm in
+ \LaTeXe{} and the Projected X2 Encoding for Cyrillic Texts}.
+ Euro\TeX~98.
+ \url{http://www.gutenberg.eu.org/pub/GUTenberg/publicationsPDF/28-29-berdnikova.pdf}.
+
+\bibitem{CJK} \emph{The \Pkg{CJK} package}:
+ \url{http://cjk.ffii.org}.
+
+\bibitem{clasen} Matthias Clasen: \emph{A new
+ implementation of \LaTeX{} math}, 1997-98.
+ \url{http://www.tug.org/twg/mfg/papers/current/newmath.ps.gz}.
+
+\bibitem{clasen-vieth} Matthias Clasen and Ulrik
+ Vieth: \emph{Towards a new Math Font Encoding
+ for (La)\TeX}. March 1998,
+ \url{http://www.tug.org/twg/mfg/papers/current/mfg-euro-all.ps.gz}.
+
+\bibitem{CorkGW:91}
+Dean Guenther and Janene Winter.
+\newblock An international phonetic alphabet.
+\newblock In Guenther \cite{proc:MGu91}, pages 149--156.
+\newblock Published as {TUG}boat 12\#1.
+
+\bibitem{proc:MGu91}
+Mary Guenther, editor.
+\newblock {\em {\TeX} 90 Conference Proceedings}, March 1991.
+\newblock Published as {TUG}boat 12\#1.
+
+\bibitem{tub:MFe90}
+Michael~J. Ferguson.
+\newblock Report on multilingual activities.
+\newblock {\em {TUG}boat}, 11(4):514--516, 1990.
+
+\bibitem{fontinst} \emph{The \Pkg{fontinst} package}:
+ \textlangle CTAN\textrangle\url{/fonts/utilities/fontinst}.
+
+\bibitem{Rei:TB17-2-102} Fukui Rei:
+ \emph{\textsl{TIPA}: A system for processing phonetic
+ symbols in \LaTeX}. In: TUGBoat, 17\#, 1996.
+ \url{http://www.tug.org/TUGboat/Articles/tb17-2/tb51rei.pdf}.
+
+\bibitem{hyperref} \emph{The \Pkg{hyperref} package}:
+ \url{http://www.tug.org/applications/hyperref}.
+
+\bibitem{tub:JKn93}
+J\"org Knappen.
+\newblock Fonts for Africa: The fc Fonts.
+\newblock {\em {TUG}boat}, 14(2):104, 1993.
+
+\bibitem{Knappen:TB17-2-96} J\"org Knappen:
+ \emph{The \Pkg{dc} fonts~1.3: Move towards stability
+ and completeness}. In: TUGBoat 17\#2, 1996.
+ \url{http://www.tug.org/TUGboat/Articles/tb17-2/tb51knap.pdf}.
+
+\bibitem{A-W:DKn86}
+Donald~E. Knuth.
+\newblock {\em The {\TeX}book}.
+\newblock Volume~A of {\em Computers \& {T}ypesetting\/},
+ May 1989.
+\newblock Eight printing.
+
+\bibitem{vnr} \emph{The \Pkg{vnr} font family}, developed by
+ the author of pdf\TeX, {H\`an Th\^e\protect\llap{\raise 0.5ex\hbox{\'{\relax}}} Th\`anh}.
+ \url{http://vntex.org/download/vntex}.
+
+ \bibitem{ipa} Home page of the International Phonetic Association.
+ \url{http://www.arts.gla.ac.uk/IPA/ipa.html}
+
+\bibitem{A-W:LLa94}
+Leslie Lamport.
+\newblock {\em {\LaTeX:} A Document Preparation System}.
+\newblock Addison-Wesley, Reading, Massachusetts, second edition, 1994.
+
+\bibitem{LH-Fonts} \emph{The \Pkg{lh}-Fonts for Cyrillic}:
+ \textlangle CTAN\textrangle\url{/fonts/cyrillic/lh}.
+
+\bibitem{A-W:MG2004}
+Frank Mittelbach and Michel Goossens.
+\newblock {\em The {\LaTeX} Companion second edition}.
+\newblock With Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley.
+\newblock Addison-Wesley, Reading, Massachusetts, 2004.
+
+\bibitem{Unicode} \emph{The Unicode Standard}.
+ \url{http://unicode.org}.
+
+\bibitem{ucd} \emph{The Unicode Character Database}.
+ \url{http://unicode.org/ucd}.
+
+\bibitem{ziegler} Justin Ziegler, \emph{Technical
+ Report on Math Font Encodings}, June 1994,
+ \url{http://www.tug.org/twg/mfg/papers/ltx3pub/l3d007.ps.gz}.
+
+\end{thebibliography}
+
+\clearpage\appendix
+\begin{center}
+ \Large\bfseries Appendices
+\end{center}
+
+\section{Example code tables}
+
+This appendix contains a table of each font mentioned as an ``example''
+font above, providing that the font was available when the document
+was processed with \LaTeX{}. (\LaTeX{} generates a warning message
+for each font it fails to find.)
+
+\subsection{Text encodings}
+
+\ftable{cmr10}{OT1}
+
+\ftable{wnr10}{OT2}
+
+\ftable{wsuipa10}{OT3}
+
+\ftable{plr10}{OT4}
+
+%\ftable{artmr10}{OT6}
+
+\ftable{ecrm1000}{T1}
+
+\ftable{larm1000}{T2A}
+
+\ftable{lbrm1000}{T2B}
+
+\ftable{lcrm1000}{T2C}
+
+\ftable{tipa10}{T3}
+
+\ftable{fcr10}{T4}
+
+\ftable{vnr10}{T5}
+
+
+\subsection{Text symbol encodings}
+
+The full table for \Enc{TS1} as provided by European Computer Modern family:
+\ftable{tcrm1000}{TS1}
+
+\pagebreak
+
+In contrast typical PostScript fonts usually have incomplete implementations
+of \Enc{TS1} sometimes missing more than half of the glyphs:
+
+\ftable{ptmr8c}{TS1}
+
+\ftable{tipx10}{TS3}
+
+
+
+\subsection{Extended text encodings}
+
+\ftable{rxrm1000}{X2}
+
+
+\subsection{Mathematical encodings}
+
+\ftable{cmmi10}{OML}
+
+\ftable{cmsy10}{OMS}
+
+\ftable{cmex10}{OMX}
+
+
+\subsection{Other encodings}
+
+\ftable{ptmr8y}{LY1}
+
+%%\ftable{????}{LV1}
+
+\ftable{grmn1000}{LGR}
+
+\ftable{wasy10}{U}
+\ftable{logo10}{U}
+
+\clearpage
+\section{Uppercase and lowercase tables}
+\label{sec:uclc-tab}
+
+The following two sets of tables list the \verb"\uppercase" and
+\verb"\lowercase" values for each position in the \LaTeX{} standard
+256-character tables.
+
+Each row of each table lists:
+\begin{quote}
+ \begin{tabular}{lp{0.7\textwidth}}
+ pos & The position in the table (0-255) \\
+ lc & The value in the \verb"\lowercase" table at the position \\
+ & (note that value 0 here means that \verb"\lowercase" is
+ ineffective for this character, and hyphenation does not apply
+ to it) \\
+ uc & The value in the \verb"\uppercase" table at the position \\
+ & (note that value 0 here means that \verb"\uppercase" is
+ ineffective for this character) \\
+ glyphs & The glyphs specified for the T1 encoding for this
+ position, laid out as \meta{glyph}\textbf{(}\meta{lowercase
+ glyph}\textbf{/}\meta{uppercase glyph}\textbf{)}
+ \end{tabular}
+\end{quote}
+
+\begin{center}
+ \let\lctablenumbersize\footnotesize
+ \makebox[\textwidth]{\hss
+ \dolctable{0}{32}\quad\dolctable{32}{64}\quad
+ \dolctable{64}{96}\quad\dolctable{96}{128}%
+ \hss}
+
+ \makebox[\textwidth]{\hss
+ \dolctable{128}{160}\quad\dolctable{160}{192}\quad
+ \dolctable{192}{224}\quad\dolctable{224}{256}%
+ \hss}
+\end{center}
+\end{document}
+
+
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
Property changes on: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/encguide.tex
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:eol-style
## -0,0 +1 ##
+native
\ No newline at end of property
Added: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/exscale.pdf
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)
Index: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/exscale.pdf
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/exscale.pdf 2019-07-25 21:49:36 UTC (rev 51729)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/exscale.pdf 2019-07-25 22:32:37 UTC (rev 51730)
Property changes on: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/exscale.pdf
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:mime-type
## -0,0 +1 ##
+application/pdf
\ No newline at end of property
Added: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/fix-cm.pdf
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)
Index: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/fix-cm.pdf
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/fix-cm.pdf 2019-07-25 21:49:36 UTC (rev 51729)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/fix-cm.pdf 2019-07-25 22:32:37 UTC (rev 51730)
Property changes on: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/fix-cm.pdf
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:mime-type
## -0,0 +1 ##
+application/pdf
\ No newline at end of property
Added: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/fntguide.pdf
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)
Index: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/fntguide.pdf
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/fntguide.pdf 2019-07-25 21:49:36 UTC (rev 51729)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/fntguide.pdf 2019-07-25 22:32:37 UTC (rev 51730)
Property changes on: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/fntguide.pdf
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:mime-type
## -0,0 +1 ##
+application/pdf
\ No newline at end of property
Added: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/fntguide.tex
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/fntguide.tex (rev 0)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/fntguide.tex 2019-07-25 22:32:37 UTC (rev 51730)
@@ -0,0 +1,1907 @@
+% \iffalse meta-comment
+%
+% Copyright 1993-2019
+%
+% The LaTeX3 Project and any individual authors listed elsewhere
+% in this file.
+%
+% This file is part of the LaTeX base system.
+% -------------------------------------------
+%
+% It may be distributed and/or modified under the
+% conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3c
+% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+% The latest version of this license is in
+% http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt
+% and version 1.3c or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX
+% version 2005/12/01 or later.
+%
+% This file has the LPPL maintenance status "maintained".
+%
+% The list of all files belonging to the LaTeX base distribution is
+% given in the file `manifest.txt'. See also `legal.txt' for additional
+% information.
+%
+% The list of derived (unpacked) files belonging to the distribution
+% and covered by LPPL is defined by the unpacking scripts (with
+% extension .ins) which are part of the distribution.
+%
+% \fi
+% Filename: fntguide.tex
+
+\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}[1995/12/01]
+
+\documentclass{ltxguide}[1995/11/28]
+
+\title{\LaTeXe{} font selection}
+
+\author{\copyright~Copyright 1995--2019, \LaTeX3 Project Team.\\
+ All rights reserved.}
+
+\date{July 2019}
+
+\begin{document}
+
+\maketitle
+
+\tableofcontents
+
+\section{Introduction}
+
+This document describes the new font selection features of the \LaTeX{}
+Document Preparation System. It is intended for package writers who
+want to write font-loading packages similar to |times| or |latexsym|.
+
+This document is only a brief introduction to the new facilities and
+is intended for package writers who are familiar with \TeX{} fonts and
+\LaTeX{} packages. It is \emph{neither} a user-guide \emph{nor} a
+reference manual for fonts in \LaTeXe.
+
+\subsection{\LaTeXe~fonts}
+
+The most important difference between \LaTeX~2.09 and \LaTeXe{} is the
+way that fonts are selected. In \LaTeX~2.09, the Computer Modern fonts
+were built into the \LaTeX~format, and so customizing \LaTeX{} to use
+other fonts was a major effort.
+
+In \LaTeXe, very few fonts are built into the format, and there are
+commands to load new text and math fonts. Packages such as |times| or
+|latexsym| allow authors to access these fonts.
+This document describes how to write similar font-loading packages.
+
+The \LaTeXe{} font selection system was first released as the `New Font
+Selection Scheme' (NFSS) in 1989, and then in release~2 in 1993.
+\LaTeXe{} includes NFSS release~2 as standard.
+
+\subsection{Overview}
+
+This document contains an overview of the new font commands
+of \LaTeX.
+
+\begin{description}
+
+\item[Section~\ref{Sec:text}] describes the commands for selecting fonts
+ in classes and packages. It lists the five \LaTeX{} font
+ attributes, and lists the commands for selecting fonts. It also
+ describes how to customize the author commands such as |\textrm| and
+ |\textit| to suit your document design.
+
+\item[Section~\ref{Sec:math}] explains the commands for controlling
+ \LaTeX{} math fonts. It describes how to specify new math fonts and
+ new math symbols.
+
+\item[Section~\ref{Sec:install}] explains how to install new fonts into
+ \LaTeX. It shows how \LaTeX{} font attributes are turned into \TeX{}
+ font names, and how to specify your own fonts using font definition
+ files.
+
+\item[Section~\ref{Sec:encode}] discusses text font encodings.
+ It describes how to declare a new encoding and how to define
+ commands, such as |\AE| or |\"|, which have different definitions in
+ different encodings, depending on whether ligatures, etc.\ are
+ available in the encoding.
+
+\item[Section~\ref{Sec:misc}] covers font miscellanea. It describes how
+ \LaTeX{} performs font substitution, how to customize fonts that are
+ preloaded in the \LaTeX{} format, and the naming conventions used in
+ \LaTeX{} font selection.
+
+\end{description}
+
+\subsection{Further information}
+
+For a general introduction to \LaTeX, including the new features of
+\LaTeXe, you should read \emph{\LaTeXbook},
+Leslie Lamport, Addison Wesley, 2nd~ed, 1994.
+
+A more detailed description of the \LaTeX{} font selection scheme is to
+be found in \emph{\LaTeXcomp}, 2nd~ed, by Mittelbach and Goossens, Addison
+Wesley, 2004.
+
+The \LaTeX{} font selection scheme is based on \TeX, which is described
+by its developer in \emph{The \TeX book}, Donald E.~Knuth, Addison
+Wesley, 1986, revised in 1991 to include the features of \TeX~3.
+
+Sebastian Rahtz's |psnfss| software contains the software for using a
+large number of Type~1 fonts (including the Adobe Laser Writer 35 and
+the Monotype CD-ROM fonts) in \LaTeX. It should be available from the
+same source as your copy of \LaTeX.
+
+The |psnfss| software uses fonts generated by Alan Jeffrey's
+|fontinst| software. This can convert fonts from Adobe Font Metric
+format into a format readable by \LaTeX, including the generation of
+the font definition files described in Section~\ref{Sec:install}. The
+|fontinst| software should be available from the same source as your
+copy of \LaTeX.
+
+Whenever practical, \LaTeX{} uses the font naming scheme called
+`fontname'; this was described in \emph{Filenames for fonts},%
+\footnote{An up-to-date electronic version
+of this document can be found on any CTAN server, in the directory
+\texttt{info/fontname}.}
+\emph{TUGboat}~11(4),~1990.
+
+The class-writer's guide \emph{\clsguide} describes
+the new \LaTeX{} features for writers of document classes and packages
+and is kept in |clsguide.tex|. Configuring
+\LaTeX{} is covered by the guide \emph{\cfgguide} in
+\texttt{cfgguide.tex} whilst the philosophy behind our policy on
+modifying \LaTeX{} is described in \emph{\modguide} in
+\texttt{modguide.tex}.
+
+The documented source code (from the files used to produce
+the kernel format via |latex.ltx|) is now available as
+\emph{The \LaTeXe\ Sources}.
+This very large document also includes an index of \LaTeX{}
+commands. It can be typeset from the \LaTeX{} file |source2e.tex|
+in the |base| directory; this uses the class file |ltxdoc.cls|.
+
+For more information about \TeX{} and \LaTeX{}, please contact your
+local \TeX{} Users Group, or the international \TeX{} Users Group.
+Addresses and other details can be found at:
+\begin{quote}\small\label{addrs}
+ \texttt{http://www.tug.org/lugs.html}
+\end{quote}
+
+
+\section{Text fonts}
+\label{Sec:text}
+
+This section describes the commands available to class and package
+writers for specifying and selecting fonts.
+
+\subsection{Text font attributes}
+
+Every text font in \LaTeX{} has five \emph{attributes}:
+\begin{description}
+
+\item[encoding] This specifies the order that characters appear in the
+ font. The two most common text encodings used in \LaTeX{} are
+ Knuth's `\TeX{} text' encoding, and the `\TeX{} text extended'
+ encoding developed by the \TeX{} Users Group members during a \TeX{}
+ Conference at Cork in~1990 (hence its informal name `Cork encoding').
+
+\item[family] The name for a collection of fonts, usually grouped under
+ a common name by the font foundry. For example, `Adobe Times', `ITC
+ Garamond', and Knuth's `Computer Modern Roman' are all font families.
+
+\item[series] How heavy and/or expanded a font is. For example, `medium
+ weight', `narrow' and `bold extended' are all series.
+
+\item[shape] The form of the letters within a font family. For
+ example, `italic', `oblique' and `upright' (sometimes called
+ `roman') are all font shapes.
+
+\item[size] The design size of the font, for example `10pt'. If no
+ dimension is specified, `pt' is assumed.
+
+\end{description}
+The possible values for these attributes are given short acronyms by
+\LaTeX. The most common values for the font encoding are:
+\begin{center}
+\begin{minipage}{.7\linewidth}
+ \begin{tabular}{rl}
+ |OT1| & \TeX{} text \\
+ |T1| & \TeX{} extended text \\
+ |OML| & \TeX{} math italic \\
+ |OMS| & \TeX{} math symbols \\
+ |OMX| & \TeX{} math large symbols \\
+ |U| & Unknown \\
+ |L<xx>| & A local encoding
+ \end{tabular}
+\end{minipage}
+\end{center}
+The `local' encodings are intended for font encodings which are only
+locally available, for example a font containing an organization's
+logo in various sizes.
+
+There are far too many font families to list them all, but some common
+ones are:
+\begin{center}
+\begin{minipage}{.7\linewidth}
+ \begin{tabular}{rl}
+ |cmr| & Computer Modern Roman \\
+ |cmss| & Computer Modern Sans \\
+ |cmtt| & Computer Modern Typewriter \\
+ |cmm| & Computer Modern Math Italic \\
+ |cmsy| & Computer Modern Math Symbols \\
+ |cmex| & Computer Modern Math Extensions \\
+ |ptm| & Adobe Times \\
+ |phv| & Adobe Helvetica \\
+ |pcr| & Adobe Courier
+ \end{tabular}
+\end{minipage}
+\end{center}
+\NEWdescription{2019/07/10}
+The font series is denoting a combination of the weight (boldness) and
+the width (amount of expansion). The standard supported for weights
+and widths are:
+\begin{center}
+%\begin{minipage}{.7\linewidth}
+ \begin{tabular}{rl}
+ |ul| & Ultra Light \\
+ |el| & Extra Light \\
+ |l| & Light \\
+ |sl| & Semi Light \\
+ |m| & Medium (normal)\\
+ |sb| & Semi Bold \\
+ |b| & Bold \\
+ |eb| & Extra Bold \\
+ |ub| & Ultra Bold \\
+ \end{tabular}
+\qquad
+ \begin{tabular}{rlr}
+ |uc| & Ultra Condensed & 50\% \\
+ |ec| & Extra Condensed & 62.5\% \\
+ |c| & Condensed & 75\% \\
+ |sc| & Semi Condensed & 87.5\% \\
+ |m| & Medium & 100\% \\
+ |sx| & Semi Expanded & 112.5\% \\
+ |x| & Expanded & 125\% \\
+ |ex| & Extra Expanded & 150\% \\
+ |ux| & Ultra Expanded & 200\% \\
+ \end{tabular}
+\end{center}
+These are concatenated to a single series value except that |m| is
+dropped unless both weight and width are medium in which case a single
+|m| is used.
+
+\newpage
+
+Examples for series values are then:
+\begin{center}
+\begin{minipage}{.7\linewidth}
+ \begin{tabular}{rl}
+ |m| & Medium weight and width \\
+ |b| & Bold weight, medium width \\
+ |bx| & Bold extended \\
+ |sb| & Semi-bold, medium width\\
+ |sbx| & Semi-bold extended\\
+ |c| & Medium weight, condensed width
+ \end{tabular}
+\end{minipage}
+\end{center}
+\NEWdescription{2019/07/10}
+Note, that there are a large variety of names floating around like
+``regular'', ``black'', ``demi-bold'', ``thin'', ``heavy'' and many
+more. If at all possible they should be matched into the standard
+naming scheme to allow for sensible default substitutions if
+necessary, e.g., ``demi-bold'' is normally just another name for
+``semi-bold'', so should get |sb| assigned, etc.
+
+The most common values for the font shape are:
+\begin{center}
+\begin{minipage}{.7\linewidth}
+ \begin{tabular}{rl}
+ |n| & Normal (that is `upright' or `roman') \\
+ |it| & Italic \\
+ |sl| & Slanted (or `oblique') \\
+ |sc| & Caps and small caps
+ \end{tabular}
+\end{minipage}
+\end{center}
+The font size is specified as a dimension, for example |10pt| or
+|1.5in| or |3mm|; if no unit is specified, |pt| is assumed. These five
+parameters specify every \LaTeX{} font, for example:
+\begin{center}
+ \begin{tabular}{@{}r@{\,}l@{\,}c@{\,}c@{\,}cc@{}r@{}}
+ \multicolumn{5}{@{}c}{\emph{\LaTeX{} specification}} &
+ \emph{Font} &
+ \emph{\TeX{} font name} \\
+ |OT1| & |cmr| & |m| & |n| & |10| &
+ Computer Modern Roman 10 point &
+ |cmr10| \\
+ |OT1| & |cmss| & |m| & |sl| & |1pc| &
+ Computer Modern Sans Oblique 1 pica &
+ |cmssi12| \\
+ |OML| & |cmm| & |m| & |it| & |10pt| &
+ Computer Modern Math Italic 10 point &
+ |cmmi10| \\
+ |T1| & |ptm| & |b| & |it| & |1in| &
+ Adobe Times Bold Italic 1 inch &
+ |ptmb8t at 1in|
+ \end{tabular}
+\end{center}
+These five parameters are displayed whenever \LaTeX{} gives an overfull
+box warning, for example:
+\begin{verbatim}
+ Overfull \hbox (3.80855pt too wide) in paragraph at lines 314--318
+ []\OT1/cmr/m/n/10 Normally [] and [] will be iden-ti-cal,
+\end{verbatim}
+The author commands for fonts set the five attributes:
+\begin{center}
+ \begin{tabular}{rcl}
+ \emph{Author command} &
+ \emph{Attribute} &
+ \emph{Value in} |article| \emph{class} \\
+ |\textnormal{..}| or |\normalfont| & family & |cmr| \\
+ |\textrm{..}| or |\rmfamily| & family & |cmr| \\
+ |\textsf{..}| or |\sffamily| & family & |cmss| \\
+ |\texttt{..}| or |\ttfamily| & family & |cmtt| \\
+ |\textmd{..}| or |\mdseries| & series & |m| \\
+ |\textbf{..}| or |\bfseries| & series & |bx| \\
+ |\textup{..}| or |\upshape| & shape & |n| \\
+ |\textit{..}| or |\itshape| & shape & |it| \\
+ |\textsl{..}| or |\slshape| & shape & |sl| \\
+ |\textsc{..}| or |\scshape| & shape & |sc| \\
+ |\tiny| & size & |5pt| \\
+ |\scriptsize| & size & |7pt| \\
+ |\footnotesize| & size & |8pt| \\
+ |\small| & size & |9pt| \\
+ |\normalsize| & size & |10pt| \\
+ |\large| & size & |12pt| \\
+ |\Large| & size & |14.4pt| \\
+ |\LARGE| & size & |17.28pt| \\
+ |\huge| & size & |20.74pt| \\
+ |\Huge| & size & |24.88pt|
+ \end{tabular}
+\end{center}
+The values used by these commands are determined by the document class,
+using the parameters defined in Section~\ref{Sec:text.param}.
+
+Note that there are no author commands for selecting new encodings.
+These should be provided by packages, such as the |fontenc| package.
+
+This section does not explain how \LaTeX{} font specifications are
+turned into \TeX{} font names. This is described in
+Section~\ref{Sec:install}.
+
+\subsection{Selection commands}
+
+The low-level commands used to select a text font are as follows.
+
+\begin{decl}
+|\fontencoding| \arg{encoding} \\
+|\fontfamily| \arg{family}\\
+|\fontseries| \arg{series}\\
+|\fontshape| \arg{shape}\\
+|\fontsize| \arg{size} \arg{baselineskip}\\
+|\linespread| \arg{factor}
+\end{decl}
+
+\NEWdescription{1998/12/01}
+Each of the commands starting with |\font...| sets one of the font
+attributes; |\fontsize| also sets |\baselineskip|. The |\linespread|
+command prepares to multiply the current (or newly defined)
+|\baselineskip| with \m{factor} (e.g., spreads the lines apart for
+values greater one).
+
+The actual font in use is not altered by these commands, but the
+current attributes are used to determine which font and baseline skip
+to use after the next |\selectfont| command.
+
+
+\begin{decl}
+|\selectfont|
+\end{decl}
+Selects a text font, based on the current values of the font attributes.
+
+\emph{Warning}: There \emph{must} be a |\selectfont| command
+immediately after any settings of the font parameters by (some of)
+the six commands above, before any following text.
+For example, it is legal to say:
+\begin{verbatim}
+ \fontfamily{ptm}\fontseries{b}\selectfont Some text.
+\end{verbatim}
+but it is \emph{not} legal to say:
+\begin{verbatim}
+ \fontfamily{ptm} Some \fontseries{b}\selectfont text.
+\end{verbatim}
+You may get unexpected results if you put text between a
+|\font<parameter>| command (or |\linespread|) and a |\selectfont|.
+
+\begin{decl}
+|\usefont| \arg{encoding} \arg{family} \arg{series} \arg{shape}
+\end{decl}
+A short hand for the equivalent |\font...| commands followed by a
+call to |\selectfont|.
+
+
+\subsection{Internals}
+
+The current values of the font attributes are held in internal macros.
+
+\begin{decl}
+ |\f at encoding| \\
+ |\f at family| \\
+ |\f at series| \\
+ |\f at shape| \\
+ |\f at size| \\
+ |\f at baselineskip| \\
+ |\tf at size| \\
+ |\sf at size| \\
+ |\ssf at size|
+\end{decl}
+
+These hold the current values of the encoding, the family, the series,
+the shape, the size, the baseline skip, the main math size, the
+`script' math size and the `scriptscript' math size. The last three
+are accessible only within a formula; outside of math they may contain
+arbitrary values.
+
+For example, to set the size to 12 without
+changing the baseline skip:
+\begin{verbatim}
+ \fontsize{12}{\f at baselineskip}
+\end{verbatim}
+However, you should \emph{never} alter the values of the internal
+commands directly; they must only be modified using the low-level
+commands like |\fontfamily|, |\fontseries|, etc. If you disobey this
+warning you might produce code that loops.
+
+\subsection{Parameters for author commands}
+\label{Sec:text.param}
+
+The parameter values set by author commands such as |\textrm| and
+|\rmfamily|, etc.\ are not hard-wired into \LaTeX; instead these
+commands use the values of a number of parameters set by the document
+class and packages. For example, |\rmdefault| is the name of the
+default family selected by |\textrm| and |\rmfamily|. Thus to set a
+document in Adobe Times, Helvetica and Courier, the document designer
+specifies:
+\begin{verbatim}
+ \renewcommand{\rmdefault}{ptm}
+ \renewcommand{\sfdefault}{phv}
+ \renewcommand{\ttdefault}{pcr}
+\end{verbatim}
+
+\begin{decl}
+ |\encodingdefault| \\
+ |\familydefault| \\
+ |\seriesdefault| \\
+ |\shapedefault|
+\end{decl}
+The encoding, family, series and shape of the main body font. By
+default these are |OT1|, |\rmdefault|, |m| and |n|. Note that since
+the default family is |\rmdefault|, this means that changing
+|\rmdefault| will change the main body font of the document.
+
+\begin{decl}
+ |\rmdefault| \\
+ |\sfdefault| \\
+ |\ttdefault|
+\end{decl}
+The families selected by |\textrm|, |\rmfamily|, |\textsf|,
+|\sffamily|, |\texttt| and |\ttfamily|. By default these are |cmr|,
+|cmss| and |cmtt|.
+
+\begin{decl}
+ |\bfdefault| \\
+ |\mddefault|
+\end{decl}
+The series selected by |\textbf|, |\bfseries|, |\textmd| and
+|\mdseries|. By default these are |bx| and |m|.
+These values are suitable for the default families used. If other
+fonts are used as standard document fonts (for example, certain
+PostScript fonts) it might be necessary to adjust the value of
+|\bfdefault| to |b| since only a few such families have a `bold
+extended' series. An alternative (taken for the fonts provided by
+|psnfss|) is to define silent substitutions from |bx| series to |b|
+series with special |\DeclareFontShape| declarations and the |ssub|
+size function, see Section~\ref{sec:sizefunct}.
+
+
+\begin{decl}
+ |\itdefault| \\
+ |\sldefault| \\
+ |\scdefault| \\
+ |\updefault|
+\end{decl}
+The shapes selected by |\textit|, |\itshape|, |\textsl|, |\slshape|,
+|\textsc|, |\scshape|, |\textup| and |\upshape|. By default these are
+|it|, |sl|, |sc| and |n|.
+
+Note that there are no parameters for the size commands. These should
+be defined directly in class files, for example:
+\begin{verbatim}
+ \renewcommand{\normalsize}{\fontsize{10}{12}\selectfont}
+\end{verbatim}
+More elaborate examples (setting additional parameters when the text
+size is changed) can be found in |classes.dtx| the source
+documentation for the classes |article|, |report|, and |book|.
+
+
+\subsection{Special font declaration commands}
+
+\begin{decl}
+|\DeclareFixedFont| \arg{cmd} \arg{encoding} \arg{family} \arg{series}
+ \arg{shape} \arg{size}
+\end{decl}
+
+Declares command \m{cmd} to be a font switch which selects the font
+that is specified by the attributes \m{encoding}, \m{family},
+\m{series}, \m{shape}, and \m{size}.
+
+The font is selected without any adjustments to baselineskip and other
+surrounding conditions.
+
+This example makes |{\picturechar .}| select a small dot very quickly:
+\begin{verbatim}
+ \DeclareFixedFont{\picturechar}{OT1}{cmr}{m}{n}{5}
+\end{verbatim}
+
+
+\begin{decl}
+|\DeclareTextFontCommand| \arg{cmd} \arg{font-switches}
+\end{decl}
+
+Declares command \m{cmd} to be a font command with one argument.
+The current font attributes are locally modified by \m{font-switches}
+and then the argument of \m{cmd} is typeset in the resulting new font.
+
+Commands defined by |\DeclareTextFontCommand| automatically take care
+of any necessary italic correction (on either side).
+
+The following example shows how |\textrm| is defined by the kernel.
+\begin{verbatim}
+ \DeclareTextFontCommand{\textrm}{\rmfamily}
+\end{verbatim}
+
+To define a command that always typeset its argument in the italic
+shape of the main document font you could declare:
+\begin{verbatim}
+ \DeclareTextFontCommand{\normalit}{\normalfont\itshape}
+\end{verbatim}
+
+This declaration can be used to change the meaning of a command; if
+\m{cmd} is already defined, a log that it has been redefined
+is put in the transcript file.
+
+\begin{decl}
+|\DeclareOldFontCommand| \arg{cmd} \arg{text-switch}
+ \arg{math-switch}
+\end{decl}
+
+Declares command \m{cmd} to be a font switch (i.e.~used with the
+syntax |{<cmd>...}|) having the definition \m{text-switch}
+when used in text and the definition \m{math-switch} when used in a
+formula.
+Math alphabet commands, like |\mathit|, when used within \m{math-switch}
+should not have an argument. Their use in this argument causes their
+semantics to change so that they here act as a font switch, as
+required by the usage of the \m{cmd}.
+
+This declaration is useful for setting up commands like |\rm| to behave
+as they did in \LaTeX~2.09. We strongly urge you \emph{not} to misuse
+this declaration to invent new font commands.
+
+The following example defines |\it| to produce the italic shape of the
+main document font if used in text and to switch to the font that would
+normally be produced by the math alphabet |\mathit| if used in a
+formula.
+\begin{verbatim}
+ \DeclareOldFontCommand{\it}{\normalfont\itshape}{\mathit}
+\end{verbatim}
+
+This declaration can be used to change the meaning of a command; if
+\m{cmd} is already defined, a log that it has been redefined
+is put in the transcript file.
+
+
+\section{Math fonts}
+\label{Sec:math}
+
+This section describes the commands available to class and package
+writers for specifying math fonts and math commands.
+
+\subsection{Math font attributes}
+
+The selection of fonts within math mode is quite different to that of
+text fonts.
+
+Some math fonts are selected explicitly by one-argument commands such
+as |\mathsf{max}| or |\mathbf{vec}|; such fonts are called \emph{math
+alphabets}. These math alphabet commands affect only the font used
+for letters and symbols of type |\mathalpha| (see
+Section~\ref{Sec:math.commands}); other symbols within the argument
+will be left unchanged. The predefined math alphabets are:
+\begin{center}
+ \begin{tabular}{ccc}
+ \emph{Alphabet} & \emph{Description} & \emph{Example} \\
+ |\mathnormal| & default & $abcXYZ$ \\
+ |\mathrm| & roman & $\mathrm{abcXYZ}$ \\
+ |\mathbf| & bold roman & $\mathbf{abcXYZ}$ \\
+ |\mathsf| & sans serif & $\mathsf{abcXYZ}$ \\
+ |\mathit| & text italic & $\mathit{abcXYZ}$ \\
+ |\mathtt| & typewriter & $\mathtt{abcXYZ}$ \\
+ |\mathcal| & calligraphic & $\mathcal{XYZ}$
+ \end{tabular}
+\end{center}
+Other math fonts are selected implicitly by \TeX{} for symbols, with
+commands such as |\oplus| (producing $\oplus$) or with straight
+characters like |>>| or |+|. Fonts containing such math symbols are
+called \emph{math symbol fonts}. The predefined math symbol fonts
+are:
+\begin{center}
+ \begin{tabular}{ccc}
+ \emph{Symbol font} & \emph{Description} & \emph{Example} \\
+ |operators| & symbols from |\mathrm| & $[\;+\;]$ \\
+ |letters| & symbols from |\mathnormal| & $<<\star>>$ \\
+ |symbols| & most \LaTeX{} symbols & $\leq*\geq$ \\
+ |largesymbols| & large symbols & $\sum\prod\int$
+ \end{tabular}
+\end{center}
+Some math fonts are both \emph{math alphabets} and \emph{math symbol
+fonts}, for example |\mathrm| and |operators| are the same font, and
+|\mathnormal| and |letters| are the same font.
+
+Math fonts in \LaTeX{} have the same five attributes as text fonts:
+encoding, family, series, shape and size. However, there are no
+commands that allow the attributes to be individually changed.
+Instead, the conversion from math fonts to these five attributes is
+controlled by the \emph{math version}. For example, the |normal| math
+version maps:
+\begin{center}
+ \begin{tabular}{rlc@{ }c@{ }c@{ }c}
+ \multicolumn{2}{c}{\emph{Math font}} &
+ \multicolumn{4}{c}{\emph{External font}} \\
+ \emph{Alphabets} & \emph{Symbol fonts} &
+ \multicolumn{4}{c}{\emph{Attributes}} \\
+ |\mathnormal| & |letters| & |OML| & |cmm| & |m| & |it| \\
+ |\mathrm| & |operators| & |OT1| & |cmr| & |m| & |n| \\
+ |\mathcal| & |symbols| & |OMS| & |cmsy| & |m| & |n| \\
+ & |largesymbols| & |OMX| & |cmex| & |m| & |n| \\
+ |\mathbf| & & |OT1| & |cmr| & |bx| & |n| \\
+ |\mathsf| & & |OT1| & |cmss| & |m| & |n| \\
+ |\mathit| & & |OT1| & |cmr| & |m| & |it| \\
+ |\mathtt| & & |OT1| & |cmtt| & |m| & |n|
+ \end{tabular}
+\end{center}
+The |bold| math version is similar except that it contains bold fonts.
+The command |\boldmath| selects the |bold| math version.
+
+Math versions can only be changed outside of math mode.
+
+The two predefined math versions are:
+\begin{center}
+ \begin{tabular}{rl}
+ |normal| & the default math version \\
+ |bold| & the bold math version
+ \end{tabular}
+\end{center}
+Packages may define new math alphabets, math symbol fonts, and math
+versions. This section describes the commands for writing such
+packages.
+
+\subsection{Selection commands}
+
+There are no commands for selecting symbol fonts. Instead, these are
+selected indirectly through symbol commands like |\oplus|.
+Section~\ref{Sec:math.commands} explains how to define symbol commands.
+
+\begin{decl}
+ |\mathnormal{<math>}|\\
+ |\mathcal{<math>}|\\
+ |\mathrm{<math>}|\\
+ |\mathbf{<math>}|\\
+ |\mathsf{<math>}|\\
+ |\mathit{<math>}|\\
+ |\mathtt{<math>}|
+\end{decl}
+Each math alphabet is a command which can only be used inside math
+mode. For example, |$x + \mathsf{y} + \mathcal{Z}$| produces $x +
+\mathsf{y} + \mathcal{Z}$.
+
+\begin{decl}
+|\mathversion{<version>}|
+\end{decl}
+This command selects a math version; it can only be used outside math
+mode. For example, |\boldmath| is defined to be |\mathversion{bold}|.
+
+\subsection{Declaring math versions}
+
+\begin{decl}
+|\DeclareMathVersion| \arg{version}
+\end{decl}
+
+Defines \m{version} to be a math version.
+
+The newly declared version is initialized with the defaults for all
+symbol fonts and math alphabets declared so far (see the commands
+|\DeclareSymbolFont| and |\DeclareMathAlphabet|).
+
+If used on an already existing version, an information message is
+written to the transcript file and all previous |\SetSymbolFont| or
+|\SetMathAlphabet| declarations for this version are overwritten by
+the math alphabet and symbol font defaults, i.e.~one ends up with a
+virgin math version.
+
+Example:
+\begin{verbatim}
+ \DeclareMathVersion{normal}
+\end{verbatim}
+
+
+\subsection{Declaring math alphabets}
+
+\begin{decl}
+|\DeclareMathAlphabet| \arg{math-alph} \arg{encoding} \arg{family}
+ \arg{series} \arg{shape}
+\end{decl}
+
+\NEWdescription{1997/12/01}
+If this is the first declaration for \m{math-alph} then a new math
+alphabet with this as its command name is created.
+
+The arguments \m{encoding} \m{family} \m{series} \m{shape} are used to
+set, or reset, the default values for this math alphabet in all math
+versions; if required, these must be further reset later for a
+particular math version by a |\SetMathAlphabet| command.
+
+If \m{shape} is empty then this \m{math-alph} is declared to be invalid
+in all versions, unless it is set by a later |\SetMathAlphabet|
+command for a particular math version.
+
+Checks that the command \m{math-alph} is either already a math
+alphabet command or is undefined; and that \m{encoding} is a known
+encoding scheme, i.e., has been previously declared.
+
+
+In these examples, |\foo| is defined for all math versions but |\baz|,
+by default, is defined nowhere.
+\begin{verbatim}
+ \DeclareMathAlphabet{\foo}{OT1}{cmtt}{m}{n}
+ \DeclareMathAlphabet{\baz}{OT1}{}{}{}
+\end{verbatim}
+
+
+\begin{decl}
+|\SetMathAlphabet| \arg{math-alph} \arg{version}\\
+ \null\hfill\arg{encoding} \arg{family} \arg{series} \arg{shape}
+\end{decl}
+
+Changes, or sets, the font for the math alphabet \m{math-alph} in math
+version \m{version} to \m{encoding}\m{family}\m{series}\m{shape}.
+
+Checks that \m{math-alph} has been declared as a math alphabet,
+\m{version} is a known math version and \m{encoding} is a known
+encoding scheme.
+
+
+This example defines |\baz| for the `normal' math version only:
+\begin{verbatim}
+ \SetMathAlphabet{\baz}{normal}{OT1}{cmss}{m}{n}
+\end{verbatim}
+
+Note that this declaration is not used for all math alphabets:
+Section~\ref{sec:symalph} describes |\DeclareSymbolFontAlphabet|,
+which is used to set up math alphabets contained in fonts which have
+been declared as symbol fonts.
+
+
+\subsection{Declaring symbol fonts}
+\label{sec:symalph}
+
+\begin{decl}
+|\DeclareSymbolFont| \arg{sym-font} \arg{encoding} \arg{family}
+ \arg{series} \arg{shape}
+\end{decl}
+
+\NEWdescription{1997/12/01}
+If this is the first declaration for \m{sym-font} then a new
+symbol font with this name is created (i.e.~this identifier is assigned
+to a new \TeX{} math group).
+
+The arguments \m{encoding} \m{family} \m{series} \m{shape} are used to
+set, or reset. the default values for this symbol font in \emph{all}
+math versions; if required, these must be further reset later for
+a particular math version by a |\SetSymbolFont| command.
+
+Checks that \m{encoding} is a declared encoding scheme.
+
+
+For example, the following sets up the first four standard math symbol
+fonts:
+\begin{verbatim}
+ \DeclareSymbolFont{operators}{OT1}{cmr}{m}{n}
+ \DeclareSymbolFont{letters}{OML}{cmm}{m}{it}
+ \DeclareSymbolFont{symbols}{OMS}{cmsy}{m}{n}
+ \DeclareSymbolFont{largesymbols}{OMX}{cmex}{m}{n}
+\end{verbatim}
+
+
+\begin{decl}
+|\SetSymbolFont| \arg{sym-font} \arg{version}\\
+ \null\hfill \arg{encoding} \arg{family} \arg{series} \arg{shape}
+\end{decl}
+
+Changes the symbol font \m{sym-font} for math version \m{version}
+to \m{encoding} \m{family} \m{series} \m{shape}.
+
+Checks that \m{sym-font} has been declared as a symbol font,
+\m{version} is a known math version and \m{encoding} is a
+declared encoding scheme.
+
+
+For example, the following come from the set up of the `bold'
+math version:
+\begin{verbatim}
+ \SetSymbolFont{operators}{bold}{OT1}{cmr}{bx}{n}
+ \SetSymbolFont{letters}{bold}{OML}{cmm}{b}{it}
+\end{verbatim}
+
+
+\begin{decl}
+|\DeclareSymbolFontAlphabet| \arg{math-alph} \arg{sym-font}
+\end{decl}
+
+\NEWdescription{1997/12/01}
+Allows the previously declared symbol font \m{sym-font} to be the
+math alphabet with command \m{math-alph} in \emph{all} math versions.
+
+Checks that the command \m{math-alph} is either already a math alphabet
+command or is undefined; and that \m{sym-font} is a symbol font.
+
+
+Example:
+\begin{verbatim}
+ \DeclareSymbolFontAlphabet{\mathrm}{operators}
+ \DeclareSymbolFontAlphabet{\mathcal}{symbols}
+\end{verbatim}
+
+This declaration should be used in preference to
+|\DeclareMathAlphabet| and |\SetMathAlphabet| when a math alphabet is
+the same as a symbol font; this is because it makes better use of the
+limited number (only 16) of \TeX's math groups.
+
+\NEWdescription{1997/12/01}
+Note that, whereas a \TeX{} math group is allocated to each symbol font
+when it is first declared, a math alphabet uses a \TeX{} math group
+only when its command is used within a math formula.
+
+
+\subsection{Declaring math symbols}
+\label{Sec:math.commands}
+
+\begin{decl}
+|\DeclareMathSymbol| \arg{symbol} \arg{type} \arg{sym-font}
+ \arg{slot}
+\end{decl}
+
+The \m{symbol} can be either a single character such as `|>>|', or a
+macro name, such as |\sum|.
+
+Defines the \m{symbol} to be a math symbol of type
+\m{type} in slot \m{slot} of symbol font \m{sym-font}. The
+\m{type} can be given as a number or as a command:
+\begin{center}
+ \begin{tabular}{ccc}
+ \emph{Type} & \emph{Meaning} & \emph{Example} \\
+ |0| or |\mathord | & Ordinary & $\alpha$ \\
+ |1| or |\mathop | & Large operator & $\sum$ \\
+ |2| or |\mathbin | & Binary operation & $\times$ \\
+ |3| or |\mathrel | & Relation & $\leq$ \\
+ |4| or |\mathopen | & Opening & $\langle$ \\
+ |5| or |\mathclose| & Closing & $\rangle$ \\
+ |6| or |\mathpunct| & Punctuation & $;$ \\
+ |7| or |\mathalpha| & Alphabet character & $A$
+ \end{tabular}
+\end{center}
+Only symbols of type |\mathalpha| will be affected by math alphabet
+commands: within the argument of a math alphabet command they will
+produce the character in slot \m{slot} of that math alphabet's font.
+Symbols of other types will always produce the same symbol
+(within one math version).
+
+|\DeclareMathSymbol| allows a macro \m{symbol} to be redefined only if
+it was previously defined to be a math symbol. It also checks that
+the \m{sym-font} is a declared symbol font.
+
+Example:
+\begin{verbatim}
+ \DeclareMathSymbol{\alpha}{0}{letters}{"0B}
+ \DeclareMathSymbol{\lessdot}{\mathbin}{AMSb}{"0C}
+ \DeclareMathSymbol{\alphld}{\mathalpha}{AMSb}{"0C}
+\end{verbatim}
+
+\begin{decl}
+ |\DeclareMathDelimiter| \arg{cmd} \arg{type}
+ \arg{sym-font-1} \arg{slot-1}\\
+ \null\hfill \arg{sym-font-2} \arg{slot-2}
+\end{decl}
+Defines \m{cmd} to be a math delimiter where the small variant is in
+slot \m{slot-1} of symbol font \m{sym-font-1} and the large
+variant is in slot \m{slot-2} of symbol font \m{sym-font-2}.
+Both symbol fonts must have been declared previously.
+
+Checks that \m{sym-font-i} are both declared symbol fonts.
+
+If \TeX{} is not looking for a delimiter, \m{cmd} is treated just as
+if it had been defined with |\DeclareMathSymbol| using
+\m{type}, \m{sym-font-1} and \m{slot-1}. In other words, if a
+command is defined as a delimiter then this automatically defines it
+as a math symbol.
+
+\NEWdescription{1998/06/01}
+In case \m{cmd} is a single character such as `|[|', the same syntax is
+used. Previously the \arg{type} argument was not present (and thus the
+corresponding math symbol declaration had to be provided separately).
+
+Example:
+\begin{verbatim}
+ \DeclareMathDelimiter{\langle}{\mathopen}{symbols}{"68}
+ {largesymbols}{"0A}
+ \DeclareMathDelimiter{(} {\mathopen}{operators}{"28}
+ {largesymbols}{"00}
+\end{verbatim}
+
+
+\begin{decl}
+|\DeclareMathAccent| \arg{cmd} \arg{type} \arg{sym-font} \arg{slot}
+\end{decl}
+
+Defines \m{cmd} to act as a math accent.
+
+The accent character comes from slot \m{slot} in
+\m{sym-font}. The \m{type} can be either
+|\mathord| or |\mathalpha|; in the latter case the accent character
+changes font when used in a math alphabet.
+
+Example:
+\begin{verbatim}
+ \DeclareMathAccent{\acute}{\mathalpha}{operators}{"13}
+ \DeclareMathAccent{\vec}{\mathord}{letters}{"7E}
+\end{verbatim}
+
+
+\begin{decl}
+|\DeclareMathRadical| \arg{cmd}
+ \arg{sym-font-1} \arg{slot-1}\\
+ \null\hfill \arg{sym-font-2} \arg{slot-2}
+\end{decl}
+
+Defines \m{cmd} to be a radical where the small variant is in
+slot \m{slot-1} of symbol font \m{sym-font-1} and the
+large variant is in slot \m{slot-2} of symbol font
+\m{sym-font-2}. Both symbol fonts must have been declared
+previously.
+
+Example (probably the only use for it!):
+\begin{verbatim}
+ \DeclareMathRadical{\sqrt}{symbols}{"70}{largesymbols}{"70}
+\end{verbatim}
+
+\subsection{Declaring math sizes}
+
+\begin{decl}
+|\DeclareMathSizes| \arg{t-size} \arg{mt-size} \arg{s-size}
+ \arg{ss-size}
+\end{decl}
+
+Declares that \m{mt-size} is the (main) math text size, \m{s-size} is
+the `script' size and \m{ss-size} the `scriptscript' size to be used
+in math, when \m{t-size} is the current text size. For text sizes for
+which no such declaration is given the `script' and `scriptscript'
+size will be calculated and then fonts are loaded for the calculated
+sizes or the best approximation (this may result in a warning
+message).
+
+Normally, \m{t-size} and \m{mt-size} will be identical; however, if,
+for example, PostScript text fonts are mixed with bit-map math fonts
+then you may not have available a \m{mt-size} for every \m{t-size}.
+
+Example:
+\begin{verbatim}
+ \DeclareMathSizes{13.82}{14.4}{10}{7}
+\end{verbatim}
+
+\section{Font installation}
+\label{Sec:install}
+
+This section explains how \LaTeX's font attributes are turned into
+\TeX{} font specifications.
+
+\subsection{Font definition files}
+
+\NEWdescription{1997/12/01}
+The description of how \LaTeX{} font attributes are turned into \TeX{}
+fonts is usually kept in a \emph{font definition file} (|.fd|). The
+file for family \m{family} in encoding \m{ENC} must be
+called |<enc><family>.fd|: for example, |ot1cmr.fd| for Computer
+Modern Roman with encoding |OT1| or |t1ptm.fd| for Adobe Times with
+encoding |T1|. Note that encoding names are converted to lowercase
+when used as part of file names.
+
+Whenever \LaTeX{} encounters an encoding/family combination that it
+does not know (e.g.~if the document designer says
+|\fontfamily{ptm}\selectfont|) then \LaTeX{} attempts to load the
+appropriate |.fd| file. ``Not known'' means: there was no
+|\DeclareFontFamily| declaration issued for this encoding/family
+combination. If the |.fd| file could not be found, a warning is
+issued and font substitutions are made.
+
+The declarations in the font definition file are responsible for
+telling \LaTeX{} how to load fonts for that encoding/family
+combination.
+
+\subsection{Font definition file commands}
+
+\emph{Note}: A font definition file should contain only commands
+from this subsection.
+
+Note that these commands can also be used outside a font definition
+file: they can be put in package or class files, or even in the
+preamble of a document.
+
+\begin{decl}
+ |\ProvidesFile{<file-name>}[<release-info>]|
+\end{decl}
+The file should announce itself with a |\ProvidesFile| command,
+as described in \emph{\clsguide}. For example:
+\begin{verbatim}
+ \ProvidesFile{t1ptm.fd}[1994/06/01 Adobe Times font definitions]
+\end{verbatim}
+
+Spaces within the arguments specific to font definition files are
+ignored to avoid surplus spaces in the document. If a real space is
+necessary use |\space|.
+\NEWdescription{2004/02/10}However, note that this is only true if the
+declaration is made at top level! If used within the definition of
+another command, within |\AtBeginDocument|, option code or in similar
+places, then spaces within the argument will remain and may result in
+incorrect table entries.
+
+\begin{decl}
+|\DeclareFontFamily| \arg{encoding} \arg{family} \arg{loading-settings}
+\end{decl}
+
+Declares a font family \m{family} to be available in encoding scheme
+\m{encoding}.
+
+The \m{loading-settings} are executed immediately after loading any
+font with this encoding and family.
+
+Checks that \m{encoding} was previously declared.
+
+This example refers to the Computer Modern Typewriter font family in
+the Cork encoding:
+\begin{verbatim}
+ \DeclareFontFamily{T1}{cmtt}{\hyphenchar\font=-1}
+\end{verbatim}
+
+Each |.fd| file should contain exactly one |\DeclareFontFamily|
+command, and it should be for the appropriate encoding/family
+combination.
+
+\begin{decl}
+|\DeclareFontShape| \arg{encoding} \arg{family} \arg{series}
+ \arg{shape}\\
+ \null\hfill \arg{loading-info} \arg{loading-settings}
+\end{decl}
+
+Declares a font shape combination; here \m{loading-info} contains the
+information that combines sizes with external fonts. The syntax is
+complex and is described in Section~\ref{sec:loadinfo} below.
+
+The \m{loading-settings} are executed after loading any font with this
+font shape. They are executed immediately after the
+`loading-settings' which were declared by |\DeclareFontFamily| and so
+they can be used to overwrite the settings made at the family level.
+
+Checks that the combination \m{encoding}\m{family} was previously
+declared via |\DeclareFontFamily|.
+
+Example:
+\begin{verbatim}
+ \DeclareFontShape{OT1}{cmr}{m}{sl}{%
+ <<5-8>> sub * cmr/m/n
+ <<8>> cmsl8
+ <<9>> cmsl9
+ <<10>> <<10.95>> cmsl10
+ <<12>> <<14.4>> <<17.28>> <<20.74>> <<24.88>> cmsl12
+ }{}
+\end{verbatim}
+The file can contain any number of |\DeclareFontShape| commands,
+which should be for the appropriate \m{encoding} and \m{family}.
+
+\NEWfeature{1996/06/01}
+The font family declarations for the |OT1|-encoded fonts now all
+contain:
+\begin{verbatim}
+ \hyphenchar\font=`\-
+\end{verbatim}
+This enables the use of an alternative |\hyphenchar| in other encodings
+whilst maintaining the correct value for all fonts.
+
+\subsection{Font file loading information}
+\label{sec:loadinfo}
+
+The information which tells \LaTeX{} exactly which font (\texttt{.tfm})
+files to load is contained in the \m{loading-info} part of a
+|\DeclareFontShape| declaration. This part consists of one or more
+\m{fontshape-decl}s, each of which has the following form:
+
+\begin{center}
+\begin{tabular}{r@{ $::=$ }l}
+ \m{fontshape-decl} & \m{size-infos} \m{font-info} \\
+ \m{size-infos} & \m{size-infos} \m{size-info} $\mid$
+ \m{size-info} \\
+ \m{size-info} & ``|<<|'' \m{number-or-range} ``|>>|'' \\
+ \m{font-info} & $[$ \m{size-function} ``|*|'' $]$
+ $[$ ``|[|'' \m{optarg} ``|]|'' $]$ \m{fontarg} \\
+\end{tabular}
+\end{center}
+The \m{number-or-range} denotes the size or size-range
+for which this entry applies.
+
+If it contains a hyphen it is a
+range: lower bound on the left (if missing, zero implied), upper bound
+on the right (if missing, $\infty$ implied). For ranges, the
+upper bound is \emph{not} included in the range and the lower bound is.
+
+Examples:
+\begin{center}
+\begin{tabular}{lll}
+ |<<10>>| & simple size& 10pt only\\
+ |<<-8>>| & range& all sizes less than 8pt\\
+ |<<8-14.4>>| & range& all sizes greater than or equal to 8pt\\
+ & & \ but less than 14.4pt\\
+ |<<14.4->>| & range& all sizes greater than or equal 14.4pt
+\end{tabular}
+\end{center}
+If more than one \m{size-info} entry follows without any
+intervening \m{font-info}, they all share the next \m{font-info}.
+
+The \m{size-function}, if present, handles the use of \m{font-info}.
+If not present, the `empty' \m{size-function} is assumed.
+
+All the \m{size-info}s are inspected in the order in which they appear
+in the font shape declaration. If a \m{size-info} matches the
+requested size, its \m{size-function} is executed. If |\external at font|
+is non-empty afterwards this process stops, otherwise the next
+\m{size-info} is inspected. (See also |\DeclareSizeFunction|.)
+
+If this process does not lead to a non-empty |\external at font|,
+\LaTeX{} tries the nearest simple size. If the entry contains only
+ranges an error is returned.
+
+
+\subsection{Size functions}
+\label{sec:sizefunct}
+
+
+\LaTeX{} provides the following size functions, whose `inputs' are
+\m{fontarg} and \m{optarg} (when present).
+
+\begin{description}
+\item[`' (empty)]
+Load the external font \m{fontarg} at the user-requested size. If
+\m{optarg} is present, it is used as the scale-factor.
+
+\item[s]
+Like the empty function but without terminal warnings, only
+loggings.
+
+\item[gen]
+Generates the external font from \m{fontarg} followed by
+the user-requested size, e.g.~|<<8>> <<9>> <<10>> gen * cmtt|
+
+\item[sgen]
+Like the `gen' function but without terminal warnings, only loggings.
+
+\item[genb]
+\NEWfeature{1995/12/01}
+Generates the external font from \m{fontarg} followed by
+the user-requested size, using the conventions of the `ec' fonts.
+e.g.~|<<10.98>> genb * dctt| produces |dctt1098|.
+
+\item[sgenb]
+\NEWfeature{1995/12/01}
+Like the `genb' function but without terminal warnings, only loggings.
+
+\item[sub]
+Tries to load a font from a different font shape declaration given by
+\m{fontarg} in the form \m{family}|/|\m{series}|/|\m{shape}.
+
+\item[ssub]
+Silent variant of `sub', only loggings.
+
+\item[subf]
+Like the empty function but issues a warning that it has to substitute
+the external font \m{fontarg} because the desired font shape was not
+available in the requested size.
+
+\item[ssubf]
+Silent variant of `subf', only loggings.
+
+\item[fixed]
+Load font \m{fontarg} as is, disregarding the user-requested size.
+If present, \m{optarg} gives the ``at \ldots pt'' size to be used.
+
+\item[sfixed]
+Silent variant of `fixed', only loggings.
+
+\end{description}
+
+Examples for the use of most of the above size functions can be found
+in the file |cmfonts.fdd|---the source for the standard |.fd| files
+describing the Computer Modern fonts by Donald Knuth.
+
+
+\begin{decl}
+|\DeclareSizeFunction| \arg{name} \arg{code}
+\end{decl}
+
+Declares a size-function \m{name} for use in |\DeclareFontShape|
+commands. The interface is still under development but there should be
+no real need to a define new size functions.
+
+The \m{code} is executed when the size or size-range in
+|\DeclareFontShape| matches the user-requested size.
+
+The arguments of the size-function are automatically parsed and placed
+into |\mandatory at arg| and |\optional at arg| for use in \m{code}. Also
+available, of course, is |\f at size|, which is the user-requested size.
+
+To signal success \m{code} must define the command |\external at font|
+to contain the external name and any scaling options (if present) for
+the font to be loaded.
+
+This example sets up the `empty' size function (simplified):
+\begin{verbatim}
+ \DeclareSizeFunction{}
+ {\edef\external at font{\mandatory at arg\space at\f at size}
+\end{verbatim}
+
+
+\section{Encodings}
+\label{Sec:encode}
+
+This section explains how to declare and use new font encodings and
+how to declare commands for use with particular encodings.
+
+\subsection{The \textsf{fontenc} package}
+
+Users can select new font encodings using the |fontenc| package. The
+|fontenc| package has options for encodings; the last option becomes
+the default encoding. For example, to use the |OT2| (Washington
+University Cyrillic encoding) and |T1| encodings, with |T1| as the
+default, an author types:
+\begin{verbatim}
+ \usepackage[OT2,T1]{fontenc}
+\end{verbatim}
+
+\NEWdescription{1997/12/01}
+For each font encoding \m{ENC} given as an option, this package loads
+the \emph{encoding definition} (|<enc>enc.def|, with an all
+lower-case name) file; it also sets |\encodingdefault| to be the last
+encoding in the option list.
+
+The declarations in the encoding definition file |<enc>enc.def| for
+encoding \m{ENC} are responsible for declaring this encoding and
+telling \LaTeX{} how to produce characters in this encoding; this file
+should contain nothing else (see Section~\ref{Sec:encode.def}.
+
+The standard \LaTeX{} format declares the |OT1| and |T1| text
+encodings by inputting the files |ot1enc.def| and |t1enc.def|; it also
+sets up various defaults which require that |OT1|-encoded fonts are
+available.
+Other encoding set-ups might be added to the distribution at a
+later stage.
+
+Thus the example above loads the files |ot2enc.def| and |t1enc.def|
+and sets |\encodingdefault| to |T1|.
+
+\emph{Warning}: If you wish to use |T1|-encoded fonts other than the `cmr'
+family then you may need to load the package (e.g.~\texttt{times})
+that selects the fonts \emph{before} loading \texttt{fontenc} (this
+prevents the system from attempting to load any |T1|-encoded fonts from
+the `cmr' family).
+
+
+
+\subsection{Encoding definition file commands}
+\label{Sec:encode.def}
+
+\emph{Note}: An encoding definition file should contain only commands
+from this subsection.
+
+\NEWdescription{2019/07/10}
+As an exception it may also contain a |\DeclareFontsubstitution|
+declaration (described in \ref{sec:encoding-defaults}) to specify how
+font substitution for this encoding should be handled. In that case
+it is important that the values used point to a font that is guaranteed
+to be available on all \LaTeX{} installations.\footnote{If the font
+ encoding file is made available as part of a CTAN bundle, that could
+ be a font that is provided together with that bundle, but it should
+ not point to font which requires further installation steps and
+ therefore may or may not be installed.}
+
+
+\NEWdescription{1997/12/01}
+As with the font definition file commands, it is also possible
+(although normally not necessary) to use these declarations directly
+within a class or package file.
+
+\emph{Warning}: Some aspects of the contents of font definition files
+are still under development. Therefore, the current versions of the
+files |ot1enc.def| and |t1enc.def| are temporary versions and should
+not be used as models for producing further such files. For further
+information you should read the documentation in |ltoutenc.dtx|.
+
+\begin{decl}
+ |\ProvidesFile{<file-name>}[<release-info>]|
+\end{decl}
+The file should announce itself with a |\ProvidesFile|
+command, described in \emph{\clsguide}. For example:
+\begin{verbatim}
+ \ProvidesFile{ot2enc.def}
+ [1994/06/01 Washington University Cyrillic encoding]
+\end{verbatim}
+
+
+\begin{decl}
+|\DeclareFontEncoding| \arg{encoding} \arg{text-settings}
+ \arg{math-settings}
+\end{decl}
+
+Declares a new encoding scheme \m{encoding}.
+
+The \m{text-settings} are
+declarations which are executed every time |\selectfont| changes the
+encoding to be \m{encoding}.
+
+The \m{math-settings} are similar but are for math alphabets. They
+are executed whenever a math alphabet with this encoding is
+called.
+
+\NEWfeature{1998/12/01}
+It also saves the value of \m{encoding} in the macro
+|\LastDeclaredEncoding|.
+
+Example:
+\begin{verbatim}
+ \DeclareFontEncoding{OT1}{}{}
+\end{verbatim}
+
+Some author commands need to change their definition depending on
+which encoding is currently in use. For example, in the |OT1|
+encoding, the letter `\AE' is in slot |"1D|, whereas in the |T1|
+encoding it is in slot |"C6|. So the definition of |\AE| has to
+change depending on whether the current encoding is |OT1| or |T1|.
+The following commands allow this to happen.
+
+\begin{decl}
+ |\DeclareTextCommand| \arg{cmd} \arg{encoding}
+ \oarg{num} \oarg{default} \arg{definition}
+\end{decl}
+This command is like |\newcommand|, except that it defines a
+command which is specific to one encoding. For example, the
+definition of |\k| in the |T1| encoding is:
+\begin{verbatim}
+ \DeclareTextCommand{\k}{T1}[1]
+ {\oalign{\null#1\crcr\hidewidth\char12}}
+\end{verbatim}
+|\DeclareTextCommand| takes the same optional arguments as
+|\newcommand|.
+
+The resulting command is
+robust, even if the code in \m{definition} is fragile.
+
+It does not produce an error if the command has already
+been defined but logs the redefinition in the transcript file.
+
+\begin{decl}[1994/12/01]
+ |\ProvideTextCommand| \arg{cmd} \arg{encoding}
+ \oarg{num} \oarg{default} \arg{definition}
+\end{decl}
+This command is the same as |\DeclareTextCommand|, except that
+if \m{cmd} is already defined in encoding \m{encoding}, then the
+definition is ignored.
+
+\begin{decl}
+ |\DeclareTextSymbol| \arg{cmd} \arg{encoding} \arg{slot}
+\end{decl}
+This command defines a text symbol with slot \m{slot} in the
+encoding. For example, the definition of |\ss| in the |OT1| encoding
+is:
+\begin{verbatim}
+ \DeclareTextSymbol{\ss}{OT1}{25}
+\end{verbatim}
+It does not produce an error if the command has already
+been defined but logs the redefinition in the transcript file.
+
+\begin{decl}
+ |\DeclareTextAccent| \arg{cmd} \arg{encoding} \arg{slot}
+\end{decl}
+This command declares a text accent, with the accent taken from slot
+\m{slot} in the encoding. For example, the definition of |\"| in
+the |OT1| encoding is:
+\begin{verbatim}
+ \DeclareTextAccent{\"}{OT1}{127}
+\end{verbatim}
+It does not produce an error if the command has already
+been defined but logs the redefinition in the transcript file.
+
+\begin{decl}
+ |\DeclareTextComposite| \arg{cmd} \arg{encoding} \arg{letter}
+ \arg{slot}
+\end{decl}
+This command declares that the composite letter formed from applying
+\m{cmd} to \m{letter} is defined to be simply slot \m{slot} in the
+encoding. The \m{letter} should be a single letter (such as |a|) or
+a single command (such as |\i|).
+
+
+For example, the definition of |\'{a}|
+in the |T1| encoding could be declared like this:
+\begin{verbatim}
+ \DeclareTextComposite{\'}{T1}{a}{225}
+\end{verbatim}
+
+The \m{cmd} will normally have been previously declared
+for this encoding, either by using
+|\DeclareTextAccent|, or as a one-argument |\DeclareTextCommand|.
+
+\begin{decl}[1994/12/01]
+ |\DeclareTextCompositeCommand| \arg{cmd} \arg{encoding} \arg{letter}
+ \arg{definition}
+\end{decl}
+This is a more general form of |\DeclareTextComposite|, which allows
+for an arbitrary \m{definition}, not just a \m{slot}. The main use
+for this is to allow accents on |i| to act like accents on |\i|, for
+example:
+\begin{verbatim}
+ \DeclareTextCompositeCommand{\'}{OT1}{i}{\'\i}
+\end{verbatim}
+It has the same restrictions as |\DeclareTextComposite|.
+
+
+\begin{decl}[1998/12/01]
+ |\LastDeclaredEncoding|
+\end{decl}
+This holds the name of the last encoding declared via
+|\DeclareFontEncoding| (this should also be the currently most
+efficient encoding). It can be used in the \m{encoding} argument
+of the above declarations in place of explicitly mentioning the
+encoding, e.g.
+\begin{verbatim}
+ \DeclareFontEncoding{T1}{}{}
+ \DeclareTextAccent{\`}{\LastDeclaredEncoding}{0}
+ \DeclareTextAccent{\'}{\LastDeclaredEncoding}{1}
+\end{verbatim}
+This can be useful in cases where encoding files sharing common code
+are generated from one source.
+
+
+\subsection{Default definitions}
+
+\NEWdescription{1997/12/01}
+The declarations used in encoding definition files define
+encoding-specific commands but they do not allow those commands to be
+used without explicitly changing the encoding. For some commands,
+such as symbols, this is not enough. For example, the~|OMS| encoding
+contains the symbol~`\S', but we need to be able to use the
+command~|\S| whatever the current encoding may be, without explicitly
+selecting the encoding~|OMS|.
+
+\NEWdescription{1997/12/01}
+To allow this, \LaTeX{} has commands that declare default definitions
+for commands; these defaults are used when the command is not defined
+in the current encoding. For example, the default encoding for~|\S|
+is~|OMS|, and so in an encoding (such as |OT1|) which does not
+contain~|\S|, the~|OMS| encoding is selected in order to access this
+glyph. But in an encoding (such as~|T1|) which does contain~|\S|, the
+glyph in that encoding is used. The standard \LaTeXe{} format sets
+up several such defaults using the following encodings: |OT1|,~|OMS|
+and~|OML|.
+
+\emph{Warning}: These commands should \emph{not} occur in encoding
+definition files, since those files should declare only commands for use
+when that encoding has been selected. They should instead be placed
+in packages; they must, of course, always refer to encodings that are
+known to be available.
+
+\begin{decl}[1994/12/01]
+ |\DeclareTextCommandDefault| \arg{cmd} \arg{definition}
+\end{decl}
+This command allows an encoding-specific command to be given a default
+definition. For example, the default definition for |\copyright| is
+defined be be a circled `c' with:
+\begin{verbatim}
+ \DeclareTextCommandDefault{\copyright}{\textcircled{c}}
+\end{verbatim}
+\begin{decl}[1994/12/01]
+ |\DeclareTextAccentDefault| \arg{cmd} \arg{encoding} \\
+ |\DeclareTextSymbolDefault| \arg{cmd} \arg{encoding}
+\end{decl}
+These commands allow an encoding-specific command to be given a
+default encoding. For example, the default encoding for |\"| and
+|\ae| is set to be |OT1| by:
+\begin{verbatim}
+ \DeclareTextAccentDefault{\"}{OT1}
+ \DeclareTextSymbolDefault{\ae}{OT1}
+\end{verbatim}
+Note that |\DeclareTextAccentDefault| can be used on any one-argument
+encoding-specific command, not just those defined with
+|\DeclareTextAccent|. Similarly, |\DeclareTextSymbolDefault| can be
+used on any encoding-specific command with no arguments, not just
+those defined with |\DeclareTextSymbol|.
+
+For more examples of these definitions, see |ltoutenc.dtx|.
+
+\begin{decl}[1994/12/01]
+ |\ProvideTextCommandDefault| \arg{cmd} \arg{definition}
+\end{decl}
+This command is the same as |\DeclareTextCommandDefault|, except that
+if the command already has a default definition, then the definition
+is ignored. This is useful to give `faked' definitions of symbols
+which may be given `real' definitions by other packages. For example,
+a package might give a fake definition of |\textonequarter| by saying:
+\begin{verbatim}
+ \ProvideTextCommandDefault{\textonequarter}{$\m at th\frac14$}
+\end{verbatim}
+
+ \subsection{Encoding defaults} \label{sec:encoding-defaults}
+
+\begin{decl}
+|\DeclareFontEncodingDefaults| \arg{text-settings} \arg{math-settings}
+\end{decl}
+
+Declares \m{text-settings} and \m{math-settings} for all encoding
+schemes. These are executed before the encoding scheme dependent ones
+are executed so that one can use the defaults for the major cases and
+overwrite them if necessary using |\DeclareFontEncoding|.
+
+If |\relax| is used as an argument, the current setting of this default
+is left unchanged.
+
+This example is used by amsfonts.sty for accent positioning; it changes
+only the math settings:
+\begin{verbatim}
+ \DeclareFontEncodingDefaults{\relax}{\def\accentclass@{7}}
+\end{verbatim}
+
+
+\begin{decl}
+|\DeclareFontSubstitution| \arg{encoding} \arg{family} \arg{series}
+ \arg{shape}
+\end{decl}
+
+Declares the default values for font substitution which will be used
+when a font with encoding \m{encoding}
+should be loaded but no font can be found with the current
+attributes.
+
+These substitutions are local to the encoding scheme because the
+encoding scheme is never substituted! They are tried in the order
+\m{shape} then \m{series} and finally \m{family}.
+
+\NEWdescription{2019/07/10}
+This declaration is normally done in an encoding definition file
+(see~\ref{Sec:encode.def}), but can also be used in a class file or
+the document preamble to alter the default for a specific encoding.
+
+If no defaults are set up for an encoding, the values given by
+|\DeclareErrorFont| are used.
+
+The font specification for
+\m{encoding}\m{family}\m{series}\m{shape}
+must have been defined by |\DeclareFontShape|
+before the |\begin{document}| is reached.
+
+Example:
+\begin{verbatim}
+ \DeclareFontSubstitution{T1}{cmr}{m}{n}
+\end{verbatim}
+
+\subsection{Case changing}
+\label{sec:case}
+
+\begin{decl}
+ |\MakeUppercase| \arg{text} \\
+ |\MakeLowercase| \arg{text}
+\end{decl}
+
+\NEWfeature{1995/06/01}
+\TeX{} provides the two primitives |\uppercase| and |\lowercase| for
+changing the case of text. Unfortunately, these \TeX{} primitives do
+not change the case of characters accessed by commands like |\ae| or
+|\aa|. To overcome this problem, \LaTeX{} provides these two commands.
+
+In the long run, we would like to use all-caps fonts rather than any
+command like |\MakeUppercase| but this is not possible at the moment
+because such fonts do not exist.
+
+For further details, see \texttt{clsguide.tex}.
+
+\NEWdescription{1999/04/23}
+In order that upper/lower-casing will work reasonably well, and in
+order to provide any correct hyphenation, \LaTeXe{} \emph{must} use,
+throughout a document, the same fixed table for changing case. The
+table used is designed for the font encoding |T1|; this works well
+with the standard \TeX{} fonts for all Latin alphabets but will cause
+problems when using other alphabets. As an experiment, it has now
+been extended for use with some Cyrillic encodings.
+
+
+\section{Miscellanea}
+\label{Sec:misc}
+
+This section covers the remaining font commands in \LaTeX{} and some
+other issues.
+
+\subsection{Font substitution}
+
+\begin{decl}
+|\DeclareErrorFont| \arg{encoding} \arg{family} \arg{series}
+ \arg{shape} \arg{size}
+\end{decl}
+
+Declares \m{encoding}\m{family}\m{series}\m{shape} to be the font shape
+used in cases where the standard substitution mechanism fails
+(i.e.~would loop). For the standard mechanism see the command
+|\DeclareFontSubstitution| above.
+
+The font specification for
+\m{encoding}\m{family}\m{series}\m{shape}
+must have been defined by |\DeclareFontShape|
+before the |\begin{document}| is reached.
+
+Example:
+\begin{verbatim}
+ \DeclareErrorFont{OT1}{cmr}{m}{n}{10}
+\end{verbatim}
+
+\NEWdescription{2019/07/10}
+This declaration is a system wide fallback and it should normally not
+be changed, in particular it does not belong into font encoding
+definition files but rather into the \LaTeX{} format. It is normally
+set up in \texttt{fonttext.cfg}. Adjustments on a per encoding base
+should be made through |\DeclareFontSubstitution| instead!
+
+
+\begin{decl}
+|\fontsubfuzz|
+\end{decl}
+
+This parameter is used to decide whether or not to produce a terminal
+warning if a font size substitution takes place. If the difference
+between the requested and the chosen size is less than |\fontsubfuzz|
+the warning is only written to the transcript file. The default value
+is |0.4pt|. This can be redefined with |\renewcommand|, for example:
+\begin{verbatim}
+ \renewcommand{\fontsubfuzz}{0pt} % always warn
+\end{verbatim}
+
+\subsection{Preloading}
+
+\begin{decl}
+|\DeclarePreloadSizes| \arg{encoding} \arg{family} \arg{series}
+ \arg{shape}
+\arg{size-list}
+\end{decl}
+
+
+Specifies the fonts that should be preloaded by the format. These
+commands should be put in a |preload.cfg| file, which is read in when
+the \LaTeX{} format is being built.
+Read |preload.dtx| for more information on how to built such a
+configuration file.
+
+Example:
+\begin{verbatim}
+ \DeclarePreloadSizes{OT1}{cmr}{m}{sl}{10,10.95,12}
+\end{verbatim}
+
+\NEWdescription{2019/07/10}
+Preloading is really an artifact of the days when loading fonts while
+processing a document contributed substantially to the processing
+time. These days it is usually best not to use this mechanism any more.
+
+\subsection{Accented characters}
+
+\NEWdescription{1996/06/01}
+Accented characters in \LaTeX{} can be produced using commands such as
+|\"a| etc. The precise effect of such commands depends on the font
+encoding being used. When using a font encoding that contains the
+accented characters as individual glyphs (such as the |T1| encoding,
+in the case of |\"a|) words that contain such accented characters can
+be automatically hyphenated. For font encodings that do not contain
+the requested individual glyph (such as the |OT1| encoding) such a
+command invokes typesetting instructions that produce the accented
+character as a combination of character glyphs and diacritical marks
+in the font. In most cases this involves a call to the \TeX{}
+primitive |\accent|. Glyphs constructed as composites in this way
+inhibit hyphenation of the current word; this is one reason why the
+|T1| encoding is preferable to the original \TeX{} font encoding
+|OT1|.
+
+It is important to understand that commands like |\"a| in \LaTeXe{}
+represent just a name for a single glyph (in this case `umlaut a') and
+contain no information about how to typeset that glyph---thus it does
+\emph{not} mean `put two dots on top of the character a'. The
+decision as to what typesetting routine to use will depend on the
+encoding of the current font and so this decision is taken at the last
+minute. Indeed, it is possible that the same input will be typeset in
+more than one way in the same document; for example, text in section
+headings may also appear in table of contents and in running heads; and
+each of these may use a font with a different encoding.
+
+For this reason the notation |\"a| is \emph{not} equivalent to:
+\begin{verbatim}
+ \newcommand \chara {a} \"\chara
+\end{verbatim}
+In the latter case, \LaTeX{} does not expand the macro |\chara| but
+simply compares the notation (the string |\"\chara|) to its list of
+known composite notations in the current encoding; when it fails to
+find |\"\chara| it does the best it can and invokes the typesetting
+instructions that put the umlaut accent on top of the expansion of
+|\chara|. Thus, even if the font actually contains `\"a' as an
+individual glyph, it will not be used.
+
+The low-level accent commands in \LaTeX{} are defined in such a way
+that it is possible to combine a diacritical mark from one font with a
+glyph from another font; for example, |\"\textparagraph| will produce
+\"\textparagraph. The umlaut here
+is taken from the |OT1| encoded font |cmr10| whilst the paragraph sign
+is from the |OMS| encoded font |cmsy10|. (This example may be
+typographically silly but better ones would involve font encodings
+like |OT2| (Cyrillic) that might not be available at every
+site.)
+
+There are, however, restrictions on the font-changing commands that
+will work within the argument to such an accent command. These are
+\TeX{}nical in the sense that they follow from the way that \TeX{}'s
+|\accent| primitive works, allowing only a special class of commands
+between the accent and the accented character.
+
+The following are examples of commands that will not work correctly as
+the accent will appear above a space: the font commands with text
+arguments (|\textbf{...}| and friends); all the font size declarations
+(|\fontsize| and |\Large|, etc.); |\usefont| and declarations that
+depend on it, such as |\normalfont|; box commands (e.g.~|\mbox{...}|).
+
+The lower-level font declarations that set the attributes family,
+series and shape (such as |\fontshape{sl}\selectfont|) will produce
+correct typesetting, as will the default declarations such as
+|\bfseries|.
+
+
+\subsection{Naming conventions}
+
+\begin{itemize}
+\item
+Math alphabet commands all start with |\math...|: examples are
+|\mathbf|, |\mathcal|, etc.
+
+\item
+The text font changing commands with arguments all start with
+|\text...|: e.g.~|\textbf| and |\textrm|. The exception to this is
+|\emph|, since it occurs very commonly in author documents and so
+deserves a shorter name.
+
+\item
+Names for encoding schemes are strings of up to three letters (all
+upper case) plus digits.
+
+The \LaTeX3 project reserves the use of encodings starting with the
+following letters: |T| (standard 256-long text encodings), |TS|
+(symbols that are designed to extend a corresponding |T| encoding),
+|X| (text encodings that do not conform to the strict requirements for
+|T| encodings), |M| (standard 256-long math encodings), |S| (other
+symbol encodings), |A| (other special applications), |OT| (standard
+128-long text encodings) and |OM| (standard 128-long math encodings).
+
+Please do not use the above starting letters for non-portable
+encodings. If new standard encodings emerge then we shall add them in
+a later release of \LaTeX.
+
+Encoding schemes which are local to a site or a system should start
+with |L|, experimental encodings intended for wide distribution will
+start with |E|, whilst |U| is for Unknown or Unclassified encodings.
+
+\item
+Font family names should contain up to five lower case letters.
+Where possible, these should conform to the \emph{Filenames for fonts}
+font naming scheme.
+
+\item
+Font series names should contain up to four lower case letters.
+
+\item
+Font shapes should contain up to two letters lower case.
+
+\item
+Names for symbol fonts are built from lower and upper case letters
+with no restriction.
+\end{itemize}
+
+Whenever possible, you should use the series and shape names suggested
+in \emph{\LaTeXcomp} since this will make it easier to combine new
+fonts with existing fonts.
+
+\NEWdescription{1994/12/01}
+ Where possible, text symbols should be named as |\text| followed by
+ the Adobe glyph name: for example |\textonequarter| or
+ |\textsterling|. Similarly, math symbols should be named as
+ |\math| followed by the glyph name, for example |\mathonequarter|
+ or |\mathsterling|. Commands which can be used in text or math can
+ then be defined using |\ifmmode|, for example:
+\begin{verbatim}
+ \DeclareRobustCommand{\pounds}{%
+ \ifmmode \mathsterling \else \textsterling \fi
+ }
+\end{verbatim}
+ Note that commands defined in this way must be robust, in case they
+ get put into a section title or other moving argument.
+
+\section{If you need to know more \ldots}
+
+\NEWdescription{1996/06/01}
+The |tracefnt| package provides for tracing the actions concerned with
+loading, substituting and using fonts.
+The package accepts the following options:
+\begin{description}
+\item[errorshow] Write all information about font changes, etc.\ but
+ only to the transcript file unless an error occurs. This means that
+ information about font substitution will not be shown on the
+ terminal.
+
+\item[warningshow] Show all font warnings on the terminal. This
+ setting corresponds to the default behavior when this
+ \texttt{tracefnt} package is \emph{not} used!
+
+\item[infoshow] Show all font warnings and all font info messages
+ (that are normally only written to the transcript file) also on the
+ terminal. This is the default when this \texttt{tracefnt} package is
+ loaded.
+
+\item[debugshow] In addition to what is shown by \texttt{infoshow},
+ show also changes of math fonts (as far as possible): beware, this
+ option can produce a large amount of output.
+
+\item[loading] Show the names of external font files when they are
+ loaded. This option shows only `newly loaded' fonts, not those
+ already preloaded in the format or the class file before this
+ \texttt{tracefnt} package becomes active.
+
+\item[pausing]
+ Turn all font warnings into errors so that \LaTeX{} will stop.
+\end{description}
+
+\emph{Warning}: The actions of this package can change the layout of a
+document and even, in rare cases, produce clearly wrong output, so
+it should not be used in the final formatting of `real documents'.
+
+\begin{thebibliography}{1}
+
+\bibitem{A-W:MG2004}
+Frank Mittelbach and Michel Goossens.
+\newblock {\em The {\LaTeX} Companion second edition}.
+\newblock With Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley.
+\newblock Addison-Wesley, Reading, Massachusetts, 2004.
+
+\bibitem{tub:DKn89}
+Donald~E. Knuth.
+\newblock Typesetting concrete mathematics.
+\newblock {\em {TUG}boat}, 10(1):31--36, April 1989.
+
+\bibitem{A-W:LLa94}
+Leslie Lamport.
+\newblock {\em {\LaTeX:} A Document Preparation System}.
+\newblock Addison-Wesley, Reading, Massachusetts, second edition, 1994.
+
+\end{thebibliography}
+
+\end{document}
Property changes on: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/fntguide.tex
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:eol-style
## -0,0 +1 ##
+native
\ No newline at end of property
Added: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/graphpap.pdf
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)
Index: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/graphpap.pdf
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/graphpap.pdf 2019-07-25 21:49:36 UTC (rev 51729)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/graphpap.pdf 2019-07-25 22:32:37 UTC (rev 51730)
Property changes on: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/graphpap.pdf
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:mime-type
## -0,0 +1 ##
+application/pdf
\ No newline at end of property
Added: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/ifthen.pdf
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)
Index: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/ifthen.pdf
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/ifthen.pdf 2019-07-25 21:49:36 UTC (rev 51729)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/ifthen.pdf 2019-07-25 22:32:37 UTC (rev 51730)
Property changes on: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/ifthen.pdf
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:mime-type
## -0,0 +1 ##
+application/pdf
\ No newline at end of property
Added: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/inputenc.pdf
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)
Index: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/inputenc.pdf
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/inputenc.pdf 2019-07-25 21:49:36 UTC (rev 51729)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/inputenc.pdf 2019-07-25 22:32:37 UTC (rev 51730)
Property changes on: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/inputenc.pdf
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:mime-type
## -0,0 +1 ##
+application/pdf
\ No newline at end of property
Added: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/kernel-external-commands.txt
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/kernel-external-commands.txt (rev 0)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/kernel-external-commands.txt 2019-07-25 22:32:37 UTC (rev 51730)
@@ -0,0 +1,1356 @@
+%%% list of externally accessible commands defined or used by the
+%%% kernel (not totally correct) --- these aren't necessarily
+%%% interface commands as primitives also have accessible names. This
+%%% is just a reference to help and was generated with some brute
+%%% force methods
+%%%
+%%% 2019/02
+
+\A
+\AA
+\AE
+\Alph
+\Arrowvert
+\AtBeginDocument
+\AtBeginDvi
+\AtEndDocument
+\AtEndOfClass
+\AtEndOfPackage
+\Big
+\Bigg
+\Biggl
+\Biggm
+\Biggr
+\Bigl
+\Bigm
+\Bigr
+\Box
+\CheckCommand
+\ClassError
+\ClassInfo
+\ClassWarning
+\ClassWarningNoLine
+\CountZero
+\CurrentOption
+\DH
+\DJ
+\DeclareCurrentRelease
+\DeclareErrorFont
+\DeclareFixedFont
+\DeclareFontEncoding
+\DeclareFontEncodingDefaults
+\DeclareFontFamily
+\DeclareFontShape
+\DeclareFontSubstitution
+\DeclareMathAccent
+\DeclareMathAlphabet
+\DeclareMathDelimiter
+\DeclareMathRadical
+\DeclareMathSizes
+\DeclareMathSymbol
+\DeclareMathVersion
+\DeclareOldFontCommand
+\DeclareOption
+\DeclarePreloadSizes
+\DeclareRelease
+\DeclareRelease:
+\DeclareRobustCommand
+\DeclareRobustCommand*
+\DeclareSizeFunction
+\DeclareSymbolFont
+\DeclareSymbolFontAlphabet
+\DeclareTextAccent
+\DeclareTextAccentDefault
+\DeclareTextCommand
+\DeclareTextCommandDefault
+\DeclareTextComposite
+\DeclareTextCompositeCommand
+\DeclareTextFontCommand
+\DeclareTextSymbol
+\DeclareTextSymbolDefault
+\DeclareUnicodeCharacter
+\Delta
+\Diamond
+\Downarrow
+\E
+\EndIncludeInRelease
+\ExecuteOptions
+\Gamma
+\GenericError
+\GenericInfo
+\GenericWarning
+\H
+\I
+\IJ
+\IeC
+\IfFileExists
+\IfTargetDateBefore
+\Im
+\IncludeInRelease
+\InputIfFileExists
+\J
+\Join
+\L
+\LaTeX
+\LaTeX2e
+\LaTeXe
+\Lambda
+\LastDeclaredEncoding
+\Leftarrow
+\Leftrightarrow
+\LoadClass
+\LoadClassWithOptions
+\Longleftarrow
+\Longleftrightarrow
+\Longrightarrow
+\MakeLowercase
+\MakeRobust
+\MakeUppercase
+\MessageBreak
+\NG
+\NeedsTeXFormat
+\O
+\OE
+\Omega
+\OptionNotUsed
+\P
+\PackageError
+\PackageInfo
+\PackageWarning
+\PackageWarningNoLine
+\PassOptionsToClass
+\PassOptionsToPackage
+\Phi
+\Pi
+\Pr
+\ProcessOptions
+\ProcessOptions*
+\ProvideTextCommand
+\ProvideTextCommandDefault
+\ProvidesClass
+\ProvidesFile
+\ProvidesPackage
+\Psi
+\Re
+\Relbar
+\RequirePackage
+\RequirePackageWithOptions
+\Rightarrow
+\Roman
+\S
+\SS
+\SetMathAlphabet
+\SetSymbolFont
+\Sigma
+\T
+\TH
+\TeX
+\TextOrMath
+\TextSymbolUnavailable
+\Theta
+\Umathchar
+\Umathcode
+\UndeclareTextCommand
+\Uparrow
+\Updownarrow
+\Upsilon
+\UseRawInputEncoding
+\UseTextAccent
+\UseTextSymbol
+\Vert
+\XeTeXcharclass
+\XeTeXdashbreakstate
+\XeTeXmathcode
+\XeTeXrevision
+\XeTeXuseglyphmetrics
+\XeTeXversion
+\Xi
+\Z
+\_
+\`
+\a
+\aa
+\abovedisplayshortskip
+\abovedisplayskip
+\accent
+\active
+\acute
+\addcontentsline
+\addpenalty
+\addtocontents
+\addtocounter
+\addtolength
+\addvspace
+\adjdemerits
+\advance
+\ae
+\afterassignment
+\aftergroup
+\aleph
+\allocationnumber
+\allowbreak
+\alph
+\alpha
+\amalg
+\and
+\angle
+\approx
+\arabic
+\arccos
+\arcsin
+\arctan
+\arg
+\array
+\arraycolsep
+\arrayrulewidth
+\arraystretch
+\arrowvert
+\asciispace
+\ast
+\asymp
+\atopwithdelims
+\attribute
+\attributedef
+\attributezero
+\author
+\b
+\backslash
+\backslashH
+\bar
+\baselineskip
+\baselineskip4
+\baselinestretch
+\batchmode
+\begin
+\begingroup
+\belowdisplayshortskip
+\belowdisplayskip
+\beta
+\bezier
+\bfdefault
+\bfseries
+\bgroup
+\bibcite
+\bibdata
+\bibitem
+\bibliography
+\bibliographystyle
+\bibstyle
+\big
+\bigbreak
+\bigcap
+\bigcirc
+\bigcup
+\bigg
+\biggl
+\biggm
+\biggr
+\bigl
+\bigm
+\bigodot
+\bigoplus
+\bigotimes
+\bigr
+\bigskip
+\bigskipamount
+\bigsqcup
+\bigtriangledown
+\bigtriangleup
+\biguplus
+\bigvee
+\bigwedge
+\binoppenalty
+\bmod
+\boldmath
+\bordermatrix
+\bot
+\botfigrule
+\botmark
+\bottomfraction
+\bowtie
+\box
+\boxmaxdepth
+\brace
+\braceld
+\braceld$
+\bracelu
+\bracerd
+\braceru
+\bracevert
+\brack
+\break
+\breve
+\brokenpenalty
+\buildrel
+\bullet
+\c
+\cap
+\caption
+\cases
+\catcode
+\catcodetable
+\cdot
+\cdotp
+\cdots
+\center
+\centering
+\centerline
+\char
+\chardef
+\charsubdef
+\charzero
+\check
+\chi
+\choose
+\circ
+\circle
+\citation
+\cite
+\cleaders
+\cleardoublepage
+\clearpage
+\cline
+\closein
+\closeout
+\clubpenalty
+\clubsuit
+\colon
+\columnsep
+\columnseprule
+\columnwidth
+\cong
+\contentsline
+\coprod
+\copy
+\copyright
+\cos
+\cosh
+\cot
+\coth
+\count
+\countdef
+\counterwithin
+\counterwithout
+\cr
+\crcr
+\csc
+\csname
+\cup
+\d
+\dag
+\dagger
+\dashbox
+\dashv
+\date
+\day
+\dblfigrule
+\dblfloatpagefraction
+\dblfloatsep
+\dbltextfloatsep
+\dbltopfraction
+\ddag
+\ddagger
+\ddot
+\ddots
+\deadcycles
+\def
+\defaulthyphenchar
+\defaultscriptratio
+\defaultscriptscriptratio
+\defaultskewchar
+\deg
+\delcode
+\delimiter
+\delimiterfactor
+\delimitershortfall
+\delta
+\depth
+\det
+\dh
+\diamond
+\diamondsuit
+\dim
+\dimen
+\dimendef
+\dimenzero
+\directlua
+\discretionary
+\displaylines
+\displaymath
+\displaystyle
+\displaywidowpenalty
+\displaywidth
+\div
+\divide
+\dj
+\do
+\document
+\documentclass
+\documentstyle
+\dospecials
+\dot
+\doteq
+\dotfill
+\dots
+\doublehyphendemerits
+\doublerulesep
+\downarrow
+\downbracefill
+\dp
+\dump
+\edef
+\egroup
+\eject
+\ell
+\else
+\em
+\emergencystretch
+\eminnershape
+\emph
+\empty
+\emptyset
+\encodingdefault
+\end
+\endarray
+\endcenter
+\endcsname
+\enddisplaymath
+\enddocument
+\endenumerate
+\endeqnarray
+\endequation
+\endfilecontents
+\endflushleft
+\endflushright
+\endgraf
+\endgroup
+\endinput
+\enditemize
+\endline
+\endlinechar
+\endlist
+\endlrbox
+\endmath
+\endminipage
+\endpicture
+\endsloppypar
+\endtabbing
+\endtabular
+\endtrivlist
+\endverbatim
+\enlargethispage
+\enskip
+\enspace
+\ensuremath
+\enumerate
+\epsilon
+\eqnarray
+\eqno
+\equation
+\equiv
+\errhelp
+\errmessage
+\errorcontextlines
+\errorstopmode
+\escapechar
+\eta
+\evensidemargin
+\everycr
+\everydisplay
+\everyjob
+\everymath
+\everypar
+\exhyphenpenalty
+\exists
+\exp
+\expandafter
+\extracolsep
+\extrafloats
+\fam
+\familydefault
+\fbox
+\fboxrule
+\fboxsep
+\fi
+\filbreak
+\filecontents
+\fill
+\finalhyphendemerits
+\firstmark
+\flat
+\floatingpenalty
+\floatpagefraction
+\floatsep
+\flushbottom
+\flushleft
+\flushright
+\fmtname
+\fmtversion
+\fnsymbol
+\font
+\fontdimen
+\fontdimen8
+\fontencoding
+\fontfamily
+\fontname
+\fontseries
+\fontshape
+\fontsize
+\fontsize2
+\fontsubfuzz
+\footins
+\footnote
+\footnotemark
+\footnoterule
+\footnotesep
+\footnotesize
+\footnotetext
+\footskip
+\forall
+\frac
+\frame
+\framebox
+\frenchspacing
+\frown
+\fussy
+\futurelet
+\gamma
+\gcd
+\gdef
+\gdef_
+\ge
+\geq
+\gets
+\gg
+\global
+\globaldefs
+\glossary
+\glossaryentry
+\goodbreak
+\grave
+\halign
+\hangindent
+\hat
+\hbadness
+\hbar
+\hbox
+\headheight
+\headsep
+\heartsuit
+\height
+\hfil
+\hfil$
+\hfill
+\hfuzz
+\hglue
+\hideoutput
+\hideskip
+\hidewidth
+\hline
+\hom
+\hookleftarrow
+\hookrightarrow
+\hphantom
+\hrule
+\hrulefill
+\hsize
+\hskip
+\hskip2em
+\hspace
+\hss
+\ht
+\hyphenchar
+\hyphenpenalty
+\i
+\ialign
+\if
+\ifb
+\ifcase
+\ifcsname
+\ifdim
+\ifeof
+\iff
+\iffalse
+\ifhmode
+\ifinner
+\ifmmode
+\ifnum
+\ifnum0
+\ifnum7
+\ifodd
+\iftrue
+\ifvbox
+\ifvmode
+\ifvoid
+\ifx
+\ifx!
+\ignorespaces
+\ignorespacesafterend
+\ij
+\imath
+\immediate
+\in
+\include
+\includeonly
+\indent
+\index
+\indexentry
+\inf
+\infty
+\initcatcodetable
+\input
+\inputencodingname
+\inputlineno
+\insert
+\int
+\interdisplaylinepenalty
+\interfootnotelinepenalty
+\interlinepenalty
+\intextsep
+\intop
+\iota
+\itdefault
+\item
+\itemindent
+\itemize
+\itemsep
+\iterate
+\itshape
+\j
+\jmath
+\jobname
+\joinrel
+\jot
+\kappa
+\ker
+\kern
+\kern-
+\kern2
+\kern3
+\kern6
+\kern7
+\kill
+\l
+\label
+\labelsep
+\labelwidth
+\lambda
+\land
+\langle
+\language
+\lastbox
+\lastnamedcs
+\lastnodetype
+\lastpenalty
+\lastskip
+\lbrace
+\lbrack
+\lccode
+\lccode`
+\lceil
+\ldotp
+\ldots
+\le
+\leaders
+\leadsto
+\leavevmode
+\left
+\leftarrow
+\leftarrowfill
+\lefteqn
+\leftharpoondown
+\leftharpoondown$
+\leftharpoonup
+\leftline
+\leftmargin
+\leftmargini
+\leftmarginii
+\leftmarginiii
+\leftmarginiv
+\leftmarginv
+\leftmarginvi
+\leftmark
+\leftrightarrow
+\leftskip
+\leq
+\let
+\lfloor
+\lg
+\lgroup
+\lhd
+\lhook
+\lim
+\liminf
+\limits
+\limsup
+\line
+\linebreak
+\linepenalty
+\lineskip
+\lineskip-
+\lineskiplimit
+\linespread
+\linethickness
+\linewidth
+\list
+\listfiles
+\listparindent
+\ll
+\llap
+\lmoustache
+\ln
+\lnot
+\log
+\loggingall
+\loggingoutput
+\long
+\longleftarrow
+\longleftrightarrow
+\longmapsto
+\longrightarrow
+\loop
+\lor
+\lower
+\lowercase
+\lq
+\lrbox
+\luabytecode
+\luachunk
+\luafunction
+\luatexversion
+\magstep
+\magstephalf
+\makeatletter
+\makeatother
+\makebox
+\makeglossary
+\makeindex
+\makelabel
+\mapsto
+\mapstochar
+\marginpar
+\marginparpush
+\marginparsep
+\marginparwidth
+\mark
+\markboth
+\markright
+\marks
+\math
+\mathaccent
+\mathalpha
+\mathbf
+\mathbin
+\mathcal
+\mathchar
+\mathchardef
+\mathcharzero
+\mathchoice
+\mathclose
+\mathcode
+\mathdollar
+\mathellipsis
+\mathgroup
+\mathhexbox
+\mathinner
+\mathit
+\mathnormal
+\mathop
+\mathopen
+\mathord
+\mathpalette
+\mathparagraph
+\mathpunct
+\mathrel
+\mathring
+\mathrm
+\mathsection
+\mathsf
+\mathsterling
+\mathstrut
+\mathsurround
+\mathtt
+\mathunderscore
+\mathversion
+\matrix
+\max
+\maxdeadcycles
+\maxdepth
+\maxdimen
+\mbox
+\mddefault
+\mdseries
+\meaning
+\medbreak
+\medmuskip
+\medskip
+\medskipamount
+\message
+\mho
+\mid
+\min
+\minipage
+\mkern
+\models
+\month
+\moveright
+\mp
+\mskip
+\mu
+\mubyte
+\multicolumn
+\multiply
+\multiput
+\multispan
+\muskip
+\muskipdef
+\muskipzero
+\nabla
+\narrower
+\natural
+\ne
+\nearrow
+\neg
+\negthinspace
+\neq
+\newXeTeXintercharclass
+\newattribute
+\newbox
+\newcatcodetable
+\newcommand
+\newcount
+\newcounter
+\newdimen
+\newenvironment
+\newfam
+\newfont
+\newhelp
+\newif
+\newinsert
+\newlabel
+\newlanguage
+\newlength
+\newline
+\newlinechar`
+\newluabytecode
+\newluachunkname
+\newluafunction
+\newmarks
+\newmuskip
+\newpage
+\newread
+\newsavebox
+\newskip
+\newtheorem
+\newtoks
+\newwhatsit
+\newwrite
+\ng
+\ni
+\noalign
+\nobreak
+\nobreakdashes
+\nobreakspace
+\nocite
+\nocorr
+\nocorrlist
+\noexpand
+\noexpandinvalid
+\noexpandis
+\noexpandnot
+\nofiles
+\noindent
+\nointerlineskip
+\nolimits
+\nolinebreak
+\nonfrenchspacing
+\nonscript
+\nonumber
+\nopagebreak
+\noprotrusion
+\normalbaselines
+\normalbaselineskip
+\normalcolor
+\normalfont
+\normallineskip
+\normallineskiplimit
+\normalmarginpar
+\normalsfcodes
+\normalsize
+\not
+\notin
+\nu
+\null
+\nulldelimiterspace
+\nullfont
+\number
+\numberline
+\numexpr
+\nwarrow
+\o
+\oalign
+\obeycr
+\obeylines
+\obeyspaces
+\oddsidemargin
+\odot
+\oe
+\of
+\offinterlineskip
+\oint
+\ointop
+\oldstylenums
+\omega
+\ominus
+\omit
+\onecolumn
+\ooalign
+\openin
+\openout
+\openup
+\oplus
+\or
+\oslash
+\otimes
+\output
+\outputpenalty
+\oval
+\over
+\overbrace
+\overfullrule
+\overleftarrow
+\overrightarrow
+\owns
+\pagebreak
+\pagenumbering
+\pageref
+\pageshrink
+\pagestyle
+\pagetotal
+\paperheight
+\paperwidth
+\par
+\paragraphmark
+\parallel
+\parbox
+\parfillskip
+\parindent
+\parsep
+\parseunicodedataI
+\parseunicodedataII
+\parseunicodedataIII
+\parseunicodedataIV
+\parseunicodedataV
+\parshape
+\parskip
+\partial
+\partopsep
+\penalty
+\perp
+\phantom
+\phi
+\pi
+\picture
+\pm
+\pmatrix
+\pmod
+\poptabs
+\postdisplaypenalty
+\pounds
+\prec
+\preceq
+\predisplaypenalty
+\pretolerance
+\prevdepth
+\prime
+\prod
+\propto
+\protect
+\protected
+\providecommand
+\psi
+\pushtabs
+\put
+\qbezier
+\qbeziermax
+\qquad
+\quad
+\r
+\radical
+\raggedbottom
+\raggedleft
+\raggedright
+\raise
+\raisebox
+\rangle
+\rbrace
+\rbrack
+\rceil
+\read
+\ref
+\refstepcounter
+\relax
+\relaxs
+\relbar
+\relpenalty
+\removelastskip
+\renewcommand
+\renewenvironment
+\repeat
+\requestedLaTeXdate
+\requestedpatchdate
+\restorecr
+\reversemarginpar
+\rfloor
+\rgroup
+\rhd
+\rho
+\rhook
+\right
+\rightarrow
+\rightarrow$
+\rightarrowfill
+\rightharpoondown
+\rightharpoonup
+\rightharpoonup$
+\rightleftharpoons
+\rightline
+\rightmargin
+\rightmark
+\rightskip
+\rlap
+\rmdefault
+\rmfamily
+\rmoustache
+\roman
+\romannumeral
+\root
+\rootbox
+\rq
+\rule
+\samepage
+\savebox
+\savecatcodetable
+\sb
+\sbox
+\scdefault
+\scriptfont
+\scriptscriptfont
+\scriptscriptstyle
+\scriptspace
+\scriptstyle
+\scshape
+\searrow
+\sec
+\secdef
+\sectionmark
+\selectfont
+\seriesdefault
+\setattribute
+\setbox
+\setcounter
+\setlength
+\setminus
+\setrangecatcode
+\settodepth
+\settoheight
+\settowidth
+\sfcode
+\sfdefault
+\sffamily
+\shapedefault
+\sharp
+\shipout
+\shortstack
+\showboxbreadth
+\showboxdepth
+\showhyphens
+\showoutput
+\showoverfull
+\sigma
+\sim
+\simeq
+\sin
+\sinh
+\skew
+\skip
+\skipdef
+\skipzero
+\slash
+\sldefault
+\sloppy
+\sloppypar
+\slshape
+\smallbreak
+\smallint
+\smallskip
+\smallskipamount
+\smash
+\smash,because
+\smile
+\sp
+\space
+\spacefactor
+\spaceskip
+\spadesuit
+\span
+\splitfirstmark
+\splitmaxdepth
+\splittopskip
+\sqcap
+\sqcup
+\sqrt
+\sqrtsign
+\sqsubset
+\sqsubseteq
+\sqsupset
+\sqsupseteq
+\ss
+\stackrel
+\star
+\stepcounter
+\stop
+\storedpar
+\stretch
+\string
+\stringallowed
+\strut
+\strutbox
+\subparagraphmark
+\subsectionmark
+\subset
+\subseteq
+\subsubsectionmark
+\succ
+\succeq
+\sum
+\sup
+\suppressfloats
+\supset
+\supseteq
+\surd
+\swarrow
+\symbol
+\symletters
+\symoperators
+\t
+\tabbing
+\tabbingsep
+\tabcolsep
+\tabskip
+\tabular
+\tabularnewline
+\tan
+\tanh
+\tau
+\tencirc
+\tencircw
+\tenln
+\tenlnw
+\textasciicircum
+\textasciitilde
+\textasteriskcentered
+\textbackslash
+\textbar
+\textbardbl
+\textbf
+\textbraceleft
+\textbraceright
+\textbullet
+\textcircled
+\textcommaabove
+\textcommabelow
+\textcompwordmark
+\textcopyright
+\textdagger
+\textdaggerdbl
+\textdollar
+\textellipsis
+\textemdash
+\textendash
+\textexclamdown
+\textfloatsep
+\textfont
+\textfont2
+\textfraction
+\textgreater
+\textheight
+\textit
+\textless
+\textmd
+\textnormal
+\textordfeminine
+\textordmasculine
+\textparagraph
+\textperiodcentered
+\textquestiondown
+\textquotedblleft
+\textquotedblright
+\textquoteleft
+\textquoteright
+\textregistered
+\textrm
+\textsc
+\textsection
+\textsf
+\textsl
+\textsterling
+\textstyle
+\textsubscript
+\textsuperscript
+\texttrademark
+\texttt
+\textunderscore
+\textup
+\textvisiblespace
+\textwidth
+\th
+\thanks
+\the
+\theequation
+\thefootnote
+\thempfn
+\thempfootnote
+\thepage
+\theta
+\thicklines
+\thickmuskip
+\thinlines
+\thinmuskip
+\thinspace
+\thispagestyle
+\tilde
+\time
+\times
+\title
+\to
+\today
+\toks
+\toksdef
+\tokszero
+\tolerance
+\top
+\topfigrule
+\topfraction
+\topmargin
+\topmark
+\topsep
+\topskip
+\totalheight
+\tracingall
+\tracingassigns
+\tracingcommands
+\tracingfonts
+\tracinggroups
+\tracingifs
+\tracinglostchars
+\tracingmacros
+\tracingnesting
+\tracingnone
+\tracingonline
+\tracingoutput
+\tracingpages
+\tracingparagraphs
+\tracingrestores
+\tracingscantokens
+\tracingstats
+\triangle
+\triangleleft
+\triangleright
+\trivlist
+\ttdefault
+\ttfamily
+\twocolumn
+\typein
+\typeout
+\u
+\uccode
+\uchyph
+\unboldmath
+\undefinedpagestyle
+\underbar
+\underbrace
+\underline
+\unexpanded
+\unhbox
+\unhcopy
+\unicodedataline
+\unicoderead
+\unitlength
+\unkern
+\unless
+\unlhd
+\unpenalty
+\unrhd
+\unsetattribute
+\unskip
+\unvbox
+\unvcopy
+\uparrow
+\upbracefill
+\updefault
+\updownarrow
+\uplus
+\uppercase
+\upshape
+\upsilon
+\usebox
+\usecounter
+\usefont
+\usepackage
+\v
+\vadjust
+\value
+\varbigtriangledown
+\varbigtriangleup
+\varepsilon
+\varphi
+\varpi
+\varrho
+\varsigma
+\vartheta
+\vbadness
+\vbox
+\vcenter
+\vdash
+\vdots
+\vec
+\vector
+\vee
+\verb
+\verbatim
+\verbvisiblespace
+\vert
+\vfil
+\vfilneg
+\vfuzz
+\vglue
+\vline
+\vphantom
+\vrule
+\vsize
+\vskip
+\vspace
+\vsplit
+\vss
+\vtop
+\wd
+\wedge
+\whatsit
+\widehat
+\widetilde
+\widowpenalties
+\widowpenalty
+\width
+\wlog
+\wp
+\wr
+\write
+\x
+\xdef
+\xi
+\year
+\z
+\zeta
+\|
+\~
Property changes on: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/kernel-external-commands.txt
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:eol-style
## -0,0 +1 ##
+native
\ No newline at end of property
Added: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/kernel-internal-commands.txt
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/kernel-internal-commands.txt (rev 0)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/kernel-internal-commands.txt 2019-07-25 22:32:37 UTC (rev 51730)
@@ -0,0 +1,1268 @@
+%%% list of internal commands defined by the kernel (not totally correct)
+%%% 2019/02
+
+\@
+\@@
+\@@enc at update
+\@@end
+\@@endpbox
+\@@eqncr
+\@@fileswith at pti@ns
+\@@hyph
+\@@if at newlist
+\@@ifdefinable
+\@@input
+\@@italiccorr
+\@@line
+\@@math at bgroup
+\@@math at egroup
+\@@par
+\@@protect
+\@@startpbox
+\@@underline
+\@@unprocessedoptions
+\@@warning
+\@Alph
+\@DeclareMathDelimiter
+\@DeclareMathSizes
+\@Esphack
+\@IncludeInRele at se
+\@IncludeInRelease
+\@M
+\@MM
+\@Mi
+\@Mii
+\@Miii
+\@Miv
+\@Roman
+\@TeXversion
+\@acci
+\@accii
+\@acciii
+\@acol
+\@acolampacol
+\@activechar at info
+\@addamp
+\@addfield
+\@addmarginpar
+\@addtobot
+\@addtocurcol
+\@addtodblcol
+\@addtofilelist
+\@addtonextcol
+\@addtopreamble
+\@addtoreset
+\@addtotoporbot
+\@afterheading
+\@afterindentfalse
+\@afterindenttrue
+\@alph
+\@ampacol
+\@arabic
+\@argarraycr
+\@argdef
+\@argtabularcr
+\@array
+\@arrayacol
+\@arrayc
+\@arrayclassiv
+\@arrayclassz
+\@arraycr
+\@arrayparboxrestore
+\@arrayrule
+\@arstrut
+\@arstrutbox
+\@author
+\@auxout
+\@backslashchar
+\@badend
+\@badlinearg
+\@badmath
+\@badpoptabs
+\@badrequireerror
+\@badtab
+\@begin at tempboxa
+\@begindocumenthook
+\@begindvi
+\@begindvibox
+\@beginparpenalty
+\@begintheorem
+\@bezier
+\@bibitem
+\@biblabel
+\@bitor
+\@botlist
+\@botnum
+\@botnum>
+\@botroom
+\@boxfpsbit
+\@break at tfor
+\@bsphack
+\@caption
+\@captype
+\@car
+\@carcube
+\@cclv
+\@cclvi
+\@cdr
+\@centercr
+\@centering
+\@cflb
+\@cflt
+\@changed at cmd
+\@charlb
+\@charrb
+\@chclass
+\@check at IncludeInRelease
+\@check at c
+\@check at eq
+\@checkend
+\@chnum
+\@circ
+\@circle
+\@circlefnt
+\@cite
+\@cite at ofmt
+\@citea
+\@citeb
+\@citex
+\@classi
+\@classii
+\@classiii
+\@classiv
+\@classoptionslist
+\@classv
+\@classz
+\@cline
+\@clnht
+\@clnwd
+\@cls at pkg
+\@clsextension
+\@clubpenalty
+\@colht
+\@colnum
+\@colroom
+\@combinedblfloats
+\@combinefloats
+\@comdblflelt
+\@comflelt
+\@cons
+\@contfield
+\@ctrerr
+\@curfield
+\@curline
+\@curr at enc
+\@currbox
+\@currdir
+\@current at cmd
+\@currentlabel
+\@currenvir
+\@currenvline
+\@currext
+\@currlist
+\@currname
+\@currnamestack
+\@curroptions
+\@currsize
+\@currtype
+\@curtab
+\@curtabmar
+\@dashbox
+\@dashcnt
+\@dashdim
+\@date
+\@dbflt
+\@dblarg
+\@dbldeferlist
+\@dblfloat
+\@dblfloatplacement
+\@dblfpbot
+\@dblfpsep
+\@dblfptop
+\@dbltoplist
+\@dbltopnum
+\@dbltoproom
+\@dec at text@cmd
+\@declaredoptions
+\@declareoption
+\@defaultsubs
+\@defaultunits
+\@defdefault at ds
+\@deferlist
+\@definecounter
+\@depth
+\@dischyph
+\@doclearpage
+\@documentclasshook
+\@doendpe
+\@dofilelist
+\@donoparitem
+\@dot
+\@dotsep
+\@dottedtocline
+\@downline
+\@downvector
+\@eha
+\@ehb
+\@ehc
+\@ehd
+\@elt
+\@empty
+\@emptycol
+\@end at check@IncludeInRelease
+\@end at tempboxa
+\@enddocumenthook
+\@endfloatbox
+\@endparenv
+\@endparpenalty
+\@endpbox
+\@endpefalse
+\@endpetrue
+\@endtheorem
+\@enlargepage
+\@ensuredmath
+\@enumctr
+\@enumdepth
+\@eqcnt
+\@eqncr
+\@eqnnum
+\@eqnsel
+\@eqnswfalse
+\@eqnswtrue
+\@eqpen
+\@err@
+\@esphack
+\@evenfoot
+\@evenhead
+\@expandtwoargs
+\@expast
+\@failedlist
+\@fcolmadefalse
+\@fcolmadetrue
+\@filef at und
+\@filelist
+\@fileswfalse
+\@fileswith at pti@ns
+\@fileswith at ptions
+\@fileswithoptions
+\@fileswtrue
+\@finalstrut
+\@firstampfalse
+\@firstamptrue
+\@firstcolfirstmark
+\@firstcoltopmark
+\@firstcolumnfalse
+\@firstcolumntrue
+\@firstofone
+\@firstoftwo
+\@firsttab
+\@flcheckspace
+\@flfail
+\@float
+\@floatboxreset
+\@floatpenalty
+\@floatplacement
+\@flsetnum
+\@flsettextmin
+\@flstop
+\@flsucceed
+\@fltovf
+\@flupdates
+\@flushglue
+\@fnsymbol
+\@font at info
+\@font at warning
+\@fontswitch
+\@footnotemark
+\@footnotetext
+\@for
+\@forloop
+\@fornoop
+\@fortmp
+\@fpbot
+\@fpmin
+\@fps
+\@fpsadddefault
+\@fpsep
+\@fpstype
+\@fptop
+\@frameb at x
+\@framebox
+\@framepicbox
+\@freelist
+\@getcirc
+\@getfpsbit
+\@getlarrow
+\@getlinechar
+\@getpen
+\@getrarrow
+\@glossaryfile
+\@gnewline
+\@gobble
+\@gobble at IncludeInRelease
+\@gobblecr
+\@gobblefour
+\@gobbletwo
+\@gtempa
+\@halfwidth
+\@halignto
+\@hangfrom
+\@height
+\@highpenalty
+\@hightab
+\@hline
+\@holdpg
+\@hspace
+\@hspacer
+\@hvector
+\@icentercr
+\@iden
+\@if
+\@if at pti@ns
+\@if at ptions
+\@ifatmargin
+\@ifbothcounters
+\@ifclasslater
+\@ifclassloaded
+\@ifclasswith
+\@ifdefinable
+\@iffileonpath
+\@ifl at aded
+\@ifl at t@r
+\@ifl at ter
+\@ifnch
+\@ifnextchar
+\@iforloop
+\@ifpackagelater
+\@ifpackageloaded
+\@ifpackagewith
+\@iframebox
+\@iframeboxc
+\@iframepicbox
+\@ifstar
+\@ifundefin at d@i
+\@ifundefin at d@ii
+\@ifundefined
+\@ignorefalse
+\@ignoretrue
+\@iiiminipage
+\@iiiparbox
+\@iiminipage
+\@iinput
+\@iiparbox
+\@iirsbox
+\@imakebox
+\@imakeboxc
+\@imakepicbox
+\@iminipage
+\@include
+\@includeinreleasefalse
+\@includeinreleasetrue
+\@index
+\@indexfile
+\@inlabelfalse
+\@inlabeltrue
+\@inmatherr
+\@inmathwarn
+\@inpenc at test
+\@input
+\@input@
+\@inputcheck
+\@inputcheck0
+\@insertfalse
+\@inserttrue
+\@iparbox
+\@irsbox
+\@isavebox
+\@isavepicbox
+\@ishortstack
+\@istackcr
+\@itabcr
+\@item
+\@itemdepth
+\@itemfudge
+\@itemitem
+\@itemlabel
+\@itempenalty
+\@iwhiledim
+\@iwhilenum
+\@iwhilesw
+\@ixpt
+\@ixstackcr
+\@killglue
+\@kludgeins
+\@labels
+\@largefloatcheck
+\@lastchclass
+\@latex at error
+\@latex at info
+\@latex at info@no at line
+\@latex at warning
+\@latex at warning@no at line
+\@latexbug
+\@latexerr
+\@lbibitem
+\@leftcolumn
+\@leftmark
+\@let at token
+\@lign
+\@linechar
+\@linefnt
+\@linelen
+\@listctr
+\@listdepth
+\@listfiles
+\@loadwithoptions
+\@lowpenalty
+\@ltab
+\@m
+\@mainaux
+\@makebox
+\@makecaption
+\@makecol
+\@makefcolumn
+\@makefnmark
+\@makefntext
+\@makeother
+\@makepicbox
+\@makespecialcolbox
+\@marbox
+\@marginparreset
+\@markright
+\@maxdepth
+\@maxtab
+\@medpenalty
+\@midlist
+\@minipagefalse
+\@minipagerestore
+\@minipagetrue
+\@minus
+\@missingfileerror
+\@mkboth
+\@mklab
+\@mkpream
+\@mparbottom
+\@mpargs
+\@mparswitchfalse
+\@mpfn
+\@mpfootins
+\@mpfootnotetext
+\@mplistdepth
+\@multicnt
+\@multiplelabels
+\@multiput
+\@multispan
+\@namedef
+\@nameuse
+\@nbitem
+\@ne
+\@needsf at rmat
+\@needsformat
+\@negargfalse
+\@negargtrue
+\@newcommand
+\@newctr
+\@newenv
+\@newenva
+\@newenvb
+\@newl at bel
+\@newline
+\@newlistfalse
+\@newlisttrue
+\@next
+\@nextchar
+\@nil
+\@nmbrlistfalse
+\@nmbrlisttrue
+\@nnil
+\@no at lnbk
+\@no at pgbk
+\@nobreakfalse
+\@nobreaktrue
+\@nocnterr
+\@nocounterr
+\@nodocument
+\@noitemargfalse
+\@noitemargtrue
+\@noitemerr
+\@noligs
+\@nolnerr
+\@nomath
+\@noparitemfalse
+\@noparitemtrue
+\@noparlistfalse
+\@noparlisttrue
+\@normalcr
+\@normalsize
+\@noskipsecfalse
+\@noskipsectrue
+\@notdefinable
+\@notprerr
+\@nthm
+\@nxttabmar
+\@obsoletefile
+\@oddfoot
+\@oddhead
+\@onefilewithoptions
+\@onelevel at sanitize
+\@onlypreamble
+\@opargbegintheorem
+\@opcol
+\@options
+\@othm
+\@outerparskip
+\@outputbox
+\@outputdblcol
+\@outputpage
+\@oval
+\@ovbtrue
+\@ovdx
+\@ovdy
+\@ovhlinefalse
+\@ovhlinetrue
+\@ovhorz
+\@ovltrue
+\@ovri
+\@ovro
+\@ovrtrue
+\@ovttrue
+\@ovvert
+\@ovvert0
+\@ovvlinefalse
+\@ovvlinetrue
+\@ovxx
+\@ovyy
+\@p at pfilename
+\@pagedp
+\@pageht
+\@par
+\@parboxrestore
+\@parboxto
+\@parmoderr
+\@parse at version
+\@parse at version@
+\@parse at version@dash
+\@partaux
+\@partlist
+\@partswfalse
+\@partswtrue
+\@pass at ptions
+\@pboxswfalse
+\@pboxswtrue
+\@penup
+\@percentchar
+\@picbox
+\@picht
+\@picture
+\@picture at warn
+\@pkgextension
+\@plus
+\@pnumwidth
+\@popfilename
+\@pr at videpackage
+\@preamble
+\@preamblecmds
+\@preamerr
+\@process at pti@ns
+\@process at ptions
+\@protected at testopt
+\@providesfile
+\@ptionlist
+\@pushfilename
+\@put
+\@qend
+\@qrelax
+\@rc at ifdefinable
+\@reargdef
+\@refundefined
+\@reinserts
+\@removeelement
+\@removefromreset
+\@reqcolroom
+\@reset at ptions
+\@resetactivechars
+\@resethfps
+\@restorepar
+\@reversemarginfalse
+\@reversemargintrue
+\@rightmark
+\@rightskip
+\@rjfieldfalse
+\@rjfieldtrue
+\@roman
+\@rsbox
+\@rtab
+\@rule
+\@sanitize
+\@savebox
+\@savemarbox
+\@savepicbox
+\@savsf
+\@savsk
+\@scolelt
+\@sdblcolelt
+\@seccntformat
+\@secondoftwo
+\@secpenalty
+\@sect
+\@seqncr
+\@setckpt
+\@setfloattypecounts
+\@setfontsize
+\@setfpsbit
+\@setmarks
+\@setminipage
+\@setnobreak
+\@setpar
+\@setref
+\@setsize
+\@settab
+\@settodim
+\@settopoint
+\@setupverbvisiblespace
+\@sharp
+\@shortstack
+\@shortstackc
+\@sline
+\@slowromancap
+\@spaces
+\@specialoutput
+\@specialpagefalse
+\@specialpagetrue
+\@specialstyle
+\@sptoken
+\@sqrt
+\@ssect
+\@stackcr
+\@star at or@long
+\@startcolumn
+\@startdblcolumn
+\@startfield
+\@startline
+\@startpbox
+\@startsection
+\@starttoc
+\@stopfield
+\@stopline
+\@stpelt
+\@svector
+\@sverb
+\@svsec
+\@svsechd
+\@swaptwoargs
+\@sxverbatim
+\@tabacckludge
+\@tabacol
+\@tabarray
+\@tabclassiv
+\@tabclassz
+\@tabcr
+\@tabfbox
+\@tablab
+\@tabminus
+\@tabplus
+\@tabpush
+\@tabrj
+\@tabular
+\@tabularcr
+\@tempboxa
+\@tempcnta
+\@tempcntb
+\@tempdima
+\@tempdima&
+\@tempdimb
+\@tempdimc
+\@tempskipa
+\@tempskipb
+\@tempswafalse
+\@tempswatrue
+\@temptokena
+\@testdef
+\@testfalse
+\@testfp
+\@testopt
+\@testpach
+\@testtrue
+\@testwrongwidth
+\@text at composite
+\@text at composite@x
+\@textbottom
+\@textfloatsheight
+\@textmin
+\@textsubscript
+\@textsuperscript
+\@texttop
+\@tf at r
+\@tfor
+\@tfor:
+\@tforloop
+\@thanks
+\@thefnmark
+\@thefoot
+\@thehead
+\@themargin
+\@themark
+\@thirdofthree
+\@thm
+\@thmcounter
+\@thmcountersep
+\@title
+\@tocrmarg
+\@toodeep
+\@toplist
+\@topnewpage
+\@topnum
+\@toproom
+\@topsep
+\@topsepadd
+\@totalleftmargin
+\@trivlist
+\@tryfcolumn
+\@trylist
+\@twoclasseserror
+\@twocolumnfalse
+\@twocolumntrue
+\@twoloadclasserror
+\@twosidefalse
+\@typein
+\@typeset at protect
+\@uclclist
+\@undefined
+\@unexpandable at protect
+\@unknownoptionerror
+\@unprocessedoptions
+\@unused
+\@unusedoptionlist
+\@upline
+\@upordown
+\@upvector
+\@use at ption
+\@use at text@encoding
+\@verb
+\@verbatim
+\@verbvisiblespacebox
+\@vereq
+\@viiipt
+\@viipt
+\@vipt
+\@vline
+\@vobeyspaces
+\@vpt
+\@vspace
+\@vspacer
+\@vtryfc
+\@vvector
+\@warning
+\@wckptelt
+\@whiledim
+\@whilenum
+\@whilesw
+\@wholewidth
+\@width
+\@wrglossary
+\@wrindex
+\@writeckpt
+\@writefile
+\@wrong at font@char
+\@wtryfc
+\@x at protect
+\@x at sf
+\@xDeclareMathDelimiter
+\@xaddvskip
+\@xarg
+\@xargarraycr
+\@xargdef
+\@xarraycr
+\@xbitor
+\@xcentercr
+\@xdblarg
+\@xdblfloat
+\@xdim
+\@xeqncr
+\@xexnoop
+\@xexpast
+\@xexpast*
+\@xfloat
+\@xfootnote
+\@xfootnotemark
+\@xfootnotenext
+\@xhline
+\@xifnch
+\@xiipt
+\@xipt
+\@xivpt
+\@xmpar
+\@xnewline
+\@xnext
+\@xnthm
+\@xobeysp
+\@xprocess at ptions
+\@xpt
+\@xsect
+\@xtabcr
+\@xtabularcr
+\@xthm
+\@xtryfc
+\@xtypein
+\@xverbatim
+\@xviipt
+\@xxDeclareMathDelimiter
+\@xxpt
+\@xxvpt
+\@xxxii
+\@xympar
+\@yarg
+\@yargarraycr
+\@yargd at f
+\@yargdef
+\@ydim
+\@yeqncr
+\@ympar
+\@ynthm
+\@ythm
+\@ytryfc
+\@yyarg
+\@ztryfc
+\DeclareFontEncoding@
+\DeclareFontEncoding at saved
+\DeclareFontShape@
+\DeclareSymbolFontAlphabet@
+\G at refundefinedtrue
+\SetMathAlphabet@
+\SetSymbolFont@
+\UTFviii at four@octets
+\UTFviii at four@octets@@
+\UTFviii at invalid@err
+\UTFviii at invalid@err@@
+\UTFviii at three@octets
+\UTFviii at three@octets@@
+\UTFviii at two@octets
+\UTFviii at two@octets@@
+\UTFviii at undefined@err
+\UTFviii at undefined@err@@
+\accent at spacefactor
+\active at math@prime
+\add at accent
+\add at percent@to at temptokena
+\addto at hook
+\alloc@
+\alpha at elt
+\alpha at list
+\best at size
+\bm at b
+\bm at c
+\bm at l
+\bm at r
+\bm at s
+\bm at t
+\bx at A
+\bx at AA
+\bx at B
+\bx at BB
+\bx at C
+\bx at CC
+\bx at D
+\bx at DD
+\bx at E
+\bx at EE
+\bx at F
+\bx at FF
+\bx at G
+\bx at GG
+\bx at H
+\bx at HH
+\bx at I
+\bx at II
+\bx at J
+\bx at JJ
+\bx at K
+\bx at KK
+\bx at L
+\bx at LL
+\bx at M
+\bx at MM
+\bx at N
+\bx at NN
+\bx at O
+\bx at OO
+\bx at P
+\bx at PP
+\bx at Q
+\bx at QQ
+\bx at R
+\bx at RR
+\bx at S
+\bx at SS
+\bx at T
+\bx at TT
+\bx at U
+\bx at UU
+\bx at V
+\bx at VV
+\bx at W
+\bx at WW
+\bx at X
+\bx at XX
+\bx at Y
+\bx at YY
+\bx at Z
+\bx at ZZ
+\c at bottomnumber
+\c at dbltopnumber
+\c at equation
+\c at errorcontextlines
+\c at footnote
+\c at mpfootnote
+\c at ncel
+\c at page
+\c at secnumdepth
+\c at tocdepth
+\c at topnumber
+\c at totalnumber
+\calculate at math@sizes
+\catcodetable at atletter
+\catcodetable at initex
+\catcodetable at latex
+\catcodetable at string
+\cdp at elt
+\cdp at list
+\cf at encoding
+\ch at ck
+\chardef at text@cmd
+\check at command
+\check at icl
+\check at icr
+\check at mathfonts
+\check at nocorr@
+\check at range
+\check at single
+\cl@@ckpt
+\cl at page
+\col at number
+\color at begingroup
+\color at endbox
+\color at endgroup
+\color at hbox
+\color at setgroup
+\color at vbox
+\count@
+\counterwithin at s
+\counterwithin at x
+\counterwithout at s
+\counterwithout at x
+\curr at fontshape
+\curr at math@size
+\declare at robustcommand
+\default at M
+\default at T
+\default at ds
+\default at family
+\default at series
+\default at shape
+\define at newfont
+\dimen@
+\dimen at i
+\dimen at ii
+\displ at y
+\do at noligs
+\do at subst@correction
+\document at default@language
+\document at select@group
+\dorestore at version
+\ds@
+\dt at pfalse
+\dt at ptrue
+\e at alloc
+\e at alloc@attribute at count
+\e at alloc@bytecode at count
+\e at alloc@ccodetable at count
+\e at alloc@chardef
+\e at alloc@intercharclass at top
+\e at alloc@luachunk at count
+\e at alloc@luafunction at count
+\e at alloc@top
+\e at alloc@whatsit at count
+\e at ch@ck
+\e at insert@top
+\e at mathgroup@top
+\empty at sfcnt
+\enc at update
+\end at dblfloat
+\end at float
+\error at fontshape
+\every at math@size
+\execute at size@function
+\external at font
+\extract at alph@from at version
+\extract at font
+\extract at fontinfo
+\extract at rangefontinfo
+\extract at sizefn*
+\f at baselineskip
+\f at depth
+\f at encoding
+\f at family
+\f at linespread
+\f at series
+\f at shape
+\f at size
+\f at user@size
+\filec at ntents
+\filename at area
+\filename at base
+\filename at dot
+\filename at ext
+\filename at parse
+\filename at path
+\filename at simple
+\finph at nt
+\finsm at sh
+\fix at penalty
+\fixed at sfcnt
+\float at count
+\font at info
+\font at name
+\font at submax
+\frozen at everydisplay
+\frozen at everymath
+\g at addto@macro
+\gen at sfcnt
+\genb at sfcnt
+\genb at x
+\genb at y
+\get at cdp
+\get at external@font
+\getanddefine at fonts
+\glb at currsize
+\glb at settings
+\group at elt
+\group at list
+\h at false
+\h at true
+\hb at xt@
+\hexnumber@
+\hgl@
+\hmode at bgroup
+\hmode at start@before at group
+\if at afterindent
+\if at compatibility
+\if at endpe
+\if at eqnsw
+\if at fcolmade
+\if at filesw
+\if at firstamp
+\if at firstcolumn
+\if at ignore
+\if at includeinrelease
+\if at inlabel
+\if at insert
+\if at minipage
+\if at mparswitch
+\if at negarg
+\if at newlist
+\if at nmbrlist
+\if at nobreak
+\if at noitemarg
+\if at noparitem
+\if at noparlist
+\if at noskipsec
+\if at ovb
+\if at ovhline
+\if at ovl
+\if at ovr
+\if at ovt
+\if at ovvline
+\if at partsw
+\if at pboxsw
+\if at reversemargin
+\if at rjfield
+\if at specialpage
+\if at tempswa
+\if at test
+\if at twocolumn
+\if at twoside
+\ifdt at p
+\ifh@
+\ifin@
+\ifmath at fonts
+\ifmaybe at ic
+\ifnot at nil
+\ifv@
+\in@
+\in@@
+\in at false
+\in at true
+\init at restore@glb at settings
+\init at restore@version
+\input at path
+\input at path:
+\insc at unt
+\install at mathalphabet
+\is at range
+\kernel at ifnextchar
+\l at ngrel@x
+\l at nohyphenation
+\last at fontshape
+\leavevmode at ifvmode
+\load at onefilewithoptions
+\lower at bound
+\lower at bound0
+\ltx at sh@ft
+\m at ne
+\m at th
+\makeph at nt
+\makesm at sh
+\mandatory at arg
+\math at bgroup
+\math at egroup
+\math at fonts
+\math at fontsfalse
+\math at fontstrue
+\math at version
+\mathchar at type
+\mathph at nt
+\mathsm at sh
+\maybe at ic
+\maybe at ic@
+\maybe at icfalse
+\maybe at ictrue
+\mb at b
+\mb at l
+\mb at r
+\mb at t
+\n at space
+\new at command
+\new at environment
+\new at mathalphabet
+\new at mathgroup
+\new at mathversion
+\new at symbolfont
+\nfss at catcodes
+\nfss at text
+\no at alphabet@error
+\noaccents@
+\non at alpherr
+\not at base
+\not at math@alphabet
+\o at lign
+\on at line
+\operator at font
+\optional at arg
+\outer at nobreak
+\p@
+\p at equation
+\par at deathcycles
+\patch at level
+\ph at nt
+\pickup at font
+\pictur@
+\pkgcls at arg
+\pkgcls at candidate
+\pkgcls at debug
+\pkgcls at innerdate
+\pkgcls at mindate
+\pkgcls at name
+\pkgcls at parse@date at arg
+\pkgcls at parse@date at arg@
+\pkgcls at parse@date at arg@version
+\pkgcls at releasedate
+\pkgcls at rollbackdate@error
+\pkgcls at show@selection
+\pkgcls at targetdate
+\pkgcls at targetlabel
+\pkgcls at use@this at release
+\pr@@@s
+\pr@@@t
+\pr at m@s
+\prim at s
+\process at table
+\protected at edef
+\protected at file@percent
+\protected at write
+\protected at xdef
+\provide at command
+\ps at empty
+\ps at plain
+\r@@t
+\rem at pt
+\remove at angles
+\remove at star
+\remove at star*
+\remove at to@nnil
+\renew at command
+\renew at environment
+\reserved at a
+\reserved at b
+\reserved at c
+\reserved at d
+\reserved at e
+\reserved at f
+\reset at font
+\restglb at settings
+\restore at mathversion
+\restore at protect
+\rlh@
+\saved at space@catcode
+\scriptfont at name
+\select at group
+\set@@mathdelimiter
+\set at color
+\set at display@protect
+\set at fontsize
+\set at mathaccent
+\set at mathchar
+\set at mathdelimiter
+\set at mathsymbol
+\set at simple@size at args
+\set at size@funct at args
+\set at size@funct at args@
+\set at typeset@protect
+\sf at size
+\sh at ft
+\sixt@@n
+\size at update
+\sizefn at info
+\skip@
+\sp at n
+\split at name
+\ssf at size
+\strip at prefix
+\strip at pt
+\sub at sfcnt
+\subf at sfcnt
+\subst at correction
+\sw at slant
+\t at st@ic
+\text at command
+\textfont at name
+\tf at size
+\thr@@
+\toks@
+\try at load@fontshape
+\try at simple@size
+\try at simples
+\try at size@range
+\try at size@substitution
+\tryif at simple
+\tw@
+\two at digits
+\unrestored at protected@xdef
+\upper at bound
+\use at mathgroup
+\v at false
+\v at true
+\verb at balance@group
+\verb at egroup
+\verb at eol@error
+\verbatim at font
+\verbatim at nolig@list
+\version at elt
+\version at list
+\vgl@
+\voidb at x
+\wrong at fontshape
+\x at protect
+\xe at alloc@intercharclass
+\z@
+\z at skip
+\zap at space
Property changes on: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/kernel-internal-commands.txt
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:eol-style
## -0,0 +1 ##
+native
\ No newline at end of property
Added: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/latexchanges.pdf
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)
Index: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/latexchanges.pdf
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/latexchanges.pdf 2019-07-25 21:49:36 UTC (rev 51729)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/latexchanges.pdf 2019-07-25 22:32:37 UTC (rev 51730)
Property changes on: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/latexchanges.pdf
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:mime-type
## -0,0 +1 ##
+application/pdf
\ No newline at end of property
Added: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/latexchanges.tex
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/latexchanges.tex (rev 0)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/latexchanges.tex 2019-07-25 22:32:37 UTC (rev 51730)
@@ -0,0 +1,756 @@
+% \iffalse meta-comment
+%
+% Copyright 2015-2019
+% The LaTeX3 Project and any individual authors listed elsewhere
+% in this file.
+%
+% This file is part of the LaTeX base system.
+% -------------------------------------------
+%
+% It may be distributed and/or modified under the
+% conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3c
+% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+% The latest version of this license is in
+% http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt
+% and version 1.3c or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX
+% version 2005/12/01 or later.
+%
+% This file has the LPPL maintenance status "maintained".
+%
+% The list of all files belonging to the LaTeX base distribution is
+% given in the file `manifest.txt'. See also `legal.txt' for additional
+% information.
+%
+% The list of derived (unpacked) files belonging to the distribution
+% and covered by LPPL is defined by the unpacking scripts (with
+% extension .ins) which are part of the distribution.
+%
+% \fi
+% Filename: latexchanges.tex
+
+\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}
+
+\documentclass{ltxguide}
+
+\usepackage[T1]{fontenc}
+
+\title{Changes to the \LaTeXe{} format}
+
+\author{\copyright~Copyright 2015--2019, \LaTeX3 Project Team.\\
+ All rights reserved.}
+
+\date{2019-10-01}
+
+% a few commands from doc
+\newcommand\Lpack[1]{\mbox{\textsf{#1}}}
+\newcommand\DescribeMacro[1]{\texttt{\string#1}}
+
+\makeatletter % -- provide command introduced in new release
+ % so this typesets with an old format
+
+\DeclareTextCommandDefault\textcommabelow[1]
+ {\hmode at bgroup\ooalign{\null#1\crcr\hidewidth\raise-.31ex
+ \hbox{\check at mathfonts\fontsize\ssf at size\z@
+ \math at fontsfalse\selectfont,}\hidewidth}\egroup}
+\makeatother
+
+\ifx\href\undefined
+ \newcommand\ghissue[1]{#1}
+ \newcommand\gnatsissue[1]{#1}
+ \newcommand\ltnewsissue[1]{\LaTeX\ News~#1}
+ \newcommand\sxanswer[1]{https://tex.stackexchange.com\slash a\slash #1}
+ \newcommand\sxquestion[1]{https://tex.stackexchange.com\slash q\slash #1}
+\else
+ \newcommand\ghissue[1]{%
+ \href{https://github.com/latex3/latex2e/issues/#1}{#1}}
+ \newcommand\gnatsissue[1]{%
+ \href{https://www.latex-project.org/cgi-bin/ltxbugs2html?pr=latex/#1}{#1}}
+ \newcommand\ltnewsissue[1]{%
+ \href{https://www.latex-project.org/news/latex2e-news/ltnews#1.pdf}{\LaTeX\ News~#1}}
+ \newcommand\sxanswer[1]{%
+ \url{https://tex.stackexchange.com/a/#1}}
+ \newcommand\sxquestion[1]{%
+ \url{https://tex.stackexchange.com/q/#1}}
+\fi
+
+\begin{document}
+
+\maketitle
+
+\tableofcontents
+
+\newpage
+
+\section{Introduction}
+
+This document describes changes that have been made to the
+\LaTeX\ format since the 2014/05/01 \LaTeX\ release.
+
+
+As announced in \ltnewsissue{22}, the 2015 \LaTeX{} release adopts a new
+policy. Improvements and bug fixes will be made to the format sources,
+with the \Lpack{latexrelease} package being available to revert
+changes to use definitions from an earlier format.
+
+
+\section{Changes introduced in 2019-10-01}
+
+\emph{to be added}
+
+\section{Changes introduced in 2018-12-01}
+
+Further additions to the characters supported by default in UTF-8.
+\verb|\guillemetleft| and \verb|\guillemetright| provided as alias for
+the names based on the Adobe font names (\ghissue{65}).
+
+The use of potrusion in tables of contents is suppressed by default,
+see \sxquestion{172785}.
+
+The handling of visible space in verbation was adjusted for
+\ghissue{69} and \ghissue{70}.
+
+Spaces are removed from the argument passed to BiBTeX, \ghissue{88}.
+
+New commands \verb\Hwithstroke| and \verb|\hwithstroke| added to T1 encoding support.
+
+The internal box structure for floats is adjusted to preserve box
+levels of split hyperlinks, avoiding a fatal pdftex error. \ghissue{94}.
+
+
+\section{Changes introduced in 2018-04-01 patch~5}
+Improved support for non ASCII filenames on the commandline on
+filesystems using legacy encodings.
+
+Adjusted the new package rollback code so that some edge cases where rollback
+can not be guaranteed become a warning not an error.
+
+\section{Changes introduced in 2018-04-01 patch~4}
+No changes to the format, but \texttt{docstrip} adjusted so that non-ASCII
+\texttt{.ins} files work with the new UTF-8 defaults.
+
+\section{Changes introduced in 2018-04-01 patch~3}
+Additional adjustments for GitHub issues \ghissue{34} and \ghissue{38}, adjustment to the
+location of some documentation files, such as \texttt{source2e.tex} to
+be installed in the documentation sources not the default \TeX\ input
+tree.
+
+
+\section{Changes introduced in 2018-04-01 patch~2}
+Additional adjustments for GitHub issues \ghissue{32} and \ghissue{33}.
+
+\section{Changes introduced in 2018-04-01 patch~1}
+Make \verb|\UseRawInputEncoding| and \Lpack{latexrelease} reset \verb|\inputencodingname|
+when disabling the UTF-8 input handling.
+
+\section{Changes introduced in 2018-04-01}
+Further details of changes at this release are given in \ltnewsissue{28}, but in brief
+the main changes are as listed below.
+
+The default encoding for files has been changed to UTF-8.
+
+A new possibility to refer to older versions of packages has been added.
+
+New commands previously available in \Lpack{remreset} and
+\Lpack{chngcntr} packages for controlling counters have been added.
+
+The definition of \verb|\@ifundefined| has been refined to use the e-\TeX \verb|\ifcsname|
+primitive when available, and to avoid defining the command being tested to be \verb|\relax|
+in the case that it was previously undefined.
+
+\section{Changes introduced in 2017-04-15}
+Optionally, \LaTeX{} format and package dates may use ISO style dates with
+\texttt{-} rather than \texttt{/}.
+
+For Unicode \TeX{}s, made further adjustments to the composite accent
+code in \texttt{tuenc.def}, and further updates tracking changes in
+Lua\TeX, now at 1.04.
+
+Previously defining an encoding-specific composite with an undeclared
+accent (or an accent declared later) gave no error, but did nothing useful.
+\LaTeX\ will now detect this and give the accent comamnd a default definition
+as an error, allowing the declared composite to work as intended.
+
+The definition of \verb|\-| is adjusted to match the comments in
+\gnatsissue{3855} to accomodate non standard settings of \verb|\hyphenchar|.
+
+In parboxes and similar settings, \verb|\lineskiplimit| is now
+reset (to the existing default value, \verb|\normallineskiplimit|).
+See \sxanswer{359934}.
+
+ The code for verb|\newpage| has been adjusted to add a test on the value of
+\verb|\prevdepth| so that the depth of the last line is preserved in
+forced page breaks.
+
+\section{Changes introduced in 2017/01/01 patch~3}
+Emergency patch to correct a typo in a change introduced in patch~2.
+
+\section{Changes introduced in 2017/01/01 patch~2}
+More adjustments for TU encoding, allowing for characters missing in
+common system fonts. Additional \texttt{fd} files
+for Latin Modern variants are included in the documented sources.
+
+\section{Changes introduced in 2017/01/01 patch~1}
+Fixes to TU encoding definitions for Lua\TeX\ and Xe\TeX.
+
+\section{Changes introduced in 2017/01/01}
+
+A new test is added during format making that e\TeX\ extensions are
+available. As noted in \LaTeX\ news, e\TeX\ will now be required to
+build \LaTeX.
+
+Further updates tracking changes for Lua\TeX~1.0.
+
+The definition of \verb|\showhyphens| is changed in formats built
+with Xe\TeX, as the original version, inherited from plain \TeX\ does
+not work with Xe-\TeX.
+
+Changes to the default encoding used by Lua\TeX\ and Xe\TeX\ formats to
+be TU (Unicode) rather than OT1 (7 bit legacy \TeX\ encoding).
+
+\section{Changes introduced in 2016/03/31 patch~3}
+Fixes to \verb|\newinsert| and \verb|\extrafloats|.
+
+\section{Changes introduced in 2016/03/31 patch~2}
+Adjustments to \verb|\c{g}| in OT1 encoding.
+
+\section{Changes introduced in 2016/03/31 patch~1}
+Adjust the upper limit for Character Class allocation in Xe-\TeX\ to
+4096 to match a change in Xe-\TeX.
+
+\section{Changes introduced in 2016/03/31}
+Modify picture mode as suggested in latex/4452 to avoid leaders of
+almost zero length.
+
+Modify the checks in \verb|\DeclareMathSymbol| and related commands
+so that they do not give errors with new Lua\TeX\ releases.
+
+\section{Changes introduced in 2016/02/01}
+Adjustments to Lua\TeX\ support to match changes to the Lua\TeX\ engine,
+and to the character class allocation in Xe\TeX.
+
+Load Unicode data from new generic \texttt{unicode-data} distribution.
+
+\section{Changes introduced in 2015/10/01 patch~2}
+
+This release fixes the behaviour of the allocation mechanism if the switch
+from the standard to extended pool takes place within a group.
+
+\section{Changes introduced in 2015/10/01 patch~1}
+This release allows \Lpack{latexrelease} to revert the
+Lua\TeX{}-specific
+changes, in particular fixing an incorrect date in part of the mechanism and
+adding a method to disable callback management entirely.
+
+\section{Changes introduced in \LaTeX\ 2015/10/01}
+
+\subsection{LuaTeX allocation}
+Almost all changes at this release relate to incorporating allocation macros for luatex into the format
+as done for etex and xetex in 2015/01/01. For details see |ltluatex.dtx| or \ltnewsissue{22}.
+|ltluatex.dtx| now forms a new chapter (N) in the documented sources, |source2e.tex|.
+
+
+\subsection{Increased number of floats}
+The default float list has been increased from 18 to 52 registers if
+e\TeX\ is available.
+The list can be increased further using |\extrafloats| however this
+default allocation uses classic registers below 256 so the registers are
+also available for |\newinsert| as described below.
+
+\subsection{Improved \texttt{\textbackslash newinsert}}
+The command |\newinsert| has been extended to take registers from the lists of free float
+registers once the classic register allocation is used up. This should make it highly unlikely
+to get ``no room'' errors on register allocation assuming the format is used with
+an e-\TeX\ based \TeX\ engine.
+
+\subsection{New accent, \texttt{\textbackslash textcommabelow} (pr/4414)}
+The command |\textcommabelow| has been added. This is mainly intended for Romanian letters
+\textcommabelow{S}\,\textcommabelow{s}\,\textcommabelow{T}\,\textcommabelow{t}.
+
+\subsection{Unicode 8}
+The file |unicode-letters.def| used to initialise character data in
+Unicode \TeX\ variants has been regenerated from data files updated
+to Unicode~8.
+
+\section{Changes introduced in 2015/01/01 patch~2}
+There were no changes to the format at this release, but the sources were fixed to fix bug latex/4434
+affecting bottom float positioning if the \Lpack{latexrelease} package was used.
+
+\section{Changes introduced in 2015/01/01 patch~1}
+This release re-introduces the ``Patch Level'' scheme for identifying
+releases between main ``dated'' releases. Early \LaTeXe\ releases
+included a mechanism whereby updates could be provided by a
+\emph{patch
+ file}. This was mainly intended to allow updates to be made without
+downloading the full sources again, which was an important
+consideration with download speeds and costs at the time.
+
+The new mechanism incorporates any changes directly into the sources,
+but having the patch level identified in the banner allows the
+\LaTeX\ release to be identified, even if (as in this case) most of the
+changes do not affect the format but affect other base packages such
+as \Lpack{latexrelease} and \Lpack{inputenc}. The patch level is shown
+in the banner at the start of the job, but does not affect the date
+handling of the |\IncludeInRelease| mechanism.
+
+Apart from re-arranging the version banner, the only change in the
+format is that |\newtoks| was accidentally defined twice, using the
+old and new allocation scheme described in Section \ref{e at alloc}.
+The old definition is now only in the \Lpack{latexrelease} package,
+for use when emulating old formats.
+
+
+
+
+\section
+[Changes between \LaTeX\ releases 2014/05/01 and 2015/01/01]
+{Changes between \LaTeX\ releases 2014/05/01 and 2015/01/01\footnote{Much of this text
+is taken from \Lpack{fixltx2e} package which was formerly used to make such changes available separately.}}
+
+\subsection{Support for \LaTeX\ version changes}
+\DescribeMacro{\includeInRelease}\arg{date}\oarg{date}\arg{label}\arg{message}\arg{code}
+
+\smallskip
+
+The |\includeInRelease| command has been added to support backward and
+forward compatibility for the \LaTeX\ format. It supports the
+declaration of conditional code that can be loaded based on options
+given to the \Lpack{latexrelease} package. Its use is described in
+detail in the \Lpack{latexrelease} package documentation.
+
+\subsection{New Allocation Code\label{e at alloc}}
+Previously |\newcount| and related commands were based on classic TeX
+and only allocated in the range 0--255. This was extended (in
+different ways) for e-\TeX\ in the |etex| package and in the
+|xelatex.ini| and |lualatex.ini| files used in those formats. Related
+to this the number of boxes allocated to store floats was
+limited. This was extended to a certain extent in the |morefloats|
+package (by Don Hosek and H.-Martin Muench) but the new allocation
+incorporates float allocation directly and supports much larger float
+lists using the extended registers.
+
+The new code allocates registers in the full extended range (
+$2^{15}-1$ for etex and xelatex, $2^{16}-1$ for lualatex.
+In addition a new command |\extrafloats| is provided.
+
+\DescribeMacro{\extrafloats}\arg{number}
+\smallskip
+
+This allocates additional registers for the \LaTeX\ float system to
+hold figures and tables etc. Similar functionality has been
+available via the \Lpack{morefloats} package but this is a different
+implementation using extended e-\TeX\ registers when available so
+allows many more registers to be reserved for floats as they are
+allocated from a pool of 32 or 64 thousand rather than 256 registers,
+depending on the engine in use.
+
+\DescribeMacro{\newmarks}\arg{command}
+\smallskip
+
+e-\TeX\ only, previously available via the \Lpack{etex} package.
+Allocates commands to use the extended e-\TeX\ mark mechanism.
+
+\DescribeMacro{\newXeTeXintercharclass}\arg{command}
+\smallskip
+
+Xe-\TeX\ only, previously in the Xe-\LaTeX\ format, but added via
+|xelatex.ini| not part of the core release.
+Allocates commands to use the Xe-\TeX\ character class mechanism.
+
+
+\subsection{e-\TeX\ tracing if available}
+|\loggingall| (Usually used via |\tracingall|) is extended to enable
+additional e-\TeX\ tracing if e-\TeX\ is available. (|\tracingall|
+extension has been available as part of the |etex| package previously).
+
+Also based on code from the |etex| package, a command |\tracingnone|
+is added to reverse the effects of |\tracingall| and turn off all primitive
+\TeX\ tracing. A new command |\hideoutput| has been added which resets the
+tracing parameters set by |\showoutput|.
+
+
+
+
+\subsection{\texttt{\textbackslash textsubscript} not defined in
+ latex.ltx (pr/3492)}
+
+\begin{verbatim}
+>>Number: 3492
+>>Category: latex
+>>Synopsis: \textsubscript not defined in latex.ltx
+>>Arrival-Date: Tue Jan 14 23:01:00 CET 2003
+>>Originator: Ionel Mugurel Ciobica
+
+I use \textsubscript much more often than \textsuperscript, and
+\textsubscript it is not defined in latex.ltx. Could you please
+consider including the definition of \textsubscript in the latex.ltx
+for the next versions of LaTeX. Thank you.
+\end{verbatim}
+
+\subsection{\texttt{\textbackslash @} discards spaces when moving
+ (pr/3039)}
+
+\begin{verbatim}
+>>Number: 3039
+>>Category: latex
+>>Synopsis: \@ discards spaces when moving
+>>Arrival-Date: Sat May 22 09:01:06 1999
+>>Originator: Donald Arseneau
+>>Description:
+The \@ command expands to \spacefactor\@m in auxiliary files,
+which then ignores following spaces when it is reprocessed.
+\end{verbatim}
+
+\subsection{1-col fig can come before earlier 2-col fig
+ (pr/2346)}
+
+\begin{verbatim}
+>>Number: 2346
+>>Category: latex
+>>Synopsis: 2-col: 1-col fig can come before earlier 2-col fig
+>>Arrival-Date: Wed Dec 18 15:41:07 1996
+>>Originator: bil kleb
+>>Description:
+as documented in Lamport's book, p. 198, concerning figure
+placement, "a figure will not be printed before an earlier
+figure, and a table will not be printed before an earlier
+table." however, there is a footnote stating, "However,
+in two-column page style, a single-column figure can come before
+an earlier double-column figure, and vice versa."
+
+This twocolumn behavior is undesirable---at least by me and
+most professional organizations i publish in. ed snyzter developed
+a hack fix for 2.09 several years ago which links the two
+counters, but i have not run across a similar "fix" for 2e...
+\end{verbatim}
+
+Originally fixed in package \Lpack{fix2col} which was merged into
+this package. Documentation and code from this package have been
+merged into this file.
+
+\subsubsection{Notes on the Implementation Strategy}
+
+The standard output routine maintains two lists of floats that have
+been `deferred' for later consideration. One list for single column
+floats, and one for double column floats (which are always
+immediately put onto their deferred list). This mechanism means
+that \LaTeX\ `knows' which type of float is contained in each box
+by the list that it is processing, but having two lists means
+that there is no mechanism for preserving the order between the
+floats in each list.
+
+The solution to this problem consists of two small changes to
+the output routine.
+
+Firstly, abandon the `double column float list' |\@dbldeferlist|
+and change every command where it is used so that instead the
+same |\@deferlist| is used as for single column floats.
+That one change ensures that double and single column floats
+stay in the same sequence, but as \LaTeX\ no longer `knows'
+whether a float is double or single column, it will happily
+insert a double float into a single column, overprinting the
+other column, or the margin.
+
+The second change is to provide an alternative mechanism for
+recording the two column floats. \LaTeX\ already has a compact
+mechanism for recording float information, an integer count register
+assigned to each float records information about the `type' of float
+`figure', `table' and the position information `htp' etc.
+
+The type information is stored in the `high' bits, one bit position
+(above `32') allocated to each float type. The `low' bits store
+information about the allowed positions, one bit each allocated for
+|h t b p|. In the \LaTeX2.09 system, the bit corresponding to `16'
+formed a `boundary' between these two sets of information, and it
+was never actually used by the system. Ed Sznyter's
+\Lpack{fixfloats} package not unreasonably used this position to
+store the double column information, setting the bit for double
+column floats. Then at each point in the output routine at which a
+float is committed to a certain region, an additional check must be
+made to check that the float is (or is not) double column. If it
+spans the wrong number of columns it is deferred rather than being
+added.
+
+Unfortunately the bit `16' is not available in \LaTeXe. It is used
+to encode the extra float position possibility `|!|' that was added
+in that system. It would be possible to use position `32' and to
+move the flags for `table', `figure',\ldots\ up one position, to
+start at 64, but this would mean that in principle one less float
+type would be supported, and more importantly is likely to break
+any other packages that assume anything about the output routine
+internals. So here I instead use another mechanism for flagging
+double column floats: By default all floats have depth 0pt.
+This package arranges that double column ones have depth 1sp.
+This information may then be used in the same manner as in
+the \Lpack{fixfloats} package, to defer any floats that are not of
+the correct column spanning type.
+
+
+
+\subsection{Infinite glue found (pr/4023 and pr/2346)}
+
+The fix for pr/2346 did not work as intended when used in conjunction
+with |\enlargethispage| as the latter introduced an infinite negative
+glue at the bottom of the page. That in turn make a |\vsplit|
+operation to get at the column marks invalid.
+
+\subsection{Wrong header for twocolumn (pr/2613)}
+
+\begin{verbatim}
+>>Number: 2613
+>>Category: latex
+>>Synopsis: wrong headline for twocolumn
+>>Arrival-Date: Mon Sep 22 16:41:09 1997
+>>Originator: Daniel Reischert
+>>Description:
+When setting the document in two columns
+the headline shows the top mark of the second column,
+but it should show the top mark of the first column.
+\end{verbatim}
+
+Originally fixed in package \Lpack{fix2col} which was merged into
+this package. Documentation and code from this package have been
+merged into this file.
+
+\subsubsection{Notes on the Implementation Strategy}
+
+The standard \LaTeX\ twocolumn system works internally by making
+each column a separate `page' that is passed independently to \TeX's
+page breaker. (Unlike say the \Lpack{multicol} package, where all
+columns are gathered together and then split into columns later,
+using |\vsplit|.) This means that the primitive \TeX\ marks that are
+normally used for header information, are globally reset after the
+first column. By default \LaTeX\ does nothing about this.
+A good solution is provided by Piet van Oostrum (building on earlier
+work of Joe Pallas) in his \Lpack{fixmarks} package.
+
+After the first column box has been collected the mark information
+for that box is saved, so that any |\firstmark| can be
+`artificially' used to set the page-level marks after the second
+column has been collected. (The second column |\firstmark| is not
+normally required.) Unfortunately \TeX\ does not provide a direct
+way of knowing if any marks are in the page, |\firstmark| always has a
+value from previous pages, even if there is no mark in this page.
+The solution is to make a copy of the box and then |\vsplit| it
+so that any marks show up as |\splitfirstmark|.
+
+The use of |\vsplit| does mean that the output routine will globally
+change the value of |\splitfirstmark| and
+|\splitbotmark|. The \Lpack{fixmarks} package goes to some trouble
+to save and restore these values so that the output routine does
+\emph{not} change the values. This part of \Lpack{fixmarks} is not
+copied here as it is quite costly (having to be run on every page) and
+there is no reason why anyone writing code using |\vsplit| should
+allow the output routine to be triggered before the split marks have
+been accessed.
+
+
+
+\subsection{\texttt{\textbackslash setlength} produces error if
+ used with registers like \texttt{\textbackslash dimen0} (pr/3066)}
+
+\begin{verbatim}
+>>Number: 3066
+>>Category: latex
+>>Synopsis: \setlength{\dimen0}{10pt}
+>>Arrival-Date: Tue Jul 6 15:01:06 1999
+>>Originator: Heiko Oberdiek
+>>Description:
+The current implementation of \setlength causes an error,
+because the length specification isn't terminated properly.
+More safe:
+\def\setlength#1#2{#1=#2\relax}
+\end{verbatim}
+
+\subsection{Fewer fragile commands}
+
+\begin{verbatim}
+>>Number: 3816
+>>Category: latex
+>>Synopsis: Argument of \@sect has an extra }.
+>>Arrival-Date: Sat Oct 22 23:11:01 +0200 2005
+>>Originator: Susanne Wunsch
+
+Use of a \raisebox in \section{} produces the error message
+mentioned in the subject.
+
+PR latex/1738 described a similar problem, which has been solved
+10 years ago. Protecting the \raisebox with \protect solved my
+problem as well, but wouldn't it make sense to have a similar fix
+as in the PR?
+
+It is particularly confusing, that an unprotected \raisebox in a
+\section*-environment works fine, while in a \section-environment
+produces error.
+\end{verbatim}
+
+While not technically a bug, in this day and age there are few
+reasons why commands taking optional arguments should not be robust.
+
+\subsubsection{Notes on the implementation strategy}
+
+Rather than changing the kernel macros to be robust, we have decided
+to add the macro \DescribeMacro{\MakeRobust}|\MakeRobust| in
+\Lpack{fixltx2e} so that users can easily turn fragile macros into
+robust ones. A macro |\foo| is made robust by doing the simple
+|\MakeRobust{\foo}|. \Lpack{fixltx2e} makes the following kernel
+macros robust: |\(|, |\)|, |\[|, |\]|,
+ |\makebox|, |\savebox|,
+|\framebox|, |\parbox|, |\rule| and |\raisebox|.
+
+\ldots TODO \ldots fleqn vesion of |\[\]|
+
+\subsection{\texttt{\textbackslash addpenalty} ruins flush-bottom (pr/3073)}
+
+\begin{verbatim}
+>>Number: 3073
+>>Category: latex
+>>Synopsis: \addpenalty ruins flush-bottom
+>>Arrival-Date: Sat Jul 17 05:11:05 1999
+>>Originator: Donald Arseneau
+>>Description:
+Just to keep in mind for further development eh?
+A page break at an \addpenalty after \vspace does *not*
+give a flush-bottom page. (The intent of \addpenalty is
+apparently just to preserve the flush bottom by putting
+the breakpoint `above' the skip.)
+\end{verbatim}
+
+\subsection{Within counters only reset next level down (pr4393)}
+
+This is actually implicitly documented behavior in the \LaTeX{}
+Manual that states that |\stepcounter| resets all counters marked
+``within''. However it means that if, for example, theorems are
+numbered within sections and you start a new chapter in a book, the
+section counter is reset to zero but the theorem counter is not
+until the first section appears. Thus a theorem directly within the
+chapter body (without a new section) would show an incremented
+number relative to the last theorem of the previous chapter.
+
+
+For this reason we are now resetting all levels of within in one go
+even if that means that some of these resets may happen several times
+unnecessarily.
+
+
+\subsection{Check the optional arguments of floats}
+
+By default LaTeX silently ignores unknown letters in the optional
+arguments of floats. |\begin{figure}[tB]| the |B| is ignored so it
+acts like |\begin{figure}[t]| However |\begin{figure}[B]| does
+\emph{not} act like |\begin{figure}[]| as the check for an empty
+argument, or unsupplied argument, is earlier. |[]| causes the
+default float placement to be used, but |[B]| means that \emph{no}
+float area is allowed and so the float will not be placed until the
+next |\clearpage| or end of document, no warning is given.
+
+This package adds a check on each letter, and if it not one of
+|!tbhp| then an error is given and the code acts as if |p| had been
+used, so that the float may be placed somewhere.
+
+\subsection{\texttt{\textbackslash DeclareMathSizes} only take pts.
+ (pr/3693)}
+
+\begin{verbatim}
+>>Number: 3693
+>>Category: latex
+>>Synopsis: \DeclareMathSizes only take pts.
+>>Arrival-Date: Fri Jun 11 16:21:00 CEST 2004
+>>Originator: Morten Hoegholm
+
+The last three arguments of \@DeclareMathSizes cannot take a dimension
+as argument, making it inconsistent with the rest of the font changing
+commands and itself, as the second argument can take a dimension
+specification.
+\end{verbatim}
+
+\subsection{No hyphenation in first word after float environment (pr/3498)}
+
+\begin{verbatim}
+>>Number: 3498
+>>Category: latex
+>>Synopsis: No hyphenation in first word after float environment
+>>Arrival-Date: Thu Jan 30 13:21:00 CET 2003
+>>Originator: Harald Harders
+
+If a float environment (figure, table) is written within a paragraph,
+the first word after the environment is not hyphenated.
+\end{verbatim}
+
+\subsection{\texttt{\textbackslash fnsymbol} should use text symbols
+ (pr/3400)}
+
+\begin{verbatim}
+>>Number: 3400
+>>Category: latex
+>>Synopsis: \fnsymbol should use text symbols if possible
+>>Arrival-Date: Fri Jan 04 20:41:00 CET 2002
+>>Originator: Walter Schmidt
+
+The \fnsymbol command can be used in both text and math
+mode. The symbols produced are, however, always taken from
+the math fonts. As a result, they may not match the text
+fonts, even if the symbols are actually available, for
+instance from the TS1 encoding. Since \fnsymbol is
+primarily used for footnotes in text, this should be fixed,
+IMO.
+\end{verbatim}
+
+
+
+
+
+\subsection{\texttt{\textbackslash footnotemark}[x] crashes with fixltx2e.sty
+ (pr/3752)}
+
+\begin{verbatim}
+>>Number: 3752
+>>Category: tools
+>>Synopsis: feature \footnotemark[x] crashes with fixltx2e.sty
+>>Arrival-Date: Fri Dec 17 10:11:00 +0100 2004
+>>Originator: Stefan Pofahl
+
+ If I use /fnsymbol together with fixltx2e.sty I can not use
+ optional parameter [num]
+ \footnotemark[1] is not showing the mark number 1 but
+ the mark \value{footnote}.
+\end{verbatim}
+This bug was related to pr/3400, where |\@fnsymbol| was made robust.
+
+\subsubsection{Notes on the implementation strategy}
+
+Pr/3400 made |\@fnsymbol| decide between text-mode and math-mode,
+which requires a certain level of robustness somewhere as the
+decision between text and math must be made at typesetting time and
+not when inside |\protected at edef| or similar commands. One way of
+dealing with this is to make sure the value seen by |\@fnsymbol| is
+a fully expanded number, which could be handled by code such as
+\begin{verbatim}
+\def\fnsymbol#1{\expandafter\@fnsymbol
+ \expandafter{\the\csname c@#1\endcsname}}
+\end{verbatim}
+This would be a good solution if everybody used the high level
+commands only by writing code like |\fnsymbol{footnote}|. Unfortunately
+many classes (including the standard classes) and packages use the
+internal forms directly as in |\@fnsymbol\c at footnote| so the easy
+solution of changing |\fnsymbol| would break code that had worked for
+the past 20~years.
+
+Therefore the implementation here makes |\@fnsymbol| itself a
+non-robust command again and instead uses a new robust command
+\DescribeMacro{\TextOrMath}|\TextOrMath|, which will take care of
+typesetting either the math or the text symbol. In order to do so,
+we face an age old problem and unsolvable problem in \TeX: A
+reliable test for math mode that doesn't destroy
+kerning. Fortunately this problem can be solved when using e\TeX\ so
+if you use this as engine for your \LaTeX\ format, as recommended by
+the \LaTeX3 Project, you will get a fully functioning |\TextOrMath|
+command with no side effects. If you use regular \TeX\ as engine for
+your \LaTeX\ format then we have to choose between the lesser of two
+evils: 1)~breaking ligatures and preventing kerning or 2)~face the
+risk of choosing text-mode at the beginning of an alignment cell,
+which was supposed to be math-mode. We have decided upon 1) as is
+customary for regular robust commands in \LaTeX.
+
+
+
+\end{document}
Property changes on: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/latexchanges.tex
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:eol-style
## -0,0 +1 ##
+native
\ No newline at end of property
Added: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/latexrelease.pdf
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)
Index: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/latexrelease.pdf
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/latexrelease.pdf 2019-07-25 21:49:36 UTC (rev 51729)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/latexrelease.pdf 2019-07-25 22:32:37 UTC (rev 51730)
Property changes on: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/latexrelease.pdf
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:mime-type
## -0,0 +1 ##
+application/pdf
\ No newline at end of property
Added: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/latexsym.pdf
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)
Index: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/latexsym.pdf
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/latexsym.pdf 2019-07-25 21:49:36 UTC (rev 51729)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/latexsym.pdf 2019-07-25 22:32:37 UTC (rev 51730)
Property changes on: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/latexsym.pdf
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:mime-type
## -0,0 +1 ##
+application/pdf
\ No newline at end of property
Added: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/lb2.err
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/lb2.err (rev 0)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/lb2.err 2019-07-25 22:32:37 UTC (rev 51730)
@@ -0,0 +1,1622 @@
+\newcommand\erratafiledate{2014-09-30}
+
+\def\comando#1{\texttt{\string#1}}
+
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+% To produce a printed version of this errata file run this file through
+% LaTeX. It will unpack a small class file (if not already present) and
+% a configuration file with the extension .cfg. You might want to modify
+% the setting in this configuration file to print only a partial errata
+% suitable for your printed revision of this book, see details in the
+% .cfg file.
+%
+% The current version of this file can be found at:
+%
+% https://www.latex-project.org/guides/books.html
+%
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+
+
+\begin{filecontents}{ttcterrata.cls}
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 1997,2004,2005,2007, 2014 Frank Mittelbach
+%% This class file is licenced under LPPL latest version;
+%% see https://www.latex-project.org/lppl
+%
+%
+% It sets up a few commands used to format the errata entries for books in the
+% Addison-Wesley Series:
+%
+% Tools and Techniques for Computer Typesetting
+%
+% hence the name. However, anybody who likes to use it is free to apply it for
+% errata files of other books.
+%
+% Changes:
+%
+% v1.0a - changed name from errata.cls to ttcterrata.cls
+
+\ProvidesClass{ttcterrata}
+ [2007/11/10 v1.0a Mini class for errata files; subject to change (FMi)]
+
+\LoadClass{article}
+
+\setcounter{secnumdepth}{-1}
+\addtolength\textwidth{5cm}
+\addtolength\oddsidemargin{-3cm}
+
+\addtolength\textheight{36pt}
+
+\RequirePackage{shortvrb}
+\MakeShortVerb{\|}
+
+\RequirePackage{array,longtable}
+\RequirePackage{multicol}
+
+
+\newcommand\erratagetnumber{}
+\def\erratagetnumber#1/#2/#3\erratagetnumber{#1#2#3}
+
+
+\newcommand\gobbleerrata{%
+ \setbox\@tempboxa\vbox\bgroup
+ \let\endgobble\egroup
+ \let\hideamp\relax
+ \let\\\relax\let\par\@@par}
+
+\newcommand*\hideamp{&}
+
+\let\endgobble\relax
+
+
+\newcommand\erratastartdate{}
+\newcommand\myprinting{1}
+
+
+\newcommand\doweprint[2]{%
+ \ifnum \myprinting < \if!#2!1000 \else \ifx s#2 1000\else#2 \fi\fi
+ \ifnum \expandafter\erratagetnumber\erratastartdate\erratagetnumber <
+ \erratagetnumber#1\erratagetnumber \relax
+ \@tempswatrue
+ \else
+ \@tempswafalse
+ \fi
+ \else
+ \@tempswafalse
+ \fi
+}
+
+
+
+\newcommand\includedentries{entries after = \erratastartdate}
+\newcommand\printedentries{between \erratastartdate\space and}
+
+\newcommand\showallerrors{%
+ \renewcommand\includedentries{all errata entries}%
+ \renewcommand\printedentries{up to}
+ \renewcommand\doweprint[2]{\@tempswatrue}}
+
+
+\newcommand\displayrevisionfix[2]{%
+ \if!#2!\textbf{#1}\else\textit{#1}\rlap{\textsuperscript{#2}}\fi}
+
+\newcommand\norevisionnumbers{%
+ \renewcommand\displayrevisionfix[2]{\textbf{##1}}}
+
+\IfFileExists{\jobname.cfg}
+ {
+ \input{\jobname.cfg}
+ \typeout{***************************************************}
+ \typeout{*}
+ \typeout{* Configuration file for \jobname.err found }
+ \typeout{*}
+ \typeout{***************************************************}
+ \AtEndDocument{
+ \typeout{***************************************************}
+ \typeout{*}
+ \typeout{* If you wish to generate an errata listing}
+ \typeout{* containing only errors found after a certain revision}
+ \typeout{* and/or only errors found after a certain date}
+ \typeout{* modify the information stored in \jobname.cfg}
+ \typeout{*}
+ \typeout{* Current settings are:}
+ \typeout{*}
+ \typeout{* \@spaces printing of your book = \myprinting}
+ \typeout{* \@spaces include \includedentries}
+ \typeout{*}
+ \typeout{***************************************************}
+ }}
+ {}
+
+%% \erroronpage <page> <line info> <contributor> <date> <fixed in revision>
+
+\newcommand\erroronpage[5]{%
+ \endgobble
+ \doweprint{#4}{#5}%
+ \if at tempswa
+ \typeout{Typesetting entry #1 #2 #3 #4}%
+ \else
+ \typeout{Ignoring entry #1 #2 #3 #4}%
+ \expandafter\gobbleerrata
+ \fi
+ \hideamp \\%
+ \displayrevisionfix{#1}{#5}
+ \hideamp #2 \hideamp (\textsf{#3}) \hideamp
+}
+
+\newcommand\seriouserroronpage[5]{%
+ \endgobble
+ \doweprint{#4}{#5}%
+ \if at tempswa
+ \typeout{Typesetting entry #1 #2 #3 #4}%
+ \else
+ \typeout{Ignoring entry #1 #2 #3 #4}%
+ \expandafter\gobbleerrata
+ \fi
+ \hideamp \\%
+ \fbox{\bfseries !!}\hfill
+ \displayrevisionfix{#1}{#5}
+ \hideamp #2 \hideamp (\textsf{#3}) \hideamp
+}
+
+\newcommand\CHAPTER[1]{\endgobble
+ &\\[4pt]%
+ \multicolumn{4}{l}{\framebox[10cm][l]{\textbf{\normalsize\strut#1}}} \\}
+
+\newenvironment{erratalist}
+ {\begin{longtable}{r>{\raggedright}p{2cm}l>{\raggedright}p{10cm}l}}
+ {\endgobble\end{longtable}}
+
+\newcommand\erratatitle[2]
+ {\begin{center}\LARGE\bfseries
+ Errata list for #1\\[5pt](\myprinting.\ printing)\\[10pt]
+ \small Includes all entries found \printedentries\space #2\\
+ (For other periods/print runs reprocess this document
+ with different config settings)
+ \end{center}%
+ \markright{Errata for #1 (\printedentries\space #2)}%
+ \thispagestyle{plain}%
+ \vspace{20pt}}
+
+\pagestyle{myheadings}
+
+\AtBeginDocument{\small}
+
+\setlength\parindent{0pt}
+\setlength\parskip{2pt}
+
+\newcommand\contributor[2]{\makebox[1cm][l]{\sffamily#1} #2\par}
+
+% some special shortcuts overwriting existing commands:
+
+\let\u\underline
+\renewcommand\>{$\to$}
+
+%%% some code suggested by Thorsten Hansen to count the number of
+%%% contributions by individuals (will work only if we do not get
+%%% too many :-)
+
+\def\count at contributors#1/#2/#3\@nil{
+ \@ifundefined{c@#1}{\newcounter{#1}}{}\stepcounter{#1}%
+%%% also count secondary:
+%%% \@ifundefined{c@#2}{\newcounter{#2}}{}\stepcounter{#2}%
+}
+
+\renewcommand\erroronpage[5]{%
+ \count at contributors#3/secondary/\@nil
+ \endgobble
+ \doweprint{#4}{#5}%
+ \if at tempswa
+ \typeout{Typesetting entry #1 #2 #3 #4}%
+ \else
+ \typeout{Ignoring entry #1 #2 #3 #4}%
+ \expandafter\gobbleerrata
+ \fi
+ \hideamp \\%
+ \displayrevisionfix{#1}{#5}
+ \hideamp #2 \hideamp (\textsf{#3}) \hideamp
+}
+
+\renewcommand\seriouserroronpage[5]{%
+ \count at contributors#3/secondary/\@nil
+ \endgobble
+ \doweprint{#4}{#5}%
+ \if at tempswa
+ \typeout{Typesetting entry #1 #2 #3 #4}%
+ \else
+ \typeout{Ignoring entry #1 #2 #3 #4}%
+ \expandafter\gobbleerrata
+ \fi
+ \hideamp \\%
+ \fbox{\bfseries !!}\hfill
+ \displayrevisionfix{#1}{#5}
+ \hideamp #2 \hideamp (\textsf{#3}) \hideamp
+}
+
+\renewcommand\contributor[2]{\makebox[1cm][l]{%
+ \sffamily#1} #2\@ifundefined{c@#1}{}{ (\arabic{#1})}\par}
+
+\end{filecontents}
+
+
+\begin{filecontents}{\jobname.cfg}
+%
+%
+% Configuration file for the errata listing of
+%
+% Der LaTeX-Begleiter 2 Auflage
+%
+%
+% \erratastartdate
+%
+% Specifies the date from which on errata entries should be listed.
+%
+% The format is YYYY/MM/DD.
+%
+% The default below ensures that all entries for a particular
+% printing are typeset.
+%
+
+\renewcommand\erratastartdate{2005/09/01}
+
+
+%
+% \myprinting
+%
+% Specifies which (revised) printing you own. For example, if you
+% have the second printing set this to 2 so that errors already
+% corrected in that printing will not appear in your errata
+% listing.
+%
+% The default below ensures that all entries relevant to the second
+% printing are typeset.
+%
+%
+
+\renewcommand\myprinting{2}
+
+%
+% \norevisionnumbers
+%
+% Specifies that all page numbers in the errata are shown in the same
+% format (bold face) irregardless of whether or not they are fixed
+% in some revision. The default is to print corrected errors in
+% italic and add the revision number as a superscript.
+
+%
+% \showallerrors
+%
+% With this command you tell the program that all errata entries are
+% supposed to be generated. This makes \myprinting and
+% \erratastartdate basically obsolete so this isn't turned on by
+% default.
+%
+%
+\endinput
+\end{filecontents}
+
+
+\documentclass{ttcterrata}[2005/11/10] % we want new class
+
+\usepackage[T1]{fontenc}
+\let\u\underline % shortcut for this file
+
+\newcommand\meta[1]{$\langle$\textit{#1\/}$\rangle$}
+\newcommand\BibTeX{\textsc{Bib}\TeX}
+
+
+\usepackage{textcomp}
+
+\usepackage{url}
+
+\usepackage[ngerman]{babel}
+\usepackage[utf8]{inputenc}
+
+
+\renewcommand\erratatitle[2]
+ {\begin{center}\LARGE\bfseries
+ Errataliste f\"ur #1\\[5pt](\myprinting.\ Druck)\\[10pt]
+ \small Enth\"alt alle Eintr\"age die \printedentries\space #2
+ gemeldet wurden \\
+ (F\"ur andere Zeitr\"aume/Druckausgaben \"andert man die \texttt{.cfg}
+ Datei und formatiert erneut.)
+ \end{center}%
+ \markright{Errata für #1 (\printedentries\space #2)}%
+ \thispagestyle{plain}%
+ \vspace{20pt}}
+
+\renewcommand\printedentries{zwischen \erratastartdate\space und}
+
+
+
+\begin{document}
+
+\erratatitle{Der \LaTeX{}-Begleiter, zweite Auf\/lage}{\erratafiledate}
+
+
+\vspace*{-\baselineskip}
+
+Hardcover-Ausgabe:
+\begin{verbatim}
+ at book(Pearson:MG05,
+ author = {Frank Mittelbach and Michel Goossens},
+ title = {Der {\LaTeX}-Begleiter}, edition = 2,
+ note = {Unter Mitarbeit von Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, und Chris Rowley},
+ publisher = {Pearson Studium}, address = {M\"unchen}, year = 2005,
+ pagenums = {1180}, bibliography = {yes}, index = {yes},
+ isbn = {3-8273-7166-X},
+)
+\end{verbatim}
+Bafög-Ausgabe (Softcover) die inhaltlich identisch ist:
+\begin{verbatim}
+ at book(Pearson:MG10,
+ author = {Frank Mittelbach and Michel Goossens},
+ title = {Der {\LaTeX}-Begleiter Baf\"og-Ausgabe}, edition = 2,
+ note = {Unter Mitarbeit von Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, und Chris Rowley},
+ publisher = {Pearson Studium}, address = {M\"unchen}, year = 2010,
+ pagenums = {1180}, bibliography = {yes}, index = {yes},
+ isbn = {3-8689-4088-X},
+)
+\end{verbatim}
+
+
+\begin{list}{}{\setlength\leftmargin{0cm}\setlength\rightmargin{3cm}}
+\item[]
+
+Diese Errata-Datei (\texttt{\jobname.err}) ist Teil der
+\LaTeX-Distribution und die neuste Version findet man auf der \LaTeX{}
+Project Webseite unter
+\url{https://www.latex-project.org/help/books/}\texttt{\jobname.err}. Dort
+findet man auch einige Abschnitte des Buches als PDF-Dateien.
+
+Die erste Spalte der Tabelle zeigt die Seitennummer des
+Errataeintrags. Hochgestellte Ziffern in der ersten Spalte verweisen
+auf den Nachdruck, in dem der beschriebene Fehler korrigiert wurde
+(ein \textit{s} zeigt, an, dass das Problem bisher nur in den
+"`S"'ourcen korrigiert wurde). Die zweite Spalte beschreibt die genaue
+Position (negative Zeilen- oder Absatznummern werden vom Fuß der Seite
+gezählt). Die dritte Spalte zeigt die Initialen der Person die den
+Fehler zuerst aufgespürt/gemeldet hat.
+
+
+Mithilfe der Konfigurationsdatei \texttt{\jobname.cfg} ist es möglich die
+Liste so anzupassen, dass nur Errataeinträge ab einem
+speziellen Nachdruck oder ab einem gewünschten Datum angezeigt werden.
+
+
+\begin{center}
+ \Large \bfseries Irren ist menschlich -- Fehlerwettbewerb
+\end{center}
+
+
+Jeder gefundene und mitgeteilte Fehler ist ein Gewinn für alle Leser
+und Käufer unseres Buches. Aus diesem Grund schreiben wir, Pearson
+Studium und die Autoren, einen Preis aus -- halbjährlich, später (mehr)jährlich -- den
+die Person erhält, die die meisten Fehler innerhalb dieser Zeit findet
+(im Falle einer Überschneidung wird das Los zwischen den "`besten"'
+Fehlersuchern entscheiden). Eine Person kann nur einmal einen Preis
+bekommen; Fehler die durch die Autoren gefunden werden, zählen nicht.
+\begin{center}
+Ihr Preis: Ein Lehrbuch Ihrer Wahl!
+\end{center}
+Auswählen können Sie dieses unter \url{http://www.pearson-studium.de}.
+(Bundles und mehrbändige Bücher sind davon ausgenommen).
+
+Wie üblich behalten sich die Autoren und der Verlag das Recht vor,
+selbst zu entscheiden ob ein Fehler tatsächlich als Fehler anzusehen
+ist oder ob ein wiederholt vorkommender Fehler als ein oder mehrere Fehler
+gezählt wird.
+
+- Viel Erfolg -
+
+\begin{center}
+\begin{tabular}{clr@{ Eingaben}}
+Ende der Wettbewerbsperiode & Gewinner \\[4pt]
+2006/04 & Jens Mandavid & 121 \\
+2006/10 & Ralf Heckmann & 61 \\
+2008/04 & --- \\
+\ldots & Termin einer weiteren Verlosung offen
+%2008/10 & \\
+\end{tabular}
+\end{center}
+\end{list}
+
+\newpage
+
+
+%<--------------------------
+
+\begin{erratalist}
+
+\CHAPTER{Allgemein}
+
+\iffalse
+\seriouserroronpage{general}{}{FMi}{2004/06/12}{}
+
+ To help you in assessing this errata document we have placed
+ exclamation marks in front of each entry that we consider essential
+ for correctly understanding the book contents.
+ \fi
+
+\erroronpage{}{}{RHe}{2006/06/10}{}
+ Einzelne Teile mehrgliedriger Abkürzungen werden im deutschsprachigen
+ Satz normalerweise durch einen kleinen Zwischenraum (Spatium) getrennt; nur in
+ englischsprachigen Texten wird zwischen den Abkürzungsteilen kein
+ Zwischenraum gesetzt.
+ Beispiele: z.\,B., u.\,a.\ anstatt z.B., u.a.
+
+ Dies wird im Buch \emph{vermutlich} nicht korrigiert werden.
+
+
+\CHAPTER{Titelei}
+
+
+\erroronpage{iii}{bottom}{MHo}{2005/10/10}{2}
+LB2 mentions the fabled city of ``San Franciso'' which of course
+should be ``Francis\u{c}o''.
+
+\CHAPTER{Kapitel 1}
+
+\erroronpage{3}{Abs.4, Z.4}{JMa}{2005/12/26}{2}
+ Ersetze: (NFSS) \> (\textsf{NFSS})
+
+\erroronpage{15}{Abs.5, Z.2}{ESt}{2006/03/11}{2}
+ \texttt{info/examples/lb2} wird nicht gefunden. Kein wirklicher Fehler im
+ Buch, sondern ein Versehen auf CTAN.
+
+
+\CHAPTER{Kapitel 2}
+
+\erroronpage{24}{Abs.1, Z.1}{MLi}{2013/07/12}{}
+ Das Kommando lautet \verb=\AskOption= (ohne ``s'')
+
+\erroronpage{26}{Abs.-3, Z.4}{JMa}{2006/01/03}{2}
+ Zur schließenden Klammer in Zeile 5 gibt es keine öffnende; es sollte wohl
+heißen: (zum Beispiel \ldots{}
+
+\erroronpage{29}{Abs. nach 2-2-3, Z.7}{JMa}{2006/01/03}{2}
+ Es muss ``mit unterschiedliche\u{n} Definitionen'' heißen.
+
+\erroronpage{31}{Abs.3, Z.3}{FMi}{2006/02/28}{2}
+Im Deutschen steht bei einer Aufzählung kein Komma vor ``oder''.
+
+\erroronpage{33}{Abs.2, Z.-2}{FMi}{2006/02/28}{2}
+Im Deutschen steht bei einer Aufzählung kein Komma vor ``oder''.
+
+\erroronpage{37}{Abs.1, Z.1}{JMa}{2006/01/03}{2}
+Im Deutschen steht bei einer Aufzählung kein Komma vor ``oder''.
+
+\erroronpage{39}{Abs.3, Z.4 und Z.7}{JMa}{2006/01/03}{2}
+Im Deutschen steht bei einer Aufzählung kein Komma vor ``oder''.
+
+\erroronpage{42}{Absatz \textit{rechts}, Z.2}{JMa}{2006/01/03}{2}
+Im Deutschen steht bei einer Aufzählung kein Komma vor ``oder''.
+
+\erroronpage{56}{Abs.3, Z.3}{JMa}{2006/01/03}{2}
+Hier fehlt ein Buchstabe: ``Das Beispiel zeigt, das\u{s} es
+wahrscheinlich''.
+
+\erroronpage{59}{2.3.6 Abs.\ 4, Z.\ 1}{RHe}{2006/06/10}{2}
+ Füge Komma ein: "`Um das \textsf{minitoc}-System zu initialisieren,
+muss ein \dots{}"'
+
+\erroronpage{60}{Tab.2.3, rechte Spalte, Z.1}{JMa}{2006/01/03}{2}
+Hier fehlt zu einer schließenden Klammer die öffnende.
+
+\erroronpage{61}{Abs.3, Z.-1}{JMa}{2006/01/03}{2}
+\LaTeX-Trennfehler: Kapitel-eintr"age statt Kapite-leintr"age.
+
+\erroronpage{64}{Abs.3, Z.-2}{JMa}{2006/01/03}{2}
+\LaTeX-Trennfehler: Abschnitts-eintrag statt Abschnitt-seintrag.
+
+\erroronpage{65}{Abs.1, Z.1-2}{JMa}{2006/01/03}{2}
+Es muss ``Ein solcher Wechsel'' statt ``Eine solcher Wechsel'' heißen.
+
+\erroronpage{65}{Abs.-2, Z.1-2}{JMa}{2006/01/03}{2}
+\LaTeX-Trennfehler: Verzeichnis-eintr"age statt Verzeichni-seintr"age.
+
+\erroronpage{70}{Abs.-1, Z.1-2}{JMa}{2006/01/03}{2}
+Hier fehlt ein Komma am Ende der ersten Zeile und ein Punkt am Ende des
+ersten Satzes.
+
+\erroronpage{73}{Abs.2, Z.4}{JMa}{2006/01/03}{2}
+Im Deutschen steht bei einer Aufzählung kein Komma vor ``oder''.
+
+\erroronpage{74}{Abs.2, Z.12}{JMa}{2006/01/03}{2}
+Hier fehlt ein Komma vor ``wenn sie durch''.
+
+\erroronpage{75}{Abs.3, Z.1}{JMa}{2006/01/03}{2}
+Es fehlen zwei Buchstaben: ``ohne daf"ur einen eigen\u{en} Abstand
+einzuf"ugen''.
+
+
+\CHAPTER{Kapitel 3}
+
+\erroronpage{94}{Abs.-3, Z.-1}{JMa}{2006/01/06}{2}
+Lösche s aus Grau\u{s}wertproblem
+
+
+\erroronpage{101}{Abs.3, Z.3}{JMa}{2006/01/14}{2}
+Kein Komma vor und bei einer Aufzählung.
+
+\erroronpage{109}{Abs.\ 2, Z.\ 5}{RHe}{2006/06/10}{2}
+ Streiche Kommata: "`Möglich\_ und absolut nicht unwahrscheinlich\_ ist
+beispielsweise, \dots{}"'
+
+\erroronpage{114}{para 3}{FMi/CBe}{2005/09/02}{2}
+Ersetze Absatz durch: "`Da es nicht empfehlenswert ist, die Einstellung von
+|\baselineskip|
+direkt zu ändern, verfügt \LaTeX{} über den Befehl |\lineskip|\,, mit
+dem sich |\baselineskip| global für alle Größen ändern lässt. Nach
+einer Anweisung wie etwa \verb!\linespread{1.5}\selectfont! tritt der neue
+Wert sofort in Kraft. [Fußnote: Die veraltete \LaTeX~2.09 Lösung
+ \verb=\renewcommand\baselinestretch=\texttt{\textbraceleft
+ 1.5\textbraceright} benötigt dagegen einen nachfolgenden
+ Schriftgrößenwechsel (wie |\small| oder |\Large|), damit der neue
+ Wert in Kraft tritt.]
+
+
+
+\erroronpage{117}{3.2.1 Abs.\ 2, Z.\ 7}{RHe}{2006/06/10}{2}
+ Trennung der Hauptsätze: "`\dots{} der Zähler \texttt{footnote} wird
+weiter hochgesetzt, und die Darstellung erfolgt \dots{}"'
+
+\erroronpage{119}{Abs.\ 2, Z.\ 3}{RHe}{2006/06/10}{2}
+ Da die Beispiele unmittelbar folgen: "`\dots{} schematisch
+dargestellt \u{und bedeuten}:"'
+
+%%Ebenfalls als Vorschlag zur Neuformulierung -- weil es um zwei
+%%unterschiedliche Aspekte geht, sollte durch Punkt oder Semikolon
+%%getrennt werden:
+%
+% -maybe differently
+\erroronpage{121}{3.2.3 Abs.\ 2, Z.\ 3}{RHe}{2006/06/10}{2}
+ "`\u{Es wird ausreichend} Abstand zwischen
+Fußnoten und Text gelassen
+und die Fußnoten werden in einem kleineren Schriftgrad
+gesetzt."'
+
+
+\erroronpage{123}{2. Abs, Z.2}{JMa}{2006/01/14}{2}
+\ldots \u{auf denen} die Auswirkung\u{en} von \textsf{perpage} deutlich zu sehen sind.
+
+\erroronpage{143}{3. Abs, Z.1}{JMa}{2006/01/14}{2}
+Am Ende der Zeile fehlt ein Komma.
+
+\erroronpage{144}{1. Abs, Z.2}{JMa}{2006/01/14}{2}
+Es muss \u{kein} statt keinen hei\ss{}en.
+
+\erroronpage{147}{Bsp.3-3-19}{JMa}{2006/01/14}{2}
+Der \LaTeX{}-Begleiter sollte stets mit Bindestrich geschrieben werden.
+
+\erroronpage{149}{Abs.\ 1, Z.\ 1}{RHe}{2006/06/10}{2}
+ Streiche Anführungszeichen bei "`theoremähnliche"'.
+
+
+\erroronpage{149}{Abs.\ 1, Z.\ 3}{RHe/FMi}{2006/06/10}{2}
+Ersetze: "`Bei vielen dieser Argumente wird der unten aufgeführte, voreingestellte
+Wert verwendet, wenn ein leeres Argument angegeben wird.
+\>
+"`Bei vielen dieser Argumente erhält man den unten aufgeführten voreingestellten
+Wert, wenn ein leeres Argument angegeben wird."'
+
+
+
+
+\erroronpage{149}{Argument \textit{kopf-nach-abstand}, Z.\
+2}{RHe}{2006/06/10}{2}
+ Streiche Anführungszeichen bei "`Interpunktion"'.
+
+\erroronpage{155}{Bsp. 3-3-25}{RHe/FMi}{2006/06/10}{2}
+ Benutze babel Paket und ersetze englische Anführungszeichen durch deutsche.
+
+\erroronpage{158}{Bsp.3-3-28}{FMi/JBez}{2005/09/02}{}
+ The vertical space above ``Return values'' is too small.
+
+ Das ist ein ziemlich versteckter \LaTeX-Fehler, mit dem man wohl
+ leben muss.
+
+\erroronpage{159}{Abs.\ -1, Z.\ 1}{RHe}{2006/06/10}{2}
+ "`\dots{} unverändert, also "`wie über die Tastatur eingegeben"'\u{,}
+darstellen."'
+
+\erroronpage{160}{Abs.\ 2, Z.\ 2}{RHe}{2006/06/10}{2}
+ Anstelle "`extensiv"': "`\dots{} in der Vergangenheit \emph{intensiv}
+genutzt wurden, \dots{}"'
+
+\erroronpage{163}{Z.-3}{JMa}{2006/01/14}{2}
+Ersetze: "`fontenc"' \> "`\textsf{fontenc}"'
+
+\erroronpage{174}{3. Abs, Z.-2}{JMa}{2006/01/14}{2}
+Ersetze: "`diesen"' \> "`diesem"'
+
+\erroronpage{175}{Z. -4}{JMa}{2006/01/14}{2}
+Streiche einmal das Wort "`sich"'.
+
+\erroronpage{182}{Abs -1, Z.3}{JMa}{2006/01/14}{2}
+Es geht um eine Untermenge \u{von} \ldots
+
+\erroronpage{184}{Z.3}{JMa}{2006/01/14}{2}
+Streiche einmal das Wort "`Beispiel"'.
+
+\erroronpage{192}{3. Abs, Z.3}{JMa}{2006/01/14}{2}
+Es soll wohl "`von dieser \u{durch} das Resultat von \ldots"' hei\ss{}en.
+
+\erroronpage{195}{4. Abs, Z.5}{JMa}{2006/01/14}{2}
+Ersetze: "`ausgeben"' \> "`aus\u{ge}geben"'
+
+\erroronpage{197}{2. Abs, Z.1}{JMa}{2006/01/14}{2}
+Streiche das zweite t aus setz\u{t}en.
+
+
+
+
+\CHAPTER{Kapitel 4}
+
+% - but also a national one, so could stay
+%
+% \erroronpage{204}{Abs.\ 2, Z.\ -2}{RHe}{2006/06/15}{}
+% Streiche "`DIN"' in "`DIN A4"', da A4 nationaler (DIN 476),
+% europ\"{a}ischer (EN 20 216) und internationaler (ISO 216) Standard ist.
+
+\erroronpage{205}{Tab.\ 4.2}{YiL}{2012/05/07}{}
+
+ Die in der Tabelle aufgelisteten Werte sind nur ann\"aherend korrekt
+ -- einige Werte h\"angen von der gew\"ahlten Papier-Option (etwa |a4paper|) ab.
+
+
+
+\erroronpage{205}{4.2, Abs.\ 1, Z.\ 5}{RHe}{2006/06/15}{2}
+ F\"{u}ge Komma ein: "`\dots{} nicht v\"{o}llig unm\"{o}glich ist\u, sie
+\dots{} zu \"{a}ndern, \dots{}"'.
+
+\erroronpage{208}{Z. 1}{JMa}{2006/01/27}{2}
+Fehlendes Komma: "`zwei Pakete\u, mit deren"'
+
+\erroronpage{210}{Abs.\ 5, Z.\ 5}{RHe}{2006/06/15}{2}
+ Streiche Komma vor der Klammer: "`\dots{} von Listen Verwendung
+finden\_ (\dots{})."'
+
+\erroronpage{210}{Abs.6, Z.-1}{JMa}{2006/01/27}{2}
+Fehlendes Komma: "`abliest), kann man"'
+
+\erroronpage{213}{Abs.\ 3, Z.\ -1}{RHe}{2006/06/15}{2}
+ F\"{u}ge Komma ein: "`\dots{} kann es angebracht sein, ihn
+einzubeziehen."'
+
+\erroronpage{213}{Abs.\ 2, Z.\-1}{FMi}{2006/09/25}{2}
+ Ersetze "`muss die ein oder andere Einstellung"' \>
+ "` müssen die Einstellungen"'
+
+\erroronpage{215}{Z.1}{ChB}{2006/06/29}{2}
+ Es sollte wohl "`die ein\u{e} oder andere Einstellung"' hei"sen.
+
+\erroronpage{218}{Abs.\ 1, Z.\ 6}{RHe}{2006/06/15}{2}
+ F\"{u}ge Komma ein: "`\dots{} ist es jedoch besser,
+\texttt{ignorehead} \dots{} zu verwenden."'
+
+% Über das nächste Infinitivproblem kann man sich durchaus streiten:
+\erroronpage{218}{Abs.\ 2, Z.\ -2}{RHe}{2006/06/15}{2}
+ F\"{u}ge Komma ein: "`\dots{} liegt es beim Anwender,
+sicherzustellen, dass \dots{}"'
+
+\erroronpage{218}{Abs.\ -1, Z.\ -3}{RHe}{2006/06/15}{2}
+ F\"{u}ge Komma ein: "`Da diese Option Fonts skaliert, anstatt
+Originalfonts \dots{} einzusetzen, \dots{}"'
+
+\erroronpage{219}{Abs.\ -1, Z.\ -4ff}{RHe}{2006/06/15}{2}
+ F\"{u}ge "`werden"' ein und streiche Komma vor dem letzten Abschnitt
+der Aufz\"{a}hlung: "`Zun\"{a}chst wird das Paket geladen, alle
+R\"{a}nder \u{werden} auf einen Zoll gesetzt\_ und die Kolumnentitel \dots{}
+festgelegt; \dots{}"'
+
+\erroronpage{220}{Abs.\ 1, Z.\ 3}{RHe}{2006/06/15}{2}
+ F\"{u}ge Komma zwischen den Haupts\"{a}tzen ein: "`\dots{} des
+Paketes wieder her, und bei \verb"pass" wird das Paket deaktiviert."'
+
+\erroronpage{221}{Aufz. cam, Z.\ 1}{RHe}{2006/06/15}{2}
+ F\"{u}ge Komma ein: "`\dots{} welche die Ma{\ss}e der Nettoseite
+anzeigen, ohne sie zu ber\"{u}hren (\dots{})."'
+
+\erroronpage{221}{para 4, l.4}{FMi}{2006/09/09}{2}
+ Option \texttt{b3} ist zweifach gelistet.
+
+\erroronpage{221}{Abs.\ -2, Z.\ 1}{RHe}{2006/06/15}{2}
+ Entferne:
+ "`Die Beschreibungen \dots{} sollten deutlich machen, dass \u{das}
+\textsf{crop} erst \dots{} geladen werden sollte."'
+
+\erroronpage{221}{Abs.\ -1, Z.\ 3}{RHe}{2006/06/15}{2}
+ F\"{u}ge Komma ein: "`\dots{} normalerweise ist es n\"{u}tzlich, ihn
+beizubehalten."'
+
+\erroronpage{222}{Abs.\ 1, Z.\ 3}{RHe}{2006/06/15}{2}
+ F\"{u}ge Komma ein: "`\dots{} versucht das Paket, den Druckertreiber
+\dots{} zu bestimmen."'
+
+\erroronpage{223}{4.3, Abs.\ 1, Z.\ 2}{RHe}{2006/06/17}{2}
+ Füge Komma ein: "`\dots{} sammelt genug Material, um gut eine Seite
+\dots{}"'
+
+\erroronpage{224}{Abs.\ -1, Z.\ 2}{RHe}{2006/06/17}{2}
+ Füge Komma ein: "`\dots{} entspricht dem Inhalt von \verb"\thepage",
+wie er auf der \dots{}"'
+
+\erroronpage{225}{Abs.\ 1, Z.\ 1}{RHe}{2006/06/17}{2}
+ Füge Komma ein: "`\dots{} mithilfe von \verb"\AtEndDocument", um
+sicherzugehen, dass \dots{}"'
+
+\erroronpage{229}{Abs.\ 2, Z.\ 8,10,-1}{RHe}{2006/06/17}{2}
+ Füge Leerstellen nach der Ellipse ein: "`\dots{} geht weiter"'
+
+\erroronpage{229}{Bsp.\ 4-3-3}{FMi}{2006/06/17}{2}
+ Füge Leerstelle nach der Ellipse ein: \verb=\dots geht=
+ \> \verb=\dots{} geht=
+
+
+\erroronpage{233}{Abs.\ 2, Z.\ 5}{RHe}{2006/06/17}{2}
+ Füge Komma ein: "`\dots{} um Längenparameter, sondern um Befehle
+\dots{}"'
+
+\erroronpage{234}{Abs.\ 1, Z.\ 7}{RHe}{2006/06/17}{2}
+ Ersetze Semikolon durch Komma und füge Wort ein: "Der Seitentyp wird mit `\dots{}
+ausgewählt\u, der Bereich \u{dagegen} mit \dots{}"'
+
+
+
+\CHAPTER{Kapitel 5}
+
+
+\erroronpage{247}{Abs.\ 3, Z.\ 2}{RHe}{2006/06/17}{2}
+ Füge Komma ein: "`\dots{} dass sie fähig sein müssen, innerhalb des
+Textes \dots{}"'
+
+\erroronpage{249}{Abs.3 in 5.1.1}{JMa}{2006/01/27}{2}
+Dieser Satz steht schon am Ende des ersten Absatzes dieses
+Abschnitts.
+
+\erroronpage{251}{Abs.\ -1}{FMi/CBe}{2005/09/02}{2}
+ Ersetze Absatz: "`Dezimalwert, mit dem die voreingestellte Minimalhöhe von Tabellenzellen
+ multipliziert wird. Ein Wert von 1.5 würde z.B. normalgroße
+ Zeilen um 50\% weiter voneinander entfernen. Er wird mit
+ dem Befehl \verb=\renewcommand= eingestellt (Standardwert \texttt{1.0})."'
+
+% -check
+\erroronpage{252}{Tabelle 5.2}{RHe}{2006/06/17}{2}
+ Ersetze alle amerikanischen Auslassungszeichen \{..\} durch deutsche
+\{\dots{}\}.
+
+\erroronpage{253}{Z. -2}{JMa}{2006/01/27}{2}
+Kein Komma vor "`erzeugt wurden"'
+
+\erroronpage{267}{Abs.\ 2, Z.\ 2}{RHe}{2006/06/20}{2}
+ "`Letztere"' ist klein zu schreiben
+
+\erroronpage{267}{Abs.\ 1, Z.\ 1}{RHe}{2006/06/20}{2}
+ Füge Komma ein: "`\dots{} üblicher, Farben \dots{} einzusetzen"'
+
+\erroronpage{269}{Abs.5, Z.1}{JMa}{2006/01/27}{2}
+\LaTeX-Trennfehler: Standar-dumgebung. \> Standard-umgebung
+
+\erroronpage{277}{Abs.\ 1, Z.\ 1}{RHe}{2006/06/20}{2}
+ Ersetze Anfang durch: "`Eine der Schwierigkeiten, \LaTeX{}-Tabellen mit außergewöhnlich
+großen Einträgen zu setzen, ist eine gute Raumverteilung um diese Einträge herum zu erreichen,
+ \dots"'
+
+\erroronpage{277}{Abs.\ -2, Z.\ 2}{RHe}{2006/06/20}{2}
+ Füge Komma ein: "`\dots{} optionales Argument, ähnlich dem von
+\verb"\\"\u, erweitert."'
+
+\erroronpage{277}{Abs.\ -1, Z.\ 1}{RHe}{2006/06/20}{2}
+ Ersetze Anfang durch: "`Die vertikalen Linien in einer \texttt{tabular}-Umgebung
+ werden aus einer Reihe von Linienelementen gebildet, jeweils eines pro
+ Tabellenzelle."'
+
+\erroronpage{278}{editorial change}{FMi}{2006/06/20}{2}
+Änderung auf Seite 277 erzeugt neuen Zeilenverlauf.
+
+
+\CHAPTER{Kapitel 6}
+
+
+\erroronpage{292}{Abs.-1, Z.2}{MSch}{2006/01/04}{2}
+ Füge hinzu: "`z.B. bedeutet \u{\texttt{0.2}}, dass 20\% von Gleitobjekten
+ belegt sein darf"'
+
+\erroronpage{298}{Abs.\ 1, Z.\ 2}{RHe}{2006/08/07}{2}
+ Füge Komma ein: "Das \textsf{afterpage}-Paket ermöglicht
+stattdessen\u{,} \verb"\afterpage{\clearpage}" zu verwenden."'
+
+\erroronpage{301}{Z.1}{JMa}{2006/02/04}{2}
+Fehlendes Komma: "`Hilfsdatei, in der"'
+
+\erroronpage{301}{Abs.-2,Z.3}{JMa}{2006/02/04}{2}
+Falsche Anf"uhrungszeichen bei "`eingerahmt"'
+
+\erroronpage{302}{exa 6-3-1}{FMi/CBe}{2005/09/02}{}
+The Euler constant must be typeset in roman type according
+to the ISO rules; $e$ is the charge of the electron.
+
+\erroronpage{304}{Z.2}{JMa}{2006/02/04}{2}
+Es muss "`in den Abschnitte\u{n} 6.2.1 bzw. 6.2.2"' hei\ss{}en.
+
+\erroronpage{304}{Z.-5}{JMa}{2006/02/04}{2}
+Es muss "`{}"uber ein zus"atzliche\u{s} obligatorisches Argument"'
+hei\ss{}en.
+
+\erroronpage{306}{Abs.\ -2, Z.\ 2}{RHe}{2006/08/07}{2}
+ Füge Komma ein: "\dots{} manchmal günstiger\u{,} nur die Legende zu
+drehen."'
+
+\erroronpage{315}{Abs.-3,Z.-3}{JMa}{2006/02/04}{2}
+Streiche den letzten Buchstaben von "`Bed"urfnisse\u{n}"'.
+
+\erroronpage{315}{Abs.\ -2, Z.\ 2}{RHe}{2006/08/07}{2}
+ Füge Komma ein: "\dots{} die es ermöglichen\u{,} Gleitobjekte \dots{}
+zu untergliedern."'
+
+\erroronpage{317}{6.5.1, Abs.\ 1, Z.\ 1}{RHe}{2006/08/07}{2}
+ Füge Komma ein: "\dots{} das Paket \textsf{caption}\u{,} um Legenden
+\dots{} anzupassen."'
+
+\erroronpage{318}{Bsp.6-5-2, Abb.2}{JMa}{2006/02/04}{2}
+Fehlendes Komma: "`Eine Legende, die mehrere"'
+
+\erroronpage{319}{\texttt{font}}{RHe}{2006/06/11}{2}
+ "`Diese Option legt die Fontcharakteristika \dots{} fest, sofern sie
+nicht \dots{} überschrieben \u{werden}."'
+
+\erroronpage{319}{Bsp.6-5-3, Tab.1}{JMa}{2006/02/04}{2}
+Fehlendes Komma: "`Eine Legende, die mehrere"'
+
+\erroronpage{321}{Option \texttt{position}}{FMi/JS}{2005/09/14}{2}
+ Beschreibe, dass der Schlüssel \texttt{bottom} die Voreinstellung ist.
+
+\erroronpage{322}{Abs.-1, Z.2}{JMa}{2006/02/04}{2}
+Streiche ein "`es"'.
+
+\erroronpage{327}{Abs.-1, Z.3 und Z.5}{JMa}{2006/02/04}{2}
+Ersetze: \textsl{typ} \> \textsl{klasse}
+
+
+
+\CHAPTER{Kapitel 7}
+
+\erroronpage{337}{Abs.\ 2, Z.\ 2}{RHe}{2006/06/07}{2}
+ Füge Komma ein: "`\dots{} Erscheinung, nachdem \dots {}"'
+
+\erroronpage{338}{Abs.\ 1, Z.\ 5}{RHe}{2006/06/07}{2}
+ Füge Komma ein: "`(\dots{} sehr ähnlich, soweit es \dots {})"'
+
+\erroronpage{340}{Fußnote 2}{JMa}{2006/02/27}{2}
+Fehlendes Komma: "`verwandelt, ist dabei"'
+
+\erroronpage{344}{Abs.3, Z.4}{JMa}{2006/02/27}{2}
+Schließende Klammer nach "`Abbildung 7.3"' fehlt.
+
+\erroronpage{348}{Abs.-1, Z.3-4}{JMa}{2006/02/27}{2}
+Trennfehler: Es muss Pa-ketnamen statt Pak-etnamen hei\ss{}en.
+
+\erroronpage{349}{}{FMi}{2006/02/27}{2}
+Änderung auf Seite 348 ändert Seitenumbruch.
+
+\erroronpage{352}{Abs.-1, Z.1}{JMa}{2006/02/27}{2}
+Fehlendes Komma: "`einnimmt, ist der"'
+
+% - no, would break the example spacing
+%\erroronpage{356}{Bsp.7-3-7}{JMa}{2006/02/27}{}
+%Ersetze: NFSS \> \textsf{NFSS}
+%
+
+\erroronpage{358}{Abs.5, Z.6+7}{JS}{2006/11/08}{2}
+ Ersetze:
+ "`Die \u{Computer Modern Typewriter und} Computer Modern Sans Fonts
+ verfügen nicht über \u{breite} sondern nur über breitfette"'
+ \>
+ "`Die Computer Modern Sans Fonts
+ verfügen nicht über \u{fette} sondern nur über breitfette"'
+
+\erroronpage{361}{Tab 7.4}{AFV}{2008/08/08}{s}
+Die Tabelle zeigt |\mathtt| als Sans Serif Typewriter Font. Dies ist
+normalerweise nicht der Fall -- fast jede \LaTeX{} Installation verwendet
+Computer Modern Typewriter.
+
+\erroronpage{362}{Abs.-1, Z.4}{JMa}{2006/02/27}{2}
+Streiche das mittlere s in Symbol\u{s}fonts.
+
+\erroronpage{364}{Abs.-2, Z.-1}{JMa}{2006/02/27}{2}
+Ersetze: hinzu-f"ugt \> hinzu-\u{ge}f"ugt
+
+\erroronpage{367}{Ab.-2, Z.-1}{MSch}{2006/01/06}{2}
+ Der Abstand vor dem Punkt am Satzende ("`T1-Kodierung ."') ist zu
+ entfernen.
+
+\erroronpage{369}{Abs.-3, Z.-3}{PEb}{2006/05/12}{2}
+Ersetze "`Oktette (von Zahlen)"' \> "`Oktette (acht Bits)"'
+
+\erroronpage{371}{Abs. \texttt{cp437de}}{JMa}{2006/02/27}{2}
+Falsche Anführungszeichen beim \ss
+
+\erroronpage{371}{Abs \texttt{utf8}}{JMa}{2006/02/27}{2}
+Das Leerzeichen vor dem Punkt ist zu entfernen.
+
+\erroronpage{394}{letzte Z.}{MSch}{2006/01/06}{2}
+ Der Abstand vor der schlie\ss enden Klammer "`(in Abschnitt 7.5.4\_)"'
+ ist zu entfernen.
+
+\erroronpage{399}{Abs.-3, Z.2+3}{FMi}{2006/06/14}{2}
+ Füge Bindestrich ein: "`AMS-Font"'
+
+\erroronpage{401}{Abs.-2, Z.4}{FMi}{2006/06/14}{2}
+ Füge Bindestrich ein: "`AMS-Mathematikfont"'
+
+\erroronpage{404}{Abs.-1, Z.1}{JMa}{2006/02/27}{2}
+Streiche das n aus Name\u{n}.
+
+\erroronpage{406}{Abs.3, Z.-3}{JMa}{2006/02/27}{2}
+Fehlendes Komma: "`werden, normalerweise ohnehin"'
+
+\erroronpage{407}{Bsp. 7-7-21, 7-7-22}{TNdz}{2006/01/20}{2}
+ Fehlendes Komma: "`\ldots ist ein Blindtext, an dem sich
+ verschiedene \ldots"´
+
+\erroronpage{416}{Kapitel 7.8.6, Z.8}{RSi}{2005/12/07}{2}
+ Leerzeichen nach dem kleinen Omega (|\textscomega|) fehlt.
+
+\erroronpage{420}{Abs.3, Z.-2}{JMa}{2006/02/27}{2}
+Ersetze: L"ander \> L"ander\u{n}
+
+\erroronpage{420}{Abs.4, Z.-1}{JMa}{2006/02/27}{2}
+Streiche eines der beiden "`auf"'.
+
+\erroronpage{422}{Abs.3, Z.2}{JMa}{2006/02/27}{2}
+Fehlendes Komma: "`zur Verf"ugung, um auf die"'
+
+\erroronpage{423}{Abs.1, Z.-2}{JMa}{2006/02/27}{2}
+Ersetze: zum \> zu
+
+\erroronpage{425}{Fu\ss note}{hv}{2008/10/30}{s}
+Der Befehl hei\ss t |\pscharpath| [das s fehlt] und |pst-char| existiert zwar
+noch, l\"adt aber gleich |pst-text|, dass die Funktionen von |pst-char|
+integriert hat.
+
+\erroronpage{428}{Tabelle 7.27, Z.~1}{MSch}{2005/12/31}{2}
+ Ersetze: \dq`Cork\dq'-Kodierung durch "`Cork"'-Kodierung
+
+\erroronpage{428}{Abs1., Z.4-5}{JMa}{2006/02/27}{2}
+Trennfehler: Es muss Pro-zent statt Proz-ent hei\ss{}en.
+
+
+\erroronpage{435}{Abs.-2, Z.-1}{JMa}{2006/02/27}{2}
+Fehlendes Komma vor "`werden"'
+
+\erroronpage{445}{Abs.-3, Z.1}{JMa}{2006/02/27}{2}
+Streiche das s aus Namen\u{s}
+
+\erroronpage{445}{Abs.-3, Z.2}{RHe}{2006/06/11}{2}
+ Füge Bindestrich ein: "`AMS-Font"'
+
+\erroronpage{454}{Abs.4, Z.-2}{JMa}{2006/02/27}{2}
+Ersetze: dass \> das
+
+\erroronpage{454}{Abs.5, Z.-3}{JMa}{2006/02/27}{2}
+Ersetze: dier \> die
+
+\erroronpage{456}{Abs.2, Z.2}{JMa}{2006/02/27}{2}
+Fehlendes Komma: "`Befehle, die"'
+
+\erroronpage{458}{Abs.2, Z.2}{JMa}{2006/02/27}{2}
+Fehlendes Komma: "`Zeichen, die in"'
+
+\erroronpage{458}{Abs.2, Z.2}{JMa}{2006/02/27}{2}
+Fehlendes Komma: "`solchen, die in"'
+
+\erroronpage{458}{Abs.4, Z.3}{JMa}{2006/02/27}{2}
+Fehlendes Komma vor "`wurden"'
+
+\erroronpage{464}{Abs.1, Z.3-4}{JMa}{2006/02/27}{2}
+Trennfehler: Es muss Ak-zentzeichen statt Akz-entzeichen hei\ss{}en.
+
+\erroronpage{468}{Tab.7.33}{FMi}{2006/05/12}{2}
+Die "`Tabellen"uberschrift"' ist nicht im \textsf{sf}-Format.
+
+
+\CHAPTER{Kapitel 8}
+
+\erroronpage{478}{Abs.\ 2, Z.\ 2}{FMi/RHe}{2008/09/19}{2}
+Ersetze: "`gültigen US-Praxis"' \> "`vorherrschenden Praxis"'
+
+\erroronpage{494}{8.2.12 Abs.\ 1, Z.\ 5}{RHe}{2008/09/19}{2}
+ Füge Kommata ein: "`Die Schwierigkeit\u{,} eine abgesetzte Formel
+korrekt zu gestalten\u{,} kann \dots{}"'
+
+\erroronpage{496}{Abs.2, Z.1/2}{JMa}{2006/03/05}{2}
+Trennfehler: Mark-up sieht deutlich besser aus als Mar-kup.
+
+\erroronpage{496}{Abs.\ 3 (nach Bsp. 8-2-28), Z.\ 2}{RHe}{2008/09/19}{2}
+ Füge Komma ein: "`\dots{} allerdings \emph{nur}\u{,} wenn sie \dots{}
+verschoben wurde."'
+
+\erroronpage{503}{8.4.4 Abs.\ 1, Z.\ 3}{RHe}{2008/09/19}{2}
+ Lösche Komma (Regel §~72.2 "`gleichrangige Wortgruppen oder Wörter in
+Aufzählungen (entweder -- oder)"'): "`\dots{} können entweder \dots{}
+positioniert werden\u{ } oder \dots{} rechts der Operatoren."'
+
+\erroronpage{504}{Abs.-2,Z.3}{JMa}{2006/03/05}{2}
+Kein Komma vor "`oder"' bei einer Aufz"ahlung.
+
+
+\erroronpage{507}{Abs.-2, Z.1}{JMa}{2006/03/05}{2}
+Streiche die beiden letzten Buchstaben von Paket\u{es}.
+
+\erroronpage{510}{Abs.-1, Z.1}{JMa}{2006/03/05}{2}
+Streiche einmal das Wort "`Tabelle"'.
+
+\erroronpage{512}{Z.1}{FMi}{2006/09/19}{2}
+Füge folgenden Satz an: "`Im folgenden Beispiel wird |\sqrtsign| direkt
+verwendet:"'
+
+\erroronpage{515}{Abs.-3, Z.2}{HjG}{2006/10/19}{2}
+Ersetze: "`Bei den \u{Hauptversionen} ($D'$,~$T'$~usw.{})"' \>
+ "`Bei den \u{Versionen mit Strich} ($D'$,~$T'$~usw.{})"'
+
+\erroronpage{516}{Abs.-3, Z.2}{JMa}{2006/03/05}{2}
+Streiche ein "`die"'.
+
+\erroronpage{518}{8.7.5 Abs.\ 3 , Z.\ 3}{RHe}{2008/09/19}{2}
+ Füge Komma ein: "`\dots{} und verhält sich somit\u{,} als wären beide
+Maße gleich null."'
+
+\erroronpage{535}{Abs. 1, Z. 5}{RHe}{2008/09/19}{2}
+Ersetze: "`\ldots{} existierenden, neu belebten Mediävalschriften."'
+ \> "\ldots{} existierenden Renaissance-Antiqua-Schriften."'
+
+\erroronpage{544}{Tab. 8-10/11}{FMi}{2006/08/09}{2}
+ Fehlende Symbole aus amssymb hinzugef"ugt: |\circledR|, |\yen|,
+ |\checkmark| und |\maltese|.
+
+\erroronpage{544}{Tab. 8.11}{LHe}{2008/02/08}{s}
+ |\dag| und |\ddag| sind |\mathord|s und nicht |\mathbin| wie in Tabelle
+ 8.13 behauptet.
+
+\erroronpage{546}{Tab. 8.13}{LHe}{2008/02/08}{s}
+ |\dag| und |\ddag| sind keine |\mathbin|s. Sie geh"oren deshalb nicht in
+ diese Tabelle und sind auch nicht (wie behauptet) Synonyme f"ur |\dagger|
+ und |\ddagger|.
+
+\erroronpage{552}{8.9.6 Abs.\ 1 , Z.\ 4}{RHe}{2008/09/19}{2}
+ Füge Komma ein: "`\dots{} nicht der Symbolklasse Punctuation\u{,}
+sondern Ordinary \dots{} zugeordnet sind."'
+
+\erroronpage{554}{Tab. 8-27}{DIs/FMi}{2006/08/09}{2}
+ Fehlende Symbole aus amssymb hinzugef"ugt: |\llcorner|, |\lrcorner|,
+ |\ulcorner| und |\urcorner|. Tabbellennotiz und Absatz unter der Tabelle
+ entsprechend ge"andert.
+
+
+\CHAPTER{Kapitel 9}
+
+\erroronpage{556}{Nummer 1, Item 1}{RHe}{2008/09/20}{2}
+Ersetze: "`Unterstützung für den Satz \ldots{}"'
+ \> "`Unterstützen des Setzens in` \ldots{}"'
+
+\erroronpage{560}{2. Snippet}{MSch/FMi}{2006/01/06}{2}
+ Der vertikale Abstand vor dem Codebeispiel ist im Verh"altnis zum
+ darauffolgenden Abstand erheblich zu gro\ss.
+
+ Und zudem die Seite eine Zeile zu lang.
+
+\erroronpage{560}{Z.\ -5}{RHe/FMi}{2006/09/21}{2}
+Ersetze: "`der Übersetzungen \u{für} Texte"' \>
+ "`der Übersetzungen generierter Texte"'
+
+
+\erroronpage{563}{Abs.1, Z.4}{JMa}{2006/03/14}{2}
+Die "offnende Klammer fehlt vor "`zum Beispiel"'.
+
+\erroronpage{565}{Abs.-2, Z.1}{JMa}{2006/03/14}{2}
+Streiche den letzten Buchstaben von sprachspezifische\u{n}.
+
+
+\erroronpage{567}{tab 9.3}{FMi/CBe}{2005/09/27}{}
+ I am surprised that in Russian there is no word for ``Glossary''.
+
+ Frank: It most certainly exits :-), but right now Babel doesn't
+ know about it---so there is nothing we can do about it at the
+ moment. Actually the same problem exists with Polish, although here
+ I got a translation ``s\l ownik termin{\'o}w'' which will eventually
+ find its way into Babel.
+
+ Tja, so gehts. Auch als das deutsche Buch gesetzt wurde, waren die Begriffe
+ auch noch nicht bekannt.
+
+\erroronpage{570}{Abs. -4("`Die Tilde"' , Z. 2}{RHe}{2006/09/20}{2}
+Füge Komma ein: "`\dots{} nicht für ein geschütztes Leerzeichen\u{,}
+sondern für andere \dots{}"'
+
+\erroronpage{570}{Abs. -4("`Die Tilde"' , Item 1}{RHe}{2006/09/20}{2}
+Füge Komma ein: "`\dots{} niedriger gesetzt werden\u{,} als dies
+normalerweise \dots{}"'
+
+% "`Gemäß"' wird mit dem Dativ verwendet:
+\erroronpage{571}{Abs. 2 ("`Doppelpunkt usw."' , Z. -2}{RHe}{2006/09/20}{2}
+Ersetze: "`Gemäß der \ldots{} Konventionen \ldots{}"'
+ \> "`Gemäß den \ldots{} Konventionen \ldots{}"'
+
+\erroronpage{579}{Abs.3, Z.3}{JMa}{2006/03/14}{2}
+Streiche die beiden letzten Buchstaben von ein\u{en}.
+
+\erroronpage{579}{Abs.2, Z.3}{RHe}{2006/06/11}{2}
+ Streiche Komma: "Wie der Befehl \verb"\nombre"\_ verfügt er \dots{}"'
+
+\erroronpage{590}{Abs.1, Z.5/6}{JMa}{2006/03/14}{2}
+Wenn "`rumakeindex"' getrennt werden muss, sieht "`rumake-index"' deutlich
+besser aus.
+
+\erroronpage{599}{Abs.2, Z.2}{JMa}{2006/03/14}{2}
+Zu der schließenden Klammer gibt es keine "offnende.
+
+
+
+\CHAPTER{Kapitel 10}
+
+\erroronpage{612}{lfd. Nr. 1, Z. 1}{RHe}{2006/10/16}{2}
+Ersetze: "`ASCII-Zeichnung"'
+ \> "`ASCII-Zeichnung\u{en}"'
+
+\erroronpage{628}{Abs.-3, Z.4}{JMa}{2006/03/23}{2}
+Der Bruch $\displaystyle\frac{\pi}{2}$ ragt in die Zeile darunter.
+
+\erroronpage{633}{Tab.\ 10.1}{FMi}{2006/10/21}{2}
+Es fehlt "`vtex"' als wichtiger Treiber; andererseits sind einige der
+aufgelisteten Treiber nur von historischer Bedeutung.
+
+\erroronpage{634}{Abs. 1, Z. 1}{RHe}{2006/10/16}{2}
+Füge Komma ein: "`\dots{} reelle Werte haben)\u{,} anstatt nach
+\dots{}"'
+
+\erroronpage{637}{Abs. 1, Z. 1}{RHe}{2006/10/16}{2}
+Füge Komma ein: "`Lässt \LaTeX{} nach \dots{} suchen\u{,} anstatt nach
+\dots{}"'
+
+\erroronpage{637}{viewport}{BMo/FMi}{2007/10/20}{s}
+Füge am Anfang ein: "` Definiert den Bereich der Graphik für den \LaTeX{} Platz reservieren
+ soll. Material außerhalb wird auch gedruckt (falls nicht \texttt{clip}
+ verwendet wird) und überdruckt dann gegebenenalls anderes Material auf der Seite."'
+
+\erroronpage{638}{}{FMi}{2007/10/20}{s}
+ Setzer-Kommentar:
+Seite mu\ss{} neu gesetzt werden, da sich der Seitenumbruch ge\"andert hat.
+
+\erroronpage{638}{Abs.3, Z.-1}{JMa}{2006/03/23}{2}
+Streiche den letzten Buchstaben von ausf"uhrliche\u{n}.
+
+\erroronpage{647}{Abs.4, Z.1}{JMa}{2006/03/23}{2}
+Streiche den letzten Buchstaben von vertikale\u{r}.
+
+\erroronpage{649}{Abs.2, Z.8}{FMi/HjG}{2006/10/22}{2}
+ Ersetze: "`\u{Dieser Punkt} ist in \ldots"' \>
+ "`\u{Dies} ist in \ldots"'
+
+\seriouserroronpage{651}{Beispielmatrix}{HjG}{2006/10/21}{2}
+ The first column shows incorrect output: instead of x=0mm it uses some
+ internal default.
+
+\erroronpage{651}{Abs. -1, Z. 1}{RHe}{2006/10/16}{2}
+Ersetze: "`Die \dots{} Funktion ähnelt dem des \textsf{rotating}-Paketes
+\dots{}"'
+ \>"`Die \dots{} Funktion ähnelt der des \textsf{rotating}-Paketes
+\dots{}"'
+
+\erroronpage{652}{editorial change}{FMi}{2006/10/21}{2}
+ Fix on previous page will change page break.
+
+
+\erroronpage{661}{Abs.-3, Z.3}{JMa}{2006/03/23}{2}
+Ersetze: "`verf"ugt"' \> "`verf"ugen"'
+
+\erroronpage{661}{para -2, l.1}{FMi}{2005/11/11}{2}
+ Leider ist Th\`anhs Name falsch geschrieben. Die korrekte Schreibweise
+ ist "`H\`an Th\^e\llap{\raise 0.5ex\hbox{\'{}}} Th\`anh"'.
+
+\erroronpage{672}{letzte Zeile}{BvdW}{2014/02/19}{}
+Ersetze ``wir'' durch ``wird''.
+
+
+\CHAPTER{Kapitel 11}
+
+\erroronpage{686}{Abs.-2, Z.-2}{JMa}{2006/03/23}{2}
+Streiche das Komma vor "`und"'.
+
+\erroronpage{691}{Abs.4, Z.2}{JMa}{2006/03/23}{2}
+Ersetze: "`eigene"' \> "`eigenen"'
+
+\erroronpage{697}{Abs. \texttt{-o} \textsl{ind}}{JMa}{2006/03/23}{2}
+Streiche die letzten Buchstaben von Verwendung\u{Index}.
+
+\erroronpage{703}{Z.2}{AFe}{2006/01/13}{2}
+ Extra Buchstabe: |\mark|\texttt{\u k}|both| \>
+ |\markboth|
+
+\erroronpage{704}{Abs.1, Z.1}{JMa}{2006/03/23}{2}
+Streiche den letzten Buchstaben von Teil\u{s}.
+
+
+\CHAPTER{Kapitel 12}
+
+\erroronpage{709}{Abs.3, Z.-5}{JMa}{2006/03/31}{2}
+Entferne das Komma vor l"asst.
+
+\erroronpage{711}{Abs.2, Z.3/4}{JMa}{2006/03/31}{2}
+Trennfehler: Schreibe Layout-richtlinien statt Layou-trichtlinien.
+
+\erroronpage{717}{Abs.3, Z.2}{JMa}{2006/03/31}{2}
+F"uge ein Komma vor "`definieren"' ein.
+
+\erroronpage{719}{Abs.-1, Z.2}{JMa}{2006/03/31}{2}
+F"uge ein Komma vor "`mit dessen Hilfe"' ein.
+
+\erroronpage{721}{Abs.-1, Z.2}{JMa}{2006/03/31}{2}
+F"uge ein Komma vor "`die nicht unterst"utzt"' ein.
+
+\erroronpage{728}{Abs.2, Z.-1}{JMa}{2006/03/31}{2}
+Es hei\ss{}t \u{der} Apostroph, nicht "`das"'.
+
+\erroronpage{734}{Abs.-3, Z.-3}{JMa}{2006/03/31}{2}
+F"uge ein "offnende Klammer vor "`zum Beispiel"' ein.
+
+\erroronpage{735}{Abs.3, Z.1}{JMa}{2006/03/31}{2}
+F"uge ein Komma vor "`wo im"' ein.
+
+\erroronpage{737}{Abs.-3, Z.-2}{JMa}{2006/03/31}{2}
+F"uge ein Komma vor "`die normalerweise"' ein.
+
+\erroronpage{740}{Abs.-3, Z.2}{JMa}{2006/03/31}{2}
+Streiche den letzten Buchstaben von wurde\u{n}.
+
+\erroronpage{745}{Abs.-1, Z.-2}{JMa}{2006/03/31}{2}
+Ersetze: "`ein solche"' \> "`eine solche"'
+
+\erroronpage{746}{Abs.-4, Z.1}{JMa}{2006/03/31}{2}
+F"uge ein Komma vor "`wo im"' ein.
+
+\erroronpage{752}{Abs.1, Z.-2}{JMa}{2006/03/31}{2}
+Zur schlie\ss{}enden Klammer gibt es keine "offnende.
+
+\erroronpage{752}{Abs.3, Z.-2}{JMa}{2006/03/31}{2}
+Streiche die letzten drei Buchstaben von "`aufauf"'.
+
+\erroronpage{755}{Abs.-1, Z.2}{JMa}{2006/03/31}{2}
+Ersetze: "`eine vollst"andigen"' \> "`einen vollst"andigen"'
+
+\erroronpage{763}{Abs.3, Z.6}{JMa}{2006/03/31}{2}
+Streiche das Komma vor "`und"'.
+
+\erroronpage{767}{Abs.-3, Z.1}{JMa}{2006/03/31}{2}
+Ersetze: "`L"adt"' \> "`l"adt"'
+
+\erroronpage{772}{Tab.12.2}{JMa}{2006/03/31}{2}
+F"uge ein Komma vor "`die eine bestimmte Wahl"' ein.
+
+\erroronpage{777}{Abs.3, Z.-1}{JMa}{2006/03/31}{2}
+Füge einen Punkt nach "`zeigt"' ein.
+
+\erroronpage{781}{Abs.1, Z.1}{JMa}{2006/03/31}{2}
+Ersetze: "`Diese"' \> "`Dieses"'
+
+
+\CHAPTER{Kapitel 13}
+
+\erroronpage{791}{Tab.13.1, \texttt{inbook}}{JMa}{2006/04/11}{2}
+Streiche einmal das Wort "'oder"'.
+
+\erroronpage{792}{Tab13.2, \texttt{crossref}}{JMa}{2006/04/11}{2}
+F"uge ein Komma vor "`auf den"' ein.
+
+\erroronpage{795/796}{mehrere Stellen}{FMi/DAl}{2005/09/12}{2}
+ Der Name "`Miguel Lopez Fernandez"' sollte durch "`Miguel Parra Benavides"'
+ ersetzt werden, da der bisher verwendete eigentlich Akzente besitzen würde,
+ die an der Stelle im Buch noch nicht diskutiert wurden.
+
+\erroronpage{796}{Abs.-5, Z.-1}{JMa}{2006/04/11}{2}
+F"uge einen Punkt nach "`erscheinen"' ein.
+
+\erroronpage{799}{Abs.-2, Z.3}{JMa}{2006/04/11}{2}
+Streiche das Komma vor "'und"'.
+
+\erroronpage{802}{Abs.-1, Z.-2}{JMa}{2006/04/11}{2}
+Streiche das Komma vor "'und"'.
+
+\erroronpage{819}{Abs.-1, Z.2}{JMa}{2006/04/11}{2}
+Ersetze: BibTexMng \> \textsf{BibTexMng}
+
+\erroronpage{820}{Abs.2, Z.2}{JMa}{2006/04/11}{2}
+Streiche das Komma nach \texttt{size}.
+
+\erroronpage{821}{Tab.13.4, Z.-4}{JMa}{2006/04/11}{2}
+F"uge ein Leerzeichen nach "`Fachzeitschriften"' ein. Ferner ist die
+"'Tabellen"uberschrift"' nicht im \textsf{sf}-Format.
+
+\erroronpage{828}{Tab. 13.5, Z. 1-2}{MSch}{2006/01/06}{2}
+ Donald Ervin Knuths Name ist falsch geschrieben. Ersetze: "`Erwin"' \>
+ "`Ervin"'
+
+\erroronpage{830}{Tab.13.6}{JMa}{2006/04/11}{2}
+Ersetze: Italienische \> Italienisch
+
+\erroronpage{832}{Abs.1, Z.2}{JMa}{2006/04/11}{2}
+Ersetze: Abschnitte \> Abschnitten
+
+\erroronpage{839}{Tab.13.8, \texttt{substring}}{JMa}{2006/04/11}{2}
+F"uge ein Leerzeichen vor "`hat"' ein.
+
+\erroronpage{842}{Abs.1, Z.-2}{JMa}{2006/04/11}{2}
+Entweder fehlt hier eine "offnende Klammer -- oder die schlie\ss{}ende ist
+zu viel.
+
+
+\CHAPTER{Kapitel 14}
+
+\erroronpage{853}{Tab.14.1}{FMi}{2006/05/12}{2}
+Die "`Tabellen"uberschrift"' ist nicht im \textsf{sf}-Format.
+
+\erroronpage{858}{Abs.4, Z.1}{JMa}{2006/05/03}{2}
+F"uge ein "`zu"' zwischen "`Kommentare"' und "`entfernen"' ein.
+
+\erroronpage{865}{1. Snippet, Z. 2}{MSch}{2006/01/06}{2}
+ Ersetze: |text/latex/base| \> |tex/latex/base|
+
+\erroronpage{867}{Abs.5}{FMi}{2007/11/13}{s}
+ Explain that |\cmd| can't be used with conditionals, e.g., those produced
+ with |\newif| .
+
+\erroronpage{865}{l.-7}{FMi/HjG}{2005/09/02}{2}
+ Underline, as it is command line input.
+
+\erroronpage{871}{Abs.2, Z.2}{JMa}{2006/05/03}{2}
+Ersetze entg"ultig \> endg"ultig
+
+\erroronpage{870-872}{}{FMi}{2007/01/08}{}
+ Setzer-Kommentar:
+ Beispiele m"ussen neu kompiliert werden und
+ Seiten m"ussen immer dann neu gedruckt werden, wenn etwas am Kapitel ge"andert
+ wird --- genauer auf \emph{einer} der drei Seiten (da sich das CVS-Tag in
+ den Beispielen und im "`code"' auf
+ Seite 871/Mitte "andert).
+
+
+\CHAPTER{Anhang A}
+
+
+\erroronpage{880}{Abs.1, Z.6}{VVo}{2008/09/02}{s}
+Ersetze: "`so wird eine Fehlermeldung ausgegeben."'
+\> "`so wird eine Warnung ausgegeben."'
+
+
+\erroronpage{882}{Abs.1, Z.2}{FMi}{2006/05/12}{2}
+Ersetze: Abschnitte \> Abschnitten
+
+\erroronpage{888}{fig A.1, l.4}{FMi/JAn}{2005/09/09}{2}
+ ``Did\^ot'' \> ``Didot'' und entferne Komma nach "`Zoll"'
+
+\erroronpage{891}{Tab.A.3, Z.1}{JMa}{2006/05/03}{2}
+F"uge ein Komma vor "`der eine feste oder"' ein.
+
+\erroronpage{899}{A.2.3 Abs.\ 2, Z.\ 5}{RHe}{2006/06/10}{2}
+ Füge Komma ein: "`Diese Struts sind sehr nützlich, um die Höhe oder
+\dots{}"'
+
+\erroronpage{903}{Abs.-2, Z.1}{FMi}{2006/06/14}{2}
+Füge Wort ein: "`nach der \u{letzten} Klammer \verb=}= und\ldots"'
+
+\erroronpage{906}{Abs.1, Z.1}{JMa}{2006/05/03}{2}
+Ersetze \textsl{text} \> \textsl{test}
+
+\erroronpage{909}{Abs.2, Z.1}{JMa}{2006/05/03}{2}
+F"uge ein Komma vor "`ob"' ein.
+
+\erroronpage{918}{Abs.-1, Z.3}{JMa}{2006/05/03}{2}
+F"uge ein Komma vor "`wird"' ein.
+
+
+\erroronpage{918}{Abs.-1, Z.4}{FMi}{2006/09/23}{2}
+Ersetze: "`und alle Prozesse angehalten. "'
+\> "`und \u{die Verarbeitung} angehalten."'
+
+
+
+\CHAPTER{Anhang B}
+
+\erroronpage{925}{Abs.-2, Z.-3}{JMa}{2006/05/28}{2}
+F"uge ein Komma vor "`\textit{geben Sie}"' ein.
+
+\erroronpage{960}{Abs.-2, Z.-1}{JMa}{2006/05/28}{2}
+Der Punkt am Ende des Absatzes fehlt.
+
+\erroronpage{969}{Abs.-3, Z.2}{JMa}{2006/05/28}{2}
+Ersetze das \> dass
+
+\erroronpage{971}{Abs.1, Z.1}{JMa}{2006/05/28}{2}
+Ersetze einen \> ein
+
+\erroronpage{973}{Abs.1, Z.2}{JMa}{2006/05/28}{2}
+Ersetze Seite 973 \> dieser Seite
+
+\erroronpage{973}{Abs.5, Z.1}{JMa}{2006/05/28}{2}
+Ersetze \TeX{}war \> \TeX\ war
+
+\erroronpage{977}{Z.3}{JMa}{2006/05/28}{2}
+Entferne das Komma vor "`\textit{wurde}"'.
+
+\erroronpage{977}{Z.5}{JMa}{2006/05/28}{2}
+Entferne das Komma vor "`als"'.
+
+\erroronpage{980}{Abs.1, Z.2}{JMa}{2006/05/28}{2}
+F"uge ein Komma nach "`wird"' ein.
+
+\erroronpage{987}{Abs.-2, Z.5}{JMa}{2006/05/28}{2}
+F"uge ein Komma vor "`wobei"' ein.
+
+\erroronpage{988}{Abs.-1, Z.-3}{JMa}{2006/05/28}{2}
+F"uge ein Komma vor "`gilt"' ein.
+
+
+\CHAPTER{Anhang C}
+
+\erroronpage{998}{Abs.2, Z.5}{FMi}{2006/09/12}{2}
+Ersetze: Abbildung C.\u{2} \> Abbildung C.\u{1}
+
+\erroronpage{998}{Abs.-1, Z.4}{JMa}{2006/05/28}{2}
+Streiche das Komma vor "`ausgew"ahlt"'.
+
+\erroronpage{1001}{Bsp.1, Z.1}{SNe}{2009/05/10}{s}
+Ersetze "\texttt{wgetftp}"' \> "`\texttt{wget ftp}"'
+
+\erroronpage{1003}{Abs.-1, Z.5/6}{JMa}{2006/05/28}{2}
+Streiche eines der beiden Worte "`eingeblendet"'.
+
+\erroronpage{1004}{\textbf{esc:}}{JMa}{2006/05/28}{2}
+Ersetze Kalanien \> Katalonien
+
+\erroronpage{1005}{\textbf{fra:}}{JMa}{2006/05/28}{2}
+Ersetze Orleans \> Orl\'{e}ans
+
+
+\CHAPTER{Bibliographie}
+
+\erroronpage{1017}{[57]}{RHe}{2006/06/07}{2}
+Ersetzte Erl\"auterung durch: "`Die
+\u{englische} erste Ausgabe dieses Buches."'
+
+\erroronpage{1017/1018}{[58]}{FMi}{2009/08/01}{s}
+Eintrag sollte auf die zweite (aktuelle) Ausgabe verweisen.
+(Ab dem korrigierten Nachdruck von 2010 befindet sich [58] ganz auf seite 1018.)
+
+\erroronpage{1019}{[67], Z.-2}{JMa}{2006/05/28}{2}
+Schreibe "`Sprachengetrennt"' getrennt.
+
+\erroronpage{1019}{[71]}{RHe}{2006/06/07}{2}
+ streiche "`international"; ISO ist per se international
+
+\erroronpage{1020}{[74]}{FMi}{2006/09/18}{2}
+ Füge ``Lars Hellstr\"om'' als Autor hinzu. Datum ``Dezember 2004''
+
+\erroronpage{1025}{[116, Z.\ 2]}{RHe}{2006/06/07}{2}
+ Vergleich mit "`(eben)so \dots{} setzen kann, wie sonst \dots{}"'
+erfordert Komma
+
+\erroronpage{1026}{[127], Z.1}{JMa}{2006/05/28}{2}
+F"uge ein Komma vor "`welche"' ein.
+
+\erroronpage{1026}{[128]}{FMi}{2005/11/07}{2}
+ Der Titel lautet: ``E-\TeX: Guidelines for Future \TeX{} Extensions''.
+
+\erroronpage{1028}{[140], Z.2}{JMa}{2006/05/28}{2}
+F"uge ein Komma vor "`die auf"' ein.
+
+\erroronpage{1028}{[140], Z.-5}{JMa}{2006/05/28}{2}
+Ersetze Tinagh \> Tifinagh
+
+
+\erroronpage{1030}{[162]-[163]}{FMi/RKo}{2005/11/11}{2}
+
+ Leider ist Th\`anhs Name falsch geschrieben (Akzente) . Die
+ korrekte Schreibweise ist "`H\`an Th\^e\llap{\raise 0.5ex\hbox{\'{}}}
+ Th\`anh"'.
+
+\erroronpage{1030}{[159]-[163]}{FMi/RKo}{2005/11/11}{}
+
+ "`Han"' ist der Familienname, müsste also korrekterweise unter H
+ einsortiert werden (letzteres lässt sich aber nur schwer korrigieren, da
+ wegen der gänderten Nummerierung dann nahezu das gesamte Buch neu gesetzt
+ werden müsste).
+
+
+\CHAPTER{Index}
+
+
+\erroronpage{1033}{2. Absatz, Z.4}{JMa}{2006/01/05}{2}
+Die Abkürzung NFSS sollte \textsf{NFSS} geschrieben werden.
+
+
+\erroronpage{1040}{rechte Spalte, Zeile 8}{BvdW}{2014/02/19}{}
+\verb=\AskOption= (ohne das ``s'' am Ende, siehe Errata Seite 2 zu Kapitel 2)
+
+
+
+\iffalse Nicht wirklich, aber auch nicht schoen so ... mal sehen
+
+\erroronpage{1068}{"`Gleichheits- und Relationszeichen"'}{MSch}{2005/12/31}{}
+ Die beiden Einträge zu Gleichheits- und Relationszeichen sind durch
+ die Verwendung unterschiedlicher Trennzeichen falsch sortiert;
+ vertausche "`negierte, mathematische Symbole"' und "`mathematische
+ Symbole"'.
+\fi
+
+
+
+
+
+\CHAPTER{Biographien}
+
+\erroronpage{1129}{Abs. 2, Z.3}{SZi}{2005/11/24}{2}
+ l"osche g aus Dok\u{g}umente
+
+\end{erratalist}
+
+
+\setcounter{collectmore}{3}
+
+\begin{multicols}{3}[Dank an alle die Fehler oder Auslassungen
+ gemeldet haben. Gelistet sind jeweils die Personen die ein Problem
+ zuerst entdeckt haben. Einige Fehler wurden im englischen Original
+ gefunden, weshalb auch ein paar Namen ohne Fehlerzahl auftauchen.]
+\contributor{AFe}{Alfonso Fernandez-Vazquez}
+\contributor{BvdW}{Berend G. van der Wall}
+\contributor{CBe}{Claudio Beccari}
+\contributor{ChB}{Christof B\"ockler}
+\contributor{DAl}{Daniel Alonso i Alemany}
+\contributor{DIs}{Daniel Isaacson}
+\contributor{ESt}{Eckhard Stein}
+\contributor{FMi}{Frank Mittelbach}
+\contributor{HjG}{Hubert G\"a\ss lein}
+\contributor{JAn}{Jacques Andr\'e}
+\contributor{JBez}{Javier Bezos}
+\contributor{JMa}{Jens Mandavid}
+\contributor{JS}{Joachim Schrod}
+\contributor{LHe}{Lars Hellstr\"om}
+\contributor{MHo}{Morten H\o gholm}
+\contributor{MLi}{Martin Liebmann}
+\contributor{MSch}{Michael Schutte}
+\contributor{PEb}{Paul Ebermann}
+\contributor{RHe}{Ralf Heckmann}
+\contributor{RKo}{Reinhard Kotucha}
+\contributor{RSi}{Roman Sigg}
+\contributor{SNe}{Stefan Neuhaus}
+\contributor{SZi}{Stefan Ziesemer}
+\contributor{TNdz}{Timo Niedenzu}
+\contributor{VVo}{Vladimir Volovich}
+\contributor{YiL}{Yiannis Lazarides}
+\end{multicols}
+
+
+Sollten Sie einen weiteren Fehler entdecken, melden Sie diesen bitte an
+\begin{quote}\ttfamily
+ frank.mittelbach at latex-project.org
+\end{quote}
+wenn möglich gleich in der für diese Datei benötigte Form, d.h.
+\begin{flushleft}
+|\erroronpage{|\textit{Seitennummr}|}{|\textit{Zeilenidentifikation}|}{|%
+ \textit{Initialen}|}{|\textit{JJJJ/MM/DD}|}{}| \\
+ \hspace*{2em}\textit{Beschreibung des Fehlers}
+\end{flushleft}
+Hier ist ein Beispiel:
+\begin{verbatim}
+\erroronpage{5}{Abs.3, Z.1}{MOs}{2005/09/01}{}
+ Ersetze: "`LaTeX"' \> "`\LaTeX{}"'
+\end{verbatim}
+Die Verwendung von Babelkommandos (etwa |"`|) ist möglich, aber Umlaute
+sollten möglichst nicht als 8-bit Zeichen eingegeben werden (also besser |"a|
+oder |\"a|) um Probleme mit der Kodierung zu verhindern.
+
+\end{document}
Property changes on: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/lb2.err
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:eol-style
## -0,0 +1 ##
+native
\ No newline at end of property
Added: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/lb2.pdf
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)
Index: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/lb2.pdf
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/lb2.pdf 2019-07-25 21:49:36 UTC (rev 51729)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/lb2.pdf 2019-07-25 22:32:37 UTC (rev 51730)
Property changes on: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/lb2.pdf
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:mime-type
## -0,0 +1 ##
+application/pdf
\ No newline at end of property
Added: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/legal.txt
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/legal.txt (rev 0)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/legal.txt 2019-07-25 22:32:37 UTC (rev 51730)
@@ -0,0 +1,48 @@
+ LaTeX Copyright, Warranty and Distribution Restrictions
+
+ 31 March 2016
+
+
+COPYRIGHT
+=========
+
+This distribution is
+Copyright 1993 1994 1995 1996 1997 1998 1999 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 2005
+ 2006 2007 2008 2009 2011 2014 2015 2016
+The LaTeX3 Project and the individual authors:
+
+ Leslie Lamport
+ Johannes Braams
+ David Carlisle
+ Morten Hoegholm
+ Alan Jeffrey
+ Frank Mittelbach
+ Chris Rowley
+ Rainer Schoepf
+
+License
+=======
+
+LaTeX is free software that can be redistributed and/or modified
+under the terms of the LaTeX Project Public License as specified
+in the file lppl.txt.
+The latest version of this license is in
+ https://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt
+and version 1.3c or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX
+version 2005/12/01 or later.
+
+The use of LaTeX is unrestricted.
+
+This Work has the LPPL maintenance status "maintained".
+
+The list of all files belonging to the LaTeX base distribution
+is given in the file `manifest.txt'.
+
+Files generated by means of unpacking the distribution (using, for
+example, the docstrip program) may be distributed at the distributor's
+discretion. However if they are distributed then a copy of the base
+system must be distributed together with them.
+
+The list of all derived (unpacked) files belonging to the distribution
+and covered by LPPL is given in the file unpacked.txt.
+
Property changes on: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/legal.txt
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:eol-style
## -0,0 +1 ##
+native
\ No newline at end of property
Added: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/letter.pdf
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)
Index: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/letter.pdf
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/letter.pdf 2019-07-25 21:49:36 UTC (rev 51729)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/letter.pdf 2019-07-25 22:32:37 UTC (rev 51730)
Property changes on: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/letter.pdf
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:mime-type
## -0,0 +1 ##
+application/pdf
\ No newline at end of property
Added: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/lgc2.err
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/lgc2.err (rev 0)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/lgc2.err 2019-07-25 22:32:37 UTC (rev 51730)
@@ -0,0 +1,697 @@
+\newcommand\erratafiledate{2008-06-13}
+
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+% To produce a printed version of this errata file run this file through
+% LaTeX. It will unpack a small class file (if not already present) and
+% a configuration file with the extension .cfg. You might want to modify
+% the setting in this configuration file to print only a partial errata
+% suitable for your printed revision of this book, see details in the
+% .cfg file.
+%
+% The current version of this file can be found at:
+%
+% https://www.latex-project.org/guides/books.html
+%
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+
+
+\begin{filecontents}{ttcterrata.cls}
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 1997,2004,2005,2007 Frank Mittelbach
+%% This class file is licenced under LPPL latest version;
+%% see https://www.latex-project.org/lppl
+%
+%
+% It sets up a few commands used to format the errata entries for books in the
+% Addison-Wesley Series:
+%
+% Tools and Techniques for Computer Typesetting
+%
+% hence the name. However, anybody who likes to use it is free to apply it for
+% errata files of other books.
+%
+% Changes:
+%
+% v1.0a - changed name from errata.cls to ttcterrata.cls
+
+\ProvidesClass{ttcterrata}
+ [2007/11/10 v1.0a Mini class for errata files; subject to change (FMi)]
+
+\LoadClass{article}
+
+\setcounter{secnumdepth}{-1}
+\addtolength\textwidth{5cm}
+\addtolength\oddsidemargin{-3cm}
+
+\addtolength\textheight{36pt}
+
+\RequirePackage{shortvrb}
+\MakeShortVerb{\|}
+
+\RequirePackage{array,longtable}
+\RequirePackage{multicol}
+
+
+\newcommand\erratagetnumber{}
+\def\erratagetnumber#1/#2/#3\erratagetnumber{#1#2#3}
+
+
+\newcommand\gobbleerrata{%
+ \setbox\@tempboxa\vbox\bgroup
+ \let\endgobble\egroup
+ \let\hideamp\relax
+ \let\\\relax\let\par\@@par}
+
+\newcommand*\hideamp{&}
+
+\let\endgobble\relax
+
+
+\newcommand\erratastartdate{}
+\newcommand\myprinting{1}
+
+
+\newcommand\doweprint[2]{%
+ \ifnum \myprinting < \if!#2!1000 \else \ifx s#2 1000\else#2 \fi\fi
+ \ifnum \expandafter\erratagetnumber\erratastartdate\erratagetnumber <
+ \erratagetnumber#1\erratagetnumber \relax
+ \@tempswatrue
+ \else
+ \@tempswafalse
+ \fi
+ \else
+ \@tempswafalse
+ \fi
+}
+
+
+
+\newcommand\includedentries{entries after = \erratastartdate}
+\newcommand\printedentries{between \erratastartdate\space and}
+
+\newcommand\showallerrors{%
+ \renewcommand\includedentries{all errata entries}%
+ \renewcommand\printedentries{up to}
+ \renewcommand\doweprint[2]{\@tempswatrue}}
+
+
+\newcommand\displayrevisionfix[2]{%
+ \if!#2!\textbf{#1}\else\textit{#1}\rlap{\textsuperscript{#2}}\fi}
+
+\newcommand\norevisionnumbers{%
+ \renewcommand\displayrevisionfix[2]{\textbf{##1}}}
+
+\IfFileExists{\jobname.cfg}
+ {
+ \input{\jobname.cfg}
+ \typeout{***************************************************}
+ \typeout{*}
+ \typeout{* Configuration file for \jobname.err found }
+ \typeout{*}
+ \typeout{***************************************************}
+ \AtEndDocument{
+ \typeout{***************************************************}
+ \typeout{*}
+ \typeout{* If you wish to generate an errata listing}
+ \typeout{* containing only errors found after a certain revision}
+ \typeout{* and/or only errors found after a certain date}
+ \typeout{* modify the information stored in \jobname.cfg}
+ \typeout{*}
+ \typeout{* Current settings are:}
+ \typeout{*}
+ \typeout{* \@spaces printing of your book = \myprinting}
+ \typeout{* \@spaces include \includedentries}
+ \typeout{*}
+ \typeout{***************************************************}
+ }}
+ {}
+
+%% \erroronpage <page> <line info> <contributor> <date> <fixed in revision>
+
+\newcommand\erroronpage[5]{%
+ \endgobble
+ \doweprint{#4}{#5}%
+ \if at tempswa
+ \typeout{Typesetting entry #1 #2 #3 #4}%
+ \else
+ \typeout{Ignoring entry #1 #2 #3 #4}%
+ \expandafter\gobbleerrata
+ \fi
+ \hideamp \\%
+ \displayrevisionfix{#1}{#5}
+ \hideamp #2 \hideamp (\textsf{#3}) \hideamp
+}
+
+\newcommand\seriouserroronpage[5]{%
+ \endgobble
+ \doweprint{#4}{#5}%
+ \if at tempswa
+ \typeout{Typesetting entry #1 #2 #3 #4}%
+ \else
+ \typeout{Ignoring entry #1 #2 #3 #4}%
+ \expandafter\gobbleerrata
+ \fi
+ \hideamp \\%
+ \fbox{\bfseries !!}\hfill
+ \displayrevisionfix{#1}{#5}
+ \hideamp #2 \hideamp (\textsf{#3}) \hideamp
+}
+
+\newcommand\CHAPTER[1]{\endgobble
+ &\\[4pt]%
+ \multicolumn{4}{l}{\framebox[10cm][l]{\textbf{\normalsize\strut#1}}} \\}
+
+\newenvironment{erratalist}
+ {\begin{longtable}{r>{\raggedright}p{2cm}l>{\raggedright}p{10cm}l}}
+ {\endgobble\end{longtable}}
+
+\newcommand\erratatitle[2]
+ {\begin{center}\LARGE\bfseries
+ Errata list for #1\\[5pt](\myprinting.\ printing)\\[10pt]
+ \small Includes all entries found \printedentries\space #2\\
+ (For other periods/print runs reprocess this document
+ with different config settings)
+ \end{center}%
+ \markright{Errata for #1 (\printedentries\space #2)}%
+ \thispagestyle{plain}%
+ \vspace{20pt}}
+
+\pagestyle{myheadings}
+
+\AtBeginDocument{\small}
+
+\setlength\parindent{0pt}
+\setlength\parskip{2pt}
+
+\newcommand\contributor[2]{\makebox[1cm][l]{\sffamily#1} #2\par}
+
+% some special shortcuts overwriting existing commands:
+
+\let\u\underline
+\renewcommand\>{$\to$}
+
+%%% some code suggested by Thorsten Hansen to count the number of
+%%% contributions by individuals (will work only if we do not get
+%%% too many :-)
+
+\def\count at contributors#1/#2/#3\@nil{
+ \@ifundefined{c@#1}{\newcounter{#1}}{}\stepcounter{#1}%
+%%% also count secondary:
+%%% \@ifundefined{c@#2}{\newcounter{#2}}{}\stepcounter{#2}%
+}
+
+\renewcommand\erroronpage[5]{%
+ \count at contributors#3/secondary/\@nil
+ \endgobble
+ \doweprint{#4}{#5}%
+ \if at tempswa
+ \typeout{Typesetting entry #1 #2 #3 #4}%
+ \else
+ \typeout{Ignoring entry #1 #2 #3 #4}%
+ \expandafter\gobbleerrata
+ \fi
+ \hideamp \\%
+ \displayrevisionfix{#1}{#5}
+ \hideamp #2 \hideamp (\textsf{#3}) \hideamp
+}
+
+\renewcommand\seriouserroronpage[5]{%
+ \count at contributors#3/secondary/\@nil
+ \endgobble
+ \doweprint{#4}{#5}%
+ \if at tempswa
+ \typeout{Typesetting entry #1 #2 #3 #4}%
+ \else
+ \typeout{Ignoring entry #1 #2 #3 #4}%
+ \expandafter\gobbleerrata
+ \fi
+ \hideamp \\%
+ \fbox{\bfseries !!}\hfill
+ \displayrevisionfix{#1}{#5}
+ \hideamp #2 \hideamp (\textsf{#3}) \hideamp
+}
+
+\renewcommand\contributor[2]{\makebox[1cm][l]{%
+ \sffamily#1} #2\@ifundefined{c@#1}{}{ (\arabic{#1})}\par}
+
+\end{filecontents}
+
+
+\begin{filecontents}{\jobname.cfg}
+%
+%
+% Configuration file for the errata listing of
+%
+% The LaTeX Graphics Companion, Second Edition
+%
+%
+% \erratastartdate
+%
+% Specifies the date from which on errata entries should be listed.
+%
+% The format is YYYY/MM/DD.
+%
+% The default below ensures that all entries for a particular
+% printing are typeset.
+%
+
+\renewcommand\erratastartdate{2007/06/30}
+
+
+%
+% \myprinting
+%
+% Specifies which (revised) printing you own. For example, if you
+% have the second printing set this to 2 so that errors already
+% corrected in that printing will not appear in your errata
+% listing.
+%
+% The default below ensures that all entries relevant to the x-th
+% printing are typeset.
+%
+%
+
+\renewcommand\myprinting{2}
+
+%
+% \norevisionnumbers
+%
+% Specifies that all page numbers in the errata are shown in the same
+% format (bold face) irregardless of whether or not they are fixed
+% in some revision. The default is to print corrected errors in
+% italic and add the revision number as a superscript.
+
+%
+% \showallerrors
+%
+% With this command you tell the program that all errata entries are
+% supposed to be generated. This makes \myprinting and
+% \erratastartdate basically obsolete so this isn't turned on by
+% default.
+%
+%
+\endinput
+\end{filecontents}
+
+
+\documentclass{ttcterrata}[2005/11/10] % we want new class
+
+\usepackage[T1]{fontenc}
+\let\u\underline % shortcut for this file
+\newcommand\meta[1]{$\langle$\textit{#1\/}$\rangle$}
+
+\usepackage{textcomp}
+
+\usepackage{url}
+
+\begin{document}
+
+\erratatitle{The \LaTeX{} Graphics Companion, Second Edition}{\erratafiledate}
+
+
+\begin{verbatim}
+ at book(A-W:GMRRV07,
+ author = {Michel Goossens and Frank Mittelbach and Sebastian Rahtz
+ and Denis Roegel and Herbert Vo{\ss}},
+ title = {The {\LaTeX} Graphics Companion},
+ edition = 2,
+ series = {Tools and Techniques for Computer Typesetting},
+ publisher = {Addison-Wesley},
+ address = {Boston, Massachusetts},
+ year = 2007,
+ pagenums = {976},
+ bibliography = {yes},
+ index = {yes},
+ isbn = {978-0-321-50892-8},
+)
+\end{verbatim}
+
+
+\begin{list}{}{\setlength\leftmargin{0cm}\setlength\rightmargin{3cm}}
+\item[]
+
+This file (\texttt{\jobname.err}) can be found as part of the \LaTeX{}
+distribution and its latest version is maintained on the \LaTeX{}
+project site at \texttt{https://www.latex-project.org/help/books/\jobname.err}
+where you will also find extracts of the book.
+
+The first column in the table shows the page number of the errata
+entry. Superscript numbers in the first column refer to the printed
+revision in which this entry was corrected (\textit{s} indicates a
+correction in the sources only). The second
+column gives the precise location (negative line or paragraph numbers
+are counted from the bottom of the page). The third column shows the
+first finder of the problem.
+
+You can customize this list to only show errata related to the printing
+you own by changing the configuration in the file \texttt{\jobname.cfg}.
+
+\begin{center}
+ \Large \bfseries To Err is Human --- Bug Contest
+\end{center}
+
+Any mistake found and reported is a gain for all readers of our book.
+For this reason Addison-Wesley and the authors offer a prize (for 6
+periods) to the eligible person who finds the largest
+number of bugs during that period (in case of a draw a random choice
+will be made between all those with the largest number of findings).
+A person can receive at most one prize, ever; errors found by any of
+the authors do not count.
+
+Each prize is a free choice of any single computing book found on the
+AW Professional web site \texttt{http://www.awprofessional.com} (that
+is, no boxed sets or multiple volume offers).
+
+
+As usual, the authors and publisher reserve the right to make various
+decisions such as whether a reported feature is an error for
+competitive purposes or whether similar features count as a single or
+multiple errors. ---
+Good luck!
+
+\begin{center}
+\begin{tabular}{clr}
+Contest period ends & Winner \\[4pt]
+2008/05 & Milan Vujtek & 16 suggestions\\
+2010/05 & & \\
+\ldots
+\end{tabular}
+\end{center}
+\end{list}
+
+\newpage
+
+
+%<--------------------------
+
+\newcommand\BibTeX{\textsc{Bib}\TeX}
+
+\begin{erratalist}
+
+\CHAPTER{General }
+
+\seriouserroronpage{general}{}{FMi}{2007/07/01}{}
+
+ To help you in assessing this errata document we have placed
+ exclamation marks in front of each entry that we consider essential
+ for correctly understanding the book contents.
+
+\erroronpage{general}{}{FMi}{2007/07/01}{}
+
+ Due to the printing process there may be small alignment problems
+ between blue and black text on some pages. These can vary from book
+ to book depending on how the paper was handled between print
+ runs---such is the analog nature of printing on a press.
+
+\CHAPTER{Front matter}
+
+\erroronpage{xxix}{para 4, l.1}{FMi/hv}{2007/08/23}{2}
+Add ``In case of \textsf{PSTricks} \u{and, for example, the \textsf{beamer}
+class} the syntax \ldots''
+
+\erroronpage{xxix}{para 5, code}{FMi}{2007/08/24}{2}
+There should be a bit more space in front of the code block
+
+\CHAPTER{Chapter 1}
+
+\erroronpage{2}{para 3, l.1}{MiV}{2008/05/22}{2}
+ ``First.'' \> ``First,''
+
+\CHAPTER{Chapter 2}
+
+\CHAPTER{Chapter 3}
+
+\CHAPTER{Chapter 4}
+
+\seriouserroronpage{152}{exa 4-1-15}{HjG}{2007/08/17}{2}
+ Output of example is missing! Oops \ldots\ it was there honest
+
+\erroronpage{177}{para 2, l.1}{MiV}{2008/05/22}{2}
+Missing interword space: ``Flowcharts\u{ }are''
+
+\CHAPTER{Chapter 5}
+
+
+\erroronpage{221}{last line}{RSh}{2008/02/13}{2}
+``down'' should be ``up''.
+
+\erroronpage{223}{}{hv}{2008/02/22}{2}
+Changed explanation for example 5-4-1 slightly (since example changed).
+
+\erroronpage{224}{exa. 5-4-1}{hv}{2008/02/22}{2}
+Coding changed to:
+\begin{verbatim}
+\begin{pspicture}(-1,-1)(2,2)
+ \psaxes{->}(0,0)(-1,-1)(2,2)
+ \parabola[linewidth=1.5pt](1,2)(-0.5,-0.5)
+ \parabola[origin={0.25,-0.5},
+ linestyle=dashed](1,2)(-0.5,-0.5)
+ \psaxes[origin={0.25,-0.5},linestyle=dashed,
+ linewidth=0.2pt]{->}(0,0)(-1,-1)(2,2)
+\end{pspicture}
+\end{verbatim}
+
+\erroronpage{240}{para 4, l.8}{MiV}{2008/05/22}{2}
+Remove backslash in:
+ ``keyword setting \verb/\showpoints=true/''
+
+\erroronpage{254}{Ex 5-9-1}{MiV}{2008/05/22}{}
+The blue circle shouldn't be visible behind the black circle. This is a
+problem due to the printing process used for the book---it does not show up on
+all books.
+
+\erroronpage{290}{Ex 5-13-22}{MSh}{2008/06/11}{2}
+Inside |\pscustom| the |\psbezier| macro needs four arguments in case
+there exists no current point (always for the first macro) and three
+arguments if the bezier curve connects to an existing line
+or curve (path).
+
+\CHAPTER{Chapter 6}
+
+\erroronpage{335}{para 5, l.4}{JMi}{2008/06/23}{2}
+``\ldots{} summarized in \u{Table} 5.2 \ldots" \> ``\ldots{} summarized in
+\u{Figure} 5.2 \ldots''
+
+\erroronpage{406}{margin}{hv}{2007/08/20}{2}
+ Missing interword space:
+ ``The\u{ }plotpoints \ldots''.
+
+\erroronpage{416}{exa 6-6-34}{hv}{2007/08/20}{2}
+ The filling (crosshatch) of the example isn't quite correct.
+
+\erroronpage{458}{para 2, l.1}{HjG}{2007/08/17}{2}
+ Missing interword space:
+ ``The\u{ }\textsf{pst-pdf} package \dots''
+
+
+\CHAPTER{Chapter 7}
+
+\erroronpage{491}{2nd line}{yhj}{2008/01/06}{2}
+The name of author of xytree package should be ``Koaunghi Un''
+but not ``Koaungli Un''. Sorry for the mistake.
+
+\CHAPTER{Chapter 8}
+
+\erroronpage{514}{tab. 8.3}{FMi}{2008/012/21}{2}
+Slightly increase spacing after hline.
+
+\erroronpage{515}{tab. 8.4}{MiV}{2008/05/22}{2}
+There should be vertical spacing in the first line (superscript $10^{24}$
+touches top line)
+
+\seriouserroronpage{579}{para 2, l.3}{MiV}{2008/05/22}{2}
+ \verb=\ln= \> \verb=\nl= (this will also change the index entry)
+
+\erroronpage{583}{para 4, l.9}{MiV}{2008/05/22}{2}
+Replace: ``of the voltage $V_C$'' \> ``of the voltage $v_C$''
+
+\CHAPTER{Chapter 9}
+
+\erroronpage{598/599}{several}{FMi}{2007/08/19}{2}
+ The text and the displayed logs talk about example 7-2-6 but afterwards two
+ more chapters got added (without the logs being regenerated), i.e., this
+ should now be 9-2-6.
+
+\CHAPTER{Chapter 10}
+
+\seriouserroronpage{683}{exa. 10-1-22}{FMi}{2007/08/26}{2}
+The example unfortunately highlights a bug in the current texmate package: a
+linebreak (in contrast to a space) is not recognized as a move separator
+resulting in all moves getting scrambled in the output, e.g., you see
+\texttt{dxe5 Bxf3 Qxf5} put together under move 4.
+
+Fix: use \texttt{;} to separate moves on linebreaks or wait for the next
+release of the package.
+
+\CHAPTER{Chapter 11}
+
+\erroronpage{720}{6th item}{MiV}{2008/05/22}{2}
+Replace: ``documentwide'' \> ``\u{D}ocumentwide''
+
+\erroronpage{726}{para 2, l.2}{MiV}{2008/05/22}{2}
+Extra space after
+parenthesis: ``( in practice''
+
+\erroronpage{740}{para 2, l.1}{MiV}{2008/05/22}{2}
+Replace: ``given
+by \textit{start\u{ row}}'' \> ``given by \textit{start} row''
+
+\seriouserroronpage{741}{Ex 11-3-5}{MiV}{2008/05/22}{2}
+Usage of
+\verb=\cellcolor= might introduce extra space in the output (as one can see in
+the example).
+
+This can be argued as being a bug in the \texttt{colortbl} package. Given that the
+basic \verb=\color= command ignores spaces after it, \verb=\cellcolor= should
+behave similarly.
+
+\seriouserroronpage{744}{line after Ex 11-3-9}{MiV}{2008/05/22}{2}
+Replace: ``This does \u{not}, of course, affect'' \>
+``This does, of course, \u{also} affect''
+
+\erroronpage{758}{para 3, l.2}{MiV}{2008/05/22}{2}
+Add small space between values and units in frame dimension
+
+\erroronpage{760}{fig. 11.1}{MiV}{2008/05/22}{2}
+
+why differs section names (``Introduction to encoding'' vs. ``Introduction''
+etc.)?
+
+Frank: because the author of this section used a real live example where he had
+used an optional argument to |\section| to make the toc have special text for
+some reason (should be mentioned in the source though).
+
+\erroronpage{774}{2nd snytax box}{hv}{2009/05/8}{2}
+The |\transduration| command takes ``time in seconds'' as mandatory argument
+(and not ``key/vals'')
+
+\erroronpage{779}{para 3, l.1}{MiV}{2008/05/22}{2}
+``in not shown''\>
+``\u{is} not shown''
+
+\erroronpage{794}{exa 11--4-36}{hv}{2009/05/12}{2}
+Replace ``pic2e'' \> ``pic\u{t}2e'' in output, corresponding input not
+displayed in the book.
+
+
+\CHAPTER{Appendix A}
+
+
+\CHAPTER{Appendix B}
+
+\erroronpage{809}{para -1, l.-1}{HjG}{2007/08/17}{2}
+ Missing interword space before opening parenthesis:
+ ``\dots \texttt{faq}\u{ }(or \dots''
+
+
+Frank: actually there is nothing missing in the source. It is a deficiency of
+the fonts.
+
+\CHAPTER{Appendix C}
+
+
+\CHAPTER{Bibliography}
+
+\erroronpage{822}{entry [32]}{MiV}{2008/05/22}{2}
+Use capital C in ``Lecture Notes in computer Science''
+
+\erroronpage{823}{entry [35]}{JPFD}{2007/09/05}{2}
+ The author name ``Eitan M. Gurai'' should be ``Eitan M. Gurari''.
+
+\erroronpage{824}{entry [47]}{GTa}{2010/02/10}{}
+ An updated version of the manual can be downloaded from
+ \url{https://www.tug.org/docs/metapost/mpman.pdf}
+
+\erroronpage{825}{entry [50]}{FMi}{2008/12/21}{2}
+Use capital C in ``Lecture Notes in computer Science''
+
+\erroronpage{826}{entry [59]}{FMi}{2008/12/21}{2}
+ Add web url: \url{http://archiv.dante.de/DTK/PDF/komoedie_2002_1.pdf}
+
+\erroronpage{826}{entry [60]}{FMi}{2008/12/21}{2}
+ Add web url: \url{http://archiv.dante.de/DTK/PDF/komoedie_2002_2.pdf}
+
+ \erroronpage{828}{entry [60]}{FMi}{2008/12/21}{2}
+ Add web url: ``Sample chapter
+ at: \url{https://www.latex-project.org/help/books/}''
+
+ \erroronpage{829/830}{editorial change}{FMi}{2008/12/21}{2}
+ Page breaks changed due to other changes
+
+\erroronpage{833}{entry [128]}{FMi}{2008/12/21}{2}
+ Url changed to: \url{obsolete/graphics/pstricks/doc/code/pst-code.pdf}
+
+
+\erroronpage{833}{entry [129]}{FMi}{2008/12/21}{2}
+ Url changed to: \url{macros/generic/multido/}
+
+
+\erroronpage{833}{entry [135]}{ADo}{2008/01/02}{2}
+An ``s'' is missing in ``using'' (end of the first line of comment)
+
+
+\CHAPTER{Index}
+
+ \erroronpage{856/860/866}{editorial change}{FMi}{2008/12/21}{2}
+ changed index entries due to changes above
+
+\erroronpage{886}{col.2, l.-7}{GTa}{2010/02/10}{}
+ image(METAPOST) should also reference example on p.145
+
+ \erroronpage{891}{editorial change}{FMi}{2008/12/21}{2}
+ changed index entries due to changes above
+
+ \erroronpage{910/911}{editorial change}{FMi}{2008/12/21}{2}
+ changed index entries due to changes above
+
+ \erroronpage{925}{editorial change}{FMi}{2008/12/21}{2}
+ changed index entries due to changes above
+
+\end{erratalist}
+
+
+\setcounter{collectmore}{3}
+
+\begin{multicols}{3}[Thanks to all who have found errors or
+ omissions. Listed are the people who found an errata entry first.]
+\contributor{ADo}{Alain Dondelinger}
+\contributor{FMi}{Frank Mittelbach}
+\contributor{GTa}{Gr\'egoire Taviot}
+\contributor{HjG}{Hubert G\"a\ss lein}
+\contributor{JPFD}{Jean-Pierre Drucbert}
+\contributor{JMi}{John Middlekauff}
+\contributor{MSh}{Michael Sharpe}
+\contributor{MiV}{Milan Vujtek}
+\contributor{RSh}{Richard Shepard}
+\contributor{hv}{Herbert Vo\ss}
+\contributor{yhj}{You Hyun Jo}
+\end{multicols}
+
+
+Other people have sent us corrections for errors already found.
+Thanks to all of you!
+
+If you find
+further
+errors please report them to one of the authors, e.g.,
+\begin{quote}\ttfamily
+ frank.mittelbach at latex-project.org
+\end{quote}
+preferably in a form usable directly in this file, i.e.,
+\begin{flushleft}
+|\erroronpage{|\textit{page-number}|}{|\textit{line-identification}|}{|%
+ \textit{your-initials}|}{|\textit{date}|}{}| \\
+ \hspace*{2em}\textit{description of the the erratum}
+\end{flushleft}
+Here is an example:
+\begin{verbatim}
+\erroronpage{5}{para 3, l.1}{MOs}{2007/07/01}{}
+ ``LaTeX'' should be typeset ``\LaTeX''.
+\end{verbatim}
+
+\end{document}
+
+
+> > In addition, with regards to content of Section 8.1 it would be nice
+> > to use Roman ``d'' in integrands in examples 3-2-3, 3-5-83, 3-5-84,
+> > 5-12-21, 6-5-6 and 6-5-11.
Property changes on: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/lgc2.err
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:eol-style
## -0,0 +1 ##
+native
\ No newline at end of property
Added: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/lgc2.pdf
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)
Index: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/lgc2.pdf
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/lgc2.pdf 2019-07-25 21:49:36 UTC (rev 51729)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/lgc2.pdf 2019-07-25 22:32:37 UTC (rev 51730)
Property changes on: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/lgc2.pdf
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:mime-type
## -0,0 +1 ##
+application/pdf
\ No newline at end of property
Added: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/lppl-1-0.txt
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/lppl-1-0.txt (rev 0)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/lppl-1-0.txt 2019-07-25 22:32:37 UTC (rev 51730)
@@ -0,0 +1,211 @@
+LaTeX Project Public License
+============================
+
+LPPL Version 1.0 1999-03-01
+
+Copyright 1999 LaTeX3 Project
+ Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies
+ of this license document, but modification is not allowed.
+
+
+Preamble
+========
+
+The LaTeX Project Public License (LPPL) is the license under which the
+base LaTeX distribution is distributed. As described below you may use
+this licence for any software that you wish to distribute.
+
+It may be particularly suitable if your software is TeX related (such
+as a LaTeX package file) but it may be used for any software, even if
+it is unrelated to TeX.
+
+To use this license, the files of your distribution should have an
+explicit copyright notice giving your name and the year, together
+with a reference to this license.
+
+A typical example would be
+
+ %% pig.sty
+ %% Copyright 2001 M. Y. Name
+
+ % This program can redistributed and/or modified under the terms
+ % of the LaTeX Project Public License Distributed from CTAN
+ % archives in directory macros/latex/base/lppl.txt; either
+ % version 1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+Given such a notice in the file, the conditions of this document would
+apply, with:
+
+`The Program' referring to the software `pig.sty' and
+`The Copyright Holder' referring to the person `M. Y. Name'.
+
+To see a real example, see the file legal.txt which carries the
+copyright notice for the base latex distribution.
+
+This license gives terms under which files of The Program may be
+distributed and modified. Individual files may have specific further
+constraints on modification, but no file should have restrictions on
+distribution other than those specified below.
+This is to ensure that a distributor wishing to distribute a complete
+unmodified copy of The Program need only check the conditions in this
+file, and does not need to check every file in The Program for extra
+restrictions. If you do need to modify the distribution terms of some
+files, do not refer to this license, instead distribute The Program
+under a different license. You may use the parts of the text of LPPL as
+a model for your own license, but your license should not directly refer
+to the LPPL or otherwise give the impression that The Program is
+distributed under the LPPL.
+
+
+
+The LaTeX Project Public License
+================================
+Terms And Conditions For Copying, Distribution And Modification
+===============================================================
+
+
+WARRANTY
+========
+
+There is no warranty for The Program, to the extent permitted by
+applicable law. Except when otherwise stated in writing, The
+Copyright Holder provides The Program `as is' without warranty of any
+kind, either expressed or implied, including, but not limited to, the
+implied warranties of merchantability and fitness for a particular
+purpose. The entire risk as to the quality and performance of the
+program is with you. Should The Program prove defective, you assume
+the cost of all necessary servicing, repair or correction.
+
+In no event unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing
+will The Copyright Holder, or any of the individual authors named in
+the source for The Program, be liable to you for damages, including
+any general, special, incidental or consequential damages arising out
+of any use of The Program or out of inability to use The Program
+(including but not limited to loss of data or data being rendered
+inaccurate or losses sustained by you or by third parties as a result
+of a failure of The Program to operate with any other programs), even
+if such holder or other party has been advised of the possibility of
+such damages.
+
+
+DISTRIBUTION
+============
+
+Redistribution of unchanged files is allowed provided that all files
+that make up the distribution of The Program are distributed.
+In particular this means that The Program has to be distributed
+including its documentation if documentation was part of the original
+distribution.
+
+The distribution of The Program will contain a prominent file
+listing all the files covered by this license.
+
+If you receive only some of these files from someone, complain!
+
+The distribution of changed versions of certain files included in the
+The Program, and the reuse of code from The Program, are allowed
+under the following restrictions:
+
+ * It is allowed only if the legal notice in the file does not
+ expressly forbid it.
+ See note below, under "Conditions on individual files".
+
+ * You rename the file before you make any changes to it, unless the
+ file explicitly says that renaming is not required. Any such changed
+ files must be distributed under a license that forbids distribution
+ of those files, and any files derived from them, under the names used
+ by the original files in the distribution of The Program.
+
+ * You change any `identification string' in The Program to clearly
+ indicate that the file is not part of the standard system.
+
+ * If The Program includes an `error report address' so that errors
+ may be reported to The Copyright Holder, or other specified
+ addresses, this address must be changed in any modified versions of
+ The Program, so that reports for files not maintained by the
+ original program maintainers are directed to the maintainers of the
+ changed files.
+
+ * You acknowledge the source and authorship of the original version
+ in the modified file.
+
+ * You also distribute the unmodified version of the file or
+ alternatively provide sufficient information so that the
+ user of your modified file can be reasonably expected to be
+ able to obtain an original, unmodified copy of The Program.
+ For example, you may specify a URL to a site that you expect
+ will freely provide the user with a copy of The Program (either
+ the version on which your modification is based, or perhaps a
+ later version).
+
+ * If The Program is intended to be used with, or is based on, LaTeX,
+ then files with the following file extensions which have special
+ meaning in LaTeX Software, have special modification rules under the
+ license:
+
+ - Files with extension `.ins' (installation files): these files may
+ not be modified at all because they contain the legal notices
+ that are placed in the generated files.
+
+ - Files with extension `.fd' (LaTeX font definitions files): these
+ files are allowed to be modified without changing the name, but
+ only to enable use of all available fonts and to prevent attempts
+ to access unavailable fonts. However, modified files are not
+ allowed to be distributed in place of original files.
+
+ - Files with extension `.cfg' (configuration files): these files
+ can be created or modified to enable easy configuration of the
+ system. The documentation in cfgguide.tex in the base LaTeX
+ distribution describes when it makes sense to modify or generate
+ such files.
+
+
+The above restrictions are not intended to prohibit, and hence do
+not apply to, the updating, by any method, of a file so that it
+becomes identical to the latest version of that file in The Program.
+
+========================================================================
+
+NOTES
+=====
+
+We believe that these requirements give you the freedom you to make
+modifications that conform with whatever technical specifications you
+wish, whilst maintaining the availability, integrity and reliability of
+The Program. If you do not see how to achieve your goal whilst
+adhering to these requirements then read the document cfgguide.tex
+in the base LaTeX distribution for suggestions.
+
+Because of the portability and exchangeability aspects of systems
+like LaTeX, The LaTeX3 Project deprecates the distribution of
+non-standard versions of components of LaTeX or of generally available
+contributed code for them but such distributions are permitted under the
+above restrictions.
+
+The document modguide.tex in the base LaTeX distribution details
+the reasons for the legal requirements detailed above.
+Even if The Program is unrelated to LaTeX, the argument in
+modguide.tex may still apply, and should be read before
+a modified version of The Program is distributed.
+
+
+Conditions on individual files
+==============================
+
+The individual files may bear additional conditions which supersede
+the general conditions on distribution and modification contained in
+this file. If there are any such files, the distribution of The
+Program will contain a prominent file that lists all the exceptional
+files.
+
+Typical examples of files with more restrictive modification
+conditions would be files that contain the text of copyright notices.
+
+ * The conditions on individual files differ only in the
+ extent of *modification* that is allowed.
+
+ * The conditions on *distribution* are the same for all the files.
+ Thus a (re)distributor of a complete, unchanged copy of The Program
+ need meet only the conditions in this file; it is not necessary to
+ check the header of every file in the distribution to check that a
+ distribution meets these requirements.
Property changes on: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/lppl-1-0.txt
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:eol-style
## -0,0 +1 ##
+native
\ No newline at end of property
Added: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/lppl-1-1.txt
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/lppl-1-1.txt (rev 0)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/lppl-1-1.txt 2019-07-25 22:32:37 UTC (rev 51730)
@@ -0,0 +1,314 @@
+
+The LaTeX Project Public License
+=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-
+
+LPPL Version 1.1 1999-07-10
+
+Copyright 1999 LaTeX3 Project
+ Everyone is allowed to distribute verbatim copies of this
+ license document, but modification of it is not allowed.
+
+
+PREAMBLE
+========
+
+The LaTeX Project Public License (LPPL) is the license under which the
+base LaTeX distribution is distributed.
+
+You may use this license for any program that you have written and wish
+to distribute. This license may be particularly suitable if your
+program is TeX-related (such as a LaTeX package), but you may use it
+even if your program is unrelated to TeX. The section `WHETHER AND HOW
+TO DISTRIBUTE PROGRAMS UNDER THIS LICENSE', below, gives instructions,
+examples, and recommendations for authors who are considering
+distributing their programs under this license.
+
+In this license document, `The Program' refers to any program
+distributed under this license.
+
+This license gives conditions under which The Program may be distributed
+and conditions under which modified versions of The Program may be
+distributed. Individual files of The Program may bear supplementary
+and/or superseding conditions on modification of themselves and on the
+distribution of modified versions of themselves, but *no* file of The
+Program may bear supplementary or superseding conditions on the
+distribution of an unmodified copy of the file. A distributor wishing
+to distribute a complete, unmodified copy of The Program therefore
+needs to check the conditions only in this license and nowhere else.
+
+Activities other than distribution and/or modification of The Program
+are not covered by this license; they are outside its scope. In
+particular, the act of running The Program is not restricted.
+
+We, the LaTeX3 Project, believe that the conditions below give you
+the freedom to make and distribute modified versions of The Program
+that conform with whatever technical specifications you wish while
+maintaining the availability, integrity, and reliability of
+The Program. If you do not see how to achieve your goal while
+meeting these conditions, then read the document `cfgguide.tex'
+in the base LaTeX distribution for suggestions.
+
+
+CONDITIONS ON DISTRIBUTION AND MODIFICATION
+===========================================
+
+You may distribute a complete, unmodified copy of The Program.
+Distribution of only part of The Program is not allowed.
+
+You may not modify in any way a file of The Program that bears a legal
+notice forbidding modification of that file.
+
+You may distribute a modified file of The Program if, and only if, the
+following eight conditions are met:
+
+ 1. You must meet any additional conditions borne by the file on the
+ distribution of a modified version of the file as described below
+ in the subsection `Additional Conditions on Individual Files of
+ The Program'.
+
+ 2. If the file is a LaTeX software file, then you must meet any
+ applicable additional conditions on the distribution of a modified
+ version of the file that are described below in the subsection
+ `Additional Conditions on LaTeX Software Files'.
+
+ 3. You must not distribute the modified file with the filename of the
+ original file.
+
+ 4. In the modified file, you must acknowledge the authorship and
+ name of the original file, and the name (if any) of the program
+ which contains it.
+
+ 5. You must change any identification string in the file to indicate
+ clearly that the modified file is not part of The Program.
+
+ 6. You must change any addresses in the modified file for the
+ reporting of errors in the file or in The Program generally to
+ ensure that reports for files no longer maintained by the original
+ maintainers will be directed to the maintainers of the modified
+ files.
+
+ 7. You must distribute the modified file under a license that forbids
+ distribution both of the modified file and of any files derived
+ from the modified file with the filename of the original file.
+
+ 8. You must do either (A) or (B):
+
+ (A) distribute a copy of The Program (that is, a complete,
+ unmodified copy of The Program) together with the modified
+ file; if your distribution of the modified file is made by
+ offering access to copy the modified file from a designated
+ place, then offering equivalent access to copy The Program
+ from the same place meets this condition, even though third
+ parties are not compelled to copy The Program along with the
+ modified file;
+
+ (B) provide to those who receive the modified file information
+ that is sufficient for them to obtain a copy of The Program;
+ for example, you may provide a Uniform Resource Locator (URL)
+ for a site that you expect will provide them with a copy of
+ The Program free of charge (either the version from which
+ your modification is derived, or perhaps a later version).
+
+Note that in the above, `distribution' of a file means making the
+file available to others by any means. This includes, for instance,
+installing the file on any machine in such a way that the file is
+accessible by users other than yourself. `Modification' of a file
+means any procedure that produces a derivative file under any
+applicable law -- that is, a file containing the original file or
+a significant portion of it, either verbatim or with modifications
+and/or translated into another language.
+
+Changing the name of a file is considered to be a modification of
+the file.
+
+The distribution conditions in this license do not have to be
+applied to files that have been modified in accordance with the
+above conditions. Note, however, that Condition 7. does apply to
+any such modified file.
+
+The conditions above are not intended to prohibit, and hence do not
+apply to, the updating, by any method, of a file so that it becomes
+identical to the latest version of that file of The Program.
+
+
+
+A Recommendation on Modification Without Distribution
+-----------------------------------------------------
+
+It is wise never to modify a file of The Program, even for your own
+personal use, without also meeting the above eight conditions for
+distributing the modified file. While you might intend that such
+modified files will never be distributed, often this will happen by
+accident -- you may forget that you have modified the file; or it may
+not occur to you when allowing others to access the modified file
+that you are thus distributing it and violating the conditions of
+this license. It is usually in your best interest to keep your copy
+of The Program identical with the public one. Many programs provide
+ways to control the behavior of that program without altering its
+licensed files.
+
+
+Additional Conditions on Individual Files of The Program
+--------------------------------------------------------
+
+An individual file of The Program may bear additional conditions that
+supplement and/or supersede the conditions in this license if, and only
+if, such additional conditions exclusively concern modification of the
+file or distribution of a modified version of the file. The conditions
+on individual files of The Program therefore may differ only with
+respect to the kind and extent of modification of those files that
+is allowed, and with respect to the distribution of modified versions
+of those files.
+
+
+Additional Conditions on LaTeX Software Files
+---------------------------------------------
+
+If a file of The Program is intended to be used with LaTeX (that is,
+if it is a LaTeX software file), then the following additional
+conditions, which supplement and/or supersede the conditions
+above, apply to the file according to its filename extension:
+
+ - You may not modify any file with filename extension `.ins' since
+ these are installation files containing the legal notices that are
+ placed in the files they generate.
+
+ - You may distribute modified versions of files with filename
+ extension `.fd' (LaTeX font definition files) under the standard
+ conditions of the LPPL as described above. You may also distribute
+ such modified LaTeX font definition files with their original names
+ provided that:
+ (1) the only changes to the original files either enable use of
+ available fonts or prevent attempts to access unavailable fonts;
+ (2) you also distribute the original, unmodified files (TeX input
+ paths can be used to control which set of LaTeX font definition
+ files is actually used by TeX).
+
+ - You may distribute modified versions of files with filename
+ extension `.cfg' (configuration files) with their original names.
+ The Program may (and usually will) specify the range of commands
+ that are allowed in a particular configuration file.
+
+Because of portability and exchangeability issues in LaTeX software,
+The LaTeX3 Project deprecates the distribution of modified versions of
+components of LaTeX or of generally available contributed code for them,
+but such distribution can meet the conditions of this license.
+
+
+NO WARRANTY
+===========
+
+There is no warranty for The Program. Except when otherwise stated in
+writing, The Copyright Holder provides The Program `as is', without
+warranty of any kind, either expressed or implied, including, but not
+limited to, the implied warranties of merchantability and fitness for
+a particular purpose. The entire risk as to the quality and performance
+of The Program is with you. Should The Program prove defective, you
+assume the cost of all necessary servicing, repair, or correction.
+
+In no event unless agreed to in writing will The Copyright Holder, or
+any author named in the files of The Program, or any other party who may
+distribute and/or modify The Program as permitted below, be liable to
+you for damages, including any general, special, incidental or
+consequential damages arising out of any use of The Program or out of
+inability to use The Program (including, but not limited to, loss of
+data, data being rendered inaccurate, or losses sustained by anyone as
+a result of any failure of The Program to operate with any other
+programs), even if The Copyright Holder or said author or said other
+party has been advised of the possibility of such damages.
+
+
+WHETHER AND HOW TO DISTRIBUTE PROGRAMS UNDER THIS LICENSE
+=========================================================
+
+This section contains important instructions, examples, and
+recommendations for authors who are considering distributing their
+programs under this license. These authors are addressed as `you' in
+this section.
+
+
+Choosing This License or Another License
+----------------------------------------
+
+If for any part of your program you want or need to use *distribution*
+conditions that differ from those in this license, then do not refer to
+this license anywhere in your program but instead distribute your
+program under a different license. You may use the text of this license
+as a model for your own license, but your license should not refer to
+the LPPL or otherwise give the impression that your program is
+distributed under the LPPL.
+
+The document `modguide.tex' in the base LaTeX distribution explains
+the motivation behind the conditions of this license. It explains,
+for example, why distributing LaTeX under the GNU General Public
+License (GPL) was considered inappropriate. Even if your program is
+unrelated to LaTeX, the discussion in `modguide.tex' may still be
+relevant, and authors intending to distribute their programs under any
+license are encouraged to read it.
+
+
+How to Use This License
+-----------------------
+
+To use this license, place in each of the files of your program both
+an explicit copyright notice including your name and the year and also
+a statement that the distribution and/or modification of the file is
+constrained by the conditions in this license.
+
+Here is an example of such a notice and statement:
+
+ %% pig.dtx
+ %% Copyright 2001 M. Y. Name
+ %
+ % This program may be distributed and/or modified under the
+ % conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.1
+ % of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+ % The latest version of this license is in
+ % https://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt
+ % and version 1.1 or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX
+ % version 1999/06/01 or later.
+ %
+ % This program consists of the files pig.dtx and pig.ins
+
+Given such a notice and statement in a file, the conditions given in
+this license document would apply, with `The Program' referring to the
+two files `pig.dtx' and `pig.ins', and `The Copyright Holder' referring
+to the person `M. Y. Name'.
+
+
+Important Recommendations
+-------------------------
+
+ Defining What Constitutes The Program
+
+ The LPPL requires that distributions of The Program contain all the
+ files of The Program. It is therefore important that you provide a
+ way for the licensee to determine which files constitute The Program.
+ This could, for example, be achieved by explicitly listing all the
+ files of The Program near the copyright notice of each file or by
+ using a line like
+
+ % This program consists of all files listed in manifest.txt.
+
+ in that place. In the absence of an unequivocal list it might be
+ impossible for the licensee to determine what is considered by you
+ to comprise The Program.
+
+ Noting Exceptional Files
+
+ If The Program contains any files bearing additional conditions on
+ modification, or on distribution of modified versions, of those
+ files (other than those listed in `Additional Conditions on LaTeX
+ Software Files'), then it is recommended that The Program contain a
+ prominent file that defines the exceptional conditions, and either
+ lists the exceptional files or defines one or more categories of
+ exceptional files.
+
+ Files containing the text of a license (such as this file) are
+ often examples of files bearing more restrictive conditions on
+ modification. LaTeX configuration files (with filename extension
+ `.cfg') are examples of files bearing less restrictive conditions
+ on the distribution of a modified version of the file. The
+ additional conditions on LaTeX software given above are examples
+ of declaring a category of files bearing exceptional additional
+ conditions.
Property changes on: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/lppl-1-1.txt
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:eol-style
## -0,0 +1 ##
+native
\ No newline at end of property
Added: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/lppl-1-2.txt
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/lppl-1-2.txt (rev 0)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/lppl-1-2.txt 2019-07-25 22:32:37 UTC (rev 51730)
@@ -0,0 +1,318 @@
+
+The LaTeX Project Public License
+=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-
+
+LPPL Version 1.2 1999-09-03
+
+Copyright 1999 LaTeX3 Project
+ Everyone is allowed to distribute verbatim copies of this
+ license document, but modification of it is not allowed.
+
+
+PREAMBLE
+========
+
+The LaTeX Project Public License (LPPL) is the license under which the
+base LaTeX distribution is distributed.
+
+You may use this license for any program that you have written and wish
+to distribute. This license may be particularly suitable if your
+program is TeX-related (such as a LaTeX package), but you may use it
+even if your program is unrelated to TeX. The section `WHETHER AND HOW
+TO DISTRIBUTE PROGRAMS UNDER THIS LICENSE', below, gives instructions,
+examples, and recommendations for authors who are considering
+distributing their programs under this license.
+
+In this license document, `The Program' refers to any program
+distributed under this license.
+
+This license gives conditions under which The Program may be distributed
+and conditions under which modified versions of The Program may be
+distributed. Individual files of The Program may bear supplementary
+and/or superseding conditions on modification of themselves and on the
+distribution of modified versions of themselves, but *no* file of The
+Program may bear supplementary or superseding conditions on the
+distribution of an unmodified copy of the file. A distributor wishing
+to distribute a complete, unmodified copy of The Program therefore
+needs to check the conditions only in this license and nowhere else.
+
+Activities other than distribution and/or modification of The Program
+are not covered by this license; they are outside its scope. In
+particular, the act of running The Program is not restricted.
+
+We, the LaTeX3 Project, believe that the conditions below give you
+the freedom to make and distribute modified versions of The Program
+that conform with whatever technical specifications you wish while
+maintaining the availability, integrity, and reliability of
+The Program. If you do not see how to achieve your goal while
+meeting these conditions, then read the document `cfgguide.tex'
+in the base LaTeX distribution for suggestions.
+
+
+CONDITIONS ON DISTRIBUTION AND MODIFICATION
+===========================================
+
+You may distribute a complete, unmodified copy of The Program.
+Distribution of only part of The Program is not allowed.
+
+You may not modify in any way a file of The Program that bears a legal
+notice forbidding modification of that file.
+
+You may distribute a modified file of The Program if, and only if, the
+following eight conditions are met:
+
+ 1. You must meet any additional conditions borne by the file on the
+ distribution of a modified version of the file as described below
+ in the subsection `Additional Conditions on Individual Files of
+ The Program'.
+
+ 2. If the file is a LaTeX software file, then you must meet any
+ applicable additional conditions on the distribution of a modified
+ version of the file that are described below in the subsection
+ `Additional Conditions on LaTeX Software Files'.
+
+ 3. You must not distribute the modified file with the filename of the
+ original file.
+
+ 4. In the modified file, you must acknowledge the authorship and
+ name of the original file, and the name (if any) of the program
+ which contains it.
+
+ 5. You must change any identification string in the file to indicate
+ clearly that the modified file is not part of The Program.
+
+ 6. You must change any addresses in the modified file for the
+ reporting of errors in the file or in The Program generally to
+ ensure that reports for files no longer maintained by the original
+ maintainers will be directed to the maintainers of the modified
+ files.
+
+ 7. You must distribute the modified file under a license that forbids
+ distribution both of the modified file and of any files derived
+ from the modified file with the filename of the original file.
+
+ 8. You must do either (A) or (B):
+
+ (A) distribute a copy of The Program (that is, a complete,
+ unmodified copy of The Program) together with the modified
+ file; if your distribution of the modified file is made by
+ offering access to copy the modified file from a designated
+ place, then offering equivalent access to copy The Program
+ from the same place meets this condition, even though third
+ parties are not compelled to copy The Program along with the
+ modified file;
+
+ (B) provide to those who receive the modified file information
+ that is sufficient for them to obtain a copy of The Program;
+ for example, you may provide a Uniform Resource Locator (URL)
+ for a site that you expect will provide them with a copy of
+ The Program free of charge (either the version from which
+ your modification is derived, or perhaps a later version).
+
+Note that in the above, `distribution' of a file means making the
+file available to others by any means. This includes, for instance,
+installing the file on any machine in such a way that the file is
+accessible by users other than yourself. `Modification' of a file
+means any procedure that produces a derivative file under any
+applicable law -- that is, a file containing the original file or
+a significant portion of it, either verbatim or with modifications
+and/or translated into another language.
+
+Changing the name of a file (other than as necessitated by the file
+conventions of the target file systems) is considered to be a
+modification of the file.
+
+The distribution conditions in this license do not have to be
+applied to files that have been modified in accordance with the
+above conditions. Note, however, that Condition 7. does apply to
+any such modified file.
+
+The conditions above are not intended to prohibit, and hence do not
+apply to, the updating, by any method, of a file so that it becomes
+identical to the latest version of that file of The Program.
+
+
+
+A Recommendation on Modification Without Distribution
+-----------------------------------------------------
+
+It is wise never to modify a file of The Program, even for your own
+personal use, without also meeting the above eight conditions for
+distributing the modified file. While you might intend that such
+modified files will never be distributed, often this will happen by
+accident -- you may forget that you have modified the file; or it may
+not occur to you when allowing others to access the modified file
+that you are thus distributing it and violating the conditions of
+this license. It is usually in your best interest to keep your copy
+of The Program identical with the public one. Many programs provide
+ways to control the behavior of that program without altering its
+licensed files.
+
+
+Additional Conditions on Individual Files of The Program
+--------------------------------------------------------
+
+An individual file of The Program may bear additional conditions that
+supplement and/or supersede the conditions in this license if, and only
+if, such additional conditions exclusively concern modification of the
+file or distribution of a modified version of the file. The conditions
+on individual files of The Program therefore may differ only with
+respect to the kind and extent of modification of those files that
+is allowed, and with respect to the distribution of modified versions
+of those files.
+
+
+Additional Conditions on LaTeX Software Files
+---------------------------------------------
+
+If a file of The Program is intended to be used with LaTeX (that is,
+if it is a LaTeX software file), then the following additional
+conditions, which supplement and/or supersede the conditions
+above, apply to the file according to its filename extension:
+
+ - You may not modify any file with filename extension `.ins' since
+ these are installation files containing the legal notices that are
+ placed in the files they generate.
+
+ - You may distribute modified versions of files with filename
+ extension `.fd' (LaTeX font definition files) under the standard
+ conditions of the LPPL as described above. You may also distribute
+ such modified LaTeX font definition files with their original names
+ provided that:
+ (1) the only changes to the original files either enable use of
+ available fonts or prevent attempts to access unavailable fonts;
+ (2) you also distribute the original, unmodified files (TeX input
+ paths can be used to control which set of LaTeX font definition
+ files is actually used by TeX).
+
+ - You may distribute modified versions of files with filename
+ extension `.cfg' (configuration files) with their original names.
+ The Program may (and usually will) specify the range of commands
+ that are allowed in a particular configuration file.
+
+Because of portability and exchangeability issues in LaTeX software,
+The LaTeX3 Project deprecates the distribution of modified versions of
+components of LaTeX or of generally available contributed code for them,
+but such distribution can meet the conditions of this license.
+
+
+NO WARRANTY
+===========
+
+There is no warranty for The Program. Except when otherwise stated in
+writing, The Copyright Holder provides The Program `as is', without
+warranty of any kind, either expressed or implied, including, but not
+limited to, the implied warranties of merchantability and fitness for
+a particular purpose. The entire risk as to the quality and performance
+of The Program is with you. Should The Program prove defective, you
+assume the cost of all necessary servicing, repair, or correction.
+
+In no event unless agreed to in writing will The Copyright Holder, or
+any author named in the files of The Program, or any other party who may
+distribute and/or modify The Program as permitted above, be liable to
+you for damages, including any general, special, incidental or
+consequential damages arising out of any use of The Program or out of
+inability to use The Program (including, but not limited to, loss of
+data, data being rendered inaccurate, or losses sustained by anyone as
+a result of any failure of The Program to operate with any other
+programs), even if The Copyright Holder or said author or said other
+party has been advised of the possibility of such damages.
+
+
+WHETHER AND HOW TO DISTRIBUTE PROGRAMS UNDER THIS LICENSE
+=========================================================
+
+This section contains important instructions, examples, and
+recommendations for authors who are considering distributing their
+programs under this license. These authors are addressed as `you' in
+this section.
+
+
+Choosing This License or Another License
+----------------------------------------
+
+If for any part of your program you want or need to use *distribution*
+conditions that differ from those in this license, then do not refer to
+this license anywhere in your program but instead distribute your
+program under a different license. You may use the text of this license
+as a model for your own license, but your license should not refer to
+the LPPL or otherwise give the impression that your program is
+distributed under the LPPL.
+
+The document `modguide.tex' in the base LaTeX distribution explains
+the motivation behind the conditions of this license. It explains,
+for example, why distributing LaTeX under the GNU General Public
+License (GPL) was considered inappropriate. Even if your program is
+unrelated to LaTeX, the discussion in `modguide.tex' may still be
+relevant, and authors intending to distribute their programs under any
+license are encouraged to read it.
+
+
+How to Use This License
+-----------------------
+
+To use this license, place in each of the files of your program both
+an explicit copyright notice including your name and the year and also
+a statement that the distribution and/or modification of the file is
+constrained by the conditions in this license.
+
+Here is an example of such a notice and statement:
+
+ %% pig.dtx
+ %% Copyright 2001 M. Y. Name
+ %
+ % This program may be distributed and/or modified under the
+ % conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.2
+ % of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+ % The latest version of this license is in
+ % https://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt
+ % and version 1.2 or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX
+ % version 1999/12/01 or later.
+ %
+ % This program consists of the files pig.dtx and pig.ins
+
+Given such a notice and statement in a file, the conditions given in
+this license document would apply, with `The Program' referring to the
+two files `pig.dtx' and `pig.ins', and `The Copyright Holder' referring
+to the person `M. Y. Name'.
+
+
+Important Recommendations
+-------------------------
+
+ Defining What Constitutes The Program
+
+ The LPPL requires that distributions of The Program contain all the
+ files of The Program. It is therefore important that you provide a
+ way for the licensee to determine which files constitute The Program.
+ This could, for example, be achieved by explicitly listing all the
+ files of The Program near the copyright notice of each file or by
+ using a line like
+
+ % This program consists of all files listed in manifest.txt.
+
+ in that place. In the absence of an unequivocal list it might be
+ impossible for the licensee to determine what is considered by you
+ to comprise The Program.
+
+ Noting Exceptional Files
+
+ If The Program contains any files bearing additional conditions on
+ modification, or on distribution of modified versions, of those
+ files (other than those listed in `Additional Conditions on LaTeX
+ Software Files'), then it is recommended that The Program contain a
+ prominent file that defines the exceptional conditions, and either
+ lists the exceptional files or defines one or more categories of
+ exceptional files.
+
+ Files containing the text of a license (such as this file) are
+ often examples of files bearing more restrictive conditions on
+ modification. LaTeX configuration files (with filename extension
+ `.cfg') are examples of files bearing less restrictive conditions
+ on the distribution of a modified version of the file. The
+ additional conditions on LaTeX software given above are examples
+ of declaring a category of files bearing exceptional additional
+ conditions.
+
+
+
Property changes on: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/lppl-1-2.txt
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:eol-style
## -0,0 +1 ##
+native
\ No newline at end of property
Added: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/lppl.pdf
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)
Index: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/lppl.pdf
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/lppl.pdf 2019-07-25 21:49:36 UTC (rev 51729)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/lppl.pdf 2019-07-25 22:32:37 UTC (rev 51730)
Property changes on: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/lppl.pdf
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:mime-type
## -0,0 +1 ##
+application/pdf
\ No newline at end of property
Added: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/lppl.tex
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/lppl.tex (rev 0)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/lppl.tex 2019-07-25 22:32:37 UTC (rev 51730)
@@ -0,0 +1,511 @@
+%
+% Copyright 1999 2002-2011 LaTeX3 Project
+% Everyone is allowed to distribute verbatim copies of this
+% license document, but modification of it is not allowed.
+%
+%
+% If you wish to load it as part of a ``doc'' source, you have to
+% ensure that a) % is a comment character and b) that short verb
+% characters are being turned off, i.e.,
+%
+% \DeleteShortVerb{\'} % or whatever was made a shorthand
+% \MakePercentComment
+% \input{lppl}
+% \MakePercentIgnore
+% \MakeShortVerb{\'} % turn it on again if necessary
+%
+%
+% By default the license is produced with \section* as the highest
+% heading level. If this is not appropriate for the document in which
+% it is included define the commands listed below before loading this
+% document, e.g., for inclusion as a separate chapter define:
+%
+% \providecommand{\LPPLsection}{\chapter*}
+% \providecommand{\LPPLsubsection}{\section*}
+% \providecommand{\LPPLsubsubsection}{\subsection*}
+% \providecommand{\LPPLparagraph}{\subsubsection*}
+%
+%
+% To allow cross-referencing the headings \label's have been attached
+% to them, all starting with ``LPPL:''. As by default headings without
+% numbers are produced, this will only allow page references.
+% However, you can use the titleref package to produce textual
+% references or you change the definitions of \LPPLsection, and
+% friends to generated numbered headings.
+%
+%
+% We want it to be possible that this file can be processed by
+% (pdf)LaTeX on its own, or that this file can be included in another
+% LaTeX document without any modification whatsoever.
+% Hence the little test below.
+%
+%
+\makeatletter
+\ifx\@preamblecmds\@notprerr
+ % In this case the preamble has already been processed so this file
+ % is loaded as part of another document; just enclose everything in
+ % a group
+ \let\LPPLicense\bgroup
+ \let\endLPPLicense\egroup
+\else
+ % In this case the preamble has not been processed yet so this file
+ % is processed by itself.
+ \documentclass{article}
+ \let\LPPLicense\document
+ \let\endLPPLicense\enddocument
+\fi
+\makeatother
+
+
+\begin{LPPLicense}
+ \providecommand{\LPPLsection}{\section*}
+ \providecommand{\LPPLsubsection}{\subsection*}
+ \providecommand{\LPPLsubsubsection}{\subsubsection*}
+ \providecommand{\LPPLparagraph}{\paragraph*}
+ \providecommand*{\LPPLfile}[1]{\texttt{#1}}
+ \providecommand*{\LPPLdocfile}[1]{`\LPPLfile{#1.tex}'}
+ \providecommand*{\LPPL}{\textsc{lppl}}
+
+ \LPPLsection{The \LaTeX\ Project Public License}
+ \label{LPPL:LPPL}
+
+ \emph{LPPL Version 1.3c 2008-05-04}
+
+ \textbf{Copyright 1999, 2002--2008 \LaTeX3 Project}
+ \begin{quotation}
+ Everyone is allowed to distribute verbatim copies of this
+ license document, but modification of it is not allowed.
+ \end{quotation}
+
+ \LPPLsubsection{Preamble}
+ \label{LPPL:Preamble}
+
+ The \LaTeX\ Project Public License (\LPPL) is the primary license
+ under which the \LaTeX\ kernel and the base \LaTeX\ packages are
+ distributed.
+
+ You may use this license for any work of which you hold the
+ copyright and which you wish to distribute. This license may be
+ particularly suitable if your work is \TeX-related (such as a
+ \LaTeX\ package), but it is written in such a way that you can use
+ it even if your work is unrelated to \TeX.
+
+ The section `WHETHER AND HOW TO DISTRIBUTE WORKS UNDER THIS
+ LICENSE', below, gives instructions, examples, and recommendations
+ for authors who are considering distributing their works under this
+ license.
+
+ This license gives conditions under which a work may be distributed
+ and modified, as well as conditions under which modified versions of
+ that work may be distributed.
+
+ We, the \LaTeX3 Project, believe that the conditions below give you
+ the freedom to make and distribute modified versions of your work
+ that conform with whatever technical specifications you wish while
+ maintaining the availability, integrity, and reliability of that
+ work. If you do not see how to achieve your goal while meeting
+ these conditions, then read the document \LPPLdocfile{cfgguide} and
+ \LPPLdocfile{modguide} in the base \LaTeX\ distribution for suggestions.
+
+
+ \LPPLsubsection{Definitions}
+ \label{LPPL:Definitions}
+
+ In this license document the following terms are used:
+
+ \begin{description}
+ \item[Work] Any work being distributed under this License.
+
+ \item[Derived Work] Any work that under any applicable law is
+ derived from the Work.
+
+ \item[Modification] Any procedure that produces a Derived Work under
+ any applicable law -- for example, the production of a file
+ containing an original file associated with the Work or a
+ significant portion of such a file, either verbatim or with
+ modifications and/or translated into another language.
+
+ \item[Modify] To apply any procedure that produces a Derived Work
+ under any applicable law.
+
+ \item[Distribution] Making copies of the Work available from one
+ person to another, in whole or in part. Distribution includes
+ (but is not limited to) making any electronic components of the
+ Work accessible by file transfer protocols such as \textsc{ftp} or
+ \textsc{http} or by shared file systems such as Sun's Network File
+ System (\textsc{nfs}).
+
+ \item[Compiled Work] A version of the Work that has been processed
+ into a form where it is directly usable on a computer system.
+ This processing may include using installation facilities provided
+ by the Work, transformations of the Work, copying of components of
+ the Work, or other activities. Note that modification of any
+ installation facilities provided by the Work constitutes
+ modification of the Work.
+
+ \item[Current Maintainer] A person or persons nominated as such
+ within the Work. If there is no such explicit nomination then it
+ is the `Copyright Holder' under any applicable law.
+
+ \item[Base Interpreter] A program or process that is normally needed
+ for running or interpreting a part or the whole of the Work.
+
+ A Base Interpreter may depend on external components but these are
+ not considered part of the Base Interpreter provided that each
+ external component clearly identifies itself whenever it is used
+ interactively. Unless explicitly specified when applying the
+ license to the Work, the only applicable Base Interpreter is a
+ `\LaTeX-Format' or in the case of files belonging to the
+ `\LaTeX-format' a program implementing the `\TeX{} language'.
+ \end{description}
+
+ \LPPLsubsection{Conditions on Distribution and Modification}
+ \label{LPPL:Conditions}
+
+ \begin{enumerate}
+ \item Activities other than distribution and/or modification of the
+ Work are not covered by this license; they are outside its scope.
+ In particular, the act of running the Work is not restricted and
+ no requirements are made concerning any offers of support for the
+ Work.
+
+ \item\label{LPPL:item:distribute} You may distribute a complete, unmodified
+ copy of the Work as you received it. Distribution of only part of
+ the Work is considered modification of the Work, and no right to
+ distribute such a Derived Work may be assumed under the terms of
+ this clause.
+
+ \item You may distribute a Compiled Work that has been generated
+ from a complete, unmodified copy of the Work as distributed under
+ Clause~\ref{LPPL:item:distribute} above, as long as that Compiled Work is
+ distributed in such a way that the recipients may install the
+ Compiled Work on their system exactly as it would have been
+ installed if they generated a Compiled Work directly from the
+ Work.
+
+ \item\label{LPPL:item:currmaint} If you are the Current Maintainer of the
+ Work, you may, without restriction, modify the Work, thus creating
+ a Derived Work. You may also distribute the Derived Work without
+ restriction, including Compiled Works generated from the Derived
+ Work. Derived Works distributed in this manner by the Current
+ Maintainer are considered to be updated versions of the Work.
+
+ \item If you are not the Current Maintainer of the Work, you may
+ modify your copy of the Work, thus creating a Derived Work based
+ on the Work, and compile this Derived Work, thus creating a
+ Compiled Work based on the Derived Work.
+
+ \item\label{LPPL:item:conditions} If you are not the Current Maintainer
+ of the
+ Work, you may distribute a Derived Work provided the following
+ conditions are met for every component of the Work unless that
+ component clearly states in the copyright notice that it is exempt
+ from that condition. Only the Current Maintainer is allowed to
+ add such statements of exemption to a component of the Work.
+ \begin{enumerate}
+ \item If a component of this Derived Work can be a direct
+ replacement for a component of the Work when that component is
+ used with the Base Interpreter, then, wherever this component of
+ the Work identifies itself to the user when used interactively
+ with that Base Interpreter, the replacement component of this
+ Derived Work clearly and unambiguously identifies itself as a
+ modified version of this component to the user when used
+ interactively with that Base Interpreter.
+
+ \item\label{LPPL:item:changelog} Every component of the Derived Work
+ contains prominent
+ notices detailing the nature of the changes to that component,
+ or a prominent reference to another file that is distributed as
+ part of the Derived Work and that contains a complete and
+ accurate log of the changes.
+
+ \item No information in the Derived Work implies that any persons,
+ including (but not limited to) the authors of the original
+ version of the Work, provide any support, including (but not
+ limited to) the reporting and handling of errors, to recipients
+ of the Derived Work unless those persons have stated explicitly
+ that they do provide such support for the Derived Work.
+
+ \item\label{LPPL:item:unmodifiedcopy} You distribute at least one of
+ the following with the Derived Work:
+ \begin{enumerate}
+ \item A complete, unmodified copy of the Work; if your
+ distribution of a modified component is made by offering
+ access to copy the modified component from a designated place,
+ then offering equivalent access to copy the Work from the same
+ or some similar place meets this condition, even though third
+ parties are not compelled to copy the Work along with the
+ modified component;
+
+ \item Information that is sufficient to obtain a complete,
+ unmodified copy of the Work.
+ \end{enumerate}
+ \end{enumerate}
+ \item If you are not the Current Maintainer of the Work, you may
+ distribute a Compiled Work generated from a Derived Work, as long
+ as the Derived Work is distributed to all recipients of the
+ Compiled Work, and as long as the conditions of
+ Clause~\ref{LPPL:item:conditions}, above, are met with regard to the
+ Derived Work.
+
+ \item The conditions above are not intended to prohibit, and hence
+ do not apply to, the modification, by any method, of any component
+ so that it becomes identical to an updated version of that
+ component of the Work as it is distributed by the Current
+ Maintainer under Clause~\ref{LPPL:item:currmaint}, above.
+
+ \item Distribution of the Work or any Derived Work in an alternative
+ format, where the Work or that Derived Work (in whole or in part)
+ is then produced by applying some process to that format, does not
+ relax or nullify any sections of this license as they pertain to
+ the results of applying that process.
+
+ \item
+ \begin{enumerate}
+ \item A Derived Work may be distributed under a different license
+ provided that license itself honors the conditions listed in
+ Clause~\ref{LPPL:item:conditions} above, in regard to the Work, though it
+ does not have to honor the rest of the conditions in this
+ license.
+
+ \item If a Derived Work is distributed under a different license,
+ that Derived Work must provide sufficient documentation as part
+ of itself to allow each recipient of that Derived Work to honor
+ the restrictions in Clause~\ref{LPPL:item:conditions} above, concerning
+ changes from the Work.
+ \end{enumerate}
+ \item This license places no restrictions on works that are
+ unrelated to the Work, nor does this license place any
+ restrictions on aggregating such works with the Work by any means.
+
+ \item Nothing in this license is intended to, or may be used to,
+ prevent complete compliance by all parties with all applicable
+ laws.
+ \end{enumerate}
+
+ \LPPLsubsection{No Warranty}
+ \label{LPPL:Warranty}
+
+ There is no warranty for the Work. Except when otherwise stated in
+ writing, the Copyright Holder provides the Work `as is', without
+ warranty of any kind, either expressed or implied, including, but
+ not limited to, the implied warranties of merchantability and
+ fitness for a particular purpose. The entire risk as to the quality
+ and performance of the Work is with you. Should the Work prove
+ defective, you assume the cost of all necessary servicing, repair,
+ or correction.
+
+ In no event unless required by applicable law or agreed to in
+ writing will The Copyright Holder, or any author named in the
+ components of the Work, or any other party who may distribute and/or
+ modify the Work as permitted above, be liable to you for damages,
+ including any general, special, incidental or consequential damages
+ arising out of any use of the Work or out of inability to use the
+ Work (including, but not limited to, loss of data, data being
+ rendered inaccurate, or losses sustained by anyone as a result of
+ any failure of the Work to operate with any other programs), even if
+ the Copyright Holder or said author or said other party has been
+ advised of the possibility of such damages.
+
+ \LPPLsubsection{Maintenance of The Work}
+ \label{LPPL:Maintenance}
+
+ The Work has the status `author-maintained' if the Copyright Holder
+ explicitly and prominently states near the primary copyright notice
+ in the Work that the Work can only be maintained by the Copyright
+ Holder or simply that it is `author-maintained'.
+
+ The Work has the status `maintained' if there is a Current
+ Maintainer who has indicated in the Work that they are willing to
+ receive error reports for the Work (for example, by supplying a
+ valid e-mail address). It is not required for the Current Maintainer
+ to acknowledge or act upon these error reports.
+
+ The Work changes from status `maintained' to `unmaintained' if there
+ is no Current Maintainer, or the person stated to be Current
+ Maintainer of the work cannot be reached through the indicated means
+ of communication for a period of six months, and there are no other
+ significant signs of active maintenance.
+
+ You can become the Current Maintainer of the Work by agreement with
+ any existing Current Maintainer to take over this role.
+
+ If the Work is unmaintained, you can become the Current Maintainer
+ of the Work through the following steps:
+ \begin{enumerate}
+ \item Make a reasonable attempt to trace the Current Maintainer (and
+ the Copyright Holder, if the two differ) through the means of an
+ Internet or similar search.
+ \item If this search is successful, then enquire whether the Work is
+ still maintained.
+ \begin{enumerate}
+ \item If it is being maintained, then ask the Current Maintainer
+ to update their communication data within one month.
+
+ \item\label{LPPL:item:intention} If the search is unsuccessful or
+ no action to resume active maintenance is taken by the Current
+ Maintainer, then announce within the pertinent community your
+ intention to take over maintenance. (If the Work is a \LaTeX{}
+ work, this could be done, for example, by posting to
+ \texttt{comp.text.tex}.)
+ \end{enumerate}
+ \item {}
+ \begin{enumerate}
+ \item If the Current Maintainer is reachable and agrees to pass
+ maintenance of the Work to you, then this takes effect
+ immediately upon announcement.
+
+ \item\label{LPPL:item:announce} If the Current Maintainer is not
+ reachable and the Copyright Holder agrees that maintenance of
+ the Work be passed to you, then this takes effect immediately
+ upon announcement.
+ \end{enumerate}
+ \item\label{LPPL:item:change} If you make an `intention
+ announcement' as described in~\ref{LPPL:item:intention} above and
+ after three months your intention is challenged neither by the
+ Current Maintainer nor by the Copyright Holder nor by other
+ people, then you may arrange for the Work to be changed so as to
+ name you as the (new) Current Maintainer.
+
+ \item If the previously unreachable Current Maintainer becomes
+ reachable once more within three months of a change completed
+ under the terms of~\ref{LPPL:item:announce}
+ or~\ref{LPPL:item:change}, then that Current Maintainer must
+ become or remain the Current Maintainer upon request provided they
+ then update their communication data within one month.
+ \end{enumerate}
+ A change in the Current Maintainer does not, of itself, alter the
+ fact that the Work is distributed under the \LPPL\ license.
+
+ If you become the Current Maintainer of the Work, you should
+ immediately provide, within the Work, a prominent and unambiguous
+ statement of your status as Current Maintainer. You should also
+ announce your new status to the same pertinent community as
+ in~\ref{LPPL:item:intention} above.
+
+ \LPPLsubsection{Whether and How to Distribute Works under This License}
+ \label{LPPL:Distribute}
+
+ This section contains important instructions, examples, and
+ recommendations for authors who are considering distributing their
+ works under this license. These authors are addressed as `you' in
+ this section.
+
+ \LPPLsubsubsection{Choosing This License or Another License}
+ \label{LPPL:Choosing}
+
+ If for any part of your work you want or need to use
+ \emph{distribution} conditions that differ significantly from those
+ in this license, then do not refer to this license anywhere in your
+ work but, instead, distribute your work under a different license.
+ You may use the text of this license as a model for your own
+ license, but your license should not refer to the \LPPL\ or
+ otherwise give the impression that your work is distributed under
+ the \LPPL.
+
+ The document \LPPLdocfile{modguide} in the base \LaTeX\ distribution
+ explains the motivation behind the conditions of this license. It
+ explains, for example, why distributing \LaTeX\ under the
+ \textsc{gnu} General Public License (\textsc{gpl}) was considered
+ inappropriate. Even if your work is unrelated to \LaTeX, the
+ discussion in \LPPLdocfile{modguide} may still be relevant, and authors
+ intending to distribute their works under any license are encouraged
+ to read it.
+
+ \LPPLsubsubsection{A Recommendation on Modification Without Distribution}
+ \label{LPPL:WithoutDistribution}
+
+ It is wise never to modify a component of the Work, even for your
+ own personal use, without also meeting the above conditions for
+ distributing the modified component. While you might intend that
+ such modifications will never be distributed, often this will happen
+ by accident -- you may forget that you have modified that component;
+ or it may not occur to you when allowing others to access the
+ modified version that you are thus distributing it and violating the
+ conditions of this license in ways that could have legal
+ implications and, worse, cause problems for the community. It is
+ therefore usually in your best interest to keep your copy of the
+ Work identical with the public one. Many works provide ways to
+ control the behavior of that work without altering any of its
+ licensed components.
+
+ \LPPLsubsubsection{How to Use This License}
+ \label{LPPL:HowTo}
+
+ To use this license, place in each of the components of your work
+ both an explicit copyright notice including your name and the year
+ the work was authored and/or last substantially modified. Include
+ also a statement that the distribution and/or modification of that
+ component is constrained by the conditions in this license.
+
+ Here is an example of such a notice and statement:
+\begin{verbatim}
+ %% pig.dtx
+ %% Copyright 2005 M. Y. Name
+ %
+ % This work may be distributed and/or modified under the
+ % conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+ % of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+ % The latest version of this license is in
+ % https://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt
+ % and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX
+ % version 2005/12/01 or later.
+ %
+ % This work has the LPPL maintenance status `maintained'.
+ %
+ % The Current Maintainer of this work is M. Y. Name.
+ %
+ % This work consists of the files pig.dtx and pig.ins
+ % and the derived file pig.sty.
+\end{verbatim}
+
+ Given such a notice and statement in a file, the conditions given in
+ this license document would apply, with the `Work' referring to the
+ three files `\LPPLfile{pig.dtx}', `\LPPLfile{pig.ins}', and
+ `\LPPLfile{pig.sty}' (the last being generated from
+ `\LPPLfile{pig.dtx}' using `\LPPLfile{pig.ins}'), the `Base
+ Interpreter' referring to any `\LaTeX-Format', and both `Copyright
+ Holder' and `Current Maintainer' referring to the person `M. Y.
+ Name'.
+
+ If you do not want the Maintenance section of \LPPL\ to apply to
+ your Work, change `maintained' above into `author-maintained'.
+ However, we recommend that you use `maintained' as the Maintenance
+ section was added in order to ensure that your Work remains useful
+ to the community even when you can no longer maintain and support it
+ yourself.
+
+ \LPPLsubsubsection{Derived Works That Are Not Replacements}
+ \label{LPPL:NotReplacements}
+
+ Several clauses of the \LPPL\ specify means to provide reliability
+ and stability for the user community. They therefore concern
+ themselves with the case that a Derived Work is intended to be used
+ as a (compatible or incompatible) replacement of the original
+ Work. If this is not the case (e.g., if a few lines of code are
+ reused for a completely different task), then clauses
+ \ref{LPPL:item:changelog} and \ref{LPPL:item:unmodifiedcopy}
+ shall not apply.
+
+ \LPPLsubsubsection{Important Recommendations}
+ \label{LPPL:Recommendations}
+
+ \LPPLparagraph{Defining What Constitutes the Work}
+
+ The \LPPL\ requires that distributions of the Work contain all the
+ files of the Work. It is therefore important that you provide a way
+ for the licensee to determine which files constitute the Work. This
+ could, for example, be achieved by explicitly listing all the files
+ of the Work near the copyright notice of each file or by using a
+ line such as:
+\begin{verbatim}
+ % This work consists of all files listed in manifest.txt.
+\end{verbatim}
+ in that place. In the absence of an unequivocal list it might be
+ impossible for the licensee to determine what is considered by you
+ to comprise the Work and, in such a case, the licensee would be
+ entitled to make reasonable conjectures as to which files comprise
+ the Work.
+
+\end{LPPLicense}
+\endinput
Property changes on: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/lppl.tex
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:eol-style
## -0,0 +1 ##
+native
\ No newline at end of property
Added: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/lppl.txt
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/lppl.txt (rev 0)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/lppl.txt 2019-07-25 22:32:37 UTC (rev 51730)
@@ -0,0 +1,416 @@
+The LaTeX Project Public License
+=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-
+
+LPPL Version 1.3c 2008-05-04
+
+Copyright 1999 2002-2008 LaTeX3 Project
+ Everyone is allowed to distribute verbatim copies of this
+ license document, but modification of it is not allowed.
+
+
+PREAMBLE
+========
+
+The LaTeX Project Public License (LPPL) is the primary license under
+which the LaTeX kernel and the base LaTeX packages are distributed.
+
+You may use this license for any work of which you hold the copyright
+and which you wish to distribute. This license may be particularly
+suitable if your work is TeX-related (such as a LaTeX package), but
+it is written in such a way that you can use it even if your work is
+unrelated to TeX.
+
+The section `WHETHER AND HOW TO DISTRIBUTE WORKS UNDER THIS LICENSE',
+below, gives instructions, examples, and recommendations for authors
+who are considering distributing their works under this license.
+
+This license gives conditions under which a work may be distributed
+and modified, as well as conditions under which modified versions of
+that work may be distributed.
+
+We, the LaTeX3 Project, believe that the conditions below give you
+the freedom to make and distribute modified versions of your work
+that conform with whatever technical specifications you wish while
+maintaining the availability, integrity, and reliability of
+that work. If you do not see how to achieve your goal while
+meeting these conditions, then read the document `cfgguide.tex'
+and `modguide.tex' in the base LaTeX distribution for suggestions.
+
+
+DEFINITIONS
+===========
+
+In this license document the following terms are used:
+
+ `Work'
+ Any work being distributed under this License.
+
+ `Derived Work'
+ Any work that under any applicable law is derived from the Work.
+
+ `Modification'
+ Any procedure that produces a Derived Work under any applicable
+ law -- for example, the production of a file containing an
+ original file associated with the Work or a significant portion of
+ such a file, either verbatim or with modifications and/or
+ translated into another language.
+
+ `Modify'
+ To apply any procedure that produces a Derived Work under any
+ applicable law.
+
+ `Distribution'
+ Making copies of the Work available from one person to another, in
+ whole or in part. Distribution includes (but is not limited to)
+ making any electronic components of the Work accessible by
+ file transfer protocols such as FTP or HTTP or by shared file
+ systems such as Sun's Network File System (NFS).
+
+ `Compiled Work'
+ A version of the Work that has been processed into a form where it
+ is directly usable on a computer system. This processing may
+ include using installation facilities provided by the Work,
+ transformations of the Work, copying of components of the Work, or
+ other activities. Note that modification of any installation
+ facilities provided by the Work constitutes modification of the Work.
+
+ `Current Maintainer'
+ A person or persons nominated as such within the Work. If there is
+ no such explicit nomination then it is the `Copyright Holder' under
+ any applicable law.
+
+ `Base Interpreter'
+ A program or process that is normally needed for running or
+ interpreting a part or the whole of the Work.
+
+ A Base Interpreter may depend on external components but these
+ are not considered part of the Base Interpreter provided that each
+ external component clearly identifies itself whenever it is used
+ interactively. Unless explicitly specified when applying the
+ license to the Work, the only applicable Base Interpreter is a
+ `LaTeX-Format' or in the case of files belonging to the
+ `LaTeX-format' a program implementing the `TeX language'.
+
+
+
+CONDITIONS ON DISTRIBUTION AND MODIFICATION
+===========================================
+
+1. Activities other than distribution and/or modification of the Work
+are not covered by this license; they are outside its scope. In
+particular, the act of running the Work is not restricted and no
+requirements are made concerning any offers of support for the Work.
+
+2. You may distribute a complete, unmodified copy of the Work as you
+received it. Distribution of only part of the Work is considered
+modification of the Work, and no right to distribute such a Derived
+Work may be assumed under the terms of this clause.
+
+3. You may distribute a Compiled Work that has been generated from a
+complete, unmodified copy of the Work as distributed under Clause 2
+above, as long as that Compiled Work is distributed in such a way that
+the recipients may install the Compiled Work on their system exactly
+as it would have been installed if they generated a Compiled Work
+directly from the Work.
+
+4. If you are the Current Maintainer of the Work, you may, without
+restriction, modify the Work, thus creating a Derived Work. You may
+also distribute the Derived Work without restriction, including
+Compiled Works generated from the Derived Work. Derived Works
+distributed in this manner by the Current Maintainer are considered to
+be updated versions of the Work.
+
+5. If you are not the Current Maintainer of the Work, you may modify
+your copy of the Work, thus creating a Derived Work based on the Work,
+and compile this Derived Work, thus creating a Compiled Work based on
+the Derived Work.
+
+6. If you are not the Current Maintainer of the Work, you may
+distribute a Derived Work provided the following conditions are met
+for every component of the Work unless that component clearly states
+in the copyright notice that it is exempt from that condition. Only
+the Current Maintainer is allowed to add such statements of exemption
+to a component of the Work.
+
+ a. If a component of this Derived Work can be a direct replacement
+ for a component of the Work when that component is used with the
+ Base Interpreter, then, wherever this component of the Work
+ identifies itself to the user when used interactively with that
+ Base Interpreter, the replacement component of this Derived Work
+ clearly and unambiguously identifies itself as a modified version
+ of this component to the user when used interactively with that
+ Base Interpreter.
+
+ b. Every component of the Derived Work contains prominent notices
+ detailing the nature of the changes to that component, or a
+ prominent reference to another file that is distributed as part
+ of the Derived Work and that contains a complete and accurate log
+ of the changes.
+
+ c. No information in the Derived Work implies that any persons,
+ including (but not limited to) the authors of the original version
+ of the Work, provide any support, including (but not limited to)
+ the reporting and handling of errors, to recipients of the
+ Derived Work unless those persons have stated explicitly that
+ they do provide such support for the Derived Work.
+
+ d. You distribute at least one of the following with the Derived Work:
+
+ 1. A complete, unmodified copy of the Work;
+ if your distribution of a modified component is made by
+ offering access to copy the modified component from a
+ designated place, then offering equivalent access to copy
+ the Work from the same or some similar place meets this
+ condition, even though third parties are not compelled to
+ copy the Work along with the modified component;
+
+ 2. Information that is sufficient to obtain a complete,
+ unmodified copy of the Work.
+
+7. If you are not the Current Maintainer of the Work, you may
+distribute a Compiled Work generated from a Derived Work, as long as
+the Derived Work is distributed to all recipients of the Compiled
+Work, and as long as the conditions of Clause 6, above, are met with
+regard to the Derived Work.
+
+8. The conditions above are not intended to prohibit, and hence do not
+apply to, the modification, by any method, of any component so that it
+becomes identical to an updated version of that component of the Work as
+it is distributed by the Current Maintainer under Clause 4, above.
+
+9. Distribution of the Work or any Derived Work in an alternative
+format, where the Work or that Derived Work (in whole or in part) is
+then produced by applying some process to that format, does not relax or
+nullify any sections of this license as they pertain to the results of
+applying that process.
+
+10. a. A Derived Work may be distributed under a different license
+ provided that license itself honors the conditions listed in
+ Clause 6 above, in regard to the Work, though it does not have
+ to honor the rest of the conditions in this license.
+
+ b. If a Derived Work is distributed under a different license, that
+ Derived Work must provide sufficient documentation as part of
+ itself to allow each recipient of that Derived Work to honor the
+ restrictions in Clause 6 above, concerning changes from the Work.
+
+11. This license places no restrictions on works that are unrelated to
+the Work, nor does this license place any restrictions on aggregating
+such works with the Work by any means.
+
+12. Nothing in this license is intended to, or may be used to, prevent
+complete compliance by all parties with all applicable laws.
+
+
+NO WARRANTY
+===========
+
+There is no warranty for the Work. Except when otherwise stated in
+writing, the Copyright Holder provides the Work `as is', without
+warranty of any kind, either expressed or implied, including, but not
+limited to, the implied warranties of merchantability and fitness for a
+particular purpose. The entire risk as to the quality and performance
+of the Work is with you. Should the Work prove defective, you assume
+the cost of all necessary servicing, repair, or correction.
+
+In no event unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing
+will The Copyright Holder, or any author named in the components of the
+Work, or any other party who may distribute and/or modify the Work as
+permitted above, be liable to you for damages, including any general,
+special, incidental or consequential damages arising out of any use of
+the Work or out of inability to use the Work (including, but not limited
+to, loss of data, data being rendered inaccurate, or losses sustained by
+anyone as a result of any failure of the Work to operate with any other
+programs), even if the Copyright Holder or said author or said other
+party has been advised of the possibility of such damages.
+
+
+MAINTENANCE OF THE WORK
+=======================
+
+The Work has the status `author-maintained' if the Copyright Holder
+explicitly and prominently states near the primary copyright notice in
+the Work that the Work can only be maintained by the Copyright Holder
+or simply that it is `author-maintained'.
+
+The Work has the status `maintained' if there is a Current Maintainer
+who has indicated in the Work that they are willing to receive error
+reports for the Work (for example, by supplying a valid e-mail
+address). It is not required for the Current Maintainer to acknowledge
+or act upon these error reports.
+
+The Work changes from status `maintained' to `unmaintained' if there
+is no Current Maintainer, or the person stated to be Current
+Maintainer of the work cannot be reached through the indicated means
+of communication for a period of six months, and there are no other
+significant signs of active maintenance.
+
+You can become the Current Maintainer of the Work by agreement with
+any existing Current Maintainer to take over this role.
+
+If the Work is unmaintained, you can become the Current Maintainer of
+the Work through the following steps:
+
+ 1. Make a reasonable attempt to trace the Current Maintainer (and
+ the Copyright Holder, if the two differ) through the means of
+ an Internet or similar search.
+
+ 2. If this search is successful, then enquire whether the Work
+ is still maintained.
+
+ a. If it is being maintained, then ask the Current Maintainer
+ to update their communication data within one month.
+
+ b. If the search is unsuccessful or no action to resume active
+ maintenance is taken by the Current Maintainer, then announce
+ within the pertinent community your intention to take over
+ maintenance. (If the Work is a LaTeX work, this could be
+ done, for example, by posting to comp.text.tex.)
+
+ 3a. If the Current Maintainer is reachable and agrees to pass
+ maintenance of the Work to you, then this takes effect
+ immediately upon announcement.
+
+ b. If the Current Maintainer is not reachable and the Copyright
+ Holder agrees that maintenance of the Work be passed to you,
+ then this takes effect immediately upon announcement.
+
+ 4. If you make an `intention announcement' as described in 2b. above
+ and after three months your intention is challenged neither by
+ the Current Maintainer nor by the Copyright Holder nor by other
+ people, then you may arrange for the Work to be changed so as
+ to name you as the (new) Current Maintainer.
+
+ 5. If the previously unreachable Current Maintainer becomes
+ reachable once more within three months of a change completed
+ under the terms of 3b) or 4), then that Current Maintainer must
+ become or remain the Current Maintainer upon request provided
+ they then update their communication data within one month.
+
+A change in the Current Maintainer does not, of itself, alter the fact
+that the Work is distributed under the LPPL license.
+
+If you become the Current Maintainer of the Work, you should
+immediately provide, within the Work, a prominent and unambiguous
+statement of your status as Current Maintainer. You should also
+announce your new status to the same pertinent community as
+in 2b) above.
+
+
+WHETHER AND HOW TO DISTRIBUTE WORKS UNDER THIS LICENSE
+======================================================
+
+This section contains important instructions, examples, and
+recommendations for authors who are considering distributing their
+works under this license. These authors are addressed as `you' in
+this section.
+
+Choosing This License or Another License
+----------------------------------------
+
+If for any part of your work you want or need to use *distribution*
+conditions that differ significantly from those in this license, then
+do not refer to this license anywhere in your work but, instead,
+distribute your work under a different license. You may use the text
+of this license as a model for your own license, but your license
+should not refer to the LPPL or otherwise give the impression that
+your work is distributed under the LPPL.
+
+The document `modguide.tex' in the base LaTeX distribution explains
+the motivation behind the conditions of this license. It explains,
+for example, why distributing LaTeX under the GNU General Public
+License (GPL) was considered inappropriate. Even if your work is
+unrelated to LaTeX, the discussion in `modguide.tex' may still be
+relevant, and authors intending to distribute their works under any
+license are encouraged to read it.
+
+A Recommendation on Modification Without Distribution
+-----------------------------------------------------
+
+It is wise never to modify a component of the Work, even for your own
+personal use, without also meeting the above conditions for
+distributing the modified component. While you might intend that such
+modifications will never be distributed, often this will happen by
+accident -- you may forget that you have modified that component; or
+it may not occur to you when allowing others to access the modified
+version that you are thus distributing it and violating the conditions
+of this license in ways that could have legal implications and, worse,
+cause problems for the community. It is therefore usually in your
+best interest to keep your copy of the Work identical with the public
+one. Many works provide ways to control the behavior of that work
+without altering any of its licensed components.
+
+How to Use This License
+-----------------------
+
+To use this license, place in each of the components of your work both
+an explicit copyright notice including your name and the year the work
+was authored and/or last substantially modified. Include also a
+statement that the distribution and/or modification of that
+component is constrained by the conditions in this license.
+
+Here is an example of such a notice and statement:
+
+ %% pig.dtx
+ %% Copyright 2005 M. Y. Name
+ %
+ % This work may be distributed and/or modified under the
+ % conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+ % of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+ % The latest version of this license is in
+ % https://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt
+ % and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX
+ % version 2005/12/01 or later.
+ %
+ % This work has the LPPL maintenance status `maintained'.
+ %
+ % The Current Maintainer of this work is M. Y. Name.
+ %
+ % This work consists of the files pig.dtx and pig.ins
+ % and the derived file pig.sty.
+
+Given such a notice and statement in a file, the conditions
+given in this license document would apply, with the `Work' referring
+to the three files `pig.dtx', `pig.ins', and `pig.sty' (the last being
+generated from `pig.dtx' using `pig.ins'), the `Base Interpreter'
+referring to any `LaTeX-Format', and both `Copyright Holder' and
+`Current Maintainer' referring to the person `M. Y. Name'.
+
+If you do not want the Maintenance section of LPPL to apply to your
+Work, change `maintained' above into `author-maintained'.
+However, we recommend that you use `maintained', as the Maintenance
+section was added in order to ensure that your Work remains useful to
+the community even when you can no longer maintain and support it
+yourself.
+
+Derived Works That Are Not Replacements
+---------------------------------------
+
+Several clauses of the LPPL specify means to provide reliability and
+stability for the user community. They therefore concern themselves
+with the case that a Derived Work is intended to be used as a
+(compatible or incompatible) replacement of the original Work. If
+this is not the case (e.g., if a few lines of code are reused for a
+completely different task), then clauses 6b and 6d shall not apply.
+
+
+Important Recommendations
+-------------------------
+
+ Defining What Constitutes the Work
+
+ The LPPL requires that distributions of the Work contain all the
+ files of the Work. It is therefore important that you provide a
+ way for the licensee to determine which files constitute the Work.
+ This could, for example, be achieved by explicitly listing all the
+ files of the Work near the copyright notice of each file or by
+ using a line such as:
+
+ % This work consists of all files listed in manifest.txt.
+
+ in that place. In the absence of an unequivocal list it might be
+ impossible for the licensee to determine what is considered by you
+ to comprise the Work and, in such a case, the licensee would be
+ entitled to make reasonable conjectures as to which files comprise
+ the Work.
+
Property changes on: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/lppl.txt
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:eol-style
## -0,0 +1 ##
+native
\ No newline at end of property
Added: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/ltluatex.pdf
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)
Index: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/ltluatex.pdf
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/ltluatex.pdf 2019-07-25 21:49:36 UTC (rev 51729)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/ltluatex.pdf 2019-07-25 22:32:37 UTC (rev 51730)
Property changes on: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/ltluatex.pdf
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:mime-type
## -0,0 +1 ##
+application/pdf
\ No newline at end of property
Added: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/ltnews.pdf
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)
Index: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/ltnews.pdf
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/ltnews.pdf 2019-07-25 21:49:36 UTC (rev 51729)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/ltnews.pdf 2019-07-25 22:32:37 UTC (rev 51730)
Property changes on: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/ltnews.pdf
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:mime-type
## -0,0 +1 ##
+application/pdf
\ No newline at end of property
Added: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/ltnews.tex
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/ltnews.tex (rev 0)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/ltnews.tex 2019-07-25 22:32:37 UTC (rev 51730)
@@ -0,0 +1,276 @@
+% \iffalse meta-comment
+%
+% Copyright 2006, 2009, 2011, 2014 Heiko Oberdiek
+% Copyright 2014-2018 The LaTeX3 Project
+%
+% This file is part of the LaTeX base system.
+% -------------------------------------------
+%
+% It may be distributed and/or modified under the
+% conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3c
+% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+% The latest version of this license is in
+% http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt
+% and version 1.3c or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX
+% version 2005/12/01 or later.
+%
+% This file has the LPPL maintenance status "maintained".
+%
+% 2006/06/02 v1.0: First version.
+% 2009/09/25 v1.1: \usepackage disabled.
+% 2011/07/01 v1.2: Fixes.
+% 2014/02/30 v1.3:
+% * Update for LaTeX 2014/05/01.
+% * Fix for anchor positions of issue titles.
+% 2014/05/15 v1.4:
+% * Updates for ltnews21.tex.
+% 2014/11/14 v1.4a:
+% * LaTeX Project version
+% 2015/02/16 v1.4b:
+% * Fix TOC issue
+% \fi
+
+\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}
+\ProvidesFile{ltnews.tex}%
+ [2015/02/16 v1.4b Master file for ltnews*.tex (LaTeX Project)]
+\providecommand*{\lastissue}{30}
+\InputIfFileExists{ltnews-lastissue.cfg}{}{}
+
+
+\ifx\pdfoutput\undefined
+\let\pdfoutput\outputmode
+\protected\def\pdfinfo{\pdfextension info }
+\fi
+
+\RequirePackage{ifpdf}
+\ifpdf
+ % overwrite nasty stuff of ltnews.cfg
+ % (use of hyperref for this would also support other drivers)
+ \pdfinfo{%
+ /Title(LaTeX News)%
+ /Subject(Issues 1--\lastissue)%
+ /Author(The LaTeX Project)%
+ /Creator(LaTeX)%
+ }
+ \newtoks\pdfinfo
+\else
+ \AtBeginDocument{%
+ \hypersetup{%
+ pdftitle={LaTeX News},%
+ pdfsubject={Issues 1\textendash\lastissue},%
+ pdfauthor={The LaTeX Project},%
+ pdfcreator={LaTeX}%
+ }%
+ }%
+\fi
+
+\RequirePackage{lmodern}
+\RequirePackage[T1]{fontenc}
+\RequirePackage{hologo}
+\RequirePackage{graphicx}
+
+
+\documentclass{ltnews}
+
+\RequirePackage{url,csquotes}
+
+\expandafter
+\DeclareRobustCommand\expandafter*\expandafter\small\expandafter{\small}
+
+\RequirePackage{hyperref}
+\hypersetup{colorlinks}
+\RequirePackage{bookmark}
+
+\makeatletter
+
+\newcounter{issue}
+\renewcommand*{\theissue}{%
+ \ifnum\value{issue}<10 0\fi
+ \number\value{issue}%
+}
+
+\newcommand*{\MonthJanuary}{01}
+\newcommand*{\MonthFebruary}{02}
+\newcommand*{\MonthMarch}{03}
+\newcommand*{\MonthApril}{04}
+\newcommand*{\MonthMay}{05}
+\newcommand*{\MonthJune}{06}
+\newcommand*{\MonthJuly}{07}
+\newcommand*{\MonthAugust}{08}
+\newcommand*{\MonthSeptember}{09}
+\newcommand*{\MonthOctober}{10}
+\newcommand*{\MonthNovember}{11}
+\newcommand*{\MonthDecember}{12}
+\newcommand*{\printissue}{%
+ Issue %
+ \texorpdfstring{\number\value{issue}}{\theissue}, %
+ \texorpdfstring{\@month\space\@year}{\@year/\@nameuse{Month\@month}}%
+}
+\let\l at part\l at section
+\let\l at section\l at subsection
+\let\l at subsection\l at subsubsection
+\let\l at subsubsection\l at paragraph
+\let\l at paragraph\l at subparagraph
+
+\newcommand*{\makefirsttitle}{%
+ \twocolumn[{%
+ \parbox[t][4\baselineskip]{\textwidth}{%
+ \@titlefont\@title, Issues 1--\lastissue
+ }%
+ }]%
+}
+
+% table of contents with underlined links
+\iffalse % disable if option colorlinks is used
+\@ifpackagelater{hyperref}{2006/06/01}{%
+ \newcommand*{\saved at tableofcontents}{}%
+ \let\saved at tableofcontents\tableofcontents
+ \renewcommand*{\tableofcontents}{%
+ \begingroup
+ \hypersetup{pdfborderstyle={/S/U/W 1}}%
+ \saved at tableofcontents
+ \endgroup
+ }%
+}{}
+\fi
+
+% -- provide command introduced in new release
+% so this typesets with an old format
+\DeclareTextCommandDefault\textcommabelow[1]
+ {\hmode at bgroup\ooalign{\null#1\crcr\hidewidth\raise-.31ex
+ \hbox{\check at mathfonts\fontsize\ssf at size\z@
+ \math at fontsfalse\selectfont,}\hidewidth}\egroup}
+\DeclareTextCommandDefault\textcommaabove[1]{%
+ \hmode at bgroup
+ \ooalign{%
+ \hidewidth
+ \raise.7ex\hbox{%
+ \check at mathfonts\fontsize\ssf at size\z@\math at fontsfalse\selectfont`%
+ }%
+ \hidewidth\crcr
+ \null#1\crcr
+ }%
+ \egroup
+ }
+
+\makeatother
+
+\begin{document}
+
+%%% Title and Table of Contents
+
+\makefirsttitle
+\pdfbookmark[0]{\contentsname}{toc}
+\tableofcontents
+\clearpage
+
+%%% Issues
+
+\begingroup
+ \makeatletter
+ \renewcommand*{\usepackage}[2][]{%
+ \begingroup
+ \def\x{#1|#2}%
+ \def\y{T1|fontenc}%
+ \ifx\x\y
+ \else
+ \def\y{|lmodern,url}%
+ \ifx\x\y
+ \else
+ \def\y{|lmodern,url,hologo}%
+ \ifx\x\y
+ \else
+ \def\y{|csquotes}%
+ \ifx\x\y
+ \else
+ \def\y{|graphicx}%
+ \ifx\x\y
+ \else
+ \@latex at error{ltnews.tex: \string\usepackage[#1]{#2} found}\@ehc
+ \fi
+ \fi
+ \fi
+ \fi
+ \fi
+ \endgroup
+ }%
+ \renewcommand*{\documentclass}[2][]{%
+ \setcounter{footnote}{0}%
+ \gobbleopt
+ }%
+ \newcommand*{\gobbleopt}[1][]{}%
+ \let\org at twocolumn\twocolumn
+ \renewenvironment{document}{%
+ \clearpage
+ \ifnum\@issue=20 %
+ \addtocontents{toc}{\protect\setcounter{tocdepth}{5}}%
+ \addtocontents{toc}{%
+ \protect\makeatletter
+ }%
+ \addtocontents{toc}{%
+ \let\protect\saved at l@paragraph\protect\l at paragraph
+ }%
+ \addtocontents{toc}{%
+ \let\protect\l at paragraph\protect\l at subsection
+ }%
+ \fi
+ \ifnum\@issue=\lastissue\space
+ \addtocontents{toc}{%
+ \let\protect\l at paragraph\protect\saved at l@paragraph
+ }%
+ \def\toclevel at subsection{1}%
+ \def\toclevel at subsubsection{2}%
+ \addtocontents{toc}{\protect\setcounter{tocdepth}{4}}%
+ \renewcommand*{\tableofcontents}{%
+ \section*{\contentsname}%
+ \@starttoc{toc\lastissue}%
+ }%
+ \let\saved at addtocontents\addtocontents
+ \renewcommand*{\addtocontents}[2]{%
+ \saved at addtocontents{##1}{##2}%
+ \def\temp at toc{toc}%
+ \def\temp at param{##1}%
+ \ifx\temp at toc\temp at param
+ \saved at addtocontents{toc\lastissue}{##2}%
+ \fi
+ }%
+ \let\l at subsubsection\l at subsection
+ \let\l at subsection\l at section
+ \let\l at section\l at part
+ \let\l at part\@gobbletwo
+ \fi
+ \def\twocolumn[{%
+ \let\twocolumn\org at twocolumn
+ \org at twocolumn[%
+ {% because of optional argument of \twocolumn
+ \pdfbookmark[0]{\printissue}{issue\theissue}%
+ }%
+ \begingroup
+ \let\WriteBookmarks\relax
+ \@firstofone{% inside opt. arg. of \twocolumn: protect "]"
+ \renewcommand*{\Hy at writebookmark}[5]{}%
+ }%
+ \phantomsection
+ \addcontentsline{toc}{part}{\printissue}%
+ \endgroup
+ }%
+ }{%
+ \clearpage
+ }%
+ \makeatother
+ \loop
+ \ifnum\value{issue}<\lastissue
+ \stepcounter{issue}%
+ \input{ltnews\theissue}%
+ \repeat
+ \stepcounter{issue}%
+ \makeatletter
+ \IfFileExists{ltnews\theissue}{%
+ \@latex at error{\jobname.tex is out of date,\MessageBreak
+ there is `ltnews\theissue.tex'%
+ }\@ehc
+ }{}%
+ \makeatother
+\endgroup
+
+\end{document}
Property changes on: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/ltnews.tex
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:eol-style
## -0,0 +1 ##
+native
\ No newline at end of property
Added: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/ltx3info.pdf
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)
Index: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/ltx3info.pdf
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/ltx3info.pdf 2019-07-25 21:49:36 UTC (rev 51729)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/ltx3info.pdf 2019-07-25 22:32:37 UTC (rev 51730)
Property changes on: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/ltx3info.pdf
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:mime-type
## -0,0 +1 ##
+application/pdf
\ No newline at end of property
Added: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/ltx3info.tex
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/ltx3info.tex (rev 0)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/ltx3info.tex 2019-07-25 22:32:37 UTC (rev 51730)
@@ -0,0 +1,474 @@
+% \iffalse meta-comment
+%
+% Copyright 1993 1994 1995 1996 1997 1998 1999 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 2009
+% The LaTeX3 Project and any individual authors listed elsewhere
+% in this file.
+%
+% This file is part of the LaTeX base system.
+% -------------------------------------------
+%
+% It may be distributed and/or modified under the
+% conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3c
+% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+% The latest version of this license is in
+% http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt
+% and version 1.3c or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX
+% version 2005/12/01 or later.
+%
+% This file has the LPPL maintenance status "maintained".
+%
+% The list of all files belonging to the LaTeX base distribution is
+% given in the file `manifest.txt'. See also `legal.txt' for additional
+% information.
+%
+% The list of derived (unpacked) files belonging to the distribution
+% and covered by LPPL is defined by the unpacking scripts (with
+% extension .ins) which are part of the distribution.
+%
+% \fi
+\documentclass[a4paper]{article}
+
+% Commands and environments:
+
+\newcommand{\eg}{e.g.~}
+\newcommand{\ie}{i.e.~}
+
+
+\newenvironment{citations}{%
+ \list{}{%
+ \renewcommand{\makelabel}[1]{\normalfont\itshape ##1}%
+ }%
+}{%
+ \endlist
+}
+
+% Some logos:
+
+\newcommand{\NFSS}{NFSS}
+
+\newcommand{\LaTeXNews}{\LaTeX~News}
+
+\newcommand{\AW}{Addison Wesley}
+
+\newcommand{\SGML}{{\sc SGML}}
+\newcommand{\DSSSL}{{\sc DSSSL}}
+\newcommand{\HTML}{{\sc HTML}}
+\newcommand{\XML}{{\sc XML}}
+\newcommand{\PDF}{{\sc PDF}}
+
+\newcommand{\PS}{{\sc Post\-Script}}
+
+\newcommand{\AmSTeX}{$\mathcal A$\lower.4ex\hbox{$\!\mathcal
+ M\!$}$\mathcal S$-\TeX}
+\newcommand{\AmSLaTeX}{$\mathcal A$\lower.4ex\hbox{$\!\mathcal
+ M\!$}$\mathcal S$-\LaTeX}
+\newcommand{\MF}{{\sc Meta\-font}}
+
+% sections
+
+\setcounter{secnumdepth}{-2}
+
+% Front matter:
+
+\title{\Large The \LaTeX3 Project}
+
+\author{\copyright 1995--1999 \
+Frank Mittelbach and
+Chris Rowley}
+
+\date{12 January 1999}
+
+\begin{document}
+
+\thispagestyle{empty}
+
+\maketitle
+
+\begin{abstract}
+ This article describes the motivation, achievements and future of
+ the \LaTeX3 Project, which was established to produce a new version
+ of \LaTeX{}, the widely-used and highly-acclaimed document
+ preparation system. It also describes how you can help us to
+ achieve our aims.\\[2pt]
+ \textbf{For Archive maintainers, Authors, Publishers and
+ Distributors:}\\
+ The project team request that, whenever possible, you include this
+ article in any of the following:
+ \begin{itemize}
+ \item Books about \TeX{} and \LaTeX{}.
+ \item Instructions for authors on using \LaTeX{}.
+ \item The printed documentation of CD-ROM collections that contain
+ \LaTeX.
+ \item On-line collections that include a significant proportion of
+ documents encoded in \LaTeX.
+\end{itemize}
+\end{abstract}
+
+\section{Outline}
+
+The purposes of the \LaTeX3 system can be summarized thus: it will
+greatly increase the range of documents which can be processed; and it
+will provide a flexible interface for typographic designers to easily
+specify the formatting of a class of documents.
+
+The \LaTeX3 Project Team is a small group of volunteers whose aim is
+to produce this major new document processing system based on the
+principles pioneered by Leslie Lamport in the current \LaTeX.
+
+The major visible work of the team before 1997 was the development of
+the current \emph{standard} version of \LaTeX{}. This was first
+released in 1994 and has since then been actively maintained and
+enhanced by extensions to that core system. They will continue to
+develop and maintain this system, releasing updated versions every six
+months and recording these activities in the \LaTeX{} bugs database
+(see below).
+
+Although \LaTeX{} may be distributed freely, the production and
+maintenance of the system does require expenditure of reasonably large
+sums of money. The \LaTeX3 Project Fund has therefore been set up to
+channel money into this work. We know that some users are
+aware of this fund as they have already contributed to it---many
+thanks to all of them! If you want to know more about how you can
+help the project, see Page \pageref{fund}---and thanks in advance for
+your generosity in the future.
+
+
+\section{Background}
+
+With \TeX{}, Knuth designed a formatting system that is able to
+produce a large range of documents typeset to extremely high quality
+standards. For various reasons (\eg quality, portability, stability
+and availability) \TeX{} spread very rapidly and can nowadays be best
+described as a world-wide de facto standard for high quality
+typesetting. Its use is particularly common in specialized areas, such
+as technical documents of various kinds, and for multi-lingual
+requirements.
+
+The \TeX{} system is fully programmable. This allows the development
+of high-level user interfaces whose input is processed by \TeX{}'s
+interpreter to produce low-level typesetting instructions; these are
+input to \TeX{}'s typesetting engine which outputs the format of each
+page in a device-independent page-description language. The \LaTeX{}
+system is such an interface; it was designed to support the needs of
+long documents such as textbooks and manuals. It separates content and
+form as much as possible by providing the user with a generic (\ie
+logical rather than visual) mark-up interface; this is combined with
+style sheets which specify the formatting.
+
+Recent years have shown that the concepts and approach of \LaTeX{} are
+now widely accepted. Indeed, \LaTeX{} has become the standard method
+of communicating and publishing documents in many academic
+disciplines. This has led to many publishers accepting \LaTeX{}
+source for articles and books; and the American Mathematical Society
+now provides a \LaTeX{} package making the features of \AmSTeX{}
+available to all users of \LaTeX{}. Its use has also spread into many
+other commercial and industrial environments, where the technical
+qualities of \TeX{} together with the concepts of \LaTeX{} are
+considered a powerful combination of great importance to such areas as
+corporate documentation and publishing. This has also extended to
+on-line publishing using, for example, \PDF{} output incorporating
+hypertext and other active areas.
+
+With the spreading use of \SGML{}-compliant systems (\eg Web-based
+publishing using \HTML{} or \XML{}) \TeX{} again is a common choice as
+the formatting engine for high quality typeset output: a widely used
+such system is {\em The Publisher\/} from ArborText, whilst a more
+recent development is the object-oriented document editor Grif. The
+latter is used for document processing in a wide range of industrial
+applications; it has also been adopted by the Euromath consortium as
+the basis of their mathematician's workbench, one of the most advanced
+of the emerging project-oriented user environments. Typeset output
+from \SGML{}-coded documents in these systems is obtained by
+translation into \LaTeX{}, which will therefore soon also be a natural
+choice for the output of \DSSSL-compliant systems.
+
+Because a typical \SGML{} Document Type Definition (DTD) uses concepts
+similar to those of \LaTeX{}, the formatting is often implemented by
+simply mapping document elements to \LaTeX{} constructs rather than
+directly to `raw \TeX'.
+This enables the
+sophisticated analytical techniques built into the \LaTeX{}
+software to be exploited; and it avoids the need to program in \TeX{}.
+
+\section{Motivation}
+
+This increase in the range of applications of \LaTeX{} has highlighted
+certain limitations of the current system, both for authors of
+documents and for designers of formatting styles.
+
+In addition to the need to extend the variety of classes of document
+which can be processed by \LaTeX{}, substantial enhancements are
+necessary in, at least, the following areas:
+ \begin{itemize}
+ \item
+ the command syntax (attributes, short references, etc);
+ \item
+ the layout specification interface (style design);
+ \item
+ the level of robustness (error recovery, omitted tags);
+ \item
+ the extendibility (package interface);
+ \item
+ the layout specification of tabular material;
+ \item
+ the specification and inclusion of graphical material;
+ \item
+ the positioning of floating material, and other aspects of page
+ layout;
+ \item
+ the requirements of hypertext systems.
+ \end{itemize}
+
+ Further analysis of these deficiencies has shown that some of the
+ problems are to be found in \LaTeX{}'s internal concepts and design.
+ This project to produce a new version therefore involves thorough
+ research into the challenges posed by new applications and by the use
+ of \LaTeX{} as a formatter for a wide range of documents, \eg \SGML{}
+ documents; on-line \PDF{} documents with hypertext links.
+
+ This will result in a major re-implementation of large parts of the
+ system. Some of the results of such rethinking of the fundamentals
+ are already available in Standard \LaTeX{}, notably in the following
+ areas:
+
+\begin{itemize}
+\item Font declaration and selection;
+\item Font and glyph handling within mathematical formulas;
+\item Handling multiple font glyph encodings within a document;
+\item Allowing multiple input character encodings within a document;
+\item A uniform interface for graphics inclusion;
+\item Support for coloured text;
+\item Building and interfacing new classes and extension packages.
+\end{itemize}
+
+
+\section{Description}
+
+The strengths of the present version of \LaTeX{} are
+as follows:
+ \begin{itemize}
+ \item excellent standard of typesetting for text, technical
+formulas\\
+and tabular material;
+ \item separation of generic mark-up from visual formatting;
+ \item ease of use for authors;
+ \item portability of documents over a wide range of platforms;
+ \item adaptability to many languages;
+ \item widespread and free availability;
+ \item reliable support and maintenance by the \LaTeX3 project team.
+ \end{itemize}
+ These will be preserved and in many cases greatly enhanced by the new
+ version which is being developed to fulfill the following requirements.
+ \begin{itemize}
+ \item
+ It will provide a syntax that allows highly automated translation
+ from popular \SGML{} DTDs into \LaTeX{} document classes (these
+ will be provided as standard with the new version).
+
+ The syntax of the new \LaTeX{} user-interface will, for example,
+ support the \SGML{} concepts of `entity', `attribute' and `short
+ reference' in such a way that these can be directly linked to the
+ corresponding \SGML{} features.
+
+ \item
+ It will support hypertext links and other features required for
+ on-line structured documents using, for example, \HTML{} and \XML{}.
+
+\item
+ It will provide a straightforward style-designer interface to support
+ both the specification of a wide variety of typographic requirements
+ and the linking of entities in the generic mark-up of a document to
+ the desired formatting. These two parts of the design process will
+ be clearly separated so that it is possible to specify different
+ layouts for the same DTD.
+
+ The language and syntax of this interface will be as natural as
+ possible for a typographic designer. As a result, this language
+ could easily be interfaced to a visually-oriented, menu-driven
+ specification system.
+
+ This interface will also support \DSSSL{} specifications and
+ style-sheet concepts such as those used with \HTML{} and \XML{}.
+
+ \item
+ It will provide an enhanced user-interface that allows expression of
+ the typesetting requirements from a large range of subject areas. Some
+ examples are listed here.
+
+ \begin{itemize}
+ \item The requirements of technical documentation (\eg offset layout,\\
+ change bars, etc).
+ \item The requirements of academic publishing in the humanities\\
+ (critical text editions, etc).
+ \item The requirements of structural formulas in chemistry.
+ \item Advanced use of the mathematical-typesetting features of \TeX{}.
+ \item The integration of graphical features, such as shading,
+ within text.
+ \item the integration of hypertext and other links in on-line
+ documents using systems such as \HTML{}, \XML{} and \PDF{}.
+
+ \end{itemize}
+
+ Special care will be taken to ensure that this interface is
+ extensible: this will be achieved by use of modular designs.
+
+
+ \item
+ It will provide a more robust author-interface. For example,
+ artificial restrictions on the nesting of commands will be removed.
+ Error handling will be improved by adding
+ a more effective, interactive help system.
+
+ \item
+ It will provide access to arbitrary fonts from any family (such as
+ the \PS{} and TrueType fonts) including a wide range of fonts for
+ multi-lingual documents and the specialist glyphs required by
+ documents in various technical and academic areas.
+
+ \item
+ The new interfaces will be documented in detail and the
+ system will provide extensive catalogues of examples, carefully
+ designed to make the learning time for new users (both designers and
+ authors) as short as possible.
+
+ \item
+ The code itself will be thoroughly documented and it will be
+ designed on modular principles. Thus the system will be easy to
+ maintain and to enhance.
+\end{itemize}
+
+The resulting new \LaTeX{} will, like the present version, be usable
+with any standard \TeX{} system (or whatever replaces it) and so will
+be freely available on a wide range of platforms.
+
+
+\section{\LaTeX{} documentation}
+
+\begingroup
+\setlength{\parindent}{0pt}
+
+A complete description of Standard \LaTeX{} can be found in:
+\begin{citations}
+\item[\LaTeX: A Document Preparation System]
+ Leslie Lamport,\\ \AW, 2nd ed, 1994.
+\item[The \LaTeX{} Companion]
+ Mittelbach, Goossens with Braams, Carlisle and Rowley,\\ \AW, 2nd ed, 2004.
+\end{citations}
+
+A recent addition to the publications closely associated with the
+project is:
+\begin{citations}
+\item[The \LaTeX{} Graphics Companion]
+ Goossens, Mittelbach and Rahtz,\\ \AW, 1997.
+\end{citations}
+
+This \LaTeX{} distribution comes with documentation on several aspects
+of of the system. The newer features of the system are described in
+the following documents:
+\begin{citations}
+\item[\LaTeXe{} for authors]
+ describes the new features of \LaTeX{} documents,
+ in the file \texttt{usrguide.tex};
+\item[\LaTeXe{} for class and package writers]
+ describes how to produce \LaTeX{} classes and packages,
+ in the file \texttt{clsguide.tex};
+\item[\LaTeXe{} font selection]
+ describes the new features of \LaTeX{} fonts for
+ class and package writers,
+ in the file \texttt{fntguide.tex}.
+\end{citations}
+
+For further contacts and sources of information on \TeX{} and
+\LaTeX{}, see the addresses on Page~\pageref{contacts}.
+
+\endgroup
+\pagebreak
+
+
+\section{The \LaTeX3 Project Fund}
+\label{fund}
+
+Although \LaTeX{} may be distributed freely, the production and
+maintenance of the system does require expenditure of reasonably large
+sums of money. There are many necessities that need substantial
+financing: examples are new or enhanced computing equipment and travel
+to team meetings (the volunteers come from many different countries,
+so getting together occasionally is a non-trivial exercise).
+
+This is why we are appealing to you for contributions to the fund.
+Any sum will be much appreciated; the amount need not be large as
+small contributions add up to very useful amounts. Contributions of
+suitable equipment and software will also be of great value. This
+appeal is both to you as an individual author and to you as a member
+of a group or as an employee: please encourage your department or your
+employer to contribute towards sustaining our work.
+
+We should like to see funded projects that make considerable use of
+\LaTeX{} (\eg conferences and research teams who use it to publish
+their work, and electronic research archives using it) include
+contributions to this fund in their budgets. %% e-print systems
+
+We are also asking commercial organisations to assess the benefits
+they gain from using, or distributing, a well-supported \LaTeX{} and
+to make appropriate contributions to the fund in order that we can
+continue to maintain and improve the product. If you work for, or do
+business with, such an organisation, please bring to the attention of
+the relevant people the existence and needs of the project.
+
+In particular, we ask that all the large number of organisations and
+businesses that distribute \LaTeX{}, within other software or as part
+of a CD-ROM collection, should consider pricing all products containing
+\LaTeX{} at a level that enables them to make regular donations to the
+fund from the profit on these items. We also ask all authors and
+publishers of books about \LaTeX{} to consider donating part of the
+royalties to the fund.
+
+Contributions should be sent to one of the following addresses:
+\begin{quote}\small\label{addrs}
+ \TeX{} Users Group, P.O. Box 2311, Portland, OR~97208-2311 USA\\
+ Fax:~+1~503~223~3960 \ Email: \texttt{tug at tug.org}
+
+ \noindent
+ UK TUG, 1 Eymore Close, Selly Oak, Birmingham B29~4LB UK\\
+ Fax: +44 121 476 2159 \ Email: \texttt{uktug-enquiries at tex.ac.uk}
+\end{quote}
+
+Cheques should be payable to the user group (TUG or UKTUG) and be
+clearly marked as contributions to the \LaTeX3 fund.
+Many thanks to all of you who have contributed in the past and thanks
+in advance for your generosity in the future.
+
+\section{Contacts and information}
+\label{contacts}
+
+In addition to the sources mentioned above, \LaTeX{} has its home page
+on the World Wide Web at:
+\begin{verbatim}
+ http://www.latex-project.org/
+\end{verbatim}
+This page describes \LaTeX{} and the \LaTeX3 project, and contains
+pointers to other \LaTeX{} resources, such as the user guides, the
+\TeX{} Frequently Asked Questions, and the \LaTeX{} bugs database.
+
+More general information, including contacts for local User Groups,
+can be accessed via:
+\begin{verbatim}
+ http://www.tug.org/
+\end{verbatim}
+
+The electronic home of anything \TeX-related is the Comprehensive
+\TeX{} Archive Network (CTAN). This is a network of cooperating ftp
+sites, with over a gigabyte of \TeX{} material:
+\begin{verbatim}
+ ftp://cam.ctan.org/tex-archive/
+ ftp://dante.ctan.org/tex-archive/
+ ftp://tug.ctan.org/tex-archive/
+\end{verbatim}
+
+For more information, see the \LaTeX{} home page.
+
+
+\end{document}
+
+
+
Property changes on: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/ltx3info.tex
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:eol-style
## -0,0 +1 ##
+native
\ No newline at end of property
Added: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/ltxdoc.pdf
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)
Index: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/ltxdoc.pdf
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/ltxdoc.pdf 2019-07-25 21:49:36 UTC (rev 51729)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/ltxdoc.pdf 2019-07-25 22:32:37 UTC (rev 51730)
Property changes on: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/ltxdoc.pdf
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:mime-type
## -0,0 +1 ##
+application/pdf
\ No newline at end of property
Added: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/makeindx.pdf
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)
Index: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/makeindx.pdf
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/makeindx.pdf 2019-07-25 21:49:36 UTC (rev 51729)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/makeindx.pdf 2019-07-25 22:32:37 UTC (rev 51730)
Property changes on: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/makeindx.pdf
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:mime-type
## -0,0 +1 ##
+application/pdf
\ No newline at end of property
Added: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/manifest.txt
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/manifest.txt (rev 0)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/manifest.txt 2019-07-25 22:32:37 UTC (rev 51730)
@@ -0,0 +1,225 @@
+%
+% The following files form the LaTeX2e distribution of 2017-04-15
+%
+%
+% CONTENTS OF THE LaTeX DISTRIBUTION
+% ==================================
+%
+% Documentation:
+% --------------
+%
+% README.txt -- The distribution guide. START BY READING THIS FILE
+% manifest.txt -- This file.
+%
+% tex2.txt -- Extras for installing LaTeX on TeX2.
+%
+% texpert.txt -- Documentation for TeX experts.
+% patches.txt -- Explains the patch mechanism.
+%
+% legal.txt -- Copyright notice; warranty; copying conditions.
+% lppl.txt -- The LaTeX Project Public License (current version).
+% lppl-1-0.txt -- The LaTeX Project Public License (version 1.0).
+% lppl-1-1.txt -- The LaTeX Project Public License (version 1.1).
+% lppl-1-2.txt -- The LaTeX Project Public License (version 1.2).
+% lppl.tex -- The LaTeX Project Public License (current as .tex).
+%
+% bugs.txt -- How to submit a bug report for LaTeX.
+%
+% source2e.tex -- File to produce kernel documentation.
+% changes.txt -- List of changes in reverse chronological order.
+%
+% sample2e.tex -- Sample LaTeX input file.
+% small2e.tex -- Small sample LaTeX input file.
+%
+% clsguide.tex -- How to write class files.
+% cfgguide.tex -- Guide to using `.cfg' files to configure LaTeX.
+% cyrguide.tex -- Guide to using cyrillic languages in LaTeX.
+% encguide.tex -- Guide to font encodings.
+% fntguide.tex -- Guide to font selection.
+% modguide.tex -- Guide to modifying and distributing LaTeX.
+% usrguide.tex -- User guide for this release.
+%
+% ltnews01.tex -- What was new in the release dated 1994/06.
+% ltnews02.tex -- What was new in the release dated 1994/12.
+% ltnews03.tex -- What was new in the release dated 1995/06.
+% ltnews04.tex -- What was new in the release dated 1995/12.
+% ltnews05.tex -- What was new in the release dated 1996/06.
+% ltnews06.tex -- What was new in the release dated 1996/12.
+% ltnews07.tex -- What was new in the release dated 1997/06.
+% ltnews08.tex -- What was new in the release dated 1997/12.
+% ltnews09.tex -- What was new in the release dated 1998/06.
+% ltnews10.tex -- What was new in the release dated 1998/12.
+% ltnews11.tex -- What was new in the release dated 1999/06.
+% ltnews12.tex -- What was new in the release dated 1999/12.
+% ltnews13.tex -- What was new in the release dated 2000/06.
+% ltnews14.tex -- What was new in the release dated 2001/06.
+% ltnews15.tex -- What was new in the release dated 2003/12.
+% ltnews16.tex -- What may happen in 2004 and beyond.
+% ltnews17.tex -- What was new in the release dated 2005/12.
+% ltnews18.tex -- (empty)
+% ltnews19.tex -- What was new in the release dated 2009/09.
+% ltnews20.tex -- What was new in the release dated 2011/06.
+% ltnews21.tex -- What was new in the release dated 2014/05.
+% ltnews22.tex -- What was new in the release dated 2015/01.
+% ltnews23.tex -- What was new in the release dated 2015/10.
+% ltnews24.tex -- What was new in the release dated 2016/02.
+% ltnews25.tex -- What was new in the release dated 2016/03.
+% ltnews26.tex -- What was new in the release dated 2017/01.
+
+%
+% ltx3info.tex -- Information about the LaTeX3 project.
+%
+% manual.err -- Errata for the LaTeX Manual.
+% tlc2.err -- Errata for the LaTeX Companion, second edition.
+% lb2.err -- Errata for the LaTeX-Begleiter, 2te erw. Auflage (German).
+% lgc2.err -- Errata for the LaTeX Graphics Companion, second edition.
+% webcomp.err -- Errata for the LaTeX Web Companion.
+%
+%
+% Kernel files:
+% -------------
+%
+% cmfonts.fdd -- Font definitions for Computer modern fonts.
+% fontdef.dtx -- Code for font definitions.
+% lthyphen.dtx -- Hyphenation support.
+% ltboxes.dtx -- Code for making boxes.
+% ltclass.dtx -- Class and option handling.
+% ltcounts.dtx -- Counters.
+% ltpageno.dtx -- Page numbering.
+% ltxref.dtx -- Cross referencing.
+% ltlength.dtx -- Lengths.
+% ltdirchk.dtx -- Support for search in current directory.
+% ltfiles.dtx -- File handling.
+% ltfinal.dtx -- Code for debugging and final initialisations.
+% ltfloat.dtx -- Float handling.
+% ltfntcmd.dtx -- Various font switching commands.
+% ltfssbas.dtx -- NFSS Base macros
+% ltfsstrc.dtx -- NFSS Tracing (and tracefnt.sty)
+% ltfssdcl.dtx -- NFSS Declarative interface
+% ltfssini.dtx -- NFSS Initialisation
+% ltfsscmp.dtx -- NFSS1 compatibility
+% ltidxglo.dtx -- Index and glossary.
+% ltbibl.dtx -- Bibliography commands.
+% ltalloc.dtx -- Allocation of counters and others.
+% ltdefns.dtx -- Initial definitions.
+% ltcntrl.dtx -- Program control macros.
+% lterror.dtx -- Error handling.
+% ltpar.dtx -- Paragraphs.
+% ltspace.dtx -- Spacing, line and page breaking.
+% ltlogos.dtx -- Logos.
+% ltlists.dtx -- Code for lists and related environments.
+% ltmath.dtx -- Code for math.
+% ltmiscen.dtx -- Code for miscellaneous environments.
+% ltoutenc.dtx -- Code for output encoding commands.
+% ltoutput.dtx -- LaTeX page makeup (output routine).
+% ltpictur.dtx -- The picture environment.
+% ltpage.dtx -- Page styles and related commands.
+% ltplain.dtx -- Things borrowed from the plain format.
+% lttab.dtx -- The tabbing, tabular and array environments.
+% ltthm.dtx -- The theorem-like environments.
+% ltsect.dtx -- Sectioning and title commands.
+% ltvers.dtx -- Version identification code.
+% preload.dtx -- Code for preloading fonts.
+% tulm.fdd -- Font definitions for TU latin modern fonts.
+%
+%
+% Standard Classes:
+% -----------------
+%
+% classes.dtx -- Standard document classes article/book/report.
+% letter.dtx -- Standard document class letter.
+% proc.dtx -- Proc class: modifies the article class.
+% slides.dtx -- Slides class, etc based on SLiTeX.
+% slifonts.fdd -- Font declarations for slides class.
+%
+%
+% LaTeX2.09 compatibility:
+% ------------------------
+%
+% latex209.dtx -- Implements LaTeX 2.09 compatibility mode.
+%
+%
+% Standard packages:
+% ------------------
+%
+% alltt.dtx -- Implements the alltt environment.
+% fix-cm.dtx -- Implements modified font choices for cm fonts.
+% latexrelease.dtx -- Controls fixes to LaTeX.
+% graphpap.dtx -- Implements programming \graphpaper command..
+% inputenc.dtx -- Implements eight-bit input.
+% utf8ienc.dtx -- Supplement for inputenc to implement UTF8 encoding.
+% ifthen.dtx -- Implements programming control structures.
+% makeindx.dtx -- Implements support for generating an index.
+%
+%
+% Font selection files:
+% ---------------------
+%
+% exscale.dtx -- Scaling the math extension font.
+% latexsym.dtx -- Definitions for LaTeX symbol fonts.
+% newlfont.dtx -- New semantics of font switching commands.
+% nfssfont.dtx -- program for testing a font and generating glyph tables.
+% oldlfont.dtx -- Old semantics of font switching commands.
+% syntonly.dtx -- Syntonly package for running in syntax check mode.
+%
+%
+% The doc package:
+% ----------------
+%
+% doc.dtx -- Package for self documenting code.
+% docstrip.dtx -- Module for removing comments.
+% ltxdoc.dtx -- Class file for printing documentation.
+%
+%
+% Installation scripts for the various parts:
+% -------------------------------------------
+%
+% unpack.ins -- LaTeX main installation script (see below).
+%
+%
+% Installation scripts used by unpack.ins:
+% ------------------------------------------
+%
+% alltt.ins -- Installation script for the alltt package.
+% classes.ins -- Installation script for standard classes.
+% cmfonts.ins -- Installation script for OT* Computer Modern fonts.
+% newdc.ins -- Installation script for T* Computer Modern fonts.
+% docstrip.ins -- Installation script for docstrip.
+% exscale.ins -- Installation script for scaling the cmex font.
+% fixltx2e.ins -- Installation script for the fixltx2e package.
+% format.ins -- Installation script for latex.ltx.
+% graphpap.ins -- Installation script for graphpap.dtx.
+% inputenc.ins -- Installation script for inputenc.dtx.
+% ifthen.ins -- Installation script for ifthen.dtx.
+% latex209.ins -- Installation script for compatibility mode.
+% latexsym.ins -- Installation script for latexsym.dtx.
+% letter.ins -- Installation script for document class letter.
+% ltoutenc.ins -- Installation script for output encoding files.
+% makeindx.ins -- Installation script for makeindx.dtx.
+% nfssfont.ins -- Installation script for nfssfont.dtx.
+% proc.ins -- Installation script for the proc package.
+% slides.ins -- Installation script for SLiTeX.
+% syntonly.ins -- Installation script for the syntonly package.
+% tulm.ins -- Installation script for TU Latin Modern fonts.
+%
+% Installation scripts to be used by themselves:
+% ----------------------------------------------
+%
+% cmextra.ins -- Installation script for additional CM fonts.
+% ec.ins -- Installation script for T1 and TS1 EC fonts.
+% olddc.ins -- Installation script for obsolete dc fonts (v1.1).
+%
+%
+% Support files:
+% --------------
+%
+% ltxguide.cls -- Document class used by the guides.
+% ltnews.cls -- Document class for `news' document.
+% minimal.cls -- Minimal document class for debugging and testing.
+% idx.tex -- Print out index entries in your document.
+% lablst.tex -- Generate list of labels used in a document.
+% testpage.tex -- Test file for checking the accuracy of a printer.
+% ltxcheck.tex -- Test file for checking the LaTeX installation.
+%
+%
+% ======================================================================
Property changes on: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/manifest.txt
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:eol-style
## -0,0 +1 ##
+native
\ No newline at end of property
Added: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/manual.err
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/manual.err (rev 0)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/manual.err 2019-07-25 22:32:37 UTC (rev 51730)
@@ -0,0 +1,365 @@
+\documentclass{article}
+
+\newcommand{\reportedby}[2]{{\small [First reported by #1 on \mbox{#2}.]}}
+\newcommand{\erratum}[1]{\subsubsection*{#1}}
+
+
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+% MODIFICATION DATE %
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+% %
+% Defines \moddate to expand to modification date such as %
+% %
+% 5 Aug 1991 %
+% %
+% and \prdate to print it in a large box. Assumes editor %
+% updates modification date in standard SRC Gnu Emacs style. %
+% (should work for any user name). %
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+\def\ypmd{% %
+% %
+% %
+ Last modified on Sat 13 October 2018 at 12:56:41 PST by lamport %
+ endypmd} %
+% %
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+\newcommand{\moddate}{\expandafter\xpmd\ypmd} %
+\def\xpmd Last modified %
+on #1 #2 #3 #4 at #5:#6:#7 #8 by #9 endypmd{#2 #3 #4} %
+\newcommand{\prdate}{\noindent\fbox{\Large\moddate}} %
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+
+\newcommand{\mytt}{\normalfont\ttfamily}
+\newcommand{\cindex}{\index}
+\newcommand\bs{\char '134 } % A backslash character for \tt font
+
+\title{Errata to the Second Edition of the \LaTeX\ Manual}
+\author{Leslie Lamport}
+\date{\moddate}
+
+\begin{document}
+\maketitle
+
+\noindent These are all the errors and omissions to the manual,
+\LaTeX: {\em A Document Preparation System}, second edition, published
+by Addison-Wesley, reported as of \moddate. Positions in the book are
+indicated by page and line number, where the top line of a page is
+number 1 and the bottom line is number $-1$. A running head and a
+page number are not considered to be lines, but all other lines are.
+Please report any additional errors to The \LaTeX\ Project at
+\texttt{www.latex-project.org/bugs/}\,.
+
+
+\subsection*{Errors Corrected in the First Printing}
+
+\erratum{page 25, example of \texttt{verse} environment}
+Replace \verb|{\em all\/}| by \verb|\emph{all}|.
+ \reportedby{Rosemary Bailey}{29 Aug 1994}
+
+\erratum{page 28, first paragraph}
+Not an error, but it would be
+helpful to add the following sentence to the end of that paragraph:
+ ``(If a declaration has arguments, they become additional
+arguments of the corresponding environment's \verb|\begin| command.)''
+
+
+\erratum{page 33, line 10}
+Add \verb|\]| to the list of fragile commands.
+ \reportedby{Rosemary Bailey}{29 Aug 1994}
+
+\erratum{page 43, table 3.5}
+Add an entry for \verb|\notin| ($\notin$).
+ \reportedby{Rosemary Bailey}{29 Aug 1994}
+
+\erratum{page 72, two examples}
+Change \verb|{\em ...}| to \verb|\emph{...}|
+ \reportedby{Rosemary Bailey}{29 Aug 1994}
+
+\erratum{page 101}
+This is not an error, but some readers will find it helpful if, in the
+descriptions of \verb|\setlength| and \verb|\addtolength|,
+\verb|\gnat| were replaced by \verb|\parskip|.
+ \reportedby{Ellen Gilkerson}{9 Aug 1994}
+
+\erratum{page 108, lines 7 and 10}
+This is not an error, but it might be easier to understand
+the example if \verb|\len| were replaced by something like \verb|\saved|.
+ \reportedby{Rosemary Bailey}{29 Aug 1994}
+
+\erratum{page 139, lines $-8$ and $-9$}
+
+The funny break between these two lines should be eliminated.
+\reportedby{Malcolm Clark}{9 Aug 1994}
+
+\erratum{page 177, line $-12$}
+
+The \verb|twocolumn| option cannot be used with the \verb|letters|
+class.
+
+\erratum{page 197, lines 7 and 9}
+
+The \verb|figure*| environment is ended by \verb|\end{figure*}|, and
+the \verb|table*| environment is ended by \verb|\end{table*}|.
+\reportedby{Malcolm Clark}{9 Aug 1994}
+
+\erratum{page 228}
+
+Add a note that, before running a LaTeX2.09 file in compatibility mode
+in LaTeX2e, you should delete the old versions of the auxiliary files.
+
+\subsection*{Errors Corrected in the Second Printing}
+
+\erratum{page xv, line 10}
+``Chris Rowley'' should come after ``Sebastian Rahtz''.
+\reportedby{Martin Schr\"{o}der}{24 April 1995}
+
+
+
+\erratum{page 29, line $-10$}
+Change ``error indicator line'' to ``error locator line''.
+\reportedby{Xavier Perramon}{2 Jan 1995}
+
+\erratum{page 37, lines 26--28}
+Change the two sentences ``None of these \ldots formula.'' to:
+\begin{quote}
+These text-producing commands can be used in math mode to put ordinary
+text in a formula. (When the command is used in math mode, its
+argument is processed in LR mode.) The declarations cannot be used in
+math mode. Section 3.3.8 explains how to change the type style of a
+formula's math-mode symbols.
+\end{quote}
+\reportedby{Mike Piff}{7 Mar 1995}
+
+\erratum{page 39, line 6}
+Replace ``any mode'' with ``paragraph and LR mode''. Also,
+after line 8, add:
+\begin{quote}
+The commands \verb|\dag|, \verb|\ddag|, \verb|\S|, and \verb|\P|
+can also be used in math mode.
+\end{quote}
+
+\erratum{page 53, line 24}
+Change ``are needed in the'' to ``are used in the''
+\reportedby{Mike Piff}{21 Oct 1994}
+
+\erratum{page 80, line 1}
+The section heading should not be outdented.
+\reportedby{Martin Schr\"{o}der}{23 Jan 1995}
+
+\erratum{page 83, line $-8$}
+Change ``\verb|\resettime|'' to ``\verb|\settime|''.
+
+\erratum{page 84, after line $11$} Add the following sentence: ``The
+\hbox{\verb|\onlyslides|} and \hbox{\verb|\onlynotes|} commands may
+not work right if a \texttt{slide}, \texttt{overlay}, or \texttt{note}
+environment appears in the argument of any command.''
+\reportedby{Eike Ritter}{May 1996}
+
+\erratum{page 153, line 1}
+Add ``or subentry'' after ``entry''.
+\reportedby{Martin Schr\"{o}der}{22 Feb 1995}
+
+\erratum{page 171}
+Add the following before line $-4$:
+\begin{description}
+\item[\mytt \bs columnwidth]
+Normal width
+ \cindex{columnwidth}%
+of a column;
+% \index{column!width}%
+ \index{width!of column}%
+equals \verb|\textwidth| except for multiple-column styles.
+Its value should not be changed with the length-setting commands.
+\end{description}
+Also, in line $-4$, change \verb|\textwidth| to \verb|\columnwidth|.
+%\reportedby{Volker Kuhlmav}{20 Jan 1995}
+\reportedby{Rosemary Bailey}{9 Sep 1994}
+
+\erratum{page 180, lines 15--19}
+%
+Replace these five lines (which begin ``These commands are overridden'')
+with:
+\begin{itemize} \item[]
+To override a heading on a right-hand page (any page for one-sided
+printing), put a \verb|\markright| after the sectioning command and in
+its mandatory argument, and add an optional argument without the
+\verb|markright|, as in
+\begin{itemize}
+\item[]
+ \verb|\chapter[Gnu Scents]{Gnu Scents\markright{|\textit{right\_head}\verb|}}|\\
+ \verb|\markright{|\textit{right\_head}\verb|}|
+\end{itemize}
+To change the heading on a left-hand page, put a \verb|\markboth|
+command immediately after the sectioning command.
+\end{itemize}
+\reportedby{Jerome Breitenbach}{14 Dec 1995}
+
+\erratum{page 182}
+The dimensions
+\verb|\pageheight| and \verb|\pagewidth|
+should be \verb|\paperheight| and \verb|\paperwidth|,
+respectively. (The index entries on page 260 should also be changed.)
+\reportedby{Alan Jeffrey, on behalf of a user}{12 Sep 1995}
+\erratum{page 192, line 19}
+Change ``\emph{cmd}'' to ``\emph{def}''.
+\reportedby{Martin Schr\"{o}der}{9 Mar 1995}
+
+
+\erratum{page 195, line 14}
+Change ``numbered `within' it'' to ``numbered directly `within' it''.
+\reportedby{Martin Schr\"{o}der}{5 Dec 1994}
+
+\erratum{page 197, line 14}
+After ``\verb|\textwidth|'' add ``or \verb|\columnwidth|''
+\reportedby{Volker Kuhlmann}{22 Jan 1995}
+
+\erratum{page 226}
+
+After line 7, add
+\begin{quote}
+These declarations may not be used in math mode.
+\end{quote}
+Replace lines 16-19 (beginning ``None of these commands'') with
+\begin{quote}
+When these commands are used in math mode, the \emph{text}
+argument is processed in LR mode.
+
+These commands and declarations are robust. Words typeset in
+typewriter style are not hyphenated except where permitted by \verb|\-|
+commands.
+\end{quote}
+\reportedby{Marc Lavine}{22 Aug 1995}
+
+\erratum{page 228}
+To the section ``Type Styles and Sizes'', add the following sentence:
+A few mathematical symbols now require the \texttt{latexsym} package---see
+Tables 3.4--3.7.
+
+\subsection*{Errors Corrected in the Sixteenth Printing}
+
+\erratum{page 42, line 14}
+Change ``through a symbol'' by ``through a relation symbol''.
+\reportedby{Frank Mittelbach}{15 Nov 1996}
+
+\erratum{page 42, Table 3.4}
+\verb|\land| should be listed as a synonym for \verb|\wedge|, and
+\verb|\lor| should be listed as a synonym for \verb|\vee|.
+\reportedby{Chris Rowley}{28 Oct 1998}
+
+\erratum{page 43, Table 3.7}
+\verb|\lnot| should be listed as a synonym for \verb|\neg|.
+\reportedby{Chris Rowley}{15 Oct 1998}
+
+\erratum{page 137} This is not an error, but it would be better to
+change lines 23 and 24 to:
+\begin{quote}
+\LaTeX\
+ \index{file!not found error}%
+ \index{file!nonexistent}%
+is trying to read a file that apparently doesn't exist. If the missing
+file has the extension \texttt{tex}, then \LaTeX\ is trying to
+ \index{input)@\verb+\input+!of nonexistent file}%
+ \index{include)@\verb+\include+!of nonexistent file}%
+\verb|\input| or \verb|\include| it; if it
+\end{quote}
+
+\erratum{page 171, line 19}
+Change the description of \verb|\indent| to:
+\begin{description}
+\item[\mytt \bs indent]
+Produces a
+% \cindex{indent}%
+% \index{paragraph!indentation}%
+horizontal space whose width equals the width of the
+paragraph indentation. It can be used to add a paragraph indentation
+where one would otherwise be suppressed. (If it doesn't work,
+try typing \verb|\indent\indent|.) Robust.
+\end{description}
+\reportedby{Chris Rowley}{15 Oct 1998}
+
+\erratum{page 179, line 19}
+%
+Change to:
+\begin{quote}
+page style for the \texttt{article} and \texttt{report} document classes.
+\end{quote}
+\reportedby{Stephen J. Alter}{17 Sep 1997}
+
+\erratum{page 195, line 28}
+Replace ``\textit{num}$_1$ and \textit{num}$_1$ are numbers''
+with ``\textit{num}$_1$ and \textit{num}$_2$ are numbers''.
+\reportedby{Magnus Lewis-Smith}{14 Jan 1999}
+
+\erratum{page 196, line $-5$}
+Change \verb|\newboolean{|\emph{name}\verb|}| to
+\verb|\newboolean{|\emph{nam}\verb|}|.
+\reportedby{Christopher von B\"{u}low}{28 Aug 2000}
+
+
+\erratum{page 198, line 14}
+Change ``it will not be printed'' to ``it will usually not be printed''.
+
+\erratum{page 218, line $-14$}
+Change ``\texttt{tabular}'' to ``\texttt{tabbing}''.
+\reportedby{Carlos Pita}{27 Aug 2001}
+
+\erratum{foldout, column 3, line 3}
+Replace \emph{style} with \emph{class}. \reportedby{Christopher von B\"{u}low}{28 Aug 2000}
+
+\subsection*{Errors Corrected in the Seventeenth Printing}
+
+\erratum{page 51, line 8}
+Change ``The \verb|\,| command'' to ``The \verb|\,| and \verb*|\ | commands''.
+\reportedby{Phillip J Shelton}{2 Jul 1999}
+
+\erratum{page 61, second example (middle of page)}
+Remove the \verb|\mbox{}| following the \texttt{tabbing} environment.
+\reportedby{Marcin Wolinski}{17 Sep 2003}
+
+\erratum{page 210, line 20}
+Add a space after ``bibliography''.
+\reportedby{Marcin Wolinski}{17 Sep 2003}
+
+\subsection*{Error Corrected in the Twenty-First Printing}
+\erratum{page 198, line $-11$}
+The sentence beginning ``The last three rules'' is hard to read. Better
+would be:
+\begin{quote}
+\noindent The last three rules are suspended when a
+ \verb|\clearpage|,\linebreak
+ \verb|\cleardoublepage|, or
+ \verb|\end{document}| command occurs,
+at which point all unprocessed figures and tables are allowed a
+\hbox{\mytt p} option and printed.
+\end{quote}
+\reportedby{Paul Stanford}{9 Oct 2004}
+
+\subsection*{Error Corrected in the Twenty-Second Printing}
+
+\erratum{page 253, column 2, lines $-5$ and $-6$}
+
+The two index entries for \verb|\ldots| should be combined.
+
+
+\reportedby{Christopher Dutchyn}{22 July 2005}
+
+
+\subsection*{Uncorrected Errors}
+
+\erratum{page 206, line 17 (\texttt{\string\multicolumn} explanation)}
+
+Insert the following text right after ``\texttt{l}, and \texttt{r}.''
+\begin{quote}
+If the part of the environment's \emph{cols} argument being replaced
+immediately follows an \texttt{@} expression, then the \emph{item}
+will be preceded by a normal intercolumn space unless the
+\verb|\multicolumn| command's \emph{col} argument begins with an
+\texttt{@} expression. In particular, beginning the \emph{col}
+argument with \verb|@{}| will suppress that space.
+\end{quote}
+\reportedby{Ulrike Fischer, Frank Mittelbach}{23 Sep 2018}
+
+\end{document}
+
+%try
+%try
Property changes on: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/manual.err
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:eol-style
## -0,0 +1 ##
+native
\ No newline at end of property
Added: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/manual.pdf
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)
Index: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/manual.pdf
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/manual.pdf 2019-07-25 21:49:36 UTC (rev 51729)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/manual.pdf 2019-07-25 22:32:37 UTC (rev 51730)
Property changes on: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/manual.pdf
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:mime-type
## -0,0 +1 ##
+application/pdf
\ No newline at end of property
Added: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/modguide.pdf
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)
Index: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/modguide.pdf
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/modguide.pdf 2019-07-25 21:49:36 UTC (rev 51729)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/modguide.pdf 2019-07-25 22:32:37 UTC (rev 51730)
Property changes on: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/modguide.pdf
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:mime-type
## -0,0 +1 ##
+application/pdf
\ No newline at end of property
Added: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/modguide.tex
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/modguide.tex (rev 0)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/modguide.tex 2019-07-25 22:32:37 UTC (rev 51730)
@@ -0,0 +1,412 @@
+% \iffalse meta-comment
+%
+% Copyright 1993 1994 1995 1996 1997 1998 1999 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 2009
+% The LaTeX3 Project and any individual authors listed elsewhere
+% in this file.
+%
+% This file is part of the LaTeX base system.
+% -------------------------------------------
+%
+% It may be distributed and/or modified under the
+% conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3c
+% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+% The latest version of this license is in
+% http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt
+% and version 1.3c or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX
+% version 2005/12/01 or later.
+%
+% This file has the LPPL maintenance status "maintained".
+%
+% The list of all files belonging to the LaTeX base distribution is
+% given in the file `manifest.txt'. See also `legal.txt' for additional
+% information.
+%
+% The list of derived (unpacked) files belonging to the distribution
+% and covered by LPPL is defined by the unpacking scripts (with
+% extension .ins) which are part of the distribution.
+%
+% \fi
+% Filename: modguide.tex
+
+\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}[1995/12/01]
+
+\documentclass{ltxguide}[1995/11/28]
+
+\newcommand{\reasonsection}[1]{\subsubsection*{\it #1}}
+
+\newcommand{\nstex}{\textsf{NS-TeX}}
+
+\setcounter{secnumdepth}{-1}
+
+\title{Modifying \LaTeX}
+
+\author{\copyright~Copyright 1995, \LaTeX3 Project Team.\\
+ All rights reserved.}
+
+\date{12 December 1995}
+
+\begin{document}
+
+\maketitle
+
+\tableofcontents
+
+\begin{abstract}
+ This document was produced in response to suggestions that the
+ modification and distribution conditions for the files constituting
+ the New Standard \LaTeX{} system should be similar to those implied
+ by Version~2 of the \textsc{GNU} General Public Licence, as
+ published by the Free Software Foundation.
+\end{abstract}
+
+\section{Introduction}
+\label{sec:intro}
+
+This article describes the principles underlying our policy on
+distribution and modification of the files comprising the \LaTeX{}
+system. It has been produced as a result of detailed discussions of
+the issues involved in the support and maintenance of a widely
+distributed document processing system used by diverse people for many
+applications. These discussions have involved users, maintainers of
+installations that support \LaTeX{} and various types of organisations
+that distribute it. The discussions are continuing and we hope that
+the ideas in this article will make a useful contribution to the
+debate.
+
+Our aim is that \LaTeX{} should be a system which can be trusted by
+users of all types to fulfill their needs. Such a system must be
+stable and well-maintained. This implies that it must be reasonably
+easy to maintain (otherwise it will simply not get maintained at
+all). So here is a summary of our basic philosophy:
+\begin{quote}
+ We believe that the freedom to rely on a widely-used standard for
+ document interchange and formatting is as important as the freedom to
+ experiment with the contents of files.
+
+ We are therefore adopting a policy similar to that which Donald
+ Knuth applies to modifications of the underlying \TeX{} system: that
+ certain files, together with their names, are part of the system and
+ therefore the contents of these files should not be changed unless
+ the following conditions are met:
+ \begin{itemize}
+ \item they are clearly marked as being no longer part of the
+ standard system;
+ \item the name of the file is changed.
+ \end{itemize}
+\end{quote}
+
+
+\section{The system}
+\label{sec:sys}
+
+In developing this philosophy, and the consequent limitations on how
+modifications of the system should be carried out, we were heavily
+influenced by the following facts concerning the current widespread
+and wide-ranging uses of the \LaTeX{} system.
+\begin{enumerate}
+\item \LaTeX{} is not just a document processing system;
+ it also defines a language for document exchange.
+
+\item The standard document class files, and some other files, also
+ define a particular formatting of a document.
+
+\item The packages that we maintain define a particular document
+ interface and, in some cases, particular formatting of parts of a
+ document.
+
+\item The interfaces between different parts of the \LaTeX{} system
+ are very complex and it is therefore very difficult to check that a
+ change to one file does not affect the functionality of both that
+ file and also other parts of the system not obviously connected to
+ the file that has been changed.
+\end{enumerate}
+
+This leads us to the general principle that:
+\begin{quote}
+ with certain special exceptions, if you change the contents of a
+ file then the changed version should have a different file name.
+\end{quote}
+
+We certainly do not wish to prevent people from experimenting with the
+code in different ways and adapting it to their purposes. However, we
+are concerned that any distribution of modifications to the code
+should be very clearly identified as not being a part of the standard
+distribution. The exact wording and form of the distribution
+conditions is thus something that is flexible, but only within the
+constraint of keeping \LaTeX{} as a standardised, reliable product for
+the purposes described above: the exchange and formatting of
+documents.
+
+
+\section{Some examples}
+\label{sec:expl}
+
+Here we elaborate the arguments that have led us to the above
+conclusion.
+
+
+\reasonsection{Separate development considered harmful!}
+\label{sec:ja}
+
+In many fields, the use of \LaTeX{} as a language for communication
+is just as important as its capacity for fine typesetting; this is a
+very important consideration for a large population of authors,
+journal editors, archivists, etc.
+
+Related to this issue of portability is the fact that the file names
+are part of the end-user syntax.
+
+As a real example, the \LaTeX{} `tools' collection contains the
+package `array.sty'. A new user-level feature was added to this file
+at the end of 1994 and a document using this feature can contain the
+line:
+\begin{verbatim}
+ \usepackage{array}[1994/10/16]
+\end{verbatim}
+
+By supplying the optional argument, the document author is indicating
+that a version of the file \texttt{array.sty} dated no earlier than
+that date is required to run this document without error.
+
+This feature would be totally worthless if we were to allow an
+alternative version of the array package to be distributed under the
+same name since it would mean that there would be in circulation files
+of a later date, but without the new feature. If the document
+were processed using this `alternative array' then it would certainly
+produce `undefined command' errors and would probably not be
+processable at all.
+
+
+\reasonsection{What's in a file-name?}
+\label{sec:jb}
+
+In a pure markup language, such as SGML, it is reasonably clear that
+control over the final presentation lies with the receiver of a
+document and not with the author.
+
+However, the way that \LaTeX{} is often used in practice means that
+most people (at least when using the standard classes and packages)
+expect the formatting to be preserved when they send the document to
+another site.
+
+For example, suppose, as is still the most common use of \LaTeX{} in
+publishing, you produce a document for `camera-ready-copy' using the
+class `article' and that you carefully tune the formatting by, for
+example, adding some explicit line breaks etc, to ensure that it fits
+the 8 page limit set by the editor a journal or proceedings.
+
+It then gets sent to the editor or a referee who, without anyone
+knowing, has a non-standard version of the class file `article' and so
+it then runs to 9 pages. The consequence of this will, at the least,
+be a lot of wasted time whilst everyone involved works out what has
+gone wrong; it will probably also lead to everyone blaming each other
+for something which was in fact caused by a misguided distribution
+policy.
+
+It should also be noted that, for most people, the version of the
+class file `article' that gets used is decided by a site maintainer
+or the compilers of a CD-ROM distribution. To most users,
+the symbols \texttt{a\,r\,t\,i\,c\,l\,e} in:
+\begin{verbatim}
+ \documentclass{article}
+\end{verbatim}
+are just as much part of \LaTeX{}'s syntax as are the symbols
+\texttt{1\,2\,p\,t} in:
+\begin{verbatim}
+ \hspace{12pt}
+\end{verbatim}
+Thus they should both define a standard formatting rather than
+sometimes producing 1 more page or a 5pt larger space.
+
+Users rely on the fact that the command (or menu item) `LaTeX'
+produces a completely standard \LaTeX, including the fact that
+`article' is the `standard article'. They would not be at all happy
+if the person who installed and maintains \LaTeX{} for them were
+allowed to customise `article' every second day so as (in her or his
+opinion) to improve the layout; or because another user wanted to write
+a document in a different language or typeset one with different fonts.
+
+\reasonsection{\TeX{} itself}
+\label{sec:tex}
+
+We have modelled our policies on those of the \TeX{} system since this
+has for some time now been widely acknowledged as a very stable and
+high quality typesetting system.
+
+The distribution policy set up by Donald Knuth for \TeX{} has the
+following features:
+\begin{itemize}
+\item There is a clearly specified method for changing parts of the
+ software by the use of `change files'.
+\item Although arbitrary changes are allowed, the resulting program
+ can be called \TeX{} only if its functionality is precisely the same
+ as that of \TeX{} (i.e.~neither less nor more) in all important
+ areas.
+\item There are many files in the system that cannot be changed at all
+ (without changing the name): examples are the file
+ \texttt{plain.tex} and the files associated with fonts, including
+ the Metafont source files.
+\end{itemize}
+
+
+\reasonsection{Maintaining complexity}
+\label{sec:compl}
+
+Our experience of maintaining \LaTeX{} has shown us just how complex
+are the interactions between different parts of the system.
+
+We have therefore, with lots of help from the bug reports you send in,
+developed a large suite of test files which we run to check the
+effects of every change we make. A non-negligible percentage of these
+test runs give unexpected results and hence show up some unexpected
+dependency in the system.
+
+
+\section{Some assurances}
+\label{sec:conc}
+
+We are certainly not attempting to stop people reformatting \LaTeX{}
+documents in any way they wish. There are many ways of customising
+incoming documents to your personal style that do not involve changing
+the contents of \LaTeX{}'s standard files; indeed, this freedom is one
+of the system's many advantages.
+The simplest way to achieve this is to replace
+\begin{quote}
+\verb|\documentclass{article}|\quad by\quad
+\verb|\documentclass{myart}|
+\end{quote}
+
+Nor do we wish to discourage the production of new packages improving
+on the functionality or implementation of those we distribute. All we
+ask is that, in the best interests of all \LaTeX{} users, you give
+your superbly improved class or package file some other name.
+
+\section{Configuration possibilities}
+\label{sec:conposs}
+
+The standard \LaTeX{} system format can be configured in several ways
+to suit the needs and resources of an installation. For example, the
+loading of fonts and font tables can be customised to match the font
+shapes, families and encodings normally used in text mode. Also, by
+producing the appropriate font definition files, the font tables
+themselves can be set up to take advantage of the available fonts and
+sizes. The loading of hyphenation patterns can be adjusted to cover
+the languages used; this has to be done as part of making the format
+since this is the only stage at which patterns can be loaded.
+
+A complete list of these configuration possibilities can be found in
+the distributed guide \emph{Configuration options for} \LaTeXe{}
+(\texttt{cfgguide.tex}). However, as it says there, the number of
+configuration possibilities is strictly limited; we hope that having
+read this far you will appreciate the reasons for this decision. One
+consequence of this is that there is no provision for a general
+purpose configuration file, or for adding extra code just before the
+|\dump| of the format file.
+
+This was a deliberate decision and we hope that everyone (yes, that
+includes you!) will support its intent. Otherwise there will be a
+rapid return to the very situation, of several incompatible versions
+of \LaTeX~2.09, that originally prompted us to produce \LaTeXe{}: the
+new, and \emph{only}, `Standard \LaTeX'. This will make \LaTeX{}
+unmaintainable and, hence, unmaintained (by us, at least).
+
+\begin{quote}
+ Therefore you should not misuse the configuration files or other
+ parts of the distribution to produce non-standard versions of
+ \LaTeX{}.
+\end{quote}
+
+Some of the allowed configurations can result in a system that can produce
+documents that are no longer `formatting compatible'; for example, the
+use of different default fonts will most likely produce different line
+and page breaks. If you do produce a system that is configured in
+such a way that it is not `formatting compatible' then you should
+consider carefully the needs of users who need to create portable
+documents. A good way to provide for their needs is to make
+available, in addition, a standard form of \LaTeX{} without any
+`formatting incompatible' customisations.
+
+
+\section{Modification conditions}
+\label{sec:modcon}
+
+It is possible that you need to produce a document processing system
+based on standard \LaTeX{} but with functionality that cannot be
+implemented by using the approved configuration files and complying
+with the restriction on the code that is allowed in them. In other
+words, you may need a system which is sufficiently distinct from
+Standard \LaTeX{} that it is not feasible to do this simply by using
+the configuration options we provide or by producing new classes and
+packages.
+
+If you do produce such a system then, for the reasons described
+above, you should ensure that your system is clearly distinguished
+from Standard \LaTeX{} in every possible way, including the following.
+
+
+\begin{enumerate}
+\item
+ Give your system a distinguished name, such as \nstex, which clearly
+ distinguishes it from \LaTeX{}.
+
+\item
+ Ensure that it contains no file with a name the same as that of
+ a file in the standard distribution but with different contents.
+ (If this is not possible then you must:
+ \begin{itemize}
+ \item
+ ensure that files from the non-\LaTeX{} system cannot be
+ accidentally accessed whilst using a standard \LaTeX{};
+ \item ensure that each file from the non-\LaTeX{} system clearly
+ identifies itself as a non-\LaTeX{} file on the terminal and in the
+ log file.)
+ \end{itemize}
+
+\item
+ Ensure that the method used to run your system is clearly
+\label{mcon:command}
+ distinct from that used to run Standard \LaTeX; e.g.~by using a
+ command name or menu entry that is clearly not \texttt{latex}
+ (or \texttt{LaTeX} etc).
+
+\item
+ Ensure that, when a file is being processed by your system, the
+ use of non-standard \LaTeX{} is clearly proclaimed to the user by
+ whatever means is appropriate.
+
+\item Ensure that what is written at the beginning of the log file
+ clearly shows that your system has been used, and that it is
+ not Standard \LaTeX{}.
+ See the file \texttt{cfgguide.tex} for how to achieve this.
+
+\item
+ Clearly explain to users that bug reports concerning your
+ system should not be sent to the maintainers of Standard
+ \LaTeX{}.
+\end{enumerate}
+
+\subsection*{Note to system administrators}
+
+If you install a non-standard (modified) version of \LaTeX{} on a
+multi-user site then please, in addition, install Standard \LaTeX{}
+and observe the conditions enumerated above, particularly
+\ref{mcon:command}.
+
+
+\section{What do you think?}
+\label{sec:you}
+
+We are interested in your views on the issues raised in this document.
+The best way to let us know what you think, and to discuss your ideas
+with others, is to join the \texttt{LaTeX-L} mailing list and send your
+comments there.
+To subscribe to this list, mail to:
+\begin{verbatim}
+ listserv at urz.uni-heidelberg.de
+\end{verbatim}
+the following one line message:
+\begin{verbatim}
+ subscribe LATEX-L <your-first-name> <your-second-name>
+\end{verbatim}
+
+\end{document}
Property changes on: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/modguide.tex
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:eol-style
## -0,0 +1 ##
+native
\ No newline at end of property
Added: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/nfssfont.pdf
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)
Index: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/nfssfont.pdf
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/nfssfont.pdf 2019-07-25 21:49:36 UTC (rev 51729)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/nfssfont.pdf 2019-07-25 22:32:37 UTC (rev 51730)
Property changes on: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/nfssfont.pdf
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:mime-type
## -0,0 +1 ##
+application/pdf
\ No newline at end of property
Added: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/proc.pdf
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)
Index: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/proc.pdf
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/proc.pdf 2019-07-25 21:49:36 UTC (rev 51729)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/proc.pdf 2019-07-25 22:32:37 UTC (rev 51730)
Property changes on: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/proc.pdf
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:mime-type
## -0,0 +1 ##
+application/pdf
\ No newline at end of property
Added: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/slides.pdf
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)
Index: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/slides.pdf
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/slides.pdf 2019-07-25 21:49:36 UTC (rev 51729)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/slides.pdf 2019-07-25 22:32:37 UTC (rev 51730)
Property changes on: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/slides.pdf
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:mime-type
## -0,0 +1 ##
+application/pdf
\ No newline at end of property
Added: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/slifonts.pdf
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)
Index: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/slifonts.pdf
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/slifonts.pdf 2019-07-25 21:49:36 UTC (rev 51729)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/slifonts.pdf 2019-07-25 22:32:37 UTC (rev 51730)
Property changes on: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/slifonts.pdf
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:mime-type
## -0,0 +1 ##
+application/pdf
\ No newline at end of property
Added: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/source2e.pdf
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)
Index: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/source2e.pdf
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/source2e.pdf 2019-07-25 21:49:36 UTC (rev 51729)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/source2e.pdf 2019-07-25 22:32:37 UTC (rev 51730)
Property changes on: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/source2e.pdf
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:mime-type
## -0,0 +1 ##
+application/pdf
\ No newline at end of property
Added: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/source2e.tex
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/source2e.tex (rev 0)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/source2e.tex 2019-07-25 22:32:37 UTC (rev 51730)
@@ -0,0 +1,503 @@
+% \iffalse meta-comment
+%
+% Copyright 1993-2016
+% The LaTeX3 Project and any individual authors listed elsewhere
+% in this file.
+%
+% This file is part of the LaTeX base system.
+% -------------------------------------------
+%
+% It may be distributed and/or modified under the
+% conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3c
+% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+% The latest version of this license is in
+% https://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt
+% and version 1.3c or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX
+% version 2005/12/01 or later.
+%
+% This file has the LPPL maintenance status "maintained".
+%
+% The list of all files belonging to the LaTeX base distribution is
+% given in the file `manifest.txt'. See also `legal.txt' for additional
+% information.
+%
+% The list of derived (unpacked) files belonging to the distribution
+% and covered by LPPL is defined by the unpacking scripts (with
+% extension .ins) which are part of the distribution.
+%
+% \fi
+
+% This document will typeset the LaTeX sources as a single document.
+% This will produce quite a large file (roughly 555 pages) and may
+% take a long time.
+%
+% Some notes on processing this document are contained at the end
+% of this document, after \end{document}
+%
+% DPC 1997/11/17
+%
+% First a special index style for makeindex
+%
+
+\begin{filecontents}{source2e.ist}
+actual '='
+quote '!'
+level '>'
+preamble
+"\n \\begin{theindex} \n \\makeatletter\\scan at allowedfalse\n"
+postamble
+"\n\n \\end{theindex}\n"
+item_x1 "\\efill \n \\subitem "
+item_x2 "\\efill \n \\subsubitem "
+delim_0 "\\pfill "
+delim_1 "\\pfill "
+delim_2 "\\pfill "
+% The next lines will produce some warnings when
+% running Makeindex as they try to cover two different
+% versions of the program:
+lethead_prefix "{\\bfseries\\hfil "
+lethead_suffix "\\hfil}\\nopagebreak\n"
+lethead_flag 1
+heading_prefix "{\\bfseries\\hfil "
+heading_suffix "\\hfil}\\nopagebreak\n"
+headings_flag 1
+
+% and just for source2e:
+% Remove R so I is treated in sequence I J K not I II III
+page_precedence "rnaA"
+\end{filecontents}
+
+
+
+\documentclass{ltxdoc}
+
+\listfiles
+
+% Do not index some TeX primitives, and some common plain TeX commands.
+
+\DoNotIndex{\def,\long,\edef,\xdef,\gdef,\let,\global}
+\DoNotIndex{\if,\ifnum,\ifdim,\ifcat,\ifmmode,\ifvmode,\ifhmode,%
+ \iftrue,\iffalse,\ifvoid,\ifx,\ifeof,\ifcase,\else,\or,\fi}
+\DoNotIndex{\box,\copy,\setbox,\unvbox,\unhbox,\hbox,%
+ \vbox,\vtop,\vcenter}
+\DoNotIndex{\@empty,\immediate,\write}
+\DoNotIndex{\egroup,\bgroup,\expandafter,\begingroup,\endgroup}
+\DoNotIndex{\divide,\advance,\multiply,\count,\dimen}
+\DoNotIndex{\relax,\space,\string}
+\DoNotIndex{\csname,\endcsname,\@spaces,\openin,\openout,%
+ \closein,\closeout}
+\DoNotIndex{\catcode,\endinput}
+\DoNotIndex{\jobname,\message,\read,\the,\m at ne,\noexpand}
+\DoNotIndex{\hsize,\vsize,\hskip,\vskip,\kern,\hfil,\hfill,\hss}
+\DoNotIndex{\m at ne,\z@,\z at skip,\@ne,\tw@,\p@}
+\DoNotIndex{\dp,\wd,\ht,\vss,\unskip}
+
+% Set up the Index and Change History to use \part
+\IndexPrologue{\part*{Index}%
+ \markboth{Index}{Index}%
+ \addcontentsline{toc}{part}{Index}%
+ The italic numbers denote the pages where the
+ corresponding entry is described,
+ numbers underlined point to the definition,
+ all others indicate the places where it is used.}
+
+\GlossaryPrologue{\part*{Change History}%
+% Allow control names to be hyphenated here...
+ {\GlossaryParms\ttfamily\hyphenchar\font=`\-}%
+ \markboth{Change History}{Change History}%
+ \addcontentsline{toc}{part}{Change History}}
+
+% The standard \changes command modified slightly to better cope with
+% this multiple file document.
+\makeatletter
+\def\@changes at iso@date#1/#2/#3/#4\space{#1\if\relax#2\relax\else-#2-#3\fi\space}
+\def\changes@#1#2#3{%
+ \let\protect\@unexpandable at protect
+ \edef\@tempa{\noexpand\glossary{\@changes at iso@date#2///\space
+ \currentfile\space#1\levelchar
+ \ifx\saved at macroname\@empty
+ \space
+ \actualchar
+ \generalname
+ \else
+ \expandafter\@gobble
+ \saved at macroname
+ \actualchar
+ \string\verb\quotechar*%
+ \verbatimchar\saved at macroname
+ \verbatimchar
+ \fi
+ :\levelchar #3}}%
+ \@tempa\endgroup\@esphack}
+
+% Move whole block up so that the file key is not so close
+% to bottom of US letter page.
+\addtolength\topmargin{-2\baselineskip}
+
+
+% Codelines are allowed to run over a bit without showing up as overfull
+%
+\renewcommand*\MacroFont{\fontencoding\encodingdefault
+ \fontfamily\ttdefault
+ \fontseries\mddefault
+ \fontshape\updefault
+ \small
+ \hfuzz 6pt\relax}
+
+% Section numbers now reach eg 74.17.2 which need more space
+\renewcommand*\l at subsection{\@dottedtocline{2}{1.5em}{2.8em}}
+\renewcommand*\l at subsubsection{\@dottedtocline{3}{3.8em}{3.4em}}
+\makeatother
+
+% Produce a Change Log and (2 column) Index.
+\RecordChanges
+\CodelineIndex
+\EnableCrossrefs
+\setcounter{IndexColumns}{2}
+
+% Needed for documentation in ltoutenc.dtx
+\usepackage{textcomp}
+
+\begin{document}
+ \title{The \LaTeXe\ Sources}
+ \author{%
+ Johannes Braams\\
+ David Carlisle\\
+ Alan Jeffrey\\
+ Leslie Lamport\\
+ Frank Mittelbach\\
+ Chris Rowley\\
+ Rainer Sch\"opf}
+
+% This command will be used to input the patch file
+% if that file exists.
+\newcommand{\includeltpatch}{%
+ \def\currentfile{ltpatch.ltx}
+ \part{ltpatch}
+ {\let\ttfamily\relax
+ \xdef\filekey{\filekey, \thepart={\ttfamily\currentfile}}}%
+ Things we did wrong\ldots
+ \IndexInput{ltpatch.ltx}}
+
+
+
+% Get the date and patch level from ltvers.dtx
+\makeatletter
+\let\patchdate=\@empty
+\begingroup
+ \def\ProvidesFile#1\fmtversion#2#3\patch at level#4{%
+ \date{#2}\xdef\patchdate{#4}\endinput}
+ \input{ltvers.dtx}
+\global\let\X at date=\@date
+
+% Add the patch version if available.
+ \long\def\Xdef#1#2#3\def#4#5{%
+ \xdef\X at date{#2}%
+ \xdef\patchdate{#5}%
+ \endinput}%
+ \InputIfFileExists{ltpatch.ltx}
+ {\let\def\Xdef}{\global\let\includeltpatch\relax}
+\endgroup
+
+\ifx\@date\X at date
+ \def\Xpatch{0}
+ \ifx\patchdate\Xpatch\else
+ \edef\@date{\@date\space Patch level \patchdate}
+ \fi
+\else
+ \@warning{ltpatch.ltx does not match ltvers.dtx!}
+ \let\includeltpatch\relax
+\fi
+\makeatother
+
+ \pagenumbering{roman}
+
+ \MaintainedByLaTeXTeam{latex}
+ \maketitle
+ \renewcommand\maketitle{}
+
+ \tableofcontents
+
+ \clearpage
+
+ \pagenumbering{arabic}
+
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+
+% Each of the following \DocInclude lines includes a file with extension
+% .dtx. Each of these files may be typeset separately. For instance
+% latex ltboxes.dtx
+% will typeset the source of the LaTeX box commands.
+%
+% If this file is processed, each of these separate dtx files will be
+% contained as a part of a single document. Using ltxdoc.cfg you can
+% then optionally produce a combined index and/or change history for
+% the entire source of the format file. Note that such a document will
+% be quite large (about 555 pages).
+%
+
+ \DocInclude{ltdirchk} % System dependent initialisation
+
+ \DocInclude{ltplain} % LaTeX version of Knuth's plain.tex
+
+ \DocInclude{ltvers} % Current version date
+
+ \DocInclude{ltdefns} % Initial definitions.
+
+ \DocInclude{ltalloc} % Allocation of counters and others.
+
+ \DocInclude{ltcntrl} % Program control macros.
+
+ \DocInclude{lterror} % Error handling.
+
+ \DocInclude{ltpar} % Paragraphs.
+
+ \DocInclude{ltspace} % Spacing, line and page breaking.
+
+ \DocInclude{ltlogos} % Logos.
+
+ \DocInclude{ltfiles} % \input files and related commands
+
+ \DocInclude{ltoutenc} % Output encoding interface
+
+ \DocInclude{ltcounts} % Counters
+
+ \DocInclude{ltlength} % Lengths
+
+ \DocInclude{ltfssbas} % NFSS Base macros
+
+ \DocInclude{ltfsstrc} % NFSS Tracing (and tracefnt.sty)
+
+ \DocInclude{ltfsscmp} % NFSS1 Compatibility
+
+ \DocInclude{ltfssdcl} % NFSS Declarative interface
+
+ \DocInclude{ltfssini} % NFSS Initialisation
+
+ \DocInclude{fontdef} % fonttext.ltx/fontmath.ltx
+
+ \DocInclude{preload} % preload.ltx
+
+ \DocInclude{ltfntcmd} % \textrm etc
+
+ \DocInclude{ltpageno} % Page numbering
+
+ \DocInclude{ltxref} % Cross referencing
+
+ \DocInclude{ltmiscen} % Miscellaneous environment definitions.
+
+ \DocInclude{ltmath} % Mathematics set up.
+
+ \DocInclude{ltlists} % List and related environments
+
+ \DocInclude{ltboxes} % Parbox and friends
+
+ \DocInclude{lttab} % Tabbing tabular and array
+
+ \DocInclude{ltpictur} % Picture mode
+
+ \DocInclude{ltthm} % Theorem environments
+
+ \DocInclude{ltsect} % Sectioning
+
+ \DocInclude{ltfloat} % Floats
+
+ \DocInclude{ltidxglo} % Index and Glossary
+
+ \DocInclude{ltbibl} % Bibliography
+
+ \DocInclude{ltpage} % \pagestyle \raggedbottom \sloppy
+
+ \DocInclude{ltoutput} % Output routine
+
+ \DocInclude{ltclass} % Package & Class interface
+
+ \DocInclude{lthyphen} % Hyphenation (hyphen.ltx).
+
+ \DocInclude{ltluatex} % Luatex support
+
+ \DocInclude{ltfinal} % Last minute initialisations and dump
+
+ \includeltpatch % Corrections distributed after the full release
+
+% Stop here if ltxdoc.cfg says \AtEndOfClass{\OnlyDescription}
+\StopEventually{\end{document}}
+
+\clearpage
+\pagestyle{headings}
+
+% Make TeX shut up.
+\hbadness=10000
+\newcount\hbadness
+\hfuzz=\maxdimen
+
+\typeout{%
+ \string # Produce change log with^^J%
+ makeindex -s gglo.ist -o source2e.gls source2e.glo}
+
+
+\PrintChanges
+
+\clearpage
+
+% makeindex needs a symbol between the parts of composite page numbers
+% but we dont want one, so:
+\typeout{%
+ \string # Produce index with^^J%
+ makeindex -s source2e.ist source2e.idx}
+
+\begingroup
+\def\endash{--}
+\catcode`\-\active
+\def-{\futurelet\temp\indexdash}
+\def\indexdash{\ifx\temp-\endash\fi}
+
+\PrintIndex
+\endgroup
+
+% Make sure that the index is not printed twice
+% (ltxdoc.cfg might have a second \PrintIndex command)
+\let\PrintChanges\relax
+\let\PrintIndex\relax
+
+\end{document}
+
+
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+
+To use this file to produce a fully indexed source code
+you need to execute the following (or equivalent) commands:
+
+ latex source2e.tex
+
+ makeindex -s source2e.ist source2e.idx
+ makeindex -s gglo.ist -o source2e.gls source2e.glo
+
+ latex source2e.tex
+ latex source2e.tex
+
+
+The makeindex style source2e.ist is used in place of the usual
+doc gind.ist to ensure that I is used in the sequence I J K
+not I II II, which would be the default makeindex behaviour.
+
+The third run with latex is only required to get the table of
+contents entries for the change log and index. You may speed things up
+by using the \includeonly mechanism so as not to typeset the source
+files on the second run. This involves changing the file
+ltxdoc.cfg
+between the latex runs.
+
+The following unix script automates this.
+ (It could easily be ported to scripts for DOS or VMS,
+ rm is ReMove a file, and echo "..." > file writes ... to "file".)
+
+
+After this script (after the second ==============) is a similar script
+that will produce the documentation for all the files in the base
+distribution that are *not* included in source2e.dvi. This second script
+was requested, but before using it, beware it will take a long time!
+It may however be modified as required, eg to not typeset the fdd files
+or whatever...
+
+==============
+#!/bin/sh
+
+rm -f source2e.gls source2e.ind source2e.toc
+
+# First run:
+# Create new standard ltxdoc.cfg file
+# Pass the (possibly empty) list of arguments supplied on the
+# command line to article class.
+#
+# If you use A4 paper, running this script with argument
+# a4paper
+# may save about 30 pages.
+#
+echo "\PassOptionsToClass{$*}{article}" > ltxdoc.cfg
+
+
+# Now LaTeX the file with this cfg file.
+#
+pdflatex source2e.tex
+
+
+# Make the Change log and Glossary.
+#
+makeindex -s source2e.ist source2e.idx
+makeindex -s gglo.ist -o source2e.gls source2e.glo
+
+
+# Second run: append \includeonly{} to ltxdoc.cfg to speed up things
+# (this run needed only to get changes and index listed in .toc file)
+#
+# Note that the index will not be made incorrect by the insertion
+# of the table of contents as the front matter uses a different page
+# numbering scheme.
+#
+echo "\includeonly{}" >> ltxdoc.cfg
+
+pdflatex source2e.tex
+
+
+# Third and final run, to put everything together.
+# First restore the cfg file:
+#
+echo "\PassOptionsToClass{$*}{article}" > ltxdoc.cfg
+pdflatex source2e.tex
+
+
+==============
+#!/bin/sh
+
+# Running this script will process all the dtx fdd and *guide.tex
+# and ltnews*.tex files in the LaTeX distribution, except the dtx
+# files included in source2e.tex.
+# (The shell first script in the comments of source2e.tex will
+# process those.)
+
+# Any command line arguments (eg a4paper) are taken as options to the
+# article class.
+
+# This script is likely to take ages!
+
+echo "\PassOptionsToClass{$*}{article}" > ltxdoc.cfg
+echo "\batchmode" >> ltxdoc.cfg
+
+# The next four lines produce full indexes and change logs
+# you may not want those.
+echo "\AtBeginDocument{\RecordChanges}" >> ltxdoc.cfg
+echo "\AtEndDocument{\PrintChanges}" >> ltxdoc.cfg
+echo "\AtBeginDocument{\CodelineIndex\EnableCrossrefs}" >> ltxdoc.cfg
+echo "\AtEndDocument{\PrintIndex}" >> ltxdoc.cfg
+
+# If you do not want any code listings, just documentation, then instead
+# of the above four lines, uncomment the following:
+# echo "\AtBeginDocument{\OnlyDescription}" >> ltxdoc.cfg
+
+
+for i in *dtx *fdd
+do
+B=`basename $i .dtx`
+
+if (grep "Include{$B}" source2e.tex >/dev/null ; )
+then
+echo In source2e: $i
+else
+echo pdflatex $i
+ if (pdflatex $i > /dev/null)
+ then
+ echo pdflatex $i
+ pdflatex $i > /dev/null
+ echo makeindex -s gind.ist $B.idx
+ makeindex -s gind.ist $B.idx > /dev/null 2> /dev/null
+ echo makeindex -s gglo.ist -o $B.gls $B.glo
+ makeindex -s gglo.ist -o $B.gls $B.glo > /dev/null 2> /dev/null
+ echo pdflatex $i
+ pdflatex $i > /dev/null
+ else
+ echo "!!! LaTeX ERROR: $i. (See $B.log.)"
+ fi
+fi
+
+done
Property changes on: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/source2e.tex
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:eol-style
## -0,0 +1 ##
+native
\ No newline at end of property
Added: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/syntonly.pdf
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)
Index: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/syntonly.pdf
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/syntonly.pdf 2019-07-25 21:49:36 UTC (rev 51729)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/syntonly.pdf 2019-07-25 22:32:37 UTC (rev 51730)
Property changes on: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/syntonly.pdf
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:mime-type
## -0,0 +1 ##
+application/pdf
\ No newline at end of property
Added: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/tex2.txt
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/tex2.txt (rev 0)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/tex2.txt 2019-07-25 22:32:37 UTC (rev 51730)
@@ -0,0 +1,83 @@
+ LaTeX installation TeX2 information
+
+ 16 September 1995
+
+
+In order to make a LaTeX format and use it you need, in addition to
+the LaTeX source files, a TeX implementation.
+
+If your TeX is very old, prior to version TeX3, then certain features
+will be missing from your system. In particular, you will probably
+have no support for `8-bit' input and hyphenation of words with
+accented characters.
+
+Most (perhaps all) TeX implementations are available in versions that
+are at least as recent as TeX3 (released in 1989) so the best course
+of action is to update your TeX installation before building LaTeX.
+
+However, if you must for some reason make the LaTeX format by running
+the old TeX2 then it is necessary to have a `configuration file' named
+fonttext.cfg. The existence of this file will prevent LaTeX trying to
+access 8-bit characters, which is not allowed in the old TeX2 version
+of TeX.
+
+If you fail to use such a configuration file, LaTeX will detect that it
+is running under TeX2 and stop with the following message (without
+making a format file):
+
+*************************************
+*
+* You MUST use a fonttext.cfg file!
+* As you are still using TeX2!!!!!!
+*
+* See the documentation file tex2.txt
+*
+*************************************
+
+
+There is more information about the file fonttext.cfg in the file
+cfgguide.tex; but for a minimal configuration that allows LaTeX to
+be built on TeX2, just do the following:
+
+ * Copy the standard fonttext.ltx file to fonttext.cfg
+ * Then edit the file fonttext.cfg as follows:
+ -- Change the \ProvidesFile call (see below).
+ -- Comment out all the lines referring to the `T1' encoding (but not
+ those referring to the `OT1' encoding).
+
+Thus the resulting file will look something like the following.
+
+%%% File: fonttext.cfg
+\ProvidesFile{fonttext.cfg}
+ [1995/06/05 v1.0 TeX2 text font setup]
+
+\input {OMLenc.def}
+%%%%% NOT FOR TeX2 \input {T1enc.def}
+\input {OT1enc.def} % <- should come after T1 for speed
+\input {OMSenc.def}
+\fontencoding{OT1}
+\DeclareFontEncodingDefaults{}{}
+%%%%% NOT FOR TeX2 \DeclareFontSubstitution{T1}{cmr}{m}{n}
+\DeclareFontSubstitution{OT1}{cmr}{m}{n}
+%%%%% NOT FOR TeX2 \input {T1cmr.fd}
+\input {OT1cmr.fd}
+\input {OT1cmss.fd}
+\input {OT1cmtt.fd}
+\DeclareErrorFont{OT1}{cmr}{m}{n}{10}
+\newcommand\rmdefault{cmr}
+\newcommand\sfdefault{cmss}
+\newcommand\ttdefault{cmtt}
+
+\newcommand\bfdefault{bx}
+\newcommand\mddefault{m}
+
+\newcommand\itdefault{it}
+\newcommand\sldefault{sl}
+\newcommand\scdefault{sc}
+\newcommand\updefault{n}
+
+\newcommand\encodingdefault{OT1}
+\newcommand\familydefault{\rmdefault}
+\newcommand\seriesdefault{\mddefault}
+\newcommand\shapedefault{\updefault}
+\endinput
Property changes on: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/tex2.txt
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:eol-style
## -0,0 +1 ##
+native
\ No newline at end of property
Added: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/texpert.txt
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/texpert.txt (rev 0)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/texpert.txt 2019-07-25 22:32:37 UTC (rev 51730)
@@ -0,0 +1,210 @@
+ LaTeX installation TeX expert information
+
+ 1 June 1997
+
+
+SUMMARY
+=======
+
+This document contains information about the LaTeX installation for
+TeX experts. In particular it describes:
+
+ * The checks performed by ltxcheck.tex
+
+ * How to print the LaTeX source.
+
+For more general information, see install.txt.
+
+For information on configuring LaTeX see cfgguide.tex.
+
+
+THE LTXCHECK.TEX CHECKS
+=======================
+
+Here is a description of the checks run by ltxcheck.
+
+1) The \@currdir check.
+
+ It is useful for LaTeX to know the syntax for the `current directory
+ (or folder)', or `default directory', if the operating system has
+ such a concept.
+
+ For example, file abc.tex in this directory, or folder, is specified
+ by:
+ ./abc.tex on Unix and most DOS/OS2 TeX's,
+ []abc.tex on VMS
+ :abc.tex on a Macintosh.
+ The above possibilities will be found automatically during the
+ installation. However, if none of these syntaxes works on your
+ system then the internal macro \@currdir will be set to be empty
+ and ltxcheck will report this.
+
+ If your system does have a notion of a current directory, you can
+ define \@currdir in the file texsys.cfg.
+
+ You could also report this to the latex-bug address, so that
+ later releases can automatically cope with your system.
+
+2) The file name parser check.
+ \filename at parse may be defined in texsys.cfg if the default
+ installation does not define a suitable parser. (In fact no widely
+ used TeX system should need such a re-definition as the standard
+ installation should correctly define this command for unix, dos,
+ atari, VMS, and Macintosh, at least.)
+ Because of differences in directory syntax, most features of this
+ command can not be checked in a portable way, however ltxcheck does
+ check that at least {article.cls} is correctly parsed as base name
+ article and extension cls.
+
+3) The \input at path check.
+
+ On some systems TeX cannot check whether a file exists before
+ trying to input it, unless the filename is expressed as a full path
+ name, including the directory. On these systems LaTeX needs to be
+ given a list of directories in which to look for files; the
+ internal macro \input at path holds this information.
+
+ When run, ltxcheck will try to locate the file article.cls.
+ If it fails to find this file (and you have placed it in the
+ `standard input directory') then you must define \input at path in
+ the file texsys.cfg.
+
+ The files texsys.cfg and ltdirchk.dtx contain examples of how to do
+ this but only you know the directories and syntax that should be used
+ for your installation.
+
+ We hope to build up a better collection of examples in future
+ releases of LaTeX, as it is tested on more TeX systems.
+
+4) TeX version check.
+
+ The next check tests that you are running a recent version of TeX.
+ If ltxcheck reports that you have TeX2, then you should try to
+ upgrade TeX (and rebuild LaTeX) as soon as possible. LaTeX may be
+ used with TeX2, but certain features will be missing and you will
+ not be able to use the new (8-bit) font families that are now
+ available. If you must stick with TeX2, please read the extra
+ information in the file tex2.txt.
+
+ If ltxcheck reports that your TeX version is older than 3.141, you
+ will see some strange messages during the installation. This is
+ because earlier versions of TeX printed certain line-breaks in
+ messages on the terminal as `^^J' rather than starting a new line.
+
+ LaTeX will work round this bug and thus avoid `^^J' appearing in
+ error messages, but you should upgrade your TeX as soon as
+ possible, as other bugs have been fixed, not just line breaks in
+ messages.
+
+ At the present time (2005) the current TeX version is 3.141592.
+
+5) Fonts check.
+
+ Finally ltxcheck.tex tests to see if it can find a `representative
+ sample' of the fonts used by LaTeX.
+
+ Fonts that may cause problems are:
+ a) The circle fonts. These were renamed some years ago from circle*
+ to lcircle*, although some sites still have them under the old
+ name. Also the names are longer than 8 letters which may cause
+ some problems.
+ b) The `extra Computer Modern' fonts. The American Mathematical
+ Society has extended the range of sizes available in the
+ Computer Modern fonts. LaTeX now assumes that these extra cm
+ fonts are available.
+ The fonts are available from a CTAN archive, in the directory
+ ctan:macros/latex/fonts or alternatively as part of the
+ AMS fonts collection, which also includes many useful
+ mathematical fonts.
+ c) The `T1 encoded Computer Modern' fonts. This is the ec or dc font
+ collection. The new (1995) release 1.2 of the dc fonts changed
+ most of the file names. For this reason the fd files such as
+ t1cmr.fd cannot be written to work with the dc fonts of different
+ releases. LaTeX by default unpacks the fd files for the ec
+ dc fonts.
+ If you have an older release of the dc fonts and do not wish to
+ upgrade then you should unpack the necessary fd files by running
+ LaTeX on the file olddc.ins (dc older than version 1.2) or
+ newdc.ins (version 1.2 and 1.3).
+ As the T1 fd files will have been used when making the format,
+ you must re-run initex latex.ltx to remake the format if you
+ update the fd files in this way.
+ Running ltxcheck will produce a ! BAD LaTeX2e system!! error
+ message if it detects that the `new' fd files are loaded into
+ the format, but only the old dc fonts are available, and vice
+ versa.
+ If the old fonts are detected, and the `old' fd files are loaded
+ then no error is generated, but a message suggesting that you
+ upgrade is produced.
+ The ec fonts are available from a CTAN archive, in the directory
+ ctan:fonts/ec .
+
+
+6) Files check.
+
+ Finally ltxcheck checks that the main TeX input files that LaTeX
+ will use when running documents (such as the article class file,
+ fd files, and main packages such as fontenc) are all available.
+
+
+DOCUMENTATION OF THE CODE
+=========================
+
+Most of the documentation is nowadays available as precomplied PDF
+files. This section describes how to produce typeset code
+documentation yourself from the source.
+
+To typeset a documented code file (a .dtx file) you simply run LaTeX
+on it. The file source2e.tex is a master file which produces the
+documented code for the whole LaTeX kernel (but not the standard
+packages, classes, or compatibility mode). You need to have LaTeX2e
+installed before doing this.
+
+To configure the appearance of this documentation, you can use a
+ltxdoc.cfg file. For example, putting the following line into this
+file will format the documentation for A4 paper:
+
+ \PassOptionsToClass{a4paper}{article}
+
+The doc package, which is used by the documentation files, writes
+index files and change-history files that can be processed by the
+program MakeIndex. If this program is part of your TeX installation,
+you can get an index and history listing for a documentation file
+by running the .idx and .glo files through this program.
+
+For example, in Unix MakeIndex, you should say:
+
+ makeindex -s gind.ist FILENAME
+ makeindex -s gglo.ist -o FILENAME.gls FILENAME.glo
+
+source2e.tex needs a special source2e.ist file (in place of gind.ist).
+Running makeindex will produce some warning messages about ignored
+style specifiers; these can be safely ignored.
+
+See the comments at the end of source2e.tex for more information.
+
+
+CONFIGURING LaTeX
+=================
+
+In addition to the system-dependent customisation in texsys.cfg,
+various other parts of LaTeX can be configured to suit local needs.
+Further details can be found in the document cfgguide.tex. We
+recommend that you install the standard system before attempting any
+further customisation.
+
+If you are thinking of making other changes to LaTeX, please read the
+document modguide.tex as it describes the precautions you need to take
+when making modifications in order to ensure that standard LaTeX
+remains a stable, maintainable system.
+
+
+FURTHER INFORMATION
+===================
+
+You will find further information about various aspects of LaTeX in
+the distributed files with names <*>guide.tex. You will need
+to install the new version before you can typeset these files.
+
+
+--- Copyright 1995-2016 the LaTeX3 project. All rights reserved ---
Property changes on: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/texpert.txt
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:eol-style
## -0,0 +1 ##
+native
\ No newline at end of property
Added: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/tlc2.err
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/tlc2.err (rev 0)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/tlc2.err 2019-07-25 22:32:37 UTC (rev 51730)
@@ -0,0 +1,4630 @@
+\newcommand\erratafiledate{2014-09-30}
+
+\def\comando#1{\texttt{\string#1}}
+
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+% To produce a printed version of this errata file run this file through
+% LaTeX. It will unpack a small class file (if not already present) and
+% a configuration file with the extension .cfg. You might want to modify
+% the setting in this configuration file to print only a partial errata
+% suitable for your printed revision of this book, see details in the
+% .cfg file.
+%
+% The current version of this file can be found at:
+%
+% https://www.latex-project.org/help/books/
+%
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+
+
+\begin{filecontents}{ttcterrata.cls}
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 1997,2004,2005,2007, 2014 Frank Mittelbach
+%% This class file is licenced under LPPL latest version;
+%% see https://www.latex-project.org/lppl
+%
+%
+% It sets up a few commands used to format the errata entries for books in the
+% Addison-Wesley Series:
+%
+% Tools and Techniques for Computer Typesetting
+%
+% hence the name. However, anybody who likes to use it is free to apply it for
+% errata files of other books.
+%
+% Changes:
+%
+% v1.0a - changed name from errata.cls to ttcterrata.cls
+
+\ProvidesClass{ttcterrata}
+ [2007/11/10 v1.0a Mini class for errata files; subject to change (FMi)]
+
+\LoadClass{article}
+
+\setcounter{secnumdepth}{-1}
+\addtolength\textwidth{5cm}
+\addtolength\oddsidemargin{-3cm}
+
+\addtolength\textheight{36pt}
+
+\RequirePackage{shortvrb}
+\MakeShortVerb{\|}
+
+\RequirePackage{array,longtable}
+\RequirePackage{multicol}
+
+
+\newcommand\erratagetnumber{}
+\def\erratagetnumber#1/#2/#3\erratagetnumber{#1#2#3}
+
+
+\newcommand\gobbleerrata{%
+ \setbox\@tempboxa\vbox\bgroup
+ \let\endgobble\egroup
+ \let\hideamp\relax
+ \let\\\relax\let\par\@@par}
+
+\newcommand*\hideamp{&}
+
+\let\endgobble\relax
+
+
+\newcommand\erratastartdate{}
+\newcommand\myprinting{1}
+
+
+\newcommand\doweprint[2]{%
+ \ifnum \myprinting < \if!#2!1000 \else \ifx s#2 1000\else#2 \fi\fi
+ \ifnum \expandafter\erratagetnumber\erratastartdate\erratagetnumber <
+ \erratagetnumber#1\erratagetnumber \relax
+ \@tempswatrue
+ \else
+ \@tempswafalse
+ \fi
+ \else
+ \@tempswafalse
+ \fi
+}
+
+
+
+\newcommand\includedentries{entries after = \erratastartdate}
+\newcommand\printedentries{between \erratastartdate\space and}
+
+\newcommand\showallerrors{%
+ \renewcommand\includedentries{all errata entries}%
+ \renewcommand\printedentries{up to}
+ \renewcommand\doweprint[2]{\@tempswatrue}}
+
+
+\newcommand\displayrevisionfix[2]{%
+ \if!#2!\textbf{#1}\else\textit{#1}\rlap{\textsuperscript{#2}}\fi}
+
+\newcommand\norevisionnumbers{%
+ \renewcommand\displayrevisionfix[2]{\textbf{##1}}}
+
+\IfFileExists{\jobname.cfg}
+ {
+ \input{\jobname.cfg}
+ \typeout{***************************************************}
+ \typeout{*}
+ \typeout{* Configuration file for \jobname.err found }
+ \typeout{*}
+ \typeout{***************************************************}
+ \AtEndDocument{
+ \typeout{***************************************************}
+ \typeout{*}
+ \typeout{* If you wish to generate an errata listing}
+ \typeout{* containing only errors found after a certain revision}
+ \typeout{* and/or only errors found after a certain date}
+ \typeout{* modify the information stored in \jobname.cfg}
+ \typeout{*}
+ \typeout{* Current settings are:}
+ \typeout{*}
+ \typeout{* \@spaces printing of your book = \myprinting}
+ \typeout{* \@spaces include \includedentries}
+ \typeout{*}
+ \typeout{***************************************************}
+ }}
+ {}
+
+%% \erroronpage <page> <line info> <contributor> <date> <fixed in revision>
+
+\newcommand\erroronpage[5]{%
+ \endgobble
+ \doweprint{#4}{#5}%
+ \if at tempswa
+ \typeout{Typesetting entry #1 #2 #3 #4}%
+ \else
+ \typeout{Ignoring entry #1 #2 #3 #4}%
+ \expandafter\gobbleerrata
+ \fi
+ \hideamp \\%
+ \displayrevisionfix{#1}{#5}
+ \hideamp #2 \hideamp (\textsf{#3}) \hideamp
+}
+
+\newcommand\seriouserroronpage[5]{%
+ \endgobble
+ \doweprint{#4}{#5}%
+ \if at tempswa
+ \typeout{Typesetting entry #1 #2 #3 #4}%
+ \else
+ \typeout{Ignoring entry #1 #2 #3 #4}%
+ \expandafter\gobbleerrata
+ \fi
+ \hideamp \\%
+ \fbox{\bfseries !!}\hfill
+ \displayrevisionfix{#1}{#5}
+ \hideamp #2 \hideamp (\textsf{#3}) \hideamp
+}
+
+\newcommand\CHAPTER[1]{\endgobble
+ &\\[4pt]%
+ \multicolumn{4}{l}{\framebox[10cm][l]{\textbf{\normalsize\strut#1}}} \\}
+
+\newenvironment{erratalist}
+ {\begin{longtable}{r>{\raggedright}p{2cm}l>{\raggedright}p{10cm}l}}
+ {\endgobble\end{longtable}}
+
+\newcommand\erratatitle[2]
+ {\begin{center}\LARGE\bfseries
+ Errata list for #1\\[5pt](\myprinting.\ printing)\\[10pt]
+ \small Includes all entries found \printedentries\space #2\\
+ (For other periods/print runs reprocess this document
+ with different config settings)
+ \end{center}%
+ \markright{Errata for #1 (\printedentries\space #2)}%
+ \thispagestyle{plain}%
+ \vspace{20pt}}
+
+\pagestyle{myheadings}
+
+\AtBeginDocument{\small}
+
+\setlength\parindent{0pt}
+\setlength\parskip{2pt}
+
+\newcommand\contributor[2]{\makebox[1cm][l]{\sffamily#1} #2\par}
+
+% some special shortcuts overwriting existing commands:
+
+\let\u\underline
+\renewcommand\>{$\to$}
+
+%%% some code suggested by Thorsten Hansen to count the number of
+%%% contributions by individuals (will work only if we do not get
+%%% too many :-)
+
+\def\count at contributors#1/#2/#3\@nil{
+ \@ifundefined{c@#1}{\newcounter{#1}}{}\stepcounter{#1}%
+%%% also count secondary:
+%%% \@ifundefined{c@#2}{\newcounter{#2}}{}\stepcounter{#2}%
+}
+
+\renewcommand\erroronpage[5]{%
+ \count at contributors#3/secondary/\@nil
+ \endgobble
+ \doweprint{#4}{#5}%
+ \if at tempswa
+ \typeout{Typesetting entry #1 #2 #3 #4}%
+ \else
+ \typeout{Ignoring entry #1 #2 #3 #4}%
+ \expandafter\gobbleerrata
+ \fi
+ \hideamp \\%
+ \displayrevisionfix{#1}{#5}
+ \hideamp #2 \hideamp (\textsf{#3}) \hideamp
+}
+
+\renewcommand\seriouserroronpage[5]{%
+ \count at contributors#3/secondary/\@nil
+ \endgobble
+ \doweprint{#4}{#5}%
+ \if at tempswa
+ \typeout{Typesetting entry #1 #2 #3 #4}%
+ \else
+ \typeout{Ignoring entry #1 #2 #3 #4}%
+ \expandafter\gobbleerrata
+ \fi
+ \hideamp \\%
+ \fbox{\bfseries !!}\hfill
+ \displayrevisionfix{#1}{#5}
+ \hideamp #2 \hideamp (\textsf{#3}) \hideamp
+}
+
+\renewcommand\contributor[2]{\makebox[1cm][l]{%
+ \sffamily#1} #2\@ifundefined{c@#1}{}{ (\arabic{#1})}\par}
+
+\end{filecontents}
+
+
+\begin{filecontents}{\jobname.cfg}
+%
+%
+% Configuration file for the errata listing of
+%
+% The LaTeX Companion, Second Edition
+%
+%
+% \erratastartdate
+%
+% Specifies the date from which on errata entries should be listed.
+%
+% The format is YYYY/MM/DD.
+%
+% The default below ensures that all entries for a particular
+% printing are typeset.
+%
+
+\renewcommand\erratastartdate{2004/04/22}
+
+
+%
+% \myprinting
+%
+% Specifies which (revised) printing you own. For example, if you
+% have the second printing set this to 2 so that errors already
+% corrected in that printing will not appear in your errata
+% listing.
+%
+% The default below ensures that all entries relevant to the x-th
+% printing are typeset.
+%
+%
+
+\renewcommand\myprinting{1}
+\renewcommand\myprinting{2} % 3rd printing was without corrections
+\renewcommand\myprinting{4} % September 2005
+
+%
+% \norevisionnumbers
+%
+% Specifies that all page numbers in the errata are shown in the same
+% format (bold face) irregardless of whether or not they are fixed
+% in some revision. The default is to print corrected errors in
+% italic and add the revision number as a superscript.
+
+%
+% \showallerrors
+%
+% With this command you tell the program that all errata entries are
+% supposed to be generated. This makes \myprinting and
+% \erratastartdate basically obsolete so this isn't turned on by
+% default.
+%
+%
+\endinput
+\end{filecontents}
+
+
+\documentclass{ttcterrata}[2005/11/10] % we want new class
+
+\usepackage[T1]{fontenc}
+\let\u\underline % shortcut for this file
+\newcommand\meta[1]{$\langle$\textit{#1\/}$\rangle$}
+
+\usepackage{textcomp}
+
+\usepackage{url}
+
+\begin{document}
+
+\erratatitle{The \LaTeX{} Companion, Second Edition}{\erratafiledate}
+
+
+\begin{verbatim}
+ at book(A-W:MG04,
+ author = {Frank Mittelbach and Michel Goossens},
+ title = {The {\LaTeX} Companion},
+ edition = 2,
+ note = {With Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley},
+ series = {Tools and Techniques for Computer Typesetting},
+ publisher = {Addison-Wesley},
+ address = {Boston, Massachusetts},
+ year = 2004,
+ pagenums = {1120},
+ bibliography = {yes},
+ index = {yes},
+ isbn = {0-201-36299-6},
+)
+\end{verbatim}
+
+
+\begin{list}{}{\setlength\leftmargin{0cm}\setlength\rightmargin{3cm}}
+\item[]
+
+This file (\texttt{\jobname.err}) can be found as part of the \LaTeX{}
+distribution and its latest version is maintained on the \LaTeX{}
+project site at \texttt{https://www.latex-project.org/help/books/\jobname.err}
+where you will also find extracts of the book.
+
+The first column in the table shows the page number of the errata
+entry. Superscript numbers in the first column refer to the printed
+revision in which this entry was corrected (\textit{s} indicates a
+correction in the sources only). The second
+column gives the precise location (negative line or paragraph numbers
+are counted from the bottom of the page). The third column shows the
+first finder of the problem.
+
+You can customize this list to only show errata related to the printing
+you own by changing the configuration in the file \texttt{\jobname.cfg}.
+
+\begin{center}
+ \Large \bfseries To Err is Human --- Bug Contest
+\end{center}
+
+Any mistake found and reported is a gain for all readers of our book.
+For this reason Addison-Wesley and the authors offer a prize (for 6
+periods) to the eligible person who finds the largest
+number of bugs during that period (in case of a draw a random choice
+will be made between all those with the largest number of findings).
+A person can receive at most one prize, ever; errors found by any of
+the authors do not count.
+
+Each prize is a free choice of any single computing book found on the
+AW Professional web site \texttt{http://www.awprofessional.com} (that
+is, no boxed sets or multiple volume offers).
+
+
+As usual, the authors and publisher reserve the right to make various
+decisions such as whether a reported feature is an error for
+competitive purposes or whether similar features count as a single or
+multiple errors. ---
+Good luck!
+
+\begin{center}
+\begin{tabular}{clr}
+Contest period ends & Winner \\[4pt]
+2004/10 & Hubert G\"a\ss lein & 287 suggestions\\
+2005/04 & Ulrich Dirr & 11 suggestions\\
+2005/10 & Daniel Alonso i Alemany & 13 suggestions\\
+2006/04 & Michael Schutte & 2 suggestions\\
+2008/05 & Brooks Moses & 1 suggestion \\
+\ldots & -- final draw eventually --
+\end{tabular}
+\end{center}
+\end{list}
+
+\newpage
+
+
+%<--------------------------
+
+\newcommand\BibTeX{\textsc{Bib}\TeX}
+
+\begin{erratalist}
+
+\CHAPTER{General }
+
+\seriouserroronpage{general}{}{FMi}{2004/06/12}{}
+
+ To help you in assessing this errata document we have placed
+ exclamation marks in front of each entry that we consider essential
+ for correctly understanding the book contents.
+
+\erroronpage{general}{}{FMi}{2004/05/14}{}
+
+ Due to the printing process there may be small alignment problems
+ between blue and black text on some pages. These can vary from book
+ to book depending on how the paper was handled between print
+ runs---such is the analog nature of printing on a press.
+
+
+
+\erroronpage{general}{}{FMi}{2004/07/28}{}
+ Slightly updated examples matching the second printing will be made
+ available at CTAN: \texttt{info/examples/tlc2}. The book CD will
+ have the original examples from the first printing.
+
+
+
+\CHAPTER{Front matter}
+
+\erroronpage{iv}{bottom}{FMi}{2004/04/23}{2}
+ Some updates indicating second printing (with corrections)
+
+\erroronpage{v}{l.7}{FMi}{2004/04/23}{}
+ For the record: the term ``for ever'' is the British spelling and a
+ conscious decision.
+
+\erroronpage{xiii}{\S 8.6.2}{FMi}{2004/06/21}{2}
+ Change section heading: ``Operator \u{and function} names''
+
+\erroronpage{xxiii}{11.2}{FMi}{2004/07/26}{2}
+ Change table caption: ``Languages supported by \u{\texttt{texindy}}''
+
+\erroronpage{xxvii}{para 1, l.1+6+7}{CAR}{2004/05/20}{2}
+ Each time a space is missing between package names in parentheses.
+
+\erroronpage{xxvii}{para 1, l.-2}{THa}{2004/06/21}{2}
+ Add: ``Thorsten Hansen (\textsf{bibunits}\u{, \textsf{multibib}})
+
+\erroronpage{xxvii}{para 4, l.2}{NBe}{2004/04/23}{2}
+ Replace ``Wai Wing'' with ``Wai Wong'' (very sorry for this typo).
+
+\erroronpage{xxvii}{para 4, l.2}{MHCL/CAR}{2004/06/09}{2}
+ Kai Tek airport is correctly named Kai Tak airport but the photo
+ was actually taken at Hong Kong International Airport
+
+\erroronpage{xxvii}{after para 4}{FMi}{2004/06/09}{2}
+ Add following paragraph:
+``Any mistake found and reported is a gain for all readers of our
+book. We would therefore like to thank those readers who reported
+any of the mistakes which had been overlooked so far.
+The latest version of the errata file can
+be found on the \LaTeX{} project site at
+\texttt{https://www.latex-project.org/help/books/tlc2.err} where you will also
+find an on-line version of the index and other extracts from the book.''
+
+\CHAPTER{Chapter 1}
+
+\erroronpage{2}{para 5, l.1}{MSc}{2004/06/03}{2}
+ Replace: LaTeX \> \LaTeX{}
+
+\erroronpage{7}{para 5, l.-2}{HjG}{2004/05/20}{2}
+ Missing word and wrong designation of acronym:
+ ``\ldots\
+ languages such \u{as} the \u{Portable Document} Format (PDF)
+ \ldots''
+
+
+\erroronpage{7}{para 5, l.-2}{MSc/CAR}{2004/06/06}{2}
+Replace: ``\ldots produce other device-independent
+ output forms in proprietary languages such as the Portable Document
+ Format~(PDF) (extension~\texttt{.pdf}).'' \> \\
+ ``\ldots produce device-independent
+ file formats including the Portable Document Format~(PDF)
+ (extension~\texttt{.pdf}), which is the native file format of Adobe
+ Acrobat.''
+
+
+\erroronpage{13}{para -2, l.5}{FMi}{2004/04/23}{2}
+ Replace ``writes'' with ``write''.
+
+%\erroronpage{13}{last para, l.1}{MSc}{2004/06/08}{}
+% ``blue notes`` vertically misaligned
+
+\erroronpage{14}{para 2, l.2}{FMi}{2004/06/12}{2}
+ Bug in \texttt{url.sty} generated extra space.
+
+\erroronpage{14}{para 2, l.6}{FMi}{2004/04/23}{2}
+ Printing problem: ``or'' only half visible.
+
+\erroronpage{14}{para 3, l.3}{HjG}{2004/05/20}{2}
+ Printing problem: ``d'' in ``document'' only half visible.
+
+\erroronpage{14}{exa 1-3-5, l.6}{DHL}{2004/05/14}{2}
+ Printing problem: ``i'' in ``\verb=\section='' not visible.
+
+
+\CHAPTER{Chapter 2}
+
+\erroronpage{16}{para 4,ll.2--4}{HjG}{2005/04/03}{4}
+ Nitpicking? Code for class options will not be in a package file!\\
+ ``Code for \u{class} options is sometimes stored in files
+ (in \u{this case} with the extension \texttt{.clo}) but is normally
+ directly specified in the class or package file (\dots).''
+ \>\\
+ ``Code for options is sometimes stored in files
+ (in \u{the case of classes} with the extension \texttt{.clo}) but
+ is normally
+ directly specified in the class or package file (\dots).''
+
+\erroronpage{16}{para 4, l.-2}{HjG}{2004/10/10}{4}
+ Although not wrong, better:
+ ``For example,
+ the option \texttt{11pt} \u{might be} related to
+ \u{\texttt{art11.clo}} when\ldots''
+ \>
+ ``For example,
+ the option \texttt{11pt} \u{is} related to
+ \u{\texttt{size11.clo}} when\ldots''
+
+\erroronpage{20}{para 1, l.-2}{BMo}{2004/05/14}{2}
+ Words need to be swapped: ``\ldots can achieve \u{this effect} by
+ \ldots''
+
+\erroronpage{20}{footnote, l.2}{MSc/FMi}{2004/06/10}{2}
+ Replace ``e.g.,'' with ``i.e.,''
+
+\erroronpage{21}{para 1 of 2.1.4, l.-1}{HjG}{2004/05/20}{2}
+ Words need to be swapped:
+ ``\ldots package \u{created by} Donald Arseneau.''
+
+\erroronpage{21}{para -2, l.2}{MLi}{2013/07/12}{}
+ The command is called \verb=\AskOption= (without ``s'')
+
+\erroronpage{24}{para -2,ll.-3\slash -2}{HjG}{2005/04/03}{4}
+ \LaTeX{}nically not correct:\\
+ ``\u{all} lower-level counter\u{s} (i.e., \u{those} with
+ higher-level number\u{s}) \u{are} reset.''\>\\
+ ``\u{the next} lower-level counter (i.e., \u{that} with \u{the next}
+ higher-level number) \u{is} reset.''
+
+\seriouserroronpage{26}{footnote}{HjG}{2004/05/20}{2}
+ Misplaced closing brace (see example 2-2-3):\\
+ \verb=\fbox{\csname thesection\endcsname\hspace{0.5em}=%
+ \u{\texttt{\textbraceright}}
+ \>
+ \verb=\fbox{\csname thesection\endcsname=%
+ \u{\texttt{\textbraceright}}\verb=\hspace{0.5em}=
+
+\erroronpage{27}{exa 2-2-4}{MBr}{2004/08/01}{2}
+ Rewrite example text to avoid overfull hbox.
+
+\erroronpage{27}{para -2, l.4}{HjG}{2004/05/20}{2}
+ Missing italic correction:
+ \verb=\=\emph{name}\verb=mark=
+
+
+\seriouserroronpage{28}{afterskip item, ll.3--4}{HjG}{2005/04/03}{4}
+ \LaTeX{}nically not correct (cf.\ latex/3463):\\
+ ``\dots\ whether a display heading (\textit{afterskip}${}\geq0$) or a
+ run-in heading (\textit{afterskip}${}<0$) is produced.''\>\\
+ ``\dots\ whether a display heading (\textit{afterskip}${}>0$) or a
+ run-in heading (\textit{afterskip}${}\leq0$) is produced.''
+
+\seriouserroronpage{32}{para -1,l.4--7}{HjG/FMi}{2004/05/20}{2}
+ Replace: ``The modified |\section| command
+also starts a new page, which is typeset with a special page style
+(see Chapter~4) and with
+top floats suppressed.
+The indentation of the first paragraph in a
+section is also suppressed by using the low-level kernel command
+ |\@afterheading| and setting
+the Boolean switch \texttt{@afterindent} to \texttt{false}.
+For details on the use of these commands see the |\chapter| implementation in
+the standard classes (file \texttt{classes.dtx}).''
+
+\seriouserroronpage{33}{code}{FMi}{2004/05/20}{2}
+ Replace code as follows to make statement on p.32 true:\\
+\hspace{0pt minus\linewidth}\begin{minipage}{1.35\linewidth}
+\begin{verbatim}
+\makeatletter
+ \renewcommand\appendix{%
+ \renewcommand\section{% % Redefinition of \section...
+ \newpage\thispagestyle{plain}% % new page, folio bottom
+ \suppressfloats[t]\@afterindentfalse % no top floats, no indent
+ \secdef\Appendix\sAppendix}% % call \Appendix or \sAppendix
+ \setcounter{section}{0}\renewcommand\thesection{\Alph{section}}}
+
+ \newcommand\Appendix[2][?]{% % Complex form:
+ \refstepcounter{section}% % step counter/ set label
+ \addcontentsline{toc}{appendix}% % generate toc entry
+ {\protect\numberline{\appendixname~\thesection}#1}%
+ {\raggedleft\large\bfseries \appendixname\ % typeset the title
+ \thesection\par \centering#2\par}% % and number
+ \@afterheading % prepare indentation handling
+ \sectionmark{#1}% % add to running header
+ \addvspace{\baselineskip}} % space after heading
+
+ \newcommand\sAppendix[1]{% % Simplified (starred) form
+ {\raggedleft\large\bfseries\appendixname\par \centering#1\par}%
+ \@afterheading\addvspace{\baselineskip}}
+\makeatother
+\end{verbatim}
+\end{minipage}
+
+\erroronpage{30}{para-3, l.-2}{RPa}{2004/09/14}{4}
+ ``page 426'' should be ``page 428''
+
+\seriouserroronpage{33}{code}{HjG}{2004/05/20}{2}
+ Definitions of \verb=\Appendix= and \verb=\sAppendix= use
+ \verb=\flushright= instead of \verb=\raggedleft=!
+
+ Editorial note: already addressed in previous major change.
+
+\erroronpage{33}{exa 2-2-11}{MBr}{2004/08/01}{2}
+ Text contains two spaces after period (not wrong but unnecessary).
+
+\erroronpage{33}{exa 2-2-11}{FMi}{2004/04/23}{2}
+ Comment only needs one \% not two.
+
+% not really a bug but ...
+\erroronpage{35}{para 1}{hajk}{2005/09/29}{}
+ Package fncychap also makes unwanted ``Chapter 0'' heading for
+ |\chapter{Preface}| in |\frontmatter| of book.
+
+ Comment: I don't really consider this a bug (as it is not surprising
+ with such designs) but will see if it can be explicitly mentioned.
+
+\seriouserroronpage{45}{para 2, l.13}{DHL}{2004/05/27}{2}
+ In the displayed code, the second occurrence of
+ ``\verb=\renewcommand\theBhead=\dots'' \>
+ ``\verb=\renewcommand\theChead=\dots''
+
+\erroronpage{37}{para 3, l.-2}{FMi}{2004/10/21}{4}
+ Replace: ``\ldots title in lowercase'' \>
+ ``\ldots title in \u{small capitals}''
+
+\erroronpage{46}{para -2,l.3}{HjG}{2005/04/03}{4}
+ Delete: ``need\u{ed}'' \> ``need''
+
+\erroronpage{48}{para 2, l.5}{HjG}{2004/05/20}{2}
+ Delete doubled word:
+ ``(\ldots\ to the \u{the} table of contents)''
+
+\erroronpage{49}{para 3, l.2}{DHL/CAR}{2004/05/27}{2}
+ Replace: ``Thereby, the result of'' \>
+ ``The exact effect of''
+
+\erroronpage{50}{para -4, l.3}{HjG}{2004/05/20}{2}
+ Add remark:
+ ``\ldots, so that the standard document classes have definitions
+ for \verb=\l at part= and \verb=\l at chapter=
+ \u{(or \texttt{\char`\\l at section} with \textsf{article})}
+ that do not use \verb=\@dottedtocline=.''
+
+\erroronpage{50}{para --1}{FMi}{2004/10/22}{4}
+ Replace para with:
+ The nesting level of the entry.
+ With the help of the counter \texttt{tocdepth} the user can
+ control how many nesting levels will be displayed.
+ Levels greater than the value of this counter
+ will not appear in the table of contents.
+
+
+\erroronpage{51}{fig.~2.3}{HjG}{2004/05/20}{2}
+ The lines of the ``heading text'' are wrapped at a place different
+ from that indicated by the \verb=|<- \@tocrmarg ->|=.
+
+\seriouserroronpage{51}{descr. of
+ \texttt{\textbackslash
+ @pnumwidth}}{CBa}{2005/04/04}{4}
+ Needs changing with |\renewcommand|!
+
+\seriouserroronpage{51}{descr. of
+ \texttt{\textbackslash @tocrmarg}}{HjG/FMi}{2004/05/20}{2}
+ Add additional sentence:
+ ``It can be set to a rubber length, which results in the TOC being set
+ unjustified.''
+
+\erroronpage{51}{footnote}{FMi}{2004/09/19}{4}
+ Add: ``\ldots See Section 7.10.3 \u{on page 428} for more\ldots''
+
+\seriouserroronpage{52}{para 2, exa}{CBa}{2005/04/04}{4}
+ As |\@pnumwidth| is actually a macro the assignment using
+ |\settowidth| unfortunately doesn't work at all.
+ Instead a value needs to be assigned via |\renewcommand|.
+
+\erroronpage{52}{para 3, l.1}{HjG}{2004/05/20}{2}
+ Printing problem: ``w'' in ``down'' only half visible.
+
+\erroronpage{52}{middle}{HjG}{2004/05/21}{2}
+ Add after code line:
+ ``When adjusting \verb=\@pnumwidth= this way it is likely that the
+ value of \verb=\@tocrmarg= needs to be changed as well to keep the
+ layout of the table of contents consistent.''
+
+\seriouserroronpage{52}{para 3, l.-1}{JJN}{2004/08/17}{4}
+ Replace ``and section'' with ``section, and subsection''.
+ (or replace code above to use |\setcounter{tocdepth}{1}| and speak
+ of "first" level)
+
+\erroronpage{55}{ll.-8/-7}{HjG}{2004/05/21}{2}
+ Missing word: ``\ldots\ is defined by \u{the} second argument.''
+
+\erroronpage{56}{footnote}{CBe}{2004/07/27}{2}
+Remove: ``\ldots are limited to three characters, like MS-DOS \u{or Windows}.''
+
+\seriouserroronpage{57}{tab.~2.3}{HjG}{2004/05/21}{2}
+ \verb=\mtcPSfont= \> \verb=\mtcSPfont=\\
+ \verb=\nomtcrules= \> \verb=\nomtcrule=\\
+ \verb=\mtcrules= \> \verb=\mtcrule=
+
+\seriouserroronpage{57}{para-2, l.-3}{HjG}{2004/05/21}{2}
+ \verb=\partoc= \> \verb=\parttoc=
+
+ \erroronpage{58}{exa 2-3-8}{CBe}{2004/07/27}{2}
+ km2 appears two times in the code and in the printed output;
+ it should be \verb=km\textsuperscript={2} in the code
+ and km\textsuperscript{2} in the output.
+
+\erroronpage{62}{l.-11}{HjG}{2004/05/21}{2}
+ ``recourse'' \> ``recur''
+
+\erroronpage{63}{para 1, l.1}{FMi}{2004/11/11}{4}
+ Typo: ``This artific\u{i}al example shows how''
+
+\erroronpage{65}{para 2, l.-1}{CKr}{2004/10/15}{4}
+ Correct: ``formated'' \> ``format\u{t}ed''
+
+\erroronpage{66}{marginal note}{FMi}{2004/04/23}{2}
+ Restrictions on keys deserve a dangerous bend sign.
+
+\erroronpage{68}{exa 2-4-3}{HjG}{2004/05/21}{2}
+ The box in the margin ``\fbox{2-4-3}'' is shifted right
+ (with respect to other such boxes).
+
+\erroronpage{72}{para 3, l.-3}{HjG/FMi}{2004/05/21}{2}
+ Change/add:
+ ``\ldots by comparing \u{the number of the chapter} in which the
+|\label| \u{occurred} with the current\ldots''
+
+\erroronpage{75}{para -1, l.2}{CKr}{2004/10/17}{4}
+ Change: ``provided the \textit{keys}'' \>
+ ``provided the \textit{key}\u{s}''
+
+\seriouserroronpage{76}{para -2, l.5--8}{DAr/FMi}{2004/07/24}{2}
+Change marginal to ``{\itshape Unnumbered sections get moving
+arguments}''
+
+Change text to: ``As a consequence, \u{the
+arguments of unnumbered sectioning commands} are turned into
+moving arguments, \ldots''
+
+\erroronpage{77}{para -1, l.-4}{DAr}{2004/07/24}{2}
+ Add: ``In addition, no \u{unrelated} |\addcontentsline| command is
+allowed to intervene between heading and label.''
+
+\erroronpage{78}{\S 2.4.5, l.1}{HjG}{2004/05/24}{2}
+ Add: ``Sebastian
+ Rahtz \u{(with contributions by Heiko Oberdiek and
+ David Carlisle)} has developed\ldots''
+
+\erroronpage{78}{para 3, l.3}{UFi}{2004/06/01}{2}
+ Program name changed: ``Acrobat Reader'' \> ``Adobe Reader''
+
+
+\CHAPTER{Chapter 3}
+
+\erroronpage{84}{}{DAr}{2004/07/23}{2}
+Change: ``For example, if the current size is \u{\ttfamily\textbackslash Large} then
+\verb=\relsize{-2}= would change to \u{\ttfamily\textbackslash normalsize}\,.
+
+\seriouserroronpage{84}{exa 3-1-7}{FMi}{2004/04/23}{2}
+ To avoid extra space in the output, second line should read:\\
+ \verb*= {\relsize{-2}small words} inside.=
+
+\erroronpage{85}{para -1, l.5}{WaS/FMi}{2004/06/16}{2}
+ Change: ``ON 28TH \u{OF} JULY 2003'' \> ``ON 2ND AUGUST 2004''
+ (no OF generated)
+
+\seriouserroronpage{87}{para 3, l.1}{DAr}{2004/07/24}{2}
+ Replace: |\uuline| \> |\uline|
+
+\erroronpage{87}{exa. 3-1-15}{V-Li}{2004/08/14}{}
+ \verb+\-+ should be used on a word that is actually hyphenated.
+
+ Well, would be nice but not easy to find one.
+
+\erroronpage{87}{exa. 3-1-16}{DHL}{2004/06/07}{2}
+ The solid band produced by |\xout| is actually supposed to come
+ out as a series of separated ``/'' symbols. With the
+ \texttt{ulem} package used for the first printing that works well
+ for most text fonts, but
+ with Times Roman (used in the example) you get the result shown.
+ The new package version fixes this defect.
+
+\erroronpage{92}{para 3, l.1+4}{UFi}{2004/07/31}{2}
+Change: ``The position and the \u{height} of the line
+produced by the |\ul| command can be customized using either
+|\setul| or |\setuldepth|\,. The command |\setul| takes two
+dimensions as arguments: the position of the line in relation to the
+baseline and the \u{height} of the line.
+
+\erroronpage{92}{para -1}{FMi}{2004/07/31}{2}
+Add: ``\ldots can use colored rules instead and, if desired, modify the
+highlighting color\u{ as demonstrated below}:
+
+\erroronpage{95}{exa 3-1-33}{MHo/FMi}{2004/05/17}{2}
+ Replace: ``setup'' by ``set-up'' for consistency.
+
+\erroronpage{102}{para 1, l.-3}{CBC}{2004/05/18}{2}
+ Replace: ``in great \u{of} detail'' with ``in great detail''.
+
+\erroronpage{103}{l.8}{HjG}{2004/05/23}{2}
+ Replace: ``arbitrary bad lines'' \> ``arbitrar\u{il}y bad lines''
+
+\erroronpage{105}{para -3, l.1}{HjG}{2004/05/23}{2}
+ Replace: ``typesetting'' \> ``typing''
+
+
+
+\erroronpage{107}{l.3--7}{CBe}{2004/07/27}{4}
+ |\linespread| is the \LaTeXe\ command for
+ setting up the value of \comando{\baselinestretch}; it is not necessary
+ to use |\renewcommand| and in particular it is not necessary to
+ activate the new interline spacing by changing font; it suffices the command
+ |\selectfont|; the procedure described in this paragraph,
+ although still possible, was the one to use with \LaTeX\,209 and with the
+ early versions of \LaTeXe, and it was the only way when the First Edition was
+ published. The command |\linespread| is introduced the first
+ time on page~204, but section 3.1.13 was the right place to do it.
+
+
+\erroronpage{107}{para 4, l.3}{HjG}{2004/05/25}{2}
+ Delete word: ``\ldots\ single\u{ (default)}, \ldots''
+
+\erroronpage{107}{para -1, l.3--5}{DHL/FMi}{2004/06/07}{2}
+ Add/change:
+ ``\ldots leading is increased twice---once by |\baselineskip| (where
+ \LaTeX{} already adds about 20\% space between baselines)\ldots'' \>
+``\ldots leading is \u{effectively} increased twice---once by |\baselineskip| (\u{which
+ \LaTeX{} already sets to about 20\% above the font size})\ldots''
+
+
+\erroronpage{116}{Footnote 1, line 1}{CBC}{2004/05/18}{2}
+ Replace: ``I managed to confuse'' with ``we managed to confuse''.
+
+\erroronpage{117}{para 2, l.2}{HjG}{2004/05/25}{2}
+ Missing letter: ``It take\u{s} two \ldots''
+
+\erroronpage{117}{para 3, l.3}{CBC}{2004/05/18}{2}
+ Tense correction: ``\ldots they did not change when the text font
+ \u{was} modified''.
+
+\erroronpage{117}{para 3,l.-3}{FMi}{2004/05/31}{2}
+ Change: ``your list consist of'' \> ``your list\u{s} consist of''.
+
+\erroronpage{117}{para 3,l.-2}{CBC}{2004/05/18}{2}
+ Change: ``lists consist\u{s} of'' \> ``lists consist of''.
+
+\erroronpage{117}{footnote}{HjG}{2004/05/26}{2}
+ Missing word: ``See, \ldots, the \textsf{ledmac} package [171]
+ \u{for} the kinds of \ldots''
+
+\erroronpage{119}{para 2, l.1}{DHL}{2004/06/07}{2}
+ Replace word: ``By default, the footnote text is \u{justified}\ldots''
+
+\erroronpage{121}{para 2, l.4}{HjG}{2004/05/25}{2}
+ Missing word: ``the \texttt{symbol*} \u{option}''
+
+\erroronpage{124}{middle para, ll. -3/-2}{HjG}{2004/05/26}{2}
+ Missing word: ``It is even possible \u{to} use \ldots''
+
+\iffalse
+%% only do if real error on page
+\erroronpage{125}{para 3 of \S 3.2.7, ll.-2/-1}{HjG}{2004/05/26}{}
+ Word position: ``\ldots\ whenever |\endnote| or |\endnotemark|
+ \u{is used} without an optional argument.''
+\fi
+
+\erroronpage{127}{para 3, l.last}{PYu}{2004/07/01}{2}
+ Replace: ``ragged left'' \> ``ragged right''.
+
+\erroronpage{131}{footnote, l.1}{CBC}{2004/05/19}{2}
+ Change: ``is not producing'' \> ``does not produce''.
+
+\seriouserroronpage{141}{syntax box}{HjG}{2004/05/26}{2}
+ Replace:
+ \emph{body-font} \> \emph{body-style}\\
+ \emph{head-font} \> \emph{head-style}\\
+ \emph{head-after-format} \> \emph{head-after-space}
+
+\erroronpage{142}{exa 3-3-21/22}{UZi}{2005/03/15}{}
+ With the newest version of \texttt{amsthm} the font setting for the headline
+ is ignored for the optional description of the theorem (looks like a
+ bug in amsthm).
+
+\erroronpage{142}{exa 3-3-21}{FMi}{2005/08/15}{4}
+ There is an incompatibility between \texttt{amsthm} and
+ \texttt{ragged2e}. If the latter is used then the use of |\newline|
+ in a theorem declaration doesn't work.
+
+\erroronpage{142}{para -2, l.1}{DHL}{2004/06/07}{2}
+ Missing word: ``make'' \> ``\u{to} make''.
+
+\seriouserroronpage{148}{exa 3-3-26}{HjG}{2004/05/26}{2}
+ In the example, |\hfil| is used; the text immediately before says:
+ ``By using |\hfill| \ldots''
+
+\erroronpage{150}{exa 3-3-28}{HjG}{2004/05/27}{2}
+ Nit-picking :-)\\
+ Comment should read: ``|%|\quad\texttt{term <\u{=} labelwidth}''\\
+ And in ll.2/3 of the text following the example:
+ ``If the label is \u{smaller} than |\labelwidth|, \ldots'' \>
+ ``\ldots\ \u{not wider} \ldots''
+
+\erroronpage{150}{Example 3-3-28, line 7}{UF}{2004/06/27}{2}
+In the code of the parbox there should be a |\mbox{}| or something
+similar after the |\\| to prevent an underfull hbox-warning.
+
+\erroronpage{150}{exa 3-3-28}{JBez}{2004/07/20}{}
+ The vertical space above "Return values" is too small.
+
+\erroronpage{151}{para 3, l.2}{DHL}{2004/06/07}{2}
+ Wrong word: to match the example,
+ ``\textsc{Notes}'' should be ``\textsc{Note}''
+
+\erroronpage{152}{l.-1 before exa 3-4-2}{HjG}{2004/05/31}{2}
+ Replace: ``(see page 167)'' \> ``(see page 168)''
+
+\erroronpage{155}{para 3, l.2}{HjG}{2004/05/31}{2}
+ Replace: ``behaves similarly to''
+ \> ``is much like''
+
+\erroronpage{155}{para -2, l.5}{HjG}{2004/05/31}{2}
+ Replace: ``behave in similar fashion to''
+ \> ``\ldots in \u{a fashion similar} to''
+
+\erroronpage{156}{para -1, l.4}{CBC}{2004/05/20}{2}
+ Change: ``There is also the possibility to operate'' \> ``It is also
+ possible to operate''.
+
+\erroronpage{157}{para 2, l.-4}{CBC}{2004/05/20}{2}
+ Change: ``\ldots discussed below) are potentially'' \> ``\ldots
+ discussed below) \u{is} potentially''.
+
+\erroronpage{158}{para3, l.3}{DHL/FMi}{2004/06/07}{2}
+ Change word: ``tiny white rules \u{behind} the lines'' \> ``tiny white
+ rules \u{between} the lines''.
+
+\erroronpage{166}{syntax box}{CAR}{2004/06/02}{2}
+ Remove extra space: ``\ldots\verb*/}=/\u{~}\emph{data}\texttt=''
+
+\erroronpage{167}{para 1, l.2}{DAl}{2005/01/11}{4}
+ Missing letter: ``\ldots bold italic face exi\u{s}ts.''
+
+\erroronpage{168}{para 3, l.2}{MLa}{2004/05/10}{2}
+ Letter missing: ``While on\u{e} can successfully deploy a
+ package\ldots''
+
+\erroronpage{169}{tab.~3.7}{HjG}{2004/05/26}{2}
+ Spurious space: ``Pascal (\u{ \strut}Borland, \ldots)''
+
+\erroronpage{169}{tab.~3.7}{THa/FMi}{2004/06/21}{2}
+ Move the information about blue entries to a separate table note.
+
+\erroronpage{173}{para 2, l.2}{FMi}{2004/11/11}{4}
+ Typo: ``to indicate that the line was artific\u{i}ally broken''
+
+\erroronpage{175}{para 1, l.6}{FMi}{2005/02/22}{4}
+ Replace: \textsf{inputenclistings} \> \textsf{inputenc}
+
+\erroronpage{177}{exa 3-5-1}{HjG/FMi}{2004/05/31}{2}
+ In the first paragraph, the ``\ldots \verb*=.\para='' yields a
+ single (sentence ending) interword space; but in the following
+ three, ``\ldots \verb*=. \para='' yields doubled space.
+ (Due to the leading space in the definition of |\para|.)
+ The same problem is in exa 3-5-2 except that there is does not show
+ in the output due to a linebreak.
+
+\seriouserroronpage{177/178}{ll.-2/-1/1}{HjG/FMi}{2004/06/01}{2}
+ Missing word and references to wrong paragraphs of exa 3-5-2:\\
+ ``The line numbers in the second |\marginpar| continue the
+ numbering on the main vertical list (the last line of \u{first}
+ paragraph was~5) and the \u{second} paragraph then continues with
+ line number~9.''
+ \\ \>
+ ``\ldots\ (the last line of \u{the} \u{preceding} paragraph was~5) and
+ the \u{third} paragraph \ldots''
+
+\erroronpage{179}{exa 3-5-5}{HjG}{2004/05/31}{2}
+ In the first paragraph, the two instances of
+ ``|\linelabel{|\ldots|}|\verb*= \sample=''
+ yield double (sentence ending) interword space.
+ (Due to the leading space in the definition of |\sample|.)
+
+\erroronpage{179}{Example 3-5-5, l.-2}{CBC}{2004/05/20}{2}
+ Change: ``we see to refer to'' \> ``we see references to''.
+
+\erroronpage{182}{para 2, l.-2}{CBC}{2004/05/20}{2}
+ Change: ``of an \verb=\Parallel..Text='' \> ``of \u{a}
+ \verb=\Parallel..Text=.
+
+\erroronpage{182}{para 3, l.1}{HjG/FMi}{2004/05/31}{2}
+ ``computer \u{lingua}'' \> ``computer \u{jargon}''
+
+\erroronpage{182}{exa 3-5-11}{HjG/FMi}{2004/05/31}{2}
+ Small improvement:\\
+ |\setlength\parindent{|\u{\texttt{-10pt}}|}| \>
+ \ldots \u{\texttt{\char`\{-\char`\\leftskip\char`\}}}
+
+\iffalse only on some books
+\erroronpage{183}{exa 3-5-13}{HjG}{2004/05/31}{}
+ Printing problem:
+ ``|[|'' in ``|\begin{Parallel}[v]{}{}|'' only half visible.
+\fi
+
+\erroronpage{184}{footnote 1, l.1--2}{BMo}{2004/05/16}{2}
+ Rewrite beginning: ``Although the \textsf{multicol} package is
+ distributed under LPPL (\LaTeX{} Project Public License)~[111], for
+ historical reasons its copyright contains an additional ``moral
+ obligation'' clause\ldots''
+
+\erroronpage{189}{para 3, l.2}{MHo}{2004/05/08}{2}
+ Spurious extra letter: ``If this is a
+ possibility, \texttt{multicols}\u{t} produces a warning.''
+
+\erroronpage{189}{para -2, ll.2/3}{HjG}{2004/05/31}{2}
+ Extra word: ``bars in the margin, \u{the} known as \ldots''
+
+\erroronpage{189}{par -1, l.4/5}{HjG}{2004/05/31}{2}
+ Add comma: ``However, if \ldots\ another\u{,} the \ldots''
+
+\erroronpage{190}{}{FMi}{2004/06/13}{2}
+ Editorial comment: changes for page 189 affect page break position
+ so 190 has to be retypeset for second printing.
+
+
+\CHAPTER{Chapter 4}
+
+\erroronpage{196}{table 4.2}{YiL}{2012/05/07}{}
+ The values shown in the table aren't any quite correct. These days
+ some of them are calculated depending on the chosen paper size option
+ and so have slightly different values from what is listed in the table.
+ The values listed are those that have been used in 2.09 (i.e., they
+ would be fully correct in compatibility mode, that is for documents
+ starting with |\documentstyle|).
+
+\erroronpage{199}{code block}{UFi}{2004/07/31}{2}
+ Change:
+ \texttt{\u{1in}+}|\oddsidemargin+\textwidth+\evensidemargin|\texttt{\u{+1in}}
+
+
+\erroronpage{202}{para 3, l.4}{CBC}{2004/05/21}{2}
+ Change: ``list-related parameter'' \> ``list-related parameters''.
+
+\erroronpage{202}{para 3, l.4}{PYu}{2004/07/07}{2}
+ Remove surplus word: ``in \u{in} figure 3.3''
+
+\erroronpage{203}{para 3, l.3}{HjG}{2004/05/31}{2}
+ ``one or the other criteri\u{a}''
+ \> ``\ldots\ criteri\u{on}'' (singular)
+
+\seriouserroronpage{205}{para 2, l.2}{HjG}{2004/05/31}{2}
+ Delete backslash: ``an option of the type
+ \u{\texttt{\char`\\}}\emph{num}|headlines|''
+
+\erroronpage{205}{para 3, l.1}{CBC}{2004/05/21}{2}
+ Swap words: ``header \u{is size} enlarged'' \> ``header \u{size is}
+ enlarged''.
+
+\erroronpage{205}{para 4, l.4}{CAR}{2004/06/06}{2}
+ Delete word: ``\ldots taken up by the binding\u{ method}. For
+ example,\ldots''
+
+\erroronpage{205}{para 5, l.2}{CBC}{2004/05/21}{2}
+Omitted word: ``one can \u{perform} the parameter calculations''.
+
+\seriouserroronpage{205}{para 5}{FMi}{2004/06/06}{2}
+Append: For details see the KOMA-Script documentation.
+
+\seriouserroronpage{205}{Example 4-2-6, 1.3}{CBC}{2004/05/21}{2}
+Add a comment line: ``\verb=% syntax: \typearea[<binding corr.>]{<slices>}=''
+
+\erroronpage{206}{para 2, l.6}{FMi}{2004/06/06}{2}
+
+ Replace: ``\ldots shows a layout \u{identical} to the one
+ produced\ldots'' \>
+ ``\ldots shows a layout \u{very similar} to the one produced\ldots''
+
+\seriouserroronpage{206}{para 2, l.6}{HjG}{2004/05/31}{2}
+ Wrong references:\\
+ ``Example \u{4-2-4} on page \u{204}'' \>
+ ``Example \u{4-2-5} on page \u{205}''
+
+\erroronpage{209}{para 1, l.1--2}{BMo}{2004/05/16}{2}
+ Replace:
+ ``\ldots and does not leave sufficient space for marginal notes
+ that fall outside the page.''
+ \>
+ ``\ldots but does not adjust the size of the marginal boxes to fit
+ in the remaining margin.''
+
+
+\erroronpage{210}{para -1, l.3}{CBC}{2004/05/21}{2}
+ Omitted word: ``allow you \u{to} set several values''.
+
+\erroronpage{211}{para 4, l.6}{FMi}{2004/08/30}{4}
+ Add: ``\ldots be called multiple times \u{in the preamble},
+ each time overwriting the previous settings.''
+
+\erroronpage{212}{para -1, l.2}{CKr}{2004/11/11}{4}
+ Remove surplus: ``the \emph{logical} page
+ \u{you} you want to produce.''
+
+\seriouserroronpage{213}{para 1, l.2}{BMo}{2004/05/16}{2}
+ Option \texttt{executive} is listed twice, replace once with
+ \texttt{letter}.
+
+\erroronpage{213}{para 2, l.1}{CKr}{2004/11/11}{4}
+ Typo: ``The following example sets up an artific\u{i}ally small logical page''
+
+\erroronpage{213}{para 1, l.1--2}{FMi}{2006/09/09}{4}
+ Option \texttt{b3} is listed twice.
+
+\erroronpage{213/214}{exa 4-2-11/13}{FMi}{2004/06/05}{2}
+ The picture (|rosette.ps|) is clipped a tiny bit at the left side.
+ That's actually an error in the |.ps| file itself and can be seen
+ in all other examples where the file is used.
+
+\seriouserroronpage{214}{para 1, l.6}{BMo}{2004/05/16}{2}
+ ``\ldots\ \texttt{notext} \ldots'' should be ``\ldots\
+ \texttt{nographics} \ldots''.
+
+\erroronpage{217}{para -2, l.1}{HjG}{2005/05/08}{4}
+ Replace (since the package's default is different):\\
+ Finally the \u{en dash} between the prefix and the page number \dots\ \>\\
+ Finally the \u{separator} between the prefix and the page number \dots
+
+\erroronpage{219}{l.4}{HjG}{2004/06/03}{2}
+ Missing italic correction:
+ \verb=\=\emph{name}\verb=mark=
+
+\erroronpage{219}{para -1,l.2}{HjG}{2005/05/09}{4}
+ Reference to wrong section:\\
+ ``Table~9.2 on page~547 in Section~\u{9.1.3}'' \>\\
+ ``Table~9.2 on page~547 in Section~\u{9.2.1}''
+ (or omit section refence completely)
+
+\erroronpage{223}{tab 4.3}{THa}{2004/06/22}{2}
+ Spurious space after superscript \textsuperscript{a} in footnote.
+
+\erroronpage{226}{para. 5, l.2}{PYu}{2004/07/05}{2}
+ Change to plural: ``The headers and footers are typeset \u{in boxes}
+ that, by default, \u{have} the same width as |\textwidth|\,. The
+ \u{boxes} can be made wider (or narrower)\ldots''
+
+
+\erroronpage{227}{para 2,l.1}{HjG}{2005/05/09}{4}
+ Replace:
+ ``running \u{heading}'' \>
+ ``running \u{header}''
+
+\erroronpage{227}{para 3,l.1}{HjG}{2005/05/09}{4}
+ Replace:
+ ``the \u{heading} is extended'' \>
+ ``the \u{header} is extended'' \>
+
+\erroronpage{229}{2.-1}{CBC}{2004/05/24}{2}
+ Change: ``if the first B-head\ldots would have already been'' \> ``if
+ the first B-head\ldots had already been''.
+
+\erroronpage{229}{para -2,l.-2}{HjG}{2005/05/09}{4}
+ Replace:
+ ``the \u{heading}'' \>
+ ``the \u{header}''
+
+\erroronpage{230}{exa 4-4-3}{HjG}{2005/05/09}{4}
+ Add |%| character:
+ ``|\fancyfoot[R]{\scriptsize\today}|\texttt{\u{\char`\%}}''
+
+% not a bug, but heh ho
+\erroronpage{232}{ll.1/2}{HjG}{2004/06/03}{2}
+ Add words: ``With a similar mechanism we prepared \u{the running
+ headers of} the index for this book.''
+
+\erroronpage{232}{ll.1/2}{CKr}{2004/11/17}{4}
+ Remove surplus: ``With a similar mechanism we prepared \u{the} the running\ldots''
+
+\seriouserroronpage{234}{First boxed command}{CBC}{2004/05/24}{2}
+ Change: ``\verb=\enlargethispage*{=size\verb=}='' \>
+ ``\verb=\enlargethispage{=size\verb=}=''.
+
+\erroronpage{237}{para 1, l.3}{MKo}{2004/08/06}{2}
+ Change: ``\textsf{scrpage}'' \> ``\textsf{scrpage2}''
+
+\erroronpage{237}{para 4, l.3}{DAl}{2005/01/11}{4}
+ Change: ``also works as \u{an} replacement'' \> ``also works as
+ \u{a} replacement''
+
+\erroronpage{237}{para 5, l.2}{CBe}{2004/07/27}{2}
+ Change: ``14pt'' \> ``17pt''
+
+
+\CHAPTER{Chapter 5}
+
+\erroronpage{239}{para -1, l.1}{HjG}{2004/06/03}{2}
+ Extra word: ``After \u{a} taking a quick look \ldots''
+
+\erroronpage{241}{Example 5-1-1}{CBC}{2004/05/24}{2}
+
+ Change: ``esprit trouble'' \> ``esprit troubl\'e''.
+
+The whole example has been changed to better demonstrate
+the \verb|\kill| command.
+
+\erroronpage{242}{para -2}{DSch/FMi}{2005/09/19}{4}
+ Replace para with:
+``The \texttt{tabular*} environment has an additional width argument that
+specifies the required total width of the table.
+It needs stretchable spaces between columns, that have to be added using
+|\extracolsep| (see page~246).''
+
+\iffalse
+%% check, maybe (if other error
+\erroronpage{243}{para 1, l.3/4}{HjG}{2004/06/03}{}
+ Change: ``Their scope can be \u{general} or local.''
+ \> ``\u{global}''
+\fi
+
+\erroronpage{243}{}{CBe}{2004/07/27}{4}
+ The explanation of the command \comando{\arraystretch} is
+ wrong; in fact it does not multiply the inter-row space by the specified
+ factor, so that a factor of 1.5 would move the rows 50\% farther apart.
+ \comando{\arraystretch} scales by the specified factor the height and depth of
+ the invisible strut that is in the first cell of every row of tabular and array
+ environments. If all the cells of the row are smaller than the strut the effect
+ is more or less similar to an enlargement of the inter-row space, while if at
+ least one cell in the row is larger than the strut no spreading apart takes
+ place other than that required by the largest cell.
+
+
+
+\erroronpage{243/244}{tab.~5.1/5.2}{HjG}{2004/06/03}{2}
+ In the left columns of these tables, typewriter font should be used
+ for the braces, to better match the appearance in the syntax boxes.
+
+\erroronpage{244}{tab.~5.2}{HjG}{2004/06/03}{2}
+ 1. In the |m| row, the braces in |\parbox|\u{\{}\emph{width}\u{\}}
+ are not from the typewriter font, as they are in the |b| row.\\
+ 2. In the |>| and |<| rows, the |p|, |m|, and |b| options are
+ listed once without and once with their |{..}| arguments.
+
+\seriouserroronpage{244}{para -1, l.3--4}{FMi/DCa}{2005/02/05}{4}
+ Replace: ``the sum of its value,
+ added to the product
+ |\baselineskip|${}\times{}$|\arraystretch}|''
+ \>
+ `` $|\arraystretch| \times (|\extrarowheight| + 0.7 |\baselineskip|)$''
+
+
+\erroronpage{246}{para 3}{FMi}{2005/09/19}{4}
+ Add blue marginal note: ``Making \texttt{tabular*} stretch to the
+ required width''
+
+\erroronpage{246}{para 3, l.3/4}{HjG}{2004/06/03}{2}
+ Change:
+ ``The use \ldots\ is subject\u{ed} to two restrictions: \ldots''
+ \> ``\ldots~subject \ldots''
+
+\erroronpage{247}{exa 5-2-9}{CBe}{2004/07/27}{2}
+ Add hyphenation points for |Possibi\-li\-t\'es|
+
+\erroronpage{248}{para 1}{FMi}{2005/09/19}{4}
+ Replace para with: ``A
+ common use of |@{}| is to remove the space equal to
+the value of |\tabcolsep| (for \texttt{tabular}) that, by default,
+appears on each side of the table,
+except when the column specification starts or ends in a \verb=|=.''
+
+
+\erroronpage{249}{exa 5-2-11}{FMi}{2004/07/27}{2}
+ Add hyphenation points for |Possibi\-li\-t\'es|
+
+\seriouserroronpage{249}{l.-2}{HjG}{2004/06/03}{2}
+ Change:
+ ``\ldots\ the \textsf{array} package \texttt{m} and \u{\texttt{t}}
+ types, \ldots''
+ \> ``\ldots\ \u{\texttt{b}} \ldots''
+
+\erroronpage{252}{para 2, l.3}{HjG}{2004/06/03}{2}
+ Missing word: ``\ldots\ the last entry in \u{a} row \ldots''\\
+ Missing word: ``This specification may \u{be} saved \ldots''
+
+\erroronpage{252}{para 3, l.1}{HjG}{2004/06/03}{2}
+ Either add: ``The |X| columns are set using the |p| column
+ \u{type}, \ldots''\\
+ or change (cf.~l.2: an |m| column): ``\ldots\ using \u{a} |p|
+ column \ldots''
+
+\seriouserroronpage{257}{syntax box~2}{HjG}{2004/06/03}{2}
+ Typo: ``\texttt{\char`\\botto\u{m}caption}''
+
+\erroronpage{261}{para 3, l.3}{HPB/FMi}{2004/07/16}{2}
+Add: ``\ldots may be typeset using
+ \u{the packages \textsf{array} and} \textsf{longtable} \ldots''
+
+\erroronpage{262}{para -1, l.2}{HjG/FMi}{2004/06/04}{2}
+ Missing characters:
+ ``in standard \LaTeX{}\u{'s} \textsf{article} class''
+
+\erroronpage{270}{exa 5-6-7}{DCa}{2004/07/22}{2}
+ Spurious `` d'' after ``Beef'' should be deleted.
+
+\seriouserroronpage{270}{para 3 l.1}{UFi}{2004/07/31}{2}
+ Change: |\botrule| \> |\bottomrule|
+
+\seriouserroronpage{271}{para 3}{FMi}{2004/12/17}{4}
+ Replace para by: ``By default, the rule extends all the way to the left, but is
+ ``trimmed'' from the rightmost column by the length specified in the
+ length parameter |\cmidrulekern|. The optional (\emph{trim})
+ \u{argument may contain the characters
+ \texttt{l} and \texttt{r},
+ indicating that the rule}
+ \u{is to be trimmed from the left or right, respectively.}
+ Each \texttt{l} and \texttt{r} may optionally be followed by a width
+ argument \u{specified using \texttt{\{}\emph{widths}\texttt{\}}},
+ in which case the rule is trimmed by this amount rather than by the default
+ |\cmidrulekern|.
+
+
+\seriouserroronpage{271}{syntax box~1}{HjG}{2004/06/04}{2}
+ Argument is optional, not mandatory:
+ |\addlinespace|\texttt{\u[}\emph{width}\texttt{\u]}
+
+\erroronpage{273}{para 3, l.3}{HjG}{2004/05/26}{2}
+ Missing word: ``not accounted for \u{by} |\multirow|''
+
+\seriouserroronpage{278}{para 2, l.-1}{HjG}{2004/05/26}{2}
+ Replace: ``Section 6-3-4'' \> ``Example 6-3-4''
+
+\erroronpage{279}{list, item 1}{CKr}{2004/11/30}{4}
+ Correct typo: ``forced line b\u{r}eaks.''
+
+
+
+\CHAPTER{Chapter 6}
+
+\erroronpage{283}{para 2, l.5--8}{FMi}{2005/01/15}{4}
+Replace with: ``We then continue by
+ explaining how you can define and use your own floating environments (Section~6.3.1),
+ or, conversely, how captioning commands can be used to enter
+ information into the list of figures and tables for nonfloating
+ material (Section~6.3.2).
+ Then methods for rotating the content of a float are described
+ (Section~6.3.3).
+
+\erroronpage{284}{}{FMi}{2005/01/15}{4}
+ Editorial comment: needs reprinting since one line moved from
+ 283 to the current page.
+
+\erroronpage{285}{item 3, l.3}{FMi}{2005/02/13}{4}
+ Use typewriter: ``the default is \texttt{12pt}
+ \texttt{plus} \texttt{2pt} \u{\texttt{minus}}
+ \texttt{2pt} for 10\,pt''
+
+\erroronpage{285}{item 3, l.3}{HjG}{2005/02/06}{4}
+ Default for 12pt document size is given wrong:\\
+ ``\texttt{\u{14pt} plus 2pt minus 4pt}'' \>
+ ``\texttt{\u{12pt} plus 2pt minus 4pt}''
+
+\erroronpage{285}{item 3, l.4}{HjG}{2004/06/05}{2}
+ Should be singular: ``for 12pt document size\u{s}).''
+
+\erroronpage{285}{item 7, l.3}{HjG/FMi}{2005/02/06}{4}
+ Replace (as it is rubbish):
+ ``(the default is like |\textfloatsep| on a text page,
+ but is |8pt plus 2fil| on a page that contains only floats)'' \>\\
+ ``(the default is like |\textfloatsep|)''
+
+\erroronpage{288}{para -1, l.4--7}{DAr/FMi}{2004/07/23}{2}
+ Replace part with:
+``However, by itself this option
+forces all floats to appear \emph{before} the next section material is
+typeset, since the |\FloatBarrier| prevents a float from a current
+ section from appearing below
+the start of the new section, even if some material of the current
+section is present on the same page. ''
+
+\erroronpage{292}{para 4, ll.1/2}{HjG}{2004/06/05}{2}
+ Replace: ``combination \u{to}'' \> ``combination \u{of}''
+
+\seriouserroronpage{292}{para -1, l-2}{FMi}{2005/01/08}{4}
+Add sentence:
+ ``Because the float styles define the placement of the caption,
+floats can contain only a single \verb=\caption= command which is a
+restriction compared to standard \LaTeX's behavior.''
+
+Also add marginal warning: ``Only one \verb=\caption= supported''
+
+
+\erroronpage{293}{para 1, l.3}{J-CCh}{2005/06/01}{4}
+Remove surplus char: ``package documentation in
+\texttt{float\u{s}.dtx}.''
+
+\seriouserroronpage{293}{exa 6-3-1}{HjG/FMi}{2004/06/05}{2}
+ Wrong command used (or misplaced opening brace) in preamble code:\\
+ |\newcommand\xmlcode[1]{\|\u{\ttfamily ttfamily}|{#1}}|
+ \>\\
+ |\newcommand\xmlcode[1]{\|\u{\ttfamily texttt}|{#1}}| \\
+ only by chance this doesn't do any harm in the example!
+
+\erroronpage{293}{exa 6-3-1}{CBe}{2004/07/27}{4}
+The Euler constant must be typeset in roman type according
+to the ISO rules; $e$ is the charge of the electron.
+
+\erroronpage{294}{exa 6-3-3}{HjG/FMi}{2004/06/05}{2}
+ The picture (|rosette.ps|) is clipped a tiny bit at the left side.
+ That's actually an error in the |.ps| file itself and can be seen
+ in all other examples where the file is used.
+
+\erroronpage{295}{para -2, l.3}{HjG}{2004/06/05}{2}
+ Missing word: ``The |[H]| \u{float} is \ldots''
+
+
+\erroronpage{298}{para 1, l.4}{AMa}{2005/01/13}{4}
+ The word ``caption'' should be should typeset in sans serif.
+
+\seriouserroronpage{298}{para 3, l.5}{HjG}{2004/06/06}{2}
+ Missing argument: ``|\newfloat{XMLexa}|%
+ \u{\texttt{\textbraceleft\meta{placement}\textbraceright}}|{lox}|''
+
+\erroronpage{299}{para 2, ll.-2/-1}{HjG}{2004/06/06}{2}
+ Missing word: ``so that it \u{is} not worth''
+
+\erroronpage{301}{exa 6-4-2}{HjG}{2004/06/06}{2}
+ Misspelled word (both in source and output):\\
+ ``\texttt{ex-\u{s}ample}'' \> ``\texttt{ex-ample}''
+
+\seriouserroronpage{302}{para 2, l.4}{HjG}{2004/06/06}{2}
+ Missing argument: ``|\newfloat{XML}|%
+ \u{\texttt{\textbraceleft\meta{placement}\textbraceright}}|{lox}|''
+
+\erroronpage{304/305}{exa 6-4-4}{HjG}{2004/06/06}{2}
+ The |\FIG| command is different from the one from
+ exa 6-4-3 (p.303).
+ Add a line:\\
+ |\newcommand\FIG{\includegraphics[width=10mm]{elephant}}|\\
+ in the preamble part of the example's source.\\
+ (But that will probably spoil your hand-optimized page breaks. ---
+ Actually it will improve them: by getting the example larger on
+ line will carry over from 304 to 305 avoiding the widow there
+ without changing that page otherwise)
+
+\erroronpage{307}{l.-4}{HjG}{2005/02/12}{4}
+ Surplus closing brace:\\
+ ``|\makebox[\linewidth][c]{\usebox\@tempboxa}|%
+ |\par|\texttt{\u\textbraceright}|% single line|''
+
+\iffalse
+\erroronpage{307}{l.3--4}{CBe}{2004/07/27}{}
+The Runaway error may be explained in a better way: the
+ \emph{short-text} cannot exceed one paragraph; the \emph{long-text} may be
+ several paragraphs long; if the optional argument \emph{short-text} is missing
+ the \emph{long-text} replaces it, therefore the macros that should process the
+ single paragraph \emph{short-text} get terribly shaken and produce the Runaway
+ argument error. A reference to Appendix~B and the long\slash short definition
+ of commands should be helpful.
+\fi
+
+\erroronpage{309}{para 4, l.3}{DAl}{2005/06/29}{4}
+ Missing comma: ``\ldots you will get a typical ``standard \LaTeX''
+ format\u{,} that is, \ldots''
+
+\erroronpage{312}{\texttt{position} option}{JS/FMi}{2005/09/14}{4}
+ State that key \texttt{bottom} is the default.
+
+\erroronpage{312}{para 2, l.2}{DAl}{2005/06/29}{4}
+ Word in wrong position: ``for example, ``above'' the caption if
+ caption is \u{the} placed at the bottom.''
+ \>
+ ``for example, ``above'' the caption if \u{the} caption is \ldots''
+
+\erroronpage{317}{para -4, l.1}{HjG}{2004/06/06}{2}
+ Extra letter: ``The \textsf{subfig} package\u{s} \ldots''
+
+\erroronpage{319}{para 1, l.5}{C-JCh}{2005/06/10}{4}
+ Incorrect right quote: ``numbers like ``11.3\u{''}\ldots''
+
+\erroronpage{319}{para 2, l.3}{C-JCh}{2005/06/10}{4}
+ Incorrect right quote: ``such as ``Figure 1(a-c)\u{''}.''
+
+\erroronpage{321}{exa 6-5-13, l.2}{HjG/FMi}{2004/06/06}{2}
+ Change value:
+ ``|listofindent=4em|'' \> ``|listofindent=5em|''.\\
+ Looks better and also makes description on page 320 correct.
+
+\erroronpage{321}{para 3, l.2}{UFi}{2004/07/31}{2}
+Remove: ``approach is to \u{to} specify\ldots''
+
+\erroronpage{326}{para -1, l.4}{DAl}{2005/07/14}{4}
+ Missing letter: ``floats appear to\u{o} close to each other\ldots''
+
+
+
+\CHAPTER{Chapter 7}
+
+\erroronpage{332}{para -2,l.2}{THa}{2004/07/21}{2}
+ SinCE SEriFS arE noT alwayS horizonTaL: ``Serifs are the tiny
+ horizontal strokes\dots'' \> ``Serifs are the tiny strokes\dots''
+
+\erroronpage{338}{para -1, l.3}{HjG}{2004/06/29}{2}
+ Missing word: ``command \u{and} declarative forms''
+
+\erroronpage{341}{para -2, l.-2}{HjG}{2004/06/29}{2}
+ Missing comma: ``such as |\OE|\u, to lowercase).''
+
+\erroronpage{342}{tab 7.1}{CBe/FMi}{2004/07/27}{2}
+ Add footnote: ``\textit{The actual sizes shown above are those specially
+ tailored for use in this book}''
+
+\erroronpage{347}{para 2, l.5+6}{JS/FMi}{2006/11/08}{s}
+Replace: ``\u{Computer Modern Typewriter and}
+Computer Modern Sans \u{have} only bold extended variants.''
+\>
+ ``\u{In contrast} Computer Modern Sans \u{has} only bold extended variants.''
+
+\erroronpage{349}{Table 7.4}{AFV}{2008/08/08}{}
+The font associated with the command |\mathtt| is a sans typewriter font. This
+differs from nearly all TeX set ups where the math typewriter font is Computer
+Modern Typewriter.
+
+\erroronpage{349}{para -1, l.2}{HjG}{2004/06/29}{2}
+ Missing comma:
+ ``\ldots\ where commands, such as |\rm|\u, would cause \ldots''
+
+\erroronpage{351}{para -2, l.5}{HjG}{2004/06/29}{2}
+ Surplus word:
+ ``\ldots\ belongs to the text \u{the} surrounding the formula.''
+
+\erroronpage{353}{para 4, l.2}{HjG}{2004/06/29}{2}
+ Replace:
+ ``\u{Extended} Computer Modern'' \>
+ ``\u{European} Computer Modern''
+
+\erroronpage{354/355}{marginal 3}{FMi}{2004/04/23}{2}
+ Should be on top of page 355.
+
+\erroronpage{354}{table caption}{AFV/FMi}{2009/01/5}{}
+ Replace: ``Classification of the Computer Modern font families'' \>
+ ``Classification of \u{most} Computer Modern font families''
+ as not all fonts are listed.
+
+\erroronpage{355}{para 4, l.2}{HjG}{2004/06/29}{2}
+ Missing character: ``on\u{e} can simply exchange''
+
+\erroronpage{356}{para 2, l.2}{HjG}{2004/06/30}{2}
+ Correct: ``\u{ZE}-fonts'' \> ``\u{EZ}-fonts''
+ (Index entry is OK!)
+
+\erroronpage{357}{exa 7-5-5, last line}{RSt}{2004/05/26}{2}
+ Reference [174] instead of [175].
+
+\erroronpage{357}{exa 7-5-5}{HjG}{2004/06/30}{2}
+ Add page entries for ``Clasen, Matthias'', ``Vieth, Ulrik'', and
+ ``Ziegler, Justin'' to ``People'' index (pp.1080+1082)
+
+\erroronpage{357}{l.-2}{HjG}{2004/06/30}{2}
+ Add word:
+ ``Clearly, no one wants to type \u{text} like this \ldots''
+
+\erroronpage{358}{para -1, l.1}{HjG}{2004/06/30}{2}
+ Change word order:\\
+ ``The list of \u{currently} \u{supported encodings} by
+ \textsf{inputenc} \ldots'' \>\\
+ ``The list of \u{encodings} \u{currently supported} by
+ \textsf{inputenc} \ldots''
+
+\erroronpage{359}{several places}{MKu/FMi}{2004/06/24}{2}
+ Replace: ISO-8859 \> ISO 8859
+
+\erroronpage{360}{item 8}{CKr}{2004/12/30}{4}
+ Replace: Next Computer encoding \> Ne\u{XT} Computer encoding
+
+\erroronpage{360}{item 9}{MKu/FMi}{2004/06/24}{2}
+ Replace: UTF8 \> UTF-8
+
+\erroronpage{360}{para -1}{MKu/FMi}{2004/06/24}{2}
+ Replace: UTF8 \> UTF-8 (several times)
+
+\erroronpage{361}{para 2+3}{MKu/FMi}{2004/06/24}{2}
+ Replace: UTF8 \> UTF-8 (several times)
+
+\erroronpage{361}{l.-14}{CBe/FMi}{2004/07/27}{2}
+ Replace: ``preamble or the document class'' \>
+ ``document class, a package, or in the preamble''
+
+
+\erroronpage{362}{l.1}{HjG}{2004/06/30}{2}
+ Swap phrases:\\
+ ``\ldots\ the user \u{in the preamble} \u{to load still
+ more encodings}.'' \\\>\\
+ ``\ldots\ the user \u{to load still more encodings}
+ \u{in the preamble}.''
+
+\erroronpage{362}{para 1, l.1}{SCo}{2004/05/17}{2}
+ Printing problem in some books: ``still'', second `l' only half visible.
+
+\erroronpage{367}{para 2, l.3}{CKr}{2005/01/03}{4}
+ Wrong font: ``old-style numerals by simply switching to the \u{\texttt{TS1}}''
+
+\erroronpage{368}{para -4, l.3}{HjG}{2004/07/01}{2}
+ Change:\\
+ ``\ldots\ only. \u{Only} real errors will be shown.'' \>\\
+ ``\ldots\ only. \u{However,} real errors will be shown
+ \u{on the terminal}.''
+
+\erroronpage{370}{para 2, l.-1}{RSt}{2004/05/26}{2}
+ Replace: ``ran run'' with ``\u{you ran}''.
+
+\erroronpage{370}{para 4, l.5}{HjG}{2004/07/06}{2}
+ Add: ``\ldots\ in one of the three \u{text font} categories.''
+
+\erroronpage{371}{para 1, l.4}{HjG}{2004/07/06}{2}
+ Add: ``\ldots, such as via a call to |\usefont|\u{ (see Example
+ 7-6-1 below)}.''
+
+\erroronpage{373}{first line of 7.6.1}{UFi}{2004/07/31}{2}
+ Remove ``the \u{the} fonts''
+
+\erroronpage{373}{first para, l.-1}{BeB}{2004/06/28}{2}
+ ``collection'' is (at least seems to me) singular:\\
+ Typo: ``appear'' \> ``appears''
+
+\erroronpage{374}{`Bookman', l.1}{HjG}{2004/07/08}{2}
+ Typo: ``Bookman was originally design\u{ed} \ldots''
+
+\seriouserroronpage{380}{para 1, l.4--5}{BMo}{2004/05/16}{2}
+ Better show octal numbers: ``\ldots starting positions like
+ \texttt{'254}, \texttt{'266}, \texttt{'300}, and \texttt{'312}
+ (i.e., in octal notation) in\ldots''
+
+\erroronpage{380}{exa. 7-6-10}{J-CCh}{2005/07/06}{4}
+ Replace: AGEWMET\u{P}HTOS \> AGEWMET\u{R}HTOS
+
+\erroronpage{386}{para -1, l.2}{RWa}{2004/05/31}{2}
+ Replace ``the X Window\u{s} system'' with ``the X Window \u{S}ystem''.
+
+\erroronpage{387}{para -1, ll.3/4}{HjG}{2004/07/09}{2}
+ Missing word: ``\texttt{0.87478} should \u{be} used''\\
+
+\iffalse
+% no idea if we can fit that in:
+\erroronpage{387}{para -1, ll.3/4}{HjG}{2004/07/09}{}
+ Value for 12\,pt?
+\fi
+
+\erroronpage{388}{tab. 7.14}{HjG}{2004/07/09}{2}
+ Row~1: Thickness of vertical line between first two columns too
+ wide (printing problem).
+
+\erroronpage{388}{tab 7.14, l.-2}{RPa}{2004/09/14}{4}
+ Missing space between ``m,'' and ``bx'' in the middle column.
+
+\erroronpage{391}{tab. 7.15}{FMi}{2004/07/09}{2}
+ Row~1: Thickness of vertical line between first two columns too
+ wide (printing problem).
+
+\erroronpage{391}{tab 7.15, l.-2}{RPa}{2004/09/14}{4}
+ Missing space between ``m,'' and ``bx'' in the middle column.
+
+\erroronpage{392}{tab 7.16, l.3}{RPa}{2004/09/14}{4}
+ ``(bx)'' should be moved to the second column.
+
+\erroronpage{393}{tab 7.17, l.3}{RPa}{2004/09/14}{4}
+ Missing space between ``(it),'' and ``sc'' in the third column.
+
+\erroronpage{395}{exa 7-7-20}{HjG}{2004/06/22}{2}
+ Commands need to be swapped to match text:\\
+ ``|\gothfamily| Swab'' \> ``|\swabfamily| Swab''\\
+ ``|\swabfamily| Gothic'' \> ``|\gothfamily| Gothic''
+
+\erroronpage{395}{exa 7-7-21}{TSS}{2004/05/25}{2}
+ The ``s'' in word ``dies'' should be the ``short s'' (ligature
+ ``s:'') since it occurs in a syllable-final position.
+% others wrong???
+%According to page 765 of "The World's Writing Systems" (edited by P.T.
+%Daniels and W. Bright, ISBN 0-19-507993-0, Oxford University Press,
+%1996), a syllable-final "s" in fraktur text should be the "short s".
+
+\erroronpage{396}{para 3, l.5}{FMi}{2004/04/23}{2}
+ Should be: ``\ldots on the \u{third} line.''
+
+\erroronpage{396}{exa 7-7-22}{TSS}{2004/05/25}{2}
+ The ``s'' in word ``dies'' should be the ``short s'' (ligature
+ ``s:'') since it occurs in a syllable-final position.
+
+\erroronpage{403}{para 1, ll.1/2}{HjG}{2004/07/09}{2}
+ Change: ``by using \u{G}lyph \u{C}hart''
+ \> ``by using \u{the} \u{g}lyph \u{c}hart''\\
+ (cf.\ para 3, l.1)
+
+\erroronpage{405}{para 3, l.4}{HjG}{2004/06/22}{2}
+ Missing word:
+ ``of \u{the} International Phonetic Alphabet (IPA)''
+
+\erroronpage{405/406}{ll.-1/1/2}{HjG}{2004/06/22}{2}
+ Move closing parenthesis:\\
+ ``\ldots (based on \ldots\ by Donald Knuth, \ldots \u).'' \> \\
+ ``\ldots (based on \ldots\ by Donald Knuth\u), \ldots \,.''
+
+\erroronpage{406}{exa 7-8-11}{HjG}{2004/07/09}{2}
+ Add comma (?): ``|k\ae{}t|\texttt{\u,}''
+
+\erroronpage{407}{para -2, l.1}{BMo}{2004/05/16}{2}
+ Missing word: ``With popular fonts designed for use with \TeX{},
+ the euro symbol \u{is} usually available\ldots''
+
+\erroronpage{413}{para -2, l-1}{CBe}{2004/07/27}{4}
+ ``local guide''; I believe this is an obsolete concept, dating back to
+ the times when \TeX\ and \LaTeX\ were used on multitasking mainframes;
+ commercial distributions might still have a ``local guide'', but I have never
+ seen one.
+
+
+\erroronpage{414}{footnote}{hv}{2008/10/30}{}
+Replace: |\pcharpath| \> |\pscharpath|.
+
+These days the package |pst-char| has been integrated into |pst-text|.
+
+\erroronpage{416}{tab. 7.27}{HjG}{2004/07/09}{2}
+ Uppercase vs.\ lowercase in entries for \texttt{T3} and
+ \texttt{TS3}:\\
+ ``\LaTeX{} \u{P}honetic \u{A}lphabet encoding'' $\leftrightarrow$\\
+ ``\LaTeX{} \u{p}honetic \u{a}lphabet encoding''
+
+\erroronpage{417}{para 4, l.6}{HjG}{2004/07/10}{2}
+ Correct case:
+ ``\ldots\ in front of it. \u For example,''
+
+\erroronpage{418}{para 2, l.-2}{HjG}{2004/07/10}{2}
+ Add:
+ ``a typewriter font \u{in medium series} with italic shape''
+
+\erroronpage{420}{table 7.28}{CKr}{2005/04/08}{4}
+ For consistency: ``narrow'' \> ``\u{N}arrow''
+
+\erroronpage{420}{para 1, l.6}{FMi}{2004/06/24}{2}
+ Replace: ISO-9660 \> ISO 9660
+
+\erroronpage{426}{para 1, l.-2}{CKr}{2005/01/17}{4}
+ Remove surplus: ``\ldots---other declarations that use this \u{the}
+ font will benefit automatically.''
+
+\erroronpage{426}{para 1, last sentence}{CAR}{2005/01/22}{4}
+ Replace with following sentence:
+ ``This may seem like a strange usage but it has the advantage that when
+ such additional
+ fonts become available you will need to change
+ only one font shape group declaration---all declarations that
+ refer indirectly to these fonts will then benefit automatically.''
+
+
+\erroronpage{426}{para 5}{HjG}{2004/07/10}{2}
+ Surplus word: ``\ldots, this function \u{it} writes \ldots''
+
+\erroronpage{426}{l.-2}{HjG}{2004/07/10}{2}
+ Add word: ``The \u{third} argument''
+
+\erroronpage{428}{item 6}{CKr}{2005/01/18}{4}
+ Replace: ``Specified the quad width'' \> ``Specifie\u{s} the quad
+ width''
+
+\erroronpage{432}{para 4, l.9}{HjG}{2004/07/11}{2}
+ Not plural: ``\ldots: the outer text size\u{s} and the three math
+ sizes for this text size.''
+
+\erroronpage{433}{l.-10}{HjG}{2004/07/11}{2}
+ Not start of a sentence, hence \> lowercase:
+ ``\u{a}nd are usually placed in an \texttt{.fd} file.''
+
+\erroronpage{441}{para 5, l.1}{MKu/FMi}{2004/06/24}{2}
+ Replace: UTF8 \> UTF-8
+
+\erroronpage{442}{footnote, l.2}{usw}{2005/01/11}{4}
+ Sentence begins with lowercase 's'.
+
+\erroronpage{443}{para 1, l.1--2}{FMi}{2005/06/10}{4}
+Replace the parentheses with: ``(for the latter people sometimes use
+the single character \verb="=\,, but this is incorrect as it may
+produce a straight double quote, i.e., ")''
+
+\erroronpage{443}{para 3, l.4}{CKr}{2005/01/21}{4}
+ Correct order: ``Instead, these commands have been implemented in
+ \u{such a} way that \ldots''
+
+\erroronpage{444}{para 2, l.4}{DAl}{2005/08/01}{4}
+ Missing word: ``\ldots associates the number 224 \u{with} the
+command |\alpha|.''
+
+\erroronpage{445}{para 4, ll.3--5}{HjG}{2004/07/12}{2}
+ Move closing parenthesis:\\
+ ``\ldots, which normally denote certain accents (i.e.,
+ are encoding-specific commands, but \ldots\ environment\u).''
+ \\ \> \\
+ ``\ldots, which normally denote certain accents (i.e.,
+ are encoding-specific commands\u), but \ldots\ environment.''
+
+\erroronpage{446}{footnote, l.1}{CKr}{2005/01/21}{4}
+ Correct order: \ldots ``\textthreesuperior'' \u{was a}
+ math glyph---comprehensible?
+
+\erroronpage{447}{Heading}{MKu/FMi}{2004/06/24}{2}
+ Replace: UTF8 \> UTF-8
+
+\erroronpage{451}{para 4, l.2}{HjG}{2004/07/12}{2}
+ Wrong number:
+ ``\texttt{\u{'240}} octal'' \> ``\texttt{\u{'344}} octal''
+
+\erroronpage{453}{para 2, l.2}{DAl}{2005/08/01}{4}
+ Missing word : ``\ldots an \emph{LICR-object} that is \u{to} be
+used whenever\ldots''
+
+\erroronpage{455}{para 3, l.-1}{JCh}{2004/07/17}{2}
+ Typo (characters need to be swapped):
+ ``L\u{CI}R'' \> ``L\u{IC}R''
+
+\erroronpage{457}{tab. 7.33}{HjG}{2004/07/12}{2}
+ Wrong sort order (table rows need to be swapped):\\
+ |\OE| $\leftrightarrow$ |\O| -- cf.\ |\o| and |\oe| on p.459
+
+\erroronpage{457}{tab. 7.33}{HjG}{2004/07/12}{2}
+ Entry |\`i|: ``(\u{avail})'' \> ``(\u{alias})''
+
+\erroronpage{458}{\texttt{\string\copyright}}{FMi/usw}{2005/01/11}{4}
+ Natively available in LY1 encoding
+
+\seriouserroronpage{458}{l. 27--30}{JLV}{2005/05/31}{4}
+ Unfortunately |\guillemotleft|, |\guillemotright|, |\guilsinglleft|, and
+ |\guilsinglright| have no ``default'' and only function in |OT1| if
+ \textsf{babel} is loaded
+
+
+\erroronpage{458}{\texttt{\string\k} entries}{usw}{2005/01/11}{4}
+ All |\k| entries should be |<constr.>| in LY1 encoding
+
+\erroronpage{459}{\texttt{\string\r A}}{FMi}{2005/04/09}{4}
+ |\r A| is |<constr.>| in OT1 encoding
+
+\erroronpage{459}{\texttt{\string\r} entries}{usw}{2005/01/11}{4}
+ All |\r| entries should be |<constr.>| in LY1 encoding
+
+\erroronpage{459}{\texttt{\string\textcelsius}}{usw}{2005/01/11}{4}
+ Default from |constr./TS1|.
+
+\erroronpage{460}{\texttt{\string\textcopyright}}{usw}{2005/01/11}{4}
+ Natively available in LY1 encoding
+
+\erroronpage{460}{\texttt{\string\textdiv}}{usw}{2005/01/11}{4}
+ Natively available in LY1 encoding
+
+\erroronpage{460}{\texttt{\string\texteuro}}{usw}{2005/01/11}{4}
+ Defined in the newer versions of the encoding (but not available in
+ all fonts!)
+
+\erroronpage{460}{tab. 7.33}{HjG}{2004/07/12}{2}
+ Wrong sort order (table rows need to be swapped):\\
+ |\textdblhyphenchar| $\leftrightarrow$ |\textdblhyphen|
+
+\erroronpage{461}{\texttt{\string\textlnot}}{usw}{2005/01/11}{4}
+ Natively available in LY1 encoding
+
+\erroronpage{461}{\texttt{\string\textpertenthousand}}{DAl}{2005/08/01}{4}
+ Constructed in T1 encoding
+
+\erroronpage{461}{\texttt{\string\textperthousand}}{DAl}{2005/08/01}{4}
+ Constructed in T1 encoding
+
+\erroronpage{461}{\texttt{\string\textpm}}{usw}{2005/01/11}{4}
+ Natively available in LY1 encoding
+
+\erroronpage{461}{table, l. -12}{usw}{2004/05/24}{2}
+ ``\verb=\textquotedblleft=" is indented by accident.
+
+\erroronpage{462}{\texttt{\string\texttimes}}{usw}{2005/01/11}{4}
+ Natively available in LY1 encoding
+
+\erroronpage{462}{tab. 7.33}{HjG}{2004/07/12}{2}
+ Wrong sort order (table rows need to be swapped):\\
+ |\textthreequartersemdash| $\leftrightarrow$ |\textthreequarters|
+
+\erroronpage{463}{para 1, ll.1/2}{HjG}{2004/06/28}{2}
+ Add: ``prior \u{to} 1990''
+
+\erroronpage{463}{para 1, l.2}{HjG}{2004/06/28}{2}
+ Change:
+ ``\ldots integrated in \u{1993})'' \>
+ ``\ldots integrated in \u{1994})''
+
+
+\CHAPTER{Chapter 8}
+
+\erroronpage{465}{para 4, ll.2+4}{HjG}{2004/06/20}{2}
+ Add page entry for ``Swanson, Ellen'' to ``People'' index
+ (p.1082). \\
+ Add page entry for ``Knuth, Donald'' to ``People'' index
+ (p.1081).
+
+ Editorial comment: no need for reprinting this page.
+
+
+\erroronpage{466}{para 2, ll.3+6}{HjG}{2004/06/20}{2}
+ Add page entry for ``Spivak, Michael'' to ``People'' index
+ (p.1082).\\
+ Add page entry for ``Jones, David'' to ``People'' index
+ (p.1081).
+
+\erroronpage{466}{para 3 l.1}{UFi}{2004/06/04}{2}
+ Remove comma: ``Michael\u, would have been\ldots''
+
+\seriouserroronpage{468}{para 3, ll.10+11}{JTa}{2004/08/31}4{}
+ Extra closing brace after the second argument of
+ \texttt{\textbackslash newenvironment} on both lines.
+
+\erroronpage{471}{para 2, l.4}{VPe}{2004/06/02}{2}
+ Extra word: ``\ldots this change \u{can} are discussed\ldots''
+
+\erroronpage{478}{exa 8-2-19}{CBe}{2004/07/27}{2}
+Poor Maxwell's equations! No doubt there are mathematical
+ physicists or physical mathematicians that write Maxwell's equations that way.
+ This is a good example for showing some capabilities of the
+ \textsf{amsmath} package and its possible extensions by means of the
+ \comando{\newenvironment} command, but it is an example where all possible ISO
+ rules are violated! Physical equations deal with quantities, not with
+ mathematical variables; and quantities have dimensions; as such they have to
+ comply with the rules established by the Sisth\`{e}me International (SI) and the
+ various obsolete ``cgm'' systems are officially deprecated; the partial
+ derivative sign $\partial$ has exactly that meaning and it cannot substitute
+ the ``nabla'' $\nabla$ sign; finally the $j$ symbol probably indicates the
+ current density, but in an equation that does not comply with the ISO rules it
+ might indicate the imaginary unit (which, on the opposite, is prescribed to be
+ typeset in roman or upright shape as well as $\pi$); treating with vectorial
+ quantities these should be well marked either with a vector math accent or
+ must be set in bold italic; with variables depending from four quantities the
+ apex for indicating the derivative is not univocal for specifying the quantity
+ with respect to which the derivative is taken. I repeat: the example is good
+ for describing the math extension capabilities but it could induce the casual
+ reader to believe that this is the correct form for writing down the Maxwell's
+ equations; unfortunately it is not.
+
+\erroronpage{480}{para -2, ll.8/9}{HjG}{2004/06/20}{2}
+ ``(there must be no space before the \texttt[)'' --- why?\\
+ (Would be ignored by \TeX{} as the end of the cs-name!)
+
+ Deleted this text.
+
+\erroronpage{484}{para 3, ll.1/2}{HjG}{2004/06/20}{2}
+ Add word: ``\ldots\ the \texttt{equation} \u{environment} is
+\ldots''
+
+\erroronpage{488}{para 1, l.2}{HjG}{2004/06/20}{2}
+ Add word: ``\ldots\ as a subscript \u{or} superscript.''
+
+\erroronpage{488}{para 1, l.1}{FMi}{2005/04/23}{4}
+ Replace word: ``Note that both \u{environments} \ldots''
+ \> ``Note that both \u{structures} \ldots'' (as one is a command)
+
+\erroronpage{489}{para -2, l.3}{HjG}{2004/06/20}{2}
+ Missing closing parenthesis: ``(see Section 8.5.3\u)''
+
+\erroronpage{489}{exa. 8-3-9.1}{DAl}{2005/08/21}{4}
+ The third array actually only needs \texttt{c} as preamble even
+ though \texttt{cc} is not wrong. as empty columns on the right are ignored
+
+\erroronpage{491}{para -2, l.3}{BMo}{2004/05/21}{2}
+ Replace: ``aside'' \> ``at the side''
+
+\erroronpage{493--95}{ll.-1/-2}{HjG}{2004/06/21}{2}
+ Perhaps a note regarding the defaults should be added:\\
+ ``The first two parameters, \emph{ldelim} and \emph{rdelim}, are
+ the left and right delimiters, respectively.
+ \u{They must be either both empty or both non-empty;}
+ \u{to place a single delimiter, use a period ``\texttt.'' on the
+ ``empty'' side.}''
+
+ Editorial comment: affects pagebreaks for 494/95 as well
+
+\iffalse % more blue align stuff
+\erroronpage{498}{page}{FMi}{2004/04/23}{}
+ Printing problem: blue color not properly aligned.
+\fi
+
+\erroronpage{499}{\S 8.6.2}{HjG}{2004/06/21}{2}
+ Change section heading: ``Operator \u{and function} names''
+
+\iffalse % more blue align stuff
+\erroronpage{500}{page}{FMi}{2004/04/23}{}
+ Printing problem: blue color not properly aligned.
+\fi
+
+\erroronpage{501}{exa 8-6-4}{HjG}{2004/06/21}{2}
+ Surplus word (in source comment):\\
+ ``\texttt{\% the old \u{the} definition of \textbackslash csc}''
+
+\erroronpage{507}{footnote}{CKr}{2005/02/16}{4}
+ Good try but wrong word: ``Technically this is due to the denominator being
+ wider than the \u{numerator} in this case\ldots''
+
+\seriouserroronpage{508}{table 8.6, col.5}{FMi}{2004/04/23}{2}
+ The bad alignment (in some books) of the blue color probably makes
+ the illustrations in this column useless.
+
+\iffalse % more blue align stuff
+\erroronpage{510}{page}{FMi}{2004/04/23}{}
+ Printing problem: blue color not properly aligned.
+\fi
+
+\erroronpage{511}{marginal note}{MHe}{2004/05/22}{2}
+ Swap words: ``\ldots change \u{the existing} math font
+ set-up''
+
+\erroronpage{512}{para 3, l.6}{HjG}{2004/06/22}{2}
+ Surplus closing brace:
+ ``|\bm{\alpha}|\texttt{\u\textbraceright}''
+
+\seriouserroronpage{513}{Figure 8.1}{LSchu}{2004/05/22}{2}
+ Text font is Times, but should be Computer Modern (rather
+ embarrassing that).
+
+\erroronpage{513}{para 3, l.1}{HjG}{2004/06/22}{2}
+ Change: ``In this section show a sample text'' \>\\
+ ``In this section \u{we} show a sample text''
+
+\iffalse % more blue align stuff
+\erroronpage{513}{page}{FMi}{2004/04/23}{}
+ Printing problem: blue color not properly aligned.
+\fi
+
+\erroronpage{515}{para 1, l.3}{HjG}{2004/06/22}{2}
+ Wrong reference: ``Figure~8.3'' \> ``Figure~8.2''
+
+\erroronpage{515}{para -1, l.1}{BMo/CAR}{2004/05/21}{2}
+ Replace: ``The Metafont versions of Concrete Roman and Math\ldots''
+ \> ``The Metafont versions of Concrete, both Roman and Math,\ldots''
+
+\seriouserroronpage{516}{fig.~8.6}{CKr/FMi}{2005/02/18}{4}
+ The txfonts have the symbols |\succapprox| and |\precapprox| in the
+ wrong position in the fonts.
+ Until the fonts are corrected one can manually fix the problem by
+ redeclaring them after loading the \texttt{txfonts} package, i.e.,
+\begin{verbatim}
+\usepackage{txfonts}
+\DeclareMathSymbol{\succapprox}{\mathrel}{AMSb}{119}
+\DeclareMathSymbol{\precapprox}{\mathrel}{AMSb}{118}
+\end{verbatim}
+
+\erroronpage{517}{footnote}{FMi}{2005/06/03}{4}
+ Y\&Y has unfortunately folded and their domain was taking over by a
+ seller for ``latex'' clothing (interesting isnt it?).
+ Some information about Y\&Y can be found at
+ \texttt{https://www.tug.org/yandy}.
+
+\seriouserroronpage{518}{fig.~8.9}{CKr/FMi}{2005/02/18}{4}
+ The pxfonts have the symbols |\succapprox| and |\precapprox| in the
+ wrong position in the fonts.
+ Until the fonts are corrected one can manually fix the problem by
+ redeclaring them after loading the \texttt{pxfonts} package, i.e.,
+\begin{verbatim}
+\usepackage{pxfonts}
+\DeclareMathSymbol{\succapprox}{\mathrel}{AMSb}{119}
+\DeclareMathSymbol{\precapprox}{\mathrel}{AMSb}{118}
+\end{verbatim}
+
+\erroronpage{521}{para 2, l.3}{HjG}{2004/06/26}{2}
+ Missing interword space: ``Section\u~7.6.1''
+
+\erroronpage{521}{footnote}{FMi}{2005/06/03}{4}
+ Y\&Y has unfortunately folded and their domain was taking over by a
+ seller for ``latex'' clothing (interesting isnt it?).
+ Some information about Y\&Y can be found at
+ \texttt{https://www.tug.org/yandy}.
+
+\seriouserroronpage{523}{figure 8.16}{MHe}{2004/05/22}{2}
+ The symbols to the left and right of ``Q(t)'' in the middle of
+ the figure are wrong (this is
+ actually a bug in the informal math set-up which has now been
+ corrected).
+
+\erroronpage{523}{figure 8.16, caption}{BMo}{2004/05/21}{2}
+ Replace: ``Info Math fonts'' with ``Informal Math fonts''.
+
+\erroronpage{523}{para 3, l.2}{HjG}{2004/06/26}{2}
+ Change:\\
+ ``The HV math fonts \u{are} designed at MicroPress'' \>\\
+ ``The HV math fonts \u{have been} designed at MicroPress''
+
+\erroronpage{524}{para 1, ll.4--6}{HjG}{2004/06/27}{2}
+ Change:\\
+ ``This \u{package} extends the \ldots\ font collections\u{ and}
+ should normally be loaded \ldots'' \>\\
+ ``This \u{font} extends the \ldots\ font collections\u{; the
+ corresponding \textsf{stmaryrd} package} should normally be loaded
+ \ldots''
+
+\erroronpage{524}{para 2, l.7}{HjG}{2004/06/27}{2}
+ The text states: ``\u{\raisebox{1ex}{\scriptsize(\emph{kernel})}}
+ identifies symbols \ldots''. However, later on only
+ ``\u{\raisebox{1ex}{\scriptsize(\emph{ker})}}'' is used.
+ [E.g., Table~8.10 on page~527 (|\hbar|)
+ and Table~8.11 on page~528 (|\angle|).]
+
+\erroronpage{524}{para 2, l.-3}{HjG}{2004/06/27}{2}
+ The text speaks of ``Alphabetic symbols'' -- but the referenced
+ Table~7.30 on page~435 calls it ``Alphabet character''~!?
+
+\erroronpage{524}{exa 8-9-1}{HjG}{2004/06/27}{2}
+ The |fleqn| option is used, but in the output, the two equations
+ seem to be right aligned rather than left aligned!\\
+ Indeed true: this is because in \textsf{amsmath} the |\mathindent|
+ added on the left is
+ actually a rubber length (see page 471) that is automatically
+ shortend if there is not enough space.
+
+\iffalse % more blue align stuff
+\erroronpage{524}{page}{FMi}{2004/04/23}{}
+ Printing problem: blue color not properly aligned.
+
+\erroronpage{525}{page}{FMi}{2004/04/23}{}
+ Printing problem: blue color not properly aligned.
+\fi
+
+
+\erroronpage{526}{para -1, l.1}{CKr/FMi}{2005/02/20}{4}
+Change: ``The unaccented ASCII Latin letters and Arabic
+ numeral digits (see Table~8.8) \u{all} referred to\ldots''
+ \> ``\ldots \u{are} referred to\ldots''
+
+\erroronpage{527}{para 2, l.1}{HjG}{2005/05/21}{4}
+ Replace:\\
+ ``in the first \u{columns} of Table~8.9'' \>
+ ``in the first \u{rows} of Table~8.9''
+
+\erroronpage{527}{para 2, l.5}{HjG}{2004/06/27}{2}
+ Change:
+ ``Similarly, the list of lowercase Greek letters \u{there is}
+ no omicron'' \>\\
+ ``Similarly, the list of lowercase Greek letters \u{contains}
+ no omicron''
+
+\iffalse % more blue align stuff
+\erroronpage{528}{page}{FMi}{2004/04/23}{}
+ Printing problem: blue color not properly aligned.
+\fi
+
+ \erroronpage{527}{table 8.10}{BMo/CAR}{2004/05/21}{2}
+ This table would be
+ better if reordered, in particular so that the first row
+ contains: \verb=\aleph \beth \gimmel \daleth=. This would
+ make the this text correct: ``The first four [entries in
+ table 8.10] are Hebrew letters.''
+
+
+\erroronpage{527,528}{table 8-10/11}{FMi}{2006/08/09}{s}
+ Added the missing symbol from amssymb: |\circledR|, |\yen|,
+ |\checkmark|, and |\maltese|.
+
+ The general distribution of symbols between the two tables is a bit
+ questionable, but this will stay as it is.
+
+\erroronpage{528}{table 8-11}{HjG}{2004/07/13}{2}
+ Various deviations from alphabetical sort order of the table
+ entries.
+
+\erroronpage{528}{table 8.11}{LHe}{2008/02/08}{}
+ |\dag| and |\ddag| are |\mathord|s not |\mathbin| as claimed in table
+ 8.13.
+
+
+\seriouserroronpage{529}{table 8.12, l.3}{JGr}{2004/06/10}{2}
+ \verb=\mathring{x}= is missing its accent.
+
+\erroronpage{529}{para 1, l.2}{CKr}{2005/04/24}{4}
+ Replace: ``looked up |\neq|'' \> ``looked up |\ne|\u{\texttt{g}}''
+
+\erroronpage{530}{table 8-13}{HjG}{2004/07/13}{2}
+ Various deviations from alphabetical sort order of the table
+ entries.
+
+\erroronpage{530}{table 8.13}{LHe}{2008/02/08}{}
+ |\dag| and |\ddag| are not |\mathbin|s, hence don't belong in this table
+ and they
+ aren't (as claimed in legend) synonyms of |\dagger|
+ and |\ddagger| respectively.
+
+\erroronpage{531}{table 8.15}{BMo/FMi}{2004/05/21}{2}
+ The commands starting with |\var...| are only partially in blue to
+ indicate their relationship with those commands missing the ``var'' in their
+ names. But this is more confusing than helpful, so they are now made
+ fully blue.
+
+\seriouserroronpage{531}{table 8.15}{CAR/FMi}{2004/06/05}{2}
+ |\obar| is listed twice while |\obslash| (also from stmaryrd) is missing
+
+\erroronpage{531}{table 8-15}{HjG}{2004/07/13}{2}
+ Various deviations from alphabetical sort order of the table
+ entries.
+
+\seriouserroronpage{532}{tables 8-16, 8-17}{HjG}{2004/07/13}{2}
+ Since |\precsim| is not a negated symbol, it should be moved from
+ Table~8-17 to Table~8-16, where its sibling |\succsim| already
+ lives.
+
+\erroronpage{532}{tables 8-16/17}{HjG}{2004/07/13}{2}
+ Various deviations from alphabetical sort order of the table
+ entries.
+
+\erroronpage{532}{table 8.17}{CKr}{2005/02/22}{4}
+ Add: ``\ldots or, \u{if} flagged\ldots''
+
+\iffalse % more blue align stuff
+\erroronpage{533}{page}{FMi}{2004/04/23}{}
+ Printing problem: blue color not properly aligned.
+\fi
+
+\erroronpage{533}{tables 8-18/19}{HjG}{2004/07/13}{2}
+ Various deviations from alphabetical sort order of the table
+ entries.
+
+\iffalse % more blue align stuff
+\erroronpage{534}{page}{FMi}{2004/04/23}{}
+ Printing problem: blue color not properly aligned (horizontally).
+\fi
+
+\erroronpage{534}{table 8-20}{HjG}{2004/07/13}{2}
+ Various deviations from alphabetical sort order of the table
+ entries.
+
+\erroronpage{534}{tab. 8.20}{HjG}{2004/06/28}{2}
+ 1. |\hookleftarrow| is listed twice.\\
+ 2. Some ``compound'' symbols have different line widths in their
+ ``head'' and ``tail'' parts:
+ |\Longleftarrow|, |\Longmapsfrom|, |\Longmapsto|, |\Longrightarrow|.
+
+
+\erroronpage{534}{table 8-21}{MBr}{2004/08/02}{2}
+ Various deviations from alphabetical sort order of the table
+ entries.
+
+\erroronpage{535}{table 8-22/23}{HjG}{2004/07/13}{2}
+ Various deviations from alphabetical sort order of the table
+ entries.
+
+\erroronpage{537}{table 8-27}{DIs/FMi}{2006/08/09}{s}
+ Added the four missing delimiters from amssymb: |\llcorner|, |\lrcorner|,
+ |\ulcorner|, and |\urcorner|. Updated the table note and galley text accordingly.
+
+
+\CHAPTER{Chapter 9}
+
+\erroronpage{540}{para -2, l.6}{MKu/FMi}{2004/06/24}{2}
+ Replace: ISO-8859-x \> ISO 8859-x
+
+\erroronpage{540}{para -1, l.4}{FMi}{2004/07/20}{2}
+Plural: ``Clearly, 8 bits \u{are} not sufficient\ldots''
+
+\erroronpage{541}{para 1, l.-2}{MKu/FMi}{2004/06/24}{2}
+ Replace: UTF8 \> UTF-8
+
+\seriouserroronpage{543}{table 9.1}{MHe/JBr}{2004/06/10}{}
+ The Babel implementation on the CD is missing the australian and
+ newzealand
+ options. If you need them, download a new version of Babel.
+
+\erroronpage{543}{table 9.1}{JBr/WaS}{2004/07/31}{2}
+ Replace: ``\texttt{english}, \texttt{USenglish}
+ (\texttt{\itshape american}, \texttt{\itshape canadian}), \texttt{UKenglish}
+ (\texttt{\itshape british}), \texttt{australian} (\texttt{\itshape
+ newzealand})''
+
+ Add footnote: ``\textit{The option \texttt{\upshape english}
+ combines American hyphenation patterns
+ with a British date format.}''
+
+
+\erroronpage{545}{exa 9-2-1}{JAn}{2005/09/09}{4}
+ The quotes surrounding R\'ef\'erences and Chapitre
+ should be the french ones: use |\og| and |\fg{}|. And similar those
+ around German words should use |"`| and |"'|.
+
+
+\erroronpage{546}{para 3, l.4}{HjG}{2004/06/17}{2}
+ Typo: ``pattern\u{s}''
+
+\seriouserroronpage{548}{para 2, l.4}{UFi}{2004/06/03}{2}
+ Replace: |\aliasshorthand{"}{/}| should be \verb=\aliasshorthand{"}{|}=
+
+\erroronpage{549}{para 1, l.5}{HjG}{2004/06/17}{2}
+ Characters should be in `typewriter font' (as in l.2):\\
+ ``\,``;'' and ``?''\,'' \> ``\,``|;|'' and ``|?|''\,''
+
+\erroronpage{550}{para -2, l.1--2}{CKr}{2005/02/28}{4}
+ Correct: ``Some are
+ meant to ease typing, wher\u{e}as others\ldots''
+
+
+\erroronpage{551}{tab 9.3}{CBe}{2004/07/27}{}
+ I am surprised that in Russian there is no word for ``Glossary''.
+
+ Frank: It most certainly exits :-), but right now Babel doesn't
+ know about it---so there is nothing we can do about it at the
+ moment. Actually the same problem exists with Polish, although here
+ I got a translation ``s\l{}ownik termin\'ow'' which will eventually
+ find its way into Babel.
+
+\erroronpage{552}{exa 9-3-4}{CBe}{2004/07/27}{2}
+ The words \texttt{i"lusio} and il$\cdot$lusio in the example are
+ incorrect. They should be \texttt{i"lusi\string\'o} and il$\cdot$lusi\'{o}
+ respectively %(ref: TB 14-3-252-259)
+
+
+\seriouserroronpage{553}{para 4}{UFi}{2004/06/03}{2}
+
+ Replace with: ``Another popular shorthand is |"-|, which indicates a
+ hyphenation point (like |\-|), but without supressing
+ hyphenation in the remainder of the word:''
+
+\erroronpage{553}{exa 9-3-8}{FMi}{2004/06/03}{2}
+ Replace the example body with:
+\begin{verbatim}
+\fbox{\parbox[t]{1cm}{minister"-president}} \quad
+\fbox{\parbox[t]{1cm}{minister\-president}} \quad
+\fbox{\parbox[t]{1cm}{ministerpresident}}
+\end{verbatim}
+to show the differences between |"-|, |\-|, and no hyphen.
+
+\erroronpage{553}{exa 9-3-9}{FMi}{2004/06/03}{2}
+ Replace the example body with:
+\begin{verbatim}
+1. \present{Gutenberg-Universit"at}
+2. \present{Gutenberg"-Universit"at}
+3. \present{Gutenberg""Universit"at}
+4. \present{Gutenberg"=Universit"at}
+5. \present{Gutenberg"~Universit"at}
+\end{verbatim}
+
+\erroronpage{554}{para 4, l.2}{HjG}{2004/06/17}{2}
+ Replace: ``|~n~|\meta{letter}'' \> ``|~n|''
+ and ``|~N~|\meta{letter}'' \> ``|~N|''
+
+\erroronpage{554}{exa 9-3-11}{UFi/MGo}{2004/06/03}{2}
+ Replace body with:
+ ``|En fran\c{c}ais on doit mettre un \fg petit espace\fg\|
+ |devant la ponctuation double: comme cela!|
+ \ldots''
+
+\erroronpage{556}{item 2, l.3}{HjG}{2004/06/17}{2}
+ Remove:
+ ``\ldots\u{, with the addition that also \texttt{'u} and
+ \texttt{'U} are made available}.''
+\iffalse
+auf s.556 unten (1. item) steht, dass der ' fuer Catalan mit allen
+vokalen verwendet werden kann; das gilt auch fuer Galician (2. item);
+deswegen macht der u.g. nebensatz wenig sinn, denn U gehoert ja zu den
+vokalen! -- war vielleicht 'N gemeint? (aber auch das wird bei
+Galician schon erwaehnt!)
+\fi
+
+\erroronpage{556}{para 4, l.2}{UFi}{2004/06/03}{2}
+ Correct spelling: ``\ldots optional \u{because} the acute accent has\ldots''
+
+\erroronpage{557}{exa 9-3-19}{FMi/JBe}{2005/03/20}{4}
+ Replaced the example text with a spanish example showing 3 levels of
+ quotations.
+
+\erroronpage{558}{para -1, l.2}{UFi}{2004/06/03}{2}
+ Add comma: ``day, month\u, year''
+
+\iffalse % alternative (but needs to change two pages)
+ Replace:
+ ``\ldots |\hebdate| to translate any Gregorian date, given \u{the three
+ arguments \emph{day}, \emph{month},
+ and \emph{year},}
+ into a Gregorian date in Hebrew.''
+\fi
+
+\erroronpage{561--562}{para 2, l.-1; para 2, l.1}{BMo}{2004/05/16}{2}
+ The number 999999 (and 1000, in the second instance) should not
+ be written with a period as thousands-separator as this is
+ confusing for readers used to a different convention.
+
+\erroronpage{562}{para 2, l.1+2}{FMi/DPa}{2004/07/24}{2}
+ Change: ``digits \u{before the decimal point} are expressed'' \>
+ ``digits \u{denoting multiples of a thousand} are expressed''
+
+\erroronpage{563}{l -18/-17}{CBe}{2004/07/27}{4}
+The non zero \texttt{lccode} for the apostrophe is not
+ a speciality of the Italian language; this non null assignment is made at least
+ also for Catalan and for French; it should be done for all languages that use
+ the apostrophe for replacing an elided vowel.
+
+\seriouserroronpage{564}{table 9.5}{FMi}{2004/04/23}{2}
+ Add a note that the definition of \verb=\th= conflicts with its standard
+ definition as the LICR object ``\th{}'' (thorn).
+
+\erroronpage{564}{tab. 9.5}{HjG/FMi}{2004/06/18}{2}
+ In the `Serbian' column, ``|\sh| sh'' is listed twice;
+ replace the second instance with ``|\arsh| arsh''.
+
+\erroronpage{564}{para -1, l.5}{ERy}{2004/08/06}{2}
+ Change: ``helpfull'' \> ``helpful''
+
+\erroronpage{565}{line 1}{JGr}{2004/06/16}{2}
+ Missing space in: Anotherlayout
+
+\erroronpage{569}{l.-2}{HjG}{2004/06/18}{2}
+ Misspelled name:
+ ``Andrew Janishe\u{w}sky'' \> ``Andrew Janishe\u{v}sky''
+ (This affects p.1081, too!)
+
+\erroronpage{571}{l.1}{HjG}{2004/06/18}{2}
+ Replace: ``UNIX-like'' \> ``UN*X-like''
+ (to match spelling elsewhere in the book)
+
+\erroronpage{571}{ll.3+4}{MKu/FMi}{2004/08/03}{2}
+ Change: ``ISO-IR-111'' \> ``ISO-IR~111'' \\
+ and ``ISO-IR-144'' \> ``ISO-IR~144''
+
+\erroronpage{571}{para 4}{HjG}{2004/06/18}{2}
+ Code page ``|mnk|'' listed twice.
+
+%\erroronpage{572}{page}{FMi}{2004/04/23}{}
+% Printing problem: blue color not properly aligned.
+
+\erroronpage{573}{descr. env.}{HjG}{2004/06/18}{2}
+ Items \texttt{T2B:} and \texttt{T2C:} ``Crimean~Tatar'' \> ``Crimean-Tatar''
+
+\erroronpage{573}{para 3, l.4}{HjG}{2004/06/18}{2}
+ Typo: ``pac\u{ak}ge'' \> ``pac\u{ka}ge''
+
+\erroronpage{574}{para 6, l.1}{HjG}{2004/06/18}{2}
+ Replace: ``The |cb| font use\u{s} \ldots''
+ \> ``The |cb| font\u{s} use \ldots''
+
+\erroronpage{574}{para 7, l.2}{HjG}{2004/06/18}{2}
+ Replace: ``translation'' \> ``transliteration''
+
+\erroronpage{575}{tab 9.7}{CBe}{2004/07/27}{2}
+ I do not recognize my \texttt{grmn1000} font table; at least
+ it is incomplete compared with the one that has been uploaded on CTAN in 2002,
+ well ahead of the publication of this Second Edition.
+
+ (Unfortunately an older tfm file was used so that some glyphs do not
+ show up in the table)
+
+\erroronpage{576}{tab. 9.9}{HjG}{2004/06/18}{2}
+ Replace: ``Diaresis'' \> ``Dia\u{e}resis''
+
+\erroronpage{576}{tab 9.9}{CBe}{2004/07/27}{2}
+|<'otan| does not produce the Greek word on its right,
+ which was by mistake obtained with |<'o|\texttt{\'otan}
+
+\erroronpage{576}{tab 9.10}{CBe}{2004/07/27}{2}
+ In the first line all the examples with upper case letters
+ are wrong in the sence that these glyphs cannot appear in real text,
+ hence they are removed.
+ The last two lines are wrong with both lower and upper case
+ letters. The former error implies a hiatus between an initial capital letter
+ and a preceding vowel that by definition of ``initial'' is missing. The latter
+ error is related to the fact that spirit and accent are separated, the former
+ to the left of the vowel, the latter over the vowel.
+
+ Part of the problems are due to a missing |\languageattribute{greek}{polutoniko}|.
+
+\erroronpage{579}{table 9.12, l.7}{HjG}{2005/06/02}{4}
+ Remove extra right brace: ``|\fontfamily{fr}|\u{\texttt{\textbraceright}}''
+
+\seriouserroronpage{580}{example file \texttt{language.dat}}{WaS}{2004/06/14}{2}
+ \u{\texttt{us}}\texttt{english} \> \texttt{\u{US}english}\\
+ \u{\texttt{uk}}\texttt{english} \> \texttt{\u{UK}english}
+
+\seriouserroronpage{580}{\texttt{language.dat} on CD}{WaS}{2004/06/14}{}
+The language name problem, i.e.,
+
+ \u{\texttt{us}}\texttt{english} \> \texttt{\u{US}english}\\
+ \u{\texttt{uk}}\texttt{english} \> \texttt{\u{UK}english}
+
+is also present in the language.dat file on
+the book CD.
+
+\erroronpage{581}{para 2, l.2}{UFi}{2004/06/04}{2}
+ Six "languages" are loaded ...: seven?
+
+\erroronpage{581}{para 1, l.2}{WaS/FMi}{2004/06/14}{2}
+ Change: ``\ldots loaded first by INI\TeX{}; English in the example
+ above).''
+ \> ``\ldots loaded first by INI\TeX{}); for compatibility reasons this language
+ should contain US-English hyphenation patterns.''
+
+\erroronpage{581}{para 2, l.2}{WaS}{2004/06/14}{2}
+ Language names are to be corrected according to p.580.
+
+\iffalse
+% no space. do what? probably nothing right now
+\erroronpage{581}{para 2, l.3}{HjG}{2004/06/18}{}
+ Add a footnote to explain the meaning of the term
+ ``hyphenation trie''?
+\fi
+
+\erroronpage{583}{para 1, l.1}{HjG}{2004/06/18}{2}
+ Wrong number: ``(line 32)'' \> ``(line 34)''
+
+\erroronpage{583}{para 1, l.3}{HjG}{2004/06/18}{2}
+ Replace: ``\texttt{welsh.\u{sty}}'' \> ``\texttt{welsh.\u{ldf}}''
+
+\seriouserroronpage{585}{}{CBe}{2004/07/27}{2}
+The line:\\
+ \comando{\adddialect\{austrian\}\{german\}}\\
+ and the following one correspond neither to lines 102\textendash 103 of the language
+ skeleton, nor to the grammar of the \comando{\adddialect} on page 584; this
+ description as well as the skeleton file apparently require that the language
+ name be preceded by \comando{\l@}; in facts, for example,
+ the \texttt{germanb.ldf} contains the line:\\
+ \comando{\adddialect}\comando{\l at austrian}\comando{\l at german}
+
+\seriouserroronpage{586}{code line 2}{TSS}{2004/05/26}{2}
+ Extra closing brace after \verb|\def\germanhyphenmins|.
+
+\seriouserroronpage{589}{syntax box}{UFi}{2004/06/04}{2}
+ Change: |\addto\csname[code]| \> |\addto\csname{code}| (wrong braces)
+
+\erroronpage{591}{para 1, l.5}{UFi}{2004/06/04}{2}
+ Extra character: ``The third argument, \emph{ex\u{c}ec}, contains\ldots''
+
+\erroronpage{592}{para 3, l.2+4}{PPN}{2004/05/25}{2}
+ Replace: ``Panday'' \> ``Pand\u{e}y'' (sorry)
+
+\seriouserroronpage{592}{para 3, l.3}{PPN}{2004/05/25}{2}
+ Replace ``\textsf{bang}'' with ``\textsf{bengali}''. This
+ package is available on CTAN in the \textsf{languages/bengali/pandey}.
+
+\seriouserroronpage{592}{para 3, l.4 }{PPN}{2004/05/25}{2}
+ Replace ``\textsf{denag}'' with ``\textsf{devnag}''.
+ This package is on CTAN \texttt{languages/devanagari/velthuis}.
+
+\erroronpage{592}{para 5, l.1}{CKr}{2004/10/15}{4}
+ Replace: ``E\u{hit}opian'' \> ``E\u{thi}opian''
+
+\erroronpage{592}{general remarks}{PPn}{2004/05/25}{}
+Additional remarks not for inclusion in the book: For \TeX{}, \LaTeX{}
+in languages of India,
+there are several nice packages. An overview can be found in the
+following {\sc TUGboat} Articles;
+
+\begin{enumerate}
+\item Anshuman Pandey, \textsl{An overview of Indic Fonts for \TeX{}},
+{\sc TUGboat} Volume 19, Number 2 / June 1998 115---119
+\item Anshuman Pandey, \textsl {Typesetting Bengali in \TeX{}}, {\sc
+TUGboat} Volume 20, Number 2, June 1999 119---126
+\item C. V. Radhakrishnan, \textsl{A case for \TeX{} in India}, {\sc
+TUGboat} Volume 19, Number 1, March 1998, 6---9.
+\item Karel P\'{\i}\v{s}ka, \textsl{A conversion of public Indic fonts
+from METAFONT into Type I format with} {\sc TeX{}TRACE}, Volume
+23, Number 1, 2002, 70---73
+\item
+Yannis Haralambous and John Plaice, \textsl{Low-level Devan\=agari
+support for Omega-- Adapting {\sf devnag}}, i
+Volume 23, Number 1, 2002, 50---56
+\end{enumerate}
+
+In addition to these articles, TUGIndia has uploaded two
+\LaTeXe{} packages (i) Malayalam for \LaTeXe{}, and (ii) Kannada
+\LaTeX{}, both available from www.sarovar.org.
+
+A remark on {\sf devnag} package:-- Originally developed by Frans
+Velthuis in 1991, it was upgraded for use with \LaTeXe{} (made
+NFSS-complaint), and maintained by a team consisting of Dominik
+Wujastyk, John Smith, Anshuman Pandey, Fran\c{c}ois Patte, and
+Zden\v{e}k Wagner. Very recently, the project has
+been handed over to TUGIndia, for further development,
+and as of May 2004, it has moved from sourceforge.net to
+sarovar.org.
+
+
+
+\CHAPTER{Chapter 10}
+
+\erroronpage{chap.10}{boxed texts}{HjG}{2004/06/08}{2}
+ In addition to what has been reported elsewhere, here's an overview
+ of some more inconsistencies in (some of) the ``syntax boxes'' of
+ this chapter. \\
+ With parenthesized arguments, commas are part of the syntax;
+ hence they should be set in `typewriter font' (???). \\
+ The space after these commas should also be uniform.
+ \\ \vspace{.5\baselineskip}
+ %
+ \begin{tabular}{@{}rrllp{44mm}@{}} \hline
+ page(s) & box(es) & comma & space & remark \\ \hline
+ 599 & & |\rm| & no & asterisk should be in |\tt| \\
+ 602/3 & all & |\rm| & yes & ``...'' vs.\ ``\ldots'' \\
+ 606 & 1 & |\rm| & no & ``...'' vs.\ ``\ldots'' \\
+ 606 & 2 & |\it| & no & \\
+ 607 & & |\rm| & yes & \\
+ 608 & all & |\it| & no & \\
+ 610 & 1--2 & |\rm| & yes & ``...'' vs.\ ``\ldots'' \\
+ 616 & & |\it| & no & \raggedright
+ also in text after box! \\
+ (ll.1+5 in first para)
+ \tabularnewline
+ 639 & & |\it| & no & \\
+ 641 & 1--2 & $^*$ & no & \raggedright
+ $^*$various flaws; \\
+ see separate error entry.
+ \tabularnewline \hline
+ \end{tabular}
+
+
+\erroronpage{596}{para 4, l.2}{HjG}{2004/06/07}{2}
+ Replace: ``is the same as \u{those} produced''
+ \> ``\ldots \u{that} \ldots''
+
+\erroronpage{597}{para -1, l.-4/-3}{HjG}{2004/06/07}{2}
+ Replace: ``\ldots, in case \u{they are} changed''
+ \> ``\ldots, in case \u{it is} changed''
+
+\erroronpage{597/598}{para -1, l.-2}{HjG}{2004/06/07}{2}
+ Delete word: ``which again \u{that} expects one argument.''
+
+\erroronpage{599}{boxed text}{CAR}{2004/05/26}{2}
+ The asterisk after |\fancyput| should be centred and the `(' and `)'
+ should be in typewriter.
+
+\seriouserroronpage{599}{boxed text}{HjG}{2004/06/08}{2}
+ Replace brackets by braces. (The \emph{horizontal-material}
+ argument is not an optional, but a mandatory one.)
+
+\erroronpage{600}{para 2, l.4}{HjG}{2004/06/07}{2}
+ Replace: ``\u{don't} work'' \> ``\u{does not} work''
+
+\erroronpage{600}{exa 10-1-12}{GBa}{2004/07/28}{2}
+ The optional parameter ``[t]'' in the second example is printed as text
+in line (1).
+
+ Remove in code: ``\texttt{[t]}''
+
+ Append to previous paragraph: ``An optional position argument is not supported.''
+
+\erroronpage{601}{l.-17}{CBe}{2004/07/27}{2}
+Add word: Calculating the horizontal and vertical \u{distance}
+
+\erroronpage{602--603}{all boxed texts}{CAR}{2004/05/26}{2}
+ All the parentheses `(' and `)' (9 pairs in total)
+ should be in `typewriter font'.
+
+\erroronpage{604,605,609}{}{HjG}{2004/06/07}{2}
+ On p.604 (l. -2) and p.605 (ll. 1, 2) we have ``|join|
+ environment(s)''.\\
+ On p.605 (ll. -6, -1) these are called ``|..join| environments''.\\
+ On p.609 (para 3, l.5) it's ``|join| environments'' again.
+
+\erroronpage{606}{para 2, l.1}{HjG}{2005/05/16}{4}
+ ``The \textsf{epic} \ldots'' \>
+ either: ``\textsf{epic} \ldots''
+ or: ``The \textsf{epic} package \ldots''
+
+\erroronpage{606}{para 3, l.1}{HjG}{2004/06/07}{2}
+ Delete comma and move word:\\
+ ``This command\u{, which} is a variant \ldots\ command, allows
+ \ldots'' \>\\
+ ``This command is a variant \ldots\ command, \u{which} allows
+ \ldots''
+
+\erroronpage{606}{second boxed text}{CAR}{2004/05/26}{2}
+ Brackets should also be in `typerwriter font'.
+
+\erroronpage{606}{para -1}{HjG/FMi}{2005/05/19}{4}
+ The arguments ``\textit{$\Delta$width}'' and
+ ``\textit{$\Delta$height}'' are mistakenly used in math mode. In
+ the book that means a different font and different kerning.
+
+\erroronpage{606--608}{all boxed texts}{CAR}{2004/05/26}{2}
+ All the parentheses `(' and `)' (9 pairs in total)
+ should be in `typewriter font'.
+
+\erroronpage{609}{}{FMi}{2004/06/07}{2}
+ Editorial comment: reprinted see earlier summary entries.
+
+\erroronpage{610}{first two boxed texts}{CAR}{2004/05/26}{2}
+ All the parentheses `(' and `)' (6 pairs in total)
+ should be in `typewriter font'.
+
+\erroronpage{612}{exa 10-1-25}{PYu/FMi}{2004/07/05}{2}
+ The |\protect| in front of |\footnotesize| (twice) is not necessary.
+
+\erroronpage{613}{para 1, ll.2/3}{HjG}{2004/06/21}{2}
+ Citations disrupt sentence!\\
+ ``\ldots\ bundle [48,49] or [57, Chapter~6] for \ldots'' \> \\
+ ``\ldots\ bundle \u{(see }[48,49] or [57, Chapter~6]\u)''\\
+ and move the parenthesised citations to the end of the sentence.
+
+\erroronpage{614}{para 1, l.4}{HjG}{2004/06/07}{2}
+ Missing closing quotes:
+ ``the ``extended\u{\strut''} or ``enhanced'' \ldots''
+
+\erroronpage{615}{Tab.\ 10.1}{FMi}{2006/10/21}{s}
+The important driver ``vtex'' is missing. On the other hand
+some of the listed drivers are only of historical interest.
+
+\erroronpage{616}{boxed texts}{FMi}{2004/05/26}{2}
+ Corrections as outlined in summary entry above.
+
+\erroronpage{618}{boxed text}{CAR}{2004/05/26}{2}
+ Replace: ``\textit{key val list}'' \> ``\textit{key/val-list}''
+ (also in following text).
+
+\erroronpage{619}{viewport}{BMo/FMi}{2007/10/20}{s}
+ Explanation of \texttt{viewport} key changed to better explain that it only
+ changes the space reserved but doesn't prevent printing the whole graphic
+ (unless \texttt{clip} is used additionally)
+
+\erroronpage{620}{editorial change}{FMi}{2007/10/20}{s}
+ Text changes on previous page results in different page break.
+
+\erroronpage{620}{para 1, l.1; para 2, l.1}{HjG}{2004/06/07}{2}
+ Replace:
+ ``the first \u{seven} keys'' \> ``the first \u{eight} keys''\\
+ ``The first \u{nine} keys'' \> ``The first \u{ten} keys''
+
+\erroronpage{620}{para 5, l.2}{FMi}{2005/04/27}{4}
+ Replace:
+ ``\ldots in the \u{optional arguments}.'' \>
+ ``\ldots in the \textit{key/val-list}.''
+
+%\erroronpage{621}{page}{FMi}{2004/04/23}{}
+% Printing problem: blue color not properly aligned.
+
+\erroronpage{623}{para 1, l.7}{HjG}{2004/06/07}{2}
+ Delete word: ``some \u{of} key combinations''
+
+\erroronpage{623}{boxed text}{CAR}{2004/05/26}{2}
+ Replace: ``\textit{key val list}'' \> ``\textit{key/val-list}''
+ (also in following text).
+
+\erroronpage{630}{para 3, l.3}{UFi}{2004/06/01}{2}
+ Replace: ``the next |\parbox| examples'' \> ``the next
+ \u{\texttt{tabular}} examples''
+
+\erroronpage{631}{para.2, l.6}{FMi/HjG}{2006/10/22}{s}
+ Ersetze: "`\u{This point} is shown \ldots"' \>
+ "`\u{This} is shown \ldots"'
+
+\erroronpage{631}{para -1, l.-1}{JBr}{2004/08/02}{2}
+ Replace: ``\textit{key val}'' \> ``\textit{key/val}''
+
+\erroronpage{632}{fig. 10.2}{HjG}{2004/06/07}{2}
+ The horizontal extent of the box is called ``|length|'' \>
+ probably better: ``|width|''.\\
+ Missing standalone horizontal specs:
+ ``|[l]|'' $\equiv$ ``|[lc]|'';
+ ``|[r]|'' $\equiv$ ``|[rc]|''.
+
+\erroronpage{632}{boxed text}{CAR}{2004/05/26}{2}
+ Replace: ``\textit{key val list}'' \> ``\textit{key/val-list}''
+
+\erroronpage{633}{para 1, ll.4/5}{HjG}{2005/05/16}{4}
+ Add character: ``A matrix \ldots\ appear\u{s} below.''
+
+\erroronpage{633}{l.-2}{HjG/DPa}{2004/06/07}{2}
+ Replace: ``The material in the section can be compared to
+ Sebastian\ldots'' \>
+ ``The material in this section is similar to that of Sebastian\ldots''
+
+\seriouserroronpage{633}{example}{HjG}{2006/10/21}{s}
+ The first column shows incorrect output: instead of x=0mm it uses some
+ internal default.
+
+\erroronpage{634}{editorial change}{FMi}{2006/10/21}{s}
+ Fix on previous page will change page break.
+
+
+\erroronpage{637}{footnote 2}{FMi}{2004/06/12}{2}
+ Bug in \texttt{url.sty} generated extra space.
+
+\erroronpage{639}{boxed text}{HjG}{2004/06/08}{2}
+ The parentheses `(' and `)' should be in `typewriter font'.
+
+\erroronpage{640}{para -1, l.-2}{HjG}{2004/06/07}{2}
+ ``the second |\vector| is truncated'' \>
+ ``the second |\vector| is not rendered correctly''
+
+\erroronpage{641}{first two boxed texts}{HjG}{2004/06/08}{2}
+ The parentheses `(' and `)' around ``x1,y1'' (3 pairs in total)
+ should be in `typewriter font'.\\
+ All coordinates should be in (math) italic with subscripts
+ (cf., e.g., pp.607/610): $x_1$, $y_1$, $x_2$, $y_2$.
+
+\seriouserroronpage{641}{para 2 l.1}{UFi}{2004/06/01}{2}
+ Replace: ``between points (x1,y2)'' \> ``between points (x1,\u{y1})''
+
+\erroronpage{641}{syntax boxes}{FMi}{2004/06/01}{2}
+ The variable parts do not show the right fonts.
+
+\erroronpage{641}{para 3, l.1}{ReSt}{2005/04/17}{4}
+ Remove: ``The |\Curve| command\u{s} is similar\ldots''
+
+\erroronpage{641}{para 3, l.2}{HjG}{2004/06/07}{2}
+ Second occurrence of mandatory argument should use the same font as
+ the first one, i.e., ``\textit{m}'' instead of ``\texttt{m}''.
+
+\seriouserroronpage{641}{para 4, ll.2/3}{HjG}{2004/06/07}{2}
+ Change sentence:\\
+ ``Like |\linethickness|, it is an absolute value \u{in points}
+ (i.e., not affected by |\unitlength|)\u{ with the unit omitted}.''
+ \>\\
+ ``Like |\linethickness|, it is an absolute value (i.e., not
+ affected by |\unitlength|)\u{, given in any of \LaTeX's units}.''
+
+\erroronpage{642}{item 6, l.2}{ReSt}{2005/04/28}{4}
+ Remove: ``font information \u{information} to allow\ldots''
+
+\seriouserroronpage{643}{para 4, l.3}{MSc}{2004/06/04}{2}
+ delete ``,and .gif''
+
+\erroronpage{643}{para 3, l.1}{FMi}{2005/11/11}{s}
+ Unfortunately Th\`anh's name is misspelled. The correct spelling
+ is ``H\`an Th\^e\llap{\raise 0.5ex\hbox{\'{}}} Th\`anh''.
+
+\erroronpage{643}{para 4, l.5}{CBe}{2004/07/27}{2}
+Add: ``\ldots can be converted to PDF by
+ImageMagick's \texttt{convert} utility\u{, \texttt{eps2pdf}} (\u{both
+of} which call \texttt{ghostscript}
+internally), \texttt{Acrobat Distiller}, or\ldots''
+
+\erroronpage{646}{l.1}{HjG/FMi}{2004/06/08}{2}
+Add:
+ ``(If the \texttt{dvi} file contains more than one
+page several output files are generated.)''
+
+
+\CHAPTER{Chapter 11}
+
+\erroronpage{651}{1st example}{PYu}{2004/07/01}{2}
+ ``Page 9 :'' should be typeset ``Page 9:''.
+
+\erroronpage{652}{2nd example}{HjG}{2004/06/10}{2}
+ Missing colon: ``Page 22\u{\strut:}''
+
+\erroronpage{652}{l.-3}{HjG}{2004/06/10}{2}
+ Surplus words: ``The latter case \u{is for} allows for \ldots''
+
+\seriouserroronpage{654}{para 2 l.7}{UFi}{2004/06/01}{2}
+ Missing |}|: ``like
+ |\index{\texttt{|\emph{key}|}|\u{\texttt{\textbraceright}} and''
+
+
+
+%That's a nice one: somehow the copy-editor has but the output is one
+%of the few remaining graphics in the book, sigh
+
+\seriouserroronpage{656}{figs. 11.3+4}{HjG}{2004/06/10}{2}
+ The text on p.649, l.1 claims:
+ ``Figures 11.3 and 11.4 on page 656 show the input and generated
+ output of a small \LaTeX{} document, \ldots, together with the
+ result of including the \textsf{showidx} package \ldots''
+ This does not quite hold: There are some differences in the text
+ and the output of \textsf{showidx} contains some index entries not
+ present in the source.
+
+\vspace{.5\baselineskip}
+ %
+\hspace*{-100pt}\begin{minipage}[b]{\linewidth}
+ \begin{tabular}{@{}lll@{}} \hline
+ \multicolumn{3}{c}{Differences in the text} \\ \hline
+ & source (fig. 11.3) & output (fig. 11.4) \\ \hline
+ \S1 & \ldots actually written into that file \u{only} \ldots
+ & \ldots actually \u{only} written into that file \ldots \\
+ \S2 & \u{To} prepare the index \ldots
+ & \u{In order to} prepare the index \ldots\\
+ \S2 & \ldots, \u {such as} \ldots
+ & \ldots, \u{like} \ldots \\
+ \S3 & \ldots by \u{the index processor} \ldots
+ & \ldots by \u{\texttt{makeindex}} \ldots \\ \hline
+ \multicolumn{3}{c}{Missing index entries} \\ \hline
+ & \multicolumn{2}{l}{include index} \\
+ & \multicolumn{2}{l}{Final production run} \\
+ & \multicolumn{2}{l}{makeindex@\texttt{makeindex} program
+ \emph{(2nd instance)}} \\ \hline
+ \end{tabular}
+\end{minipage}
+
+\vspace{.5\baselineskip}
+The source has now been edited to match the printed output.
+
+
+\erroronpage{656}{}{CBe}{2004/07/27}{s}
+ How horrible the page rotated counterclockwise!
+
+\erroronpage{657}{\texttt{-p} item, l.-1}{HjG}{2004/06/10}{2}
+ Add word: ``\ldots the three \u{special} cases \ldots''
+
+\erroronpage{660}{tab 11.1, note}{JMH}{2005/08/06}{4}
+ Swap the words ``single'' and ``double''
+
+\iffalse
+% not a bug make it look nicer
+\erroronpage{661}{tab. 11.2, right col.}{HjG}{2004/06/10}{}
+ Inter-line spacing in multiple-line entries ???\\(Keywords:
+ |headings_flag|, |item_x1|, |delim_0|, |page_precedence|)
+\fi
+
+\erroronpage{661}{tab. 11.2, l.12}{JMH}{2005/08/06}{4}
+ The identifier referred is ``\texttt{heading\_flag}'', but the
+ description uses the word ``\texttt{flag}''.
+
+
+\erroronpage{662}{l.6}{RPa}{2004/09/14}{4}
+ The |-p| option is described on page 657.
+
+
+% in short rnaRA is correct
+\seriouserroronpage{664/665}{para -2/-1}{HjG}{2004/06/10}{2}
+ Confusion: default value of |page_precedence|:\\
+ In para~\mbox{-2}, l.\mbox{-1}:
+ ``\ldots; the default is |rRnaA|, as noted in Table~11.2 on
+ page~661.''
+ But in that table, ``|"rnaRA"|'' is given!\\
+ In para~\mbox{-1}, l.\mbox{-2}:
+ ``\ldots\ default |page_precedence| of |rnaRA| \ldots''!\\
+ (Also note that the remarks on p.666, para~2, suggest |rRnaA|,
+ referring to the same table as above.)
+
+Changed to consistently refer to rnaRA.
+
+page 666 changed to reflect rnaRA:\\
+`` \ldots\ assumes that pages numbered with lowercase Roman
+numerals precede those numbered with Arabic numerals, which in turn
+precede those numbered with the lowercase alphabet, uppercase Roman
+numerals and finally the uppercase alphabet.
+
+
+\seriouserroronpage{661/664-5}{}{FMi}{2005/08/14}{4}
+
+ Confusion: the changes made in the second printing were wrong! The
+ default for |page_precedence| is |rRnaA| after all. (Or more
+ precisely: the program code shows |rnaRA| as the default but that
+ value is never used and the program logic implements |rRnaA| -- what
+ a mess.)
+
+ Most of that section rewriten to better explain the limitations of
+ MakeIndex in the area of ``funny'' page numbers.
+
+
+\seriouserroronpage{666}{para 4 l.5 and l.6}{UFi}{2004/06/01}{2}
+ Add extra visual space in second index: ``Likewise,
+ \verb*=\index{a space}= and
+ \verb*=\index{a space}= produce\ldots''
+
+\erroronpage{668}{boxed text}{HjG}{2004/06/10}{2}
+ Slight inconsistency (also in subsequent text: para~\mbox{-2}):
+ File arguments named ``\emph{idx1 idx2 \ldots}'' -- as opposed to
+ pp.~655 and~674, where they're named ``\emph{idx0 idx1 \ldots}''.
+
+\erroronpage{669}{para 3}{JS}{2004/07/24}{2}
+ Since xindy ignores all macros, it has no problems at all with
+ formatting macros, but more problems with macros producing text.
+ Substituted this paragraph with:
+
+ ``\texttt{texindy} ignores unknown
+ \TeX{} commands by default under the assumption that they do not
+ produce text. It also knows about typical text-producing commands
+ like \verb=\LaTeX= and \verb=\BibTeX= and handles them correctly.
+ If you have your own command definition that produces text, or if you
+ use one supplied by a package, then the entry is sorted
+ incorrectly. You will either need to specify an explicit sort key
+ in your index entry, as in \verb=\index{prog@\Prog}=, or write a
+ \texttt{xindy} style file with a merge rule, as explained in
+ Section~11.3.4.
+
+ Be aware that producing index entries in arguments of commands has
+ its own pitfalls, e.g., in
+ \verb=\command{Properties of \Prog\index{\Prog}}=.
+ Then \LaTeX{} commands might be expanded
+ before they are written to the \texttt{idx} file and the placement
+ in the index will depend on the expansion of \verb=\Prog=.''
+
+\erroronpage{669}{para -2, l.3}{MKu/FMi}{2004/07/01}{2}% already done by fmi
+ Add: ``\ldots \verb|\usepackage[latin1]{inputenc}| to all her
+ documents \u{(or on recent Linux distributions the
+ option \texttt{utf8})}, while\ldots''
+
+\erroronpage{669}{section 11.3.2, para 2, L.3}{JMH}{2005/08/06}{4}
+"*her* documents": why a female *her*?
+
+\erroronpage{670}{table 11.3}{TMW/JS}{2004/06/07}{2}
+ texindy can only work with Latin scripts out of the box. Removed
+ all other languages, and checked list of supported languages with
+ current xindy ``\LaTeX{} Companion Release''.
+
+\erroronpage{671}{para 2}{JS}{2004/06/07}{2}
+Replace with: ``There are about 50 predefined languages available, 35 of them are
+readily usable with \texttt{texindy}. They are listed in
+Table~11.3 on the facing page; you select one of them with the
+\texttt{texindy} option~\texttt{-L}. The other predefined
+languages have non-Latin scripts, their usage is described in the
+\texttt{xindy} documentation.
+
+
+\erroronpage{672}{table 11.4}{TSS/JS/CAR}{2004/05/26}{2}
+ The \verb|word-order| module has two essentially equivalent
+ descriptions. The |letter-order| module doesn't mention that
+ it's turned on by texindy option \texttt{-l}. Use ``so-called'' as
+ an example for |ignore-hyphen|. Add table footnote ``When two
+ entries are identical except for ignored characters, those
+ characters are not ignored any more.''
+
+\erroronpage{673}{para 5, ll.2/3}{HjG}{2004/06/10}{2}
+ Words need to be swapped:
+ ``multiple \u{characters may} form a unit''
+
+\erroronpage{674}{para 1 l.1}{UFi}{2004/06/01}{2}
+ Extra word: ``those \u{of} available''
+
+\erroronpage{674/675}{boxed text and item list below}{JS}{2004/07/24}{2}
+ Add option |[-C codepage]|. Add explanation between option |-L|
+ and |-q|: ``Use \textit{codepage} as internal base
+ encoding for sorting. This is used for fine-grained control of language
+ module selection, needed only for non-Latin scripts.''
+
+\erroronpage{675}{example code}{JS}{2004/07/24}{2}
+ Exchange xindy example style file with one that works. (Half of the
+ lines were problematic in subtle ways.)
+
+\erroronpage{679}{example 3, para after the source}{JMH}{2005/08/06}{4}
+ \texttt{:define-attributes} \> \texttt{define-attributes}
+
+\seriouserroronpage{679}{descr of theindex}{DSch}{2005/05/23}{4}
+ Comparing the code in TLC2 with \texttt{book.cls} made me realize
+that the |\columnsep| command must come \emph{before} |\twocolumn| in
+order to have the desired effect.
+
+\seriouserroronpage{680}{descr of theindex}{DSch}{2005/05/23}{4}
+ Comparing the code in TLC2 with \texttt{book.cls} made me realize
+that the |\columnsep| command must come \emph{before} |\twocolumn| in
+order to have the desired effect.
+
+\erroronpage{680}{First code block}{AFV}{2006/01/13}{s}
+ Correct: |\mark|\texttt{\u k}|both| \>
+ |\markboth|
+
+\erroronpage{681}{para 1 of \S 11.4.3, l.2}{HjG}{2004/05/26}{2}
+ Extra word: ``augments \u{the} \LaTeX's indexing mechanism''
+
+
+\CHAPTER{Chapter 12}
+
+\erroronpage{general}{several pages}{HVo/FMi}{2004/05/21}{}
+ The German word ``Schuldrecht'' is incorrectly hyphenated as
+ ``Schul\-drecht'' in several examples due to the fact that English
+ hyphenation patterns are used unless the language is
+ explicitly marked. This is a deliberate effect, see pages 719 and
+ 733--734.
+
+\erroronpage{683}{para 3, l.1}{HjG}{2004/06/12}{2}
+ Missing word:
+ ``The chapter begins \u{with} a short introduction \ldots''
+
+
+\erroronpage{684/685}{exa 12-1-2, l.-2 of source}{BMo/FMi}{2004/05/16}{2}
+ ``But then it might not'' should be ``But then they might not''
+ for parallelism with the ``Multiple authors'' to which it is
+ referring.
+
+ Also changed: ``Multiple authors'' \> ``Entries with multiple
+ authors''
+ so that it is clear that not the authors are a problem (though
+ come to think of it: given the example's authors\ldots)
+
+\erroronpage{685}{exa 12-1-1/2}{FMi}{2004/06/20}{2}
+ Editorial comment: due to the modification of the \BibTeX{} data
+ base \texttt{tex.bib} on page 690 the example output will change
+ slightly in a reprint.
+
+
+\erroronpage{687}{para 1}{FMi}{2004/08/03}{2}
+Add: ``Depending on the layout produced by the class,
+it may result in \u{a normal space,} some extra space\u, or in starting a new line.''
+
+\erroronpage{688}{figure 12.1}{JMH}{2005/07/18}{4}
+ Replace in first item: |\cite| \> |\citation|
+
+\erroronpage{690}{entry test97}{HjG/FMi}{2004/06/18}{2}
+ Add ``\texttt{and others}'' to the author field. Otherwise the
+ example explanations in chapter 13 (pages 793--797) are
+ partially wrong.
+
+ Editorial comment: This change will affect the output of a
+ number of examples in chapter 12 as well.
+
+\erroronpage{691}{syntax box}{HjG}{2004/06/13}{2}
+ Set commas in `typewriter font'
+
+\erroronpage{694}{para 3, l.2}{HjG}{2004/06/13}{2}
+ Missing comma: `\,``see [2--3,7\u,13]''\,'
+
+\erroronpage{696}{para 1, l.1}{DAl}{2005/08/21}{4}
+ Missing word: ``\ldots option \u{is} shown in Example 12-2-9\ldots''
+
+\erroronpage{697}{para 3, l.5}{HjG}{2004/06/13}{2}
+ Move period: `\,``Ref\u{''.}\,' \> `\,``Ref\u{.''}\,'
+
+%%\erroronpage{702}{para 2, l.2}{BMo}{2004/05/16}{}
+%% ``Evidently'' does not seem to me to be quite the right word here.
+%
+% not convinced yet /FMi
+
+\erroronpage{705}{exa 12-3-17/18}{FMi}{2004/06/20}{2}
+ Editorial comment: due to the modification of the \BibTeX{} data
+ base \texttt{tex.bib} on page 690 the example output will change
+ slightly in a reprint.
+
+\erroronpage{705}{para 3, l.5}{TMi}{2004/08/27}{4}
+ Replace ``Geophysics'' with ``Geophysical''.
+
+\erroronpage{707}{exa 12-3-22}{FMi}{2004/06/20}{2}
+ Editorial comment: due to the modification of the \BibTeX{} data
+ base \texttt{tex.bib} on page 690 the example output will change
+ slightly in a reprint.
+
+\erroronpage{707}{exa 12-3-22, l.-2 of source}{BMo}{2004/05/16}{2}
+ ``But then it might not'' should be ``But then they might not''
+ for parallelism with the ``Multiple authors'' to which it is
+ referring.
+
+ Also changed: ``Multiple authors'' \> ``Entries with multiple
+ authors''
+
+
+\erroronpage{708}{para 3, l.6}{UFi}{2004/05/27}{2}
+ Replace: ``situati\u{ui}n'' \> ``situation''
+
+\erroronpage{708}{para 4, l.1}{HjG}{2004/06/14}{2}
+ Add: ``when using \u{the} \texttt{chicago} \u{\BibTeX\ style}.''
+
+\seriouserroronpage{710}{para 4, l.2}{BMo}{2004/05/16}{2}
+ Replace:
+ ``locate the printed version.'' \> ``locate the
+ article within the journal.''
+
+\erroronpage{713}{para 1, l.3}{HjG}{2004/06/14}{2}
+ Replace: ``|\citep|'' \> ``|\citealp|''
+
+\erroronpage{717}{para 1, l.4}{JMH}{2005/07/18}{4}
+Add word: ``If you \u{only} want to specify an \textit{annotator},
+\ldots''
+
+\seriouserroronpage{719}{para 4, l.-2/-1}{UFi}{2004/05/27}{2}
+ Extra word: ``the \u{the} journal'' \\
+ Correct explanation: ``\ldots the journal name\u{, volume number,}
+ and year of publication, which is why we got ``TUGboat \u{10
+ [}1989\u]''.''
+
+\seriouserroronpage{719}{syntax box}{HjG/FMi}{2004/06/14}{2}
+ Order of optional arguments are like |\cite| (i.e., swapped):\\
+ |\citetitle[|\emph{post-note}|]{|\emph{key(s)}|}| or
+ |\citetitle[|\emph{annotator}|][|\emph{post-note}|]{|\emph{key(s)}|}|\\
+ |\cite*[|\emph{post-note}|]{|\emph{key(s)}|}| or
+ |\cite*[|\emph{annotator}|][|\emph{post-note}|]{|\emph{key(s)}|}|
+
+\seriouserroronpage{722}{para 2, ll.2/3}{HjG}{2004/06/14}{2}
+ Correct explanation: ``\ldots is always ``author name, journal,
+ \u{volume,} and year''.''
+
+\seriouserroronpage{723}{syntax box}{HjG/FMi}{2004/06/14}{2}
+ Order of optional arguments are like with |\cite|:\\
+ |\fullcite[|\emph{post-note}|]{|\emph{key(s)}|}| or
+ |\fullcite[|\emph{annotator}|][|\emph{post-note}|]{|\emph{key(s)}|}|
+
+\erroronpage{726}{para 3, l.2}{HjG}{2004/06/14}{2}
+ Delete comma:
+ ``\ldots\ when used together\u, with \ldots''
+
+\seriouserroronpage{727}{para 3, l.-3}{JBe}{2004/06/01}{2}
+ Replace: \texttt{\textbackslash jbnovarioref} \>
+ \texttt{\textbackslash jbignorevarioref}
+
+\erroronpage{727}{examples 12-5-21/22}{FMi}{2004/06/03}{2}
+ Not wrong, but it looks funny: due to the chosen example height the
+ footnote from the previous page (not shown) is partially carried
+ over so we get ``43311-7'' as the first item in the footnote. That
+ is the last part of the ISBN number see example 12-5-20.
+
+ Previous page enlarged by one line to avoid this.
+ \verb|\AtBeginDocument{\enlargethispage*{\baselineskip}}|
+ added to (hidden) preamble commands.
+
+\erroronpage{729}{para 1, l.-1}{HjG}{2004/06/14}{2}
+ Correct: ``to ``Ibid.\u{, \S\,3}''.''
+
+\seriouserroronpage{730}{example 12-5-28}{UFi}{2004/05/27}{2}
+ Citation 7 and 8 are similar, but the description above says
+ something else...
+
+ To correct this mistake and to better show what happens, the example
+ was changed to contain a slightly different set of citations (same
+ change was made to example 12-5-27):
+\begin{verbatim}
+ Full citations: \cite{aschur} \cite{bschur}
+ not shown on the left!
+\newpage
+ text \cite[\S\,7]{aschur} text
+ \cite[\S\,8]{aschur} \cite[\S\,16]{zpo}
+ text \cite[\S\,7]{bschur} \cite{aschur}
+ text \cite[\S\,3]{zpo}
+\end{verbatim}
+And the text above the example was changed as follows:
+
+ ``If \texttt{name\&title\&auto} was selected (either implicitly or
+explicitly), then the following happens: the first citation of a
+publication automatically displays the full entry (citation~5 in the
+next example). In case of repeated citations to unambiguous works
+only the name of the author(s) are shown (citation~8). For ambiguous citations
+this will be done only for immediately following citations
+(citation~4). However, if there are
+intervening citations, then the name(s) and short titles are shown
+(citations~3, 6, and~7).''
+
+\erroronpage{731}{para 1, l.4}{HjG/FMi}{2004/06/15}{2}
+ Correct/change to: ``that \u{two}
+ citation\u{s} \ldots\ \u{are} actually wrong:''
+
+\erroronpage{732}{para 3. l.2}{JMH}{2005/07/18}{4}
+Replace: ``in which case \u{the first} cross-reference \ldots''
+\> ``in which case \u{a} cross-reference \ldots''
+
+\erroronpage{734}{para 1, l.2}{CKr}{2005/05/7}{4}
+ Correct: |\bibgerman| \> |\bib|\u{\texttt s}|german|
+
+\erroronpage{734}{para 2, l.-1}{CKr}{2005/03/24}{4}
+ Remove surplus letters: ``get the correct\u{ion} hyphenation.''
+
+\seriouserroronpage{741}{l.-5}{HjG}{2004/06/15}{2}
+ Missing closing brace:
+ |\renewcommand\opcit{\textit{supra}|\u{\texttt{\textbraceright}}
+
+\seriouserroronpage{743}{item 3}{UFi}{2004/05/27}{2}
+ Equal sign missing: \texttt{sortkey\u{ = }"Bismarck, Otto von"}.
+
+\erroronpage{744}{exa 12-5-48/49}{HjG}{2004/06/15}{}
+ There's a spurious space before all occurrences of
+ ``\textsc{D. E. Knuth}''! \\ This is (partly, ie in the footnote)
+ due to a missing percent in the definition of |\@realcite| and
+ |\@printbibliography| in the camel package. Seems that a problem
+ with the volume parsing in camel is the reason for the surplus
+ spaces showing up in the bibliography output. Reported to the
+ author.
+
+\erroronpage{745}{ll.3/4}{HjG}{2004/06/15}{2}
+ Missing metaness:\\
+ ``\ldots\ \texttt{jobname.tts}'' \>
+ ``\ldots\ \meta{jobname}\texttt{.tts}''\\
+ ``\ldots\ \texttt{jobname.lts}'' \>
+ ``\ldots\ \meta{jobname}\texttt{.lts}''
+
+\erroronpage{746}{tab 12.2}{HjG}{2004/06/15}{2}
+ Replace (`bibtopic' column, row 4; `multibib' column, row 7):\\
+ ``no'' \> ``No''
+
+\erroronpage{746}{Tab. 12.2}{THa}{2004/06/21}{2}
+ Change ``Requires tailored .bib files'' \> ``Works with standard
+ .bib files''
+ (and change matching row entries)
+
+\erroronpage{746}{Tab. 12.2}{THa}{2004/06/21}{2}
+ Change: ``Above typeset together somewhere'' \>
+ ``Group bibliographies together''
+
+\erroronpage{749}{para -1, l.1}{THa}{2004/06/22}{2}
+ Missing accents: ``Jose Alberto Fernandez'' \> ``Jos\'e Alberto
+ Fern\'andez''
+
+\erroronpage{750}{para -3, l.-2}{CKr}{2005/03/31}{4}
+ Delete surplus word: ``\ldots as \u{the} the auxiliary files would be
+ overwritten.''
+
+\erroronpage{752}{para 1, l.-1}{HjG}{2004/06/15}{2}
+ Delete backslash:
+ ``\ldots in an \texttt{\u\textbackslash article} class).''
+
+\erroronpage{753}{para 4, l.5}{HjG}{2004/06/15}{2}
+ Replace: ``|\bibliography|'' \> ``|\bibliographystyle|''
+
+\seriouserroronpage{755/756}{}{THa}{2004/06/21}{2}
+ Wrong limitation of multibib: The whole passage from ``A final
+ difference'' up to ``|nocite|.'' should be replaced with something
+ like: ``The multibib package (since version 2.3 of 2004/01/24) is
+ compatible with most other packages that provide extensions to the
+ cite mechanisms, including \textsf{cite}, \textsf{natbib}, and
+ {jurabib}. Moreover, the package provides a general interface which
+ allows to add arbitrary extensions of cite commands to be recognized
+ by \textsf{multibib}.''
+
+ Editorial comment: change affects pagebreak position.
+
+\erroronpage{756}{Ex. 12-6-10}{THa/FMi}{2004/06/21}{2}
+ Replace source text with:
+ |\LaTeX{} offers an interface to include|\\
+ |graphics \citelatex{LGC97}. \LaTeX's|\\
+ |default citation scheme is| \\
+ |number-only \cite{vLeunen:92}.|\\
+ i.e., move/remove the sentence periods. This should not affect the
+ output as the superscript is moved and double periods are removed.
+
+
+\CHAPTER{Chapter 13}
+
+% perhaps
+\erroronpage{758}{para 3, ll.1/2}{HjG}{2004/06/16}{2}
+ Delete word: ``\ldots\ to look for
+ \u{management} tools that help in managing such databases.''
+
+\erroronpage{758}{para 4}{HjG/FMi}{2004/06/16}{2}
+ Add+change: ``Once everything is under control, we return in
+ \u{Section~13.5} to the task of typesetting
+and look at how different \BibTeX{} styles can be used to produce
+different bibliography layouts from the same input. As there may not
+be a suitable style for a particular set of layout requirements
+available, Section~\u{13.5.2} discusses how to
+generate\ldots''
+
+\erroronpage{763}{tab. 13.1}{HjG/FMi}{2004/06/16}{2}
+ In the explanation for \texttt{misc}, replace:\\
+ ``(i.e., the entire field is empty)'' \>
+ ``(i.e., the entire entry is empty or has only ignored fields).''
+
+\erroronpage{764}{para -3, l.-1}{HjG}{2004/06/16}{2}
+ Add: ``following a field \u{name (and \texttt= sign)}''
+
+\erroronpage{765}{tab. 13.2}{HjG}{2004/06/16}{2}
+ In the explanation for \texttt{type}:\\
+ l.2: Add word:
+ ``For the \u{entry} type \texttt{phdthesis} \ldots''\\
+ l.3: Punctuation is not part of string:
+ ``|type = "{Ph.D.} dissertation|\texttt{\u.}|"|'' \>
+ ``|type = "{Ph.D.} dissertation"|\u.''\\
+ l.5: Punctuation is not part of strings:\\
+ ``\texttt{chapter = "1.2\u," type = "Section\u."}'' \> \\
+ ``\texttt{chapter = "1.2"}\u{ and} \texttt{type = "Section"}\u.''
+
+\erroronpage{765}{`key's description, l.1}{JMH}{2005/06/29}{4}
+Remove ``cross-referencing'': cross-referencing just uses key appearing in
+|\cite| commands.
+
+\erroronpage{766/767}{several places}{DAl}{2005/09/12}{4}
+ Replaced ``Miguel Lopez Fernandez'' by ``Miguel Parra Benavides''
+ as the original name would really require accents that are not yet
+ discussed at this point.
+
+\erroronpage{766}{para 6, l.1 }{UFi}{2004/05/27}{2}
+ Move comma: Fernandez\u{,''} should be Fernandez\u{'',}
+
+\erroronpage{767}{l.7}{SPe}{2007/05/21}{s}
+``Miguel Parra Benavides'' is missing closing quotes.
+
+\erroronpage{767}{l.10}{SPe}{2007/05/21}{s}
+``Parra'' and ``Benavides'' are missing closing quotes.
+
+\erroronpage{768}{para 4, l.4}{UFi}{2004/05/27}{2}
+ Replace: ``(see Section 13.2.2)'' \> ``(see below)'' \\
+ After all we are in 13.2.2 :-)
+
+\erroronpage{770}{para 1, l.1}{HjG}{2004/06/16}{2}
+ Replace: ``text \u{field} of \BibTeX\ \u{entries}'' \>
+ ``text \u{part} of \BibTeX\ \u{fields}''
+
+\seriouserroronpage{771}{verb. text}{HjG}{2004/06/16}{2}
+ Surplus closing brace:
+ ``|"\providecommand\url[1]{\texttt{#1}}|\texttt{\u\textbraceright}|"|''
+
+\erroronpage{771}{l.-3}{HjG}{2004/06/16}{2}
+ Change: ``different sorting rules from English'' \>
+ ``sorting rules different from those of English''
+
+\erroronpage{772}{l.-5}{HjG}{2004/06/16}{2}
+ Shell command line should be underlined (as on pp.~775--778).
+
+\erroronpage{773}{para 3, ll.2/3}{HjG}{2004/06/16}{2}
+ Change: ``put \u{from \BibTeX}\ into the \texttt{.bbl} file'' \>
+ ``put into the \texttt{.bbl} file \u{by \BibTeX}''
+
+\seriouserroronpage{773}{para 3, ll.-1}{HjG}{2004/06/16}{2}
+ Change: ``and \u{an} additional \LaTeX\ run'' \>
+ ``and \u{two} additional \LaTeX\ run\u{s}''
+
+\erroronpage{773}{para -2, l.3}{HjG}{2004/06/16}{2}
+ Add: ``articles and book\u{s}''
+
+\erroronpage{775}{para -2, l.1}{HjG}{2004/06/16}{2}
+ Change font: ``in the \texttt{\u{string}} parameter'' \>
+ ``in the \emph{\u{string}} parameter''
+
+\erroronpage{777}{program output}{FMi}{2004/08/03}{2}
+After changing the bib file this line comes out as:
+\begin{verbatim}
+%% "EX/tex.bib", line 92: Unexpected value in ``year = "1980ff"''.
+\end{verbatim}
+
+\erroronpage{777}{para -1, l.-3}{HjG}{2004/06/16}{2}
+ Change: ``all \u{entries} are examined'' \>
+ ``all \u{fields of an entry} are examined''
+
+\erroronpage{777}{para -1, l.-2}{HjG}{2004/06/16}{2}
+ Change: ``value part of the \u{entries}'' \>
+ ``value part of the \u{fields}''
+
+\erroronpage{778}{para 4,l.2}{JMH}{2005/07/18}{4}
+ Replace: ``\texttt{year=1980ff}'' \> ``|year={1980ff}|''
+
+\erroronpage{779--784}{throughout}{HjG}{2004/06/16}{2}
+ Shell command lines should be underlined (as on pp.~775--778).
+
+\erroronpage{779}{para 3, l.2/3}{HjG}{2004/06/16}{2}
+ Add: ``one ore more \BibTeX\ databases as its argument\u{(s)}''
+
+\erroronpage{779}{footnote 2}{HjG}{2004/06/16}{2}
+ Add second hyphen: ``after the \texttt{-} option.''
+ \> ``after the \texttt{-\u-} option.''
+
+\erroronpage{780}{top}{FMi}{2004/08/03}{2}
+ Spurious space on top of page.
+
+\erroronpage{784}{para 1, l.-1}{HjG}{2004/06/16}{2}
+ Typo (forgotten backslash!?):
+ ``Progpybliographer'' \> ``\textsf{pybliographer}''
+
+\erroronpage{787}{l.2}{HjG}{2004/06/16}{2}
+ Shell command line should be underlined (as on pp.~775--778).
+
+\erroronpage{787}{para -2, l.1}{CKr}{2005/04/20}{4}
+ Remove surplus letter: ``The \textsf{JBibtexManager} program
+ develop\u{p}ed by Nizar Batada''
+
+\erroronpage{788}{fig. caption}{FMi}{2004/05/14}{2}
+ Add: The \textsf{JBibtexManager} workspace with the \u{(German locale)}
+
+\erroronpage{788}{footnote}{FMi}{2004/04/23}{2}
+ Replace: ``Most of these restrictions have been lifted in the
+ new version of JBibtexManager.''
+
+\erroronpage{789}{para 2, l.1}{FMi}{2004/04/23}{2}
+ Replace: ``\ldots are kept unchanged but they are
+ neither visible nor modifiable from within the program.'' \\
+ \>
+ ``\ldots are neither visible nor modifiable
+ except when using the ``raw \BibTeX'' mode in the newest version of
+ the program. ''
+
+
+\erroronpage{789}{para 3}{FMi}{2005/06/02}{4}
+Replace whole paragraph with:
+``The program is not available on CTAN. Its current home is
+\texttt{https://www.jabref.org}, where it was merged
+with a similar project called \textsf{BibKeeper}
+under the new name \textsf{JabRef}.''
+
+\erroronpage{789}{para 5, l.3}{FMi}{2004/05/14}{2}
+ Small rewrite:
+ The only ``foreign'' export formats supported are \texttt{.bbl} files
+ \u{and \texttt{.htm} files} (i.e., processing a selection of entries with
+ \BibTeX{} or \BibTeX8 from within the program and producing HTML
+ from a selection of entries\u{)}.
+
+\erroronpage{791--793}{tab 13.4}{HjG}{2004/06/16}{2}
+ \texttt{apa.bst} -- add:
+ ``American Psychology Association \u{\BibTeX\ style}'' \\
+ \texttt{jmb.bst} -- add:
+ ``\emph{Journal of Molecular Biology} \u{\BibTeX}\ style''\\
+ Some journal names are written in italic, other's aren't:
+ Astronomy; Behavioral and Brain Sciences; Human Biology.
+
+
+\erroronpage{793}{para 1, l.2}{SN}{2004/06/11}{2}
+ Remove surplus word: ``using another \u{the} \BibTeX{} style''.
+
+\erroronpage{793}{para 2,l.5}{DAl}{2005/09/03}{4}
+ Remove comma: ``\ldots wich will show us\u{,} how different\ldots''
+
+\erroronpage{794}{exa 13-5-1/2}{FMi}{2004/06/20}{2}
+ Editorial comment: due to the modification of the \BibTeX{} data
+ base \texttt{tex.bib} on page 690 the example output will change
+ slightly in a reprint.
+
+\erroronpage{795}{exa 13-5-3/4}{FMi}{2004/06/20}{2}
+ Editorial comment: due to the modification of the \BibTeX{} data
+ base \texttt{tex.bib} on page 690 the example output will change
+ slightly in a reprint.
+
+\erroronpage{795}{para 2, l.2}{JMH}{2005/07/18}{4}
+ Replace: ``author's name'' \> ``authors' names''
+
+\seriouserroronpage{795}{para 2, ll.4/5}{HjG}{2004/06/18}{2}
+ The text states: ``Also note the interesting label produced for the
+ reference with more than three authors.'' \\
+ However, example 13-5-4 cannot show this, as there are only three
+ authors (item~[GUD97]).
+
+\erroronpage{796}{exa 13-5-5/6}{FMi}{2004/06/20}{2}
+ Editorial comment: due to the modification of the \BibTeX{} data
+ base \texttt{tex.bib} on page 690 the example output will change
+ slightly in a reprint.
+
+\seriouserroronpage{796}{para 1, ll.-2/-1}{HjG}{2004/06/18}{2}
+ The text states: ``Note that the entry with more than three authors
+ has now been collapsed, showing only the first one.'' \\
+ Again, example 13-5-5 does not show this, as there are only three
+ authors, and all three are shown (item~[5]).
+
+\seriouserroronpage{797}{para 3, l.3}{HjG}{2004/06/18}{2}
+ Replace:
+ ``\ldots; as a result, we get an incomplete \u{first} entry.'' \>
+ ``\ldots; as a result, we get an incomplete \u{second} entry.'' \\
+ (Obviously, the citation of \texttt{LGC97} has been added to
+ example 13-5-7 \emph{after} this text was written.)
+
+\erroronpage{797}{exa 13-5-7}{FMi}{2004/06/20}{2}
+ Editorial comment: due to the modification of the \BibTeX{} data
+ base \texttt{tex.bib} on page 690 the example output will change
+ slightly in a reprint.
+
+\erroronpage{798}{tab 13.5, l. 1-2}{MSch}{2006/01/06}{s}
+ Replace: ``Erwin'' \>
+ '`Ervin''
+
+\erroronpage{798}{para 1, l.3}{CKr}{2005/04/23}{4}
+ Remove surplus word: ``\ldots, then it is all that \u{it} is necessary.''
+
+\erroronpage{800}{Citation scheme,l.2}{DAl}{2005/09/03}{4}
+ Replace letter: ``\ldots different questions th\u{a}n if you
+ choose\ldots''
+
+\erroronpage{802}{para 2, l.4}{HjG}{2004/06/17}{2}
+ Replace: ``derivation'' \> ``deviation''
+
+\erroronpage{802}{para -1, l.3}{FMi}{2005/06/02}{4}
+ Replace wrong braces:
+ ``|\urlprefix\url[|\textit{field-value}|]|'' \>
+ ``|\urlprefix\url{|\textit{field-value}|}|''
+
+\erroronpage{803}{para -2, l.2}{HjG}{2004/06/17}{2}
+ Replace: ``in the second phase of the \u{formatting}'' \>
+ ``in the second phase of the \u{processing}''
+
+
+\erroronpage{806}{list, item 3}{UFi}{2004/06/01}{2}
+ Extra character: ``Printed in the order in which the\u{e}
+ references\ldots''
+
+\erroronpage{806}{para -3}{FMi}{2005/06/02}{4}
+ Move this paragraph to the bottom of the page since it is really an
+ explanation about the functions defined for each publication type.
+
+\erroronpage{808}{table 13.8}{JMH}{2005/07/18}{4}
+ Replace description for |int.to.chr$| with:
+ ``Translates integers into a characters using the ASCII mapping''
+
+\erroronpage{810}{\texttt{fin.entry} example}{HjG}{2004/06/17}{2}
+ Replace in ``\emph{After Modification}'' part (2~times):
+ ``|\sc|'' \> ``|\scshape|''
+
+\erroronpage{811}{para 2, l.3}{HjG}{2004/06/17}{2}
+ Replace: ``at the beginning of this section'' \>
+ ``on the facing page''
+
+
+
+\CHAPTER{Chapter 14}
+
+\erroronpage{814}{para 6, l.1}{HjG}{2004/06/08}{2}
+ Delete doubled word:
+ ``The most important \u{important} commands \ldots''
+
+%% not really a bug but inconsistent
+\erroronpage{814}{para -1, l.-2}{HOb}{2004/05/28}{2}
+ Explicitly show spaces: \verb*=% \iffalse= \ldots\ \verb*=% \fi=
+
+\erroronpage{815}{syntax boxes 2+3}{HOb}{2004/05/28}{2}
+ For clarification the argument of |\DescribeMacro| and that of
+ |\begin{macro}| should both start with a |\|.
+
+\erroronpage{816}{para -3, l.4+}{HOb}{2004/05/28}{2}
+ Change sentence:
+ Note that \u{such short forms for \texttt{\textbackslash verb},
+ just} like \texttt{\textbackslash verb} itself,
+ cannot appear in the argument of another command, but
+ \u{the characters} may be used
+ freely inside \texttt{verbatim} and \texttt{macrocode} environments.
+
+\seriouserroronpage{820}{para 2, last line}{DHL}{2004/05/16}{2}
+ Change to: ``lines 1, 2, and \u{4} if \texttt{Bname} is also
+asked for, and lines 1, \u{3}, and 4 otherwise.''
+
+\erroronpage{820}{para 3, l.5}{HOb}{2004/05/29}{2}
+ Remove surplus space: ``behind \%\u{~} signs\ldots''
+
+\erroronpage{820}{table 14.1}{HOb}{2004/05/29}{2}
+ Entries not sorted correctly: swap |\CheckSum| and |\CheckModules|
+
+\seriouserroronpage{821}{descr.\ of
+ \ttfamily\textbackslash DeleteShortVerb}{UFi}{2004/05/23}{2}
+ \verb=\MakeshortVerb= should be \verb=\Make=\u{S}\texttt{hortVerb}\\
+ \verb=\MakeshortVerb*= should be \verb=\Make=\u{S}\texttt{hortVerb*}
+
+\erroronpage{821}{table 14.1}{HjG}{2004/06/08}{2}
+ As suggested by HOb (p.815):
+ ``|\DescribeMacro{\|\emph{cmd}|}|'' and
+ ``|\begin{macro}{\|\emph{cmd}|}|''.
+
+\erroronpage{822}{table 14.1, entry 2}{HjG}{2004/06/08}{2}
+ |\meta{|\emph{arg}|}| ``Print \u{the} argument \ldots''
+
+\erroronpage{822}{table 14.1, entry 3}{HOb}{2004/05/29}{2}
+ Replace with: \verb=\SpecialEscapechar{\=\emph{char\/}\verb=}=
+
+\seriouserroronpage{822}{table 14.1, entry -2}{HOb}{2004/05/29}{2}
+ Wrong default: ``(default |*|)'' \> ``(default |!|)''
+
+\erroronpage{823}{table 14.1}{HjG}{2004/06/08}{2}
+ As suggested by HOb (p.815):
+ ``|\SpecialIndex{\|\emph{cmd}|}|'',
+ ``|\SpecialMainIndex{\|\emph{cmd}|}|'', and
+ ``|\SpecialUsageIndex{\|\emph{cmd}|}|''.
+
+\seriouserroronpage{824}{table 14.1, entry 6}{HOb}{2004/05/29}{2}
+ Typo: |\MakePercentCommand| \> |\MakePercentComment|
+
+\erroronpage{825}{para 3, l.1}{THa}{2004/06/25}{2}
+ ``\% sign'' \> ``|%| sign''
+
+\erroronpage{825}{para 5, l.1}{THa}{2004/06/25}{2}
+ ``target'' \> ``target machine''
+
+% making the syntax box bigger affects next page as well:
+\seriouserroronpage{826/827}{code box}{UFi/FMi}{2004/05/24}{2}
+ Closing brace of \verb=\generate{...}= is missing. Also it would be
+ better if the box shows that several |\file| commands can be used.
+
+\erroronpage{826/827}{para -1\slash para 2}{HjG}{2005/05/15}{4}
+ The descriptions referring to the syntax box do not characterize
+ the changed contents of that box (due to a previous error report).
+
+ Not only a single \textit{result-file} is possible:\\
+ ``Within the argument to |\generate| you specify the
+ \textit{result-file} you want to produce by using a |\file|
+ declaration.''
+
+ The text ``as given above'' does no longer hold:\\
+ ``With the syntax specification for |\generate| as given above,
+ you can produce one \textit{result-file} from one or more
+ \textit{source-files}.''
+
+\erroronpage{826}{l.2}{HjG}{2005/02/26}{4}
+ Replace: LaTeX \> \LaTeX{}
+
+\erroronpage{826}{para -2, l.-3}{HjG}{2004/06/08}{2}
+ Add: ``only the code piece\u{s}''
+
+\erroronpage{827}{para 2, l.-1}{HjG}{2005/05/15}{4}
+ ``source files'' \> ``\emph{source-files}''
+
+\erroronpage{827}{}{FMi}{2004/06/08}{2}
+ Editorial comment: reprinted because of pagebreak changes.
+
+\erroronpage{828}{para 3, l.2}{DHL}{2004/05/16}{2}
+ Extra word: ``If so, \u{case}'' \> ``If so,''
+
+\seriouserroronpage{829}{syntax box}{HOb}{2004/05/29}{2}
+ |\preamble|, |\endpreamble|, |\postamble|, and |\endpostamble| all
+ have to be on lines by themselves, so the displayed syntax is a bit
+ misleading (to say it nicely).
+
+\erroronpage{829}{para -2, l.-2/-1}{HjG}{2004/06/08}{2}
+ Add word: ``in \u{the} \textsc{docstrip} package documentation''
+
+\erroronpage{830}{para 4, ll.5/6}{HjG}{2004/06/08}{2}
+ Change:
+ ``In addition, the user \u{has configured} the \textsc{docstrip}
+ program \ldots'' \>
+ ``\ldots\ \u{has to configure} \ldots''
+
+\erroronpage{830}{para 5, l.4}{HjG}{2004/06/08}{2}
+ Add: ``in the \textsc{docstrip} \u{script}''
+
+\erroronpage{831}{ll. 4 to 15}{UFi/FMi}{2004/05/27}{2}
+ The |\usedir| declarations in the example are not in accordance
+ with the TDS set-up. They show what \textsf{jurabib}
+ currently implements in its \texttt{.ins} files.
+ However, the correct set-up would be:
+\begin{verbatim}
+ \usedir{tex/latex/jurabib}
+ \file{jurabib.sty}{\from{jurabib.dtx}{package}}
+ \file{dejbbib.ldf}{\from{jurabib.dtx}{german}}
+ ...
+ \usedir{bibtex/bst/jurabib}
+ \file{jurabib.bst}{\from{jurabib.dtx}{jurabst}}
+ ...
+ \usedir{doc/latex/jurabib}
+ \file{jbtest.tex}{\from{jurabib.dtx}{test}}
+ ...
+\end{verbatim}
+ This also requires to change the text following.
+
+\erroronpage{831}{ll.16/17}{HjG}{2004/06/09}{2}
+ Double interword space?
+ (if so: 2x visible, 1x vanished in line break)\\
+ ``in \ |tex/...|'' \qquad yes, bug in \texttt{url}.
+
+\seriouserroronpage{831/832}{general}{HjG}{2004/06/09}{2}
+ Replace throughout: |\DeclareDirectory| \> |\DeclareDir|.\\
+ Unfortunately, \texttt{docstrip} is not consistent in its command names.
+
+\seriouserroronpage{832}{l. 5}{UFi}{2004/05/27}{2}
+ Missing \texttt{*}: |\DeclareDir|\u{\texttt{*}}|{tex/bibtex/...|
+
+\erroronpage{832}{code blocks}{DPa}{2004/08/04}{2}
+ Three instances of |tex/bibtex| in |\DeclareDir| should lose the |tex/| to
+ conform to TDS and change made on page 831
+
+\erroronpage{832}{2. code block}{MSch}{2006/01/06}{s}
+ Replace: |text/latex/base| \> |tex/latex/base|
+
+\erroronpage{832}{para 4, l.-2}{HOb}{2004/05/29}{2}
+ Change: ``\ldots a single |\UseTDS| in\ldots'' \>
+ ``a |\UseTDS| and a |\BaseDirectory| declaration in\ldots''
+
+\erroronpage{832}{para 5, l. -3}{UFi}{2004/05/23}{2}
+ The ``\TeX{} Live CD'' is spelled incorrectly as
+ ``\TeX{} live'' or ``\TeX live''
+
+\erroronpage{832}{l.-2}{HjG}{2005/05/15}{4}
+ Underline, as it is command line input.
+
+\erroronpage{833}{para -1, l.1}{J-CCh}{2005/07/17}{4}
+ Spurious extra blank between ``Another potential''.
+
+
+\erroronpage{834}{para 4, l.2}{HjG}{2004/06/09}{2}
+ Change: ``These command\u{s}''
+
+\erroronpage{834}{para 5, l.-1}{HjG}{2004/06/09}{2}
+ Closing parenthesis should not be in `typewriter font':\\
+ ``(after |\begin{document}|\u)''
+
+\erroronpage{834}{para 5}{FMi}{2007/11/13}{}
+ Explain that |\cmd| can't be used with conditionals, e.g., those produced
+ with |\newif| .
+
+\erroronpage{835}{para 6, l.2}{DHL}{2004/05/16}{2}
+Missing letter: ``the source files into a
+``user'' documentation and a\u{n} ``implementation'' part.''
+
+\erroronpage{835}{para 6, l.5}{DHL}{2004/05/16}{2}
+Missing word: ``as the \textsf{doc} package \u{is} loaded''
+
+\erroronpage{835}{ll.-6/-4}{HjG}{2004/06/09}{2}
+ Replace:
+ ``\ldots\ \u{and no} configuration file.'' \>
+ ``\ldots\ \u{without a} configuration file.''
+
+\erroronpage{837}{exa 14-4-1}{FMi}{2004/06/12}{}
+ Editorial comment: example has to be reprocessed whenever this
+ chapter is modified to show correct rcs checkin (otherwise input
+ and output will not match).
+
+\erroronpage{837}{para 2,l.3}{DAl}{2005/09/03}{4}
+ Replace:
+ ``running \u{heading}'' \>
+ ``running \u{header}''
+
+\erroronpage{838}{code box}{UFi}{2004/05/27}{2}
+ \texttt{\$Id\$}: first |$| uses wrong font (2 times)
+
+\erroronpage{839}{exa 14-4-2}{FMi}{2004/06/12}{}
+ Editorial comment: example has to be reprocessed whenever this chapter is modified to
+ show correct rcs checkin (otherwise input and output will not match).
+
+\seriouserroronpage{839}{item 1, l.1 and l.3}{AHo}{2004/09/02}{4}
+ Replace: \texttt{nottoday} \> \texttt{notoday}
+
+\seriouserroronpage{839}{item 2, l.4}{HjG}{2004/06/09}{2}
+ Replace brackets with braces: ``\texttt{%
+ \char`\\pagestyle\u\textbraceleft fancy\u\textbraceright}''
+
+
+\CHAPTER{Appendix A}
+
+\erroronpage{842}{para 2, l.5}{PYu/FMi}{2004/07/03}{2}
+ Remove: ``\ldots
+ \texttt{A}\ldots\texttt{Z})\u{ in case of command names prefixed with a
+ backslash}.''
+
+\erroronpage{842}{para 3, marginal}{FMi}{2004/08/01}{2}
+ Change: ``Environments and command names'' \> ``Environments''
+
+\erroronpage{842}{para 3}{PYu/FMi}{2004/08/01}{2}
+ Remove: ``On
+ the other hand, names of environments \u{and counters}
+ are different.''
+
+Add: ``In this case the
+\texttt{*} is part of the name \u{and spaces preceding it are not ignored}. Thus, when writing
+\verb*=\begin{figure *}=, the space would become part of the name \u{and
+is not recognized as the start of a \texttt{figure*} environment}.''
+
+
+\erroronpage{843}{para 3, l.2}{YvH}{2004/05/28}{2}
+ Missing word: ``and |\z@| contain |@| \u{in} their name''
+
+\erroronpage{843}{para 4, l.3}{PYu}{2004/07/03}{2}
+ Change: ``to do: the difficult'' \> ``to do\u; the difficult''
+
+\erroronpage{844}{para 4, l.4}{PYu/FMi}{2004/07/04}{2}
+ Replace: ``Thus, the above example could be shortened to'' \>
+ ``Thus, the definition in the above example should be
+ replaced as follows:''
+
+\erroronpage{846}{para 1, l.2}{ARi}{2004/07/02}{2}
+ A period should follow the right parenthesis and ``without''
+ should be capitalized.
+
+\iffalse
+% maybe
+\erroronpage{845/846/847}{syntax boxes and text}{FMi}{2004/07/04}{}
+ Replace: ``\textit{command definition}'' \>
+ ``\textit{command-definition}''
+\fi
+
+\erroronpage{847}{para. 5, ll. 2-3}{PYu}{2004/07/04}{2}
+ For consistency replace \meta{cmd}with \textit{cmd}
+and \meta{command definition} with \textit{command definition}.
+
+
+\erroronpage{847}{para -2, l.3}{VVo}{2008/09/02}{}
+Replace: ``An error is raised if the definitions differ, ldots''
+\> ``A warning is shown if the definitions differ, \ldots''
+
+
+\erroronpage{851}{para 5, l.-2}{FMi}{2004/07/20}{2}
+ Add + change font: ``It also defines \u{the command}
+ |\the|\u{\textit{newctr}} to\ldots''
+
+\erroronpage{852}{code block 1, l.2}{JGr}{2004/06/10}{2}
+ Second \verb=\makeatletter= should be \verb=\makeatother=
+
+\erroronpage{852}{para 3, l.-3}{FMi}{2004/06/23}{2}
+ ``\u{For that reason} the next example'' \> ``\u{As a result} the next example''
+
+\erroronpage{852}{para -1, l.3}{FMi}{2004/07/24}{2}
+Move word: ``|\setcounter| or |\addtocounter| \u{command} or when\ldots'' \>
+ ``\u{command} |\setcounter| or |\addtocounter| or when\ldots''
+
+\erroronpage{852}{para -1, l.-3}{THa/FMi}{2004/06/23}{2}
+Change:
+ ``It is \emph{not} suitable to print that number! For that reason a
+ set\ldots'' \>
+ ``However, the command cannot be used to typeset the value of the
+ counter! For that purpose a set\ldots''
+
+
+\erroronpage{853}{l.6}{THa/FMi}{2004/06/23}{2}
+ Missing space: ``c,\u{~}\dots, z''
+
+\erroronpage{853}{para 4,ll.2+3}{HjG}{2004/05/25}{2}
+ Add word: ``\ldots definitions for sectioning \u{counters}''
+
+\erroronpage{853}{counter code block}{FMi}{2005/06/09}{4}
+The order of declarations of the counters is incorrect; they have to be
+\begin{verbatim}
+\newcounter{part}
+\newcounter{section}
+\newcounter{subsection}[section]
+\newcounter{subsubsection}[subsection]
+\end{verbatim}
+or you will receive a ``counter not defined'' error.
+
+\iffalse
+\erroronpage{853}{general}{THa/FMi}{2004/06/23}{}
+ Perhaps ``|\the|\meta{ctr}'' should be written without the meta
+ braces to match the form used on p.~852. \\
+ Then again, perhaps not.
+\fi
+
+\erroronpage{854}{ll. 1+2}{FMi}{2004/05/25}{2}
+ Add word and commata: ``Only the representation\u{, prefix,} and
+ label field commands
+ are defined \ldots''
+
+\seriouserroronpage{854}{code block 1}{HjG/FMi}{2004/05/25}{2}
+Replace with approx:\\[6pt]
+\hspace*{-140pt}\begin{minipage}[b]{\linewidth}
+\begin{verbatim}
+\renewcommand\theenumi {\arabic{enumi}} \renewcommand\theenumii{\alph{enumii}}
+\renewcommand\theenumiii{\roman{enumiii}} \renewcommand\theenumiv{\Alph{enumiv}}
+\end{verbatim}
+\begin{verbatim}
+ \renewcommand\p at enumii{\theenumi}
+\renewcommand\p at enumiii{\theenumi(\theenumii)} \renewcommand\p at enumiv{\p at enumiii\theenumiii}
+\end{verbatim}
+\begin{verbatim}
+\newcommand\labelenumi {\theenumi.} \newcommand\labelenumii{(\theenumii)}
+\newcommand\labelenumiii{\theenumiii.} \newcommand\labelenumiv{\theenumiv.}
+\end{verbatim}
+\end{minipage}
+
+
+\erroronpage{855}{fig A.1, l.4}{JAn}{2005/09/09}{4}
+ Change ``Did\^ot'' \> ``Didot'' (no caret); and delete the
+comma after inch
+
+
+\erroronpage{855}{fig A.1}{CBe/FMi}{2004/07/27}{2}
+Add: \texttt{ex} \quad Height of a small ``x'' in the current font \u{(approximately)}
+\\
+Add: \texttt{em} \quad Width
+ of capital ``M'' in current font \u{(approximately)}
+
+
+
+\erroronpage{856}{tab A.2, ll.1-3}{YvH}{2004/05/28}{2}
+ Correct: ``horizonal'' \> ``horizon\u{t}al'' (three times)
+
+\erroronpage{856}{tab A.2, l.6}{PYu}{2004/07/05}{2}
+ Add: ``a \u{solid} horizontal line''
+
+\erroronpage{857}{table A.3}{V-Li}{2004/09/14}{4}
+ |\vspace{len}| is missing
+
+\erroronpage{858}{l.-8}{HjG/FMi}{2004/05/26}{2}
+ Add: ``\u{missing or} misplaced |\item|''
+
+\erroronpage{858}{syntax box}{PYu}{2004/07/03}{2}
+ |\addvspace{|\textit{space}|}| should be typeset in a smaller font.
+
+\erroronpage{859}{para -4, l.1}{HjG}{2004/05/20}{2}
+ Typo: ``ar\u{r}ises'' \> ``arises''
+
+\erroronpage{860}{para 1 of \S A.2, l.5}{CAR}{2004/05/26}{2}
+ Replace: ``that behaves similarly to a\ldots''
+ \> ``that behaves \u{much like} a\ldots''
+
+\erroronpage{861}{l.-2}{HjG}{2004/05/26}{2}
+ The \(\Longleftrightarrow\) in the margin seems to sport a tiny
+ gap in the middle (seems to be a lucida set-up problem).
+
+\erroronpage{866}{para 2 of \S A.2.3, l.5}{HjG}{2004/05/26}{2}
+ Words need to be swapped: ``height of a \u{box framed} with
+ |\fbox| or |\framebox|''
+
+\seriouserroronpage{867}{ll.1/2 after exa A-2-17}{HjG}{2004/05/26}{2}
+ \(2 \times 5.3\,\mathrm{pt} + 0.4\,\mathrm{pt} = 11\,\mathrm{pt}
+ \ne 12\,\mathrm{pt}\) so skip should be $5.8\,\mathrm{pt}$.
+
+\seriouserroronpage{868}{Table A4.}{UFi}{2004/05/22}{2}
+ Default value of depth of \verb=\hrule= should be 0.0pt (not 0.4pt).
+
+\seriouserroronpage{871}{para 2, l.2}{UFi}{2004/05/21}{2}
+ ``binary operators (, , , )'' should be typeset
+ ``binary operators (\texttt{+}, \texttt{-}, \texttt{*}, \texttt{/})''.
+
+
+\erroronpage{875/876}{tab. A.5}{FMi}{2004/07/28}{2}
+ Add: ``\TeX{} switches \u{(can only be queried)}'' \\
+ Add: ``\LaTeX{} switches \u{(last two can be set)}'' \\ \qquad (these are
+ |@afterindent| and |@tempswa|)\\
+ Add row:\\
+ |@afterindent| \quad \parbox[t]{7cm}{Switch checked by command
+ |\@afterheading| (usually used in headings) to
+ prevent (if |false|) indentation of next
+ paragraph.}
+
+ Editorial comment: change moves pagebreak.
+
+\seriouserroronpage{878}{codeline 4 (?)}{UFi}{2004/05/22}{2}
+ |\usepackage[german]{varioref}[2001/09/0]:| day number is missing
+ (test for version doesn't work then anymore!)
+
+\erroronpage{886}{fig.~A.1}{HjG}{2004/05/21}{2}
+ Add: \verb=\ProcessOptions= \u{\texttt{\char`\\relax}}
+ (cf. hint on p.~882!)
+
+
+\CHAPTER{Appendix B}
+
+\erroronpage{891}{para 1, l.7}{DHL}{2004/05/16}{2}
+Missing letter: ``\verb=l.167 \par=\u{\texttt{t}}\verb={Text}=''
+
+\seriouserroronpage{892}{para 1, l.-2}{HjG}{2004/05/22}{2}
+ ``\verb=\romen= (lines 1 and~2)''
+ \>
+ ``\verb=\romen= (lines 2 and~3)''
+
+\erroronpage{892}{para -1, ll.2--4}{HOb/FMi}{2004/05/22}{2}
+ Add: ``Technically, a moving argument is an argument
+ that is internally expanded by \LaTeX{} without typesetting it
+ directly\u{ (e.g.}, by using the internal \LaTeX{} construct
+ |\protected at edef|\textsuperscript{1}\u).''
+
+\erroronpage{893}{para 2, l.8}{MHo/FMi}{2004/10/05}{4}
+ Replace:
+ ``On the other hand, |\cong| is fragile\ldots''
+ \>
+ ``On the other hand, |\[...\]| is fragile\ldots''
+
+
+\erroronpage{894}{l.-7}{FMi}{2004/04/23}{2}
+ Add word: \ldots still open) \u{or} will be swallowed\ldots
+
+\erroronpage{896}{item 1}{UFi}{2004/05/23}{2}
+ Not in alphabetical order: move one item down.
+
+\erroronpage{896}{item 4}{UFi}{2004/05/23}{2}
+ Not in alphabetical order: move four items down.
+
+\erroronpage{896}{item -1}{HOb}{2004/05/29}{2}
+ Whether or not the image size can be automatically determined
+ depends on the graphics driver. Last sentence rewritten as follows:\\
+ ``It usually does this automatically, for example, for
+\texttt{.eps} files by reading the bounding box
+information. However, depending on the graphics driver, it may be
+unable to extract this information from binary
+bitmap images such as \texttt{.jpg}, \texttt{.gif}, and \texttt{.png} files.''
+
+\erroronpage{897}{item 5}{UFi}{2004/05/23}{2}
+ Not in alphabetical order: move one item down.
+
+\erroronpage{899}{item 1}{JGr}{2004/06/10}{2}
+ The extra \verb=\or= could result from bad use of \verb=\ifthenelse=
+
+\erroronpage{899}{item 5}{UFi}{2004/05/23}{2}
+ The ``\TeX{} Live CD'' is spelled incorrectly as
+ ``\TeX{} live'' or ``\TeX live''
+
+\erroronpage{901}{item 3}{UFi}{2004/05/23}{2}
+ The ``\TeX{} Live CD'' is spelled incorrectly as
+ ``\TeX{} live'' or ``\TeX live''
+
+\seriouserroronpage{902}{l.5}{HjG}{2004/05/22}{2}
+ Missing letter: ``\texttt{\char`\\dis\u{c}retionary}''
+
+\erroronpage{907}{item 5, l.2}{CKr}{2005/05/30}{4}
+ Add missing word: ``\ldots or \texttt{figure}, \u{is} encountered\ldots''
+
+\erroronpage{907--909}{item 2}{UFi/FMi}{2004/07/31}{2}
+ \TeX{} error message missing: ``\texttt{No room for a new ...}''
+
+ The packages loaded in your document require more internal registers
+(|\count|, |\dimen|, \ldots) than there are available in \TeX. Try
+processing your document with e\TeX{} and additionally load the
+\textsf{etex} package.
+
+ Editorial comment: affects pagebreaks for 908/909 as well.
+
+
+
+\erroronpage{909}{middle}{HjG}{2004/05/22}{2}
+ In the sample output, the lines ``\texttt{<*> samplefile.tex}'' and
+ ``\texttt{? }'' should be indented by the same amount as the first
+ four lines.
+
+\erroronpage{909}{l.-2}{HjG}{2004/05/22}{2}
+ Missing interword space: ``an\u{ }\verb=\addvspace= command''
+
+%%check (that's me)
+\iffalse
+\erroronpage{911}{item 5}{HjG}{2004/05/22}{}
+ ``To the author's knowledge, \ldots''
+ \>
+ ``To the authors' knowledge, \ldots''
+\fi
+
+\erroronpage{913}{item 1}{MKu/FMi}{2004/06/24}{2}
+ Replace: UTF8 \> UTF-8
+
+\erroronpage{913}{item 1}{UFi}{2004/05/23}{2}
+ Not in alphabetical order: move four items down.
+
+\erroronpage{913}{item -3, l.-3/-1}{HjG}{2004/05/22}{2}
+ Replace word: ``\ldots commands \u{and}, if necessary, masking a line
+ break in the source with a \verb=%= sign.''
+
+\erroronpage{914}{l.8}{HjG}{2004/05/22}{2}
+ Missing interword space: ``\verb=\spacefactor=\u{ }only''
+
+\erroronpage{917}{footnote}{HOb}{2004/05/29}{2}
+ Replace footnote with: ``In modern distributions \LaTeX{} is automatically
+ using the e\TeX{} program. On older installations you may have to
+ call a different program (e.g., \texttt{elatex} instead of
+ \texttt{latex}) when processing a
+ document.''
+
+
+\erroronpage{918}{l.-13}{HjG}{2004/05/22}{2}
+ Misplaced comma:\\
+ ``\ldots\ arguments thereby, using up \ldots''
+ \>\\
+ ``\ldots\ arguments, thereby using up \ldots''
+
+\erroronpage{920}{item 2}{UFi}{2004/05/23}{2}
+ Not in alphabetical order: move one item down.
+
+\erroronpage{921}{item -2}{MBr}{2004/08/03}{2}
+ Not in alphabetical order: move item to top.
+
+\erroronpage{923}{item 1}{UFi}{2004/05/23}{2}
+ Not in alphabetical order: move one item down.
+
+\erroronpage{924}{item 2, para 2, l.1}{HjG}{2004/05/22}{2}
+ Typo: ``th\u{r}ough'' \> ``though''
+
+\erroronpage{925}{l.1}{HjG}{2004/05/22}{2}
+ Missing interword space: ``the command\u{ }\verb=\symbol=''
+
+\erroronpage{925}{item -2, l.-2}{HjG}{2004/05/22}{2}
+ Extra word: ``are \u{the} those'' \> ``are those''\\
+ Surplus space: `` register~\u~0'' \> ``register~0''
+
+\erroronpage{925}{item -2}{MBr}{2004/08/03}{2}
+ Not in alphabetical order: move item one up.
+
+\seriouserroronpage{926}{item 4, title}{UFi}{2004/05/23}{2}
+ ``\verb=Overfull \hbox (badness= \meta{number}\texttt)'' should be
+ ``\verb=Overfull \hbox (=\meta{number}\texttt{pt too wide)}''
+
+\erroronpage{926}{item 5, l.1}{HjG}{2004/05/23}{2}
+ Typo: ``built'' \> ``build''
+
+\seriouserroronpage{926}{item 5, title}{UFi}{2004/05/23}{2}
+ ``\verb=Overfull \vbox (badness= \meta{number}\texttt)'' should be
+ ``\verb=Overfull \vbox (=\meta{number}\texttt{pt too wide)}''
+
+\seriouserroronpage{928}{item 6, title}{UFi}{2004/05/23}{2}
+ ``\verb=Tight \hbox='' should be ``\verb=Tight \vbox=''
+
+\erroronpage{930}{item 1, l.1}{HjG}{2004/05/23}{2}
+ Omit paragraph indentation!
+
+\erroronpage{930}{item 4, l.2}{UFi}{2004/05/23}{2}
+ Typo: ``i\u{t}entify'' \> ``identify''
+
+\erroronpage{931}{item 4, l.-1}{HjG}{2004/05/23}{2}
+ Add: ``\ldots\ package \u{or class} in question.''
+
+\erroronpage{931}{item 4}{JGr}{2004/06/10}{2}
+ The warning also happens if you give absolute or relative
+ pathnames like \verb=\documentclass{base/article}=
+
+\erroronpage{931}{item 6}{MBr/FMi}{2004/08/03}{2}
+ Order here is debatable but a ``,'' may not be good for visual
+ sorting, so move this item one up (placeholder are always sorted to
+ top so it doesn't pass ``package-or-class''.
+
+\erroronpage{932}{para 4, l.1}{UFi}{2004/05/23}{2}
+ Typo: ``\u{t}which \> ``which''
+
+\seriouserroronpage{935}{ll.3--5}{HjG}{2004/05/23}{2}
+ The text claims:\\
+ ``The output is slightly different: the name \u{and the type} of a
+ token are not shown by |\meaning|; instead, only its ``meaning'' is
+ presented.''\\
+ However, as example B-3-1 depicts, the type \emph{is} shown; hence,
+ the sentence should be changed to:\\
+ ``The output is slightly different: the name
+ of the token \u{is} not shown by
+ |\meaning|; instead, only \u{its type and} its ``meaning''
+ \u{are} presented.''
+
+\erroronpage{936}{para 1, l.3}{UFi}{2004/05/23}{2}
+ Closing brace should be after ``19'' and not at end of line.
+
+\erroronpage{938}{para -1, l.3}{UFi/FMi}{2004/05/23}{2}
+ Difficult to understand; replace:
+ ``\ldots a large \u{increase in} \texttt{t=} between''
+
+\erroronpage{939}{para 3, l.2}{HjG}{2004/05/23}{2}
+ Words need to be swapped:
+ ``\ldots\ \TeX{} indicates \u{this fact} with \ldots''
+
+\erroronpage{941}{l.19/20}{HjG}{2004/05/24}{2}
+ Add: ``so-called demerits \u{(\texttt{d=})}''
+
+\erroronpage{942}{l.22}{HjG}{2004/05/24}{2}
+ Change: ``several ways to reach \u{\texttt{@@2}};''
+ \> ``several ways to reach \u{\texttt{@@6}};''
+
+\erroronpage{943}{para -1 of \S B.3.3, l.-6}{HjG}{2004/05/24}{2}
+ Typo: ``shinkability'' \> ``shrinkability''
+
+
+
+\CHAPTER{Appendix C}
+
+\erroronpage{general}{several pages}{FMi}{2005/07/01}{4}
+ Appendix was partially rewritten to reflect changes in the layout
+ of the web sites. More importantly: CTAN changed their ftp
+ software and stopped supporting the generation of directory
+ archives on the fly. Instead they now offer precompiled
+ \texttt{zip} files that can be downloaded.
+
+\erroronpage{947}{ll.-2/-1}{HjG}{2004/05/24}{2}
+ Missing word: ``it is best \u{to} access''
+
+\erroronpage{947}{para -1, l.5}{FMi}{2004/06/12}{2}
+ Bug in \texttt{url.sty} generated extra space.
+
+\erroronpage{948}{para -1, l.5}{UFi}{2004/05/23}{2}
+ Show short name: ``\ldots\ \TeX{} Users Group (\u{TUG}, United States)''
+
+\erroronpage{950}{para 1, l.2}{FMi}{2006/09/12}{s}
+ Replace: Figure C.\u{2} \> Figure C.\u{1}
+
+\erroronpage{950}{para 3, l.2}{HjG}{2004/05/24}{2}
+ Typo: ``a site that i\u{s} not too distant''
+
+\seriouserroronpage{953}{l.11}{HjG}{2004/05/24}{2}
+ Replace line: ``\verb=>>>>>>> 1.6='' \>
+ ``\texttt{200-index graphicx}''
+ (probably due to an incomplete merge with CVS)
+
+\erroronpage{954}{para 3, l.1}{HjG}{2005/05/09}{4}
+ ``\TeX live'' \> ``\TeX{} Live''
+
+\erroronpage{955}{para 2, l.4}{HjG}{2005/05/09}{4}
+ Remove surplus word:
+ ``in \u{the} Thomas Esser's \texttt{tetex} distribution''
+
+\erroronpage{955}{para -2, l.-4}{MHe}{2004/05/22}{2}
+ Letters need to be swapped: ``eig\u{ht}eenth''
+
+\erroronpage{956}{cn: entry}{HjG}{2005/05/09}{4}
+ Replace:
+ ``\u{name}: Hong Feng'' \> ``\u{contact}: Hong Feng''
+
+\erroronpage{957}{col. 2, l.15}{TMW}{2004/06/07}{2}
+ This should read ``Lietuvos \TeX'o Vartotoj\k{u} Grup\.{e}''.
+
+\erroronpage{958}{col. 1, l.19}{TMW}{2004/06/07}{2}
+ An acute accent should be added: ``Toru\'n''
+
+
+
+\CHAPTER{Bibliography}
+
+\erroronpage{963}{[1]}{CKr}{2005/06/20}{4}
+ Url changed: \url{https://partners.adobe.com/public/developer/en/font/T1_SPEC.PDF}
+ 2017: url no longer valid; maybe \url{https://www-cdf.fnal.gov/offline/PostScript/T1_SPEC.PDF}
+
+\erroronpage{963}{[2]}{CKr}{2005/06/20}{4}
+ Url changed: \url{https://partners.adobe.com/public/developer/en/ps/5001.DSC_Spec.pdf}
+ 2017: url no longer valid; maybe \url{https://www-cdf.fnal.gov/offline/PostScript/5001.PDF}
+
+\erroronpage{963}{[3]}{CKr}{2005/06/20}{4}
+ Url changed:
+ \url{https://partners.adobe.com/public/developer/en/ps/5002.EPSF_Spec.pdf}
+ 2017: url no longer valid; maybe \url{https://archive.org/details/5002.EPSFSpec}
+
+\erroronpage{964}{[5]}{CKr}{2005/06/20}{4}
+ Url changed:
+ \url{https://partners.adobe.com/public/developer/en/pdf/PDFReference.pdf}
+ 2017: url no longer valid; maybe \url{http://www.adobe.com/content/dam/acom/en/devnet/pdf/pdfs/PDF32000_2008.pdf}
+
+
+\erroronpage{965}{[17], l.-1}{HjG}{2004/06/18}{2}
+ Delete character: ``in a\u{n} multi-language setting''
+
+\erroronpage{966}{[25]}{HjG}{2004/05/20}{2}
+ First line of online resources is not flush right but centered.
+
+\erroronpage{971}{[74]}{FMi}{2006/09/18}{s}
+ Add ``Lars Hellstr\"om'' as author. Change date to December 2004.
+ Change comment to ``Documentation for
+ the fontinst utility package that supports \ldots''
+
+\erroronpage{973}{[88]}{TSS}{2004/05/26}{2}
+ The bibliography entry for "The Art of Computer Programming" lacks
+ ISBN numbers: 0-201-89683-4, 0-201-03822-6, and 0-201-03803-X.
+
+\erroronpage{973}{[90], l.2}{HjG}{2004/06/07}{2}
+ Words need to be swapped:
+ ``\ldots do not look as \u{beautiful now} as they did in the past.''
+
+\erroronpage{973}{[91]}{HjG}{2004/05/20}{2}
+ First line of online resources is not flush right but centered.
+
+\erroronpage{975}{[107], [109], [110], [111]}{HjG}{2004/06/21}{2}
+ Incomplete URLs:\\
+ \texttt{https://www.latex-project.org\u{/news/latex2e-news/}}\\
+ \texttt{https://www.latex-project.org\u{/help/documentation/fntguide.pdf}}\\
+ \texttt{https://www.latex-project.org\u{/help/documentation/cfgguide.pdf}}\\
+ \texttt{https://www.latex-project.org\u{/lppl/}}
+
+\erroronpage{976}{[117]}{FMi}{2005/11/07}{s}
+ The title is ``E-\TeX: Guidelines for Future \TeX{} Extensions''.
+
+\erroronpage{977}{[124]}{HjG}{2004/05/20}{2}
+ First line of online resources is not flush right but centered.
+
+\erroronpage{977}{[124]}{FMi}{2005/07/09}{4}
+ Link is missing a period:
+ \url{https://www.latex-project.org/publications/tug99}\texttt{\u.pdf}
+
+\erroronpage{978}{[138]}{FMi}{2005/06/25}{4}
+ Now has appeared: 24\#1, pp.~105--114, 2004. URL:
+ \url{https://www.tug.org/TUGboat/Articles/tb24-1/plaice.pdf}
+
+\erroronpage{979}{[143]}{HjG}{2004/05/20}{2}
+ Missing period: Robert M\u. Ritter
+
+\erroronpage{979}{entry 146, l.3}{RWa}{2004/06/01}{2}
+ Missing word: ``for \LaTeX\ \u{and} a possible''
+
+\erroronpage{980}{[151]}{THa}{2004/06/25}{2}
+ Remove: ``\LaTeX\u{Joachim Schrod}.''
+
+\erroronpage{980}{[153]}{THa}{2004/06/25}{2}
+ Swap words: ``often are'' \> ``are often''
+
+\erroronpage{980}{[155]}{THa}{2004/06/25}{2}
+ Missing word: ``For \u{the} \textsf{kuvio} system\ldots''
+
+\erroronpage{980}{[157]}{HjG}{2004/05/20}{2}
+ First line of online resources is not flush right (stray space?).
+
+\erroronpage{981}{[158]-[162]}{RKo}{2005/11/11}{s}
+ Unfortunately Th\`anh's name is misspelled (accents in [161/2]). The correct spelling
+ is ``H\`an Th\^e\llap{\raise 0.5ex\hbox{\'{}}} Th\`anh''.
+
+ Furthermore, the surename is H\`an so the entries should have been sorted
+ under H (something that can't be corrected easily).
+
+\erroronpage{981}{[161]}{CKr}{2005/07/06}{4}
+ Remove surplus name in text: ``User\u{Sebastian Rahtz} manual \ldots''
+
+\erroronpage{981}{[162/3], title}{THa}{2004/06/25}{2}
+ Change: ``Makeindex'' \> ``makeindex''
+
+\erroronpage{982}{[168]}{HjG}{2004/05/20}{2}
+ First line of online resources should be:\\
+ \texttt{https://www.tug.org/TUGboat/Articles/\u{tb11-3/tb29vulis.pdf}}
+
+
+\CHAPTER{Index}
+
+\erroronpage{983--1082}{index}{FMi}{2004/06/11}{}
+ I do not list changes to the index that are results of other errata
+ entries as they are too difficult to track. Instead I will put an
+ updated index on the web at
+ \url{https://www.latex-project.org/help/books/tlc2-ap4.pdf} once in a while.
+
+\erroronpage{general}{}{FMi}{2004/06/08}{2}
+ Editorial comment: the whole index has been reprinted.
+
+\erroronpage{general}{}{FMi}{2005/09/08}{4}
+ Editorial comment: the whole index has been reprinted.
+
+\erroronpage{general}{}{FMi}{2004/06/08}{2}
+ Add index entries into production notes, e.g., for example setup,
+ hanging punctuation, \ldots
+
+\erroronpage{983}{para 1, l.3}{UFi}{2004/05/23}{2}
+ Remove surplus word: ``\ldots one of \u{the} the following''
+
+\seriouserroronpage{983}{para -2}{HjG}{2004/05/20}{2}
+ The text explains the meaning of bold and blue page numbers,
+ but fails to point out the significance of slanted (italic)
+ ones---there is none: blue italic indicates normal example blue bold
+ indicates example and also important info.
+
+\erroronpage{988,1009}{}{CKr}{2004/10/10}{4}
+ Replace: ``alphabetical document headings''
+ \> ``alphabetically numbered document headings''
+
+and
+
+ ``document headings / alphabetical''
+ \>
+ ``document headings / alphabetically numbered''
+
+\erroronpage{990}{}{J-CCh}{2005/07/17}{s}
+ Correct range: author-date citations / history of (699, 700)
+
+\erroronpage{992}{}{J-CCh}{2005/07/17}{s}
+ Correct: ``B\u{\'e}zier''
+
+\erroronpage{993}{}{SEg}{2005/04/26}{4}
+ bibliographies/authors/name,formatting shows 798--1092 but should be
+ just 798
+
+\erroronpage{1000}{}{J-CCh}{2005/07/17}{s}
+ Correct range: Citation systems /
+ author-date /
+ history of (699, 700)
+
+\erroronpage{1007}{}{HjG}{2004/07/12}{2}
+ Add page entry for |\DeclareFontSubstitution|
+ back to 431 (para~2).
+
+
+\erroronpage{1014}{secound col., l.8}{MSc}{2004/06/04}{2}
+ missing index entry for ``eTeX, TeX extension''
+
+\erroronpage{1017}{}{FHa}{2004/10/05}{4}
+ The index entry for "floats / placement control" lists pages 286-983
+ for information. I think that is a bit too much. It should probably
+ end at page 291.
+
+
+\erroronpage{1019}{}{J-CCh}{2005/07/17}{s}
+ Correct range: fonts /
+ oblique (333)
+
+\erroronpage{1020}{}{CKr}{2005/01/09}{4}
+ Replace ``fonts / URW Antigua'' \> ``fonts / URW Anti\u{q}ua''
+
+\erroronpage{1034}{first col.}{FMi}{2004/05/15}{2}
+ Add entry: ``lists / enumerated / user-defined, 151''
+
+\erroronpage{1035}{}{THa}{2004/07/02}{2}
+ ``\textsf{makeindex}'' \> ``\textsl{MakeIndex}''
+
+\erroronpage{1041}{}{FMi}{2004/08/02}{2}
+ ``\texttt{NACRO} \BibTeX{} command'' \>
+ ``\texttt{MACRO} \BibTeX{} command''
+
+\erroronpage{1051}{secound col., l.14}{MSc}{2004/06/04}{2}
+ missing index entries for ``pdftex'' on p.7 and p.643
+
+\erroronpage{1069}{}{FMi}{2004/11/07}{4}
+ Replace: ``text symbols / setting-up'' \>
+ ``\u{math} symbols / setting-up''
+
+
+\erroronpage{1076}{}{CKr}{2005/01/09}{4}
+ Replace ``URW Antigua'' \> ``URW Anti\u{q}ua''
+
+
+\CHAPTER{People}
+
+\erroronpage{1080}{page}{FMi}{2004/07/26}{4}
+ Editorial comment: Needs manual breaking in index output file for
+ second and fourth printing.
+
+\erroronpage{1081}{col 1}{FMi}{2004/06/22}{2}
+ Missing accents: ``Fernandez, Jose Alberto '' \> `Fern\'andez, Jos\'e Alberto''
+
+\erroronpage{1081}{col 1}{HjG}{2004/06/22}{2}
+ Change page number in entry:
+ ``Fukui, Rei, xxvii, 405, \u{969}'' \> ``\ldots, \u{968}''
+
+\erroronpage{1081}{col 1}{LMa}{2004/05/14}{2}
+ The name ``M\o ller Neergaard, Peter'' should be sorted as
+ ``Neergaard, Peter M\o ller''.
+
+\erroronpage{1081}{col 2}{HjG}{2004/06/16}{2}
+ Change page number in entry:
+ ``Hufflen, Jean-Michel, 761, \u{971}'' \> ``\ldots, \u{970}''
+
+\erroronpage{1081}{}{HjG}{2004/07/08}{2}
+ Add page entries for ``Kettler, Howard'' and ``Frutiger, Adrian''
+ to ``People'' index back to 374.
+
+\erroronpage{1082}{}{HjG}{2004/07/08}{2}
+ Add page entry for ``Smith, Ralph'' to ``People'' index back to 376.
+
+
+\erroronpage{1082}{col 1, l.19 }{PPn}{2004/05/25}{2}
+ Replace ``Panday'' with ``Pandey'' (very sorry for the typo).
+
+\erroronpage{1082}{col 1}{FMi}{2004/04/23}{2}
+ Replace ``Wing, Wai'' with ``Wong, Wai'' (very sorry for the typo).
+
+\erroronpage{1082}{col 1}{HjG}{2004/07/13}{2}
+ Change page numbers in entry:
+ ``Mittelbach, Frank, \ldots, 976--\u{978, 980}, \ldots''
+ \> ``\ldots, 976--\u{979}, \ldots''
+
+\erroronpage{1082}{}{HjG}{2004/07/13}{2}
+ Add page entry for ``Rahtz, Sebastian''
+ back to 981 (bib-item [161]).
+
+
+
+
+
+
+\CHAPTER{Biographies}
+
+\erroronpage{1084}{Goossens image}{THa}{2004/06/23}{2}
+ Spurious gray square in upper right corner of framed image of Michel
+ Goossens.
+
+\erroronpage{1085}{para 3, l.6}{MSc}{2004/05/19}{2}
+ Replace ``TeX'' with ``\TeX''.
+
+
+\CHAPTER{Production Notes}
+
+\erroronpage{1089}{para 4, l.4}{FMi}{2004/07/21}{2}
+ Add: ``\ldots this typographical icing \u{(package
+ \textsf{pdfcprot})} was\ldots''
+
+\erroronpage{1089}{l.-5}{HjG}{2004/05/20}{2}
+ Missing period: \ldots files\u. It \ldots
+
+\erroronpage{1090}{para -3, l.-4}{HjG}{2004/05/23}{2}
+ Change/add: ``paragraphs ending \u{with a} single word \u{line}''
+
+\erroronpage{1091}{top}{WAd}{2004/05/08}{2}
+ The series title in the box does not use a real caps and small caps
+ font but a faked one (compare with the front cover where
+ the font \emph{Christiana} designed by Gudrun Zapf-von Hesse is used).
+
+\end{erratalist}
+
+
+\setcounter{collectmore}{3}
+
+\begin{multicols}{3}[Thanks to all who have found errors or
+ omissions. Listed are the people who found an errata entry first.]
+\contributor{AFV}{Alfonso Fernandez-Vazquez}
+\contributor{AHo}{Antti Honkela}
+\contributor{AMa}{Arni Magnusson}
+\contributor{ARi}{Alan Ristow}
+\contributor{BMo}{Brooks Moses}
+\contributor{BeB}{Bernd Burghardt}
+\contributor{CAR}{Chris A. Rowley}
+\contributor{CBC}{Charles B. Cameron}
+\contributor{CBa}{Cristian Battaglia}
+\contributor{CBe}{Claudio Beccari}
+\contributor{CKr}{Claudia Krysztofiak}
+\contributor{DAl}{Daniel Alonso i Alemany}
+\contributor{DAr}{Donald Arseneau}
+\contributor{DCa}{David Carlisle}
+\contributor{DHL}{Dan Luecking}
+\contributor{DIs}{Daniel Isaacson}
+\contributor{DSch}{Dirk Schlimm}
+\contributor{ERy}{Elizabeth Ryan}
+\contributor{FHa}{Ferdy Hanssen}
+\contributor{FMi}{Frank Mittelbach}
+\contributor{GBa}{Gerhard Bachmaier}
+\contributor{HOb}{Heiko Oberdiek}
+\contributor{HPB}{Harold P. Boas}
+\contributor{HVo}{Herbert Voss}
+\contributor{HjG}{Hubert G\"a\ss lein}
+\contributor{J-CCh}{Jean-C\^ome Charpentier}
+\contributor{JAn}{Jacques Andr\'e}
+\contributor{JBez}{Javier Bezos}
+\contributor{JBe}{Jens Berger}
+\contributor{JBr}{Johannes Braams}
+\contributor{JCh}{Joel Chan}
+\contributor{JGr}{Jose Grimm}
+\contributor{JJN}{Jarmo Niemel\"a}
+\contributor{JLV}{Juan Luis Varona}
+\contributor{JMH}{Jean-Michel Hufflen}
+\contributor{JS}{Joachim Schrod}
+\contributor{JTa}{Juhani Takkinen}
+\contributor{LHe}{Lars Hellstr\"om}
+\contributor{LMa}{Lars Madsen}
+\contributor{LSchu}{Lothar Schumacher}
+\contributor{MBr}{Marion Braams}
+\contributor{MGo}{Michel Goossens}
+\contributor{MHCL}{Martin Hiu Chung Law}
+\contributor{MHe}{Martin Hensel}
+\contributor{MHo}{Morten H\o gholm}
+\contributor{MKo}{Markus Kohm}
+\contributor{MKu}{Markus Kuhn}
+\contributor{MLa}{Mark Laplante}
+\contributor{MLi}{Martin Liebmann}
+\contributor{MSc}{Martin Schr\"oder}
+\contributor{MSch}{Michael Schutte}
+\contributor{NBe}{Nelson Beebe}
+\contributor{PPN}{P.P. Narayanaswami}
+\contributor{PYu}{Peng Yu}
+\contributor{RKo}{Reinhard Kotucha}
+\contributor{RPa}{Reimo Palm}
+\contributor{RSt}{Ralf Stubner}
+\contributor{RWa}{Richard Walker}
+\contributor{ReSt}{Rebecca Stiels}
+\contributor{SCo}{Steven Douglas Cochran}
+\contributor{SEg}{Stephen Eglen}
+\contributor{SPe}{Sa\v sa Petrovi\' c}
+\contributor{THa}{Thorsten Hansen}
+\contributor{TMW}{Thomas Widmann}
+\contributor{TMi}{Tom Micevski}
+\contributor{TSS}{Tommi Syrj\"anen}
+\contributor{UFi}{Ulrike Fischer}
+\contributor{UZi}{Uwe Ziegenhagen}
+\contributor{V-Li}{Christian Faulhammer}
+\contributor{VPe}{Vivi Petersen}
+\contributor{VVo}{Vladimir Volovich}
+\contributor{WAd}{William Adams}
+\contributor{WaS}{Walter Schmidt}
+\contributor{YiL}{Yiannis Lazarides}
+\contributor{YvH}{Yvon Henel}
+\contributor{hajk}{Henk Koster}
+\contributor{usw}{Ulrich Dirr}
+\end{multicols}
+
+
+Other people have sent us corrections for errors already found.
+Thanks to all of you!
+
+If you find further errors please report them to one of the authors, e.g.,
+\begin{quote}\ttfamily
+ frank.mittelbach at latex-project.org
+\end{quote}
+preferably in a form usable directly in this file, i.e.,
+\begin{flushleft}
+|\erroronpage{|\textit{page-number}|}{|\textit{line-identification}|}{|%
+ \textit{your-initials}|}{|\textit{date}|}{}| \\
+ \hspace*{2em}\textit{description of the the erratum}
+\end{flushleft}
+Here is an example:
+\begin{verbatim}
+\erroronpage{5}{para 3, l.1}{MOs}{1997/06/01}{}
+ ``LaTeX'' should be typeset ``\LaTeX''.
+\end{verbatim}
+
+\end{document}
+
+
Property changes on: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/tlc2.err
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:eol-style
## -0,0 +1 ##
+native
\ No newline at end of property
Added: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/tlc2.pdf
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)
Index: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/tlc2.pdf
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/tlc2.pdf 2019-07-25 21:49:36 UTC (rev 51729)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/tlc2.pdf 2019-07-25 22:32:37 UTC (rev 51730)
Property changes on: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/tlc2.pdf
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:mime-type
## -0,0 +1 ##
+application/pdf
\ No newline at end of property
Added: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/tulm.pdf
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)
Index: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/tulm.pdf
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/tulm.pdf 2019-07-25 21:49:36 UTC (rev 51729)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/tulm.pdf 2019-07-25 22:32:37 UTC (rev 51730)
Property changes on: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/tulm.pdf
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:mime-type
## -0,0 +1 ##
+application/pdf
\ No newline at end of property
Added: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/usrguide.pdf
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)
Index: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/usrguide.pdf
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/usrguide.pdf 2019-07-25 21:49:36 UTC (rev 51729)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/usrguide.pdf 2019-07-25 22:32:37 UTC (rev 51730)
Property changes on: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/usrguide.pdf
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:mime-type
## -0,0 +1 ##
+application/pdf
\ No newline at end of property
Added: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/usrguide.tex
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/usrguide.tex (rev 0)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/usrguide.tex 2019-07-25 22:32:37 UTC (rev 51730)
@@ -0,0 +1,1817 @@
+% \iffalse meta-comment
+%
+% Copyright 1993-2019
+% The LaTeX3 Project and any individual authors listed elsewhere
+% in this file.
+%
+% This file is part of the LaTeX base system.
+% -------------------------------------------
+%
+% It may be distributed and/or modified under the
+% conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3c
+% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+% The latest version of this license is in
+% http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt
+% and version 1.3c or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX
+% version 2005/12/01 or later.
+%
+% This file has the LPPL maintenance status "maintained".
+%
+% The list of all files belonging to the LaTeX base distribution is
+% given in the file `manifest.txt'. See also `legal.txt' for additional
+% information.
+%
+% The list of derived (unpacked) files belonging to the distribution
+% and covered by LPPL is defined by the unpacking scripts (with
+% extension .ins) which are part of the distribution.
+%
+% \fi
+% Filename: usrguide.tex
+
+\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}[1995/12/01]
+
+\documentclass{ltxguide}[2001/05/28]
+
+\title{\LaTeXe~for authors}
+
+\author{\copyright~Copyright 1995--2019, \LaTeX3 Project Team.\\
+ All rights reserved.}
+
+\date{27 January 2019}
+
+
+\begin{document}
+
+\maketitle
+
+\tableofcontents
+
+\section{Introduction}
+
+Welcome to \LaTeXe, the new standard version of the \LaTeX{} Document
+Preparation System.
+
+This document describes how to take advantage of the new features of
+\LaTeX, and how to process your old \LaTeX{} documents with
+\LaTeXe. However, this document is only a brief introduction to the
+new facilities and is intended for authors who are already familiar
+with the old version of \LaTeX{}. It is \emph{not} a reference manual
+for \LaTeXe{} nor is it a complete introduction to \LaTeX.
+
+It is somewhat of an historical document now, since \LaTeXe{} came into
+existence in 1994.
+
+\subsection[\LaTeXe---The new \LaTeX~release]
+ {\LaTeXe---The new \LaTeX~release\\ (well, for more than 10 years now)}
+
+The previous version of \LaTeX{} was known as \LaTeX~2.09. Over the
+years many extensions have been developed for \LaTeX. This is, of
+course, a sure sign of its continuing popularity but it has had one
+unfortunate result: incompatible \LaTeX{} formats came into use at
+different sites. This included `standard \LaTeX~2.09', \LaTeX{} built
+with the \emph{New Font Selection Scheme}~(\NFSS), \SLiTeX, \AmSLaTeX,
+and so on. Thus, to process documents from various places, a site
+maintainer was forced to keep multiple versions of the \LaTeX{}
+program. In addition, when looking at a source file it was not always
+clear for which format the document was written.
+
+To put an end to this unsatisfactory situation, \LaTeXe{} has been
+produced; it brings all such extensions back under a single format and
+thus prevents the proliferation of mutually incompatible dialects of
+\LaTeX~2.09. With \LaTeXe{} the `new font selection scheme' is
+standard and, for example, \textsf{amsmath} (formerly the \AmSLaTeX{}
+format) or \textsf{slides} (formerly the \SLiTeX{} format) are simply
+extensions, which may be loaded by documents using the same base format.
+
+The introduction of a new release also made it possible to add a small
+number of often-requested features and to make the task of writing
+packages and classes simpler.
+
+\subsection{\LaTeX3---The long-term future of \LaTeX}
+\label{Sec:ltx3}
+
+\LaTeXe{} is the consolidation step in a comprehensive
+reimplementation of the \LaTeX{} system. The next major release of
+\LaTeX{} will be \LaTeX3, which will include a radical overhaul of the
+document designers' and package writers' interface to \LaTeX.
+
+\LaTeX3 is a long-term research project but, until it is completed,
+the project team are committed to the active maintenance of \LaTeXe{}.
+Thus the experience gained from the production and maintenance of
+\LaTeXe{} will be a major influence on the design of \LaTeX3.
+A brief description of the project can be found in the document
+|ltx3info.tex|.
+
+If you would like to support the project then you are welcome to send
+donations to the \LaTeX3 Project Fund; this has been set up to help
+the research team by financing various expenses associated with this
+voluntary work of maintaining the current \LaTeX{} and developing
+\LaTeX3.
+
+The fund is administered by The \TeX{} Users Group and by various
+local user groups. Information about making donations and joining
+these groups is available from:
+\begin{quote}\small\label{addrs}
+ \texttt{http://www.tug.org/lugs.html}
+\end{quote}
+
+The \LaTeX3{} project has its home page
+on the World Wide Web at:
+\begin{verbatim}
+ http://www.latex-project.org/
+\end{verbatim}
+This page describes \LaTeX{} and the \LaTeX3 project, and contains
+pointers to other \LaTeX{} resources, such as the user guides, the
+\TeX{} Frequently Asked Questions, and the \LaTeX{} bugs database.
+
+Older articles covering aspects of the \LaTeX3 project are also
+available for anonymous ftp from the Comprehensive \TeX{} Archive, in
+the directory:
+\begin{verbatim}
+ ctan:info/ltx3pub
+\end{verbatim}
+The file |ltx3pub.bib| in that directory contains an abstract of each
+of the files.
+
+\subsection{Overview}
+
+This document contains an overview of the new structure and features
+of \LaTeX. It is \emph{not} a self-contained document, as it contains
+only the features of \LaTeX{} which have changed since version 2.09.
+You should read this document in conjunction with an introduction to
+\LaTeX{}.
+
+\begin{description}
+
+\item[Section~\ref{Sec:class+packages}]
+ contains an overview of the new structure of
+ \LaTeX{} documents. It describes how classes and packages work and
+ how class and package options can be used. It lists the standard
+ packages and classes which come with \LaTeX.
+
+\item[Section~\ref{Sec:commands}] describes the new commands available
+ to authors in \LaTeXe.
+
+\item[Section~\ref{Sec:209}] shows how to process old \LaTeX{}
+ documents with \LaTeXe.
+
+\item[Section~\ref{Sec:problems}] contains advice on dealing with
+ problems you may encounter in running \LaTeXe.
+ It lists some error messages which are new in \LaTeXe{} and
+ it describes some of the more common problems and how to cure them,
+ or where to find further information.
+
+\end{description}
+
+\subsection{Further information}
+
+For a general introduction to \LaTeX, including the new features of
+\LaTeXe, you should read \emph{\LaTeXbook}
+by Leslie Lamport~\cite{A-W:LLa94}.
+
+A more detailed description of the new features of \LaTeX, including an
+overview of more than 200 packages and nearly 1000 ready to run examples, is
+to be found in \emph{\LaTeXcomp second edition} by Frank Mittelbach and
+Michel Goossens~\cite{A-W:MG2004}.
+
+Packages and programs for producing and manipulating graphics are
+discussed at length in \emph{\LaTeXGcomp} by Michel Goossens,
+Sebastian Rahtz and Frank Mittelbach~\cite{A-W:GRM97}.
+
+Solutions for publishing with \LaTeX{} on the World Wide Web are given
+in \emph{\LaTeXWcomp} by Michel Goossens and Sebastian
+Rahtz~\cite{A-W:GR99}.
+
+For more information about the many new \LaTeX{} packages you should
+read the package documentation, which should be available from the
+same source as your copy of \LaTeX.
+
+There are a number of documentation files which accompany every copy
+of \LaTeX. A copy of \emph{\LaTeX{} News} will come out with each
+six-monthly release of \LaTeX; it will be found in the files
+|ltnews*.tex|. The class- and package-writer's guide \emph{\clsguide}
+describes the new \LaTeX{} features for writers of document classes
+and packages; it is in |clsguide.tex|. The guide \emph{\fntguide}
+describes the \LaTeX{} font selection scheme for class- and
+package-writers; it is in |fntguide.tex|. Support for Cyrillic languages
+in \LaTeX{} is described in \emph{\cyrguide}.
+
+The documented source code (from the files used to produce the kernel
+format via |latex.ltx|) is now available as
+\emph{The \LaTeXe\ Sources}. ]
+This very large document also includes an index of
+\LaTeX{} commands. It can be typeset from the \LaTeX{} file
+|source2e.tex| in the |base| directory, using the source files and
+the class file |ltxdoc.cls| from this directory.
+
+For more information about \TeX{} and \LaTeX{}, please contact your
+local \TeX{} Users Group, or the international \TeX{} Users Group (see
+page \pageref{addrs}).
+
+
+\section{Classes and packages}
+\label{Sec:class+packages}
+
+This section describes the new structure of \LaTeX{} documents and the
+new types of file: \emph{classes} and \emph{packages}.
+
+\subsection{What are classes and packages?}
+
+The main difference between \LaTeX~2.09 and \LaTeXe{} is in the
+commands before |\begin{document}|.
+
+In \LaTeX~2.09, documents had \emph{styles},
+such as \textsf{article} or \textsf{book}, and \emph{options},
+such as \textsf{twoside} or \textsf{epsfig}.
+These were indicated by the |\documentstyle| command:
+\begin{quote}
+ |\documentstyle|\oarg{options}\arg{style}
+\end{quote}
+For example, to specify a two-sided article with encapsulated
+PostScript figures, you said:
+\begin{verbatim}
+ \documentstyle[twoside,epsfig]{article}
+\end{verbatim}
+However, there were two different types of document style option:
+\emph{built-in options} such as |twoside|; and \emph{packages} such as
+|epsfig.sty|. These were very different, since any \LaTeX{} document
+style could use the \textsf{epsfig} package but only document styles
+which declared the \textsf{twoside} option could use that option.
+
+To avoid this confusion, \LaTeXe{} differentiates between built-in
+options and packages. These are given by the new |\documentclass| and
+|\usepackage| commands:
+\begin{quote}
+ |\documentclass|\oarg{options}\arg{class} \\
+ |\usepackage|\oarg{options}\arg{packages}
+\end{quote}
+For example, to specify a two-sided article with encapsulated
+PostScript figures, you now write:
+\begin{verbatim}
+ \documentclass[twoside]{article}
+ \usepackage{epsfig}
+\end{verbatim}
+You can load more than one package with a single |\usepackage|
+command; for example, rather than writing:
+\begin{verbatim}
+ \usepackage{epsfig}
+ \usepackage{multicol}
+\end{verbatim}
+you can specify:
+\begin{verbatim}
+ \usepackage{epsfig,multicol}
+\end{verbatim}
+Note that \LaTeXe{} still understands the \LaTeX~2.09 |\documentstyle|
+command. This command causes \LaTeXe{} to enter \emph{\LaTeX~2.09
+compatibility mode}, which is described in Section~\ref{Sec:209}.
+
+You should not, however, use the |\documentstyle| command for new
+documents because this compatibility mode is very slow and the new
+features of \LaTeXe{} are not available in this mode.
+
+To help differentiate between classes and packages, document classes
+now end with |.cls| rather than |.sty|. Packages still end with
+|.sty|, since most \LaTeX~2.09 packages work well with \LaTeXe.
+
+\subsection{Class and package options}
+
+In \LaTeX~2.09, only document styles could have options such as
+|twoside| or |draft|. In \LaTeXe{}, both classes and packages are
+allowed to have options. For example, to specify a two-sided article
+with graphics using the |dvips| driver, you write:
+
+\begin{verbatim}
+ \documentclass[twoside]{article}
+ \usepackage[dvips]{graphics}
+\end{verbatim}
+It is possible for packages to share common options. For example,
+you could, in addition, load the \textsf{color} package by specifying:
+\begin{verbatim}
+ \documentclass[twoside]{article}
+ \usepackage[dvips]{graphics}
+ \usepackage[dvips]{color}
+\end{verbatim}
+But because |\usepackage| allows more than one package to be listed,
+this can be shortened to:
+\begin{verbatim}
+ \documentclass[twoside]{article}
+ \usepackage[dvips]{graphics,color}
+\end{verbatim}
+In addition, packages will also use each option given to
+the |\documentclass| command (if they know what to do with it), so you
+could also write:
+\begin{verbatim}
+ \documentclass[twoside,dvips]{article}
+ \usepackage{graphics,color}
+\end{verbatim}
+Class and package options are covered in more detail in
+\emph{\LaTeXcomp} and in \emph{\clsguide}.
+
+\subsection{Standard classes}
+
+The following classes are distributed with \LaTeX:
+\begin{description}
+
+\item[article] The |article| class described in \emph{\LaTeXbook}.
+\item[book] The |book| class described in \emph{\LaTeXbook}.
+\item[report] The |report| class described in \emph{\LaTeXbook}.
+\item[letter] The |letter| class described in \emph{\LaTeXbook}.
+\item[slides] The |slides| class described in \emph{\LaTeXbook},
+ formerly \SLiTeX.
+\item[proc] A document class for proceedings, based on |article|.
+ Formerly the |proc| package.
+\item[ltxdoc] The document class for documenting the \LaTeX{}
+ program, based on |article|.
+\item[ltxguide] The document class for \emph{\usrguide} and
+ \emph{\clsguide}, based on |article|. The document you are reading
+ now uses the |ltxguide| class. The layout for this class is likely
+ to change in future releases of \LaTeX.
+\item[ltnews] The document class for the \emph{\LaTeX{} News}
+ information sheet, based on |article|. The layout for this class
+ is likely to change in future releases of \LaTeX.
+\item[minimal]
+\NEWfeature{1995/12/01}
+ This class is the bare minimum (3 lines) that is needed in a
+ \LaTeX\ class file. It just sets the text width and height, and
+ defines |\normalsize|. It is principally intended for debugging
+ and testing \LaTeX\ code in situations where you do not need to
+ load a `full' class such as |article|. If, however, you are
+ designing a completely new class that is aimed for documents with
+ structure radically different from the structure supplied by the
+ article class, then it may make sense to use this as a base and add
+ to it code implementing the required structure, rather than
+ starting from |article| and modifying the code there.
+\end{description}
+
+\subsection{Standard packages}
+\label{Sec:st-pack}
+
+The following packages are distributed with \LaTeX:
+\begin{description}
+\item[alltt]
+\NEWfeature{1994/12/01}
+ This package provides the |alltt| environment, which is like
+ the |verbatim| environment except that |\|, |{|, and |}|
+ have their usual meanings. It is described in |alltt.dtx| and
+ \emph{\LaTeXbook}.
+\item[doc] This is the basic package for typesetting the documentation
+ of \LaTeX{} programs. It is described in |doc.dtx| and in
+ \emph{\LaTeXcomp}.
+\item[exscale] This provides scaled versions of the math extension
+ font. It is described in |exscale.dtx| and \emph{\LaTeXcomp}.
+ \item[fontenc] This is used to specify which font encoding \LaTeX{}
+ should use. It is described in |ltoutenc.dtx|.
+\item[graphpap]
+\NEWfeature{1994/12/01}
+ This package defines the |\graphpaper| command; this
+ can be used in a |picture| environment.
+\item[ifthen] Provides commands of the form `if\dots then do\dots
+ otherwise do\dots'.
+ It is described in |ifthen.dtx| and \emph{\LaTeXcomp}.
+\item[inputenc]
+\NEWfeature{1994/12/01}
+ This is used to specify which input encoding \LaTeX{} should use.
+ It is described in |inputenc.dtx|.
+\item[latexsym] \LaTeXe{} no longer loads the \LaTeX{} symbol font by
+ default. To access it, you should use the |latexsym| package. It
+ is described in |latexsym.dtx| and in \emph{\LaTeXcomp}; see also
+ Section~\ref{Sec:problems}.
+ \item[makeidx] This provides commands for producing indexes. It is
+ described in \emph{\LaTeXbook} and in \emph{\LaTeXcomp}.
+ \item[newlfont] This is used to emulate the font commands of
+ \LaTeX~2.09 with the New Font Selection Scheme. It is described in
+ \emph{\LaTeXcomp}.
+ \item[oldlfont] This is used to emulate the font commands of
+ \LaTeX~2.09. It is described in \emph{\LaTeXcomp}.
+ \item[showidx]
+ This causes the argument of each |\index| command to
+ be printed on the page where it occurs.
+ It is described in \emph{\LaTeXbook}.
+ \item[syntonly] This is used to process a document without
+ typesetting it. It is described in |syntonly.dtx| and in
+ \emph{\LaTeXcomp}.
+ \item[tracefnt] This allows you to control how much information about
+ \LaTeX's font loading is displayed. It is described in
+ \emph{\LaTeXcomp}.
+\end{description}
+
+\subsection{Related software}
+
+\NEWdescription{1998/12/01}
+The following software should be available from the same distributor
+as your copy of \LaTeXe. You should obtain at least the
+\textsf{graphics} and \textsf{tools} collections in order to have all
+the files described in \emph{\LaTeXbook}. The |amsmath| package (part
+of \textsf{amslatex} and formerly known as |amstex|)
+and \textsf{babel} are also mentioned in the list
+of `standard packages' in section C.5.2 of that book.
+\begin{description}
+\item[amslatex] Advanced mathematical typesetting from the American
+ Mathematical Society. This includes the |amsmath| package; it
+ provides many commands for typesetting mathematical formulas of
+ higher complexity. It is produced and supported by the American
+ Mathematical Society and it is described in \emph{\LaTeXcomp}.
+\item[babel] This package and related files support typesetting in
+ many languages. It is described in \emph{\LaTeXcomp}.
+\item[cyrillic]
+\NEWfeature{1998/12/01}
+ Everything you need (except the fonts themselves) for
+ typesetting with Cyrillic fonts.
+\item[graphics] This includes the |graphics| package which
+ provides support for the inclusion and transformation of graphics,
+ including files produced by other software. Also included, is the
+ |color| package which provides support for typesetting in colour.
+ Both these packages are described in \emph{\LaTeXbook}.
+\item[psnfss] Everything you need (except the fonts themselves) for
+ typesetting with a large range of Type~1 (PostScript) fonts.
+\item[tools] Miscellaneous packages written by the \LaTeX3
+ project team.
+\end{description}
+These packages come with documentation and each of them is also
+described in at least one of the books \emph{\LaTeXcomp} and
+\emph{\LaTeXbook}.
+
+\subsubsection{Tools}
+
+This collection of packages includes, at least, the following (some
+files may have slightly different names on certain systems):
+
+\begin{description}
+\item[array]
+ Extended versions of the environments |array|, |tabular|
+ and |tabular*|, with many extra features.
+\item[calc]
+\NEWfeature{1996/12/01}
+ Enables the use of certain algebraic notation when specifying
+ values for lengths and counters.
+\item[dcolumn]
+ Alignment on `decimal points' in tabular entries. Requires the
+ |array| package.
+\item[delarray]
+ Adds `large delimiters' around arrays. Requires |array|.
+\item[hhline]
+ Finer control over horizontal rules in tables. Requires |array|.
+\item[longtable]
+ Multi-page tables. (Does not require |array|, but it uses the
+ extended features if both are loaded.)
+\item[tabularx]
+ Defines a |tabularx| environment that is similar to |tabular*|
+ but it modifies the column widths, rather than the inter-column
+ space, to achieve the desired table width.
+\item[afterpage]
+ Place text after the current page.
+\item[bm]
+ Access bold math symbols.
+\item[enumerate]
+ Extended version of the |enumerate| environment.
+\item[fontsmpl]
+ Package and test file for producing `font samples'.
+\item[ftnright]
+ Place all footnotes in the right-hand column in two-column mode.
+\item[indentfirst]
+ Indent the first paragraph of sections, etc.
+\item[layout]
+ Show the page layout defined by the current document class.
+\item[multicol]
+ Typeset text in columns, with the length of the columns
+ `balanced'.
+\item[rawfonts]
+ Preload fonts using the old internal font names of \LaTeX~2.09.
+ See Section~\ref{Sec:oldinternals}.
+\item[somedefs]
+ Selective handling of package options. (Used by the rawfonts
+ package.)
+\item[showkeys]
+ Prints the `keys' used by |\label|, |\ref|, |\cite| etc.; useful
+ whilst drafting.
+\item[theorem]
+ Flexible declaration of `theorem-like' environments.
+\item[varioref]
+ `Smart' handling of page references.
+\item[verbatim]
+ Flexible extension of the verbatim environment.
+\item[xr]
+ Cross reference other `external' documents.
+\item[xspace]
+ `Smart space' command that helps you to avoid the common mistake
+ of missing spaces after command names.
+\end{description}
+
+
+\section{Commands}
+\label{Sec:commands}
+
+This section describes the new commands available in \LaTeXe.
+They are covered in more detail in \emph{\LaTeXbook} and in
+\emph{\LaTeXcomp}.
+
+\subsection{Initial commands}
+
+Initial commands can appear only before the |\documentclass|
+line.
+
+\begin{decl}
+|\begin{filecontents}| \arg{file-name} \\
+ \m{file-contents} \\
+|\end{filecontents}|
+\end{decl}
+
+The |filecontents| environment is intended for bundling within a
+single document file the contents of packages, options, or other
+files. When the document file is run through \LaTeXe{} the body of
+this environment is written verbatim (preceded by a comment line) to a
+file whose name is given as the environment's only argument. However,
+if that file already exists then nothing happens except for an
+information message.
+
+Only normal ASCII text characters (7-bit visible text) should be
+included in a |filecontents| environment. Anything else, such as tab
+characters, form-feeds or 8-bit characters, should not be included in a
+|filecontents| environment.
+
+Tabs and form feeds produce a warning, explaining that they are turned
+into spaces or blank lines, respectively.
+What happens to 8-bit characters depends on the \TeX{} installation and
+is in general unpredictable.
+
+The |filecontents| environment is used for including \LaTeX{} files.
+For other plain text files (such as Encapsulated PostScript files),
+you should use the |filecontents*| environment which does not add a
+comment line.
+
+These environments are allowed only before |\documentclass|. This
+ensures that any packages that have been bundled in the document are
+present when needed.
+
+\subsection{Preamble commands}
+\label{Sec:pre}
+
+The changes to the preamble commands are intentionally designed to make
+\LaTeXe{} documents look clearly different from old documents. The
+commands should be used only before |\begin{document}|.
+
+\begin{decl}
+|\documentclass| \oarg{option-list} \arg{class-name}
+ \oarg{release-date}
+\end{decl}
+
+This command replaces the
+\LaTeX~2.09 command |\documentstyle|.
+
+There must be exactly one |\documentclass| command in a document; and
+it must come after the |filecontents| environments, if any, but before
+any other commands.
+
+The \m{option-list} is a list of options, each of which may modify the
+formatting of elements which are defined in the \m{class-name} file,
+as well as those in all following |\usepackage| commands (see
+below).
+
+The optional argument \m{release-date} can be used to specify the
+earliest desired release date of the class file; it should contain a
+date in the format \textsc{yyyy/mm/dd}. If a version of the class
+older than this date is found, a warning is issued.
+
+For example, to specify a two-column article, using a version of
+|article.cls| released after June 1994, you specify:
+\begin{verbatim}
+ \documentclass[twocolumn]{article}[1994/06/01]
+\end{verbatim}
+
+\begin{decl}
+|\documentstyle| \oarg{option-list} \arg{class-name}
+\end{decl}
+
+This command is still supported for compatibility with old files. It
+is essentially the same as |\documentclass| except that it invokes
+\emph{\LaTeX~2.09 compatibility mode}. It also causes any options in
+the \m{option-list} that are not processed by the class file to be
+loaded as packages after the class has been loaded. See
+Section~\ref{Sec:209} for more details on \LaTeX~2.09 compatibility
+mode.
+
+\begin{decl}
+|\usepackage| \oarg{option-list} \arg{package-name} \oarg{release-date}
+\end{decl}
+
+Any number of |\usepackage| commands is allowed. Each package file
+(as denoted by \m{package-name}) defines new elements (or modifies
+those defined in the class file loaded by the \m{class-name} argument
+of the |\documentclass| command). A package file thus extends the
+range of documents which can be processed.
+
+The \m{option-list} argument can contain a list of options, each of
+which can modify the formatting of elements which are defined in this
+\m{package-name} file.
+
+As above, \m{release-date} can contain the earliest desired release
+date of the package file in the format \textsc{yyyy/mm/dd}; if an
+older version of the package is found, a warning is issued.
+
+For example, to load the |graphics| package for the |dvips| driver,
+using a version of |graphics.sty| released after June 1994, you write:
+\begin{verbatim}
+ \usepackage[dvips]{graphics}[1994/06/01]
+\end{verbatim}
+Each package is loaded only once. If the same package is requested
+more than once, nothing happens in the second or following attempt
+unless the package has been requested with options that were not given
+in the original |\usepackage|. If such extra options are specified
+then an error message is produced. See Section~\ref{Sec:problems} how
+to resolve this problem.
+
+As well as processing the options given in the \m{option-list} of the
+|\usepackage| command, each package processes the
+\m{option-list} of the |\documentclass| command as well. This
+means that any option which should be processed by every package (to
+be precise, by every package that specifies an action for it) can be
+specified just once, in the |\documentclass| command, rather than
+being repeated for each package that needs it.
+
+\begin{decl}
+|\listfiles|
+\end{decl}
+
+If this command is placed in the preamble then a list of the files
+read in (as a result of processing the document) will be displayed
+on the terminal (and in the log file) at the end of the run. Where
+possible, a short description will also be produced.
+
+\NEWdescription{1995/12/01}
+\emph{Warning}: this command will list only files which were read
+using \LaTeX{} commands such as |\input|\arg{file} or
+|\include|\arg{file}. If the file was read using the primitive \TeX{}
+syntax |\input |\emph{file} (without |{ }| braces around the file name)
+then it will not be listed; failure to use the \LaTeX{} form with the
+braces can cause more severe problems, possibly leading to overwriting
+important files, so \textbf{always put in the braces}.
+
+
+\begin{decl}
+|\setcounter{errorcontextlines}| \arg{num}
+\end{decl}
+
+\TeX~3 introduced a new primitive |\errorcontextlines| which controls
+the format of error messages. \LaTeXe\ provides an interface to this
+through the standard |\setcounter| command. As most \LaTeX\ users do
+not want to see the internal definitions of \LaTeX\ commands each time
+they make an error, \LaTeXe{} sets this to $-1$ by default.
+
+\subsection{Document structure}
+
+The |book| document class introduces new commands to indicate
+document structure.
+\begin{decl}
+|\frontmatter| \\ |\mainmatter| \\ |\backmatter|
+\end{decl}
+These commands indicate the beginning of the front matter (title page,
+table of contents and prefaces), main matter (main text) and back
+matter (bibliography, indexes and colophon).
+
+\subsection{Definitions}
+
+In \LaTeX, commands can have both mandatory and optional arguments,
+for example in:
+\begin{verbatim}
+ \documentclass[11pt]{article}
+\end{verbatim}
+the |11pt| argument is optional, whereas the |article| class name is
+mandatory.
+
+In \LaTeX~2.09 users could define commands with arguments, but these
+had to be mandatory arguments. With \LaTeXe, users can now define
+commands and environments which also have one optional argument.
+
+\begin{decl}
+|\newcommand| \arg{cmd} \oarg{num} \oarg{default} \arg{definition} \\
+|\newcommand*| \arg{cmd} \oarg{num} \oarg{default} \arg{definition} \\
+|\renewcommand| \arg{cmd} \oarg{num} \oarg{default} \arg{definition} \\
+|\renewcommand*| \arg{cmd} \oarg{num} \oarg{default} \arg{definition}
+\end{decl}
+
+These commands have a new, second, optional argument; this is used for
+defining commands which themselves take one optional argument. This
+new argument is best introduced by means of a simple (and hence not
+very practical) example:
+\begin{verbatim}
+ \newcommand{\example}[2][YYY]{Mandatory arg: #2;
+ Optional arg: #1.}
+\end{verbatim}
+This defines |\example| to be a command with two arguments, referred
+to as |#1| and |#2| in the \arg{definition}---nothing new so far. But
+by adding a second optional argument to this |\newcommand| (the
+|[YYY]|) the first argument (|#1|) of the newly defined command
+|\example| is made optional with its default value being |YYY|.
+
+Thus the usage of |\example| is either:
+\begin{verbatim}
+ \example{BBB}
+\end{verbatim}
+which prints:
+\begin{quote}
+ Mandatory arg: BBB;
+ Optional arg: YYY.
+\end{quote}
+or:
+\begin{verbatim}
+ \example[XXX]{AAA}
+\end{verbatim}
+which prints:
+\begin{quote}
+ Mandatory arg: AAA;
+ Optional arg: XXX.
+\end{quote}
+
+The default value of the optional argument is \texttt{YYY}.
+This value is specified as the \oarg{default} argument of the
+|\newcommand| that created |\example|.
+
+As another more useful example, the definition:
+\begin{verbatim}
+ \newcommand{\seq}[2][n]{\lbrace #2_{0},\ldots,\,#2_{#1} \rbrace}
+\end{verbatim}
+means that the input |$\seq{a}$| produces
+the formula $\lbrace a_{0},\ldots,\,a_{n} \rbrace$,
+whereas the input |$\seq[k]{x}$| produces the formula
+$\lbrace x_{0},\ldots,\,x_{k} \rbrace$.
+
+In summary, the command:
+\begin{quote}
+ |\newcommand| \arg{cmd} \oarg{num} \oarg{default} \arg{definition}
+\end{quote}
+defines \m{cmd} to be a command with \m{num} arguments, the first of
+which is optional and has default value \m{default}.
+
+Note that there can only be one optional argument but, as before,
+there can be up to nine arguments in total.
+
+\begin{decl}
+|\newenvironment|
+ \arg{cmd} \oarg{num} \oarg{default} \arg{beg-def} \arg{end-def} \\
+|\newenvironment*|
+ \arg{cmd} \oarg{num} \oarg{default} \arg{beg-def} \arg{end-def} \\
+|\renewenvironment|
+ \arg{cmd} \oarg{num} \oarg{default} \arg{beg-def} \arg{end-def} \\
+|\renewenvironment*|
+ \arg{cmd} \oarg{num} \oarg{default} \arg{beg-def} \arg{end-def}
+\end{decl}
+
+\LaTeXe\ also supports the creation of environments that have one
+optional argument. Thus the syntax of these two commands has
+been extended in the same way as that of |\newcommand|.
+
+\begin{decl}
+|\providecommand| \arg{cmd} \oarg{num} \oarg{default} \arg{definition} \\
+|\providecommand*| \arg{cmd} \oarg{num} \oarg{default} \arg{definition}
+\end{decl}
+
+This takes the same arguments as |\newcommand|. If \m{cmd} is already
+defined then the existing definition is kept; but if it is currently
+undefined then the effect of |\providecommand| is to define \m{cmd}
+just as if |\newcommand| had been used.
+
+\NEWfeature{1994/12/01}
+ All the above five `defining commands' now have \texttt{*}-forms that
+ are usually the better form to use when defining commands with
+ arguments, unless any of these arguments is intended to contain
+ whole paragraphs of text. Moreover, if you ever do find yourself
+ needing to use the non-star form then you should ask whether
+ that argument would not better be treated as the contents of a
+ suitably defined environment.
+
+\NEWfeature{1995/12/01}
+ The commands produced by the above five `defining commands' are
+ now robust.
+
+\subsection{Boxes}
+
+These next three commands for making LR-boxes all existed in
+\LaTeX~2.09. They have been enhanced in two ways.
+
+\begin{decl}
+|\makebox| \oarg{width} \oarg{pos} \arg{text} \\
+|\framebox| \oarg{width} \oarg{pos} \arg{text} \\
+|\savebox| \arg{cmd} \oarg{width} \oarg{pos} \arg{text}
+\end{decl}
+
+One small but far-reaching change for \LaTeXe\ is that, within the
+\m{width} argument only, four special lengths can be used. These are
+all dimensions of the box that would be produced by using simply
+|\mbox|\arg{text}:
+\begin{itemize}
+\item [] |\height|\quad its height above the baseline;
+\item [] |\depth|\quad its depth below the baseline;
+\item [] |\totalheight|\quad the sum of |\height| and |\depth|;
+\item [] |\width|\quad its width.
+\end{itemize}
+Thus, to put `hello' in the centre of a box of twice its natural
+width, you would use:
+\begin{verbatim}
+ \makebox[2\width]{hello}
+\end{verbatim}
+Or you could put \textit{f} into a square box, like
+this:
+ \framebox{\makebox[\totalheight]{\itshape f\/}}
+\begin{verbatim}
+ \framebox{\makebox[\totalheight]{\itshape f\/}}
+\end{verbatim}
+Note that it is the total width of the framed box, including the
+frame, which is set to |\totalheight|.
+
+The other change is a new possibility for \m{pos}: |s| has been added
+to |l| and |r|. If \m{pos} is |s| then the text is stretched the full
+length of the box, making use of any `rubber lengths' (including any
+inter-word spaces) in the contents of the box. If no such `rubber
+length' is present, an `underfull box' will probably be produced.
+
+\begin{decl}
+|\parbox| \oarg{pos} \oarg{height} \oarg{inner-pos} \arg{width}
+ \arg{text} \\
+|\begin{minipage}|
+ \oarg{pos} \oarg{height} \oarg{inner-pos} \arg{width}\\
+\m{text}\\
+|\end{minipage}|
+\end{decl}
+
+As for the box commands above, |\height|, |\width|, etc.~may be used
+in the \oarg{height} argument to denote the natural dimensions of the
+box.
+
+The \m{inner-pos} argument is new in \LaTeXe. It is the vertical
+equivalent to the \m{pos} argument for |\makebox|, etc, determining
+the position of \m{text} within the box. The \m{inner-pos} may be any
+one of |t|, |b|, |c|, or |s|, denoting top, bottom, centered, or
+`stretched' alignment respectively. When the \m{inner-pos} argument
+is not specified, \LaTeX\ gives it same value as \m{pos} (this could be
+the latter's default value).
+
+
+\begin{decl}
+|\begin{lrbox}| \arg{cmd}\\
+\m{text}\\
+|\end{lrbox}|
+\end{decl}
+
+This is an environment which does not directly print anything.
+Its effect is to save the typeset \m{text} in the bin \m{cmd}. Thus
+it is like |\sbox| \arg{cmd} \arg{text}, except that any white space
+before or after the contents \m{text} is ignored.
+
+This is very useful as it enables both the |\verb| command and the
+\texttt{verbatim} environment to be used within \m{text}.
+
+It also makes it possible to define, for example, a `framed box'
+environment. This is done by first using this environment to save
+some text in a bin \m{cmd} and then calling
+|\fbox{\usebox{|\m{cmd}|}}|.
+
+The following example defines an environment, called |fmpage|, that is
+a framed version of |minipage|.
+\begin{verbatim}
+ \newsavebox{\fmbox}
+ \newenvironment{fmpage}[1]
+ {\begin{lrbox}{\fmbox}\begin{minipage}{#1}}
+ {\end{minipage}\end{lrbox}\fbox{\usebox{\fmbox}}}
+\end{verbatim}
+
+
+\subsection{Measuring things}
+
+The first of these next commands was in \LaTeX~2.09. The two new
+commands are the obvious analogues.
+
+\begin{decl}
+|\settowidth| \arg{length-cmd} \arg{lr text} \\
+|\settoheight| \arg{length-cmd} \arg{lr text} \\
+|\settodepth| \arg{length-cmd} \arg{lr text}
+\end{decl}
+
+\subsection{Line endings}
+
+\NEWdescription{1994/12/01}
+The command |\\|, which is used to indicate a line-end in various
+places, is now a robust command when used within arguments such as
+section titles.
+
+Also, because it is often necessary to distinguish which type of line
+is to be ended, we have introduced the following new command; it
+has the same argument syntax as that of |\\|.
+\begin{decl}[1994/12/01]
+|\tabularnewline| \oarg{vertical-space}
+\end{decl}
+One example of its use is when the text in the last
+column of a |tabular| environment is set with |\raggedright|; then
+|\tabularnewline| can be used to indicate the end of a row of the
+|tabular|, whilst |\\| will indicate the end of a line of text in a
+paragraph within the column. This command can be used in the |array|
+environment as well as |tabular|, and also the extended versions of
+these environments offered by the \textsf{array} and \textsf{longtable}
+packages in the tools collection.
+
+\subsection{Controlling page breaks}
+
+Sometimes it is necessary, for a final version of a document, to
+`help' \LaTeX\ break the pages in the best way. \LaTeX~2.09 had a
+variety of commands for this situation: |\clearpage|, |\pagebreak|
+etc. \LaTeXe\ provides, in addition, commands which can produce
+longer pages as well as shorter ones.
+
+
+\begin{decl}
+|\enlargethispage| \arg{size} \\
+|\enlargethispage*| \arg{size}
+\end{decl}
+
+These commands increase the height of a page (from its normal value of
+|\textheight|) by the specified amount \m{size}, a rigid length. This
+change affects \emph{only} the current page.
+
+This can be used, for example, to allow an extra line to be fitted
+onto the page or, with a negative length, to produce a page
+shorter than normal.
+
+The star form also shrinks any vertical white space on the page as
+much as possible, so as to fit the maximum amount of text on the
+page.
+
+\NEWdescription{1995/12/01}
+These commands do not change the position of the footer text; thus, if
+a page is lengthened too far, the main text may overprint the footer.
+
+\subsection{Floats}
+
+There is a new command, |\suppressfloats|, and a new `float
+specifier'. These will enable people to gain better
+control of \LaTeX's float placement algorithm.
+
+\begin{decl}
+|\suppressfloats| \oarg{placement}
+\end{decl}
+
+This command stops any further floating environments from being placed
+on the current page. With an optional argument, which should be either
+|t| or |b| (not both), this restriction applies only to putting
+further floats at the top or at the bottom. Any floats which would
+normally be placed on this page are placed on the next page instead.
+
+\begin{decl}
+The extra float location specifier: \ \texttt{!}
+\end{decl}
+
+This can be used, along with at least one of \texttt{h}, \texttt{t},
+\texttt{b} and \texttt{p}, in the location optional argument of a
+float.
+
+If a \texttt{!} is present then, just for this particular float,
+whenever it is processed by the float mechanism the following are
+ignored:
+\begin{itemize}
+\item all restrictions on the number of floats which can appear;
+\item all explicit restrictions on the amount of space on a text page
+which may be occupied by floats or must be occupied by text.
+\end{itemize}
+The mechanism will, however, still attempt to ensure that pages are
+not overfull and that floats of the same type are printed in the
+correct order.
+
+Note that its presence has no effect on the production of float pages.
+
+A \texttt{!} specifier overrides the effect of any |\suppressfloats|
+command for this particular float.
+
+\subsection{Font changing: text}
+
+The font selection scheme used in \LaTeXe{} differs a lot from that
+used in \LaTeX~2.09. In this section, we give a brief description of
+the new commands. A more detailed description with examples is given
+in \emph{\LaTeXcomp}, and the interface for class- and package-writers
+is described in \emph{\fntguide}.
+
+\begin{decl}
+|\normalfont|\\
+|\rmfamily|\\
+|\sffamily|\\
+|\ttfamily|\\
+|\mdseries|\\
+|\bfseries|\\
+|\upshape|\\
+|\itshape|\\
+|\slshape|\\
+|\scshape|
+\end{decl}
+
+These are font commands whose use is the same as the commands |\rm|,
+|\bf|, etc. The difference is that each command changes just one
+attribute of the font (the attribute changed is part of the name).
+One result of this is that, for example, |\bfseries\itshape| produces
+both a change of series and a change of shape, to give a bold italic
+font.
+
+\begin{decl}
+|\textnormal|\arg{text}\\
+|\textrm|\arg{text}\\
+|\textsf|\arg{text}\\
+|\texttt|\arg{text}\\
+|\textmd|\arg{text}\\
+|\textbf|\arg{text}\\
+|\textup|\arg{text}\\
+|\textit|\arg{text}\\
+|\textsl|\arg{text}\\
+|\textsc|\arg{text}\\
+|\emph|\arg{text}
+\end{decl}
+
+These are one-argument commands; they take as an argument the
+text which is to be typeset in the particular font. They also
+automatically insert italic corrections where appropriate; if you do
+not like the result, you can add an italic correction with |\/| or
+remove it with |\nocorr|. The |\nocorr| should always be the first or
+last thing within the \arg{text} argument.
+
+\subsection{Font changing: math}
+
+Most of the fonts used within math mode do not need to be explicitly
+invoked; but to use letters from a range of fonts, the following
+class of commands is provided.
+
+\begin{decl}
+|\mathrm| \arg{letters}\\
+|\mathnormal| \arg{letters}\\
+|\mathcal| \arg{letters}\\
+|\mathbf| \arg{letters}\\
+|\mathsf| \arg{letters}\\
+|\mathtt| \arg{letters}\\
+|\mathit| \arg{letters}
+\end{decl}
+
+These are also one-argument commands which take as an argument the
+letters which are to be typeset in the particular font. The argument
+is processed in math mode so spaces within it will be ignored. Only
+letters, digits and accents have their font changed, for example
+|$\mathbf{\tilde A \times 1}$| produces $\mathbf{\tilde A \times 1}$.
+
+\subsection{Ensuring math mode}
+
+\begin{decl}
+|\ensuremath| \arg{math commands}
+\end{decl}
+
+In \LaTeX~2.09, if you wanted a command to work both in math mode and
+in text mode, the suggested method was to define something like:
+\begin{verbatim}
+ \newcommand{\Gp}{\mbox{$G_p$}}
+\end{verbatim}
+Unfortunately, the |\mbox| stops |\Gp| changing size correctly in (for
+instance) subscripts or a fraction.
+
+In \LaTeXe{} you can define it thus:
+\begin{verbatim}
+ \newcommand{\Gp}{\ensuremath{G_p}}
+\end{verbatim}
+Now |\Gp| will work correctly in all contexts.
+
+This is because the |\ensuremath| does nothing, producing simply
+|G_p|, when |\Gp| is used within math mode; but it ensures that math
+mode is entered (and exited) as required when |\Gp| is used in text
+mode.
+
+
+\subsection{Setting text superscripts}
+
+\begin{decl}
+|\textsuperscript| \arg{text}
+\end{decl}
+
+\NEWfeature{1995/06/01} In \LaTeX~2.09 textual superscripts such as
+footnote markers were produced by internally entering math mode and
+typesetting the number as a math superscript. This normally looked
+fine since the digits in math fonts are the same as those in text
+fonts when Computer Modern fonts are used. But when a different
+document font (such as Times) is selected, the results look rather
+strange. For this reason the command |\textsuperscript| has been
+introduced which typesets its argument in the current text font, in a
+superscript position and in the correct size.
+
+\subsection{Text commands: all encodings}
+
+\NEWdescription{1994/12/01}
+ One of the main differences between \LaTeXe{} and \LaTeX~2.09 is
+ that \LaTeXe{} can deal with fonts in arbitrary \emph{encodings}.
+ (A font encoding is the sequence of characters in the font---for
+ example a Cyrillic font would have a different encoding from a Greek
+ font.)
+
+ The two major font encodings that are used for Latin languages such
+ as English or German are |OT1| (Donald Knuth's 7-bit encoding, which
+ has been used during most of \TeX's lifetime) and |T1| (the new
+ 8-bit `Cork' encoding).
+
+ \LaTeX~2.09 only supported the |OT1| encoding, whereas \LaTeXe{} has
+ support for both |OT1| and |T1| built-in. The next section will
+ cover the new commands which are available if you have |T1|-encoded
+ fonts. This section describes new commands which are available in
+ all encodings.
+
+ Most of these commands provide characters which were available in
+ \LaTeX~2.09 already. For example |\textemdash| gives an `em dash',
+ which was available in \LaTeX~2.09 by typing |---|. However, some
+ fonts (for example a Greek font) may not have the |---| ligature,
+ but you will still be able to access an em dash by typing
+ |\textemdash|.
+
+\begin{decl}[1994/12/01]
+ |\r{<text>}|
+\end{decl}
+ This command gives a `ring' accent, for example `\r{o}' can be typed
+ |\r{o}|.
+
+\begin{decl}[1994/12/01]
+ |\SS|
+\end{decl}
+ This command produces a German `SS', that is a capital `\ss'. This
+ letter can hyphenate differently from `SS', so is needed for entering
+ all-caps German.
+
+\begin{decl}[1994/12/01]
+ |\textcircled{<text>}|
+\end{decl}
+ This command is used to build `circled characters' such as
+ |\copyright|. For example |\textcircled{a}| produces
+ \textcircled{a}.
+
+\begin{decl}[1994/12/01]
+ |\textcompwordmark|
+\end{decl}
+ This command is used to separate letters which would normally
+ ligature. For example `f\textcompwordmark i' is produced with
+ |f\textcompwordmark i|. Note that the `f' and `i' have not
+ ligatured to produce `fi'. This is rarely useful in English
+ (`shelf\textcompwordmark ful' is a rare example of where it might be
+ used) but is used in languages such as German.
+
+\begin{decl}[1994/12/01]
+ |\textvisiblespace|
+\end{decl}
+ This command produces a `visible space' character
+ `\textvisiblespace'. This is sometimes used in computer listings,
+ for example `type \textsf{hello\textvisiblespace world}'.
+
+\begin{decl}[1994/12/01]
+ |\textemdash|
+ |\textendash|
+ |\textexclamdown|
+ |\textquestiondown| \\
+ |\textquotedblleft|
+ |\textquotedblright|
+ |\textquoteleft|
+ |\textquoteright|
+\end{decl}
+ These commands produce characters which would otherwise be
+ accessed via ligatures:
+ \begin{center}
+ \begin{tabular}{ccl}
+ \emph{ligature} & \emph{character} & \emph{command} \\
+ |---| & --- & |\textemdash| \\
+ |--| & -- & |\textendash| \\
+ |!`| & !` & |\textexclamdown| \\
+ |?`| & ?` & |\textquestiondown| \\
+ |``| & `` & |\textquotedblleft| \\
+ |''| & '' & |\textquotedblright| \\
+ |`| & ` & |\textquoteleft| \\
+ |'| & ' & |\textquoteright|
+ \end{tabular}
+ \end{center}
+ The reason for making these characters directly accessible is so
+ that they will work in encodings which do not have these characters.
+
+\begin{decl}[1994/12/01]
+ |\textbullet|
+ |\textperiodcentered|
+\end{decl}
+ These commands allow access to characters which were previously only
+ available in math mode:
+ \begin{center}
+ \begin{tabular}{lcl}
+ \emph{math command} & \emph{character} & \emph{text command} \\
+ |\bullet| & $\bullet$ & |\textbullet| \\
+ |\cdot| & $\cdot$ & |\textperiodcentered|
+ \end{tabular}
+ \end{center}
+
+\begin{decl}[1995/12/01]
+ |\textbackslash|
+ |\textbar|
+ |\textless|
+ |\textgreater|
+\end{decl}
+ These commands allow access to ASCII characters which were
+ only available in verbatim or math mode:
+ \begin{center}
+ \begin{tabular}{lcl}
+ \emph{math command} & \emph{character} & \emph{text command} \\
+ |\backslash| & $\backslash$ & |\textbackslash| \\
+ |\mid| & $\mid$ & |\textbar| \\
+ |<<| & $<$ & |\textless| \\
+ |>>| & $>$ & |\textgreater|
+ \end{tabular}
+ \end{center}
+
+\begin{decl}[1995/12/01]
+ |\textasciicircum|
+ |\textasciitilde|
+\end{decl}
+ These commands allow access to ASCII characters which were
+ previously only available in verbatim:
+ \begin{center}
+ \begin{tabular}{cl}
+ \emph{verbatim} & \emph{text command} \\
+ |^| & |\textasciicircum| \\
+ |~| & |\textasciitilde|
+ \end{tabular}
+ \end{center}
+
+\begin{decl}[1995/12/01]
+ |\textregistered|
+ |\texttrademark|
+\end{decl}
+ These commands provide the `registered trademark' (R) and
+ `trademark' (TM) symbols.
+
+\subsection{Text commands: the T1 encoding}
+
+\NEWdescription{1994/12/01}
+ The |OT1| font encoding is fine for typesetting in English, but has
+ problems when typesetting other languages. The |T1| encoding solves
+ some of these problems, by providing extra characters (such as `eth'
+ and `thorn'), and it allows words containing accented letters to be
+ hyphenated (as long as you have a package like |babel| which allows
+ for non-American hyphenation).
+
+ This section describes the commands you can use if you have the |T1|
+ fonts. To use them, you need to get the `ec fonts', or the
+ |T1|-encoded PostScript fonts, as used by \textsf{psnfss}.
+ All these fonts are
+ available by anonymous ftp in the Comprehensive \TeX{} Archive, and
+ are also available on the CD-ROMs \emph{4all \TeX} and
+ \emph{\TeX{} Live} (both available from the \TeX{} Users Group).
+
+ You can then select the |T1| fonts by saying:
+\begin{verbatim}
+ \usepackage[T1]{fontenc}
+\end{verbatim}
+ This will allow you to use the commands in this section.
+
+ \emph{Note:} Since this document must be processable on any site
+ running an up-to-date \LaTeX, it does not contain any characters
+ that are present only in |T1|-encoded fonts. This means that this
+ document cannot show you what these glyphs look like! If you want
+ to see them then run \LaTeX{} on the document |fontsmpl| and
+ respond `|cmr|' when it prompts you for a family name.
+
+\begin{decl}[1994/12/01]
+ |\k{<text>}|
+\end{decl}
+ This command produces an `ogonek' accent.
+
+\begin{decl}[1994/12/01]
+ |\DH|
+ |\DJ|
+ |\NG|
+ |\TH|
+ |\dh|
+ |\dj|
+ |\ng|
+ |\th|
+\end{decl}
+ These commands produce characters `eth', `dbar', `eng', and `thorn'.
+
+\begin{decl}[1994/12/01]
+ |\guillemotleft|
+ |\guillemotright|
+ |\guilsinglleft|
+ |\guilsinglright| \\
+ |\quotedblbase|
+ |\quotesinglbase|
+ |\textquotedbl|
+\end{decl}
+ % A local hack (could be improved):
+ \newcommand{\fauxguillemet}[1]{$\vcenter{\hbox{$\scriptscriptstyle#1$}}$}
+ These commands produce various sorts of quotation mark.
+ Rough representations of them are:
+ \fauxguillemet\ll a\fauxguillemet\gg{}
+ \fauxguillemet<a\fauxguillemet>
+ ,\kern -0.1em,\kern 0.05em a\kern -0.05em``
+ ,\kern 0.05em a\kern -0.05em` and |"|a|"|.
+
+\NEWdescription{2001/06/01}
+ There are therefore some extra short-form ligatures available for
+ use in documents that will only be used with |T1|-encoded fonts.
+
+ The guillemets |\guillemotleft| and |\guillemotright|%
+ \footnote{We apologise once again for maintaining Adobe's
+ enormous solipsism~(sic) of confusing a diving bird with
+ punctuation marks!}
+ can be obtained by typing |<<<<| and |>>>>| and |\quotedblbase|
+ by typing |,,|\,.
+
+ Also, unlike the unexpected results with
+ |OT1|-encoded fonts, |<<| and |>>| will produce \textless{} and
+ \textgreater{}.
+
+ Note also that the single character |"| will no longer produce ''
+ but rather |\textquotedbl|.
+
+\subsection{Logos}
+
+\begin{decl}
+|\LaTeX|\\
+|\LaTeXe|
+\end{decl}
+
+|\LaTeX| (producing `\LaTeX') is still the `main' logo command,
+but if you need to refer to the new features, you can write
+|\LaTeXe| (producing `\LaTeXe').
+
+\subsection{Picture commands}
+
+\begin{decl}
+ |\qbezier[<N>](<AX>,<AY>)(<BX>,<BY>)(<CX>,<CY>)| \\
+ | \bezier{<N>}(<AX>,<AY>)(<BX>,<BY>)(<CX>,<CY>)|
+\end{decl}
+The |\qbezier| command can be used in |picture| mode to draw a
+quadratic Bezier curve from position |(<AX>,<AY>)| to |(<CX>,<CY>)| with
+control point |(<BX>,<BY>)|. The optional argument \m{N} gives the
+number of points on the curve.
+
+For example, the diagram:
+\begin{center}
+ \begin{picture}(50,50)
+ \thicklines
+ \qbezier(0,0)(0,50)(50,50)
+ \qbezier[20](0,0)(50,0)(50,50)
+ \thinlines
+ \put(0,0){\line(1,1){50}}
+ \end{picture}
+\end{center}
+is drawn with:
+\begin{verbatim}
+ \begin{picture}(50,50)
+ \thicklines
+ \qbezier(0,0)(0,50)(50,50)
+ \qbezier[20](0,0)(50,0)(50,50)
+ \thinlines
+ \put(0,0){\line(1,1){50}}
+ \end{picture}
+\end{verbatim}
+The |\bezier| command is the same, except that the argument \m{N} is not
+optional. It is provided for compatibility with the \LaTeX~2.09
+|bezier| document style option.
+
+\subsection{Old commands}
+
+\begin{decl}
+|\samepage|
+\end{decl}
+
+The |\samepage| command still exists but is no longer being
+maintained.
+This is because it only ever worked erratically; it does not
+guarantee that there will be no page-breaks within its scope; and
+it can cause footnotes and marginals to be wrongly placed.
+
+We recommend using |\enlargethispage| in conjunction with page-break
+commands such as |\newpage| and |\pagebreak| to help control page
+breaks.
+
+\begin{decl}
+ |\SLiTeX|
+\end{decl}
+Since \SLiTeX{} no longer exists, the logo is no longer defined in the
+\LaTeX{} kernel. A suitable replacement is |\textsc{Sli\TeX}|. The
+\SLiTeX{} logo is defined in \LaTeX~2.09 compatibility mode.
+
+\begin{decl}
+|\mho| |\Join| |\Box| |\Diamond| |\leadsto| \\
+|\sqsubset| |\sqsupset| |\lhd| |\unlhd| |\rhd| |\unrhd|
+\end{decl}
+
+These symbols are contained in the \LaTeX{} symbol font, which was
+automatically loaded by \LaTeX~2.09. However, \TeX{} has room for
+only sixteen math font families; thus many users discovered that they
+ran out. Because of this, \LaTeX{} does not load the \LaTeX{} symbol
+font unless you use the \textsf{latexsym} package.
+
+These symbols are also made available, using different fonts, by the
+\textsf{amsfonts} package, which also defines a large number of other
+symbols. It is supplied by the American Mathematical Society.
+
+The \textsf{latexsym} package is loaded automatically in \LaTeX~2.09
+compatibility mode.
+
+\section{\LaTeX~2.09 documents}
+\label{Sec:209}
+
+\LaTeXe{} can process (almost) any \LaTeX~2.09 document, by entering
+\emph{\LaTeX~2.09 compatibility mode}. Nothing has changed, you run
+\LaTeX{} in the same way you always did, and you will get much the
+same results.
+
+The reason for the `almost' is that some \LaTeX~2.09 packages made use
+of low-level unsupported features of \LaTeX. If you discover such a
+package, you should find out if it has been updated to work with
+\LaTeXe. Most packages will still work with \LaTeXe---the easiest way
+to find out whether a package still works is to try it!
+
+\LaTeX~2.09 compatibility mode is a comprehensive emulation of
+\LaTeX~2.09, but at the cost of time. Documents can run up to 50\%
+slower in compatibility mode than they did under \LaTeX~2.09.
+In addition, many of the new features of \LaTeXe{} are not available in
+\LaTeX~2.09 compatibility mode.
+
+\subsection{Warning}
+
+\NEWdescription{1995/12/01}
+This \emph{\LaTeX~2.09 compatibility mode} is provided solely to allow
+you to process 2.09 documents, i.e.~documents that were written (we
+hope, a long time ago) for a very old system and therefore could be
+processed by using a genuine antique \LaTeX~2.09 system.
+
+This mode is therefore \emph{not} intended to provide access to the
+enhanced features of \LaTeXe{}. Thus it must not be used to process
+new documents which masquerade as 2.09 documents (i.e.~they begin with
+|\documentstyle|) but which could not be processed using that genuine
+antique \LaTeX~2.09 system because they contain some new,
+\LaTeXe{}-only, commands or environments.
+
+To prevent such misuse of the system, and the consequent trouble it
+causes when such misleadingly encoded documents are distributed, the
+\emph{\LaTeX~2.09 compatibility mode} turns off most of these new
+features and commands. Any attempt to use them will give you an error
+message and, moreover, many of them simply will not work, whilst
+others will produce unpredictable results.
+So don't bother sending us any bug reports about such occurrences since
+they are intentional.
+
+
+\subsection{Font selection problems}
+\label{Sec:fsprob}
+
+When using compatibility mode, it is possible that you will find
+problems with font-changing commands in some old documents. These
+problems are of two types:
+
+\begin{itemize}
+\item producing error messages;
+\item not producing the font changes you expected.
+\end{itemize}
+
+In case of error messages it is possible that the document (or an old
+style file used therein) contains references to old internal commands
+which are no longer defined, see Section~\ref{Sec:oldinternals} for
+more information if this is the case.
+
+\NEWdescription{1995/12/01}
+One example of the unexpected is if you use one of the new style of
+math-mode font changing command as follows:
+\begin{verbatim}
+$ \mathbf{xy} A $
+\end{verbatim}
+You may well find that this behaves as if you had put:
+\begin{verbatim}
+$ \bf {xy} A $
+\end{verbatim}
+everything including the $A$ coming out bold.
+
+\LaTeX~2.09 allowed sites to customize their \LaTeX{} installation,
+which resulted in documents producing different results on different
+\LaTeX{} installations. \LaTeXe{} no longer allows so much
+customization but, for compatibility with old documents, the local
+configuration file |latex209.cfg| is loaded every time \LaTeXe{}
+enters \LaTeX~2.09 compatibility mode.
+
+For example, if your site was customized to use the New Font
+Selection Scheme (\NFSS) with the |oldlfont| option, then you can
+make \LaTeXe{} emulate this by creating a |latex209.cfg| file
+containing the commands:
+\begin{verbatim}
+\ExecuteOptions{oldlfont}\RequirePackage{oldlfont}
+\end{verbatim}
+Similarly, to emulate \NFSS{} with the |newlfont| option, you can
+create a |latex209.cfg| file containing:
+\begin{verbatim}
+\ExecuteOptions{newlfont}\RequirePackage{newlfont}
+\end{verbatim}
+
+
+\subsection{Native mode}
+\label{Sec:native}
+
+To run an old document faster, and use the new features of
+\LaTeXe, you should try using \emph{\LaTeXe{} native mode}.
+This is done by replacing the command:
+\begin{quote}
+ |\documentstyle[|\m{options}|,|\m{packages}|]|\arg{class}
+\end{quote}
+with:
+\begin{quote}
+ |\documentclass|\oarg{options}\arg{class} \\
+ |\usepackage{latexsym,|\m{packages}|}|
+\end{quote}
+However, some documents which can be processed in \LaTeX~2.09
+compatibility mode may not work in native mode. Some \LaTeX~2.09
+packages will only work with \LaTeXe{} in 2.09 compatibility mode.
+Some documents will cause errors because of \LaTeXe's improved error
+detection abilities.
+
+But most \LaTeX~2.09 documents can be processed by \LaTeXe{}'s native
+mode with the above change. Again, the easiest way to find out
+whether your documents can be processed in native mode is to try it!
+
+
+\section{Local modifications}
+\label{sec:loc}
+
+\NEWdescription{1995/12/01}
+There are two common types of local modifications that can be done
+very simply. Do not forget that documents produced using such
+modifications will not be usable at other places (such documents are
+called `non-portable').
+
+One type of modification is the use of personal commands for commonly
+used symbols or constructions. These should be put into a package
+file (for example, one called \texttt{mymacros.sty}) and loaded by
+putting |\usepackage{mymacros}| in the document preamble.
+
+Another type is a local document class that is very similar to one of
+the standard classes but contains some straightforward modifications
+such as extra environments, different values for some parameters, etc.
+These should be put into a class file; here we shall describe a simple
+method of constructing such a file using, as an example, a class
+called \textsf{larticle} that is very similar to the \textsf{article}
+class.
+
+\NEWfeature{1995/12/01}
+The class file called \texttt{larticle.cls} should (after the
+preliminary identification commands) start as follows:
+\begin{verbatim}
+ \LoadClassWithOptions{article}
+\end{verbatim}
+This command should be followed by whatever additions and changes you
+wish to make to the results of reading in the file
+\texttt{article.sty}.
+
+The effect of using the above |\LoadClassWithOptions| command is to
+load the standard class file \textsf{article} with whatever options
+are asked for by the document. Thus a document using your
+\textsf{larticle} class can specify any option that could be specified
+when using the standard \textsf{article} class; for example:
+\begin{verbatim}
+ \documentclass[a4paper,twocolumn,dvips]{larticle}
+\end{verbatim}
+
+
+\section{Problems}
+\label{Sec:problems}
+
+This section describes some of the things which may go wrong when
+using \LaTeXe, and what you can do about it.
+
+\subsection{New error messages}
+
+\LaTeXe{} has a number of new error messages.
+Please also note that many error messages now produce further helpful
+information if you press |h| in response to the error prompt.
+
+\begin{decl}
+|Option clash for package |\m{package}|.|
+\end{decl}
+The named package has been loaded twice with different options. If
+you enter |h| you will be told what the options were, for example, if
+your document contained:
+\begin{verbatim}
+ \usepackage[foo]{fred}
+ \usepackage[baz]{fred}
+\end{verbatim}
+then you will get the error message:
+\begin{verbatim}
+ Option clash for package fred.
+\end{verbatim}
+and typing |h| at the |?| prompt will give you:
+\begin{verbatim}
+ The package fred has already been loaded with options:
+ [foo]
+ There has now been an attempt to load it with options:
+ [baz]
+ Adding the line:
+ \usepackage[foo,baz]{fred}
+ to your document may fix this.
+ Try typing <<return>> to proceed.
+\end{verbatim}
+The cure is, as suggested, to load the package with both sets of
+options. Note that since \LaTeX{} packages can call other packages,
+it is possible to get a package option clash without explicitly
+requesting the same package twice.
+
+\begin{decl}
+ |Command |\m{command}| not provided in base NFSS.|
+\end{decl}
+The \m{command} is not provided by default in \LaTeXe. This error is
+generated by using one of the commands:
+\begin{verbatim}
+ \mho \Join \Box \Diamond \leadsto
+ \sqsubset \sqsupset \lhd \unlhd \rhd \unrhd
+\end{verbatim}
+which are now part of the \textsf{latexsym} package.
+The cure is to add:
+\begin{verbatim}
+ \usepackage{latexsym}
+\end{verbatim}
+in the preamble of your document.
+
+\begin{decl}
+ |LaTeX2e command <command> in LaTeX 2.09 document.|
+\end{decl}
+The \m{command} is a \LaTeXe{} command but this is a \LaTeX~2.09
+document. The cure is to replace the command by a \LaTeX~2.09
+command, or to run document in native mode, as described in
+Section~\ref{Sec:native}.
+
+\begin{decl}
+ |NFSS release 1 command \newmathalphabet found.|
+\end{decl}
+The command |\newmathalphabet| was used by the New Font Selection
+Scheme Release 1 but it has now been replaced by
+|\DeclareMathAlphabet|, the use of which is described in
+\emph{\fntguide}.
+
+The best cure is to update the package which contained the
+|\newmathalphabet| command. Find out if there is a new release of
+the package, or (if you wrote the package yourself) consult
+\emph{\fntguide} for the new syntax of font commands.
+
+If there is no updated version of the package then you can cure this
+error by using the \textsf{newlfont} or \textsf{oldlfont} package,
+which tells \LaTeX{} which version of |\newmathalphabet| should be
+emulated.
+
+You should use \textsf{oldlfont} if the document selects math fonts with
+syntax such as this:
+\begin{quote}
+ |{\cal A}|, etc.
+\end{quote}
+Use \textsf{newlfont} if the document's syntax is like this:
+\begin{quote}
+ |\cal{A}|, etc.
+\end{quote}
+
+
+\begin{decl}
+ |Text for \verb command ended by end of line.|
+\end{decl}
+The |\verb| command has been begun but not ended on that line. This
+usually means that you have forgotten to put in the end-character of
+the |\verb| command.
+
+\begin{decl}
+ |Illegal use of \verb command.|
+\end{decl}
+The |\verb| command has been used inside the argument of another
+command. This has never been allowed in \LaTeX{}---often producing
+incorrect output without any warning---and so \LaTeXe{} produces
+an error message.
+
+\subsection{Old internal commands}
+\label{Sec:oldinternals}
+
+A number of \LaTeX~2.09 internal commands have been removed, since
+their functionality is now provided in a different way. See
+\emph{\clsguide} for more details of the new, supported interface for
+class and package writers.
+
+\begin{decl}
+ |\tenrm| |\elvrm| |\twlrm| \dots\\
+ |\tenbf| |\elvbf| |\twlbf| \dots\\
+ |\tensf| |\elvsf| |\twlsf| \dots\\
+ $\vdots$
+\end{decl}
+These commands provided access to the seventy fonts preloaded by
+\LaTeX~2.09. In contrast, \LaTeXe{} normally preloads at most
+fourteen fonts, which saves a lot of font memory; but a consequence is
+that any \LaTeX{} file which used the above commands to directly
+access fonts will no longer work.
+
+Their use will usually produce an error message such as:
+\begin{verbatim}
+ ! Undefined control sequence.
+ l.5 \tenrm
+\end{verbatim}
+The cure for this is to update the document to use the new
+font-changing commands provided by \LaTeXe; these are described in
+\emph{\fntguide}.
+
+If this is not possible then, as a last resort, you can
+use the \textsf{rawfonts} package, which loads the
+seventy \LaTeX~2.09 fonts and provides direct access to them using the
+old commands. This takes both time and memory. If you do not
+wish to load all seventy fonts, you can select some of them by using the
+|only| option to \textsf{rawfonts}. For example, to load only |tenrm|
+and |tenbf| you write:
+\begin{verbatim}
+ \usepackage[only,tenrm,tenbf]{rawfonts}
+\end{verbatim}
+
+The \textsf{rawfonts} package is distributed as part of the \LaTeX{}
+tools software, see Section~\ref{Sec:st-pack}.
+
+\subsection{Old files}
+
+One of the more common mistakes in running \LaTeX{} is to read in old
+versions of packages instead of the new versions. If you get an
+incomprehensible error message from a standard package, make sure you
+are loading the most recent version of the package. You can find out
+which version of the package has been loaded by looking in the log
+file for a line like:
+\begin{verbatim}
+ Package: fred 1994/06/01 v0.01 Fred's package.
+\end{verbatim}
+You can use the \m{release-date} options to |\documentclass| and
+|\usepackage| to make sure that you are getting a suitably recent copy
+of the document class or package. This is useful when sending a
+document to another site, which may have out-of-date software.
+
+\subsection{Where to go for more help}
+
+If you can't find the answer for your problem here, try looking in
+\emph{\LaTeXbook} or \emph{\LaTeXcomp}. If you have a problem with
+installing \LaTeX, look in the installation guide files which come with
+the distribution.
+
+If this doesn't help, contact your local \LaTeX{} guru or local
+\LaTeX{} mailing list.
+
+If you think you've discovered a bug then please report it! First,
+you should find out if the problem is with a third-party package or
+class. If the problem is caused by a package or class other than
+those listed in Section~\ref{Sec:class+packages} then please report
+the problem to the author of the package or class, not to the \LaTeX3
+project team.
+
+If the bug really is with core \LaTeX{} then you should create a
+\emph{short}, \emph{self-contained} document which exhibits the
+problem. You should run a \emph{recent} (less than a year old)
+version of \LaTeX{} on the file and then run \LaTeX{} on
+|latexbug.tex|. This will create an error report which you should
+send, together with the sample document and log file, to the
+\LaTeX{} bugs address which can be found in the file
+|latexbug.tex| or |bugs.txt|.
+
+
+\section{Enjoy!}
+\label{Sec:enjoy}
+
+We certainly hope you will enjoy using the new standard \LaTeX{} but,
+if this is not possible, we hope that you will enjoy success and
+fulfillment as a result of the documents which it will help you to
+create.
+
+If you find that the contribution of \LaTeX{} to your life is such
+that you would like to support the work of the project team, then
+please read Section~\ref{Sec:ltx3} and discover practical ways to do
+this.
+
+\begin{thebibliography}{1}
+
+\bibitem{A-W:GRM97}
+Michel Goossens, Sebastian Rahtz and Frank Mittelbach.
+\newblock {\em The {\LaTeX} Graphics Companion}.
+\newblock Addison-Wesley, Reading, Massachusetts, 1997.
+
+
+\bibitem{A-W:GR99}
+Michel Goossens and Sebastian Rahtz.
+\newblock {\em The {\LaTeX} Web Companion}.
+\newblock Addison-Wesley, Reading, Massachusetts, 1999.
+
+
+\bibitem{A-W:DEK91}
+Donald~E. Knuth.
+\newblock {\em The \TeX book}.
+\newblock Addison-Wesley, Reading, Massachusetts, 1986.
+\newblock Revised to cover \TeX3, 1991.
+
+
+\bibitem{A-W:LLa94}
+Leslie Lamport.
+\newblock {\em {\LaTeX:} A Document Preparation System}.
+\newblock Addison-Wesley, Reading, Massachusetts, second edition, 1994.
+
+\bibitem{A-W:MG2004}
+Frank Mittelbach and Michel Goossens.
+\newblock {\em The {\LaTeX} Companion second edition}.
+\newblock With Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley.
+\newblock Addison-Wesley, Reading, Massachusetts, 2004.
+
+
+\end{thebibliography}
+
+\end{document}
Property changes on: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/usrguide.tex
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:eol-style
## -0,0 +1 ##
+native
\ No newline at end of property
Added: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/utf8ienc.pdf
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)
Index: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/utf8ienc.pdf
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/utf8ienc.pdf 2019-07-25 21:49:36 UTC (rev 51729)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/utf8ienc.pdf 2019-07-25 22:32:37 UTC (rev 51730)
Property changes on: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/utf8ienc.pdf
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:mime-type
## -0,0 +1 ##
+application/pdf
\ No newline at end of property
Added: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/webcomp.err
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/webcomp.err (rev 0)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/webcomp.err 2019-07-25 22:32:37 UTC (rev 51730)
@@ -0,0 +1,381 @@
+\newcommand\erratafiledate{1999/06/05}
+
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+% To produce a printed version of this errata file run this file through
+% LaTeX. It will unpack a small class file (if not already present) and
+% a configuration file with the extension .cfg. You might want to modify
+% the setting in this configuration file to print only a partial errata
+% suitable for your printed revision of this book, see details in the
+% .cfg file.
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+
+
+\begin{filecontents}{ttcterrata.cls}
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 1997,2004,2005,2007 Frank Mittelbach
+%% This class file is licenced under LPPL latest version;
+%% see https://www.latex-project.org/lppl
+%
+%
+% It sets up a few commands used to format the errata entries for books in the
+% Addison-Wesley Series:
+%
+% Tools and Techniques for Computer Typesetting
+%
+% hence the name. However, anybody who likes to use it is free to apply it for
+% errata files of other books.
+%
+% Changes:
+%
+% v1.0a - changed name from errata.cls to ttcterrata.cls
+
+\ProvidesClass{ttcterrata}
+ [2007/11/10 v1.0a Mini class for errata files; subject to change (FMi)]
+
+\LoadClass{article}
+
+\setcounter{secnumdepth}{-1}
+\addtolength\textwidth{5cm}
+\addtolength\oddsidemargin{-3cm}
+
+\addtolength\textheight{36pt}
+
+\RequirePackage{shortvrb}
+\MakeShortVerb{\|}
+
+\RequirePackage{array,longtable}
+\RequirePackage{multicol}
+
+
+\newcommand\erratagetnumber{}
+\def\erratagetnumber#1/#2/#3\erratagetnumber{#1#2#3}
+
+
+\newcommand\gobbleerrata{%
+ \setbox\@tempboxa\vbox\bgroup
+ \let\endgobble\egroup
+ \let\hideamp\relax
+ \let\\\relax\let\par\@@par}
+
+\newcommand*\hideamp{&}
+
+\let\endgobble\relax
+
+
+\newcommand\erratastartdate{}
+\newcommand\myprinting{1}
+
+
+\newcommand\doweprint[2]{%
+ \ifnum \myprinting < \if!#2!1000 \else \ifx s#2 1000\else#2 \fi\fi
+ \ifnum \expandafter\erratagetnumber\erratastartdate\erratagetnumber <
+ \erratagetnumber#1\erratagetnumber \relax
+ \@tempswatrue
+ \else
+ \@tempswafalse
+ \fi
+ \else
+ \@tempswafalse
+ \fi
+}
+
+
+
+\newcommand\includedentries{entries after = \erratastartdate}
+\newcommand\printedentries{between \erratastartdate\space and}
+
+\newcommand\showallerrors{%
+ \renewcommand\includedentries{all errata entries}%
+ \renewcommand\printedentries{up to}
+ \renewcommand\doweprint[2]{\@tempswatrue}}
+
+
+\newcommand\displayrevisionfix[2]{%
+ \if!#2!\textbf{#1}\else\textit{#1}\rlap{\textsuperscript{#2}}\fi}
+
+\newcommand\norevisionnumbers{%
+ \renewcommand\displayrevisionfix[2]{\textbf{##1}}}
+
+\IfFileExists{\jobname.cfg}
+ {
+ \input{\jobname.cfg}
+ \typeout{***************************************************}
+ \typeout{*}
+ \typeout{* Configuration file for \jobname.err found }
+ \typeout{*}
+ \typeout{***************************************************}
+ \AtEndDocument{
+ \typeout{***************************************************}
+ \typeout{*}
+ \typeout{* If you wish to generate an errata listing}
+ \typeout{* containing only errors found after a certain revision}
+ \typeout{* and/or only errors found after a certain date}
+ \typeout{* modify the information stored in \jobname.cfg}
+ \typeout{*}
+ \typeout{* Current settings are:}
+ \typeout{*}
+ \typeout{* \@spaces printing of your book = \myprinting}
+ \typeout{* \@spaces include \includedentries}
+ \typeout{*}
+ \typeout{***************************************************}
+ }}
+ {}
+
+%% \erroronpage <page> <line info> <contributor> <date> <fixed in revision>
+
+\newcommand\erroronpage[5]{%
+ \endgobble
+ \doweprint{#4}{#5}%
+ \if at tempswa
+ \typeout{Typesetting entry #1 #2 #3 #4}%
+ \else
+ \typeout{Ignoring entry #1 #2 #3 #4}%
+ \expandafter\gobbleerrata
+ \fi
+ \hideamp \\%
+ \displayrevisionfix{#1}{#5}
+ \hideamp #2 \hideamp (\textsf{#3}) \hideamp
+}
+
+\newcommand\seriouserroronpage[5]{%
+ \endgobble
+ \doweprint{#4}{#5}%
+ \if at tempswa
+ \typeout{Typesetting entry #1 #2 #3 #4}%
+ \else
+ \typeout{Ignoring entry #1 #2 #3 #4}%
+ \expandafter\gobbleerrata
+ \fi
+ \hideamp \\%
+ \fbox{\bfseries !!}\hfill
+ \displayrevisionfix{#1}{#5}
+ \hideamp #2 \hideamp (\textsf{#3}) \hideamp
+}
+
+\newcommand\CHAPTER[1]{\endgobble
+ &\\[4pt]%
+ \multicolumn{4}{l}{\framebox[10cm][l]{\textbf{\normalsize\strut#1}}} \\}
+
+\newenvironment{erratalist}
+ {\begin{longtable}{r>{\raggedright}p{2cm}l>{\raggedright}p{10cm}l}}
+ {\endgobble\end{longtable}}
+
+\newcommand\erratatitle[2]
+ {\begin{center}\LARGE\bfseries
+ Errata list for #1\\[5pt](\myprinting.\ printing)\\[10pt]
+ \small Includes all entries found \printedentries\space #2\\
+ (For other periods/print runs reprocess this document
+ with different config settings)
+ \end{center}%
+ \markright{Errata for #1 (\printedentries\space #2)}%
+ \thispagestyle{plain}%
+ \vspace{20pt}}
+
+\pagestyle{myheadings}
+
+\AtBeginDocument{\small}
+
+\setlength\parindent{0pt}
+\setlength\parskip{2pt}
+
+\newcommand\contributor[2]{\makebox[1cm][l]{\sffamily#1} #2\par}
+
+% some special shortcuts overwriting existing commands:
+
+\let\u\underline
+\renewcommand\>{$\to$}
+
+%%% some code suggested by Thorsten Hansen to count the number of
+%%% contributions by individuals (will work only if we do not get
+%%% too many :-)
+
+\def\count at contributors#1/#2/#3\@nil{
+ \@ifundefined{c@#1}{\newcounter{#1}}{}\stepcounter{#1}%
+%%% also count secondary:
+%%% \@ifundefined{c@#2}{\newcounter{#2}}{}\stepcounter{#2}%
+}
+
+\renewcommand\erroronpage[5]{%
+ \count at contributors#3/secondary/\@nil
+ \endgobble
+ \doweprint{#4}{#5}%
+ \if at tempswa
+ \typeout{Typesetting entry #1 #2 #3 #4}%
+ \else
+ \typeout{Ignoring entry #1 #2 #3 #4}%
+ \expandafter\gobbleerrata
+ \fi
+ \hideamp \\%
+ \displayrevisionfix{#1}{#5}
+ \hideamp #2 \hideamp (\textsf{#3}) \hideamp
+}
+
+\renewcommand\seriouserroronpage[5]{%
+ \count at contributors#3/secondary/\@nil
+ \endgobble
+ \doweprint{#4}{#5}%
+ \if at tempswa
+ \typeout{Typesetting entry #1 #2 #3 #4}%
+ \else
+ \typeout{Ignoring entry #1 #2 #3 #4}%
+ \expandafter\gobbleerrata
+ \fi
+ \hideamp \\%
+ \fbox{\bfseries !!}\hfill
+ \displayrevisionfix{#1}{#5}
+ \hideamp #2 \hideamp (\textsf{#3}) \hideamp
+}
+
+\renewcommand\contributor[2]{\makebox[1cm][l]{%
+ \sffamily#1} #2\@ifundefined{c@#1}{}{ (\arabic{#1})}\par}
+
+\end{filecontents}
+
+
+\begin{filecontents}{\jobname.cfg}
+%
+%
+% Configuration file for the errata listing of
+%
+% The LaTeX Web Companion
+%
+%
+% \erratastartdate
+%
+% Specifies the date from which on
+% errata entries should be listed.
+%
+% The format is YYYY/MM/DD.
+%
+% The default below ensures that all
+% entries are typeset.
+%
+\renewcommand\erratastartdate{1999/05/01}
+
+%
+% \myprinting
+%
+% Specifies which (revised) printing you
+% own. For example, if you have the second
+% printing set this to 2 so that errors
+% already corrected in that printing will not
+% appear in your errata listing.
+%
+% The default below ensures that all
+% entries are typeset.
+%
+\renewcommand\myprinting{1}
+%
+%
+% \norevisionnumbers
+%
+% Specifies that all page numbers in the errata are shown in the same
+% format (bold face) irregardless of whether or not they are fixed
+% in some revision. The default is to print corrected errors in
+% italic and add the revision number as a superscript.
+%
+%
+% \showallerrors
+%
+% With this command you tell the program that all errata entries are
+% supposed to be generated. This makes \myprinting and
+% \erratastartdate basically obsolete so this isn't turned on by
+% default.
+%
+%
+\endinput
+\end{filecontents}
+
+
+
+\documentclass{ttcterrata}
+
+
+\begin{document}
+
+\erratatitle{The \LaTeX{} Web Companion}{\erratafiledate}
+
+
+\begin{verbatim}
+ at book(A-W:GR99,
+ author = {Michel Goossens and Sebastian Rahtz},
+ title = {The {\LaTeX} Web Companion},
+ substitle = {Integrating {\TeX}, HTML, and XML},
+ series = "Tools and Techniques for Computer Typesetting",
+ publisher = {Addison-Wesley},
+ address = {Reading, Massachusetts},
+ year = 1999,
+ ISBN = "0-201-43311-7",
+ LCCN = "QA76.76.H94G66 1999",
+ pagenums = {xxii + 522},
+ source-infos = {yes},
+ bibliography = {yes},
+ index = {yes},
+ price = "US\$39.95",
+ note = "With Eitan M. Gurari and Ross Moore and Robert S.
+ Sutor.",
+)
+\end{verbatim}
+
+\begin{list}{}{\setlength\leftmargin{0cm}\setlength\rightmargin{5cm}}
+\item[]
+The latest version of this file (\texttt{\jobname.err}) can be found
+as part of the \LaTeX{} distribution.
+
+The first column in the table shows the page number of the errata
+entry. Superscript numbers in the first column refer to the printed
+revision in which this entry was corrected. The second column gives
+the precise location, negative line numbers are counted from the
+bottom of the page. The third column shows the first finder of the
+problem.
+
+\end{list}
+
+
+\begin{erratalist}
+
+%=======================================================================
+\CHAPTER{Chapter 6}
+
+\erroronpage{247}{3 para l.5}{MGo}{1999/06/05}{}
+ GenCod \> GenCode
+
+\CHAPTER{Appendix B}
+
+\erroronpage{418}{3 para}{MGo}{1999/06/05}{}
+ The \texttt{book} element types (lines 10--\u{15})
+
+\end{erratalist}
+
+
+
+%==========================================================================
+
+\bigskip
+
+
+\begin{multicols}{3}[Thanks to all who have found errors or
+ omissions. Listed are the people who found an errata entry first.]
+\contributor{MGo}{Michel Goossens}
+\end{multicols}
+
+
+If you find further errors please report them to one of the authors
+\begin{quote}\ttfamily
+ sebastian.rahtz at oucs.ox.ac.uk\\
+ goossens at cern.ch
+\end{quote}
+preferable in a form usable for this file, i.e.,
+\begin{flushleft}
+|\erroronpage{|\textit{page-number}|}{|\textit{line-identification}|}{|%
+ \textit{your-initials}|}{|\textit{date}|}{}| \\
+ \hspace*{2em}\textit{description of the the errata}
+\end{flushleft}
+Here is an example:
+\begin{verbatim}
+\erroronpage{4}{l.-7}{PMcJ}{1998/06/11}{}
+ surprisingly \> surprising
+\end{verbatim}
+
+
+\end{document}
Property changes on: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/webcomp.err
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:eol-style
## -0,0 +1 ##
+native
\ No newline at end of property
Added: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/webcomp.pdf
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)
Index: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/webcomp.pdf
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/webcomp.pdf 2019-07-25 21:49:36 UTC (rev 51729)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/webcomp.pdf 2019-07-25 22:32:37 UTC (rev 51730)
Property changes on: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/base/webcomp.pdf
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:mime-type
## -0,0 +1 ##
+application/pdf
\ No newline at end of property
Added: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/graphics/README.md
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/graphics/README.md (rev 0)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/graphics/README.md 2019-07-25 22:32:37 UTC (rev 51730)
@@ -0,0 +1,64 @@
+The LaTeX `graphics` bundle
+===========================
+
+Release 2019-10-01 pre-release 2
+
+Overview
+--------
+
+This bundle consists of packages supporting basic color, graphics and text
+manipulation operations in LaTeX. The packages provided here are
+
+- `color`: Core color support
+- `graphics`: The original LaTeX graphics inclusion interface
+- `graphicx`: Extended interface for graphics inclusion
+- `lscape`: Production of landscape pages
+- `keyval`: Core key-value support for LaTeX
+- `rotating`: Support for rotating material
+- `trig`: Support for fast trigonometric calculations in TeX
+
+plus the legacy stub `epsfig` (now subsumed into `graphics`).
+
+Installation
+------------
+
+We no longer distribute installation instructions for the various TeX
+implementations. All modern TeX systems include `graphics` as-standard, and end
+users should in general use the release versions supplied in this way.
+
+Release distribution is carried out only through the CTAN archives.
+
+Reporting Bugs
+--------------
+
+If you wish to report a problem or bug in the `graphics` bundle
+please use the [Issue Tracker for LaTeX2e on
+GitHub](https://github.com/latex3/latex2e/issues)
+and follow the guidelines that pop up if you press the "New issue" button.
+
+In particular, to check that you are really seeing a bug, please write
+a short, self-contained document that shows the problem. This should
+include the `latexbug` package, which will warn if your test file is
+not suitable for one or the other reason. See the [CONTRIBUTING
+guide](https://github.com/latex3/latex2e/blob/master/CONTRIBUTING.md)
+for further details, or if you need to obtain the `latexbug` package.
+
+If the bug turns out to be with third-party software then please
+contact the developer, and not us!
+
+License
+-------
+
+The contents of this bundle are distributed under the [LaTeX Project
+Public License](https://www.latex-project.org/lppl/lppl-1-3c/),
+version 1.3c or later.
+
+Copyright
+---------
+
+Copyright is maintained on each of these packages by the author(s)
+of the package.
+
+-----
+
+<p>Copyright (C) 1993-2019 The LaTeX Project <br />
Property changes on: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/graphics/README.md
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:eol-style
## -0,0 +1 ##
+native
\ No newline at end of property
Added: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/graphics/cat.eps
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/graphics/cat.eps (rev 0)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex-dev/graphics/cat.eps 2019-07-25 22:32:37 UTC (rev 51730)
@@ -0,0 +1,305 @@
+%!PS-Adobe-2.0 EPSF-2.0
+%%BoundingBox: 44 527 80 559
+%%Creator: COREL DRAW
+%%Title: CAT.TMP
+%%CreationDate: Sat Jan 18 17:29:05 1992
+
+%%DocumentFonts:
+%%EndComments
+%%BeginProlog
+% -------------- POSTSCRIPT PROLOG FOR CORELDRAW 2.X ------
+% Copyright Corel Systems Corporation 1990
+/AutoFlatness 0 def/wCorelDict 300 dict def
+wCorelDict begin/bd{bind def}bind def/ld{load def}bd
+/xd{exch def}bd/_ null def/$c 0 def/$m 0 def
+/$y 0 def/$k 0 def/$t 1 def/$n _ def/$o 0 def
+/$fil 0 def/$C 0 def/$M 0 def/$Y 0 def/$K 0 def
+/$T 1 def/$N _ def/$O 0 def/$PF false def
+/$pan 0 def/$h false def/$al 0 def/$tr 0 def
+/$le 0 def/$lx 0 def/$ly 0 def/$ctm matrix currentmatrix def
+/$ptm matrix def/$ttm matrix def/$stm matrix def
+/$skm matrix def/$fst 128 def/$pad 0 def/$rox 0 def
+/$roy 0 def currentscreen/@dsp xd/$dsp/@dsp def
+/$dsa xd/$dsf xd/$sdf false def/$SDF false def
+/$Scra 0.0 def statusdict/pageparams known{statusdict begin
+pageparams end 1 ne{/$Scra -90.0 def}if pop pop pop}if
+/$sv 0 def/@cp/closepath ld/@gs/gsave ld/@gr/grestore ld
+/@np/newpath ld/@sv{/$sv save def}bd/@rs{$sv restore}bd
+/@ss{load setscreen}bd AutoFlatness 1 eq{/$cpx ([Error: PathTooComplex; OffendingCommand: AnyPaintingOperator;\n) def
+/@err1{$cpx print flush newpath}bd/@ifl{currentflat dup 10 gt{pop @err1 exit}if 2 add setflat}bd
+/@fill/fill ld/fill{currentflat{{@fill}stopped{@ifl}{exit}ifelse}bind loop setflat}bd
+/@eofill/eofill ld/eofill{currentflat{{@eofill}stopped{@ifl}{exit}ifelse}bind loop setflat}bd
+/@clip/clip ld/clip{currentflat{{@clip}stopped{initclip @ifl}{exit}ifelse}bind loop setflat}bd
+/@eoclip/eoclip ld/eoclip{currentflat{{@eoclip}stopped{initclip @ifl}{exit}ifelse}bind loop setflat}bd
+/@stroke/stroke ld/stroke{currentflat{{@stroke}stopped{@ifl}{exit}ifelse}bind loop setflat}bd
+}if/InRange{3 -1 roll 2 copy le{pop}{exch pop}ifelse
+2 copy ge{pop}{exch pop}ifelse}bd/wDstChck{2 1 roll dup 3 -1 roll
+eq{1 add}if}bd/@dot{dup mul exch dup mul add 1 exch sub 2 div}bd
+/@lin{exch pop abs 1 exch sub}bd/@MN{2 copy le{pop}{exch pop}ifelse}bd
+/setcmykcolor where{pop}{/setcmykcolor{4 1 roll
+3{3 index add 1 @MN 1 exch sub 3 1 roll}repeat
+setrgbcolor pop}bd}ifelse/colorimage where{pop}{/colorimage{/$ncl xd
+pop pop pop pop{currentfile $dat readhexstring pop}repeat
+pop}bd}ifelse/@tc{dup 1 ge{pop}{4{dup 6 -1 roll
+mul exch}repeat pop}ifelse}bd/@spc{7 2 roll
+ColorSeparationMode 1 eq{6 index @tc 0 4 $ink sub index
+exch pop}{5 index dup _ eq{pop 0 4 $ink sub index
+exch pop}{CurrentInkName eq{6 index}{0}ifelse}ifelse}ifelse
+5 1 roll 8 -2 roll 6{pop}repeat 1 exch sub dup setgray
+1 eq exch 1 eq and not}bd/@scc{$ink -1 eq
@@ Diff output truncated at 1234567 characters. @@
More information about the tex-live-commits
mailing list